10–22–07 Monday Vol. 72 No. 203 Oct. 22, 2007

Pages 59475–59938

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:45 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4710 Sfmt 4710 E:\FR\FM\22OCWS.LOC 22OCWS sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER II Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007

The FEDERAL REGISTER (ISSN 0097–6326) is published daily, SUBSCRIPTIONS AND COPIES Monday through Friday, except official holidays, by the Office PUBLIC of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408, under the Federal Register Subscriptions: Act (44 U.S.C. Ch. 15) and the regulations of the Administrative Paper or fiche 202–512–1800 Committee of the Federal Register (1 CFR Ch. I). The Assistance with public subscriptions 202–512–1806 Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 is the exclusive distributor of the official General online information 202–512–1530; 1–888–293–6498 edition. Periodicals postage is paid at Washington, DC. Single copies/back copies: The FEDERAL REGISTER provides a uniform system for making Paper or fiche 202–512–1800 available to the public regulations and legal notices issued by Assistance with public single copies 1–866–512–1800 Federal agencies. These include Presidential proclamations and (Toll-Free) Executive Orders, Federal agency documents having general FEDERAL AGENCIES applicability and legal effect, documents required to be published Subscriptions: by act of Congress, and other Federal agency documents of public interest. Paper or fiche 202–741–6005 Documents are on file for public inspection in the Office of the Assistance with Federal agency subscriptions 202–741–6005 Federal Register the day before they are published, unless the issuing agency requests earlier filing. For a list of documents currently on file for public inspection, see www.archives.gov. The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration authenticates the Federal Register as the official serial publication established under the Federal Register Act. Under 44 U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the Federal Register shall be judicially noticed. The Federal Register is published in paper and on 24x microfiche. It is also available online at no charge as one of the databases on GPO Access, a service of the U.S. Government Printing Office. The online edition of the Federal Register www.gpoaccess.gov/ nara, available through GPO Access, is issued under the authority of the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register as the official legal equivalent of the paper and microfiche editions (44 U.S.C. 4101 and 1 CFR 5.10). It is updated by 6 a.m. each day the Federal Register is published and includes both text and graphics from Volume 59, Number 1 (January 2, 1994) forward. For more information about GPO Access, contact the GPO Access User Support Team, call toll free 1-888-293-6498; DC area 202- 512-1530; fax at 202-512-1262; or via e-mail at [email protected]. The Support Team is available between 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday–Friday, except official holidays. The annual subscription price for the Federal Register paper edition is $749 plus postage, or $808, plus postage, for a combined Federal Register, Federal Register Index and List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) subscription; the microfiche edition of the Federal Register including the Federal Register Index and LSA is $165, plus postage. Six month subscriptions are available for one-half the annual rate. The prevailing postal rates will be applied to orders according to the delivery method requested. The price of a single copy of the daily Federal Register, including postage, is based on the number of pages: $11 for an issue containing less than 200 pages; $22 for an issue containing 200 to 400 pages; and $33 for an issue containing more than 400 pages. Single issues of the microfiche edition may be purchased for $3 per copy, including postage. Remit check or money order, made payable to the Superintendent of Documents, or charge to your GPO Deposit Account, VISA, MasterCard, American Express, or Discover. Mail to: U.S. Government Printing Office—New Orders, P.O. Box 979050, St. Louis, MO 63197-9000; or call toll free 1- 866-512-1800, DC area 202-512-1800; or go to the U.S. Government Online Bookstore site, see bookstore.gpo.gov. There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing in the Federal Register. How To Cite This Publication: Use the volume number and the page number. Example: 72 FR 12345. Postmaster: Send address changes to the Superintendent of Documents, Federal Register, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 20402, along with the entire mailing label from the last issue received.

.

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:45 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4710 Sfmt 4710 E:\FR\FM\22OCWS.LOC 22OCWS sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER III

Contents Federal Register Vol. 72, No. 203

Monday, October 22, 2007

Agriculture Department Employee Benefits Security Administration See Forest Service NOTICES Meetings: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Employee Welfare and Pension Benefit Plans Advisory NOTICES Council, 59552–59553 Committees; establishment, renewal, termination, etc.: Coordinating Center for Health Promotion— Employment and Training Administration Scientific Counselors Board, 59533 NOTICES Coordinating Office for Terrorism Preparedness and Adjustment assistance; applications, determinations, etc.: Emergency Response— Alyeska Pipeline Service Co., 59553 Scientific Counselors Board, 59533–59534 KLA-Tencor et al., 59553–59554 National Center for Health Marketing— Sherwood Forest Family Golf, 59554–59555 Scientific Counselors Board, 59534 Steelcase Inc., 59555 National Center for Injury Prevention and Control— Sunrise Medical, Inc., 59555–59556 Scientific Counselors Board, 59534 Track Corp., 59556 Meetings: Advisory Committee to Director, 59534–59535 Energy Department Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and Control See Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Special Emphasis Panels; correction, 59535 RULES Healthcare Infection Control Practices Advisory Energy conservation: Committee; correction, 59535 Commercial and industrial equipment; energy efficiency program— Children and Families Administration Residential central air conditioners and heat pumps; NOTICES test procedure, 59906–59934 Agency information collection activities; proposals, NOTICES submissions, and approvals, 59535–59536 Meetings: Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Civil Rights Commission Board— Idaho National Laboratory, 59520 NOTICES Senior Executive Service Performance Review Board; Environmental Protection Agency membership, 59511 RULES Air quality implementation plans; limited approval under Coast Guard Clean Air Interstate Rule: PROPOSED RULES Indiana, 59480–59488 Anchorage regulations: PROPOSED RULES Florida, 59491–59494 Air quality implementation plans; limited approval under Clean Air Interstate Rule: Commerce Department Indiana, 59506–59507 See Industry and Security Bureau See International Trade Administration Federal Aviation Administration See National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RULES See National Telecommunications and Information Airmen certification: Administration Flight simulation device; initial and continuing qualification and use requirements; delay of effective Commodity Futures Trading Commission and compliance dates, 59598–59599 NOTICES Airworthiness directives: Agency information collection activities; proposals, Bell Helicopter Textron Canada, 59475–59477 submissions, and approvals, 59514–59515 PROPOSED RULES Airmen certification: Education Department Flight simulation training device initial and continuing PROPOSED RULES qualification and use, 59600–59903 Postsecondary education: NOTICES Higher Education Act of 1965, Title IV; negotiated Air traffic operating and flight rules, etc.: rulemaking committees; establishment, 59494–59496 John F. Kennedy International Airport, NY; operating NOTICES limitations during peak hours, information request, Agency information collection activities; proposals, and meeting, 59579–59583 submissions, and approvals, 59515–59516 Grants and cooperative agreements; availability, etc.: Federal Communications Commission Postsecondary education— RULES Undergraduate International Studies and Foreign Radio stations; table of assignments: Language Program, 59516–59520 Oklahoma and Texas, 59488

VerDate Aug<31>2005 20:45 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4748 Sfmt 4748 E:\FR\FM\22OCCN.SGM 22OCCN sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER IV Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Contents

Oregon, 59488 Geological Survey PROPOSED RULES NOTICES Radio stations; table of assignments: Meetings: Oklahoma, 59508–59509 National Cooperative Geologic Mapping Program Oregon, 59507–59508 Advisory Committee, 59549 Texas, 59509–59510 NOTICES Health and Human Services Department Agency information collection activities; proposals, See Centers for Disease Control and Prevention submissions, and approvals, 59530–59532 See Children and Families Administration Rulemaking proceedings; petitions filed, granted, denied, See Food and Drug Administration etc., 59532–59533 See Health Resources and Services Administration See National Institutes of Health Federal Election Commission NOTICES Health Resources and Services Administration Meetings; Sunshine Act, 59533 NOTICES Grants and cooperative agreements; availability, etc.: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission National Network for Oral Health Access, 59537–59538 NOTICES Environmental statements; notice of intent: Homeland Security Department Black Bayou Storage, LLC, 59521–59523 See Coast Guard Hydroelectric applications, 59523–59529 Off-the record communications, 59529–59530 Housing and Urban Development Department Applications, hearings, determinations, etc.: See Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office Regional Transmissions Organizations et al., 59521 RULES Royal Bank of Scotland, plc, 59521 Public and Indian housing: Housing Choice Voucher Program— Federal Highway Administration Homeownership option; units not yet under NOTICES construction; eligibility, 59936–59938 Environmental statements; notice of intent: NOTICES Calvert and St. Mary’s Counties, MD, 59583 Grants and cooperative agreements; availability, etc.: Federal agency actions on proposed highways; judicial Doctoral Dissertation Research Grant Program, 59543– review: 59544 Pierce County, WA; SR 167 Extension Project Puyallup to Early Doctoral Student Research Grant Program, 59544– SR 509, 59583–59584 59545 Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office Industry and Security Bureau NOTICES NOTICES Reports and guidance documents; availability, etc.: Senior Executive Service Performance Review Board; Conforming loan limit calculations; examination membership, 59512 guidance revision, 59545–59549 Interior Department Financial Management Service See Geological Survey See Fiscal Service See Land Management Bureau See National Park Service Fiscal Service See Reclamation Bureau RULES See Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement Office Financial Management Service: Offset of tax refund payments; child support collection, Internal Revenue Service 59480 NOTICES Agency information collection activities; proposals, Food and Drug Administration submissions, and approvals, 59593–59595 NOTICES Meetings: Agency information collection activities; proposals, Art Advisory Panel, 59595 submissions, and approvals, 59536 Electronic Tax Administration Advisory Committee, Human drugs: 59595–59596 Prescription drug products; prescribing information; electronic distribution; hearing, 59536–59537 International Trade Administration NOTICES Forest Service Antidumping: PROPOSED RULES Orange juice from— National Forest System timber; sale and disposal: Brazil, 59512–59513 Special forest products and forest botanical products, Tariff rate quotas: 59496–59506 Cotton shirting fabric, 59513 NOTICES Meetings: International Trade Commission Pacific Southwest Recreation Resource Advisory NOTICES Committee, 59511 Import investigations: Resource Advisory Committees— Welded large diameter pipe from— Ravalli County, 59511 Japan and Mexico, 59551–59552

VerDate Aug<31>2005 20:45 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4748 Sfmt 4748 E:\FR\FM\22OCCN.SGM 22OCCN sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Contents V

Justice Department National Telecommunications and Information See Parole Commission Administration

Labor Department NOTICES See Employee Benefits Security Administration Senior Executive Service Performance Review Board; See Employment and Training Administration membership, 59514

Land Management Bureau Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation NOTICES NOTICES Meetings: Meetings; Sunshine Act, 59558 Resource Advisory Councils— Northwest Colorado, 59549–59550 Nuclear Regulatory Commission NOTICES Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in National Decommissioning plans; sites: Environmental Policy Foundation Cabot Corp.; Reading, PA, 59558–59560 NOTICES Environmental statements; availability, etc.: Reports and guidance documents; availability, etc.: Entergy Operations, Inc., 59560–59561 BIA-funded school facilities, repair, renovation, and National Oceanic and Atomspheric Administration, construction; comment request, 59556–59557 59561–59562 PSEG Nuclear, LLC, 59563–59572 National Archives and Records Administration Meetings: NOTICES Reactor Safeguards Advisory Committee, 59573–59574 Meetings: Regulatory guides; issuance, availability, and withdrawal, National Industrial Security Program Policy Advisory 59574–59575 Committee, 59557 Applications, hearings, determinations, etc.: Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc., 59558 National Credit Union Administration NOTICES Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Meetings; Sunshine Act, 59557–59558 See Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Parole Commission NOTICES NOTICES Motor vehicle safety standards: Meetings; Sunshine Act, 59552 Nonconforming vehicles importation eligibility determinations, 59584–59593 Personnel Management Office NOTICES National Institutes of Health Senior Executive Service Performance Review Board; NOTICES membership, 59575 Meetings: National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, 59538 Public Debt Bureau National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, See Fiscal Service 59541 National Institute of Child Health and Human Reclamation Bureau Development, 59539–59541 NOTICES National Institute of General Medical Sciences, 59538– Environmental statements; availability, etc.: 59539 Environmental Water Account, 59550–59551 National Institute of Mental Health, 59540–59541 National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, Securities and Exchange Commission 59541 NOTICES National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, Self-regulatory organizations; proposed rule changes: 59539 International Securities Exchange, LLC, 59576–59577 Scientific Review Center, 59541–59543 National Futures Association, 59577–59579 Applications, hearings, determinations, etc.: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Grupo Iusacell Celular, S.A. de C.V., 59575–59576 NOTICES Meetings: Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement Office Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council, 59513– RULES 59514 Permanent program and abandoned mine land reclamation plan submissions: National Park Service Kentucky, 59477–59479 NOTICES PROPOSED RULES National Register of Historic Places; pending nominations, Permanent program and abandoned mine land reclamation 59550 plan submissions: Utah, 59489–59491 National Science Foundation NOTICES Transportation Department Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978; permit applications, See Federal Aviation Administration etc., 59558 See Federal Highway Administration

VerDate Aug<31>2005 20:45 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4748 Sfmt 4748 E:\FR\FM\22OCCN.SGM 22OCCN sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER VI Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Contents

See National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Part IV Housing and Urban Development Department, 59936–59938 Treasury Department See Fiscal Service See Internal Revenue Service Reader Aids Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for Separate Parts In This Issue phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws. Part II Transportation Department, Federal Aviation To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents Administration, 59598–59903 LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http:// listserv.access.gpo.gov and select Online mailing list Part III archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change Energy Department, 59906–59934 settings); then follow the instructions.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 20:45 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4748 Sfmt 4748 E:\FR\FM\22OCCN.SGM 22OCCN sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Contents VII

CFR PARTS AFFECTED IN THIS ISSUE

A cumulative list of the parts affected this month can be found in the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue.

10 CFR 430...... 59906 14 CFR 1...... 59598 11...... 59598 39...... 59475 60...... 59598 121...... 59598 Proposed Rules: 60...... 59600 24 CFR 982...... 59936 30 CFR 917...... 59477 Proposed Rules: 944...... 59489 31 CFR 285...... 59480 33 CFR Proposed Rules: 110...... 59491 34 CFR Proposed Rules: Ch. VI...... 59494 36 CFR Proposed Rules: 223...... 59496 40 CFR 52...... 59480 97...... 59480 Proposed Rules: 52...... 59506 97...... 59506 47 CFR 73 (2 documents) ...... 59488 Proposed Rules: 73 (6 documents) ...... 59507, 59508, 59509, 59510

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:45 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4711 Sfmt 4711 E:\FR\FM\22OCLS.LOC 22OCLS sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER 59475

Rules and Regulations Federal Register Vol. 72, No. 203

Monday, October 22, 2007

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to Discussion contains regulatory documents having general http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the applicability and legal effect, most of which instructions for submitting comments. Transport Canada, which is the are keyed to and codified in the Code of • Fax: 202–493–2251. aviation authority for Canada, has Federal Regulations, which is published under • Mail: U.S. Department of issued Airworthiness Directive No. CF– 50 titles pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 1510. Transportation, Docket Operations, M– 2007–02R1, dated August 23, 2007 (referred to after this as the MCAI), to The Code of Federal Regulations is sold by 30, West Building Ground Floor, Room the Superintendent of Documents. Prices of W12–140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., correct an unsafe condition for the new books are listed in the first FEDERAL Washington, DC 20590. specified products. The MCAI states: REGISTER issue of each week. • Hand Delivery: U.S. Department of Transportation Safety Board of Canada Transportation, Docket Operations, M– (TSB) investigation into an accident 30, West Building Ground Floor, Room involving Model 206B has revealed that the DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION W12–140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Spindle repaired by Cadorath Aerospace Inc., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. failed during flight resulting in loss of control Federal Aviation Administration and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, of the helicopter. A similar repair was performed by H–S Tools & Parts Inc. except Federal holidays. 14 CFR Part 39 Examining the AD Docket All serial-numbered spindles that [Docket No. FAA–2007–0055; Directorate were repaired by Cadorath Aerospace, You may examine the AD docket on Inc., and H–S Tools & Parts, Inc., have Identifier 2007–SW–12–AD; Amendment 39– the Internet at http:// 15237; AD 2007–22–01] reduced strength which could result in www.regulations.gov; or in person at the failure of the spindle and create an RIN 2120–AA64 Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. unsafe condition. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, You may obtain further information Airworthiness Directives; Bell except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this AD, the economic by examining the MCAI in the AD Helicopter Textron Canada Model 206A docket. and 206B Series Helicopters evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for FAA’s Determination and Requirements AGENCY: Federal Aviation the Docket Operations office (telephone of This AD Administration (FAA), Department of (800) 647–5527) is in the ADDRESSES Transportation (DOT). section. Comments will be available in This product has been approved by ACTION: Final rule; request for the AD docket shortly after receipt. the aviation authority of Canada, and is comments. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: approved for operation in the United Sharon Miles, Aviation Safety Engineer, States. Pursuant to our bilateral SUMMARY: We are adopting a new FAA, Rotorcraft Directorate, Regulations agreement with this State of Design airworthiness directive (AD) for Bell and Guidance Group, Fort Worth, Texas Authority, we have been notified of the Helicopter Textron Canada (Bell) Model 76193–0111, telephone (817) 222–5122, unsafe condition described in the MCAI 206A and 206B series helicopters. This fax (817) 222–5961. and any service information. We are AD results from mandatory continuing issuing this AD because we evaluated airworthiness information (MCAI) SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: all pertinent information and originated by an aviation authority to Streamlined Issuance of AD determined the unsafe condition exists identify and correct an unsafe condition and is likely to exist or develop on other The FAA is implementing a new on an aviation product. The aviation products of the same type design. process for streamlining the issuance of authority of Canada, with which we ADs related to MCAI. This streamlined Differences Between the AD and the have a bilateral agreement, states in the process will allow us to adopt MCAI MCAI or Service Information MCAI: safety requirements in a more efficient Transportation Safety Board of Canada manner and will reduce safety risks to We have reviewed the MCAI and (TSB) investigation into an accident the public. This process continues to related service information and, in involving Model 206B has revealed that the follow all FAA AD issuance processes to general, agree with their substance. But Spindle repaired by Cadorath Aerospace Inc., we might have found it necessary to use failed during flight resulting in loss of control meet legal, economic, Administrative Procedure Act, and Federal Register different words from those in the MCAI of the helicopter. A similar repair was to ensure the AD is clear for U.S. performed by H–S Tools & Parts Inc. requirements. We also continue to meet our technical decision-making operators and is enforceable. In making This AD requires actions that are responsibilities to identify and correct these changes, we do not intend to differ intended to address this unsafe unsafe conditions on U.S.-certificated substantively from the information condition related to certain repaired products. provided in the MCAI and related transmission pylon support spindles. This AD references the MCAI and service information. DATES: This AD becomes effective related service information that we We might also have required different November 6, 2007. considered in forming the engineering actions in this AD from those in the We must receive comments on this basis to correct the unsafe condition. MCAI in order to follow FAA policies. AD by December 21, 2007. The AD contains text copied from the Any such differences are highlighted in ADDRESSES: You may send comments by MCAI and for this reason might not the ‘‘FAA AD Differences’’ section in any of the following methods: follow our plain language principles. the AD.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES 59476 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

FAA’s Determination of the Effective Aviation Programs,’’ describes in more Effective Date Date detail the scope of the Agency’s (a) This airworthiness directive (AD) An unsafe condition exists that authority. becomes effective November 6, 2007. requires the immediate adoption of this We are issuing this rulemaking under Other Affected ADs the authority described in ‘‘Subtitle VII, AD. The FAA has found that the risk to (b) None. the flying public justifies waiving notice Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: and comment prior to adoption of this General requirements.’’ Under that Applicability rule because investigation of a Bell section, Congress charges the FAA with (c) This AD applies to Bell Helicopter Model 206B fatal accident in Canada promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in Textron Canada (BHTC) Model 206A and revealed that the pylon support spindle air commerce by prescribing regulations 206B series helicopters, certificated in any repaired by Cadorath Aerospace, Inc. for practices, methods, and procedures category, that have the following serial failed during flight resulting in loss of the Administrator finds necessary for numbered transmission pylon support spindle (spindle), part number (P/N) 206– control of the helicopter. We have safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority 031–554, installed: determined that all spindles repaired by Spindles repaired by Cadorath Aerospace the same company and H–S Tools & because it addresses an unsafe condition Inc., B12–11568, B12–12244, B12–12260, Parts, Inc., which performed a similar that is likely to exist or develop on B12–12647, B12–12676, B12–12847, B12– repair, must be replaced within a very products identified in this rulemaking 13292, B12–14395, B12–15750, B12–17149, short time interval. Therefore, we have action. B12–17266, B12–1828, B12–18649, B12– 19330, B12–19381, B12–20668, B12–2224, determined that notice and opportunity Regulatory Findings for public comment before issuing this B12–2286, B12–3595, B12–3774, B12–3808, AD are impracticable and that good We determined that this AD will not B12–5171, B12–757, B12–8053, B12–8605, cause exists for making this amendment have federalism implications under B12–932, B–21223, B–21297, B22005, Executive Order 13132. This AD will B22515, B–22558, CAI3852, CAI3853, EA287, effective in fewer than 30 days. EA318, EA322, EA393, EA751, EA–761, not have a substantial direct effect on Comments Invited MW546, RE1044, RE113, or RE743. the States, on the relationship between Spindles repaired by H–S Tools & Parts This AD is a final rule that involves the national government and the States, Inc., B12–11127, B12–12883, B12–13158, requirements affecting flight safety, and or on the distribution of power and B12–13535, B12–13545, B12–13593, B12– we did not precede it by notice and responsibilities among the various 13657, B12–13716, B12–14061, B12–14078, opportunity for public comment. We levels of government. B12–15131, B12–15908, B12–16078, B120– invite you to send any written relevant For the reasons discussed above, I 16267, B12–16825, B12–16867, B12–17149, data, views, or arguments about this AD. certify this AD: B12–17266, B12–18157, B12–18163, 12– Send your comments to an address 18456, B12–19450, B12–21573, B12–3106, 1. Is not a ‘‘significant regulatory B12–605, B12–7627, B–22385, EA–391, listed under the ADDRESSES section. action’’ under Executive Order 12866; Include ‘‘Docket No. FAA–2007–0055; MW445, MW506, MW546, RE278, RE329, or 2. Is not a ‘‘significant rule’’ under the RE582. Directorate Identifier 2007–SW–12–AD’’ DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures Reason at the beginning of your comments. We (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and specifically invite comments on the 3. Will not have a significant (d) The mandatory continued overall regulatory, economic, airworthiness information (MCAI) states: economic impact, positive or negative, environmental, and energy aspects of on a substantial number of small entities Transportation Safety Board of Canada this AD. We will consider all comments under the criteria of the Regulatory (TSB) investigation into an accident received by the closing date and may involving Model 206B has revealed that the Flexibility Act. amend this AD because of those Spindle repaired by Cadorath Aerospace Inc., comments. We prepared an economic evaluation failed during flight resulting in loss of control We will post all comments we of the estimated costs to comply with of the helicopter. A similar repair was receive, without change, to http:// this AD and placed it in the AD docket. performed by H–S Tools & Parts Inc. regulations.gov, including any personal All serial-numbered spindles that were List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39 repaired by Cadorath Aerospace, Inc., and by information you provide. We will also H–S Tools & Parts, Inc., have reduced post a report summarizing each Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety. strength which could result in failure of the substantive verbal contact we receive spindle and create an unsafe condition. about this AD. Adoption of the Amendment Actions and Compliance Costs of Compliance I Accordingly, under the authority (e) Within the next 16 hours time-in- We estimate that this AD will affect delegated to me by the Administrator, service, unless already done, replace the 87 helicopters of U.S. registry. We also the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as spindle with an airworthy spindle that does estimate that it will take about 8 work- follows: not contain a serial number listed in the hours per helicopter to comply with this applicability of this AD. AD. The average labor rate is $80 per PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS Differences Between FAA AD and the MCAI DIRECTIVES work-hour. Required parts will cost (f) None. about $2111 per helicopter. Based on I 1. The authority citation for part 39 these figures, we estimate the cost of Subject continues to read as follows: this AD to the U.S. operators to be (g) Air Transport Association of America $239,337 or $2751 per helicopter. Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701. (ATA) Code 6320: Main Rotor Gearbox. Authority for This Rulemaking § 39.13 [Amended] Other Information I (h) The following provisions also apply to Title 49 of the United States Code 2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding this AD: specifies the FAA’s authority to issue the following new AD: 2007–22–01: (1) Alternative Methods of Compliance rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, Amendment 39–15237. Docket No. (AMOCs): The Manager, Safety Management section 106, describes the authority of FAA–2007–0055; Directorate Identifier Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, has the the FAA Administrator. ‘‘Subtitle VII: 2007–SW–12–AD. authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59477

requested using the procedures found in 14 Telephone: (859) 260–8400. Telefax regulations governing submission and CFR 39.19. Send information to ATTN: number: (859) 260–8410. approval of AMLR Plans and Sharon Miles, Aviation Safety Engineer, Fort amendments thereto that prohibits a Worth, Texas 76193–0111, telephone (817) I. Background on the Kentucky Abandoned Mine Land Reclamation Plan State from including statutes or 222–5122, fax (817) 222–5961. regulations within its AMLR Plan. (2) Airworthy Product: Use only FAA- II. Submission of the Amendment approved corrective actions. Corrective III. OSM’s Findings Therefore, when we approve a change to actions are considered FAA-approved if they IV. Summary and Disposition of Comments a statutory provision in this rulemaking, are approved by the State of Design Authority V. OSM’s Decision we mean that we are approving that (or their delegated agent) if that State of VI. Procedural Determinations provision as an amendment to the Design has an appropriate bilateral agreement I. Background on the Kentucky AMLR Plan. However, for the sake of with the United States. You are required to Abandoned Mine Land Reclamation clarity and ease of reference, we assure the product is airworthy before it is Plan recommend that Kentucky submit returned to service. changes to its actual AMLR Plan (3) Reporting Requirements: For any The Kentucky Abandoned Mine Land narrative document that are consistent reporting requirement in this AD, under the (AML) Reclamation Plan was with these statutory amendments. The provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, established by Title IV of SMCRA (30 full text of the amendment is available the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) U.S.C. 1201 et seq.) in response to has approved the information collection for you to read at the location listed concerns over extensive environmental above under ADDRESSES. A summary of requirements and has assigned OMB Control damage caused by past coal mining Number 2120–0056. the proposed changes follows. activities. The program is funded by a Kentucky enacted Senate Bill 187 on Related Information reclamation fee collected on each ton of February 21, 2007, to create a new (i) Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness coal mined to finance the reclamation of section of the Kentucky Revised Statutes Information (MCAI) Transport Canada abandoned coal mines and for other (KRS) Chapter 350 to allow the Airworthiness Directive CF–2007–02R1, authorized activities. Section 405 of the Environmental and Public Protection dated August 23, 2007, contains related Act allows States and Indian Tribes to information. Cabinet (Cabinet) to do the following: assume exclusive responsibility for expend for reclamation projects which Issued in Fort Worth, Texas, on October 11, reclamation activity within the State or are of a lower priority, if done in 2007. on Indian lands if they develop and conjunction with a project assigned a David A. Downey, submit to the Secretary of the Interior higher priority; amend KRS 350.550 to Manager, Rotorcraft Directorate, Aircraft (Secretary) for approval, a program delete use of AML funds for studies Certification Service. (often referred to as a plan) for the conducted by State agencies; amend [FR Doc. E7–20681 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] reclamation of abandoned coal mines. KRS 350.555 to allow for expenditure BILLING CODE 4910–13–P On the basis of these criteria, the on a reclamation project located Secretary approved the Kentucky AMLR adjacent to one already assigned a Plan on May 18, 1982. You can find priority by the cabinet; delete research background information on the Plan, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR and development, work on public including the Secretary’s findings, the facilities, and development of publicly Office of Surface Mining Reclamation disposition of comments, and the owned lands as a priority; amend KRS and Enforcement approval of the Plan in the May 18, 350.560 to delete restriction on the use 1982, Federal Register (47 FR 21435). of funds allocated to the Commonwealth 30 CFR Part 917 You can find later actions concerning by the Secretary of the Interior; amend the Kentucky AMLR Plan and KRS 350.575 to prohibit a lien filed [KY–251–FOR] amendments to the Plan at 30 CFR against a property owner who did not 917.20 and 917.21. consent to mining operations requiring Kentucky Regulatory Program reclamation; and to amend KRS 350.597 II. Submission of the Amendment AGENCY: to retain up to 30% of the funds Office of Surface Mining By letter dated April 23, 2007, Reclamation and Enforcement (OSM), allocated to Kentucky in a special trust Kentucky sent us a proposed fund. Interior. amendment to its AMLR Plan under ACTION: Final rule; approval of SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1201 et seq.) at its III. OSM’s Findings amendment. own initiative ([KY–251–FOR], Following are the findings we made Administrative Record No. K–74). With concerning the amendment. OSM’s SUMMARY: We are announcing the the passage of the Tax Relief and Health standard for comparison of State AMLR approval of an amendment to the Care Act of 2006, Pub. L. 109–432 amendments with SMCRA and the Kentucky Abandoned Mine Land which included amendments to Federal regulations is found in Directive Reclamation (AMLR) Plan under the SMCRA, the Kentucky General STP–1, Appendix 11. This policy Surface Mining Control and Assembly enacted corresponding provides that ‘‘in accordance with 30 Reclamation Act of 1977 (SMCRA or the amendments to the Kentucky Revised CFR 884.14(a), the proposed plan must Act). The amendment makes several Statutes at Chapter 350. It is these meet all applicable requirements of the revisions to Kentucky’s AMLR Plan and statutory changes that Kentucky has Federal statute and rules. That is, a is intended to update and improve the submitted as an amendment to its State’s statutes, rules, policy statements, effectiveness of the AMLR Plan. AMLR Plan. procedures, and similar materials must Kentucky submitted the amendment in Typically, States do not request that compare, altogether, with applicable response to the passage of the Tax Relief OSM accept changes to AML statutes or requirements of the Federal statute and and Health Care Act of 2006 (SMCRA regulations as amendments to AMLR rules, to ensure that the State’s plan, as amendments of 2006). Plan, which is a narrative document that a whole, meets all Federal EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 2007. usually is not in the form of a statute or requirements.’’ In addition, any FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Joe regulation. However, there is no amendments to AMLR plans must be Blackburn, Acting Field Office Director, provision in SMCRA or the Federal approved in accordance with the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES 59478 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

procedures set out in 30 CFR 884.14. no less stringent than the portion of the question of whether U.S. Treasury funds Any revisions that we do not SMCRA amendments of 2006 that under Section 411(h) may be used for specifically discuss below concern modified Sections 403(a)(1)(B) and the 30 percent set aside is being nonsubstantive wording or editorial (2)(B) of SMCRA, 30 U.S.C. addressed separately and our approval changes. Kentucky’s proposed changes 1233(a)(1)(B) and (a)(2)(B). of these revisions should not be viewed occur at KRS Chapter 350. The deletions of subsections (4) as addressing that issue one way or the KRS 350 New Section 1. Kentucky is through (6) are identical to the deletions other. Therefore, there is the possibility authorizing the Cabinet to use monies of subsections 403(a)(4), (a)(5) and (a)(6) that Kentucky will not be authorized to available in grants made annually to the of SMCRA, 30 U.S.C. 1233(a)(4), (a)(5) set aside a full 30 percent of total funds Commonwealth for the reclamation of and (a)(6). These Federal deletions were received each year. prioritized eligible land and water. included in the SMCRA amendments of Before the expenditures can occur, the 2006. Therefore, the deletions of IV. Summary and Disposition of reclamation must be done in subsections (4) through (6) of Section 3 Comments conjunction with the expenditure of of KRS 350.555 are approved. funds for reclamation projects as 350.560 Section 4(4). The 30 percent Public Comments prioritized in KRS Chapter 350, Section restriction is removed on the amount of We announced receipt of the 3, regardless of when the higher priority funds allocated to Kentucky through project was initially funded. annual grants that can be used to proposed amendment in the June 15, The new proposed Section 1 is no less protect, repair, replace, construct, or 2007, Federal Register (72 FR 33177), stringent than the SMCRA amendments enhance water supply facilities and in the same document invited of 2006 that modified sections adversely affected by coal mining public comment and provided an 403(a)(1)(B) and (a)(2)(B), 30 U.S.C. practices. opportunity for a public hearing on the 1233(a)(1)(B) and (a)(2)(B). Therefore, The deletion of the 30 percent adequacy of the proposed amendment. the new Section 1 is approved. restriction is no less stringent than the The public comment period closed on KRS 350.550 Section 2(4). Subsection deletion of the same provision at section July 16, 2007. We received one (d) is deleted which allows monies in 403(b)(1) of SMCRA, 30 U.S.C. comment from the Kentucky Resources the Abandoned Mine Reclamation Fund 1233(b)(1), resulting from the SMCRA Council, Inc. who had no objection to (Fund) to be used for studies by State amendments of 2006. Therefore, the approval of the proposed amendment. agencies conducted for purposes of the deletion is approved. Because no one requested an AML program. Subsequent subsections KRS 350.575(1). The lien provisions opportunity to speak, a hearing was not are relettered for consistency. The are revised to prohibit the filing of a lien held. deletion is no less stringent than the against the property of any person who deletion of the same provision at neither consented to, participated in, or Federal Agency Comments Section 401(c)(6) of SMCRA, 30 U.S.C. exercised control over the mining 1231(c)(6), resulting from the SMCRA operation that necessitated the According to 30 CFR 884.14(a)(2), on amendments of 2006. Therefore, the reclamation. The limitation of the lien June 26, 2007, we solicited comments deletion of subsection (d) is approved. prohibition to property owners who on this AMLR Plan amendment from KRS 350.555 Section 3. This Section owned the surface prior to May 2, 1977, various Federal agencies with an actual lists the priorities for expenditures of is removed. or potential interest in the Kentucky monies from the Fund. Subsections (1) The deletion of the lien prohibition AMLR Plan (Administrative Record No. and (2), which specify priorities 1 and limitation is no less stringent than the KY–74). We received no comments. 2 respectively, are amended by adding deletion of the same provision at a new (b) the restoration of land and Section 408(a) of SMCRA, 30 U.S.C. State Agency Comments water resources and the environment 1238(a), resulting from the SMCRA On June 26, 2007, we also solicited that have been degraded by the adverse amendments of 2006. Therefore, the comments from the Kentucky State effects of coal mining practices and deletion is approved. Historic Preservation Office situated adjacent to a site that has been KRS 350.597. Subsection (1) is revised (Administrative Record No. KY–74) on or will be remediated under this to increase the trust fund receipt and subsection. Priority (1), as revised, is the retention percentage from the total the amendment submitted on April 23, protection of public health, safety, and annual grant from 10 percent to 30 2007. Kentucky’s State Historic property from extreme danger of adverse percent pursuant to the SMCRA Preservation Office responded stating effects of coal mining practices, and the amendments of 2006. Subsection (2) is that as the amendment has no bearing new provisions at (b). Priority (2), as revised to authorize expenditures from on the treatment of archaeological sites revised, is the protection of public the trust fund for only acid mine or historic structures, it has no health and safety from the adverse drainage abatement and treatment per comment. effects of coal mining practices, and the Section 402(g)(6). Authorization for V. OSM’s Decision new provisions at (b). Subsections (4) expenditures for the priorities specified through (6) are deleted. They represent in KRS 350.555 after September 30, Based on the above findings, we are priorities 4 through 6 which include 1995, is removed. approving the Kentucky AMLR Plan research and demonstration projects; We are approving the revisions amendment as submitted by Kentucky protection, repair, replacement, Kentucky proposes because they limit on April 23, 2007. construction, or enhancement of public the set aside to a maximum of 30 To implement this decision, we are facilities adversely affected by coal percent rather than mandate that 30 mining practices; and development of percent be set aside. In doing so, we amending the Federal regulations at 30 publicly-owned land adversely affected note that Kentucky will be receiving CFR part 917 which codify decisions by coal mining practices. funds from the U.S. Treasury under concerning the Kentucky AMLR Plan. We are approving the revisions Section 411(h) in addition to the funds We find that good cause exists under 5 Kentucky proposes because they are identified in Section 402(g)(6)(A) of U.S.C. 553(d)(3) to make this final rule substantively identical to, and therefore SMCRA, 30 U.S.C. 1232(g)(6)(A). The effective immediately.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59479

VI. Procedural Determinations The rule does not involve or affect individual industries, Federal, State, or Indian Tribes in any way. local government agencies, or Executive Order 12630—Takings Executive Order 13211—Regulations geographic regions; and (c) Does not This rule does not have takings have significant adverse effects on implications. This determination is That Significantly Affect the Supply, Distribution, or Use of Energy competition, employment, investment, based on the analysis performed for the productivity, innovation, or the ability counterpart Federal regulation. On May 18, 2001, the President issued of U.S.-based enterprises to compete Executive Order 13211 which requires Executive Order 12866—Regulatory with foreign-based enterprises. This agencies to prepare a Statement of Planning and Review determination is based upon the fact Energy Effects for a rule that is (1) that the State submittal which is the This rule is exempted from review by considered significant under Executive the Office of Management and Budget Order 12866, and (2) likely to have a subject of this rule is based upon under Executive Order 12866. significant adverse effect on the supply, counterpart Federal regulations for distribution, or use of energy. Because which an analysis was prepared and a Executive Order 12988—Civil Justice determination made that the Federal Reform this rule is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866 and is not regulation was not considered a major The Department of the Interior has expected to have a significant adverse rule. conducted the reviews required by effect on the supply, distribution, or use Unfunded Mandates section 3 of Executive Order 12988 and of energy, a Statement of Energy Effects has determined that this rule meets the is not required. This rule will not impose an applicable standards of subsections (a) unfunded mandate on State, local, or and (b) of that section. However, these National Environmental Policy Act tribal governments or the private sector standards are not applicable to the No environmental impact statement is of $100 million or more in any given actual language of State or Tribal required for this rule because agency year. This determination is based upon abandoned mine land reclamation plans decisions on proposed State and Tribal the fact that the State submittal, which and plan amendments because each abandoned mine land reclamation plans is the subject of this rule, is based upon program is drafted and promulgated by and revisions thereof are categorically counterpart Federal regulations for a specific State or Tribe, not by OSM. excluded from compliance with the which an analysis was prepared and a Decisions on proposed abandoned mine National Environmental Policy Act (42 land reclamation plans and plan U.S.C. 4332 et seq.) by the Manual of the determination made that the Federal amendments submitted by a State or Department of the Interior (516 DM 6, regulation did not impose an unfunded Tribe are based solely on a appendix 8, paragraph 8.4B(29)). mandate. determination of whether the submittal List of Subjects in 30 CFR Part 917 meets the requirements of Title IV of Paperwork Reduction Act SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1231–1243) and 30 This rule does not contain Intergovernmental relations, Surface CFR part 884 of the Federal Regulations. information collection requirements that mining, Underground mining. require approval by OMB under the Executive Order 13132—Federalism Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Dated: August 27, 2007. This rule does not have Federalism 3507 et seq.). Hugh V. Weaver, implications. SMCRA delineates the Acting Regional Director, Appalachian roles of the Federal and State Regulatory Flexibility Act Region. governments with regard to the The Department of the Interior I regulation of surface coal mining and certifies that this rule will not have a For the reasons set out in the reclamation operations. One of the significant economic impact on a preamble, 30 CFR part 917 is amended purposes of SMCRA is to ‘‘establish a substantial number of small entities as set forth below: nationwide program to protect society under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 PART 917—KENTUCKY and the environment from the adverse U.S.C. 601 et seq.). The State submittal, effects of surface coal mining which is the subject of this rule, is based I 1. The authority citation for part 917 operations.’’ Section 405(d) of SMCRA upon counterpart Federal regulations for continues to read as follows: requires that State abandoned mine land which an economic analysis was reclamation programs be in compliance prepared and certification made that Authority: 30 U.S.C. 1201 et seq. with the procedures, guidelines, and such regulations would not have a requirements established under significant economic effect upon a I 2. Section 917.21 is amended by SMCRA. substantial number of small entities. In adding paragraph (e) to read as follows: making the determination as to whether Executive Order 13175—Consultation § 917.21 Approval of Kentucky abandoned this rule would have a significant and Coordination With Indian Tribal mine land reclamation plan amendments. economic impact, the Department relied Governments upon the data and assumptions for the * * * * * In accordance with Executive Order counterpart Federal regulations. (e) The Kentucky AMLR Plan 13175, we have evaluated the potential amendment submitted on April 23, effects of this rule on Federally- Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act 2007, and consisting of revisions to KRS recognized Indian tribes and have Chapter 350 that correspond to changes determined that the rule does not have This rule is not a major rule under 5 to the Federal Surface Mining Control substantial direct effects on one or more U.S.C. 804(2), the Small Business and Reclamation Act of 1977 resulting Indian tribes, on the relationship Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act. from the Relief and Health Care Act of between the Federal Government and This rule: (a) Does not have an annual 2006, is approved. Indian tribes, or on the distribution of effect on the economy of $100 million; power and responsibilities between the (b) Will not cause a major increase in [FR Doc. E7–20700 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Federal Government and Indian tribes. costs or prices for consumers, BILLING CODE 4310–05–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES 59480 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY support as minors but reached the age 51763, 3 CFR, 1996 Comp., p. 216; Public of majority without having collected the Law 109–171. Fiscal Service full support amount owed to them. I 2. Amend § 285.3 by removing from The changes to this rule conform to paragraph (a) the definition of 31 CFR Part 285 the statutory change by removing the ‘‘Qualified child’’ and by revising RIN 1510–AB16 definition of Qualified child and by paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) to read as follows: deleting the requirement that past-due support be owed to or on behalf of a § 285.3 Offset of tax refund payments to Offset of Tax Refund Payments To collect past-due support. Collect Past-Due Support qualified child to be eligible for collection by tax refund offset. * * * * * AGENCY: Financial Management Service, (c) * * * Fiscal Service, Treasury. II. Regulatory Analyses (1) * * * ACTION: Final rule. Administrative Procedures Act (i) * * * (B) A State agency is providing SUMMARY: The Financial Management This rule is being issued as a final support collection services under 42 Service, Department of the Treasury, is rule without prior public notice and U.S.C. 654(4) and the amount of the amending its regulations governing the comment because the changes to the past-due support is not less than offset of federal tax refund payments to rule are being made to conform to $500.00; and statutory requirements. Under 5 U.S.C. collect past-due child support * * * * * obligations. We are removing the 553(b), good cause exists to determine definition of Qualified child due to a that notice and comment rulemaking is Dated: October 9, 2007. change in the statutory definition on unnecessary and contrary to the public Kenneth R. Papaj, which it is based enacted as part of the interest. The amendments made by this Commissioner. Deficit Reduction Act of 2005. This rule merely mirror amendments already [FR Doc. 07–5175 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] statutory change will allow the tax enacted into law. Further delay in BILLING CODE 4810–39–M refund offset program to collect past-due making these amendments would create child support on behalf of children who an inconsistency between the law and are no longer minors. We are also the regulations and would cause ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION amending the description of past-due confusion. AGENCY support obligations that qualify for the Regulatory Planning and Review tax refund offset by removing the 40 CFR Parts 52 and 97 The final rule does not meet the requirement that the support be owed to [EPA–R05–OAR–2007–0140; FRL–8481–4] or on behalf of a qualified child. criteria for a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ as defined in Executive Order DATES: Effective October 22, 2007. Limited Approval of Implementation 12866. Therefore, the regulatory review Plans of Indiana: Clean Air Interstate ADDRESSES: You may inspect and copy procedures contained therein do not Rule this rule at: Treasury Department apply. Library, Freedom of Information Act AGENCY: Environmental Protection (FOIA) Collection, Room 1428, Main Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis Agency (EPA). Treasury Building, 1500 Pennsylvania Because no notice of proposed ACTION: Direct final rule. Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220. rulemaking is required, the provisions Before visiting, you must call (202) 622– of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 SUMMARY: EPA is promulgating a limited 0990 for an appointment. U.S.C. et seq.) do not apply. approval of a revision to the Indiana FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Paperwork Reduction Act State Implementation Plan (SIP) Thomas Dungan, Policy Analyst, submitted on February 28, 2007. This at (202 847–6660 or at This rule contains no new collections revision incorporates provisions related [email protected] or Ellen of information. Therefore, the to the implementation of EPA’s Clean Neubauer, Senior Attorney, at Paperwork Reduction Act does not Air Interstate Rule (CAIR), promulgated (202) 874–6680 or at apply. on May 12, 2005, and subsequently [email protected]. List of Subjects in 31 CFR Part 285 revised on April 28, 2006, and December 13, 2006, and the CAIR SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Administrative practice and Federal Implementation Plans (CAIR procedure, Child support, Child welfare, I. Background FIP) concerning SO , NO annual, and Claims, Debts, Privacy, Taxes. 2 X The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, NOX ozone season emissions for the Public Law 109–171, amended the Authority and Issuance State of Indiana, promulgated on April Social Security Act to remove a I 28, 2006, and subsequently revised restriction on the collection of past-due For the reasons set forth in the December 13, 2006. EPA is not making support obligations by tax refund offset. preamble, we are amending part 285 of any changes to the CAIR FIP. It is, Prior to this change, tax refund offset to title 31, as follows: however, to the extent EPA approves collect past-due support obligations PART 285—DEBT COLLECTION Indiana’s SIP revision, amending the being collected by States on behalf of an AUTHORITIES UNDER THE DEBT appropriate appendices in the CAIR FIP individual was only available if the COLLECTION IMPROVEMENT ACT OF trading rules simply to note that support was due to or on behalf of a 1996 approval. qualified child (a child who is a minor On September 20, 2007, Indiana or who, while a minor, was determined I 1. The authority citation for part 285 requested that EPA act on a portion of to be disabled). The amendment to the continues to read as follows: the February 28, 2007, submittal as an law allows for the collection of past-due Authority: 5 U.S.C. 5514; 26 U.S.C. 6402; ‘‘abbreviated SIP.’’ Consequently, EPA support by tax refund offset on behalf of 31 U.S.C. 321, 31 U.S.C. 3701; 31 U.S.C. is approving this abbreviated SIP individuals who were owed child 3716; 42 U.S.C. 664; E.O. 13019, 61 FR revision, which addresses: The

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:29 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59481

X applicability provisions for the NOX provide it in the body of your comment. D. NO Allowance Allocations ozone season trading program and If you send an e-mail comment directly E. Allocation of Allowances From supporting definitions of terms; the to EPA without going through Compliance Supplement Pool www.regulations.gov, your e-mail F. Individual Opt-In Units methodology to be used to allocate NOX VI. Final Action annual and ozone season NOX address will be automatically captured VII. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews allowances and supporting definitions and included as part of the comment of terms; the compliance supplement that is placed in the public docket and I. What Action Is EPA Taking? pool (CSP) provisions for the NOX made available on the Internet. If you CAIR SIP Approval annual trading program; and provisions submit an electronic comment, EPA EPA is approving a revision to for SO2 and NOX opt-in units, all under recommends that you include your the CAIR FIP. name and other contact information in Indiana’s SIP, submitted on February 28, 2007, that would modify the DATES: This direct final rule is effective the body of your comment and with any disk or CD–ROM you submit. If EPA application of certain provisions of the December 21, 2007 without further CAIR FIPs concerning SO , NO annual, notice, unless EPA receives adverse cannot read your comment due to 2 X technical difficulties and cannot contact and NOX ozone season emissions. (As comment by November 21, 2007. If EPA discussed more fully below, this less receives such comments, it will publish you for clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment. comprehensive CAIR SIP is termed an a timely withdrawal of the direct final ‘‘abbreviated SIP.’’) Indiana is subject to rule in the Federal Register and inform Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters and any form of the CAIR FIP that implements the CAIR the public that the rule will not take requirements by requiring certain effect. encryption and should be free of any defects or viruses. For additional Electric Generating Units (EGUs) to ADDRESSES: Submit your comments, information about EPA’s public docket participate in the EPA-administered identified by Docket ID No. EPA–R05– visit the EPA Docket Center homepage Federal CAIR SO2, NOX annual, and OAR–2007–0140, by one of the at http://www.epa.gov/epahome/ NOX ozone season cap-and-trade following methods: dockets.htm. programs. The SIP revision provides a 1. www.regulations.gov: Follow the Docket: All documents in the methodology for allocating NOX on-line instructions for submitting electronic docket are listed in the allowances for the NOX annual and NOX comments. www.regulations.gov index. Although ozone season trading programs. The 2. E-mail: [email protected]. listed in the index, some information is CAIR FIPs provide that this 3. Fax: (312) 886–5824. not publicly available, i.e., CBI or other methodology will be used to allocate 4. Mail: John M. Mooney, Chief, information whose disclosure is NOX allowances to sources in Indiana, Criteria Pollutant Section, Air Programs restricted by statute. Certain other instead of the federal allocation Branch (AR–18J), U.S. Environmental material, such as copyrighted material, methodology otherwise provided in the Protection Agency, 77 West Jackson is not placed on the Internet and will be FIPs. The SIP revision also provides a Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604. publicly available only in hard copy methodology for allocating the 5. Hand Delivery: John M. Mooney, form. Publicly available docket compliance supplement pool Chief, Criteria Pollutant Section, Air materials are available either allowances in the CAIR NOX annual Programs Branch (AR–18J), U.S. electronically in www.regulations.gov or trading program, expands the Environmental Protection Agency, 77 in hard copy at the Environmental applicability provisions of the CAIR West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Protection Agency, Region 5, Air and NOX ozone season trading program, and Illinois 60604. Such deliveries are only Radiation Division, 77 West Jackson allows for individual units not accepted during the Regional Office Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604. This otherwise subject to the CAIR trading normal hours of operation, and special Facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 programs to opt into such trading arrangements should be made for p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding programs under the opt-in provisions of deliveries of boxed information. The legal holidays. We recommend that you the CAIR FIP. Consistent with the Regional Office official hours of telephone John Paskevicz, Engineer, at flexibility provided in the FIP, these business are Monday through Friday, (312) 886–6084, before visiting the provisions will also be used to replace 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. excluding Federal Region 5 office. or supplement, as appropriate, the holidays. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John corresponding provisions in the CAIR Instructions: Direct your comments to Paskevicz, Engineer, Criteria Pollutant FIP for Indiana. EPA is not making any Docket ID No. EPA–R05–OAR–2007– Section, Air Programs Branch (AR–18J), changes to the CAIR FIP, but is 0140. EPA’s policy is that all comments Environmental Protection Agency, amending to the extent EPA approves received will be included in the public Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Indiana’s SIP revision, the appropriate docket without change and may be Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886–6084, appendices in the CAIR FIP trading made available online at [email protected]. rules simply to note that approval. www.regulations.gov, including any SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: personal information provided, unless II. What Is the Regulatory History of the comment includes information Table of Contents CAIR and the CAIR FIPs? claimed to be Confidential Business I. What Action Is EPA Taking? EPA published CAIR on May 12, 2005 Information (CBI) or other information II. What Is the Regulatory History of CAIR (70 FR 25162). In this rule, EPA whose disclosure is restricted by statute. and the CAIR FIPs? determined that 28 States and the Do not submit through III. What Are the General Requirements of District of Columbia contribute www.regulations.gov or e-mail, CAIR and the CAIR FIPs? significantly to nonattainment and information that you consider to be CBI IV. What Are the Types of CAIR SIP interfere with maintenance of the or otherwise protected. The Submittals? national ambient air quality standards V. Analysis of Indiana’s CAIR SIP Submittal www.regulations.gov Web site is an A. State Budgets for Allowance Allocations (NAAQS) for fine particles (PM2.5) and/ ‘‘anonymous access’’ system, which B. CAIR Cap-and-Trade Programs or 8-hour ozone in downwind States in means EPA will not know your identity C. Applicability Provisions for Non-EGU the eastern part of the country. As a or contact information unless you NOX SIP Call Sources result, EPA required those upwind

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES 59482 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

States to revise their SIPs to include trading program for each regulated EPA anticipates that most States will control measures that reduce emissions pollutant (SO2, NOX annual, and NOX choose to meet the CAIR requirements of SO2, which is a precursor to PM2.5 ozone season) in all States covered by by selecting an option that requires formation, and/or NOX, which is a the CAIR FIP or SIP trading program for EGUs to participate in the EPA- precursor to both ozone and PM2.5 that pollutant. The CAIR FIPs also allow administered CAIR cap-and-trade formation. For jurisdictions that States to submit abbreviated SIP programs. For such States, EPA has contribute significantly to downwind revisions that, if approved by EPA, will provided two approaches for submitting PM2.5 nonattainment, CAIR sets annual automatically replace or supplement the and obtaining approval for CAIR SIP State-wide emission reduction corresponding CAIR FIP provisions revisions. States may submit full SIP requirements (i.e., budgets) for SO2 and (e.g., the methodology for allocating revisions that adopt the model CAIR annual State-wide emission reduction NOX allowances to sources in the State), cap-and-trade rules. If approved, these requirements for NOX. Similarly, for while the CAIR FIP remains in place for SIP revisions will fully replace the CAIR jurisdictions that contribute all other provisions. FIPs. Alternatively, States may submit significantly to 8-hour ozone On April 28, 2006, EPA published abbreviated SIP revisions. These SIP nonattainment, CAIR sets State-wide two more CAIR-related final rules that revisions will not replace the CAIR FIPs; emission reduction requirements for added the States of Delaware and New however, the CAIR FIPs provide that, NOX for the ozone season (May 1st to Jersey to the list of States subject to when approved, the provisions in these September 30th). Under CAIR, States CAIR for PM2.5 and announced EPA’s abbreviated SIP revisions will be used may implement these emission budgets final decisions on reconsideration of instead of or in conjunction with, as by participating in the EPA- five issues without making any appropriate, the corresponding administered cap-and-trade programs or substantive changes to the CAIR provisions of the CAIR FIP (e.g., the by adopting any other control measures requirements. NOX allowance allocation that the State shows will result in III. What Are the General Requirements methodology). An abbreviated SIP revision may compliance with the applicable SO2 and of CAIR and the CAIR FIPs? NOX budgets. establish certain applicability and CAIR explains to subject States what CAIR establishes State-wide emission allowance allocation provisions that, as must be included in SIPs to address the budgets for SO2 and NOX and is to be provided by CAIR FIPs, will be used requirements of section 110(a)(2)(D) of implemented in two phases. The first instead of or in conjunction with the the Clean Air Act (CAA) with regard to phase of NOX reductions starts in 2009 corresponding provisions in the CAIR interstate transport with respect to the and continues through 2014, while the FIP rules in that State. Specifically, the 8-hour ozone and PM2.5 NAAQS. EPA first phase of SO2 reductions starts in abbreviated SIP revisions may: made national findings on April 25, 2010 and continues through 2014. The 1. Include NOX SIP Call trading 2005 (70 FR 21147), effective May 25, second phase of reductions for both sources that are not EGUs under CAIR 2005, that the States had failed to NOX and SO2 starts in 2015 and in the CAIR FIP NOX ozone season submit SIPs meeting the requirements of continues thereafter. CAIR requires trading program; section 110(a)(2)(D). The SIPs were due States to implement the budgets by 2. Provide for allocation of NOX in July 2000, three years after the either: (1) Requiring EGUs to participate annual or ozone season allowances by promulgation of the 8-hour ozone and in the EPA-administered cap-and-trade the State, rather than the Administrator, PM2.5 NAAQS. These findings started a programs: or, (2) adopting other control and using a methodology chosen by the two-year clock for EPA to promulgate a measures of the State’s choosing and State; FIP to address the requirements of demonstrating that such control 3. Provide for allocation of NOX section 110(a)(2)(D). Under CAA section measures will result in compliance with annual allowances from the CSP by the 110(c)(1), EPA may issue a FIP anytime the applicable State SO2 and NOX State, rather than by the Administrator, after such findings are made and must budgets. The May 12, 2005, and April and using the State’s choice of allowed, do so within two years unless a SIP 28, 2006, CAIR promulgations provide alternative methodologies; and/or revision correcting the deficiency is model rules that States must adopt (with 4. Allow units that are not otherwise approved by EPA before the FIP is certain limited changes, if desired) if CAIR units to opt individually into the promulgated. they want to participate in the EPA- CAIR FIP cap-and-trade programs under On April 28, 2006, EPA promulgated administered trading programs. the opt-in provisions in the CAIR FIP FIPs for all States covered by CAIR in With two exceptions, only States that rules. order to ensure the emissions reductions choose to meet the requirements of With approval of an abbreviated SIP required by CAIR are achieved on CAIR through methods that exclusively revision, the CAIR FIP remains in place, schedule. Each CAIR State is subject to regulate EGUs are allowed to participate as tailored to sources in the State by that the FIPs until the State fully adopts, and in the EPA-administered trading approved SIP revision. EPA approves, a SIP revision meeting programs. One exception is for States In some situations, EPA determines the requirements of CAIR. The CAIR that adopt the opt-in provisions of the that a SIP submission does not fully FIPs require certain EGUs to participate model rules to allow non-EGUs meet all applicable CAA requirements in the EPA-administered CAIR SO2, individually to opt into the EPA- but that the submission nonetheless NOX annual, and NOX ozone-season administered trading programs. The strengthens the implementation plan. In model trading programs, as appropriate. other exception is for States that include such cases, EPA uses its ‘‘limited The CAIR FIP SO2, NOX annual, and all non-EGUs from their NOX SIP Call approval’’ authority under Sections NOX ozone season trading programs trading programs in their CAIR NOX 110(k)(3) and 301(a) of the Act to adopt impose essentially the same ozone season trading programs. regulations that are considered requirements as, and are integrated necessary to further air quality. with, the respective CAIR SIP trading IV. What Are the Types of CAIR SIP Abbreviated SIP revisions can be programs. The integration of the CAIR Submittals? submitted in lieu of, or as part of, full FIP and SIP trading programs means States have the flexibility to choose CAIR SIP revisions. States may want to that these trading programs will work the type of control measures they will designate part of their full SIP as an together to create effectively a single use to meet the requirements of CAIR. abbreviated SIP for EPA to act on first

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59483

when the timing of the State’s of allowances available for allocation for SO2, NOX annual, and NOX ozone submission might not provide EPA with each year under the EPA-administered season trading programs. sufficient time to approve the full SIP cap-and-trade programs under the CAIR Indiana is subject to the CAIR FIPs for prior to the deadline for recording NOX FIP. ozone and PM2.5, and the CAIR FIP allocations. This will help ensure that trading programs for SO2, NOX annual, B. CAIR Cap-and-Trade Programs the elements of the trading programs and NOX ozone season apply to sources where flexibility is allowed are CAIR NOX annual and ozone-season in Indiana. Consistent with the implemented according to the State’s FIPs both largely mirror the structure of flexibility it gives to States, the CAIR decisions. Submission of an abbreviated the NOX SIP Call model trading rule in FIPs provide that States may submit SIP revision does not preclude future 40 CFR part 96, subparts A through I. abbreviated SIP revisions that will submission of a full CAIR SIP revision. While the provisions of the NOX annual replace or supplement, as appropriate, In this case, although the February 28, and ozone-season FIPs are similar, there certain provisions of the CAIR FIP 2007, submittal from Indiana was are some differences. For example, the trading programs. The February 28, submitted as a full SIP revision, by a NOX annual FIP (but not the NOX ozone 2007, submission from Indiana is such letter dated September 20, 2007, the season FIP) provides for a CSP, which an abbreviated SIP revision. State requested that certain portions be is discussed below and under which allowances may be awarded for early C. Applicability Provisions for Non-EGU approved as an abbreviated SIP revision. NOX SIP Call Sources reductions of NOX annual emissions. As V. Analysis of Indiana’s CAIR SIP a further example, the NOX ozone In general, the CAIR FIP trading Submittal season FIP reflects the fact that the CAIR programs apply to any stationary, fossil- A. State Budgets for Allowance NOX ozone season trading program fuel-fired boiler or stationary, fossil- Allocations replaces the NOX SIP Call trading fuel-fired combustion turbine serving, at program after the 2008 ozone season any time since the later of November 15, The CAIR NOX annual and ozone and is coordinated with the NOX SIP 1990, or the start-up of the unit’s season budgets were developed from Call program. The NOX ozone season combustion chamber, a generator with historical heat input data for EGUs. FIP provides incentives for early nameplate capacity of more than 25 Using these data, EPA calculated annual emissions reductions by allowing megawatt electrical (MWe) producing and ozone season regional heat input banked, pre-2009 NOX SIP Call electricity for sale. values, which were multiplied by 0.15 allowances to be used for compliance in States have the option of bringing in, lb/mmBtu, for phase 1, and 0.125 lb/ the CAIR NOX ozone-season trading for the CAIR NOX ozone season program mmBtu, for phase 2, to obtain regional program. In addition, States have the only, those units in the State’s NOX SIP NOX budgets for 2009–2014 and for option of continuing to meet their NOX Call trading program that are not EGUs 2015 and thereafter, respectively. EPA SIP Call requirement by participating in as defined under CAIR. EPA advises derived the State NOX annual and ozone the CAIR NOX ozone season trading States exercising this option to add the season budgets from the regional program and including all their NOX SIP applicability provisions in the State’s budgets using State heat input data Call trading sources in that program. NOX SIP Call trading rule for non-EGUs adjusted by fuel factors. The provisions of the CAIR SO2 FIP to the applicability provisions in 40 CFR The CAIR State SO2 budgets were are also similar to the provisions of the 97.304 in order to include in the CAIR derived by discounting the tonnage of NOX annual and ozone season FIPs. NOX ozone season trading program all emissions authorized by annual However, the SO2 FIP is coordinated units required to be in the State’s NOX allowance allocations under the Acid with the ongoing Acid Rain SO2 cap- SIP Call trading program that are not Rain Program under title IV of the CAA. and-trade program under CAA title IV. already included under 40 CFR 97.304. Under CAIR, each allowance allocated The SO2 FIP uses the title IV allowances Under this option, the CAIR NOX ozone in the Acid Rain Program for the years for compliance, with each allowance season program must cover all large in phase 1 of CAIR (2010 through 2014) allocated for 2010–2014 authorizing industrial boilers and combustion authorizes 0.50 ton of SO2 emissions in only 0.50 ton of emissions and each turbines, as well as any small EGUs (i.e., the CAIR trading program, and each allowance allocated for 2015 and units serving a generator with a Acid Rain Program allowance allocated thereafter authorizing only 0.35 ton of nameplate capacity of 25 MWe or less) for the years in phase 2 of CAIR (2015 emissions. Banked title IV allowances that the State currently requires to be in and thereafter) authorizes 0.35 ton of allocated for years before 2010 can be the NOX SIP Call trading program. SO2 emissions in the CAIR trading used at any time in the CAIR SO2 cap- Consistent with the flexibility given to program. and-trade program, with each such States in the CAIR FIP, Indiana has The CAIR FIPs established the allowance authorizing one ton of chosen to expand the applicability budgets for Indiana as 108,935 tons (for emissions. Title IV allowances are to be provisions of the CAIR NOX ozone 2009–2014) and 90,779 tons (for 2015 freely transferable among sources season trading program to include non- and thereafter) for NOX annual covered by the Acid Rain Program and EGUs in the State’s NOX SIP Call trading emissions, 55,729 tons (for 2009–2014) sources covered by the CAIR SO2 cap- program. However, Indiana’s and 49,050 tons (for 2015 and thereafter) and-trade program. abbreviated SIP submission fails to for NOX ozone season emissions, and EPA used the CAIR model trading cover all such units and to include 254,599 tons (for 2009–2014) and rules as the basis for the trading certain related definitions. As such, the 178,219 tons (for 2015 and thereafter) programs in the CAIR FIPs. The CAIR SIP submission fails to meet the for SO2 emissions. The NOX ozone FIP trading rules are virtually identical requirements of 40 CFR 51.123(ee)(1), season budget properly reflects the to the CAIR model trading rules, with which requires a State that chooses this inclusion of NOX SIP Call trading changes made to account for Federal option to expand the applicability program units that are brought into the rather than State implementation. The provisions in a way that brings into the CAIR NOX ozone season trading CAIR model SO2, NOX annual, and NOX CAIR NOX ozone season trading program, as discussed below. Indiana’s ozone season trading rules and the program all units that are subject to the SIP revision, approved in this action, respective CAIR FIP trading rules are State’s NOX SIP Call trading program sets these budgets as the total amounts designed to work together as integrated but are not covered by the applicability

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:29 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES 59484 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

provisions of the CAIR NOX ozone further action to achieve the post-2009 2. The frequency of allocations; season FIP. reductions that would otherwise have 3. The basis for allocating allowances, Specifically, 326 IAC 24–3–1(a)(2) of been achieved under the NOX SIP Call which may be distributed, for example, Indiana’s CAIR NOX ozone season rule trading program by those NOX SIP Call based on historical heat input or electric expands the CAIR applicability units that are not covered by the CAIR and thermal output; and provisions to include, as CAIR NOX FIP NOX ozone season rule. See 40 CFR 4. The use of allowance set-asides ozone season units, NOX SIP Call units 51.121(r)(2) and 51.123(bb)(1)(i). and, if used, their size. not otherwise subject to the CAIR Consequently, Indiana will need to Consistent with the flexibility given to program that do not generate electricity either bring all those units into the CAIR States in the CAIR FIP, Indiana has for sale (i.e., units defined as ‘‘large NOX ozone season trading program or chosen to replace the provisions of the affected units’’ under 326 IAC 10–4– adopt other controls that will achieve CAIR NOX annual FIP concerning the 2(27)) but fails to bring into the CAIR the necessary post-2009 reductions. allocation of NOX annual allowances program NOX SIP Call units not Indiana’s abbreviated SIP makes with its own methodology. Indiana has otherwise subject to CAIR that do progress toward achieving these needed chosen to distribute NOX annual generate electricity for sale (i.e., units reductions by bringing most, but not all, allowances based on the methodology in defined as ‘‘electric generating units’’ of such NOX SIP Call units into the the CAIR FIP with some minor under 326 IAC 10–4–2(16)). In addition, CAIR FIP NOX ozone season trading modifications. For example, the 326 IAC 24–3–1(b) of Indiana’s rule program. allocation methodology in both the applies to these ‘‘large affected units’’ EPA also notes that, as discussed CAIR FIP and in Indiana’s rule makes a the exemptions established under the below, despite having deficiencies proportional allocation of allowances to CAIR model rule for cogeneration units concerning NOX ozone season individual EGUs based on baseline heat and solid waste incineration units even applicability, Indiana’s submission input to the boiler or combustion though the State’s NOX SIP Call trading meets most of the requirements for turbine. However, unlike the CAIR FIP program lacks any such exemptions. abbreviated SIPs. Moreover, while these methodology that uses a fixed baseline Moreover, Indiana’s rule does not deficiencies create the potential for heat input value based on five years of include certain definitions that are erroneous exclusion from the CAIR data, the Indiana rule updates the necessary to apply the State’s NOX SIP program of units that may meet the NOX baseline heat input information using Call applicability provisions and to SIP Call applicability criteria in the the most current eight years of data apply other provisions of the State’s rule future, EPA is not aware of any existing every six years. Indiana believes that the to NOX SIP Call units. The terms for NOX SIP Call units that would be longer look back period for the initial which definitions are missing, or for erroneously excluded from the CAIR allocation (1998–2005) is more which different definitions than those program at the present time because of appropriate than the timeframe in the currently in Indiana’s rule are needed, these deficiencies. For these reasons and CAIR FIP because many Indiana sources include: ‘‘commence commercial the additional reasons discussed below, were installing equipment to comply operation,’’ ‘‘electricity for firm sale to EPA is proposing a limited approval of with the NOX SIP Call, thus making the the electric grid,’’ ‘‘fossil-fuel-fired,’’ Indiana’s abbreviated SIP submission. shorter time period in the CAIR FIP and ‘‘unit’’. non-representative of normal In light of these deficiencies, EPA D. NOX Allowance Allocations operations. Further, with the Indiana concludes that Indiana’s abbreviated SIP Under the NOX allowance allocation heat input baseline being updated over submission does not fully meet the methodology in the CAIR model trading time, retired units, no longer in requirements for such submissions rules and in the CAIR FIP, NOX annual operation and no longer part of the under CAIR. However, EPA finds that, and ozone season allowances are State’s inventory, would eventually stop despite these deficiencies concerning allocated to units that have operated for receiving allowances. applicability, Indiana’s submission five years, based on heat input data from The Indiana rule also includes a new strengthens the implementation plan for a three-year period that are adjusted for unit set-aside for the NOX annual Indiana by bringing into the CAIR FIP fuel type by using fuel factors of 1.0 for trading program. The annual trading trading program units from the NOX SIP coal, 0.6 for oil, and 0.4 for other fuels. program in Indiana includes a new unit Call that would not otherwise be The CAIR model trading rules and the set-aside equal to 4.5 percent and 2.5 covered by the requirements of the CAIR CAIR FIP also provide a new unit set- percent respectively for Phase I and FIP and thereby making progress toward aside from which units without five Phase II unlike the CAIR FIP rule, which meeting Indiana’s obligation under the years of operation are allocated provides for a new unit set-aside of 5 NOX SIP Call to make NOX emission allowances based on the units’ prior percent and three percent for these reductions. year emissions. periods. The one-half percent difference Under the NOX SIP Call, Indiana was The CAIR FIP provides States the from the CAIR NOX annual FIP is used required to make certain emissions flexibility to establish a different NOX to provide annual NOX allowances for reductions. Indiana met this allowance allocation methodology that an energy efficiency and renewable (EE/ requirement by making ‘‘large affected will be used to allocate allowances to RE) set-aside consistent with the NOX units’’ under 326 IAC 10–4–2(27) and sources in the States if certain SIP Call EE/RE program. ‘‘electric generating units’’ under 326 requirements are met concerning the Indiana’s CAIR EE/RE program is IAC 10–4–2(16) subject to the NOX SIP timing of submission of units’ intended to provide incentives for EE/ Call trading program. Starting with the allocations to the Administrator for RE projects that reduce NOX emissions 2009 control period, EPA will no longer recordation and the total amount of starting in 2009. Applicants apply for administer the NOX SIP Call trading allowances allocated for each control allowances in one year, and the actual program (i.e., the NOX Budget Trading period. In adopting alternative NOX transfer of allowances occurs after the Program), which will therefore cease to allowance allocation methodologies, year is over, based on the emission exist. See 40 CFR 51.121(r)(1). With States have flexibility with regard to: reductions actually achieved. Half of EPA’s termination of the NOX SIP Call 1. The cost to recipients of the any unallocated allowances for a year in trading program starting with the 2009 allowances, which may be distributed the set-aside will be allocated to the ozone season, Indiana will need to take for free or auctioned; CAIR units, and the other half of such

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59485

unallocated allowances will be retained aside for NOX SIP Call units brought emission rate for 2003 through 2005, by Indiana, and transferred to the into the CAIR program. The NOX ozone excluding the ozone season of each year. Indiana Office of Energy and Defense season EE/RE set-aside is similar to the Eligible units must be coal-fired CAIR Development, to fund a grant program NOX annual EE/RE set-aside except that NOX units. The amount of reserved for smaller scale EE/RE projects. half of any unallocated allowances for a allowances reflects the difference Consistent with the flexibility given to year in the set-aside will be returned to between the eligible unit’s non-ozone States in the CAIR FIPs, Indiana has the NOX SIP Call units in the program, season emission rate in 2003–2005 and chosen to replace the provisions of the and the rest will go to the grant the unit’s non-ozone season emission CAIR NOX ozone season FIP concerning program. rate in 2007 and 2008. allowance allocations with its own EPA’s limited approval of Indiana’s Indiana also included an incentive for methodology. Indiana will distribute abbreviated SIP will allow control configurations that maximize NOX ozone season allowances based implementation of the allocation mercury reduction co-benefits within upon the methodology in the CAIR FIP methodologies selected by Indiana and, the CSP program. The intent of this with some changes. For example, in particular, Indiana’s methodology to option is to encourage new selective Indiana’s rule takes into account the fact address the allowances already issued, catalytic reduction (SCR) installation that allowances for the 2009 ozone and recorded by the Administrator, in and year-round SCR operation at units season trading period have already been the NOX SIP Call trading program for that have or will have electrostatic allocated, and recorded by the the 2009 ozone season. precipitators (ESP) and flue gas Administrator, under Indiana’s NOX SIP desulfurization (FGD) in 2007 and 2008. E. Allocation of NOX Allowances From Call trading program. This is the first This option is offered to sources because Compliance Supplement Pool year for which allowances are allocated the above control configuration of SCR, under the CAIR FIP NOX ozone season The CAIR establishes a CSP to ESP and FGD can achieve up to 90 trading rule. The Indiana rule provides provide an incentive for early percent mercury reduction. The Indiana that these 2009 NOX SIP Call allowances reductions in NOX annual emissions. rule awards a bonus to units that are the CAIR NOX ozone season The CSP consists of 200,000 CAIR NOX achieve reductions in excess of their allowances for 2009, and thus no annual allowances of vintage 2009 for reserved allowances and, for units with additional allocations for the 2009 the entire CAIR region, and a State’s SCR, ESP, and FGD, the bonus is 1.5 ozone season for Indiana sources share of the CSP is based upon the times the NOX reductions achieved. (except for CAIR NOX ozone season opt- projected magnitude of the emission However, the State’s rule contains a in units, as discussed below) will be reductions required by CAIR in that limitation that precludes any eligible made under the CAIR NOX ozone season State. States may distribute CSP unit from receiving CSP allowances in trading program. Consistent with this allowances, one allowance for each ton excess of the actual NOX reductions provision of Indiana’s rule, the of early reduction, to sources that make achieved beyond the reserved amount. Administrator, in operating the CAIR NOX reductions during 2007 or 2008 F. Individual Opt-In Units NOX Ozone Season Tracking System, beyond what is required by any will treat each 2009 NOX SIP Call applicable State or Federal emission The opt-in provisions of the CAIR FIP allowance issued by Indiana as usable limitation. States also may distribute allow certain non-EGUs that do not for compliance with the allowance- CSP allowances based upon a meet the applicability criteria for a CAIR holding requirements of the CAIR NOX demonstration of need for an extension trading program to participate Ozone Season Trading Program by any of the 2009 deadline for implementing voluntarily in (i.e., opt into) the CAIR CAIR NOX ozone season source that emission controls. trading program. A non-EGU may opt holds the allowance in the source’s The CAIR annual NOX FIP establishes into one or more of the CAIR trading compliance account as of the allowance specific methodologies for allocations of programs. In order to qualify to opt into transfer deadline, regardless of the State CSP allowances. States may choose an a CAIR trading program, a unit must in which the source is located. allowed, alternative CSP allocation vent all emissions through a stack and For control periods after 2009, methodology to be used to allocate CSP be able to meet monitoring, Indiana’s rule provides for the allowances to sources in the States. recordkeeping, and recording allocation of new allowances for the Consistent with the flexibility given to requirements of 40 CFR part 75. The CAIR NOX ozone season program. For States in the CAIR FIP, Indiana has owners and operators seeking to make a units covered by the CAIR NOX ozone chosen to modify the provisions of the choice to include a unit in a CAIR season program under the applicability CAIR NOX annual FIP concerning the trading program must apply for a CAIR provisions of the CAIR FIP, Indiana’s allocation of allowances from the CSP. opt-in permit. If the unit is issued a rule adopts an allocation methodology The CSP provision of the Indiana rule CAIR opt-in permit, the unit becomes a similar to that described above differs from the one included in the CAIR unit, is allocated allowances, and concerning CAIR NOX annual allowance CAIR NOX annual FIP by providing a must meet the same allowance-holding allocations. For NOX SIP Call units mechanism for Indiana to reserve and emissions monitoring and reporting brought into the CAIR trading program, allowances for all eligible units in requirements as other units subject to Indiana’s rule adopts a methodology advance of allocations to provide some the CAIR trading program. The opt-in that allocates allowances based on certainty to sources regarding the provisions provide methodologies for maximum design heat input as well as minimum amount of allowances that allocating allowances for opt-in units, on baseline heat input. The Indiana rule will be available to them for early one that applies to opt-in units in also provides separate new unit set- reduction credits. Under Indiana’s rule, general and a second that allocates asides for units covered by the an eligible unit is one that has or will allowances only to opt-in units that the applicability provisions in the CAIR FIP have post-combustion control owners and operators intend to re- and for NOX SIP Call units brought into equipment installed before December power before January 1, 2015. the CAIR program. 31, 2008, or, for all other units, one that States have several options Further, Indiana included in its NOX is able to achieve a NOX emission rate concerning the opt-in provisions. The ozone season trading program an EE/RE that is at least 10 percent lower than the rules for each of the CAIR FIP trading set-aside program and a hardship set- heat input weighted average NOX programs include opt-in provisions that

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:29 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES 59486 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

are essentially the same as those in the Indiana also allows units to opt-in to the not a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ and respective CAIR SIP model rules, except CAIR NOX annual, NOX ozone season, therefore is not subject to review by the that the CAIR FIP opt-in provisions and SO2 trading programs, and utilizes Office of Management and Budget. For become effective in a State only if the the two methodologies set forth in the this reason, this action is also not State’s abbreviated SIP revision adopts FIP for allocating allowances to such subject to Executive Order 13211, opt-in provisions as provided for in units. Therefore, the opt-in provisions ‘‘Actions Concerning Regulations That § 51.123(p)(3). The State may adopt the provided as an option in the CAIR FIP Significantly Affect Energy Supply, opt-in provisions entirely, or may adopt trading programs (in parts 40 CFR part Distribution, or Use’’ (66 FR 28355, May them but exclude one of the allowance 97, subparts II, III and IIII), will apply 22, 2001). This action merely approves allocation methodologies. The State also to units in Indiana. As provided for in State law as making progress toward has the option of not adopting any opt- the CAIR FIPs, these provisions in the meeting Federal requirements and in provisions in the abbreviated SIP abbreviated SIP revision will replace or would impose no additional revision and thereby providing for the supplement the corresponding requirements beyond those imposed by CAIR FIP trading program to be provisions of the CAIR FIP in Indiana. State law. Accordingly, the implemented in the State without the EPA is not proposing to make any Administrator certifies that this rule ability for units to opt into the program. changes to the CAIR FIP, but is would not have a significant economic Consistent with the flexibility given to proposing, to the extent EPA approves impact on a substantial number of small States in the FIP, Indiana has chosen to Indiana’s SIP revision, to amend the entities under the Regulatory Flexibility allow non-EGUs meeting certain appropriate appendices in the CAIR FIP Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.). Because this requirements to opt into the CAIR NOX trading rules simply to note that action approves pre-existing annual trading program, the CAIR NOX approval. requirements under State law and ozone season trading program and the EPA is making limited approval of would not impose any additional CAIR SO2 trading program. The State Indiana’s abbreviated SIP revision enforceable duty beyond that required has allowed both opt-in allocation because, despite the deficiencies in the by State law, it does not contain any methodologies for each program as NOX ozone season applicability unfunded mandate or significantly or specified in 40 CFR part 97, subparts II, provisions and related definitions that uniquely affect small governments, as III, and IIII. EPA notes that Indiana’s result in the submission not meeting the described in the Unfunded Mandates abbreviated SIP includes opt-in requirements of CAIR in 40 CFR Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104–4). provisions for the CAIR NOX annual and 51.123(ee)(1), the submission This rule also does not have tribal ozone season and SO2 programs that are strengthens the implementation plan for implications because it would not have essentially the same as the opt-in Indiana. (A detailed description of how a substantial direct effect on one or provisions in the model rules for these these deficiencies can be corrected is set more Indian tribes, on the relationship programs and in the CAIR FIP. The forth in a technical support document between the Federal Government and Indiana opt-in provisions include most, that is included in the docket of this Indian tribes, or on the distribution of but not all, of the most recent revisions rulemaking.) As discussed above, power and responsibilities between the that EPA made to the model rule and Indiana’s SIP is strengthened because it Federal Government and Indian tribes, CAIR FIP opt-in provisions. Indiana has makes progress toward meeting as specified by Executive Order 13175 indicated that it intends to submit a Indiana’s emission reduction (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). This revised full SIP that adopts all of the requirements under the NOX SIP Call. action also does not have Federalism most recent revisions to the opt-in EPA further believes that the limited implications because it would not have provisions. Consequently, EPA approval is appropriate because substantial direct effects on the States, considers Indiana’s rule to include incorporation of Indiana’s rules into the on the relationship between the national provisions that are substantively SIP will allow EPA to implement the government and the States, or on the identical to the opt-in provisions in part methodology selected by Indiana to distribution of power and 96 of this chapter. Thus, units in address the allowances for the 2009 responsibilities among the various Indiana may opt into the CAIR trading ozone season that already have been levels of government, as specified in programs as provided for in subparts II, allocated, and recorded by the Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, III, and IIII of the CAIR FIP. Administrator, under Indiana’s NOX SIP August 10, 1999). This action merely Call trading program. approves a State rule making progress VI. Final Action This limited approval incorporates toward implementing a Federal EPA is approving Indiana’s the rules in the abbreviated SIP revision standard and to amend the appropriate abbreviated CAIR SIP revision into the SIP, including those provisions appendices in the CAIR FIP trading submitted on February 28, 2007, as identified as deficient. EPA notes that rules to note that approval. It does not amended by letter of September 20, Indiana has indicated in its September alter the relationship or the distribution 2007. Indiana is covered by the CAIR 20, 2007, letter that it intends to submit of power and responsibilities FIP, which requires participation in the revised elements of the full SIP that established in the Clean Air Act. This EPA-administered CAIR FIP cap-and- address the above-described rule also is not subject to Executive trade programs for SO2, NOX annual, deficiencies related to applicability, as Order 13045 ‘‘Protection of Children and NOX ozone season emissions. well as some other issues concerning its from Environmental Health Risks and Under this abbreviated SIP revision, current full SIP submission. EPA Safety Risks’’ (62 FR 19885, April 23, Indiana adopts provisions for allocating intends to propose subsequently a 1997), because it would approve a State allowances under the CAIR FIP NOX limited disapproval of the abbreviated rule making progress toward annual and ozone season trading SIP unless the deficiencies are implementing a Federal Standard. programs. Indiana also adopts in the corrected. In reviewing SIP submissions, EPA’s abbreviated SIP revision provisions that role is to approve State choices, establish a methodology for allocating VII. Statutory and Executive Order provided that they meet the criteria of allowances in the CSP, and expands the Reviews the Clean Air Act. In this context, in the applicability provisions for the CAIR Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR absence of a prior existing requirement FIP NOX ozone season trading program. 51735, October 4, 1993), this action is for the State to use voluntary consensus

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59487

standards (VCS), EPA has no authority oxides, Ozone, Particulate matter, PART 97—[AMENDED] to disapprove a SIP submission for Reporting and recordkeeping failure to use VCS. It would thus be requirements, Sulfur dioxide. I 3. The authority citation for part 97 inconsistent with applicable law for Dated: September 27, 2007. continues to read as follows: EPA, when it reviews a SIP submission, Bharat Mathur, Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, 7403, 7410, to use VCS in place of a SIP submission Acting Regional Administrator, Region 5. 7426, 7601, and 7651, et seq. that otherwise satisfies the provisions of the Clean Air Act. Thus, the I For the reasons set forth in the I 4. Appendix A to subpart EE is requirements of section 12(d) of the preamble, parts 52 and 97 of chapter 1 amended by adding in alphabetical National Technology Transfer and of title 40 of the Code of Federal order the entry ‘‘Indiana’’ under Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. Regulations are amended as follows: paragraph 1. and 2. to read as follows: 272 note) do not apply. This rule would PART 52—[AMENDED] Appendix A to Subpart EE of Part 97— not impose an information collection States With Approved State burden under the provisions of the I 1. The authority citation for part 52 Implementation Plan Revisions Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 continues to read as follows: Concerning Allocations U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Congressional Review Act, 5 Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. 1. * * * U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the Small Subpart P—Indiana Indiana Business Regulatory Enforcement 2. * * * Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides I 2. Section 52.770 is amended by Indiana that before a rule may take effect, the adding paragraph (c)(185) to read as * * * * * agency promulgating the rule must follows: submit a rule report, which includes a I 5. Appendix A to Subpart II of Part 97 copy of the rule, to each House of the § 52.770 Identification of plan. is amended by adding in alphabetical Congress and to the Comptroller General * * * * * order the entry ‘‘Indiana’’ under of the United States. EPA will submit a (c) * * * paragraphs 1. and 2. to read as follows: report containing this rule and other (185) The Indiana Department of Appendix A to Subpart II of Part 97— required information to the U.S. Senate, Environmental Management submitted States With Approved State the U.S. House of Representatives, and amendments on September 20, 2007 to Implementation Plan Revisions the Comptroller General of the United the State Implementation Plan to Concerning CAIR NOX Opt-In Units States prior to publication of the rule in Control Emissions from electric the Federal Register. A major rule generating units (EGU) and non-EGUs. 1. * * * cannot take effect until 60 days after it Rules affecting these units include: 326 Indiana is published in the Federal Register. Indiana Administrative Code (IAC) 24– 2. * * * This action is not a ‘‘major rule’’ as 1–2, 326 IAC 24–1–8, 326 IAC 24–1–12, Indiana defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). 326 IAC 24–2–11, 326 IAC 24–3–1, 326 * * * * * Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean IAC 24–3–2, 326 IAC 24–3–8 and 326 Air Act, petitions for judicial review of IAC 24–3–12 respectively. I 6. Appendix A to Subpart III of Part this action must be filed in the United (i) Incorporation by reference. The 97 is amended by adding in alphabetical States Court of Appeals for the following sections of the Indiana order the entry ‘‘Indiana’’ under appropriate circuit by December 21, Administrative Code (IAC) are paragraphs 1. and 2. to read as follows: 2007. Filing a petition for incorporated by reference: 326 IAC 24– Appendix A to Subpart III of Part 97— reconsideration by the Administrator of 1–2(36) ‘‘Control period’’; 326 IAC 24– States With Approved State this final rule does not affect the finality 1–2(38) ‘‘Energy efficiency or renewable Implementation Plan Revisions of this rule for the purposes of judicial energy projects’’; 326 IAC 24–1–2(60) Concerning CAIR SO2 Opt-In Units review nor does it extend the time ‘‘Rated energy efficiency’’; 326 IAC 24– 1. * * * within which a petition for judicial 1–8 ‘‘CAIR NOX allowance allocations’’; review may be filed, and shall not 326 IAC 24–1–12 ‘‘CAIR NOX opt-in Indiana postpone the effectiveness of such rule units’’; 326 IAC 24–2–11 ‘‘CAIR SO2 2. * * * or action. This action may not be opt-in units’’; 326 IAC 24–3–1 Indiana challenged later in proceedings to ‘‘Applicability’’; 326 IAC 24–3–2(38) * * * * * enforce its requirements. (See section ‘‘Energy efficiency or renewable energy I 307(b)(2).) projects’’; 326 IAC 24–3–2(49) ‘‘Large 7. Appendix A to Subpart EEEE of Part 97 is amended by adding in List of Subjects affected unit’’; 326 IAC 24–3–2(61) ‘‘Rated energy efficiency’’; 326 IAC 24– alphabetical order the entry ‘‘Indiana’’ to read as follows: 40 CFR Part 52 3–8 ‘‘CAIR NOX ozone season Environmental protection, Air allowance’’; and 326 IAC 24–3–12 Appendix A to Subpart EEEE of Part pollution control, Electric utilities, ‘‘CAIR NOX ozone season opt-in units’’. 97—States With Approved State Incorporation by Reference, Approved by the Attorney General Implementation Plan Revisions Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen January 12, 2007. Approved by the Concerning Allocations Governor January 23, 2007. Filed with oxides, Ozone, Particulate matter, * * * * * Reporting and recordkeeping the Publisher January 26, 2007. Indiana requirements, Sulfur dioxide. Published on the Indiana Register Web site February 28, 2007, Document * * * * * 40 CFR Part 97 Identification Number (DIN): 20070221– I 8. Appendix A to Subpart IIII of Part Environmental protection, Air IR–326050117FRA. Effective February 97 is amended by adding in alphabetical pollution control, Electric utilities, 25, 2007. order the entry ‘‘Indiana’’ under Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen * * * * * paragraphs 1. and 2. to read as follows:

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:29 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES 59488 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

Appendix A to Subpart IIII of Part 97— Twelfth Street, SW., Room CY–A257, where there are no bona fide States With Approved State Washington, DC 20554. The complete expressions of interest. Implementation Plan Revisions text of this decision may also be DATES: Effective November 19, 2007. Concerning CAIR NOX Ozone Season purchased from the Commission’s ADDRESSES: Federal Communications Opt-In Units duplicating contractor, Best Copy and Commission, 445 Twelfth Street, SW., Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street, SW., 1. * * * Washington, DC 20554. Room CY–B402, Washington, DC 20554, Indiana telephone 1–800–378–3160 or http:// FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 2. * * * www.BCPIWEB.com. The Commission Rolanda F. Smith, Media Bureau, (202) Indiana will send a copy of this Report and 418–2180. * * * * * Order in a report to be sent to Congress SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a and the Government Accountability summary of the Commission’s Report [FR Doc. E7–20249 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Office pursuant to the Congressional and Order, MB Docket No. 06–200, BILLING CODE 6560–50–P Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A). adopted October 3, 2007, and released List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73 October 5, 2007. The full text of this Commission decision is available for FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS Radio, Radio broadcasting. inspection and copying during normal COMMISSION I As stated in the preamble, the Federal business hours in the Commission’s Communications Commission amends Reference Information Center, 445 47 CFR Part 73 47 CFR part 73 as follows: Twelfth Street, SW., Washington, DC [DA 07–4128; MB Docket No. 07–39; RM– 20554. The complete text of this 11360] PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST decision may also be purchased from SERVICES the Commission’s duplicating Radio Broadcasting Service; Prineville, I 1. The authority citation for part 73 contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc., OR continues to read as follows: 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY–B402, Washington, DC 20554, telephone 1– AGENCY: Federal Communications Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336. 800–378–3160 or http:// Commission. § 73.202 [Amended] www.BCPIWEB.com. The Commission ACTION: Final rule. I will send a copy of this Report and 2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM Order in a report to be sent to Congress SUMMARY: The Audio Division grants a Allotments under Oregon, is amended petition for rulemaking filed by Terry A. and the Government Accountability by adding Channel 299C3 at Prineville. Office pursuant to the Congressional Cowan for a new allotment at Prineville, Federal Communications Commission. Oregon. Channel 299C3 can be allotted Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A). John A. Karousos, at Prineville, Oregon in compliance List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73 with the Commission’s minimum Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media Bureau. Radio, Radio broadcasting. distance separation requirements at 44– 26–17 North Latitude and 120–57–12 [FR Doc. E7–20744 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] I As stated in the preamble, the Federal West Longitude with a site restriction of BILLING CODE 6712–01–P Communications Commission amends 11.4 kilometers (7.1 miles) north of city 47 CFR part 73 as follows: reference. FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST DATES: Effective November 19, 2007. COMMISSION SERVICES ADDRESSES: Secretary, Federal Communications Commission, 445 47 CFR Part 73 I 1. The authority citation for part 73 continues to read as follows: Twelfth Street, SW., Washington, DC [DA 07–4130; MB Docket No. 06–200] 20554. Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336. Radio Broadcasting Services; Boswell, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: § 73.202 [Amended] Rolanda F. Smith, Media Bureau, (202) OK, and Detroit, TX I 418–2738. 2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM AGENCY: Federal Communications Allotments under Oklahoma, is SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a Commission. amended by removing Boswell, Channel synopsis of the Commission’s Report ACTION: Final rule. 282C3. and Order, MB Docket No. 07–39, adopted October 3, 2007, and released SUMMARY: The Audio Division, on its Federal Communications Commission. October 5, 2007. The full text of this own motion, deletes Channel 282C3 at John A. Karousos, Commission decision is available for Boswell, Oklahoma to resolve existing Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media inspection and copying during regular distance spacing conflicts. It is Bureau. business hours at the FCC’s Reference Commission policy to refrain from [FR Doc. E7–20745 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Information Center, Portals II, 445 maintaining an allotment in instances BILLING CODE 6712–01–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4700 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR1.SGM 22OCR1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with RULES 59489

Proposed Rules Federal Register Vol. 72, No. 203

Monday, October 22, 2007

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: contains notices to the public of the proposed identified by ‘‘UT–044–FOR’’ by any of I. Background on the Utah Program issuance of rules and regulations. The the following methods: II. Description of the Proposed Amendment purpose of these notices is to give interested • Federal eRulemaking Portal: http:// III. Public Comment Procedures persons an opportunity to participate in the www.regulations.gov. OSM is listed as IV. Procedural Determinations rule making prior to the adoption of the final Office of Surface Mining Reclamation rules. and Enforcement. Follow the I. Background on the Utah Program instructions for submitting comments. Section 503(a) of the Act permits a • DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Mail: James F. Fulton, Chief, Denver State to assume primacy for the Field Division, Office of Surface Mining regulation of surface coal mining and Office of Surface Mining Reclamation Reclamation and Enforcement, P.O. Box reclamation operations on non-Federal and Enforcement 46667, Denver, CO 80201–6667. and non-Indian lands within its borders • Hand Delivery/Courier: James F. by demonstrating that its State program 30 CFR Part 944 Fulton, Chief, Denver Field Division, includes, among other things, ‘‘a State Office of Surface Mining Reclamation law which provides for the regulation of [SATS No. UT–044–FOR; State Amendment and Enforcement, 1999 Broadway, suite Identification Number UT–1196] surface coal mining and reclamation 3320, Denver, CO 80202–5733. operations in accordance with the Utah Regulatory Program Instructions: All submissions received requirements of this Act * * *; and must include the agency name and UT– rules and regulations consistent with AGENCY: Office of Surface Mining 044–FOR. For detailed instructions on regulations issued by the Secretary Reclamation and Enforcement, Interior. submitting comments and additional pursuant to this Act.’’ See 30 U.S.C. ACTION: Proposed rule; public comment information on the rulemaking process, 1253(a)(1) and (7). On the basis of these period and opportunity for public see the ‘‘Public Comment Procedures’’ criteria, the Secretary of the Interior hearing on proposed amendment. heading of the SUPPLEMENTARY conditionally approved the Utah INFORMATION section of this document. SUMMARY: We are announcing receipt of program on January 21, 1981. You can Docket: Access to the docket, to find background information on the a proposed amendment to the Utah review copies of the Utah program, this regulatory program (hereinafter, the Utah program, including the Secretary’s amendment, a listing of any scheduled findings, the disposition of comments, Utah program) under the Surface public hearings, and all written Mining Control and Reclamation Act of and the conditions of approval of the comments received in response to this Utah program in the January 21, 1981, 1977 (SMCRA or the Act). Utah document, may be obtained at the proposes revisions to and additions of Federal Register (46 FR 5899). You can addresses listed below during normal also find later actions concerning Utah’s rules and statutes about waiving specific business hours, Monday through Friday, application requirements with a written program and program amendments at 30 excluding holidays. You may receive CFR 944.15 and 944.30. determination by the Division of Oil, one free copy of the amendment by Gas and Mining (DOGM), clarification contacting Office of Surface Mining II. Description of the Proposed that applications shall be filed with the Reclamation and Enforcement (OSM’s) Amendment county clerk ‘‘for public inspection,’’ Denver Field Division. In addition, you By letter dated August 31, 2007, Utah and allowing the area covered by a may review a copy of the amendment permit to be extended by an application sent us a proposed amendment to its during regular business hours at the program (SATS No. UT–044–FOR, for a significant permit revision. following locations: Utah intends to revise its program to administrative record number UT–1196) be consistent with the corresponding James F. Fulton, Chief, Denver Field under SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1201 et seq.). Federal regulations and SMCRA, clarify Division, Office of Surface Mining Utah sent the amendment to propose ambiguities, and to improve operational Reclamation and Enforcement, 1999 changes made at its own initiative. The efficiency. Broadway, suite 3320, Denver, CO full text of the program amendment is This document gives the times and 80202–5733, Telephone: (303) 844– available for you to read at the locations locations that the Utah program and 1400, extension 1424, E-mail: listed above under ADDRESSES. proposed amendment to that program [email protected]. Specifically, Utah proposes to amend are available for your inspection, the John R. Baza, Director, Division of Oil, Utah Code Annotated (UCA) § 40–10– comment period during which you may Gas and Mining, 1594 West North 10(2)(d)(ii) to clarify the specific permit submit written comments on the Temple, suite 1210, Salt Lake City, application requirements which may be amendment, and the procedures that we UT 84114–5801, Telephone: (801) waived by the Division with a written will follow for the public hearing, if one 538–5340, Internet: http:// determination that the requirements are is requested. www.ogm.utah.gov. unnecessary. Without this proposed DATES: We will accept written Or anytime at: http:// specification, the provision could be comments on this amendment until 4 www.regulations.gov. OSM is listed as interpreted as allowing the Division to p.m., m.s.t., November 21, 2007. If Office of Surface Mining Reclamation waive a broader range of requirements. requested, we will hold a public hearing and Enforcement. The proposed amendment to UCA on the amendment on November 16, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: § 40–10–10(5) reinstates a provision that 2007. We will accept requests to speak James F. Fulton, Telephone: (303) 844– was inadvertently deleted in S.B. 72 in until 4 p.m., m.s.t., on November 6, 1400 extension 1424. Internet: 2002. The proposed addition clarifies 2007. [email protected]. that permit applications are to be filed

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59490 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

with the county clerk ‘‘for public Public Availability of Comments Executive Order 12866—Regulatory inspection.’’ Planning and Review Before including your address, phone The above proposed revisions to UCA number, e-mail address, or other This rule is exempted from review by § 40–10–10(2)(d)(ii) and UCA § 40–10– personal identifying information in your the Office of Management and Budget 10(5) address topics that were originally comment, you should be aware that (OMB) under Executive Order 12866. addressed in SATS No. UT–042–FOR your entire comment—including your Executive Order 12988—Civil Justice (administrative record number UT– personal identifying information—may Reform 1171) and included in the February 21, be made publicly available at any time. 2003, concern letter (administrative The Department of the Interior has While you can ask us in your comment conducted the reviews required by record number UT–1180) from OSM to to withhold your personal identifying DOGM. section 3 of Executive Order 12988 and information from public review, we has determined that this rule meets the Proposed changes to UCA § 40–10– cannot guarantee that we will be able to applicable standards of subsections (a) 12(1)(c) add a provision allowing do so. and (b) of that section. However, these extensions to area covered by a permit standards are not applicable to the to be made through significant permit Public Hearing actual language of State regulatory revisions. Additional changes recodify If you wish to speak at the public programs and program amendments the provision and do not change the hearing, contact the person listed under because each program is drafted and meaning of the existing statute. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT by 4 promulgated by a specific State, not by The proposed change to p.m., m.s.t. on November 6, 2007. If you OSM. Under sections 503 and 505 of Administrative Rule R645–303–222 are disabled and need special SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1253 and 1255) and implements the proposed changes to accommodations to attend a public the Federal regulations at 30 CFR UCA § 40–10–12(1)(c) and reflects the hearing, contact the person listed under 730.11, 732.15, and 732.17(h)(10), procedural requirements referenced for FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT. We decisions on proposed State regulatory permit revisions rather than the will arrange the location and time of the programs and program amendments previous reference to new permit hearing with those persons requesting submitted by the States must be based application requirements. The above the hearing. If no one requests an solely on a determination of whether the proposed amendment to R645–303–222 opportunity to speak, we will not hold submittal is consistent with SMCRA and was originally proposed in UT–043– the hearing. its implementing Federal regulations FOR (admin record number UT–1181). To assist the transcriber and ensure an and whether the other requirements of OSM raised concerns regarding a accurate record, we request, if possible, 30 CFR parts 730, 731, and 732 have conflict with the Utah statute (UCA) that each person who speaks at a public been met. § 40–10–12(1)(c) in a phone hearing provide us with a written copy Executive Order 13132—Federalism conversation on January 23, 2006, of his or her comments. The public documented as administrative record This rule does not have federalism hearing will continue on the specified implications. SMCRA delineates the number UT–1190. Utah formally date until everyone scheduled to speak withdrew the proposed amendment to roles of the Federal and State has been given an opportunity to be governments with regard to the R645–303–222 on February 16, 2006 heard. If you are in the audience and (admin record number UT–1194) regulation of surface coal mining and have not been scheduled to speak and reclamation operations. One of the pending their submittal of a proposed wish to do so, you will be allowed to change to UCA § 40–10–12(1)(c). purposes of SMCRA is to ‘‘establish a speak after those who have been nationwide program to protect society III. Public Comment Procedures scheduled. We will end the hearing after and the environment from the adverse everyone scheduled to speak and others effects of surface coal mining Under the provisions of 30 CFR present in the audience who wish to operations.’’ Section 503(a)(1) of 732.17(h), we are seeking your speak, have been heard. SMCRA requires that State laws comments on whether the amendment regulating surface coal mining and satisfies the applicable program Public Meeting reclamation operations be ‘‘in approval criteria of 30 CFR 732.15. If we If only one person requests an accordance with’’ the requirements of approve the amendment, it will become opportunity to speak, we may hold a SMCRA. Section 503(a)(7) requires that part of the Utah program. public meeting rather than a public State programs contain rules and Written Comments hearing. If you wish to meet with us to regulations ‘‘consistent with’’ discuss the amendment, please request regulations issued by the Secretary Send your written or electronic a meeting by contacting the person pursuant to SMCRA. comments to us at the addresses given listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION Executive Order 13175—Consultation above. Your written comments should CONTACT. All such meetings are open to be specific, pertain only to the issues and Coordination With Indian Tribal the public and, if possible, we will post Governments proposed in this rulemaking, and notices of meetings at the locations include explanations in support of your listed under ADDRESSES. We will make In accordance with Executive Order recommendations. We will not consider a written summary of each meeting a 13175, we have evaluated the potential or respond to your comments when part of the administrative record. effects of this rule on Federally developing the final rule if they are recognized Indian Tribes and have received after the close of the comment IV. Procedural Determinations determined that the rule does not have period (see DATES). We will make every Executive Order 12630—Takings substantial direct effects on one or more attempt to log all comments into the Indian Tribes, on the relationship record for this rulemaking, but This rule does not have takings between the Federal government and comments delivered to an address other implications. This determination is Indian Tribes, or on the distribution of than the those listed above may not be based on the analysis performed for the power and responsibilities between the logged in. counterpart Federal regulation. Federal government and Indian Tribes.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59491

The rule does not involve or affect b. Will not cause a major increase in the anchorage area. These changes Indian Tribes in any way. costs or prices for consumers, would ensure all vessels have fair access individual industries, Federal, State, or to the anchorage area, and provide a Executive Order 13211—Regulations local government agencies, or higher degree of vessel and That Significantly Affect the Supply, geographic regions. environmental safety by reducing the Distribution, or Use of Energy c. Does not have significant adverse possibility of vessels grounding in On May 18, 2001, the President issued effects on competition, employment, sensitive coral reef areas. Executive Order 13211 which requires investment, productivity, innovation, or DATES: Comments and related material agencies to prepare a Statement of the ability of U.S. based enterprises to must reach the Coast Guard on or before Energy Effects for a rule that is (1) compete with foreign-based enterprises. November 21, 2007. considered significant under Executive This determination is based upon the ADDRESSES: You may mail comments Order 12866, and (2) likely to have a fact that the State submittal which is the and related material to Coast Guard significant adverse effect on the supply, subject of this rule is based upon Sector Miami, Waterways Management distribution, or use of energy. Because counterpart Federal regulations for Division, 100 MacArthur Causeway, this rule is exempt from review under which an analysis was prepared and a Miami Beach, Florida, 33139. Coast Executive Order 12866 and is not determination made that the Federal Guard Sector Miami, Waterways expected to have a significant adverse regulation was not considered a major Management Division maintains the effect on the supply, distribution, or use rule. public docket for this rulemaking. of energy, a Statement of Energy Effects Unfunded Mandates Comments and material received from is not required. This rule will not impose an the public, as well as documents National Environmental Policy Act unfunded Mandate on State, local, or indicated in this preamble as being available in the docket, will become part This rule does not require an tribal governments or the private sector of this docket and will be available for environmental impact statement of $100 million or more in any given inspection or copying at Coast Guard because section 702(d) of SMCRA (30 year. This determination is based upon Sector Miami, Waterways Management U.S.C. 1292(d)) provides that agency the fact that the State submittal, which Division between 8 a.m. and 3 p.m., decisions on proposed State regulatory is the subject of this rule, is based upon Monday through Friday, except Federal program provisions do not constitute counterpart Federal regulations for holidays. major Federal actions within the which an analysis was prepared and a meaning of section 102(2)(C) of the determination made that the Federal FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: National Environmental Policy Act (42 regulation did not impose an unfunded Lieutenant Junior Grade Chris Svencer, U.S.C. 4321 et seq). mandate. Coast Guard Sector Miami, Waterways List of Subjects in 30 CFR Part 944 Management Division at (305) 535– Paperwork Reduction Act 4550. Intergovernmental relations, Surface This rule does not contain SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: information collection requirements that mining, Underground mining. require approval by OMB under the Dated: September 12, 2007. Request for Comments Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Allen D. Klein, We encourage you to participate in 3501 et seq.). Regional Director, Western Region. this rulemaking by submitting Regulatory Flexibility Act [FR Doc. E7–20697 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] comments and related material. If you BILLING CODE 4310–05–P do so, please include your name and The Department of the Interior address, identify the docket number for certifies that this rule will not have a this rulemaking [CGD07–122], indicate significant economic impact on a DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND the specific section of this document to substantial number of small entities SECURITY which each comment applies, and give under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 the reason for each comment. Please U.S.C. 601 et seq.). The State submittal, Coast Guard submit all comments and related which is the subject of this rule, is based material in an unbound format, no upon counterpart Federal regulations for 33 CFR Part 110 larger than 81⁄2 by 11 inches, suitable for which an economic analysis was [Docket No. CGD07–122] copying. If you would like to know they prepared and certification made that reached us, please enclose a stamped, such regulations would not have a RIN 1625–AA01 self-addressed postcard or envelope. We significant economic effect upon a will consider all comments and material substantial number of small entities. In Anchorage Regulation; Port received during the comment period. making the determination as to whether Everglades, FL We may change this proposed rule in this rule would have a significant AGENCY: Coast Guard, DHS. view of them. economic impact, the Department relied ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking. upon the data and assumptions for the Public Meeting counterpart Federal regulations. SUMMARY: The Coast Guard proposes to We do not now plan to hold a public Small Business Regulatory Enforcement amend the anchorage regulations for meeting. But you may submit a request Fairness Act Port Everglades, Florida. The for a meeting by writing to Coast Guard amendment would modify the current Sector Miami, Waterways Management This rule is not a major rule under 5 anchorage area by eliminating that Division at the address under U.S.C. 804(2), of the Small Business portion of the anchorage closest to ADDRESSES explaining why one would Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act. sensitive coral reef areas, expand that be beneficial. If we determine that one This rule: portion of the anchorage area that poses would aid this rulemaking, we will hold a. Does not have an annual effect on less risk to these areas, and limit the one at a time and place announced by the economy of $100 million. amount of time a vessel may remain in a later notice in the Federal Register.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59492 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

Background and Purpose proposal will close anchorage area ‘‘A’’ operators of vessels intending to utilize During the last ten years, nine known and expand anchorage area ‘‘B’’. The the anchorage area outside Port groundings and six known anchor new anchorage area will be farther away Everglades, Florida. This proposed rule mishaps have occurred while vessels from sensitive coral reef species. would not have significant economic The Coast Guard has completed an were attempting to anchor inside the impact on a substantial number of small environmental assessment and has current anchorage described in 33 CFR entities for the same reasons given confirmed that the relocated anchorage 110.186, or after a vessel anchored above in the ‘‘Regulatory Evaluation’’ will greatly reduce the impact on the inside the anchorage dragged her anchor section of this preamble. delicate coral structures currently The Coast Guard certifies under 5 outside of the anchorage area. located near anchorage ‘‘A’’. The time U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposed rule Anchoring mishaps include both period a vessel may remain at anchor in would not have a significant economic misplacement of the anchor itself upon the anchorage will be limited to 72 impact on a substantial number of small coral reefs as well as contact between hours to provide all vessels calling on entities. If you think that your business, the anchor cable and coral reefs. the port equal and fair access to the organization, or governmental Adverse weather conditions, proximity anchorage grounds. These amendments jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity to the reef, anchorage congestion, and will improve navigation, provide a safer and that this rule would have a poor seamanship were contributing anchorage area, and minimize negative significant economic impact on it, factors to the groundings and anchoring impacts on the environment by giving please submit a comment (see mishaps. the vessels one specified anchorage ADDRESSES) explaining why you think it This proposed rule is necessary to location. modify existing anchoring requirements qualifies and how and to what degree and guidelines in order to provide a Regulatory Evaluation this rule would economically affect it. higher degree of protection to the This proposed rule is not a Assistance for Small Entities coastal area and sensitive benthic coral ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ under Under section 213(a) of the Small reef ecosystems, and to provide a safer section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Business Regulatory Enforcement anchorage for mariners. This Regulatory Planning and Review, and Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104–121), amendment is intended to re-designate does not require an assessment of we want to assist small entities in the anchorage areas to account for potential costs and benefits under understanding this proposed rule so that anchor position and cable lay and limit section 6(a)(3) of that Order. The Office they can better evaluate its effects on the amount of time vessels may remain of Management and Budget has not them and participate in the rulemaking. at anchorage. Placing a limitation on the reviewed it under that Order. If the rule would affect your small amount of time a vessel can spend at the We expect the economic impact of business, organization, or governmental anchorage area will reduce the number this proposed rule to be so minimal that jurisdiction and you have questions of vessels routinely utilizing the a full Regulatory Evaluation is concerning its provisions or options for anchorage area for purposes other than unnecessary. The existing commercial compliance, please contact Lieutenant awaiting berth inside Port Everglades. anchorage is used by container vessels, Junior Grade Chris Svencer, Coast Guard The Coast Guard has also researched tank vessels, and other general cargo Sector Miami, Waterways Management alternative solutions for restructuring vessels awaiting a berth in Port Division at (305) 535–4550. The Coast the anchorage. These alternatives have Everglades, Fort Lauderdale, Florida, Guard will not retaliate against small included: Change nothing and continue and the new anchorage is expected to be entities that question or complain about to use the current anchorage; create used by the same type and number of this rule or any policy or action of the anchorage circles to control the location vessels for the same purpose. The new Coast Guard. of vessels in the anchorage area; and proposed commercial anchorage will remove the anchorage completely. The allow for enough anchorage space to Collection of Information dramatic impact of recent vessel sufficiently support operations in Port This proposed rule would call for no groundings on the sensitive coral reefs Everglades, and is expected to have new collection of information under the in the vicinity of the current anchorage little, if any, economic impact. This Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 area necessitates modification of the proposed regulation is expected to have U.S.C. 3501–3520.). current anchorage area to provide a little or no economic impact because all greater distance between the anchorage of the vessels previously using the Federalism and shore. Creating anchorage circles for anchorage will be able to continue using A rule has implications for federalism precision anchorage does not eliminate the new anchorage. under Executive Order 13132, the threat to the local reefs due to ever Federalism, if it has a substantial direct changing weather conditions that may Small Entities effect on State or local governments and drag properly anchored vessels over the Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act would either preempt State law or coral reefs to the west. Finally, (5 U.S.C. 601–612), we have considered impose a substantial direct cost of removing the anchorage altogether is not whether this proposed rule would have compliance on them. We have analyzed feasible due to commercial traffic in a significant economic impact on a this proposed rule under that Order and need of a location to anchor while substantial number of small entities. have determined that it does not have awaiting a berth in Port Everglades. The term ‘‘small entities’’ comprises implications for federalism. small businesses, not-for-profit Discussion of Proposed Rule organizations that are independently Unfunded Mandates Reform Act This adjustment of the anchorage area owned and operated and are not The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act off Port Everglades is necessary to dominant in their fields, and of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531–1538) requires protect life, minimize injury to the governmental jurisdictions with Federal agencies to assess the effects of marine environment, and provide a populations of less than 50,000. their discretionary regulatory actions. In greater margin of safety for vessels and This proposed rule may affect the particular, the Act addresses actions property from the associated hazards following entities, some of which might that may result in the expenditure by a resulting from vessel groundings. This be small entities: The owners or State, local, or tribal government, in the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59493

aggregate, or by the private sector of Technical Standards this rule should be categorically $100,000,000 or more in any one year. The National Technology Transfer excluded from further environmental Though this proposed rule will not and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 review. result in such an expenditure, we do U.S.C. 272 note) directs agencies to use List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 110 discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere voluntary consensus standards in their Anchorage grounds. in this preamble. regulatory activities unless the agency For the reasons discussed in the Taking of Private Property provides Congress, through the Office of Management and Budget, with an preamble, the Coast Guard proposes to This proposed rule would not affect a explanation of why using these amend 33 CFR part 110 as follows: taking of private property or otherwise standards would be inconsistent with PART 110—ANCHORAGE have taking implications under applicable law or otherwise impractical. REGULATIONS Executive Order 12630, Governmental Voluntary consensus standards are Actions and Interference with technical standards (e.g., specifications 1. The authority citation for part 110 Constitutionally Protected Property of materials, performance, design, or continues to read as follows: Rights. operation; test methods; sampling Authority: 33 U.S.C. 471, 1221 through procedures; and related management 1236, 2030, 2035, 2071; 33 CFR 1.05–1; Civil Justice Reform systems practices) that are developed or Department of Homeland Security Delegation adopted by voluntary consensus No. 0170. This proposed rule meets applicable standards bodies. standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of 2. Amend § 110.186 by revising This proposed rule does not use Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice paragraphs (a), (b)(3) through (6), and technical standards. Therefore, we did Reform, to minimize litigation, adding paragraphs (b)(7) through (9) to not consider the use of voluntary read as follows: eliminate ambiguity, and reduce consensus standards. burden. § 110.186 Port Everglades, Florida. Environment Protection of Children (a) The anchorage grounds. The We have analyzed this proposed rule anchorage grounds, the center of which We have analyzed this proposed rule under Commandant Instruction is located approximately two and one under Executive Order 13045, M16475.lD which guides the Coast half miles northeast of the entrance to Protection of Children from Guard in complying with the National Port Everglades, is an area bounded by Environmental Health Risks and Safety Environmental Policy Act of 1969 a line connecting points with the Risks. This rule is not an economically (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321–4370f), and following North American Datum 83 significant rule and would not create an although this action may have qualified coordinates: environmental risk to health or risk to for a categorical exclusion under figure 26–08′26.934″ N 080–04′28.240″ W safety that might disproportionately 2–1, paragraph (34)(f) of the Instruction, 26–08′08.560″ N 080–04′16.158″ W affect children. the Coast Guard found good reason to 26–07′56.000″ N 080–04′17.486″ W further investigate the effects the 26–07′56.000″ N 080–02′42.623″ W Indian Tribal Governments anchorage area modification would have 26–07′19.500″ N 080–02′53.153″ W ′ ″ ′ ″ This proposed rule does not have on the environment. A preliminary 26–07 19.500 N 080–04 28.800 W ‘‘Environmental Analysis Check List’’ is ′ ″ ′ ″ tribal implications under Executive 26–06 35.160 N 080–04 28.800 W available in the docket where indicated 26–06′35.160″ N 080–04′38.694″ W Order 13175, Consultation and under ADDRESSES. Furthermore, as part (b) The regulations. Coordination with Indian Tribal of section 7 of the Endangered Species Governments, because it would not have * * * * * Act (50 CFR part 402, 16 U.S.C. 1536), a substantial direct effect on one or (3) All vessels within the designated the U.S. Coast Guard opened more Indian tribes, on the relationship anchorage area shall maintain a 24-hour consultation with a number of between the Federal Government and bridge watch by a licensed deck officer stakeholders. The National Oceanic and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of proficient in English, monitoring VHF- Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), power and responsibilities between the FM channel 16. This individual shall the National Marine Fisheries Service Federal Government and Indian tribes. confirm that the ship’s crew performs (NMFS), and U.S. Fish and Wildlife frequent checks of the vessel’s position Energy Effects Service (FWS) have reviewed all to ensure the vessel is not dragging restructuring plans and believe the anchor. We have analyzed this proposed rule proposed action would not likely affect (4) Vessels may anchor anywhere under Executive Order 13211, Actions the West Indian Manatee, Johnson’s within the designated anchorage area Concerning Regulations That Seagrass, Smalltooth Sawfish, and all provided that: such anchoring does not Significantly Affect Energy Supply, local turtle species because the project interfere with the operations of any Distribution, or Use. We have does not have any elements with the other vessels currently at anchorage; determined that it is not a ‘‘significant potential to affect these listed species. and all anchor and chain or cable is energy action’’ under that order because NOAA also found that the restructuring positioned in such a manner to preclude it is not a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ into deeper waters, farther away from dragging over reefs. under Executive Order 12866 and is not the easternmost reef, is likely to have an (5) No vessel may anchor in a ‘‘dead likely to have a significant adverse effect indirect beneficial effect on Elkhorn and ship’’ status (i.e. propulsion or control on the supply, distribution, or use of Staghorn coral by potentially reducing unavailable for normal operations) energy. The Administrator of the Office vessel groundings and anchor damage without the prior approval of the of Information and Regulatory Affairs that have adversely affected corals and Captain of the Port. Vessels has not designated it as a significant other important near shore benthic experiencing casualties such as a main energy action. Therefore, it does not resources in the project area. Comments propulsion, main steering or anchoring require a Statement of Energy Effects on this section will be considered before equipment malfunction or which are under Executive Order 13211. we make the final decision on whether planning to perform main propulsion

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59494 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

engine repairs or maintenance, shall individual negotiators who represent We intend to develop proposed immediately notify the Coast Guard key stakeholder constituencies that are regulations by following the negotiated Captain of the Port via Coast Guard involved in the student financial rulemaking procedures in section 492 of Sector Miami on VHF-FM Channel 16. assistance programs authorized under the HEA. We intend to select (6) No vessel may anchor within the Title IV of the HEA to serve on these participants for the negotiated designated anchorage for more than 72 committees. rulemaking committees that represent hours without the prior approval of the DATES: We must receive your the interests significantly affected by the Captain of the Port. To obtain this nominations for negotiators to serve on proposed regulations. To the extent approval, contact the Coast Guard the committees on or before November possible, we will select individual Captain of the Port, via the Port 29, 2007. The dates, times, and locations negotiators who reflect the diversity Everglades Harbor Master, on VHF-FM of the public hearings are listed under among program participants, in Channel 14. the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section accordance with section 492(b)(1) of the (7) The Coast Guard Captain of the of this notice. HEA. Port may close the anchorage area and ADDRESSES: Please send your direct vessels to depart the anchorage Regulatory Issues nominations for negotiators to Patty during periods of adverse weather or at Chase, U.S. Department of Education, We intend to conduct negotiated other times as deemed necessary in the 1990 K Street, NW., room 8050, rulemaking to develop proposed interest of port safety or security. Washington, DC 20006, or by fax to regulations for the new TEACH Grant (8) Commercial vessels anchoring Patty Chase at (202) 502–7874. You may program, which was added to Title IV under emergency circumstances outside also e-mail your nominations to: of the HEA by the College Cost the anchorage area shall shift to new [email protected]. Those nominated Reduction and Access Act of 2007 positions within the anchorage area will be notified via letter as to whether (CCRAA), Pub. L. 110–84. We will also immediately after the emergency ceases. or not they have been selected as a address regulatory changes that will be (9) Whenever the maritime or needed for the Federal Family commercial interests of the United negotiator as soon as the Department’s review process is completed. Education Loan Program (FFEL) and the States so require, the Captain of the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For William D. Ford Direct Loan Program Port, U.S. Coast Guard, Miami, Florida, resulting from the enactment of the may direct relocation of any vessel information about the hearings and the nomination submission process, CCRAA including, but not limited to: anchored within the anchorage area. rules for income-based repayment; Once directed, such vessel must get contact: Patty Chase, U.S. Department of Education, 1990 K Street, NW., room changes to the maximum repayment underway at once or signal for a tug, period; reductions to the lender and must change position as directed. 8050, Washington, DC 20006. Telephone: (202) 502–7905. You may insurance rates and loan forgiveness for Dated: October 4, 2007. also e-mail your questions about the public service employees; and D.W. Kunkel, hearings and the nomination definitions of terms used in the Rear Admiral, U.S. Coast Guard Commander, submission process to: programs. We will also consider Seventh Coast Guard District. [email protected]. whether the regulations need to be [FR Doc. E7–20608 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] For information about negotiated amended to implement or reflect Pub. L. BILLING CODE 4910–15–P rulemaking in general, contact: John 110–93, which made permanent the Kolotos, U.S. Department of Education, Secretary’s authority under the Higher 1990 K Street, NW., room 8018, Education Relief Opportunities for DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Washington, DC 20006. Telephone (202) Students Act of 2003 (HEROES Act). 502–7762. You may also e-mail your We note that there is legislation 34 CFR Chapter VI questions about negotiated rulemaking currently pending in Congress to to: [email protected]. reauthorize the HEA. If reauthorization Office of Postsecondary Education; If you use a telecommunications of the HEA is completed prior to the Notice of Negotiated Rulemaking for device for the deaf (TDD), call the first negotiating session, we may also Programs Authorized Under Title IV of Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free at include on the negotiating agenda the Higher Education Act of 1965, as 1–800–877–8339. additional changes to the regulations Amended Individuals with disabilities can that may be needed. AGENCY: Department of Education. obtain this document in an alternative We also expect to conduct negotiated format (e.g., Braille, large print, rulemaking on other regulatory issues. ACTION: Notice of establishment of audiotape, or computer diskette) by negotiated rulemaking committee. These may include issues raised by the contacting the person responsible for public during the regional hearings. SUMMARY: We announce our intention to information about the hearings and the Other issues the Department identifies establish one or two negotiated nomination submission process listed in as necessary to improve program rulemaking committees to prepare this section under FOR FURTHER administration and accountability will proposed regulations under Title IV of INFORMATION CONTACT. also be negotiated, including potential the Higher Education Act of 1965, as SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section Federal preemption of State laws that amended (HEA). Each committee will 492 of the HEA requires that, before may conflict with the Department’s include representatives of organizations publishing any proposed regulations to regulations on improper inducements or groups with interests that are implement programs authorized under and the use of preferred lender lists in significantly affected by the subject Title IV of the HEA, the Secretary obtain the FFEL program. matter of the proposed regulations. We public involvement in the development We may also consider the also announce three public hearings of the proposed regulations. After establishment of competitive preference where interested parties can suggest obtaining advice and recommendations priorities within the Gaining Early issues that should be considered for from the public, the Secretary uses a Awareness and Readiness for action by the negotiating committees. In negotiated rulemaking process to Undergraduate Programs (GEAR UP) addition, we request nominations for develop the proposed regulations. program.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59495

Structure of the Committees • Trustees. Washington, DC, area three or more • We anticipate having one or two State higher education executive times beginning in January 2008 and negotiating committees based upon the officers. concluding no later than April 2008. • State Attorneys General and other nature of the topics to be negotiated. The dates and locations of these appropriate State officials. The number of committees and their meetings will be published in a • Business and industry. organization will be determined as subsequent notice in the Federal • Institutions of higher education necessary, depending upon the Register, and will be posted on the eligible to receive Federal assistance comments received as a result of this Department’s Web site at: http:// under Title III, Parts A and B, and Title www.ed.gov/policy/highered/reg/ notice. If one negotiating committee is V of the HEA, which include hearulemaking/2008/index2008.html. established, it will address all of the Historically Black Colleges and We will post the schedule for regulatory issues that we identify. If two Universities, Hispanic-Serving negotiations on this same Web site. Each negotiating committees are established, Institutions, American Indian Tribally committee must use electronic mail to one negotiating committee would Controlled Colleges and Universities, exchange documents and discuss address issues related to the Federal Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian- proposals between meetings. We student loan programs authorized by Serving Institutions, and other anticipate that the schedule will allow Title IV, Parts B and D of the HEA and institutions with a substantial sufficient time for us to provide the the other committee would focus on enrollment of needy students as defined public with a 60-day comment period TEACH Grants and other issues. in Title III of the HEA. for the proposed regulations resulting Our goal is to establish committees • Two-year public institutions of from the negotiated rulemaking process that will allow significantly affected higher education. and sufficient time to address any issues parties to be represented while keeping • Four-year public institutions of raised in the comment period, while the committees’ size manageable. higher education. meeting the November 1 statutory We strongly encourage nominations of • Private, non-profit institutions of deadline for publishing student individuals from coalitions of higher education. financial assistance final regulations. individuals and organizations • Private, for-profit institutions of representing the constituencies higher education. Regional Hearings identified below. Moreover, the • Institutions of higher education that We will hold three public regional Department encourages nominations of prepare teachers. hearings for interested parties to discuss individuals who are actively involved in • Organizations that represent the agenda for the negotiated administering the Federal programs that teachers. rulemaking sessions. These hearings are the subject of these negotiated • Guaranty agencies and guaranty will be held on— rulemaking sessions and who can agency servicers (including collection November 2, 2007, at the Sheraton represent the interests of groups that are agencies). New Orleans, 500 Canal Street, in New significantly affected by the regulations. • Lenders, secondary markets, and Orleans, Louisiana; The committee or committees can create loan servicers. November 16, 2007, at the U.S. subgroups to discuss particular topics, • Accrediting agencies. Department of Education in such as TEACH Grants, Income-Based While an individual selected to Washington, DC; and Repayment, or the definition of a non- represent a constituency may be an November 29, 2007, at the Manchester profit holder. The subgroup can also employee, official, or representative of a Grand Hyatt San Diego, One Market involve in its discussions additional specific group, institution, or industry Place, San Diego, California. individuals who are not members of the participant, the individual will be The regional hearings in New Orleans committees. Individuals who are not expected to represent the interests of the and San Diego will be held from 11 selected as members of a committee can entire constituency that the individual a.m.–3 p.m., local time. The hearing in attend committee meetings, access the has been designated to represent on the Washington, DC will be held from 9 individuals representing their committee and to confer with other a.m.–4 p.m., local time. constituencies, and participate in individuals and representatives of Individuals desiring to present informal working groups on various groups within that constituency. comments at the hearings are issues between the meetings. Committee Nominations should include the encouraged to do so. It is likely that meetings will be open to the public. following information: each participant choosing to make a We have identified the following • The name of the nominee, the statement will be limited to five constituencies as having interests that organization the individual works for, if minutes. Individuals interested in are significantly affected by the subject any, and a description of the interests making oral statements will be able to matter of the negotiated rulemaking that the individual represents. register to make a statement beginning process. The Department anticipates • Evidence of support from at 10 a.m. for the regional hearings and that individuals representing each of individuals or groups of the at 8:30 a.m. on the day of the these constituencies will participate as constituency that the nominee will Washington hearing at the Department’s members of one or more of the represent. on-site registration table on a first-come, negotiated rulemaking committees. • The nominee’s commitment that the first-served basis. If additional time slots These constituencies are: nominee will actively participate in remain, individuals may be given • Students. good faith in the development of the additional time to speak. If no time slots • Legal assistance organizations that proposed regulations. remain, the Department has reserved represent students. • The nominee’s contact information, one additional hour at the end of the • Financial aid administrators at including address, phone number, fax day for individuals who were not able institutions of higher education. number, and e-mail address. to register to speak. The amount of time • Business officers and bursars at available will depend upon the number institutions of higher education. Schedule for Negotiations of individuals who register to speak. • Institutional servicers (including We anticipate that the negotiating Speakers may also submit written collection agencies). committee(s) will meet in the comments.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59496 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

In addition, for anyone unable to DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE turn, implements a pilot program for the attend any of the regional hearings, the harvest and sale of forest botanical Department will also accept written Forest Service products, as authorized by the comments. You should send your Department of the Interior and Related comments to: John Kolotos, U.S. 36 CFR Part 223 Agencies Appropriations Act of 2000, Department of Education, 1990 K Street, RIN 0596–AB81 (Pub. L. 106–113, Div. B, sec. 1000(a)(3), NW., room 8018, Washington, DC 113 Stat. 135 (enacting into law sec. 339 20006. All comments must be received Sale and Disposal of National Forest of Title III of H.R. 3423)), as amended by November 29, 2007. System Timber; Special Forest in 2004 by section 335 of Public Law Products and Forest Botanical 108–108 (‘‘the pilot program law’’). All of the hearing sites are accessible Products Subpart H also contains regulations to individuals with disabilities. governing free, personal use of forest Individuals needing an auxiliary aid or AGENCY: Forest Service, USDA. botanical products, as authorized under service to participate in the meeting ACTION: Proposed rule; request for the pilot program law. (e.g., interpreting service, assistive comment. II. Background listening device, or materials in alternative format), should notify the SUMMARY: The Department is issuing A. Special Forest Products: Commercial contact person for information about this proposed rule governing the Harvest and Sale and Free Use disposal of special forest products from hearings listed under FOR FURTHER National Forest System lands. Special 1. Commercial Harvest and Sale INFORMATION CONTACT in this notice in forest products include, but are not advance of the scheduled meeting date. The Forest Service presently sells limited to, wildflowers, mushrooms, special forest products from National Although we will attempt to meet any moss, nuts, seeds, tree sap, and Forest System lands under the request we receive, we may not be able Christmas trees. This proposed rule also authorities contained in the Multiple- to make available the requested formally establishes a pilot program to Use Sustained-Yield Act of 1960, as auxiliary aid or service because of charge and collect fees for the harvest amended (16 U.S.C. 528–531); the insufficient time to arrange it. Further and sale of forest botanical products on National Forest Management Act of information on the regional hearing sites National Forest System lands. This 1976, as amended (16 U.S.C. 472a et is available on http://www.ed.gov/ proposed rule is intended to facilitate seq.), the Forest and Rangeland policy/highered/reg/hearulemaking/ sustainable harvest of special forest Renewable Resources Planning Act of 2008/index2008.html. products and forest botanical products. 1974, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1600– Electronic Access to This Document: Public comment is invited and will be 1614); and the timber sale regulations at You can view this document, as well as considered in the development of the 36 CFR part 223. Historically, timber- all other documents of this Department final rule. related products, such as firewood, published in the Federal Register, in DATES: Comments must be received in posts, poles, and Christmas trees, have text or Adobe Portable Document writing by December 21, 2007. comprised most of the sales. However, the Forest Service also sells smaller Format (PDF) on the Internet at the ADDRESSES: Send written comments to amounts of non-timber special forest following site: http://www.ed.gov/news/ Director, Forest Management Staff, products, such as boughs, mushrooms, federalregister. USDA Forest Service, Mail Stop 1105, 1400 Independence Avenue, SW., berries, and floral greeneries. On an To use PDF you must have Adobe Washington, DC 20250–1105, or by e- annual basis, the total revenue from the Acrobat Reader, which is available free mail to [email protected]. sale of special forest products sold from at this site. If you have questions about Comments also may be submitted via National Forest System lands is using PDF, call the U.S. Government the world wide web/Internet at http:// approximately $3 million. Sales of special forest products are Printing Office (GPO), toll free, at 1– www.regulations.gov. All comments, relatively small-scale in comparison to 888–293–6498; or in the Washington, including names and addresses when timber sales. Purchasers are frequently DC area at (202) 512–1530. provided, are placed in the record and individuals or small business, and most are available for public inspection and Note: The official version of this document special forest product sales do not is the document published in the Federal copying at the Office of the Director, exceed $10,000 in value. Generally, Register. Free Internet access to the official Forest Management Staff Third Floor these smaller sales are not sold through edition of the Federal Register and the Code NW., Yates Building, 201 14th Street, competitive bidding; rather, a of Federal Regulations is available on GPO SW., Washington, DC. Persons wishing prospective purchaser asks to harvest Access at: http://www.gpoaccess.gov/nara/ to inspect the comments are encouraged certain forest products, and either enters index.html. to call ahead (202) 205–1766 to facilitate into a simplified contract with the entrance into the building. Program Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1098a. Forest Service, or buys a permit that FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: allows the purchaser to conduct Dated: October 17, 2007. Richard Fitzgerald, Forest Service, operations. Consistent with existing Diane Auer Jones, Forest Management Staff, (202) 205– regulations, the Forest Service follows Assistant Secretary for Postsecondary 1753. competitive bidding procedures for Education. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: sales of special forest products valued at $10,000, or more. The Forest Service [FR Doc. E7–20785 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] I. Introduction BILLING CODE 4000–01–P presently uses the following standard This proposed rule adds Subparts G documents for smaller sales: Permit FS– and H to 36 CFR part 223. Subpart G 2400–1, Forest Products Removal governs the commercial harvest and sale Permit; Contract Forest Products FS– of special forest products and also 2400–3P for pre-measured products, and establishes regulations for limited free Contract FS–2400–4, Forest Products use of these products. Subpart H, in Contract. These documents contain

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59497

standard conditions and allow the medicinal properties for commercial commercial operations and free use. parties to add provisions, as may be development and sale. Historically, the However, for the duration of the pilot necessary given the conditions of the Forest Service has addressed bio- program covering forest botanical sale. For larger sales of special forest prospecting activities under the same products, the disposal of this subset of products, the Forest Service uses the authority and regulations that it has special forest products shall also be standard timber sale contract, Contract applied to special forest products. subject to the requirements set forth in FS–2400–6. The responsible Forest However, in the pilot program law, subpart H, which implements that Officer selects the appropriate Congress directed the Secretary to program. Upon termination of the pilot document in light of the value of the initiate a pilot program for charging and program, all special forest products, sale and other circumstances. The collecting fees for the harvest and sale including forest botanical products, Forest Service anticipates that it will of forest botanical products—such as shall be disposed of pursuant to subpart continue to use these standard mosses, fungi, bryophytes, roots, bulbs, G. documents after issuance of this berries, seeds, and wildflowers—which Section 223.216—Definitions. This proposed rule. are often the focus of bio-prospecting section sets out the definition of special Over the past 10 years, public demand activities. Accordingly, the Forest forest products as used in this subpart for both timber and non-timber special Service is establishing in this proposed and provides common examples of such forest products has increased. Given this rule a new subpart H to 36 CFR part 223 products. The definition also lists other growing demand and the related need to to formally govern the pilot program. products that do not fall under the ensure resource sustainability, the For the duration of the program, these definition. Forest Service has determined that it is regulations will apply to the sale of this Section 223.217—Authority to dispose impractical to continue to rely on the subset of special forest products. of special forest products. This section timber sale regulations and The pilot program law provides a sets out the Forest Service’s statutory corresponding sections of the Forest mechanism for funding the authorities for the disposal of special Service Manual (FSM) and Handbook environmental analyses and forest products on National Forest (FSH) to facilitate the sale of special administrative tasks necessary for its System lands. For commercial harvest forest products. Thus, the Forest Service implementation. Generally, the law and sale, the agency relies upon three has developed regulations specifically requires the agency to charge and collect sources of authority: The Multiple-Use applicable to these products. The Forest a fee covering at least a portion of the Sustained-Yield Act of 1960, as Service is issuing this proposed rule to fair market value of the products and a amended (16 U.S.C. 528–531); the establish a new subpart G to 36 CFR part portion of the costs incurred by the National Forest Management Act of 223 to address fees, bidding, agency in administering the program. 1976, as amended (16 U.S.C. 472a et sustainability, and other issues The law specifies that retained funds seq.), and the Forest and Rangeland associated with the commercial harvest shall be available for expenditure Renewable Resources Planning Act of and sale of special forest products. This without further appropriation for 1974, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1600– 1614). For example, the National Forest framework, along with direction in the activities associated with the program, Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 472a, Forest Service Handbook 2409.18, through September 30, 2010. authorizes the Secretary to sell ‘‘at not Chapter 80 will govern commercial Subpart H of this proposed rule will less than appraised value, trees, disposal of special forest products. terminate on September 30, 2010, unless portions of trees, or forest products on Congress extends the pilot program, or 2. Free Use of Special Forest Products National Forest Systems lands.’’ In makes it permanent. This proposed rule also contains addition, the Multiple-Use Sustained- measures allowing for free use of special 2. Personal Use of Forest Botanical Yield Act of 1960, 16 U.S.C. 529, forest products. Historically, the agency Products authorizes and directs the Secretary of has granted limited free use of these Section (e) of the pilot program law Agriculture to ‘‘develop and administer products to individuals and to members directs the Forest Service to permit the renewable surface resources of the of federally-recognized Indian tribes limited, free use of forest botanical national forests for multiple use and holding reserved treaty gathering rights. products. It mandates that the Forest sustained yield of the several products The regulations will ensure that Service establish a ‘‘personal use and services obtained therefrom.’’ The Multiple-Use Sustained-Yield Act responsible Forest Officers administer harvest level’’ for each product and of 1960, as amended, provides authority free use of forest products uniformly directs that a person’s harvest of a for the agency to permit limited free use product below that level shall be across National Forest System lands and of special forest products. Under the will provide greater transparency to the exempt from otherwise applicable fees. Act, the Forest Service has expansive public. The Forest Service relies upon Additionally, the law authorizes the authority to manage National Forest its broad multi-use mandate under the Secretary to waive fees ‘‘pursuant to System lands ‘‘in the combination that Multiple-Use Sustained-Yield Act of such regulations as the Secretary may will best meet the needs of the 1960, as amended, as authority for prescribe.’’ For the duration of the pilot American people’’ (16 U.S.C. 531). The allowing free use of special forest program, free use of forest botanical Act identifies ‘‘outdoor recreation,’’ as products. products shall be conducted under this one of several Congressional objectives mandate, and under additional waivers, B. Forest Botanical Products: that must inform the agency’s as established by the Secretary. Commercial Harvest and Sale and management (16 U.S.C. 528). Thus, Personal Use III. Section-by-Section Analysis of the while the Forest Service must consider Proposed Rule the ‘‘relative values of the various 1. Commercial Harvest and Sale resources,’’ its multiple-use In recent years, bio-prospecting A. Subpart G—Special Forest Products management is ‘‘not necessarily the activities on National Forest System Section 223.215—Applicability. This combination of uses that will give the lands have increased. Bio-prospecting section establishes that subpart G of part greatest dollar return or the greatest unit generally refers to gathering of natural 223 governs the disposal of special output’’ (16 U.S.C. 531). Limited free products that have innate nutritional or forest products including both use of special forest products, as a

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59498 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

recreational activity, is fully consistent for monitoring and revision of harvest are not limited to acts of God, acts of with the objectives and obligations levels. public enemy, acts of Government, labor established under the Multiple-Use Section 223.220—Quantity disputes, fires, insurrections, or floods. Sustained-Yield Act of 1960. determination. This section describes Before granting an adjustment, the Section 223.218—Consistency with the acceptable methods for determining approving officer must find that the plans, environmental standards, and the quantity of special forest products. purchaser has diligently performed in other management requirements. This The quantity may be determined by accordance with the contract, permit or section requires the disposal of special scaling, measuring, weighing, counting, other instrument, or that the substantial forest products on National Forest or other reliable means. public interest justifies the extension. System lands to be consistent with Section 223.221—Establishing Section 223.227—Sale advertisement. applicable land management plans. This minimum rates. This section provides This section generally requires the section also requires contracts, permits, that the Chief of the Forest Service shall Forest Service to advertise for at least 30 or authorizing instruments to include issue agency directives in Forest Service days any sale of special forest products provisions, as appropriate, addressing Handbook 2409.18, Chapter 80, which has an appraised value of among other things: fire protection and containing approved methods for setting $10,000, or more. For any sale with an suppression; protection of natural minimum rates for sale of special forest appraised value under $10,000, the resources; regeneration of harvested products. Forest Service may offer the sale Section 223.222—Appraisal. This products; and, minimization of soil without advertisement. Regardless of section specifies that the Chief of the erosion. the value of the sale, the agency may Forest Service shall issue agency sell special forest products without Section 223.219—Sustainable harvest directives setting forth methods for advertisement, or in its discretion, of special forest products. This section appraising special forest products to advertise for less than 30 days if (1) generally requires the Forest Service to determine their fair market value. The deterioration of the product threatens its determine the sustainable harvest level directives shall be contained at Forest value; (2) if the products were for each naturally occurring special Service Handbook 2409.18, Chapter 80. previously advertised for competitive forest product prior to offering that It also provides that special forest bidding but were not sold because of an product for sale or free use. (The products must be sold at minimum rates absence of satisfactory bids; or, (3) if the requirement would not include ‘‘man- or appraised value, whichever is higher. products remain from expired, made’’ products such as mine props and Section 223.223—Advance payment. cancelled, or abandoned contracts, rails.) The sustainable harvest level for This section establishes the requirement permits, or other instruments. Under a naturally occurring special forest for advance payment or payment this section, if a potential purchaser product is the aggregate quantity of the guarantee for special forest products. It approached the Forest Service and product that may be disposed of from a also directs the Forest Service to refund proposed to purchase special forest National Forest annually in perpetuity advance payments found to be in excess products valued at less than $10,000, on a sustained yield basis. Special forest of that needed by the United States, then the Forest Service could proceed products shall be disposed of in a subject to obligations established under with the sale without advertising if manner that does not exceed the the Debt Collection Improvement Act. there is absence of competitive interest. sustainable harvest level for the Section 223.224—Performance bonds Section 223.228—Contents of product. In the absence of a determined and security fees. This section advertisement. This section sets forth sustainable harvest level for a product, authorizes the Forest Service to require the required contents of advertisements the Forest Service may nevertheless sell, a purchaser to post a performance bond for special forest products sales. It or offer the product for free use under or security fee in conjunction with requires the agency to provide measures designed to protect its special forest products sale contracts, information about the location and the renewable resource values. These permits, or other instruments. estimated quantities of special forest measures may include consideration of Section 223.225—Contract, permit, products offered for sale, the time and past harvest levels and regular and instrument term. In accordance place at which sealed bids will be monitoring of the product, the site, and with section 14(c) of the National Forest opened in public, a provision asserting the harvest operations. This section Management Act (16 U.S.C. 472a(c)), the agency’s right to reject any and all prohibits the Forest Service from issuing this section establishes that the term of bids, the place where complete or approving contracts, permits, or any contract, permit, or other information on the offering may be instruments for disposal of special forest instrument authorizing the sale of obtained, and notice that a prospectus is products that are listed as endangered or special forest products may not exceed available to the public and to interested threatened, or that have been proposed 10 years, unless the Chief of the Forest potential bidders. or listed under The Endangered Species Service finds that a longer term is Section 223.229—Contents of Act. This restriction would not apply consistent with the Multiple-Use prospectus. This section establishes the when the disposal is authorized by the Sustained-Yield Act of 1960, as minimum contents of a prospectus Fish and Wildlife Service for scientific amended (16 U.S.C. 528–531). Any such accompanying the sale of special forest or other purposes related to finding by the Chief shall be made in products. A prospectus is required for sustainability of species. Under these writing. all products which are to be advertised rare situations a permit from the Forest Section 223.226—Adjustment of term for sale. Service is also required. This section of contract, permit, or other instrument Section 223.230—Bid restriction on also identifies when the Forest Service for force majeure delay. This section resale of incomplete contracts, permits, may issue permits authorizing disposal provides that each contract, permit, or or other instruments. This section of special forest products listed on the other instrument shall contain a prohibits the Forest Service from Convention on International Trade in provision allowing the Forest Service to considering a bid from any person, or Endangered Species (CITES), or extend the term in the event that affiliate of such person, who failed to included on the Regional Forester’s circumstances beyond the purchaser’s complete or defaulted the original sensitive plant list, or list of species of reasonable control delay performance. contract, permit, or other instrument concern. Finally, this section provides Such circumstances may include, but covering the products offered for sale.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59499

The Forest Service may waive this commitments; and that the purchaser an agreement, in particular for prohibition when doing so would serve has a satisfactory record of integrity and circumstances related to protection of the public interest. business ethics. the environment, compliance with Section 223.231—Bidding methods. Section 223.235—Unilateral delay, federal laws, or the purchaser’s fitness This section sets forth bidding methods suspension and modification of and integrity. The section provides that and other requirements for the sale of contracts, permits, or other instruments in the event of a termination, the Forest special forest products from National authorizing the sale of special forest Service shall compensate a purchaser in Forest System lands. The Forest Service products. This section establishes the accordance with the provisions of the must use either sealed bidding, or conditions under which the Forest relevant contract, permit, or instrument, sealed bidding followed by oral auction. Service may unilaterally delay, suspend or, in the absence of such provisions, as The method used must ensure open and or modify a contract, permit, or other described in the preceding section on fair competition; that the Government instrument governing the sale of special delay, suspension, and modification. receives not less than fair market value forest products. Pursuant to this section, Again, compensation shall be awarded for the resource; and consistency with the Forest has broad delay, suspension, only if justified under applicable the National Forest Management Act and modification authority, in particular provisions or other relevant and other federal laws. The section also for circumstances related to protection circumstances. However, compensation requires the Chief of the Forest Service, of the environment or compliance with shall not be available when the Forest or authorized designee, to use sealed federal laws. The section provides that Service terminates a contract, permit, or bids, or a mix of bidding methods to in the event of a delay, suspension, or instrument for reasons related to the guard against collusive bidding, if there modification, the Forest Service shall purchaser’s fitness, integrity, or breach is a reasonable belief that compensate a purchaser in accordance of contract. The section also empowers anticompetitive or abnormal bidding with the provisions of the relevant contracting officers and/or their practices are occurring. contract, permit, or instrument. In the superiors to make decisions regarding Section 223.232—Disclosure of absence of such provisions, the Forest terminations. relation to other bidders. This section Service may compensate the purchaser Section 223.237—Request by authorizes the Forest Service to require in accordance with agency methods and Purchaser for delay, suspension, any prospective purchaser of special procedures in effect at the time of modification, or termination. This forest products to disclose its submission of the claim, but not to section allows a purchaser to request relationship to other potential exceed 5 percent of the contract value delay, suspension, modification, or purchasers or operators. of the unharvested permit products in termination of their contract, permit or Section 223.233—Award to highest which case the appropriate Forest other authorizing instrument. It is bidder. This section requires the Forest Service officer shall give due designed primarily for smaller sales Service to award an advertised sale of consideration to the cause, duration, when the request is not covered by an special forest products to the highest and financial impact of the delay, agreement provision and when the bidder whose bid conforms to the suspension, or modification. circumstances warrant a mutually conditions of the sale, as set forth in the Compensation shall be awarded only if agreed upon resolution. In this case, the prospectus. If the highest bidder cannot it is justified under applicable Forest Service may address the request meet the requirements under which the provisions or other relevant in light of the supporting reasons special forest products were advertised, circumstances. If the provisions of the offered by the purchaser and other then the Forest Service may offer the governing contract, permit, or relevant circumstances. A purchaser’s sale to the next highest conforming instrument do not address the request should have a plausible bidder at the high bid level, and so on, mechanics/procedure at claim foundation, such as substantially until the offer is either accepted, or submission, the rule provides that a changed market conditions, and should refused by all qualified bidders. In the purchaser must make a written be submitted in writing with a detailed event of a tie between two or more submission that is fully supported by explanation of all relevant conforming high bidders, the Forest relevant documents. This requirement circumstances supporting the request. Service shall make the award based will assist Forest Service personnel in The Forest Service may deny a request, upon the drawing of lots. This section evaluating the merits of a claim and in whole or in part, in its discretion. also specifies that if the Forest Service ensure that it is handled promptly. When governing contract, permit, or does not accept the highest bid, then the Because most harvests of special forest instrument provisions would apply to Forest Service may reject all bids and products are relatively small scale the request, the Forest Service shall readvertise the sale. operations, the Forest Service believes adhere to those provisions. The Section 223.234—Determination of that delays, suspensions, or responsible Forest Officer, or his or her purchaser responsibility. This section modifications will arise infrequently, superior, shall have authority to requires the Forest Service to make an and that in such cases, the parties will respond to any request by the purchaser affirmative determination of purchaser be able to amicably resolve issues for delay, modification, suspension, or responsibility before awarding a pertaining to compensation. The section termination. contract, permit, or other instrument also empowers Contracting Officers Section 223.238—Free use authorizing the sale of special forest and/or their superiors to make decisions authorization to U.S. Army and Navy. products. It sets forth the factors that the regarding delays, suspensions, or This section authorizes Regional Forest Service must consider in making modifications. Foresters, by delegation from the Chief this finding, including: That the Section 223.236—Unilateral of the Forest Service, to approve the purchaser has adequate financial termination. This section establishes the harvest of special forest products by the resources to perform the contract or the conditions under which the Forest U.S. Army and Navy for the purposes ability to obtain them; that the Service may unilaterally terminate a identified at 16 U.S.C. 492. purchaser is able to perform the contract contract, permit, or other instrument Section 223.239—Free use by within the contract term, taking into authorizing the sale of special forest individuals. This section authorizes consideration all existing commercial products. Pursuant to this section, the individuals to harvest special forest and governmental business agency has broad authority to terminate products from National Forest System

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59500 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

lands without charge. This section is not identified by CITES as being prohibited portion of the costs associated with intended to affect subsistence uses from international sale or trade. Seized administering the program. Thus, when implemented under the Alaska National special forest products that are forest botanical products are sold Interest Lands Conservation Act, 16 threatened, endangered, proposed or through the procedures established U.S.C. 3101–3126. candidates for listing under the under subpart G, the selling price shall An individual person may obtain Endangered Species Act, that are on the incorporate the collection requirements authorization to harvest a special forest Regional Forester’s sensitive plant list or of section (c)(1) of the Law; a portion of product for personal, non-commercial list of species of concern, or interest, or the products’ fair market value and use in a quantity not to exceed the prohibited from international sale or program administrative costs will be amount allowed by the appropriate trade may be donated to a recognized built into the price. Forest Service officer pursuant to 36 scientific institution or university for Despite the Act’s requirement that the CFR 223.8. Unless the product is located educational or research purposes. In the Forest Service establish methods and in an area previously designated for free absence of commercial interest in a procedures for the sale of forest use, a person seeking to harvest a seized product, the Forest Service may botanical products, the Forest Service special forest product must obtain a offer the product for free use to believes that these products may be sold ‘‘free use’’ permit prior to harvesting individuals, to Indian tribes with without advertisement under the any such product and must comply with reserved treaty gathering rights, or to circumstances provided under 36 CFR the requirements established by the other federally-recognized tribes. part 223.227, which reflects 16 U.S.C. Regional Forester or subordinate officer. 472a(d). A permit shall indicate the type, B. Subpart H—Forest Botanical Section 223.279—Personal use amount, and/or value of the products to Products harvest levels and waiver of fees. This be harvested and shall contain other Section 223.275—Establishment of a section implements the free personal related requirements and restrictions. pilot program. Subpart H to 36 CFR Part use authority set forth in section (e)(1) The permit request may be denied 223 governs the pilot program for the of the pilot program law. The regulation outright to ensure the personal safety of sale and harvest of forest botanical provides that the Forest Service shall the individual, to prevent interference products, as required by the Pilot not collect fees for a person’s harvest of with Forest Service and/or commercial Program Law. This subpart also forest botanical products at or below operations in the forest, to protect the implements the free, personal use established personal use harvest levels. product as a sustainable resource, and to mandate contained in the pilot program Regional Foresters shall establish otherwise protect the forest. The issuing law. Reflecting the limited duration of personal use harvest levels by type and officer or any superior officer may the program, the section indicates that quantity, or by value through revoke a permit at any time. Forest Service may collect fees through supplements to the Forest Service Section 223.240—Indian tribes and fiscal year 2009, which ends September Directive System. Personal use harvest treaty reserved gathering rights. This 30, 2009. levels will be consistent with section acknowledges that Indian tribes Section 223.276—Applicability. This sustainable harvest levels. A person with reserved treaty gathering rights section establishes that the pilot seeking free use of a forest botanical have retained the right to harvest special program applies to the disposal of forest product subject to personal use harvest forest products in accordance with the botanical products from National Forest levels must submit an application to the terms of such treaty rights. Such harvest System lands. However, rather than appropriate Forest Service officer and by Indian tribes shall not be subject to developing and implementing obtain a permit, as provided in section the application and permit requirements redundant procedures applicable solely 223.239 of subpart G. For the duration pertaining to personal, non-commercial to disposal of forest botanical products of the pilot program, free use of forest harvest by individuals. By this proposed for the limited duration of the program, botanical products shall be limited to rule, the Forest Service does not intend the Forest Service shall use the personal use harvest levels. to interfere with Indian tribes’ harvest of procedures set forth in subpart G. Thus, Additionally, in this section, the Chief special forest products for traditional, the Forest Service’s treatment of forest of the Forest Service employs waiver ceremonial, and/or cultural purposes botanical products will differ from its authority under the section (e)(2) of the when such use is included as a treaty treatment of special forest products only Act to waive otherwise applicable fees right. Additionally, this section does not to the extent that the pilot program for the harvest of forest botanical prevent individual Indians from requires segregation of fees and that products by federally recognized Indian requesting free use of special forest personal use differs from free use tribes. Tribal free use of forest botanical products under section 223.239. practices. Other aspects of the pilot products must be non-commercial, and Section 223.241—Disposal of seized program, for example those pertaining for cultural, ceremonial and/or special forest products. This section to prices, bidding, and sustainability, traditional purposes. The regulation also authorizes the Forest Service to dispose shall be accomplished through forest provides that a Regional Forester or of special forest products that have been products regulations and associated Forest Supervisor, having proper illegally obtained from National Forest Forest Service directives. authorization from the Chief of the System lands through commercial sale Section 223.277—Definitions. This Forest Service, may waive application of or by offering such products for free use. section defines forest botanical products a fee to allow harvest of forest botanical The Forest Service may not sell such and provides examples of products that products for scientific research or for products to the entity that took them fall within the definition. salvage when other management illegally. Additionally, the Forest Section 223.278—Collection of fees. activities will destroy or damage the Service shall not sell or dispose of This section governs the Forest Service’s product. The waiver decision must be in seized special forest products that are charging and collection of fees for the writing. threatened, endangered, or candidates harvest of forest botanical products from Section 223.280—Monitoring and for listing under the Endangered Species National Forest System lands. It directs revising of harvest levels. This section Act; that are listed on the Regional that fees charged for forest botanical provides that monitoring and revising of Forester’s sensitive plant list or list of products shall cover at least a portion of harvest levels for forest botanical species of concern or interest; or the products’ fair market value and a products, as required under the pilot

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59501

program, shall be accomplished September 18, 1992) excludes from Consultation and Coordination With pursuant to the regulation at 36 CFR documentation in an environmental Indian Tribal Governments part 223.219. assessment or impact statement rules, Pursuant to Executive Order 13175, Section 223.281—Disposition of regulations, or policies to establish Consultation and Coordination With collected fees. This section governs the Service-wide administrative procedures, Indian Tribal Governments, the Forest accounting and expenditure of fees program processes, or instructions that Service conducted a preliminary collected under the pilot program and do not significantly affect the quality of assessment of the impact of this follows the requirements set forth in the human environment. The proposed rule on Indian Tribal sections (f) and (h) of the Act. Department’s assessment is that this Governments and it determined that the IV. Conclusion proposed rule falls within this category rule does have tribal implications. of actions, and that no extraordinary The regulations contained in this Therefore, advance consultation with circumstances exist that would require Tribes was required. proposed rule will allow the Forest preparation of an environmental Service to manage better its program for Consultation in the form of assessment or environmental impact opportunity to review and comment on the disposal of special forest products, statement. through commercial harvest and sale these regulations and accompanying and free use, and to implement a pilot No Takings Implications Forest Service Handbook direction was program for charging and collecting fees provided to all interested Tribes in all This proposed rule has been analyzed for harvest of forest botanical products, Forest Service Regions. Regional in accordance with the principles and pursuant to the pilot program law. Foresters and Forest Supervisors criteria contained in Executive Order determined which Tribes could be Regulatory Certifications 12360, and it has been determined that affected by these regulations and this action will not pose the risk of a Regulatory Impact initiated consultations with Tribal taking of private property. representatives. A 60-day comment This proposed rule has been reviewed period was established, however many under USDA procedures and Executive Civil Justice Reform Tribes asked for additional time for Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning This proposed rule has been reviewed consultation, which was granted. and Review as amended by 13422. OMB under Executive Order 12988, Civil Recommendations from the Tribes have has determined that this is not a Justice Reform. When the final rule is been incorporated, as appropriate, into significant rule. This proposed rule will adopted, (1) all State and local laws and this proposed rule. not have an annual effect of $100 regulations that conflict with the final During consultation, it became million or more on the economy nor rule or that would impede full apparent that the Tribes were concerned adversely affect productivity, implementation of this rule will be competition, jobs, the environment, about their existing statutory authority, preempted, (2) no retroactive effect will or lack thereof, to gather special forest public health or safety, nor State or local be given to the final rule; and (3), the governments. This proposed rule will products for cultural, ceremonial, and/ Department will not require the use of or traditional purposes at no charge. The not interfere with an action taken or administrative proceedings before planned by another agency nor raise Tribes believed that current law does parties could file suit in court not meet their needs. In October 1999, new legal or policy issues. Finally, this challenging its provisions. action will not alter the budgetary the Chief Operations Officer of the impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, Unfunded Mandates Forest Service commissioned a National or loan programs or the rights and Tribal Relations Program Task Force to Pursuant to Title II of the Unfunded obligations of recipients of such develop recommendations to improve Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. programs. Accordingly, this proposed working relationships with the Tribes. 1531–1538), which the President signed rule is not subject to OMB review under The task force report concluded that free into law on March 22, 1995, the Executive Order 12866. use opportunities offered by the Forest Department has assessed the effects of Service were inconsistent with access Proper Consideration of Small Entities this proposed rule on State, local, and provided by other government agencies. This proposed rule has been tribal governments and the private The report recommended development considered in light of Executive Order sector. This action will not compel the of legislation that more readily enables 13272 regarding consideration of small expenditure of $100 million or more by the Forest Service to provide free use of entities and the Small Business any State, local, or tribal government or forest products to Tribes. The Chief of Regulatory Enforcement Act of 1996 anyone in the private sector. Therefore, the Forest Service accepted the (SBREFA), which amended the a statement under section 202 of the Act recommendation and efforts are Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 is not required. underway to advance legislation that et seq.). It has been determined that this Federalism would empower the Forest Service to action will not have a significant provide products free of charge to Tribes economic impact on a substantial The Department has considered this for cultural, traditional, and customary number of small entities as defined by proposed rule under the requirements of purposes. The proposed legislation has the Executive Order. The proposed rule Executive Order 13132, Federalism, and been drafted and is currently in will have no adverse impact on small concluded that this action will not have legislative clearance. Tribes may also business, small not-for-profit substantial direct effects on the States, review and comment on this proposed organizations, or small units of on the relationship between the Federal rule. government. government and the States, or on the distribution of power and Controlling Paperwork Burdens on the Environmental Impact responsibilities among the various Public This proposed rule has no direct or levels of government. Therefore, the This proposed rule does not contain indirect effect on the environment. Department has determined that no any recordkeeping or reporting Section 31.1b of Forest Service further assessment of federalism requirements or other information Handbook 1909.15 (57 FR 43180; implications is necessary at this time. collection requirements as defined in 5

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59502 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

CFR part 1320, and therefore, imposes Advertisement and Bids Special forest products: Products no paperwork burden on the public. 223.227 Sale advertisement. collected from National Forest System Accordingly, the review provisions of 223.228 Contents of advertisement. lands for commercial, personal, tribal, the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 223.229 Contents of prospectus. educational, or scientific purposes, (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.) and 223.230 Bid restriction on resale of including without limitation: bark, implementing regulations at 5 CFR part incomplete contracts, permits, or other berries, boughs, bryophytes, bulbs, instruments. 1320 do not apply. 223.231 Bidding methods. burls, Christmas trees, cones, ferns, firewood, forbs, fungi (including Energy Effects 223.232 Disclosure of relation to other bidders. mushrooms), grasses, mosses, nuts, pine This proposed rule has been reviewed straw, roots, sedges, seeds, transplants, under Executive Order 13211 of May 18, Award of Contracts, Permits, or Other Instruments tree sap, wildflowers, fence material, 2001, and it has been determined that it mine props, posts and poles, shingle has no effect on the supply, distribution, 223.233 Award to highest bidder. and shake bolts, and rails. The term or use of energy. This proposed rule is 223.234 Determination of purchaser responsibility. special forest products does not include administrative in nature and, therefore, 223.235 Unilateral delay, suspension, or sawtimber, pulpwood, non-sawlog the preparation of a statement of energy modification of contracts, permits, or material removed in log form, cull logs, effects is not required. other instruments authorizing the sale of small roundwood, house logs, telephone List of Subjects 36 CFR Part 223 special forest products. poles, derrick poles, minerals, animals, 223.236 Unilateral termination. animal parts, insects, worms, rocks, Administrative practice and 223.237 Request by Purchaser for delay, water, and soil. procedure, Exports, Forests and forest suspension, modification, or products, Government contracts, termination. § 223.217 Authority to dispose of special National forests, Reporting and 223.238 Free use authorization to U.S. forest products. Army and Navy. recordkeeping requirements. 223.239 Free use by individuals. The Forest Service has authority to For the reasons set forth in the 223.240 Indian tribes and treaty reserved dispose of special forest products preamble, the Forest Service, U.S. gathering rights. located on National Forest System lands Department of Agriculture, proposes to 223.241 Disposal of seized special forest pursuant to the Multiple-Use Sustained- amend 36 CFR part 223 as follows: products. Yield Act of 1960, as amended (16 Subpart H—Forest Botanical Products U.S.C. 528–531); the National Forest PART 223—SALE AND DISPOSAL OF Management Act of 1976, as amended NATIONAL FOREST SYSTEM TIMBER, 223.275 Establishment of a pilot program. 223.276 Applicability. (16 U.S.C. 472a et seq.); and, the Forest SPECIAL FOREST PRODUCTS, AND 223.277 Definitions. and Rangeland Renewable Resources FOREST BOTANICAL PRODUCTS 223.278 Collection of fees. Planning Act of 1974, as amended (16 1. The authority citation for part 223 223.279 Personal use harvest levels and U.S.C. 1600–1614). waiver of fees. is amended to read as follows: 223.280 Monitoring and revising of harvest § 223.218 Consistency with plans, Authority: 90 Stat. 2958, 16 U.S.C. 472a; 98 levels. environmental standards, and other Stat. 2213, 16 U.S.C. 618, 104 Stat. 714–726, 223.281 Disposition of collected fees. management requirements. 16 U.S.C. 620–620j, 113 Stat. 1501a, 16 The disposal of special forest U.S.C. 528 note; unless otherwise noted. Subpart G—Special Forest Products products from National Forest System 2. Revise the part heading as shown § 223.215 Applicability. lands shall be consistent with applicable land management plans. above. The regulations contained in this Each contract, permit, or other 3. Add subparts G and H to read as subpart govern the disposal of special instrument shall include, as follows: forest products from National Forest appropriate, provisions requiring the Subpart G—Special Forest Products System lands through commercial harvest and sale and free use. During the purchaser or user to: Sec. (a) Provide fire protection and duration of the pilot program for the 223.215 Applicability. suppression; 223.216 Definitions. sale of forest botanical products, (b) Protect natural resources; 223.217 Authority to dispose of special pursuant to the Department of the (c) Regenerate harvested species after forest products. Interior and Related Agencies harvesting operations; 223.218 Consistency with plans, Appropriations Act of 2000, (Pub. L. (d) Minimize soil erosion; environmental standards, and other 106–113, Div. B, sec. 1000(a)(3), 113 (e) Maintain favorable conditions of management requirements. Stat. 135 (enacting into law sec. 339 of water flow and quality; 223.219 Sustainable harvest of special Title III of H.R. 3423)), as amended in forest products. (f) Minimize adverse effects on, 223.220 Quantity determination. 2004 by Section 335 of Public Law 108– protect, or enhance other national forest 108–, special forest products that are resources, uses, and improvements; and Appraisal and Pricing also forest botanical products shall be (g) Deposit voucher specimens to a 223.221 Establishing minimum rates. sold, or offered for free use, subject to curator of a nationally recognized 223.222 Appraisal. the requirements of subpart H of this herbarium in North America as Contract and permit Conditions and part. A commercial sale of special forest identified in the Index Herbariorum for Provisions products shall be governed by a all permits authorizing bioprospecting. 223.223 Advance payment. contract, permit, or other authorizing instrument. Free use shall be conducted § 223.219 Sustainable harvest of special 223.224 Performance bonds and security forest products. fees. under a permit, unless this requirement 223.225 Contract, permit, and instrument has been waived. (a) Sustainable harvest levels. Prior to term. offering special forest product for sale or 223.226 Adjustment of term of contract, § 223.216 Definitions. free use, the responsible officer shall permit, or other instrument for force As used in this subpart, the following determine the sustainable harvest level majeure delay. term shall mean: for the product. The sustainable harvest

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59503

level for a special forest product is the appraisals, analytical appraisals, Advertisement and Bids total quantity of the product that can be comparison appraisals, and harvested annually in perpetuity on a independent estimates based on average § 223.227 Sale advertisement. sustained yield basis. Responsible investments. Special forest products (a) The Forest Service shall advertise officers shall not authorize harvest of must be sold at minimum rates or for a period of 30 days any sale of special forest products in an amount appraised value, whichever is higher. special forest products for which the exceeding known sustainable harvest appraised value of the sale is equal to, levels. In determining a sustainable Contract and Permit Conditions and or greater than $10,000, except as harvest level, the responsible officer Provisions provided in paragraph (c) of this section. may consider harvest levels of the § 223.223 Advance payment. product for the previous three years, if (b) In any instance when the such information is available. Contracts, permits, or other appraised value of the sale is less than (b) Harvest of protected species. No authorizing instruments for the harvest $10,000, the Forest Service may sell the contract, permit, or other authorizing and sale of special forest products shall products without advertisement; instrument may be issued or approved require advance payment, unless the however, if there is competitive interest under this subpart for a species listed by contract, permit, or instrument in a sale valued at less than $10,000, the the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service as authorizes the purchaser to furnish a Forest Service shall advertise for not endangered or threatened, or that has payment guarantee satisfactory to the less than 7 days. been proposed for listing under the Forest Service. Advance payments (c) Regardless of the requirement set Endangered Species Act, except as found to be in excess of amounts due forth in paragraph (a) of this section, authorized by that Service. Moreover, the United States shall be refunded to above, the Forest Service may sell Regional guidelines will identify the the purchaser or their successor in special forest products without conditions when a contract, permit, or interest, subject to the requirements of advertisement, or at the Agency’s instrument may be issued or approved the Debt Collection Improvement Act. discretion, advertise the sale for a for any product listed on the Regional period less than 30 days if Forester’s sensitive plant list, species of § 223.224 Performance bonds and security (1) Deterioration of a special forest concern list, or species of interest list, or fees. product threatens its value; that is protected under the Convention A contract, permit, or other (2) If the products were previously on International Trade in Endangered authorizing instrument for the sale of advertised for competitive bidding but Species. special forest products may require the were not sold because of an absence of (c) Monitoring of established harvest purchaser to furnish a performance satisfactory bids; or levels. At least once every three fiscal bond or other security for satisfactory (3) If the products are remaining from years, or as otherwise established by the compliance with its terms. expired, cancelled, or abandoned Regional Forester, the Forest Service contracts, permits, or other instruments. shall monitor the effects of harvesting a § 223.225 Contract, permit, and instrument product on its sustainability. Such term. § 223.228 Contents of advertisement. monitoring may include on-site The Forest Service shall include the The term of any contract, permit, or examination of the product, including following information in an other authorizing instrument for the sale both harvested and non-harvested areas, advertisement for the sale of special of special forest products shall not and a review of past and projected forest products: exceed 10 years, unless the Chief of the harvest levels to the extent such (a) The location and estimated Forest Service finds that a longer term information is available. quantities of special forest products (d) Revision of harvest levels. The is consistent with the Multiple-Use offered for sale; sustainable harvest level for a special Sustained-Yield Act of 1960, as (b) The time and place at which forest product may be increased or amended (16 U.S.C. 528–531). Any such sealed bids will be opened in public; decreased, as appropriate, based on finding by the Chief shall be made in (c) A provision asserting the agency’s monitoring. writing. right to reject any and all bids; (d) The place where complete § 223.220 Quantity determination. § 223.226 Adjustment of term of contract, permit, or other instrument for force information on the offering may be Sale contracts, permits, or other majeure delay. obtained; and authorizing instruments may provide for (e) Notice that a prospectus is determining the quantity of special A contract, permit, or other available to the public and to interested forest products by scaling, measuring, instrument authorizing the harvest and potential bidders. weighing, counting, or other reliable sale of special forest products shall means. allow for the adjustment of its term to § 223.229 Contents of prospectus. provide additional time to the purchaser The prospectus for the sale of special Appraisal and Pricing in the event that circumstances beyond forest products shall include the § 223.221 Establishing minimum rates. the purchaser’s reasonable control delay following: The Chief of the Forest Service shall performance. Such circumstances may (a) The minimum acceptable value or establish methods for setting minimum include, but are not limited to acts of unit price and the amount or rate of any rates for sale of special forest products. God, acts of the public enemy, acts of additional required deposits; the Government, labor disputes, fires, (b) The amount of the bid guarantee § 223.222 Appraisal. insurrections, and floods. The that must accompany each bid; The Chief of the Forest Service shall approving officer may grant an (c) The amount of the deposit or set forth methods for appraising special extension upon finding that the downpayment to be made by the forest products to determine their fair purchaser has diligently performed in successful bidder and the time-frame for market value. Valid methods to accordance with the contract, permit or making such deposit or downpayment; determine fair market value include, but other instrument, or that the substantial (d) The location and area of the sale, are not limited to, transaction evidence public interest justifies the extension. including acreage;

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59504 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(e) The estimated volumes, quality, § 223.232 Disclosure of relation to other contract, permit, or other instrument, or size, or other appropriate measure for bidders. the ability to obtain such resources; the special forest products; The Forest Service may require any (2) The purchaser is able to perform (f) A description of any special prospective purchaser of special forest the contract, permit, or instrument harvest and removal requirements for products to disclose its relationship within the relevant term, taking into the sale; with other potential purchasers or consideration all of their existing commercial and governmental business (g) The method of bidding that the operators. Such disclosure may include commitments; Forest Service will employ; sealed bid a certified statement of stockholders or (3) The purchaser has a satisfactory or sealed bid followed by oral auction; members of the firm; officers of the corporation or members of the board of record of integrity and business ethics; (h) The type of contract, permit, or directors; or holders of bonds, notes, or (4) The purchaser has or is able to other instrument to be used for the sale; other evidences of indebtedness. obtain equipment and supplies suitable (i) The termination date of the for harvesting the products and for contract, permit, or other instrument Award of Contracts, Permits, or Other meeting applicable resource protection and the normal operating period; Instruments requirements; (j) The amount of performance bond § 223.233 Award to highest bidder. (5) The purchaser is otherwise qualified and eligible to receive an required; and (a) The Forest Service shall award award of a contract, permit, or (k) If circumstances warrant, such contracts, permits, or other authorizing instrument under applicable laws and additional information about the sale as instruments for advertised sales as regulations, or the Forest Service deems appropriate in follows: (6) The purchaser has a satisfactory order to notify purchasers that an on- (1) The Forest Service will award a performance record on contracts, site investigation of the products may be sale of special forest products to the permits, or other instruments with the prudent. responsible bidder that submits the Forest Service. Failure to apply highest bid that conforms to the § 223.230 Bid restriction on resale of sufficient diligence and perseverance to conditions of the sale as stated in the incomplete contracts, permits, or other perform a contract, permit, or other prospectus. instruments. instrument is strong evidence that a (2) If the highest bidder cannot meet purchaser is not responsible. A In any resale of special forest products the requirements for the sale, as purchaser that is, or has been deficient remaining from a previous sale, the specified in the prospectus or otherwise, in performance shall be deemed not Forest Service shall not consider a bid then the Forest Service may: submitted by a person who failed to responsible, unless the purchaser (i) Reject all bids and reoffer the sale, demonstrates that the deficiency arose complete or defaulted the original or contract, permit, or other instrument from circumstances beyond their (ii) Offer the award to the next highest reasonable control. authorizing the sale, or from any qualified, at the high bid level, until the affiliate of such person except when award is accepted or refused by all of § 223.235 Unilateral delay, suspension, or such consideration serves the public conforming bidders. modification of contracts, permits, or other interest. (3) In the event of a tie between two instruments authorizing the sale of special forest products. § 223.231 Bidding methods. or more responsible high bidders submitting conforming bids, the Forest (a) Reasons for Delay, Suspension or (a) The Contracting Officer or Service shall award the sale by drawing Modification. The Forest Service may designated Forest Officer shall offer of lots. unilaterally delay, suspend, or modify advertised sales of special forest (b) If none of the bids meet the any contract, permit, or instrument products through sealed bid or sealed specified conditions of the sale, or in authorizing the sale of special forest bid followed by oral auction. The the event of other irregularities in the products for any one of the following method selected shall: bidding process, the Forest Service may reasons: (1) Ensure open and fair competition; reject all bids, and, if it so decides, (1) To prevent actual or potential (2) Ensure that the Federal reoffer the sale. harm to the environment, including Government receives not less than fair without limit harm to land, water, air, § 223.234 Determination of purchaser habitat, plants, animals, cave resources, market value for the public resource; responsibility. and or cultural resources; (a) A Contracting Officer shall not (2) To ensure consistency with land (3) Be consistent with the National award a contract, permit, or other management plans or other management Forest Management Act and other instrument authorizing the sale of documents; applicable federal laws. special forest products to a prospective (3) To conduct environmental (b) As a prerequisite to participation purchaser unless that officer makes an analyses, including without limitation, in an oral auction, a bidder shall submit affirmative determination that the consultation under the Endangered a written sealed bid at least equal to the purchaser is responsible. In the absence Species Act of 1973, 16 U.S.C. 1531, et minimum acceptable bid price(s) of information clearly establishing that seq.; specified in the prospectus. The Forest the prospective purchaser is (4) Because of existing or threatened Service shall not accept a bid at oral responsible, the Contracting Officer litigation, which might affect or auction that is less than the bidder’s shall conclude that the purchaser is not implicate the purchaser’s harvest of initial sealed bid. responsible. special forest products; or (c) The Chief, or authorized designee (b) In order to make an affirmative (5) For any reasons or other shall specify the use of sealed bids or a determination that a prospective conditions as may be set forth in the mix of bidding methods in any area purchaser is responsible, the contract, permit, or other instrument where there is a reasonable belief that Contracting Officer must find that: governing the sale. collusive and/or abnormal bidding (1) The purchaser has adequate (b) Compensation. (1) The Forest practices may be occurring. financial resources to perform the Service may compensate the purchaser

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59505

for unilateral delay, suspension or the cause, duration, and financial Foresters may approve the harvest of modification of any contract, permit, or impact of the termination. special forest products by the U.S. Army other instrument in accordance with the (2) A purchaser shall comply with and Navy for the purposes identified at applicable provisions set forth in such provisions for claim submission 16 U.S.C. 492. contract, permit, or instrument, if any, contained in the governing contract, or in the absence of such provisions, in permit, or instrument, if any, or, in the § 223.239 Free use by individuals. accordance with applicable Forest absence of such provisions, shall submit (a) Free use. Under a permit, a person Service methods and procedures in a claim for compensation in writing and may harvest special forest products from effect at the time of claim submission, accompanied by supporting National Forest System lands free of giving due consideration to the cause, documentation that fully substantiates charge for personal, non-commercial duration, and financial impact of the the amount of the claim. use, not in excess of the amount or delay, suspension or modification. (3) A purchaser shall not be entitled quantity authorized by a designated (2) A purchaser shall comply with to compensation if the unilateral Forest Service officer, a Forest provisions for claim submission termination is due in whole or in part Supervisor, or a Regional Forester under contained in the governing contract, to the reasons set forth at § 223.236(a)(2) 36 CFR 223.8. permit, or instrument, if any, or, in the or (3). (b) Permit requirement. A person absence of such provisions, shall submit (c) Authority. Any unilateral seeking to harvest a special forest a claim for compensation in writing and termination of a contract, permit, or product for personal, non-commercial accompanied by supporting instrument for the sale of special forest use, must submit an application to a documentation that fully substantiates products shall be made by the Chief, or Forest Service officer and obtain a free the amount of the claim. the Chief’s designee. Any such use permit prior to harvest, unless these requirements have been waived to allow (c) Authority. The Contracting Officer instruction shall be issued to the harvesting of a specific product from a administrating the sale or responsible purchaser in writing, except when designated free use area. The permit superior may issue an instruction exigent circumstances warrant oral shall indicate the type, amount, and/or delaying, suspending, or modifying the communication, in which case a written value of the product to be harvested, contract, permit, or instrument. Such communication shall follow promptly. and shall contain other restrictions and instructions shall be issued to the § 223.237 Request by Purchaser for delay, requirements. The Forest Service officer purchaser in writing, except when suspension, modification, or termination. may set conditions on the proposed exigent circumstances warrant oral (a) Request. A purchaser of special harvest, or deny the harvest, to ensure communication, in which case the forest products may request delay, the personal safety of the individual; to officer shall promptly followup in suspension, modification, or prevent interference with Forest Service writing. termination of their contract, permit, or and/or commercial operations on the § 223.236 Unilateral termination. other instrument pursuant to the forest; to protect the product as a (a) Reasons for Termination. The provisions set forth in the contract, sustainable resource; or to otherwise Forest Service may unilaterally permit, or instrument, if any, or for protect the forest. The issuing officer or terminate a contract, permit, or other another reasonable cause, including any superior officer may terminate for instrument authorizing the sale of without limit catastrophic damage to the the convenience of the government, special forest products for any of the product or substantially changed market without compensation, a free use permit following reasons: conditions. Any such request shall be at any time for a number of reasons submitted in writing and shall contain (1) For any of the reasons enumerated including, but not limited to, resource a detailed explanation of all relevant at § 223.235(a)(1) through (5); concerns including threatened, circumstances supporting the request. endangered or sensitive species; (2) For purchaser’s material breach or (b) Response. The Forest Service shall weather factors such as fire season or continued violation of the contract or respond to any request for delay, road access; conflicts with other users; agreement terms; suspension, modification, or or violations of permit requirements. (3) In the event purchaser is found to termination in accordance with (c) Subsistence in Alaska. This be in violation of any Federal or State applicable provisions of the contract, section is not intended to affect civil or criminal statute, law, or permit, or other instrument, and, in the subsistence uses implemented under the regulation, when such violation relates absence of such provisions, may Alaska National Interest Lands to obtaining, attempting to obtain, respond in a manner that is fair and Conservation Act, 16 U.S.C. 3101–3126. selling, trading, or processing special reasonable in light of the circumstances forest products; to obtaining, attempting of the request. The Forest Service may § 223.240 Indian tribes and treaty reserved gathering rights. to obtain, or performing a public deny any request, in whole or in part, contract or subcontract; harm or damage in accordance with the provisions of the Indian tribes with reserved treaty to public lands or protected species; or, relevant contract, permit, instrument, or gathering rights or other adjudicated to purchaser’s business integrity, at the Agency’s discretion in the rights may harvest special forest honesty, or responsibility; absence of such provisions. products in accordance with the terms (b) Compensation. (1) The Forest (c) Authority. The Contracting Officer of such treaty rights. Such harvest by Service may compensate the purchaser administrating the sale or superior Indian tribes shall not be subject to the for unilateral termination of any officer shall have authority to respond application and permitting requirements contract, permit, or other instrument in to any request by a purchaser for delay, of subpart G; however, the Regional accordance with the provisions set forth modification, suspension, or Forester may set conditions on the in such contract, permit, or instrument, termination. harvest, as necessary to protect the if any, or, in the absence of such product as a sustainable resource, or to provisions, in accordance with § 223.238 Free use authorization to U.S. otherwise protect the forest. The applicable Forest Service methods and Army and Navy. Regional Forester may only deny the procedures in effect at the time of claim Subject to delegations of authority by harvest for purposes of health and safety submission, giving due consideration to the Chief of the Forest Service, Regional and in some instances in order to

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59506 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

conserve the species or resources used. Forest botanical products—naturally purposes of the pilot program shall be Any decision restricting tribal off- occurring special forest products, conducted as provided at § 223.219 of reservation treaty rights needs to be well including bark, berries, boughs, subpart G. documented. Consultation with the bryophytes, bulbs, burls, cones, ferns, affected Tribe(s) and local Office of fungi (including mushrooms), forbs, § 223.281 Disposition of collected fees. General Counsel on how to exercise grasses, mosses, nuts, pine straw, roots, (a) Funds collected under the pilot such regulatory authority is found in sedges, seeds, shrubs, transplants, tree program for the harvest and sale of FSM 1563.1 and FSH 1509.13, Chapter sap, and wildflowers. The term excludes forest botanical products shall be 10. animals, animal parts, Christmas trees, deposited into a special account in the fence material, firewood, insects, mine Treasury of the United States. These § 223.241 Disposal of seized special forest props, minerals, posts and poles, rails, funds shall be available for expenditure products. rocks, shingle and shake bolts, water, at National Forests or National The Forest Service may dispose of worms, and soil. Grasslands where the funds were seized special forest products that have collected until September 30, 2010. been illegally obtained from National § 223.278 Collection of fees. (b) Funds deposited into the special Forest System lands. Any commercial The responsible official shall ensure account specified in paragraph (a) of sale of such products shall be conducted that the price applicable to the harvest this section shall be expended at a in accordance with the requirements of and sale of any forest botanical product, National Forest or National Grassland in this subpart; however, such products as determined in accordance with the proportion to the fees collected at that shall not be sold to the entity that procedures set forth in 36 CFR part 223 unit to pay for costs of: conducting collected them illegally. The Regional subpart G, includes at least a portion of inventories of forest botanical products; Forester may make seized products the fair market value of the product and determining sustainable harvest levels available for free use to individuals, a portion of the costs associated with for each species or type of forest Indian Tribes with reserved treaty administering the pilot program. botanical product; monitoring and gathering rights, and other federally § 223.279 Personal use harvest levels and assessing the impact of harvest levels recognized tribes. However, the Forest waiver of fees. and methods; conducting restoration Service shall not dispose of a seized (a) In conjunction with determining activities, including vegetation product by sale or free use if that sustainable harvest levels for special restoration, necessitated by the product is threatened, endangered, or a forest products, including forest collection, harvest, or removal of forest candidate for listing under the botanical products, pursuant to botanical products; or administering the Endangered Species Act; identified as § 223.219 of subpart G, the responsible pilot program, including environmental prohibited for sale or trade under Forest Service officer shall also or other analyses. CITES, or listed on the Regional determine personal use harvest levels, Dated: September 25, 2007. Forester’s sensitive plant list, list of which shall be consistent with Abigail R. Kimbell, species of concern, or list of species of sustainable harvest levels. Chief, Forest Service. interest. (b) A person may harvest a forest [FR Doc. E7–20658 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] botanical product from National Forest Subpart H—Forest Botanical Products system lands, without charge, up to but BILLING CODE 3410–11–P § 223.275 Establishment of a pilot not exceeding the personal use harvest program. level established for the product. A person seeking such personal use of a ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION This subpart governs the Forest forest botanical product must comply AGENCY Service’s pilot program for the disposal with the procedures set forth in of forest botanical products, as § 223.239 of subpart G. 40 CFR Parts 52 and 97 authorized by the Department of the (c) Under the following Interior and Related Agencies [EPA–R05–OAR–2007–IN–0140; FRL–8481– circumstances, the Forest Service 5] Appropriations Act of 2000, (Pub. L. waives the collection of fees otherwise 106–113, Div. B, sec. 1000(a)(3), 113 required pursuant to § 223.278 of this Approval and Promulgation of State Stat. 135 (enacting into law sec. 339 of subpart: Implementation Plans; Indiana: Clean Title III of H.R. 3423)), as amended in (1) For federally recognized Indian Air Interstate Rule 2004 by Section 335 of Public Law 108– tribes seeking to harvest forest botanical AGENCY: 108. The pilot program shall be in effect products for cultural, ceremonial, and/ Environmental Protection through September 30, 2009. or traditional purposes. Such purposes Agency (EPA). ACTION: Proposed rule. § 223.276 Applicability. must be non-commercial, and any such harvest may be conditioned or denied as SUMMARY: EPA is proposing limited This subpart applies to the disposal of provided in § 223.240 of subpart G; and, forest botanical products, as defined (2) On any occasion when a Regional approval of a revision to the Indiana herein, from National Forest System Forester or Forest Supervisor, having State Implementation Plan (SIP) lands, until September 30, 2009 of the proper authorization from the Chief, submitted on February 28, 2007, as pilot program. The Forest Service shall makes a determination in writing that amended by letter on September 20, dispose forest botanical products in the harvest facilitates scientific research 2007. This revision addresses the accordance with the procedures set or is for salvage because other requirements of EPA’s Clean Air forth in 36 CFR part 223 subpart G, management activities will destroy or Interstate Rule (CAIR), promulgated on subject to the requirements of this damage the product. May 12, 2005, and subsequently revised subpart. on April 28, 2006, and December 13, § 223.280 Monitoring and revising of 2006. EPA is proposing to determine § 223.277 Definitions. harvest levels. that the Indiana SIP revision strengthens As used in this subpart, the following Monitoring and revision of harvest the implementation plan for the State term shall mean: levels for forest botanical products for because it makes progress toward

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59507

meeting Indiana’s emission reduction adverse comment. For additional SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a requirements under the NOX SIP Call. information, see the direct final rule summary of the Commission’s Notice of DATES: Comments must be received on which is located in the Rules section of Proposed Rule Making, MB Docket No. or before November 21, 2007. this Federal Register. 07–210, adopted October 3, 2007, and ADDRESSES: Submit your comments, Dated: September 27, 2007. released October 5, 2007. The full text identified by Docket ID No. EPA–R05– Bharat Mathur, of this Commission decision is available OAR–2007–0140, by one of the Acting Regional Administrator, Region 5. for inspection and copying during following methods: [FR Doc. E7–20250 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] normal business hours in the 1. www.regulations.gov: Follow the BILLING CODE 6560–50–P Commission’s Reference Information on-line instructions for submitting Center, 445 Twelfth Street, SW., comments. Washington, DC 20554. This document 2. E-mail: [email protected]. may also be purchased from the 3. Fax: (312)886–5824. FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Commission’s duplicating contractors, 4. Mail: ‘‘EPA–R05–OAR–2007– Best Copy and Printing, Inc., 445 12th 0140’’, John M. Mooney, Chief, Criteria 47 CFR Part 73 Street, SW., Room CY–B402, Pollutant Section, Air Programs Branch Washington, DC 20554, telephone 1– (AR–18J), U.S. Environmental [DA 07–4129; MB Docket No. 07–210; RM– 800–378–3160 or http:// Protection Agency, 77 West Jackson 11399] www.BCPIWEB.com. This document Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604. 5. Hand Delivery or Courier: John M. Radio Broadcasting Services; Butte does not contain proposed information Mooney, Chief, Criteria Pollutant Falls and Netarts, Oregon collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Section, Air Programs Branch (AR–18J), AGENCY: Federal Communications U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Commission. Public Law 104–13. In addition, therefore, it does not contain any 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, ACTION: Proposed rule. Illinois 60604. Such deliveries are only proposed information collection burden accepted during the Regional Office’s SUMMARY: This document requests ‘‘for small business concerns with fewer normal hours of operation. The Regional comments on a petition for rule making than 25 employees,’’ pursuant to the Office’s official hours of business are filed by Oregon Radio Partners, LLC Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of Monday through Friday, 8:30 to 4:30, (‘‘Petitioner’’) proposing the allotments 2002, Public Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C. excluding federal holidays. Please see of Channel 290A at Butte Falls and 3506(c)(4). the direct final rule which is located in Channel 232C3 at Netarts, Oregon. The The Provisions of the Regulatory proposed coordinates for Channel 290A the Rules section of this Federal Flexibility Act of 1980 do not apply to at Butte Falls are 42–36–19 NL and 122– Register for detailed instructions on this proceeding. Members of the public 24–38 WL with a site restriction of 14.7 how to submit comments. should note that from the time a Notice FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John km (9.1 miles) northeast of city reference and for Channel 232C3 at of Proposed Rule Making is issued until Paskevicz, Engineer, Criteria Pollutant the matter is no longer subject to Section, Air Programs Branch (AR–18J), Netarts are 45–27–56 NL and 123–58–11 WL with a site restriction of 4.0 km (2.5 Commission consideration or court Environmental Protection Agency, review, all ex parte contacts are Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, miles) northwest of city reference. The petition for rule making is a hybrid prohibited in Commission proceedings, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886–6084, such as this one, which involve channel [email protected]. contingent filing with two applications: (1) For Station KTIL–FM, Channel allotments. See 47 CFR 1.1204(b) for SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In the 232C3 at Tillamook, Oregon to move to rules governing permissible ex parte Final Rules section of this Federal Channel 232C2 at Government Camp, contact. Register, EPA is approving the State’s Oregon (file no. BPH–0070125ADO); For information regarding proper SIP submittal as a direct final rule and (2) for an unbuilt station, Channel without prior proposal because the filing procedures for comments, see 47 225A at Butte Falls, Oregon to move to CFR 1.415 and 1.420. Agency views this as a non- Talent, Oregon on the same channel (file controversial submittal and anticipates no. BNPH–20060310ACD). These List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73 no adverse comments. A detailed applications will be reviewed rationale for the approval is set forth in separately. Radio, Radio broadcasting. the direct final rule. If no adverse For the reasons discussed in the comments are received in response to DATES: Comments must be filed on or preamble, the Federal Communications this rule, no further activity is before November 26, 2007, and reply Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR contemplated. If EPA receives adverse comments on or before December 11, part 73 as follows: comments, EPA will withdraw the 2007. ADDRESSES: direct final rule and will address all Federal Communications PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST public comments received in a Commission, 445 12th Street, SW., SERVICES subsequent final rule based on this Washington, DC 20554. In addition to proposed rule. EPA will not institute a filing comments with the FCC, 1. The authority citation for part 73 interested parties should serve the second comment period. Any parties continues to read as follows: interested in commenting on this action Petitioner and its counsel, as follows: should do so at this time. Please note Oregon Radio Partners, LLC, c/o Lee J. Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336. Peltzman, Esquire, Shainis & Peltzman, that if EPA receives adverse comment § 73.202 [Amended] on an amendment, paragraph, or section Chartered, 1850 M Street, NW., of this rule and if that provision may be Washington, DC 20036. 2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM severed from the remainder of the rule, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Allotments under Oregon, is amended EPA may adopt as final those provisions Rolanda F. Smith, Media Bureau, (202) by adding Butte Falls, Channel 290A; of the rule that are not the subject of an 418–2180. and by adding Netarts, Channel 232C3.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59508 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

Federal Communications Commission. text of this decision may also be FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS John A. Karousos, purchased from the Commission’s copy COMMISSION Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc., Bureau. 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY–B402, 47 CFR Part 73 [FR Doc. E7–20747 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Washington, DC 20554, (800) 378–3160, [DA 07–4124; MB Docket No. 07–182; RM– BILLING CODE 6712–01–P or via the company’s Web site, http:// 11393] www.bcpiweb.com. This document does not contain proposed information Radio Broadcasting Services; Antlers, FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS collection requirements subject to the Oklahoma COMMISSION Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, AGENCY: Federal Communications 47 CFR Part 73 Public Law 104–13. In addition, Commission. therefore, it does not contain any ACTION: Proposed rule. [DA 07–4122; MB Docket No. 07–194; RM– proposed information collection burden 11397] ‘‘for small business concerns with fewer SUMMARY: This document requests than 25 employees,’’ pursuant to the comments on a petition for rulemaking Radio Broadcasting Services; Hugo, filed by Katherine Pyeatt, requesting the Oklahoma Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C. allotment of Channel 284A at Antlers, AGENCY: Federal Communications 3506(c)(4). Oklahoma. The reference coordinates Commission. for Channel 284A at Antlers, Oklahoma, The Provisions of the Regulatory ACTION: Proposed rule. are 34–21–00 NL and 95–38–00 WL. Flexibility Act of 1980 do not apply to There is a site restriction 13.2 SUMMARY: This document sets forth a this proceeding. Members of the public kilometers (8.2 miles) north of the proposal to amend the FM Table of should note that from the time a Notice community. of Proposed Rule Making is issued until Allotments, section 73.202(b) of the DATES: Comments must be filed on or Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 73.202(b). the matter is no longer subject to before November 26, 2007, and reply The Commission requests comment on Commission consideration or court comments on or before December 11, a petition filed by Katherine Pyeatt. review, all ex parte contacts are 2007. Petitioner proposes the allotment of prohibited in Commission proceedings, Channel 286A at Hugo, Oklahoma, as a such as this one, which involve channel ADDRESSES: Secretary, Federal third local service. Channel 286A can be allotments. See 47 CFR 1.1204(b) for Communications Commission, 445 Twelfth Street, SW., Washington, DC allotted at Hugo in compliance with the rules governing permissible ex parte 20554. In addition to filing comments Commission’s minimum distance contacts. with the FCC, interested parties should separation requirements with a site For information regarding proper restriction of 8.5 km (5.3 miles) serve the petitioner as follows: filing procedures for comments, see 47 southwest of Hugo. The proposed Katherine Pyeatt, 3500 Maple Avenue CFR 1.415 and 1.420. coordinates for Channel 286A at Hugo #1320, Dallas, Texas 75219. are 33–57–21 North Latitude and 95– List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 34–30 West Longitude. See Rolanda F. Smith, Media Bureau, (202) SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION infra. Radio, Radio broadcasting. 418–2180. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a DATES: Comments must be filed on or For the reasons discussed in the synopsis of the Commission’s Notice of before November 26, 2007, and reply preamble, the Federal Communications Proposed Rule Making, MB Docket No. comments on or before December 11, Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR 2007. 07–182, adopted October 3, 2007, and part 73 as follows: released October 5, 2007. The full text ADDRESSES: Federal Communications of this Commission decision is available PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST Commission, Washington, DC 20554. In for inspection and copying during SERVICES addition to filing comments with the normal business hours in the FCC’s FCC, interested parties should serve the Reference Information Center at Portals 1. The authority citation for part 73 designated petitioner and her counsel as II, CY–A257, 445 Twelfth Street, SW., continues to read as follows: follows: Katherine Pyeatt, 3500 Maple Washington, DC 20554. This document Avenue, #1320, Dallas, Texas 75219; Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336. may also be purchased from the and Gene A. Bechtel, Esq., Law Office Commission’s duplicating contractors, § 73.202 [Amended] of Gene Bechtel, 1050 17th Street, NW., Best Copy and Printing, Inc., 445 12th Suite 600, Washington, DC 20036. 2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM Street, SW., Room CY–B402, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Allotments under Oklahoma, is Washington, DC 20554, telephone 1– Deborah A. Dupont, Media Bureau (202) amended by adding Hugo, Channel 800–378–3160 or via e-mail http:// 418–7072. 286A. www.BCPIWEB.com. This document SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a does not contain proposed information synopsis of the Commission’s Notice of Federal Communications Commission. collection requirements subject to the Proposed Rule Making, MB Docket No. John A. Karousos, Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 07–194, adopted October 3, 2007, and Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media Public Law 104–13. In addition, released October 5, 2007. The full text Bureau. therefore, it does not contain any of this Commission decision is available [FR Doc. E7–20732 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] proposed information collection burden for inspection and copying during BILLING CODE 6712–01–P ‘‘for small business concerns with fewer normal business hours in the FCC than 25 employees,’’ pursuant to the Reference Information Center (Room Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of CY–A257), 445 12th Street, SW., 2002, Public Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C. Washington, DC 20554. The complete 3506(c)(4).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59509

Provisions of the Regulatory absent an expression of interest. The FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS Flexibility Act of 1980 do not apply to Report and Order also dismissed a COMMISSION this proceeding. counterproposal filed by Linda Members of the public should note Crawford in MB Docket No. 06–43 in 47 CFR Part 73 that from the time a Notice of Proposed accordance with Section 1.420(j) of the [DA 07–4123; MB Docket No. 07–211; RM– Rule Making is issued until the matter Rules. Additionally, a counterproposal 11400] is no longer subject to Commission filed by Roy Henderson in MB Docket consideration or court review, all ex No. 06–66 was dismissed. Radio Broadcasting Services; Harper, parte contacts are prohibited in TX Commission proceedings, such as this ADDRESSES: Secretary, Federal one, which involve channel allotments. Communications Commission, 445 AGENCY: Federal Communications See 47 CFR 1.1204(b) for rules Twelfth Street, SW., Washington, DC Commission. governing permissible ex parte contacts. 20554. ACTION: Proposed rule. For information regarding proper SUMMARY: This document sets forth a filing procedures for comments, see 47 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: proposal to amend the FM Table of CFR 1.415 and 1.420. Rolanda F. Smith, Media Bureau, (202) 418–2180. Allotments, section 73.202(b) of the List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73 Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 73.202(b). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a Radio, Radio broadcasting. The Commission requests comment on synopsis of the Commission’s Report a petition filed by Katherine Pyeatt. For the reasons discussed in the and Order, MB Docket No. 06–43 and Petitioner proposes the allotment of preamble, the Federal Communications 06–66, adopted October 3, 2007, and Channel 256C3 at Harper, Texas, as a Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR released October 5, 2007. In MB Docket first local service. Channel 256C3 can be part 73 as follows: No. 06–43, the Notice of Proposed Rule allotted at Harper in compliance with PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST Making proposed the allotment of the Commission’s minimum distance SERVICES Channel 300A at Oakwood, Texas. See separation requirements with a site 70 FR 136328, published March 15, restriction of 12.9 km (8.0 miles) east of 1. The authority citation for part 73 2006. In MB Docket No. 06–66, the Harper. The proposed coordinates for continues to read as follows: Notice of Proposed Rule Making Channel 256C3 at Harper are 30–16–20 Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336. proposed the allotment of Channel 299A North Latitude and 99–07–25 West at Normangee, Texas. See 70 FR 20059, Longitude. Concurrence by the § 73.202 [Amended] published April 19, 2006. The full text Government of Mexico is required for 2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM of this Commission decision is available the allotment of Channel 256C3 at Allotments under Oklahoma, is for inspection and copying during Harper, Texas, because the proposed amended by adding Antlers, Channel allotment is located within 320 regular business hours at the FCC’s 284A. kilometers (199 miles) of the U.S.- Reference Information Center, Portals II, Mexican border. See SUPPLEMENTARY Federal Communications Commission. 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY–A257, INFORMATION infra. John A. Karousos, Washington, DC 20554. The complete DATES: Comments must be filed on or Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media text of this decision may also be before November 26, 2007, and reply Bureau. purchased from the Commission’s [FR Doc. E7–20735 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] comments on or before December 11, duplicating contractor, Best Copy and 2007. BILLING CODE 6712–01–P Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY–B402, Washington, DC 20054, ADDRESSES: Federal Communications telephone 1–800–378–3160 or http:// Commission, Washington, DC 20554. In FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS www.BCPIWEB.com. This document is addition to filing comments with the COMMISSION not subject to the Congressional Review FCC, interested parties should serve the designated petitioner and her counsel as Act. (The Commission, is, therefore, not 47 CFR Part 73 follows: Katherine Pyeatt, 3500 Maple required to submit a copy of this Report Avenue, #1320, Dallas, Texas 75219; [DA 07–4125; MB Docket No. 06–43; RM– and Order to GAO, pursuant to the 11313; MB Docket No. 06–66; RM–11321] and Gene A. Bechtel, Esq., Law Office Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. of Gene Bechtel, 1050 17th Street, NW., Radio Broadcasting Services; 801(a)(1)(A), because the proposed rules Suite 600, Washington, DC 20036. were dismissed.) Normangee and Oakwood, TX FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: AGENCY: Federal Communications Federal Communications Commission. Deborah A. Dupont, Media Bureau (202) Commission. John A. Karousos, 418–7072. ACTION: Proposed rule; dismissal. Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a Bureau. synopsis of the Commission’s Notice of SUMMARY: The Audio Division dismisses [FR Doc. E7–20741 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Proposed Rule Making, MB Docket No. the Petitions for Rule Making filed by BILLING CODE 6712–01–P 07–211, adopted October 3, 2007, and Charles Crawford, requesting the released October 5, 2007. The full text allotments of Channel 300A at of this Commission decision is available Oakwood, Texas, as its first local service for inspection and copying during and Channel 299A at Normangee, Texas, normal business hours in the FCC as its first local service in compliance Reference Information Center (Room with Section 1.420(j) of the CY–A257), 445 12th Street, SW., Commission’s Rules. It is the Washington, DC 20554. The complete Commission’s policy to refrain from text of this decision may also be making a new allotment to a community purchased from the Commission’s copy

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59510 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc., FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS the Commission’s duplicating 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY–B402, COMMISSION contractors, Best Copy and Printing, Washington, DC, 20554, (800) 378–3160, Inc., 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY– or via the company’s Web site, http:// 47 CFR Part 73 B402, Washington, DC 20554, telephone www.bcpiweb.com. This document does [DA 07–4126; MB Docket No. 07–183; RM– 1–800–378–3160 or via e-mail http:// not contain proposed information 11394] www.BCPIWEB.com. This document collection requirements subject to the does not contain proposed information Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Radio Broadcasting Services; Cotulla collection requirements subject to the Public Law 104–13. In addition, and Dilley, TX Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, therefore, it does not contain any Public Law 104–13. In addition, AGENCY: Federal Communications proposed information collection burden therefore, it does not contain any Commission. ‘‘for small business concerns with fewer proposed information collection burden ACTION: than 25 employees,’’ pursuant to the Proposed rule. ‘‘for small business concerns with fewer Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of SUMMARY: This document requests than 25 employees,’’ pursuant to the 2002, Public Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C. comments on a petition for rulemaking Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 3506(C)(4). filed by Katherine Pyeatt, requesting the 2002, Public Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C. The Provisions of the Regulatory allotment of Channel 291A at Dilley, 3506(c)(4). Flexibility Act of 1980 do not apply to Texas. The reference coordinates for Provisions of the Regulatory this proceeding. Members of the public Channel 291A at Dilley, Texas, are 28– Flexibility Act of l980 do not apply to should note that from the time a Notice 36–06 NL and 99–06–21 WL. There is a this proceeding. of Proposed Rule Making is issued until site restriction, 9.6 kilometers (6 miles) Members of the public should note the matter is no longer subject to southeast of the community. To that from the time a Notice of Proposed Commission consideration or court accommodate this proposed allotment, Rule Making is issued until the matter review, all ex parte contacts are Petitioner requests the relocation of is no longer subject to Commission prohibited in Commission proceedings, reference coordinates for vacant consideration or court review, all ex such as this one, which involve channel Channel 289A at Cotulla, Texas. The parte contacts are prohibited in allotments. See 47 CFR 1.1204(b) for proposed reference coordinates for Commission proceedings, such as this rules governing permissible ex parte Channel 289A at Cotulla are 28–22–00 one, which involve channel allotments. contacts. NL and 99–17–00 WL. This site is See 47 CFR 1.1204(b) for rules For information regarding proper located 9.1 kilometers (5.7 miles) governing permissible ex parte contacts. filing procedures for comments, see 47 southwest of Cotulla. For information regarding proper CFR 1.415 and 1.420. DATES: Comments must be filed on or filing procedures for comments, see 47 before November 26, 2007, and reply CFR 1.415 and 1.420. List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73 comments on or before December 11, List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73 2007. Radio, Radio broadcasting. ADDRESSES: Secretary, Federal Radio, Radio broadcasting. For the reasons discussed in the Communications Commission, 445 For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Twelfth Street, SW., Washington, DC preamble, the Federal Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR 20554. In addition to filing comments Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 73 as follows: with the FCC, interested parties should part 73 as follows: serve the petitioner as follows: PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST SERVICES Katherine Pyeatt, 3500 Maple Avenue #1320, Dallas, Texas 75219. SERVICES 1. The authority citation for part 73 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 1. The authority citation for part 73 continues to read as follows: Rolanda F. Smith, Media Bureau, (202) continues to read as follows: 418–2180. Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336. Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a § 73.202 [Amended] synopsis of the Commission’s Notice of § 73.202 [Amended] 2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM Proposed Rule Making, MB Docket No. 2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM Allotments under Texas, is amended by 07–183, adopted November 26, 2007, Allotments under Texas, is amended by adding Harper, Channel 256C3. and released December 11, 2007. The adding Channel 291A at Dilley. full text of this Commission decision is Federal Communications Commission. available for inspection and copying Federal Communications Commission. John A. Karousos, during normal business hours in the John A. Karousos, Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media FCC’s Reference Information Center at Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media Bureau. Portals II, CY–A257, 445 Twelfth Street, Bureau. [FR Doc. E7–20754 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] SW., Washington, DC 20554. This [FR Doc. E7–20766 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6712–01–P document may also be purchased from BILLING CODE 6712–01–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:32 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4702 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP1.SGM 22OCP1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with PROPOSALS 59511

Notices Federal Register Vol. 72, No. 203

Monday, October 22, 2007

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER to bring recreation fee matters to the Dated: October 10, 2007. contains documents other than rules or attention of the Committee may file Barry Paulson, proposed rules that are applicable to the written statements with the Committee Acting Forest Supervisor. public. Notices of hearings and investigations, staff before or after the meeting. A committee meetings, agency decisions and [FR Doc. 07–5109 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] rulings, delegations of authority, filing of public input session will be provided BILLING CODE 3410–11–M petitions and applications and agency during the meeting and individuals who statements of organization and functions are wish to address the Recreation RAC will examples of documents appearing in this have an opportunity at 10 a.m. on section. November 6. Comments will be limited COMMISSION ON CIVIL RIGHTS to three minutes per person. The Recreation RAC is authorized by the Membership of the USCCR DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Federal Land Recreation Enhancement Performance Review Board Forest Service Act, which was signed into law by President Bush in December 2004. AGENCY: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Notice of Meeting; Federal Lands Dated: October 15, 2007. Recreation Enhancement Act, (Title Marlene Finley, ACTION: Notice of membership of the VIII, Pub. L. 108–447) Designated Federal Official, Recreation RAC, USCCR Performance Review Board. AGENCY: Pacific Southwest Region, Pacific Southwest Region. Forest Service, U.S. Department of [FR Doc. E7–20693 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] SUMMARY: This notice announces the Agriculture. BILLING CODE 3410–11–P appointment of the Performance Review ACTION: Notice of meeting. Board (PRB) of the United States Commission on Civil Rights. Publication SUMMARY: The Pacific Southwest DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE of PRB membership is required Recreation Resource Advisory pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 4314(c)(4). Committee (Recreation RAC) will hold Forest Service The PRB provides fair and impartial its first meeting in Sacramento, review of the U.S. Commission on Civil California. The purpose of this initial Ravalli County Resource Advisory Rights’ Senior Executive Service meeting is to receive an orientation of Committee the Recreation Enhancement Act, RRAC performance appraisals and makes roles and responsibilities and to develop AGENCY: Forest Service, USDA. recommendations regarding the process for making performance ratings and performance ACTION: recommendations concerning recreation Notice of Meeting. awards to the Staff Director, U.S. fee proposals on lands managed by the Commission on Civil Rights for the FY Forest Service and Bureau of Land SUMMARY: The Ravalli County Resource 2007 rating year. Management in California. Advisory Committee will be meeting to choose monitors for the projects that FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Tina DATES: The meeting will be held Louise Martin, Director of Management, November 5, 2007 from 10 a.m.–5 p.m. were awarded and a presentation on Education Weed Trunks. The meeting is U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 624 and November 6, 2007 from 8 a.m. to 3 Ninth Street, NW., Washington, DC p.m. being held pursuant to the authorities in the Federal Advisory Committee Act 20425, Telephone: (202) 376–8364. ADDRESSES: The meeting will be in the Ambassador Room, Vagabond Inn (Pub. L. 92–463) and under the Secure USCCR Performance Review Board Executive, 2030 Arden Way, Rural Schools and Community Self- Members Sacramento, CA 95825. Send written Determination Act of 2000 (Pub. L. 106– Peggy Mastroianni, Associate Legal comments to Marlene Finley, 393). The meeting is open to the public. Counsel, U.S. Equal Employment Designated Federal Official for the DATES: The meeting will be held on Opportunity Commission Pacific Southwest Region Recreation October 23, 2007, 6:30 p.m. RAC, 1323 Club Drive, Vallejo, CA Lawrence W. Roffee, Executive Director, 94592, 707–562–8856 or ADDRESSES: The meeting will be held at U.S. Access Board the Bitterroot National Forest [email protected]. Jill Crumpacker, Executive Director, Supervisor Office, 1801 N. 1st Street, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Federal Labor Relations Authority Hamilton, Montana. Send written Marlene Finley, Designated Federal comments to Dan Ritter, District Ranger, Dated: October 16, 2007. Official, Pacific Southwest Region Stevensville Ranger District, 88 Main David P. Blackwood, Recreation RAC, 1323 Club Drive, Street, Stevensville, MT 59870, by Vallejo, CA 94592. General Counsel. facsimile (406) 777–7423, or [FR Doc. E7–20702 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The electronically to [email protected]. meeting is open to the public. BILLING CODE 6335–01–P Committee discussion is limited to FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dan Forest Service and Bureau of Land Ritter, Stevensville District Ranger and Management staff and Committee Designated Federal Officer, Phone: (406) members. However, persons who wish 777–5461.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59512 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Scope of the Order Bureau of Industry and Security International Trade Administration The scope of this order includes certain orange juice for transport and/or Announcement of Performance Review (A–351–840) further manufacturing, produced in two Board Members Notice of Final Results of Antidumping different forms: (1) frozen orange juice Duty Changed Circumstances Review: in a highly concentrated form, AGENCY: Bureau of Industry and Certain Orange Juice from Brazil sometimes referred to as FCOJM; and (2) Security, Department of Commerce. pasteurized single–strength orange juice AGENCY: Import Administration, which has not been concentrated, ACTION: Notice of performance review International Trade Administration, board membership. referred to as NFC. At the time of the Department of Commerce. filing of the petition, there was an SUMMARY: The Department of Commerce existing antidumping duty order on Correction: In the section that lists the (the Department) has determined, frozen concentrated orange juice (FCOJ) members of the Review Board, Matthew pursuant to section 751(b) of the Tariff from Brazil. See Antidumping Duty Borman’s title should be Deputy Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), that Order; Frozen Concentrated Orange Assistant Secretary for Export Fischer S.A. Comecio, Industria, and Juice from Brazil, 52 FR 16426 (May 5, Administration, and John Phelan’s last Agricultura (Fischer Comercio) is the 1987). Therefore, the scope of this order name is listed incorrectly as ‘‘Phalen,’’ successor–in-interest to Fischer S/A with regard to FCOJM covers only in the Federal Register Notice Agroindustria (Fischer Agroindustria). FCOJM produced and/or exported by published October 3, 2007, page Thus, we find that Fischer Comercio those companies which were excluded # 56334. should receive the same antidumping or revoked from the pre–existing SUMMARY: 5 CFR 430.310 requires duty cash deposit rate (i.e., 12.46 antidumping order on FCOJ from Brazil agencies to publish notice of percent) with respect to the subject as of December 27, 2004. Those Performance Review Board appointees merchandise as Fischer Agroindustria, companies are Cargill Citrus Limitada in the Federal Register before their its predecessor company, as of the date (Cargill), Coinbra–Frutesp S.A. service begins. This notice announces of publication of this notice in the (Coinbra–Frutesp), Sucocitrico Cutrale, the names of new and existing members Federal Register. S.A. (Cutrale), Fischer Agroindustria, of the Bureau of Industry and Security’s EFFECTIVE DATE: (October 22, 2007. and Montecitrus Trading S.A. Performance Review Board. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: (Montecitrus). Elizabeth Eastwood, AD/CVD FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Gay Excluded from the scope of the order Shrum, Director of Administration, Operations, Office 2, Import are reconstituted orange juice and Bureau of Industry and Security, at Administration, International Trade frozen concentrated orange juice for (202) 482–1058, Room 6622, Administration, U.S. Department of retail (FCOJR). Reconstituted orange Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Washington, DC 20230. juice is produced through further Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20230; manufacture of FCOJM, by adding SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The telephone (202) 482–3874. water, oils and essences to the orange purpose of the Performance Review SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: juice concentrate. FCOJR is Board is to review and make concentrated orange juice, typically at recommendations to the appointing Background 42[deg] Brix, in a frozen state, packed in authority on performance management On September 11, 2007, the retail–sized containers ready for sale to issues such as appraisals, bonuses, pay Department initiated this changed consumers. FCOJR, a finished consumer level increases, and Presidential Rank circumstances review based on a request product, is produced through further Awards for members of the Senior from Fischer Agroindustria and manufacture of FCOJM, a bulk Executive Service. simultaneously issued its preliminary manufacturer’s product. The subject The Under Secretary for Industry and results that Fischer Comercio is the successor–in-interest to Fischer merchandise is currently classifiable Security, Mario Mancuso, has named under subheadings 2009.11.00, the following members of the Bureau of Agroindustria and should receive Fischer Agroindustria’s cash deposit 2009.12.25, 2009.12.45, and 2009.19.00 Industry and Security Performance of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of Review Board: rate of 12.46 percent. See Notice of Initiation and Preliminary Results of the United States (HTSUS). These 1. Mark Foulon, Senior Advisor to the Antidumping Duty Changed HTSUS subheadings are provided for Under Secretary (new) Circumstances Review: Certain Orange convenience and for customs purposes Juice from Brazil, 72 FR 51798 (Sept. 11, only and are not dispositive. Rather, the 2. Matthew Borman, Deputy Under written description of the scope of this Secretary for Export Administration 2007) (Initiation and Preliminary Results). In the Initiation and order is dispositive. 3. Dawn Leaf, Chief Information Officer Preliminary Results, we stated that Final Results of Changed 4. Gay Shrum, Director of interested parties could request a Circumstances Review Administration hearing or submit case briefs and/or 5. John Phelan, Director, Office of written comments to the Department no Based on the information provided by Management and Organization, later than 30 days after publication of Fischer Agroindustria, and the fact that Department of Commerce (Outside the Initiation and Preliminary Results the Department did not receive any Reviewer) noticein the Federal Register, and comments during the comment period submit rebuttal briefs, limited tothe following the preliminary results of this Dated: October 12, 2007. issues raised in those case briefs, seven review, the Department confirms its Ronald Glaser, days subsequent to the due date of the preliminary determination that Fischer Human Resources Officer. case briefs. We did not receive any Comercio is the successor–in-interest to [FR Doc. E7–20736 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] hearing requests or comments on the Fischer Agroindustria for antidumping BILLING CODE 3510–33–P Initiation and Preliminary Results. duty cash deposit purposes.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 16:04 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59513

Instructions to U.S. Customs and an application on the form provided to The Act requires that the tariff rate Border Protection (CBP) the address listed below by November quotas be allocated to persons The Department will instruct CBP to 21, 2007. The Department will cause to (including firms, corporations, or other suspend liquidation of all shipments of be published in the Federal Register its legal entities) who, during calendar year the subject merchandise produced and determination to allocate the 2008 tariff 2000, were manufacturers cutting and exported by Fischer Comercio entered, rate quotas, will notify applicants of sewing men’s and boys’ cotton shirts in or withdrawn from warehouse, for their respective allocation, and will the United States from imported woven consumption, on or after the publication issue licenses to eligible applicants fabrics of cotton containing 85 percent date of this notice at 12.46 percent (i.e., within 60 days of that date. or more by weight cotton of the kind Fischer Agroindustria’s cash deposit DATES: To be considered, applications described in HTS 9902.52.08 through rate). This deposit rate shall remain in must be received or postmarked by 5 9902.5219 purchased by such effect until publication of the final p.m. on November 21, 2007. manufacturer during calendar year results of the ongoing administrative ADDRESSES: Applications must be 2000. On July 24, 2007, the Department review, in which Fischer Comercio/ submitted to the Office of Textiles and published regulations establishing Fischer Agroindustria is participating. Apparel, Room 3100, United States procedures for allocating the TRQ (72 This notice also serves as a reminder Department of Commerce, 1401 FR 40235, 15 CFR 336). In order to be to parties subject to administrative Constitution Ave. NW, Washington, DC eligible for an allocation, an applicant protective orders (APOs) of their 20230 (telephone: (202) 482-3400). must submit an application on the form responsibility concerning the Application forms may be obtained from provided at http://web.ita.doc.gov/tacgi/ disposition of proprietary information that office (via facsimile or mail) or from cottontrq.nsf/trqapp to the address disclosed under APO in accordance the following Internet address: http:// listed above by 5 p.m. on November 21, with 19 CFR 351.306. Timely written web.ita.doc.gov/tacgi/cottontrq.nsf/ 2007. in compliance with the notification of the return/destruction of trqapp. requirements of 15 CFR 336. Any APO materials or conversion to judicial FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: business confidential information that is protective order is hereby requested. Laurie Mease, Office of Textiles and marked business confidential will be Failure to comply with the regulations Apparel, U.S. Department of Commerce, kept confidential and protected from and terms of an APO is a sanctionable (202) 482-3400. disclosure to the full extent permitted by law. violation. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This notice is published in Dated: October 17, 2007. Background accordance with sections 751(b) and Janet E. Heinzen, 777(i)(1) of the Act, and section On December 9, 2006, President Bush Acting Deputy Assistant Secretary for Textiles 351.216(e) of the Department’s signed into law the Tax Relief and and Apparel. regulations. Health Care Act of 2006 (HR 6406/HR [FR Doc. E7–20749 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Dated: October 16, 2007. 6111) (‘‘the Act’’). Section 406(b)(1) of BILLING CODE 3510–DS–S David M. Spooner, the Act requires the Secretary of Assistant Secretary for Import Commerce to fairly allocate tariff rate Administration. quotas on the import of certain cotton DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE [FR Doc. E7–20751 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] woven fabrics through December 31, BILLING CODE 3510–DS–S 2009. Section 406 (b)(1) authorizes the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Secretary of Commerce to issue licenses Administration to eligible manufacturers under RIN: 0648–XD47 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE headings 9902.52.08 through 9902.52.19 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management International Trade Administration the United States, specifying the Council; Public Meetings restrictions under each such license on Notice of Solicitation of Applications the quantity of cotton woven fabrics that AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries for Allocation of Tariff Rate Quotas on may be entered each year on behalf of Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and the Imports of Certain Cotton Shirting the manufacturer. The Act created an Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Fabric to Persons Who Cut and Sew annual tariff rate quota providing for Commerce. Men’s and Boys’ Cotton Shirts in the temporary reductions through December ACTION: Notice of a public meeting. United States 31, 2009 in the import duties of cotton SUMMARY: The Gulf of Mexico Fishery AGENCY: Department of Commerce, woven fabrics suitable for making cotton shirts (new Harmonized Tariff Schedule Management Council will convene a International Trade Administration. public meeting of the Ad Hoc ACTION: The Department of Commerce of the United States (HTS) headings 9902.52.08, 9902.52.09, 9902.52.10, Recreational Red Snapper Advisory (Department) is soliciting applications Panel (AP). for an allocation of the 2008 tariff rate 9902.52.11, 9902.52.12, 9902.52.13, DATES: The meeting will convene at 1 quotas on certain cotton woven fabric to 9902.52.14, 9902.52.15, 9902.52.16, p.m. on Tuesday, November 13, 2007 persons who cut and sew men’s and 9902.52.17, 9902.52.18, and and conclude no later than 3 p.m. on boys’ cotton shirts in the United States. 9902.52.19). The reduction in duty is limited to 85 percent of the total square Wednesday, November 14, 2007. SUMMARY: The Department hereby meter equivalents of all imported woven ADDRESSES: This meeting will be held at solicits applications from persons fabrics of cotton containing 85 percent the InterContinental Hotel, 4860 W. (including firms, corporations, or other or more by weight cotton used by Kennedy Blvd., Tampa, FL 33609; legal entities) who cut and sew men’s manufacturers in cutting and sewing telephone: (813) 286–4400. and boys’ cotton shirts in the United men’s and boy’s cotton shirts in the Council address: Gulf of Mexico States for an allocation of the 2008 tariff United States and purchased by such Fishery Management Council, 2203 rate quotas on certain cotton woven manufacturer during calendar year North Lois Avenue, Suite 1100, Tampa, fabric. Interested persons must submit 2000. FL 33607.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 16:04 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59514 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 6. Karl B. Nebbia, Associate Steven Atran, Population Dynamics Administrator for Spectrum Statistician; Gulf of Mexico Fishery National Telecommunications and Management (new) Information Administration Management Council; telephone: (813) Dated: October 5, 2007. 348–1630. Announcement of Performance Review Deborah Martin, SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: At this Board Members Acting, Human Resources Officer. meeting, the AP will evaluate and [FR Doc. E7–20740 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] AGENCY: National Telecommunications recommend innovative management BILLING CODE 3510–60–P and Information Administration, strategies for the private and for-hire Department of Commerce. recreational red snapper fisheries of the Gulf of Mexico, and evaluate and ACTION: Notice of Performance Review COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING recommend innovative approaches to Board Membership. COMMISSION minimizing bycatch and bycatch SUMMARY: 5 CFR 430.310 requires Agency Information Collection mortality in the private and for-hire agencies to publish notice of Activities Under OMB Review recreational red snapper fisheries of the Performance Review Board appointees Gulf of Mexico. Approaches that could in the Federal Register before their AGENCY: Commodity Futures Trading be considered for management of the service begins. This notice announces Commission. recreational red snapper fishery include, the names of new and existing members ACTION: Notice. but are not limited to, random of the National Telecommunications SUMMARY: distribution systems such as lotteries, and Information Administration’s In compliance with the community-based approaches, Performance Review Board. Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.), this notice announces that incentive-based approaches, effort FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: control, and, any other novel the Information Collection Request (ICR) Anthony Calza, National abstracted below has been forwarded to approaches deemed relevant by the AP. Telecommunications and Information the Office of Management and Budget Approaches to minimize bycatch and Administration, Chief, Management (OMB) for review and comment. The bycatch mortality could include, but are Division, at (202) 482–2196, Room 4888, ICR describes the nature of the not limited to, methods to improve the Washington, DC 20230. information collection and its expected survival of released fish, methods to SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The costs and burden; it includes the actual avoid the capture of undersized or out- purpose of the Performance Review data collection instruments [if any]. of-season fish and, methods to account Board is to review and make DATES: Comments must be submitted on for otherwise unavoidable regulatory recommendations to the appointing or before November 21, 2007. discards. The AP may also discuss authority on performance management FOR FURTHER INFORMATION OR A COPY related issues such as regional issues such as appraisals, bonuses, pay CONTACT: John P. Dolan at (202) 418– management, monitoring methods, level increases, and Presidential Rank 5220; FAX: (202) 418–5524; e-mail: accountability measures, or other issues Awards for members of the Senior mailto:[email protected] associated with management of the Executive Service. [email protected] and refer to OMB recreational red snapper fishery. The Assistant Secretary for Control No. 3038–0025. Communications and Information, John Although other issues not on the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: M. R. Kneuer, has named the following agenda may come before the panel for Title: Practice by Former Members members of the National discussion, in accordance with the and Employees of the Commission Telecommunications and Information Magnuson-Stevens Fishery (OMB Control No. 3038–0025). This is Administration’s Performance Review Conservation and Management Act, a request for extension of a currently Board: those issues may not be the subject of approved information collection. formal panel action during this meeting. 1. Daniel C. Hurley, Director, Abstract: Commission Rule 140.735–6 Panel action will be restricted to those Communications and Information governs the practice before the issues specifically identified in the Infrastructure Assurance Program Commission of former members and agenda listed as available by this notice. (Chairperson) employees of the Commission and is 2. Bernadette McGuire-Rivera, Associate intended to ensure that the Commission A copy of the agenda can be obtained Administrator for is aware of any existing conflict of by calling (813) 348–1630. Telecommunications and Information interest. The rule generally requires Special Accommodations Applications (existing) former members and employees who are 3. Renee Macklin, Chief Information employed or retained to represent any This meeting is physically accessible Officer, International Trade person before the Commission within to people with disabilities. Requests for Administration, (Outside reviewer, two years of the termination of their sign language interpretation or other new) CFTC employment to file a brief written auxiliary aids should be directed to Tina 4. Alan W. Vincent, Associate statement with the Commission’s Office Trezza at the Council (see ADDRESSES) at Administrator for of General Counsel. The proposed rule least 5 working days prior to the Telecommunications Sciences and was promulgated pursuant to the meeting. Director, Institute for Commission’s rulemaking authority Telecommunication Sciences Dated: October 16, 2007. contained in Section 8a(5) of the (existing) Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. Tracey L. Thompson, 5. Michael J. Crison, Director, 12a(5), (1994), as amended. Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Requirements, Planning and Systems An agency may not conduct or Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service. Integration Division, National Oceanic sponsor, and a person is not required to [FR Doc. E7–20634 Filed 10–18–07; 8:45 am] and Atmospheric Administration respond to, a collection of information BILLING CODE 3510–22–S (Outside reviewer) unless it displays a currently valid OMB

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59515

control number. The OMB control abstracted below has been forwarded to Estimated number of responses: numbers for the CFTC’s regulations the Office of Management and Budget 13,118. were published on December 30, 1981. (OMB) for review and comment. The Estimated total annual burden on See 46 FR 63035 (Dec. 30, 1981). The ICR describes the nature of the respondents: 57 hours. FEDERAL REGISTER notice with a 60-day information collection and its expected Frequency of collection: On occasion. comment period soliciting comments on costs and burden; it includes the actual Send comments regarding the burden this collection of information was data collection instruments [if any]. estimated or any other aspect of the published on August 14, 2007 (72 FR DATES: Comments must be submitted on information collection, including 45420). or before November 21, 2007. suggestions for reducing the burden, to the addresses listed below. Please refer Burden statement: The respondent FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Riva to OMB Control No. 3038–0022 in any burden for this collection is estimated to Spear Adriance, Commodity Futures correspondence. average .10 hours per response to file Trading Commission, Division of the brief written statement. This Riva Spear Adriance, Division of Market Oversight, 202–418–5494, fax Market Oversight, U.S. Commodity estimate includes the time needed to 202–418–5527, e-mail review instructions; develop, acquire, Futures Trading Commission, 1155 21st [email protected], and refer to OMB Street, NW., Washington, DC 20581, and install, and utilize technology and Control No. 3038–0022. systems for the purposes of collecting, Office of Information and Regulatory SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: validating, and verifying information, Affairs, Office of Management and Title: Rules Pertaining to Contract processing and maintaining information Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Markets and Their Members (OMB and disclosing and providing CFTC, 725 17th Street, Washington, DC Control No. 3038–0022). This is a information; adjust the existing ways to 20503. request for extension of a currently comply with any previously applicable approved information collection. Dated: October 16, 2007. instructions and requirements; train Abstract: Section 5c(c) of the David A. Stawick, personnel to be able to respond to a Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 7a– Secretary of the Commission. collection of information; and transmit 2(c), establishes procedures for [FR Doc. 07–5185 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] or otherwise disclose the information. registered entities (designated contract BILLING CODE 6351–01–M Respondents/Affected Entities: 3. Estimated number of responses: 4.5. markets, registered derivatives Estimated total annual burden on transaction execution facilities and respondents: .10 hours. registered derivatives clearing DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Frequency of collection: On occasion. organizations) to implement new rules Send comments regarding the burden and rule amendments by either seeking Submission for OMB Review; estimated or any other aspect of the prior approval or (for most rules) Comment Request information collection, including certifying to the Commission that such AGENCY: Department of Education. rules or rule amendments do not violate suggestions for reducing the burden, to SUMMARY: The IC Clearance Official, the Act or Commission regulations. the addresses listed below. Please refer Regulatory Information Management Rules 40.2, 40.3, 40.4, 40.5 and 40.6 to OMB Control No. 3038–0025 in any Services, Office of Management invites implement these statutory provisions. correspondence. comments on the submission for OMB An agency may not conduct or John P. Dolan, Office of General review as required by the Paperwork sponsor, and a person is not required to Counsel, U.S. Commodity Futures Reduction Act of 1995. Trading Commission, 1155 21st Street, respond to, a collection of information DATES: Interested persons are invited to NW., Washington, DC 20581 and Office unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control submit comments on or before of Information and Regulatory Affairs, November 21, 2007. Office of Management and Budget, numbers for the CFTC’s regulations ADDRESSES: Attention: Desk Officer for CFTC, 725 were published on December 30, 1981. Written comments should 17th Street, Washington, DC 20503. See 46 FR 63035 (Dec. 30, 1981). The be addressed to the Office of Federal Register notice with a 60-day Information and Regulatory Affairs, Dated: October 16, 2007. comment period soliciting comments on Attention: Education Desk Officer, David A. Stawick, this collection of information was Office of Management and Budget, 725 Secretary of the Commission. published on August 15, 2007 (72 FR 17th Street, NW., Room 10222, [FR Doc. 07–5184 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] 45759). Washington, DC 20503. Commenters are BILLING CODE 6351–01–M Burden Statement: The respondent encouraged to submit responses burden for this collection is estimated to electronically by email to average .83 hours per response. These [email protected] or via fax COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING estimates include the time needed to to (202) 395–6974. Commenters should COMMISSION review instructions; develop, acquire, include the following subject line in install, and utilize technology and their response ‘‘Comment: [insert OMB Agency Information Collection systems for the purposes of collecting, number], [insert abbreviated collection Activities: Proposed Collection; validating, and verifying information, name, e.g., ‘‘Upward Bound Comment Request: Rules Pertaining to processing and maintaining information Evaluation’’]. Persons submitting Contract Markets and Their Members and disclosing and providing comments electronically should not AGENCY: Commodity Futures Trading information; adjust the existing ways to submit paper copies. Commission. comply with any previously applicable SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section ACTION: Notice. instructions and requirements; train 3506 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of personnel to be able to respond to a 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35) requires SUMMARY: In compliance with the collection of information; and transmit that the Office of Management and Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. or otherwise disclose the information. Budget (OMB) provide interested 3501 et seq.), this notice announces that Respondents/Affected Entities: Federal agencies and the public an early the Information Collection Request (ICR) 11,006. opportunity to comment on information

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59516 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

collection requests. OMB may amend or after the date of the enactment of the No from the regulations for this program (34 waive the requirement for public Child Left Behind Act of 2001 and CFR 658.35). Competitive Preference consultation to the extent that public biennially thereafter. This information Priority 2 is from the notice of final participation in the approval process collection is one of three sources of data priorities for discretionary grant would defeat the purpose of the for the Congressionally mandated programs, published in the Federal information collection, violate State or program evaluation. Register on October 11, 2006 (71 FR Federal law, or substantially interfere Requests for copies of the information 60046). with any agency’s ability to perform its collection submission for OMB review Competitive Preference Priority 1: For statutory obligations. The IC Clearance may be accessed from http:// FY 2008 this priority is a competitive Official, Regulatory Information edicsweb.ed.gov, by selecting the preference priority. Under 34 CFR Management Services, Office of ‘‘Browse Pending Collections’’ link and 75.105(c)(2)(i) we award an additional Management, publishes that notice by clicking on link number 3443. When five points to an application that meets containing proposed information you access the information collection, these priorities. collection requests prior to submission click on ‘‘Download Attachments’’ to This priority is: of these requests to OMB. Each view. Written requests for information Applications that (a) require entering proposed information collection, should be addressed to U.S. Department students to have successfully completed grouped by office, contains the of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, at least two years of secondary school following: (1) Type of review requested, SW., Potomac Center, 9th Floor, foreign language instruction; (b) require e.g. new, revision, extension, existing or Washington, DC 20202–4700. Requests each graduating student to earn two reinstatement; (2) Title; (3) Summary of may also be electronically mailed to years of postsecondary credit in a the collection; (4) Description of the [email protected] or faxed to 202– foreign language or to have need for, and proposed use of, the 245–6623. Please specify the complete demonstrated equivalent competence in information; (5) Respondents and title of the information collection when the foreign language; or (c) in the case frequency of collection; and (6) making your request. of a two-year degree granting institution, Reporting and/or Recordkeeping Comments regarding burden and/or offer two years of postsecondary credit burden. OMB invites public comment. the collection activity requirements in a foreign language. should be electronically mailed to Competitive Preference Priority 2: For Dated: October 16, 2007. [email protected]. Individuals who FY 2008 this priority is a competitive Angela C. Arrington, use a telecommunications device for the preference priority. Under 34 CFR IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information deaf (TDD) may call the Federal 75.105(c)(2)(i) we award an additional Management Services, Office of Management. Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1– five points to an application that meets Office of Elementary and Secondary 800–877–8339. this priority. Education This priority is: [FR Doc. E7–20752 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Projects that support activities to Type of Review: Extension. BILLING CODE 4000–01–P enable students to achieve proficiency Title: Improving Literacy Through or advanced proficiency or to develop School Libraries. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION programs in one or more of the Frequency: Annually. following less commonly taught Affected Public: State, Local, or Tribal Office of Postsecondary Education; languages: Arabic, Chinese, Korean, Gov’t, SEAs or LEAs. Overview Information; Undergraduate Japanese, Russian, and languages in the Reporting and Recordkeeping Hour International Studies and Foreign Indic, Iranian, and Turkic language Burden: Language Program; Notice Inviting families. Responses: 100. Applications for New Awards for Fiscal Under this competition, we are Burden Hours: 500. Year (FY) 2008 particularly interested in applications Abstract: This information is required that address the following priorities. by the Program Statute under Title I of Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Invitational Priorities: For FY 2008, the Elementary and Secondary (CFDA) Number: 84.016A. these priorities are invitational Education Act (ESEA), as amended by DATES: priorities. Under 34 CFR 75.105(c)(1) we the No Child Left Behind Act, Part B, Applications Available: October 22, do not give an application that meets Subpart 4, Section 1251(h)(1). Each 2007. these invitational priorities a respondent will report on ‘‘* * * how Deadline for Transmittal of competitive or absolute preference over the funding was used and the extent to Applications: November 26, 2007. other applications. which the availability of, the access to, Deadline for Intergovernmental These priorities are: and the use of, up-to-date school library Review: January 25, 2008. Invitational Priority 1: Applications media resources in the elementary and Full Text of Announcement that propose projects that provide in- secondary schools served by the eligible service training for K–12 teachers in local educational agency was I. Funding Opportunity Description foreign languages and international increased.’’ This final report makes Purpose of Program: The studies and that strengthen instruction specific requests for easily retrieved Undergraduate International Studies in foreign languages and international information on each approved activity, and Foreign Language (UISFL) Program studies in teacher education programs. personnel descriptions and outcomes provides grants to strengthen and Invitational Priority 2: Applications that cannot be derived from any other improve undergraduate instruction in that propose projects that include a plan information collection. international studies and foreign for assessment of student foreign In addition, under (j)(1) NATIONAL languages. language competency. A plan of ACTIVITIES, the statute requires Priorities: This notice contains two assessment should include clearly independent evaluations of the competitive preference priorities and defined student-learning outcomes and activities supported by funds and their two invitational priorities. In externally validated assessment impact on improving the reading skills accordance with 34 CFR 75.105(b)(2)(ii), approaches. The applicant should of students not later than three years Competitive Preference Priority 1 is describe procedures for utilizing the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59517

assessment data to improve foreign under Title VI, part A, section 604(a)(3) • Use a font that is either 12-point or language program effectiveness. of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as larger or no smaller than 10-point Program Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1124. amended (HEA), 20 U.S.C. 1124(a)(3), (characters per inch). However, you may Applicable Regulations: (a) The and the regulations for this program in use a 10-point font in charts, tables, Education Department General 34 CFR 658.41. UISFL Program grantees figures, and graphs. Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) in must provide matching funds in either • Use one of the following fonts: 34 CFR parts 74, 75, 77, 79, 82, 84, 85, of the following ways: (a) cash Times New Roman, Courier, Courier 86, 97, 98 and 99. (b) The regulations in contributions from private sector New, or Arial. Applications submitted 34 CFR parts 655 and 658. (c) The notice corporations or foundations equal to in any other font (including Times of final priorities for discretionary grant one-third of the total project costs; or (b) Roman and Arial Narrow) will not be programs, published in the Federal a combination of institutional and non- accepted. Register on October 11, 2006 (71 FR institutional cash or in-kind The page limit does not apply to Part 60046). contributions including State and I, the Application for Federal Assistance Note: The regulations in 34 CFR part 79 private sector corporation or foundation face sheet (SF 424); the supplemental apply to all applicants except federally contributions, equal to one-half of the information form required by the recognized Indian tribes. total project costs. The Secretary may Department; Part II, the budget section, waive or reduce the required matching including the narrative budget Note: The regulations in 34 CFR part 86 share for institutions that are eligible to justification; and Part IV, the assurances apply to Institutions of Higher Education receive assistance under part A or part and certifications. The page limit also (IHEs) only. B of Title III or under Title V of the does not apply to a table of contents. If HEA. you include any attachments or II. Award Information appendices not specifically requested, Type of Award: Discretionary grants. IV. Application and Submission these items will be counted as part of Estimated Available Funds: The Information the Program Narrative (Part III) for Administration has requested 1. Address to Request Application purposes of the page limit requirement. $1,617,000 for new awards for this Package: Christine Corey, International You must include your complete program for FY 2008. The actual level Education Programs Service, U.S. response to the selection criteria in the of funding, if any, depends on final Department of Education, 1990 K Street, program narrative. congressional action. However, we are NW., room 6069, Washington, DC We will reject your application if you inviting applications to allow enough 20006–8521. Telephone: (202) 502–7629 exceed the page limit. time to complete the grant process if or by e-mail: [email protected]. 3. Submission Dates and Times: Congress appropriates funds for this If you use a telecommunications Applications Available: October 22, program. device for the deaf (TDD), call the 2007. Deadline for Transmittal of Estimated Range of Awards: Single Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at Applications: November 26, 2007. Institution: $50,000–$90,000. Consortia/ 1–800–877–8339. Organizations/Associations: $80,000– Applications for grants under this Individuals with disabilities can program must be submitted $140,000. obtain a copy of the application package Estimated Average Size of Awards: electronically using the Grants.gov in an alternative format (e.g., Braille, Apply site (Grants.gov). For information Single Institution: $82,000. Consortia/ large print, audiotape, or computer Organizations/Associations: $110,000. (including dates and times) about how diskette) by contacting the program to submit your application Maximum Award: We will reject any contact person listed in this section. application that proposes a budget electronically, or in paper format by 2. Content and Form of Application mail or hand delivery if you qualify for exceeding $90,000 for a single budget Submission: Requirements concerning period of 12 months for a single an exception to the electronic the content of an application, together submission requirement, please refer to institution application and $140,000 for with the forms you must submit, are in a single budget period of 12 months for section IV. 6. Other Submission the application package for this Requirements in this notice. a consortia/organization/association competition. application. The Assistant Secretary for We do not consider an application Page Limit: The application narrative that does not comply with the deadline Postsecondary Education may change is where you, the applicant, address the the maximum amount through a notice requirements. selection criteria that reviewers use to Individuals with disabilities who published in the Federal Register. evaluate your application. You must Estimated Number of Awards: 19. need an accommodation or auxiliary aid limit the application narrative (Part III) in connection with the application Note: The Department is not bound by any to no more than 40 pages, using the process should contact the person listed estimates in this notice. following standards: under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION Project Period: Single Institutions: Up • A ‘‘page’’ is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side CONTACT in section VII in this notice. If to 24 months. Consortia/Organizations/ only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, the Department provides an Associations: Up to 36 months. and both sides. Page numbers and an accommodation or auxiliary aid to an identifier may be outside of the 1″ individual with a disability in III. Eligibility Information margin. connection with the application 1. Eligible Applicants: (1) IHEs; (2) • Double space (no more than three process, the individual’s application combinations of IHEs; (3) partnerships lines per vertical inch) all text in the remains subject to all other between nonprofit educational application narrative, except titles, requirements and limitations in this organizations and IHEs; and (4) public headings, footnotes, quotations, notice. and private nonprofit agencies and references, captions, and all text in Deadline for Intergovernmental organizations, including professional charts, tables, and graphs may be single Review: January 25, 2008. and scholarly associations. spaced. Charts, tables, figures, and 4. Intergovernmental Review: This 2. Cost Sharing or Matching: This graphs in the application narrative competition is subject to Executive program has a matching requirement count toward the page limit. Order 12372 and the regulations in 34

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59518 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

CFR part 79. Information about application if it is date and time • You must submit all documents Intergovernmental Review of Federal stamped by the Grants.gov system later electronically, including all information Programs under Executive Order 12372 than 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on you typically provide on the following is in the application package for this the application deadline date. When we forms: Application for Federal competition. retrieve your application from Assistance (SF 424), the Department of 5. Funding Restrictions: We reference Grants.gov, we will notify you if we are Education Supplemental Information for regulations outlining funding rejecting your application because it SF 424, the Department of Education restrictions in the Applicable was date and time stamped by the Budget Information—Non-Construction Regulations section in this notice. Grants.gov system after 4:30 p.m., Programs (ED 524), and all necessary 6. Other Submission Requirements: Washington, DC time, on the assurances and certifications. Please Applications for grants under this application deadline date. note that two of these forms—the SF 424 competition must be submitted • The amount of time it can take to and the Department of Education electronically unless you qualify for an upload an application will vary Supplemental Information for SF 424— exception to this requirement in depending on a variety of factors, have replaced the ED 424 (Application accordance with the instructions in this including the size of the application and for Federal Education Assistance). section. the speed of your Internet connection. • You must attach any narrative a. Electronic Submission of Therefore, we strongly recommend that sections of your application as files in Applications. you do not wait until the application a .DOC (document), .RTF (rich text), or Applications for grants under the deadline date to begin the submission .PDF (Portable Document) format. If you UISFL Program, CFDA Number process through Grants.gov. upload a file type other than the three 84.016A, must be submitted • You should review and follow the file types specified in this paragraph or electronically using the Education Submission Procedures for submit a password-protected file, we Governmentwide Grants.gov Apply site submitting an application through will not review that material. at http://www.Grants.gov. Through this Grants.gov that are included in the • Your electronic application must site, you will be able to download a application package for this competition comply with any page-limit copy of the application package, to ensure that you submit your requirements described in this notice. complete it offline, and then upload and application in a timely manner to the • After you electronically submit submit your application. You may not e- Grants.gov system. You can also find the your application, you will receive from mail an electronic copy of a grant Education Submission Procedures Grants.gov an automatic notification of application to us. pertaining to Grants.gov at http://e- receipt that contains a Grants.gov We will reject your application if you Grants.ed.gov/help/ tracking number. (This notification submit it in paper format unless, as GrantsgovSubmissionProcedures.pdf. indicates receipt by Grants.gov only, not described elsewhere in this section, you • To submit your application via receipt by the Department.) The qualify for one of the exceptions to the Grants.gov, you must complete all steps Department then will retrieve your electronic submission requirement and in the Grants.gov registration process application from Grants.gov and send a submit, no later than two weeks before (see http://www.grants.gov/applicants/ second notification to you by e-mail. the application deadline date, a written get_registered.jsp). These steps include This second notification indicates that statement to the Department that you (1) registering your organization, a the Department has received your qualify for one of these exceptions. multi-part process that includes application and has assigned your Further information regarding registration with the Central Contractor application a PR/Award number (an ED- calculation of the date that is two weeks Registry (CCR); (2) registering yourself specified identifying number unique to before the application deadline date is as an Authorized Organization your application). provided later in this section under Representative (AOR); and (3) getting • We may request that you provide us Exception to Electronic Submission authorized as an AOR by your original signatures on forms at a later Requirement. organization. Details on these steps are date. You may access the electronic grant outlined in the Grants.gov 3-Step Application Deadline Date Extension application for the UISFL Program at Registration Guide (see http:// in Case of Technical Issues with the http://www.Grants.gov. You must search www.grants.gov/section910/ Grants.gov System: If you are for the downloadable application Grants.govRegistrationBrochure.pdf). experiencing problems submitting your package for this competition by the You also must provide on your application through Grants.gov, please CFDA number. Do not include the application the same D-U-N-S Number contact the Grants.gov Support Desk, CFDA number’s alpha suffix in your used with this registration. Please note toll free, at 1–800–518–4726. You must search (e.g., search for 84.016, not that the registration process may take obtain a Grants.gov Support Desk Case 84.016A). five or more business days to complete, Number and must keep a record of it. Please note the following: and you must have completed all If you are prevented from • When you enter the Grants.gov site, registration steps to allow you to submit electronically submitting your you will find information about successfully an application via application on the application deadline submitting an application electronically Grants.gov. In addition you will need to date because of technical problems with through the site, as well as the hours of update your CCR registration on an the Grants.gov system, we will grant you operation. annual basis. This may take three or an extension until 4:30 p.m., • Applications received by Grants.gov more business days to complete. Washington, DC time, the following are date and time stamped. Your • You will not receive additional business day to enable you to transmit application must be fully uploaded and point value because you submit your your application electronically or by submitted and must be date and time application in electronic format, nor hand delivery. You also may mail your stamped by the Grants.gov system no will we penalize you if you qualify for application by following the mailing later than 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC an exception to the electronic instructions described elsewhere in this time, on the application deadline date. submission requirement, as described notice. Except as otherwise noted in this elsewhere in this section, and submit If you submit an application after 4:30 section, we will not consider your your application in paper format. p.m., Washington, DC time, on the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59519

application deadline date, please b. Submission of Paper Applications Application Control Center accepts contact the person listed under FOR by Mail. hand deliveries daily between 8 a.m. FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT in If you qualify for an exception to the and 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, section VII in this notice and provide an electronic submission requirement, you except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal explanation of the technical problem may mail (through the U.S. Postal holidays. you experienced with Grants.gov, along Service or a commercial carrier) your Note for Mail or Hand Delivery of Paper with the Grants.gov Support Desk Case application to the Department. You Applications: If you mail or hand deliver Number. We will accept your must mail the original and two copies your application to the Department— application if we can confirm that a of your application, on or before the (1) You must indicate on the envelope technical problem occurred with the application deadline date, to the and—if not provided by the Department—in Grants.gov system and that that problem Department at the applicable following Item 11 of the SF 424 the CFDA number, affected your ability to submit your address: including suffix letter, if any, of the competition under which you are submitting application by 4:30 p.m., Washington, By mail through the U.S. Postal your application; and DC time, on the application deadline Service: (2) The Application Control Center will date. The Department will contact you U.S. Department of Education, mail to you a notification of receipt of your after a determination is made on Application Control Center, grant application. If you do not receive this whether your application will be Attention: (CFDA Number 84.016A), notification within 15 business days from the accepted. 400 Maryland Avenue, SW., application deadline date, you should call the U.S. Department of Education Note: The extensions to which we refer in Washington, DC 20202–4260; or Application Control Center at (202) 245– this section apply only to the unavailability By mail through a commercial carrier: 6288. of, or technical problems with, the Grants.gov U.S. Department of Education, system. We will not grant you an extension V. Application Review Information if you failed to fully register to submit your Application Control Center, Stop application to Grants.gov before the 4260, Attention: (CFDA Number 1. General: For FY 2008, applications application deadline date and time or if the 84.016A), 7100 Old Landover Road, will be randomly divided and reviewed technical problem you experienced is Landover, MD 20785–1506. by separate panels of language and area unrelated to the Grants.gov system. Regardless of which address you use, studies experts. A rank order from Exception to Electronic Submission you must show proof of mailing highest to lowest score will be Requirement: You qualify for an consisting of one of the following: developed and used for funding exception to the electronic submission (1) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service purposes. requirement, and may submit your postmark. 2. Selection Criteria: The selection application in paper format, if you are (2) A legible mail receipt with the criteria for this program are from 34 CFR unable to submit an application through date of mailing stamped by the U.S. 658.31 through 658.34. The following the Grants.gov system because— Postal Service. criteria are used to evaluate all • You do not have access to the (3) A dated shipping label, invoice, or applications: (a) Plan of operation (15 Internet; or receipt from a commercial carrier. points); (b) quality of key personnel (10 • You do not have the capacity to (4) Any other proof of mailing points); (c) budget and cost effectiveness upload large documents to the acceptable to the Secretary of the U.S. (10 points); (d) adequacy of resources (5 Grants.gov system; and points); and (e) evaluation plan (20 • Department of Education. No later than two weeks before the If you mail your application through points). The following additional application deadline date (14 calendar the U.S. Postal Service, we do not criteria are applied to applications days or, if the fourteenth calendar day accept either of the following as proof submitted by an IHE or a combination before the application deadline date of mailing: of IHEs: (a) Commitment to falls on a Federal holiday, the next (1) A private metered postmark. international studies (10 points); (b) business day following the Federal (2) A mail receipt that is not dated by elements of the proposed international holiday), you mail or fax a written the U.S. Postal Service. studies program (10 points); and (c) statement to the Department, explaining If your application is postmarked after need for and prospective results of the which of the two grounds for an the application deadline date, we will proposed program (10 points). The exception prevent you from using the not consider your application. following additional criterion is applied Internet to submit your application. to applications from organizations and • If you mail your written statement Note: The U.S. Postal Service does not associations: Need for and potential uniformly provide a dated postmark. Before to the Department, it must be impact of the proposed project in postmarked no later than two weeks relying on this method, you should check with your local post office. improving international studies and the before the application deadline date. If study of modern foreign languages at the you fax your written statement to the c. Submission of Paper Applications undergraduate level (30 points). Department, we must receive the faxed by Hand Delivery. statement no later than two weeks If you qualify for an exception to the VI. Award Administration Information before the application deadline date. electronic submission requirement, you 1. Award Notices: If your application Address and mail or fax your (or a courier service) may deliver your is successful, we notify your U.S. statement to: Christine Corey, paper application to the Department by Representative and U.S. Senators and International Education Programs hand. You must deliver the original and send you a Grant Award Notice (GAN). Service, U.S. Department of Education, two copies of your application, by hand, We may notify you informally, also. 1990 K Street, NW., room 6069, on or before the application deadline If your application is not evaluated or Washington, DC 20006–8521. Fax: (202) date, to the Department at the following not selected for funding, we notify you. 502–7859. address: U.S. Department of Education, 2. Administrative and National Policy Your paper application must be Application Control Center, Attention: Requirements: We identify submitted in accordance with the mail (CFDA Number 84.016A), 550 12th administrative and national policy or hand delivery instructions described Street, SW., Room 7041, Potomac Center requirements in the application package in this notice. Plaza, Washington, DC 20202–4260. The and reference these and other

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59520 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

requirements in the Applicable print, audiotape, or computer diskette) 1203, Idaho Falls, ID 83415. Phone (208) Regulations section in this notice. on request to the program contact 526–6518; Fax (208) 526–8789 or e-mail: We reference the regulations outlining person listed under FOR FURTHER [email protected] or visit the Board’s the terms and conditions of an award in INFORMATION CONTACT in section VII in Internet home page at: http:// the Applicable Regulations section in this notice. www.inlemcab.org. this notice and include these and other Electronic Access to This Document: specific conditions in the GAN. The You can view this document, as well as SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: GAN also incorporates your approved all other documents of this Department Purpose of the Board: The purpose of application as part of your binding published in the Federal Register, in the Board is to make recommendations commitments under the grant. text or Adobe Portable Document to DOE in the areas of environmental 3. Reporting: At the end of your Format (PDF) on the Internet at the project period, you must submit a final restoration, waste management, and following site: http://www.ed.gov/news/ related activities. performance report, including financial fedregister. information, as directed by the To use PDF you must have Adobe Tentative Topics (agenda topics may Secretary. If you receive a multi-year Acrobat Reader, which is available free change up to the day of the meeting; award, you must submit an annual at this site. If you have questions about please contact Robert L. Pence for the performance report that provides the using PDF, call the U.S. Government most current agenda): most current performance and financial Printing Office (GPO), toll free, at 1– • Progress to Cleanup expenditure information as directed by 888–293–6498; or in the Washington, the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The DC, area at (202) 512–1530. • Waste Area Group 7 Proposed Plan Secretary may also require more Note: The official version of this document • Chemical Processing Plant (CPP)–601 frequent performance reports under 34 is the document published in the Federal Status CFR 75.720(c). For specific Register. Free Internet access to the official • Special Nuclear Material requirements on reporting, please go to edition of the Federal Register and the Code http://www.ed.gov/fund/grant/apply/ of Federal Regulations is available on GPO • Engineering Test Reactor After Action appforms/appforms.html. Access at: http://www.gpoaccess.gov/nara/ Briefing 4. Performance Measures: Under the index.html. Government Performance and Results Public Participation: The meeting is Act of 1993 (GPRA), the objective for the Dated: October 17, 2007. open to the public. Written statements UISFL program is to meet the nation’s Diane Auer Jones, may be filed with the Board either security and economic needs through Assistant Secretary for Postsecondary before or after the meeting. Individuals the development of a national capacity Education. who wish to make oral presentations in foreign languages and area and [FR Doc. E7–20762 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] pertaining to agenda items should international studies. BILLING CODE 4000–01–P contact Robert L. Pence at the address The Department will use the or telephone number listed above. The following UISFL performance measures request must be received five days prior to evaluate its success in meeting this DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY to the meeting and reasonable provision objective: (1) Percentage of critical will be made to include the presentation languages addressed/covered by foreign Environmental Management Site- in the agenda. The Deputy Designated language major, minor, or certificate Specific Advisory Board, Idaho Federal Officer is empowered to programs created or enhanced, by National Laboratory conduct the meeting in a fashion that language courses created or enhanced, AGENCY: Department of Energy. will facilitate the orderly conduct of or by faculty or instructor positions ACTION: Notice of open meeting. business. Individuals wishing to make created with UISFL or matching funds public comment will be provided a in the reporting period. (2) Percentage of SUMMARY: This notice announces a maximum of five minutes to present projects reported and validated as high meeting of the Environmental their comments. quality or successfully completed. Management Site-Specific Advisory Minutes: Minutes will be available by The information provided by grantees Board (EM SSAB), Idaho National writing or calling Robert L. Pence, in their performance reports submitted Laboratory. The Federal Advisory via the electronic International Resource Committee Act (Pub. L. 92–463, 86 Stat. Federal Coordinator, at the address and Information System (IRIS) will be the 770) requires that public notice of this phone number listed above. Minutes source of data for this measure. meeting be announced in the Federal will also be available at the following Web site http://www.inlemcab.org/ VII. Agency Contact Register. meetings.html. DATES: Tuesday, November 6, 2007, 8 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Issued at Washington, DC on October 17, Christine Corey, International Education a.m.–5:30 p.m. Opportunities for public participation 2007. Programs Service, U.S. Department of will be held from 1 to 1:15 p.m. and 4 Rachel Samuel, Education, 1990 K Street, NW., room to 4:15 p.m. 6069, Washington, DC 20006–8521. Deputy Advisory Committee Management These times are subject to change; Telephone: (202) 502–7629 or by e-mail: Officer. please contact the Federal Coordinator [email protected]. [FR Doc. E7–20689 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] (below) for confirmation of times prior If you use a TDD, call the FRS, toll BILLING CODE 6450–01–P to the meeting. free, at 1–800–877–8339. ADDRESSES: AmeriTel Inn, 645 Lindsey VIII. Other Information Boulevard, Idaho Falls, Idaho 83401. Alternative Format: Individuals with FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: disabilities can obtain this document Robert L. Pence, Federal Coordinator, and a copy of the application package in Department of Energy, Idaho Operations an alternative format (e.g., Braille, large Office, 1955 Fremont Avenue, MS–

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59521

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY requested waivers of various ‘‘e-Filing’’ link. The Commission Commission regulations. In particular, strongly encourages electronic filings. Federal Energy Regulatory RBS requested that the Commission Kimberly D. Bose, Commission grant blanket approval under 18 CFR Secretary. [RT01–99–000, RT01–99–001, RT01–99–002 part 34 of all future issuances of [FR Doc. E7–20709 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] and RT01–99–003; RT01–86–000, RT01–86– securities and assumptions of liability 001 and RT01–86–002; RT01–95–000, RT01– by RBS. BILLING CODE 6717–01–P 95–001 and RT01–95–002; RT01–2–000, RT01–2–001, RT01–2–002 and RT01–2–003; On October 12, 2007, pursuant to RT01–98–000; RT02–3–000] delegated authority, the Director, DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Division of Tariffs and Market Regional Transmission Organizations; Development-West, granted the requests Federal Energy Regulatory Bangor Hydro-Electric Company, et al.; for blanket approval under Part 34 Commission New York Independent System (Director’s Order). The Director’s Order [Docket No. CP07–451–000] Operator, Inc., et al.; PJM also stated that the Commission would Interconnection, L.L.C., et al.; PJM publish a separate notice in the Federal Black Bayou Storage, LLC; Notice of Interconnection, L.L.C.; ISO New Register establishing a period of time for Intent To Prepare an Environmental England, Inc.; New York Independent the filing of protests. Accordingly, any Assessment for the Proposed Black System Operator, Inc.; Notice of Filing person desiring to be heard concerning Bayou Gas Storage Project and the blanket approvals of issuances of Request for Comments on October 12, 2007. Environmental Issues Take notice that PJM Interconnection, securities or assumptions of liability by L.L.C., New York Independent System RBS, should file a protest with the October 12, 2007. Operator, Inc. and ISO New England, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, The staff of the Federal Energy Inc. have posted on their internet Web 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC Regulatory Commission (FERC or sites information updating their 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 Commission) will prepare an progress on the resolution of Regional and 214 of the Commission’s Rules of environmental assessment (EA) that will Transmission Organization seams. Practice and Procedure. 18 CFR 385.211, discuss the environmental impacts of Any person desiring to file comments 385.214 (2004). the Black Bayou Gas Storage Project on this information should file with the Notice is hereby given that the involving construction and operation of Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, facilities by Black Bayou Storage, LLC 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC deadline for filing protests is November 13, 2007. (BBS) in Cameron Parrish, Louisiana. 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 This notice announces the opening of and 214 of the Commission’s Rules of Absent a request to be heard in the scoping process we will use to Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 opposition to such blanket approvals by gather input from the public and and 385.214). All such comments the deadline above, RBS is authorized to interested agencies on the project. Your should be filed on or before the issue securities and assume obligations input will help the Commission staff comment date. Comments may be filed or liabilities as a guarantor, indorser, determine which issues need to be electronically via the Internet in lieu of surety, or otherwise in respect of any evaluated in the EA. Please note that the paper; see 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) security of another person; provided scoping period will close on November and the instructions on the that such issuance or assumption is for 30, 2007. Commission’s Web site under the ‘‘e- some lawful object within the corporate This notice is being sent to affected Filing’’ link. The Commission strongly purposes of RBS, compatible with the landowners; federal, state, and local encourages electronic filings. public interest, and is reasonably government representatives and Comment Date: November 6, 2007. necessary or appropriate for such agencies; environmental and public Kimberly D. Bose, purposes. interest groups; Native American tribes; Secretary. other interested parties in this The Commission reserves the right to proceeding; and local libraries and [FR Doc. E7–20708 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] require a further showing that neither newspapers. We encourage government BILLING CODE 6717–01–P public nor private interests will be representatives to notify their adversely affected by continued constituents of this planned project and approvals of RBS’ issuance of securities DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY encourage them to comment on their or assumptions of liability. areas of concern. Federal Energy Regulatory Copies of the full text of the Director’s If you are a landowner receiving this Commission Order are available from the notice, you may be contacted by a Commission’s Public Reference Room, pipeline company representative about [Docket Nos. ER07–1215–000 and ER07– the acquisition of an easement to 1215–001] 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. The Order may also be viewed construct, operate, and maintain the The Royal Bank of Scotland, plc; on the Commission’s Web site at proposed facilities. The pipeline Notice of Issuance of Order http://www.ferc.gov, using the eLibrary company would seek to negotiate a link. Enter the docket number excluding mutually acceptable agreement. October 12, 2007. However, if the project is approved by the last three digits in the docket The Royal Bank of Scotland, plc (RBS) the Commission, that approval conveys number filed to access the document. filed an application for market-based with it the right of eminent domain. rate authority, with an accompanying Comments, protests, and interventions Therefore, if easement negotiations fail rate schedule. The proposed market- may be filed electronically via the to produce an agreement, the pipeline based rate schedule provides for the sale internet in lieu of paper. See, 18 CFR company could initiate condemnation of energy, capacity and ancillary 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions proceedings in accordance with state services at market-based rates. RBS also on the Commission’s Web site under the law.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59522 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

A fact sheet prepared by the FERC would need to be dismantled, relocated are encouraged to notify their entitled ‘‘An Interstate Natural Gas or removed before BBS constructs its constituents of this proposed action and Facility on My Land? What Do I Need proposed compressor station and encourage them to comment on their To Know?’’ was attached to the project leaching facility on the site of Diasu’s areas of concern. notice BBS provided to landowners. current facilities. In the EA we 2 will discuss impacts This fact sheet addresses a number of The location of the project facilities is that could occur as a result of the typically asked questions, including the shown in Appendix 1.1 construction and operation of the use of eminent domain and how to Nonjurisdictional Facilities proposed project under these general participate in the Commission’s headings: proceedings. It is available for viewing Non-jurisdictional facilities that will • Geology and soils on the FERC Internet Web site be built as a result of the proposed • Land use (www.ferc.gov). project would include a 2.2 mile-long • Water resources, fisheries, and 230 kV electric powerline to be wetlands Summary of the Proposed Project constructed by Entergy, Inc. (Entergy). • Cultural resources BBS proposes to convert a depleted The electric powerline would run • Vegetation and wildlife natural gas production field in Cameron between Entergy’s existing 230 kV • Air quality and noise Parish Louisiana located 15 miles west transmission line on the south bank of • Endangered and threatened species of Hackberry, Louisiana but includes the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway and • Hazardous waste north into Calcasieu Parish for a short BBS’s proposed electrical substation • Public safety distance. The storage field design approximately 2,100 feet northwest of We will also evaluate possible capacity of each cavern would be the Central Facility area. The electric alternatives to the proposed project or approximately 10.4 billion cubic feet powerline would require several portions of the project, and make (Bcf) consisting of 7.5 Bcf of working environmental permits and approvals recommendations on how to lessen or capacity and up to 2.9 Bdf of cushion including state and federal avoid impacts on the various resource gas. The caverns would have authorization for work in waters of the areas. approximately 1,200 million cubic feet U.S. (Coastal Use Permit) and clearances Our independent analysis of the (MMcf) of maximum daily injection under the Endangered Species Act and issues will be in the EA. Depending on capability and approximately 1,200 the National Historic Preservation Act. the comments received during the MMcf of maximum daily withdrawal Land Requirements for Construction scoping process, the EA may be published and mailed to federal, state, capability. BBS seeks authority to Construction of the proposed facilities and local agencies, public interest construct and operate the following would require about 94.4 acres of land. groups, interested individuals, affected facilities: Following construction, about 24.2 acres • Two salt dome storage caverns; landowners, newspapers, libraries, and would be maintained as permanent • One 18,940 horsepower compressor the Commission’s official service list for pipeline right-of-way, new access roads, station; this proceeding. A comment period will well sites, or new aboveground facility • One leaching plant; be allotted for review if the EA is sites. The remaining 70.2 acres of land • Five brine disposal wells on one published. We will consider all would be restored and allowed to revert common pad; comments on the EA before we make to its former use. • Five water supply wells on five our recommendations to the separate pads; The EA Process Commission. • One electrical substation; The National Environmental Policy To ensure your comments are • One 30-inch-diameter, 2.45-mile- Act (NEPA) requires the Commission to considered, please carefully follow the long gas pipeline interconnect with take into account the environmental instructions in the public participation Transcontinental Gas Pipeline impacts that could result from an action section below. Corporation (Transco) mainline; whenever it considers the issuance of a • One 24-inch-diameter, 4.69-mile- Currently Identified Environmental Certificate of Public Convenience and long gas pipeline interconnect with Issues Necessity. NEPA also requires us to planned Kinder Morgan mainline; discover and address concerns the We have already identified several • One 20-inch-diameter, 0.10-mile- issues that we think deserve attention long cavern gas pipeline for Cavern No. public may have about proposals. This process is referred to as ‘‘scoping.’’ The based on a preliminary review of the 1; proposed facilities and the • main goal of the scoping process is to One 20-inch-diameter, 0.25-mile- environmental information provided by long cavern gas pipeline for Cavern No. focus the analysis in the EA on the important environmental issues. By this BBS. This preliminary list of issues may 2; be changed based on your comments • Notice of Intent, the Commission staff One 8-inch-, 12-inch-, and 16-inch- and our analysis. diameter, 2.20 mile-long water pipeline requests public comments on the scope • of the issues to address in the EA. All Cultural resources may be affected system; by the project. • comments received are considered One 16-inch-diameter, 1.43 mile- • The project would cross two major long brine pipeline system; during the preparation of the EA. State • and local government representatives waterbodies: Black Bayou and the Gulf One meter station and one separate Intracoastal Waterway. tie-in facility for Transco’s pipeline • About 62.2 acres of wetlands, open interconnect; 1 The appendices referenced in this notice are not • being printed in the Federal Register. Copies of all water, and other land uses would be One meter station with combined appendices, other than Appendix 1 (maps), are impacted during construction by tie-in facilities for the Kinder Morgan available on the Commission’s Web site at the underground pipeline and cable pipeline interconnect; and ‘‘eLibrary’’ link or from the Commission’s Public facilities, and about 6.8 acres of wetland • One 0.25-mile-long access road for Reference Room, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426, or call (202) 502–8371. For instructions Cavern Nos. 1 and 2. on connecting to eLibrary refer to the last page of 2 ‘‘We’’, ‘‘us’’, and ‘‘our’’ refer to the Certain facilities of Diasu Oil and Gas this notice. Copies of the appendices were sent to environmental staff of the Office of Energy Projects Company (Diasu) including a tank farm all those receiving this notice in the mail. (OEP).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 16:04 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59523

open water and other land uses would Environmental Mailing List Commission’s Office of External Affairs, be impacted by above ground pipeline An effort is being made to send this at 1–866–208–FERC or on the FERC facilities. notice to all individuals, organizations, Internet Web site (www.ferc.gov) using • Two cavern well pads, electrical and government entities interested in the eLibrary link. Click on the eLibrary substation, part of the brine disposal and/or potentially affected by the link, click on ‘‘General Search’’ and enter the docket number excluding the well pad site, the Kinder Morgan meter proposed project. This includes all last three digits in the Docket Number station site, the Transco meter station, landowners who are potential right-of- field. Be sure you have selected an and Water Well Pad No. 1, would be way grantors, whose property may be appropriate date range. For assistance, constructed in marshland or open water used temporarily for project purposes, please contact FERC Online Support at and could potentially impact fisheries. or who own homes within distances [email protected] or toll free • Essential fish habitat for the brown defined in the Commission’s regulations at 1–866–208–3676, or for TTY, contact shrimp, white shrimp, and red drum are of certain aboveground facilities. By this (202) 502–8659. The eLibrary link also likely to be of concern within the notice we are also asking governmental provides access to the texts of formal project area. agencies, especially those in Appendix documents issued by the Commission, • The proposed project would 2, to express their interest in becoming such as orders, notices, and encompass areas containing suitable cooperating agencies for the preparation rulemakings. nesting habitat for colonial wading of the EA. In addition, the Commission now birds. If you do not want to send comments offers a free service called eSubscription at this time but still want to remain on Public Participation which allows you to keep track of all our mailing list, please return the formal issuances and submittals in You can make a difference by Information Request (Appendix 3). If specific dockets. This can reduce the providing us with your specific you do not return the Information amount of time you spend researching comments or concerns about the project. Request, you will be taken off the proceedings by automatically providing By becoming a commentor, your mailing list. you with notification of these filings, concerns will be addressed in the EA/ Becoming an Intervenor document summaries and direct links to EIS and considered by the Commission. the documents. Go to www.ferc.gov/ You should focus on the potential In addition to involvement in the EA esubscribenow.htm. environmental effects of the proposal, scoping process, you may want to Finally, public meetings or site visits alternatives to the proposal (including become an official party to the will be posted on the Commission’s alternative locations/routes), and proceeding, an ‘‘intervenor’’. To become calendar located at http://www.ferc.gov/ measures to avoid or lessen an intervenor you must file a motion to EventCalendar/EventsList.aspx along environmental impact. The more intervene according to Rule 214 of the with other related information. specific your comments, the more useful Commission’s Rules of Practice and they will be. Please carefully follow Procedure (18 CFR 385.214). Intervenors Kimberly D. Bose, these instructions to ensure that your have the right to seek rehearing of the Secretary. comments are received in time and Commission’s decision. Motions to [FR Doc. E7–20716 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] properly recorded: Intervene should be electronically BILLING CODE 6717–01–P • Send an original and two copies of submitted using the Commission’s your letter to: eFiling system at www.ferc.gov. Persons DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal without Internet access should send an Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 original and 14 copies of their motion to the Secretary of the Commission at the Federal Energy Regulatory First St., NE., Room 1A, Washington, DC Commission 20426. address indicated previously. Persons filing Motions to Intervene on or before • Label one copy of the comments for [Project No. 12886–000] the comment deadline indicated above the attention of Gas Branch 2. BPUS Generation Development, LLC; • must send a copy of the motion to the Reference Docket No. CP07–451– Applicant. All filings, including late Notice of Application Accepted for 000. interventions, submitted after the Filing and Soliciting Motions To • Mail your comments so that they comment deadline must be served on Intervene, Protests, and Comments will be received in Washington, DC on the Applicant and all other intervenors October 12, 2007. or before November 30, 2007. identified on the Commission’s service Take notice that the following Please note that the Commission list for this proceeding. Persons on the hydroelectric application has been filed encourages electronic filing of service list with e-mail addresses may with the Commission and is available comments. See 18 Code of Federal be served electronically; others must be Regulations 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the for public inspection: served a hard copy of the filing. a. Type of Application: Preliminary instructions on the Commission’s Affected landowners and parties with Permit. Internet Web site at http://www.ferc.gov environmental concerns may be granted b. Project No.: 12886–000. under the ‘‘eFiling’’ link and the link to intervenor status upon showing good c. Date filed: July 30, 2007. the User’s Guide. Prepare your cause by stating that they have a clear d. Applicant: BPUS Generation submission in the same manner as you and direct interest in this proceeding Development, LLC. would if filing on paper and save it to which would not be adequately e. Name of Project: Fulton Lock & a file on your hard drive. Before you can represented by any other parties. You do Dam Hydroelectric Project. file comments you will need to create an not need intervenor status to have your f. Location: Tombigbee River in account by clicking on ‘‘Login to File’’ environmental comments considered. Itawamba County, Mississippi. It would and then ‘‘New User Account.’’ You will use the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers’ Availability of Additional Information be asked to select the type of filing you Fulton Lock & Dam. are making. This filing is considered a Additional information about the g. Filed Pursuant to: Federal Power ‘‘Comment on Filing.’’ project is available from the Act, 16 U.S.C. 791(a)–825(r).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59524 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

h. Applicant Contact: Mr. Jeffrey M. available for inspection and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, 385.211, Auser, P.E., BPUS Generation reproduction at the address in item h 385.214. In determining the appropriate Development, LLC, 225 Greenfield above. action to take, the Commission will Parkway, Suite 201, Liverpool, NY m. Competing Preliminary Permit— consider all protests or other comments 13088, (315) 413–2700. Anyone desiring to file a competing filed, but only those who file a motion i. FERC Contact: Robert Bell, (202) application for preliminary permit for a to intervene in accordance with the 502–4126. proposed project must submit the Commission’s Rules may become a j. Deadline for filing comments, competing application itself, or a notice party to the proceeding. Any comments, protests, and motions to intervene: 60 of intent to file such an application, to protests, or motions to intervene must days from the issuance date of this the Commission on or before the be received on or before the specified notice. specified comment date for the All documents (original and eight particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). comment date for the particular copies) should be filed with: Secretary, Submission of a timely notice of intent application. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, allows an interested person to file the r. Filing and Service of Responsive 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC competing preliminary permit Documents—Any filings must bear in 20426. Comments, protests, and application no later than 30 days after all capital letters the title interventions may be filed electronically the specified comment date for the ‘‘COMMENTS’’, ‘‘NOTICE OF INTENT via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 particular application. A competing TO FILE COMPETING APPLICATION’’, CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the preliminary permit application must ‘‘COMPETING APPLICATION’’, instructions on the Commission’s Web conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. ‘‘PROTEST’’, and ‘‘MOTION TO site under the ‘‘e-Filing’’ link. The n. Competing Development INTERVENE’’, as applicable, and the Commission strongly encourages Application—Any qualified Project Number of the particular electronic filings. Please include the development applicant desiring to file a application to which the filing refers. project number (P–12886–000) on any competing development application Any of the above-named documents comments or motions filed. must submit to the Commission, on or The Commission’s Rules of Practice before a specified comment date for the must be filed by providing the original and Procedure require all intervenors particular application, either a and the number of copies provided by filing documents with the Commission competing development application or a the Commission’s regulations to: The to serve a copy of that document on notice of intent to file such an Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory each person in the official service list application. Submission of a timely Commission, 888 First Street, NE., for the project. Further, if an intervenor notice of intent to file a development Washington, DC 20426. An additional files comments or documents with the application allows an interested person copy must be sent to Director, Division Commission relating to the merits of an to file the competing application no of Hydropower Administration and issue that may affect the responsibilities later than 120 days after the specified Compliance, Federal Energy Regulatory of a particular resource agency, they comment date for the particular Commission, at the above-mentioned must also serve a copy of the document application. A competing license address. A copy of any notice of intent, on that resource agency. application must conform with 18 CFR competing application or motion to k. Description of Project: The 4.30 and 4.36. intervene must also be served upon each proposed project using the U.S. Army o. Notice of Intent—A notice of intent representative of the Applicant Corps of Engineers’ Fulton Lock & Dam must specify the exact name, business specified in the particular application. and operated in a run-of-river mode address, and telephone number of the would consist of: (1) A new 200-foot prospective applicant, and must include s. Agency Comments—Federal, state, long, 250-foot wide, 50-foot high an unequivocal statement of intent to and local agencies are invited to file concrete powerhouse; (2) a new intake submit, if such an application may be comments on the described application. channel and tailrace channel on the filed, either a preliminary permit A copy of the application may be west side of the river; (3) two turbine/ application or a development obtained by agencies directly from the generator units with a combined application (specify which type of Applicant. If an agency does not file installed capacity of 18 megawatts; (4) a application). A notice of intent must be comments within the time specified for new 10,500-foot above ground served on the applicant(s) named in this filing comments, it will be presumed to transmission line extending from the public notice. have no comments. One copy of an switchyard near the powerhouse to an p. Proposed Scope of Studies Under agency’s comments must also be sent to interconnection point with an existing Permit—A preliminary permit, if issued, the Applicant’s representatives. transmission north of the powerhouse; does not authorize construction. The and (5) appurtenant facilities. The term of the proposed preliminary permit Kimberly D. Bose, proposed Fulton Lock & Dam Project would be 36 months. The work Secretary. would have an average annual proposed under the preliminary permit [FR Doc. E7–20710 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] generation of 96 gigawatt-hours. would include economic analysis, BILLING CODE 6717–01–P l. This filing is available for review at preparation of preliminary engineering the Commission in the Public Reference plans, and a study of environmental Room or may be viewed on the impacts. Based on the results of these Commission’s Web site at http:// studies, the Applicant would decide www.ferc.gov using the ‘‘eLibrary’’ link. whether to proceed with the preparation Enter the docket number excluding the of a development application to last three digits in the docket number construct and operate the project. field to access the document. For q. Comments, Protests, or Motions to assistance, call toll-free 1–866–208– Intervene—Anyone may submit 3676 or e-mail comments, a protest, or a motion to [email protected]. For TTY, intervene in accordance with the call (202) 502–8659. A copy is also requirements of Rules of Practice and

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59525

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Corps of Engineers’ Point Marion Lock o. Notice of Intent—A notice of intent & Dam and operated in a run-of-river must specify the exact name, business Federal Energy Regulatory mode would consist of: (1) A new 200- address, and telephone number of the Commission foot long, 250-foot wide, 50-foot high prospective applicant, and must include [Project No. 12887–000] concrete powerhouse; (2) a new intake an unequivocal statement of intent to waterway through the fixed-crest weir of submit, if such an application may be BPUS Generation Development, LLC; the dam; (3) a new 50-foot wide tailrace; filed, either a preliminary permit Notice of Application Accepted for (4) two turbine/generator units with a application or a development Filing and Soliciting Motions To combined installed capacity of 10.6 application (specify which type of Intervene, Protests, and Comments megawatts; (5) a new 11,500-foot above application). A notice of intent must be ground transmission line extending served on the applicant(s) named in this October 12, 2007. from the switchyard near the public notice. Take notice that the following powerhouse to an interconnection point p. Proposed Scope of Studies Under hydroelectric application has been filed with an existing transmission southeast Permit—A preliminary permit, if issued, with the Commission and is available of the powerhouse on the east side of does not authorize construction. The for public inspection: the river; and (6) appurtenant facilities. term of the proposed preliminary permit a. Type of Application: Preliminary The proposed Point Marion Lock & Dam would be 36 months. The work Permit. Project would have an average annual proposed under the preliminary permit b. Project No.: 12887–000. generation of 46.4 gigawatt-hours. would include economic analysis, c. Date filed: July 30, 2007. l. This filing is available for review at preparation of preliminary engineering d. Applicant: BPUS Generation the Commission in the Public Reference plans, and a study of environmental Development, LLC. Room or may be viewed on the impacts. Based on the results of these e. Name of Project: Point Marion Lock Commission’s Web site at http:// studies, the Applicant would decide & Dam Hydroelectric Project. www.ferc.gov using the ‘‘eLibrary’’ link. whether to proceed with the preparation f. Location: Monongahela River in Enter the docket number excluding the of a development application to Fayette County, Pennsylvania. It would last three digits in the docket number construct and operate the project. use the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers’ field to access the document. For q. Comments, Protests, or Motions to Point Marion Lock & Dam. assistance, call toll-free 1–866–208– Intervene—Anyone may submit g. Filed Pursuant to: Federal Power 3676 or e-mail comments, a protest, or a motion to Act, 16 U.S.C. 791(a)–825(r). [email protected]. For TTY, intervene in accordance with the h. Applicant Contact: Mr. Jeffrey M. call (202) 502–8659. A copy is also requirements of Rules of Practice and Auser, P.E., BPUS Generation available for inspection and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, 385.211, Development, LLC, 225 Greenfield reproduction at the address in item h 385.214. In determining the appropriate Parkway, Suite 201, Liverpool, NY above. action to take, the Commission will 13088, (315) 413–2700. m. Competing Preliminary Permit— consider all protests or other comments i. FERC Contact: Robert Bell, (202) Anyone desiring to file a competing filed, but only those who file a motion 502–4126. application for preliminary permit for a to intervene in accordance with the j. Deadline for filing comments, proposed project must submit the Commission’s Rules may become a protests, and motions to intervene: 60 competing application itself, or a notice party to the proceeding. Any comments, days from the issuance date of this of intent to file such an application, to protests, or motions to intervene must notice. the Commission on or before the be received on or before the specified All documents (original and eight specified comment date for the comment date for the particular copies) should be filed with: Secretary, particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). application. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Submission of a timely notice of intent r. Filing and Service of Responsive 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC allows an interested person to file the Documents—Any filings must bear in 20426. Comments, protests, and competing preliminary permit all capital letters the title interventions may be filed electronically application no later than 30 days after ‘‘COMMENTS’’, ‘‘NOTICE OF INTENT via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 the specified comment date for the TO FILE COMPETING APPLICATION’’, CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the particular application. A competing ‘‘COMPETING APPLICATION’’, instructions on the Commission’s Web preliminary permit application must ‘‘PROTEST’’, and ‘‘MOTION TO site under the ‘‘e-Filing’’ link. The conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. INTERVENE’’, as applicable, and the Commission strongly encourages n. Competing Development Project Number of the particular electronic filings. Please include the Application—Any qualified application to which the filing refers. project number (P–12887–000) on any development applicant desiring to file a Any of the above-named documents comments or motions filed. competing development application must be filed by providing the original The Commission’s Rules of Practice must submit to the Commission, on or and the number of copies provided by and Procedure require all intervenors before a specified comment date for the the Commission’s regulations to: The filing documents with the Commission particular application, either a Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory to serve a copy of that document on competing development application or a Commission, 888 First Street, NE., each person in the official service list notice of intent to file such an Washington, DC 20426. An additional for the project. Further, if an intervenor application. Submission of a timely copy must be sent to Director, Division files comments or documents with the notice of intent to file a development of Hydropower Administration and Commission relating to the merits of an application allows an interested person Compliance, Federal Energy Regulatory issue that may affect the responsibilities to file the competing application no Commission, at the above-mentioned of a particular resource agency, they later than 120 days after the specified address. A copy of any notice of intent, must also serve a copy of the document comment date for the particular competing application or motion to on that resource agency. application. A competing license intervene must also be served upon each k. Description of Project: The application must conform with 18 CFR representative of the Applicant proposed project using the U.S. Army 4.30 and 4.36. specified in the particular application.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 16:13 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59526 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

s. Agency Comments—Federal, state, site under the ‘‘e-Filing’’ link. The preliminary permit application must and local agencies are invited to file Commission strongly encourages conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. comments on the described application. electronic filings. Please include the n. Competing Development A copy of the application may be project number (P–12888–000) on any Application—Any qualified obtained by agencies directly from the comments or motions filed. development applicant desiring to file a Applicant. If an agency does not file The Commission’s Rules of Practice competing development application comments within the time specified for and Procedure require all intervenors must submit to the Commission, on or filing comments, it will be presumed to filing documents with the Commission before a specified comment date for the have no comments. One copy of an to serve a copy of that document on particular application, either a agency’s comments must also be sent to each person in the official service list competing development application or a the Applicant’s representatives. for the project. Further, if an intervenor notice of intent to file such an files comments or documents with the application. Submission of a timely Kimberly D. Bose, Commission relating to the merits of an notice of intent to file a development Secretary. issue that may affect the responsibilities application allows an interested person [FR Doc. E7–20711 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] of a particular resource agency, they to file the competing application no BILLING CODE 6717–01–P must also serve a copy of the document later than 120 days after the specified on that resource agency. comment date for the particular k. Description of Project: The application. A competing license DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY proposed project using the U.S. Army application must conform with 18 CFR Corps of Engineers’ C. W. Bill Young 4.30 and 4.36. Federal Energy Regulatory Lock & Dam and operated in a run-of- o. Notice of Intent—A notice of intent Commission river mode would consist of: (1) A new must specify the exact name, business [Project No. 12888–000] 125-foot long, 160-foot wide, 60-foot address, and telephone number of the high concrete powerhouse; (2) a new prospective applicant, and must include BPUS Generation Development, LLC; intake channel and tailrace channel on an unequivocal statement of intent to Notice of Application Accepted for the north side of the river by removing submit, if such an application may be Filing and Soliciting Motions To a portion of the fixed-crest dam near the filed, either a preliminary permit Intervene, Protests, and Comments north bank; (3) three turbine/generator application or a development units with a combined installed application (specify which type of October 12, 2007. capacity of 15 megawatts; (4) a new application). A notice of intent must be Take notice that the following 6,500-foot above ground transmission served on the applicant(s) named in this hydroelectric application has been filed line extending from the switchyard near public notice. with the Commission and is available the powerhouse to an interconnection p. Proposed Scope of Studies Under for public inspection: point with an existing substation Permit—A preliminary permit, if issued, a. Type of Application: Preliminary located east of the powerhouse and does not authorize construction. The Permit. dam; and (5) appurtenant facilities. The term of the proposed preliminary permit b. Project No.: 12888–000. proposed C. W. Bill Young Lock & Dam would be 36 months. The work c. Date filed: July 30, 2007. Project would have an average annual proposed under the preliminary permit d. Applicant: BPUS Generation generation of 93 gigawatt-hours. would include economic analysis, Development, LLC. l. This filing is available for review at preparation of preliminary engineering e. Name of Project: C. W. Bill Young the Commission in the Public Reference plans, and a study of environmental Lock & Dam Hydroelectric Project. Room or may be viewed on the impacts. Based on the results of these f. Location: Allegheny River in Commission’s Web site at http:// studies, the Applicant would decide Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. It www.ferc.gov using the ‘‘eLibrary’’ link. whether to proceed with the preparation would use the U.S. Army Corps of Enter the docket number excluding the of a development application to Engineers’ C. W. Bill Young Lock & last three digits in the docket number construct and operate the project. Dam. field to access the document. For q. Comments, Protests, or Motions to g. Filed Pursuant to: Federal Power assistance, call toll-free 1–866–208– Intervene—Anyone may submit Act, 16 U.S.C. 791(a)–825(r). 3676 or e-mail comments, a protest, or a motion to h. Applicant Contact: Mr. Jeffrey M. [email protected]. For TTY, intervene in accordance with the Auser, P.E., BPUS Generation call (202) 502–8659. A copy is also requirements of Rules of Practice and Development, LLC, 225 Greenfield available for inspection and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, 385.211, Parkway, Suite 201, Liverpool, NY reproduction at the address in item h 385.214. In determining the appropriate 13088, (315) 413–2700. above. action to take, the Commission will i. FERC Contact: Robert Bell, (202) m. Competing Preliminary Permit— consider all protests or other comments 502–4126. Anyone desiring to file a competing filed, but only those who file a motion j. Deadline for filing comments, application for preliminary permit for a to intervene in accordance with the protests, and motions to intervene: 60 proposed project must submit the Commission’s Rules may become a days from the issuance date of this competing application itself, or a notice party to the proceeding. Any comments, notice. of intent to file such an application, to protests, or motions to intervene must All documents (original and eight the Commission on or before the be received on or before the specified copies) should be filed with: Secretary, specified comment date for the comment date for the particular Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). application. 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC Submission of a timely notice of intent r. Filing and Service of Responsive 20426. Comments, protests, and allows an interested person to file the Documents—Any filings must bear in interventions may be filed electronically competing preliminary permit all capital letters the title via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 application no later than 30 days after ‘‘COMMENTS’’, ‘‘NOTICE OF INTENT CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the the specified comment date for the TO FILE COMPETING APPLICATION’’, instructions on the Commission’s Web particular application. A competing ‘‘COMPETING APPLICATION’’,

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59527

‘‘PROTEST’’, and ‘‘MOTION TO h. Applicant Contact: Mr. Jeffrey M. 3676 or e-mail INTERVENE’’, as applicable, and the Auser, P.E., BPUS Generation [email protected]. Project Number of the particular Development, LLC, 225 Greenfield For TTY, call (202) 502–8659. A copy is application to which the filing refers. Parkway, Suite 201, Liverpool, NY also available for inspection and Any of the above-named documents 13088, (315) 413–2700. reproduction at the address in item h must be filed by providing the original i. FERC Contact: Robert Bell, (202) above. and the number of copies provided by 502–4126. m. Competing Preliminary Permit— the Commission’s regulations to: The j. Deadline for filing comments, Anyone desiring to file a competing Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory protests, and motions to intervene: 60 application for preliminary permit for a Commission, 888 First Street, NE., days from the issuance date of this proposed project must submit the Washington, DC 20426. An additional notice. competing application itself, or a notice copy must be sent to Director, Division All documents (original and eight of intent to file such an application, to of Hydropower Administration and copies) should be filed with: Secretary, the Commission on or before the Compliance, Federal Energy Regulatory Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, specified comment date for the Commission, at the above-mentioned 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). address. A copy of any notice of intent, 20426. Comments, protests, and Submission of a timely notice of intent competing application or motion to interventions may be filed electronically allows an interested person to file the intervene must also be served upon each via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 competing preliminary permit representative of the Applicant CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the application no later than 30 days after specified in the particular application. instructions on the Commission’s Web the specified comment date for the s. Agency Comments—Federal, state, site under the ‘‘e-Filing’’ link. The particular application. A competing and local agencies are invited to file Commission strongly encourages preliminary permit application must comments on the described application. electronic filings. Please include the conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. A copy of the application may be project number (P–12889–000) on any n. Competing Development obtained by agencies directly from the comments or motions filed. Application—Any qualified The Commission’s Rules of Practice Applicant. If an agency does not file development applicant desiring to file a and Procedure require all intervenors comments within the time specified for competing development application filing documents with the Commission filing comments, it will be presumed to must submit to the Commission, on or to serve a copy of that document on have no comments. One copy of an before a specified comment date for the each person in the official service list particular application, either a agency’s comments must also be sent to for the project. Further, if an intervenor the Applicant’s representatives. competing development application or a files comments or documents with the notice of intent to file such an Kimberly D. Bose, Commission relating to the merits of an application. Submission of a timely Secretary. issue that may affect the responsibilities notice of intent to file a development [FR Doc. E7–20712 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] of a particular resource agency, they application allows an interested person must also serve a copy of the document BILLING CODE 6717–01–P to file the competing application no on that resource agency. later than 120 days after the specified k. Description of Project: The comment date for the particular DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY proposed project using the U.S. Army application. A competing license Corps of Engineers’ Mississippi Lock & application must conform with 18 CFR Federal Energy Regulatory Dam No. 18 and operated in a run-of- 4.30 and 4.36. Commission river mode would consist of: (1) A new o. Notice of Intent—A notice of intent 200-foot long, 250-foot wide, 50-foot must specify the exact name, business [Project No. 12889–000] high concrete powerhouse; (2) a new address, and telephone number of the BPUS Generation Development, LLC; intake channel and tailrace channel prospective applicant, and must include Notice of Application Accepted for excavated on the left side of the river an unequivocal statement of intent to Filing and Soliciting Motions To between the existing lock and submit, if such an application may be Intervene, Protests, and Comments Henderson Creek; (3) five turbine/ filed, either a preliminary permit generator units with a combined application or a development October 12, 2007. installed capacity of 23.5 megawatts; (4) application (specify which type of Take notice that the following a new 7,100-foot above ground application). A notice of intent must be hydroelectric application has been filed transmission line extending from the served on the applicant(s) named in this with the Commission and is available switchyard near the powerhouse to an public notice. for public inspection: interconnection point with the 161- p. Proposed Scope of Studies Under a. Type of Application: Preliminary kilovolt Denmark-Newport transmission Permit—A preliminary permit, if issued, Permit. line on the Illinois side of the river; and does not authorize construction. The b. Project No.: 12889–000. (5) appurtenant facilities. The proposed term of the proposed preliminary permit c. Date filed: July 30, 2007. Mississippi Lock & Dam No. 18 Project would be 36 months. The work d. Applicant: BPUS Generation would have an average annual proposed under the preliminary permit Development, LLC. generation of 102.4 gigawatt-hours. would include economic analysis, e. Name of Project: Mississippi Lock l. This filing is available for review at preparation of preliminary engineering & Dam No. 18 Hydroelectric Project. the Commission in the Public Reference plans, and a study of environmental f. Location: Mississippi River in Des Room or may be viewed on the impacts. Based on the results of these Moines County, Iowa, and Henderson Commission’s Web site at http:// studies, the Applicant would decide County, Illinois. It would use the U.S. www.ferc.gov using the ‘‘eLibrary’’ link. whether to proceed with the preparation Army Corps of Engineers’ Mississippi Enter the docket number excluding the of a development application to Lock & Dam No. 18. last three digits in the docket number construct and operate the project. g. Filed Pursuant to: Federal Power field to access the document. For q. Comments, Protests, or Motions to Act, 16 U.S.C. 791(a)–825(r). assistance, call toll-free 1–866–208– Intervene—Anyone may submit

VerDate Aug<31>2005 16:04 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59528 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

comments, a protest, or a motion to DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Corps of Engineers’ Allegheny Lock & intervene in accordance with the Dam No. 4 and operated in a run-of- requirements of Rules of Practice and Federal Energy Regulatory river mode would consist of: (1) A new Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, 385.211, Commission 125-foot long, 160-foot wide, 60-foot 385.214. In determining the appropriate [Project No. 12890–000] high concrete powerhouse; (2) a new action to take, the Commission will intake channel and tailrace channel on consider all protests or other comments BPUS Generation Development, LLC; the southeastern side of the river; (3) filed, but only those who file a motion Notice of Application Accepted for three turbine/generator units with a to intervene in accordance with the Filing and Soliciting Motions To combined installed capacity of 15 Commission’s Rules may become a Intervene, Protests, and Comments megawatts; (4) a new 500-foot above ground transmission line extending party to the proceeding. Any comments, October 12, 2007. protests, or motions to intervene must from the switchyard near the Take notice that the following powerhouse to an interconnection point be received on or before the specified hydroelectric application has been filed with an existing transmission line that comment date for the particular with the Commission and is available passes near the plant on the Braeburn application. for public inspection: side of the river; and (5) appurtenant r. Filing and Service of Responsive a. Type of Application: Preliminary facilities. The proposed Allegheny Lock Documents—Any filings must bear in Permit. & Dam No. 4 Project would have an all capital letters the title b. Project No.: 12890–000. average annual generation of 89 ‘‘COMMENTS’’, ‘‘NOTICE OF INTENT c. Date filed: July 30, 2007. gigawatt-hours. d. Applicant: BPUS Generation TO FILE COMPETING APPLICATION’’, l. This filing is available for review at Development, LLC. ‘‘COMPETING APPLICATION’’, the Commission in the Public Reference e. Name of Project: Allegheny Lock & Room or may be viewed on the ‘‘PROTEST’’, and ‘‘MOTION TO Dam No. 4 Hydroelectric Project. INTERVENE’’, as applicable, and the f. Location: Allegheny River in Commission’s Web site at http:// Project Number of the particular Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. It www.ferc.gov using the ‘‘eLibrary’’ link. application to which the filing refers. would use the U.S. Army Corps of Enter the docket number excluding the Any of the above-named documents Engineers’ Allegheny Lock & Dam No. 4. last three digits in the docket number must be filed by providing the original g. Filed Pursuant to: Federal Power field to access the document. For and the number of copies provided by Act, 16 U.S.C. 791(a)–825(r). assistance, call toll-free 1–866–208– the Commission’s regulations to: The h. Applicant Contact: Mr. Jeffrey M. 3676 or e-mail Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Auser, P.E., BPUS Generation [email protected]. Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Development, LLC, 225 Greenfield For TTY, call (202) 502–8659. A copy is also available for inspection and Washington, DC 20426. An additional Parkway, Suite 201, Liverpool, NY reproduction at the address in item h copy must be sent to Director, Division 13088, (315) 413–2700. above. of Hydropower Administration and i. FERC Contact: Robert Bell, (202) m. Competing Preliminary Permit— Compliance, Federal Energy Regulatory 502–4126. Anyone desiring to file a competing Commission, at the above-mentioned j. Deadline for filing comments, protests, and motions to intervene: 60 application for preliminary permit for a address. A copy of any notice of intent, proposed project must submit the competing application or motion to days from the issuance date of this notice. competing application itself, or a notice intervene must also be served upon each All documents (original and eight of intent to file such an application, to representative of the Applicant copies) should be filed with: Secretary, the Commission on or before the specified in the particular application. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, specified comment date for the s. Agency Comments—Federal, state, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). and local agencies are invited to file 20426. Comments, protests, and Submission of a timely notice of intent comments on the described application. interventions may be filed electronically allows an interested person to file the A copy of the application may be via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 competing preliminary permit obtained by agencies directly from the CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the application no later than 30 days after Applicant. If an agency does not file instructions on the Commission’s Web the specified comment date for the comments within the time specified for site under the ‘‘e-Filing’’ link. The particular application. A competing filing comments, it will be presumed to Commission strongly encourages preliminary permit application must have no comments. One copy of an electronic filings. Please include the conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. agency’s comments must also be sent to project number (P–12890–000) on any n. Competing Development the Applicant’s representatives. comments or motions filed. Application: Any qualified development The Commission’s Rules of Practice applicant desiring to file a competing Kimberly D. Bose, and Procedure require all intervenors development application must submit to Secretary. filing documents with the Commission the Commission, on or before a [FR Doc. E7–20713 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] to serve a copy of that document on specified comment date for the particular application, either a BILLING CODE 6717–01–P each person in the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor competing development application or a files comments or documents with the notice of intent to file such an Commission relating to the merits of an application. Submission of a timely issue that may affect the responsibilities notice of intent to file a development of a particular resource agency, they application allows an interested person must also serve a copy of the document to file the competing application no on that resource agency. later than 120 days after the specified k. Description of Project: The comment date for the particular proposed project using the U.S. Army application. A competing license

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59529

application must conform with 18 CFR must be filed by providing the original summary of the substance of any oral 4.30 and 4.36. and the number of copies provided by communication. o. Notice of Intent: A notice of intent the Commission’s regulations to: The Prohibited communications are must specify the exact name, business Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory included in a public, non-decisional file address, and telephone number of the Commission, 888 First Street, NE., associated with, but not a part of, the prospective applicant, and must include Washington, DC 20426. An additional decisional record of the proceeding. an unequivocal statement of intent to copy must be sent to Director, Division Unless the Commission determines that submit, if such an application may be of Hydropower Administration and the prohibited communication and any filed, either a preliminary permit Compliance, Federal Energy Regulatory responses thereto should become a part application or a development Commission, at the above-mentioned application (specify which type of of the decisional record, the prohibited address. A copy of any notice of intent, off-the-record communication will not application). A notice of intent must be competing application or motion to served on the applicant(s) named in this be considered by the Commission in intervene must also be served upon each reaching its decision. Parties to a public notice. representative of the Applicant p. Proposed Scope of Studies Under proceeding may seek the opportunity to specified in the particular application. respond to any facts or contentions Permit: A preliminary permit, if issued, s. Agency Comments: Federal, State, made in a prohibited off-the-record does not authorize construction. The and local agencies are invited to file communication, and may request that term of the proposed preliminary permit comments on the described application. the Commission place the prohibited would be 36 months. The work A copy of the application may be proposed under the preliminary permit obtained by agencies directly from the communication and responses thereto would include economic analysis, Applicant. If an agency does not file in the decisional record. The preparation of preliminary engineering comments within the time specified for Commission will grant such a request plans, and a study of environmental filing comments, it will be presumed to only when it determines that fairness so impacts. Based on the results of these have no comments. One copy of an requires. Any person identified below as studies, the Applicant would decide agency’s comments must also be sent to having made a prohibited off-the-record whether to proceed with the preparation the Applicant’s representatives. communication shall serve the of a development application to document on all parties listed on the construct and operate the project. Kimberly D. Bose, official service list for the applicable q. Comments, Protests, or Motions to Secretary. proceeding in accordance with Rule Intervene: Anyone may submit [FR Doc. E7–20714 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] 2010, 18 CFR 385.2010. comments, a protest, or a motion to BILLING CODE 6717–01–P Exempt off-the-record intervene in accordance with the communications are included in the requirements of Rules of Practice and decisional record of the proceeding, Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, 385.211, DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY unless the communication was with a 385.214. In determining the appropriate cooperating agency as described by 40 Federal Energy Regulatory action to take, the Commission will CFR 1501.6, made under 18 CFR Commission consider all protests or other comments 385.2201(e)(1)(v). filed, but only those who file a motion Docket No. RM98–1–000 to intervene in accordance with the The following is a list of off-the- Commission’s Rules may become a Records Governing Off-the Record record communications recently party to the proceeding. Any comments, Communications; Public Notice received by the Secretary of the protests, or motions to intervene must Commission. The communications be received on or before the specified October 12, 2007. listed are grouped by docket numbers in comment date for the particular This constitutes notice, in accordance ascending order. These filings are application. with 18 CFR 385.2201(b), of the receipt available for review at the Commission r. Filing and Service of Responsive of prohibited and exempt off-the-record in the Public Reference Room or may be Documents: Any filings must bear in all communications. viewed on the Commission’s Web site at capital letters the title ‘‘COMMENTS’’, Order No. 607 (64 FR 51222, http://www.ferc.gov using the eLibrary ‘‘NOTICE OF INTENT TO FILE September 22, 1999) requires link. Enter the docket number, COMPETING APPLICATION’’, Commission decisional employees, who excluding the last three digits, in the ‘‘COMPETING APPLICATION’’, make or receive a prohibited or exempt docket number field to access the ‘‘PROTEST’’, and ‘‘MOTION TO off-the-record communication relevant document. For assistance, please contact INTERVENE’’, as applicable, and the to the merits of a contested proceeding, FERC, Online Support at Project Number of the particular to deliver to the Secretary of the [email protected] or toll application to which the filing refers. Commission, a copy of the free at (866) 208–3676, or for TTY, Any of the above-named documents communication, if written, or a contact (202) 502–8659.

Docket No. Date received Presenter or requester

Prohibited: 1. CP06–459–000 ...... 9–19–07 Gary M. Yaquinto. Exempt: 1. CP06–61–000 ...... 9–19–07 Hon. John Garamendi. 2. CP6–459–000 ...... 9–19–07 Hon. Janet Napolitano. 3. CP07–35–000, CP–7–36–000, CP07–37–000, CP07–38–000 ...... 10–9–07 Dan Pritchard.1 1 One of two letters from Mr. Pritchard (dated September 20, 2007 and September 25, 2007).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59530 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

Kimberly D. Bose, Form No.: N/A. (b) the accuracy of the Commission’s Secretary. Estimated Annual Burden: 103 burden estimate; (c) ways to enhance [FR Doc. E7–20715 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] responses; 315 total annual hours; 5 the quality, utility, and clarity of the BILLING CODE 6717–01–P hours per response. information collected; and (d) ways to Needs and uses: This collection was minimize the burden of the collection of approved as an extension to an existing information on the respondents, FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS collection with adjustments to the including the use of automated COMMISSION number of respondents and burden collection techniques or other forms of hours to reflect the most current information technology. Public Information Collections information available. Each State that DATES: Written Paperwork Reduction Approved by Office of Management desires non-rural carriers within the Act (PRA) comments should be and Budget state to receive federal high-cost support submitted on or before December 21, is required to certify that such carriers October 16, 2007. 2007. If you anticipate that you will be will use the support only for the submitting PRA comments, but find it SUMMARY: The Federal Communications provision, maintenance, and upgrading difficult to do so within the period of Commission (FCC) has received Office of facilities and services for which the time allowed by this notice, you should of Management and Budget (OMB) support is intended. Each State also is advise the FCC contact listed below as approval for the following public required to provide information to the soon as possible. information collections pursuant to the Commission regarding the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, comparability of residential rates in ADDRESSES: Direct all PRA comments to Public Law 104–13. An agency may not rural areas served by non-rural carriers Nicholas A. Fraser, Office of conduct or sponsor and a person is not within the state to urban rates Management and Budget, (202) 395– required to respond to a collection of nationwide. Pursuant to the certification 5887, or via fax at 202–395–5167 or via information unless it displays a process, each state is required to state internet at _ _ currently valid control number. whether its rates in rural areas served by Nicholas A. [email protected] and FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: non-rural carriers are reasonably to [email protected], Federal Thomas Butler, Federal comparable to urban rates nationwide Communications Commission, Room 1– Communications Commission, (202) and explain the basis for its conclusion B441, 445 12th Street, SW., DC 20554 or 418–1492 or via the Internet at as well as its proposed remedies, if an e-mail to [email protected]. If you would [email protected]. necessary. like to obtain or view a copy of this information collection after the 60 day SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Federal Communications Commission. comment period, you may do so by OMB Control No.: 3060–0807. Marlene H. Dortch, visiting the FCC PRA Web page at: OMB Approval Date: 9/27/2007. Secretary. Expiration Date: 09/30/2010. http://www.fcc.gov/omd/pra. Title: Section 51.803 and [FR Doc. E7–20733 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For Supplemental Procedures for Petitions BILLING CODE 6712–01–P additional information or copies of the Pursuant to Section 252(e)(5) of the information collection(s), contact Judith B. Herman at 202–418–0214 or via the Communications Act of 1934, as FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS Internet at [email protected]. amended. COMMISSION Form No.: N/A. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Estimated Annual Burden: 60 Notice of Public Information OMB Control Number: 3060–0262. responses; 1,600 total annual hours; 20 Collection(s) Being Submitted to the Title: Section 90.179, Shared Use of hours per respondent. Office of Management and Budget, Radio Stations. Needs and Uses: This collection was Comment Requested Form No.: N/A. approved as an extension to an existing Type of Review: Extension of a collection with adjustments to the October 10, 2007. currently approved collection. number of respondents and burden SUMMARY: The Federal Communications Respondents: Business or other for- hours to reflect the most current Commission, as part of its continuing profit, not-for-profit, and state, local or information available. Any interested effort to reduce paperwork burden tribal government. party seeking preemption of a state invites the general public and other Number of Respondents: 42,000 commission’s jurisdiction based on the Federal agencies to take this respondents; 42,000 responses. state commission’s failure to act shall opportunity to comment on the Estimated Time Per Response: .25–.75 notify the Commission (47 U.S.C. following information collection(s), as hours. 252(e)(5) and 47 CFR 51.803). In a 1997 required by the Paperwork Reduction Frequency of Response: On occasion Public Notice the Commission set out Act (PRA) of 1995, Public Law 104–13. reporting requirement, recordkeeping procedures for filing petitions for An agency may not conduct or sponsor requirement. preemption pursuant to section a collection of information unless it Obligation To Respond: Required to 252(e)(5). All the information will be displays a currently valid control obtain or retain benefits. used to ensure that section 252(e)(5) number. No person shall be subject to Total Annual Burden: 42,000 hours. petitioners have complied with their any penalty for failing to comply with Total Annual Cost: N/A. obligations under the Communications a collection of information subject to the Privacy Act Impact Assessment: N/A. Act of 1934, as amended. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) that Nature and Extent of Confidentiality: OMB Control No.: 3060–0894. does not display a valid control number. There is no need for confidentiality. OMB Approval Date: 9/27/2007. Comments are requested concerning (a) Needs and Uses: The Commission Expiration Date: 09/30/2010. whether the proposed collection of will submit this extension to the OMB Title: Certification Letter Accounting information is necessary for the proper after this 60 day comment period to for Receipt of Federal Support and Rate performance of the functions of the obtain the full three-year clearance from Comparability Review and Certification Commission, including whether the them. There is no change in the (47 CFR 54.313 and 54.316). information shall have practical utility; reporting or recordkeeping

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59531

requirements. However, the total annual information on the respondents, Total Annual Burden: 708,806 hours. burden has been modified. The including the use of automated Total Annual Costs: $4,360,500. Commission was directed by the United collection techniques or other forms of Nature and Extent of Confidentiality: States Congress, in the Balanced Budget information technology. Confidentiality is an issue to the extent Act of 1997, to dedicate 2.4 MHz of DATES: Written Paperwork Reduction that individuals and households electromagnetic spectrum in the 746– Act (PRA) comments should be provide personally identifiable 806 MHz band for public safety services. submitted on or before November 21, information, which is covered under the Section 90.179 requires that Part 90 2007. If you anticipate that you will be FCC’s system of records notice (SORN), licensees that share use of their private submitting comments, but find it FCC/CGB–1, ‘‘Informal Complaints and land mobile radio facility on a non- difficult to do so within the period of Inquiries.’’ profit, cost-sharing basis, keep a written time allowed by this notice, you should Privacy Impact Assessment: Yes. The sharing agreement as part of the station advise the contacts listed below as soon Privacy Impact Assessment was records. Regardless of the method of as possible. completed on June 28, 2007. It may be sharing, an up-to-date list of persons ADDRESSES: Direct all PRA comments to reviewed at: http://www.fcc.gov/omd/ who are sharing the station and the privacyact/ Nicholas A. Fraser, Office of _ _ basis of their eligibility under Part 90 Management and Budget, via Internet at Privacy Impact Assessment.html. must be maintained. The recordkeeping [email protected] or via Needs and Uses: The reporting requirement is necessary to identify fax at (202) 395–5167 and to Cathy requirements included under this OMB users of the system should interference Williams, Federal Communications Control Number 3060–0519 enable the problems develop. This information is Commission, Room 1–C823, 445 12th Commission to gather information used by the Commission to investigate Street, SW., Washington, DC or via regarding violations of the Do-Not-Call interference complaints and resolve Internet at [email protected] or Implementation Act (Do-Not-Call Act). interference and operational complaints [email protected]. If the information collection was not that may arise among the users. To view a copy of this information conducted, the Commission would be unable to track and enforce violations Federal Communications Commission. collection request (ICR) submitted to OMB: (1) Go to the Web page http:// the Do-Not-Call Act. The Do-Not-Call Marlene H. Dortch, www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain, rules provide consumers with several Secretary. (2) look for the section of the Web page options for avoiding most unwanted [FR Doc. E7–20734 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] called ‘‘Currently Under Review,’’ (3) telephone solicitations. BILLING CODE 6712–01–P click on the downward-pointing arrow This national do-not-call registry in the ‘‘Select Agency’’ box below the supplements the current company- ‘‘Currently Under Review’’ heading, (4) specific do-not-call rules for those FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS select ‘‘Federal Communications consumers who wish to continue COMMISSION Commission’’ from the list of agencies requesting that particular companies not presented in the ‘‘Select Agency’’ box, call them. Any company, which is asked Public Information Collection by a consumer, including an existing Requirement Submitted to OMB for (5) click the ‘‘Submit’’ button to the right of the ‘‘Select Agency’’ box, (6) customer, not to call again must honor Review and Approval, Comments when the list of FCC ICRs currently that request for five (5) years. The Requested under review appears, look for the title Commission retains the current calling October 12, 2007. of this ICR (or its OMB control number, time restrictions of 8 a.m. until 9 p.m. if there is one) and then click on the ICR However, a provision of the SUMMARY: The Federal Communications Reference Number to view detailed Commission’s rules allows consumers to Commission, as part of its continuing give specific companies permission to effort to reduce paperwork burden, information about this ICR.’’ FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For call them through an express written invites the general public and other agreement. Nonprofit organizations, Federal agencies to take this additional information or copies of the information collection(s), contact Cathy companies with whom consumers have opportunity to comment on the an established business relationship, following information collection, as Williams at (202) 418–2918. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: and calls to persons with whom the required by the Paperwork Reduction telemarketer has a personal relationship Act of 1995, Public Law 104–13. An OMB Control Number: 3060–0519. Title: Rules and Regulations are exempt from the ‘‘do-not-call’’ agency may not conduct or sponsor a requirements. collection of information unless it Implementing the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) of 1991, CG On September 21, 2004, the displays a currently valid control Commission released the Safe Harbor number. No person shall be subject to Docket No. 02–278. Form Number: Not applicable. Order establishing a limited safe harbor any penalty for failing to comply with Type of Review: Extension of a in which persons will not be liable for a collection of information subject to the currently approved collection. placing autodialed and prerecorded Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) that Respondents: Business or other for- message calls to numbers ported from a does not display a valid control number. profit entities; Individuals or wireline service within the previous 15 Comments are requested concerning (a) households; Not-for-profit institutions. days. The Commission also amended its whether the proposed collection of Number of Respondents: 49,397. existing national do-not-call registry information is necessary for the proper Estimated Time Per Response: .004 safe harbor to require telemarketers to performance of the functions of the hours (15 seconds)—2 hours (average scrub their lists against the do-not-call Commission, including whether the per response). database every 31 days. information shall have practical utility; Frequency of Response: (b) the accuracy of the Commission’s Recordkeeping requirement; On Federal Communications Commission. burden estimate; (c) ways to enhance occasion reporting requirement; Third Marlene H. Dortch, the quality, utility, and clarity of the party disclosure requirement. Secretary. information collected; and (d) ways to Obligation to Respond: Required to [FR Doc. E7–20750 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] minimize the burden of the collection of obtain or retain benefits. BILLING CODE 6712–01–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59532 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS B. Herman at 202–418–0214 or via the buildings and campuses, to the extent COMMISSION Internet at [email protected]. that such conduits and rights-of-way are SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: owned or controlled by the utility; and Notice of Public Information OMB Control Number: 3060–0975. (4) extended to antennas that receive Collection(s) Being Submitted for Title: Sections 68.3 and 1.4000, and transmit telecommunications and Review to the Office of Management Promotion of Competitive Networks in other fixed wireless signals the existing and Budget Local Telecommunications Markets prohibition of restrictions that impair the installation, maintenance or use of October 11, 2007. Multiple Tenant Environments (MTEs). Form No.: N/A. certain video antennas on property SUMMARY: The Federal Communications Type of Review: Extension of a within the exclusive use or control of Commission, as part of its continuing currently approved collection. the antenna user, where the user has a effort to reduce paperwork burden Respondents: Business or other for- direct or indirect ownership or invites the general public and other profit, not-for profit institutions, Federal leasehold interest in the property. Federal agencies to take this Government, and state, local or tribal This information will facilitate opportunity to comment on the government. efficient interaction between premises following information collection(s), as Number of Respondents: 5,983 owners and LECs regarding the required by the Paperwork Reduction respondents; 5,983 responses. placement of the demarcation point, Act (PRA) of 1995, Public Law 104–13. Estimated Time Per Response: .50–10 which marks the end of wiring under An agency may not conduct or sponsor hours. control of the LEC and the beginning of a collection of information unless it Frequency of Response: On occasion wiring under control of the premises displays a currently valid control reporting requirement and third party owner or subscriber. number. No person shall be subject to disclosure requirement. The demarcation point is a critical any penalty for failing to comply with Obligation to Respond: Required to point of interconnection where a collection of information subject to the obtain or retain benefits. competitive LECs can gain access to the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) that Total Annual Burden: 215,882 hours. inside wiring of the building to provide does not display a valid control number. Total Annual Cost: N/A. service to customers in the building. Comments are requested concerning (a) Privacy Act Impact Assessment: N/A. This collection will also help ensure whether the proposed collection of Nature and Extent of Confidentiality: that customer-end antennas used for information is necessary for the proper There is no need for confidentiality. telecommunications service comply performance of the functions of the Needs and Uses: The Commission with the Commission’s limits on radio Commission, including whether the will submit this information collection frequency exposure, and it will provide information shall have practical utility; to the OMB as an extension (no change the Commission with information on (b) the accuracy of the Commission’s in the reporting requirement or third the state of the market. In short, this burden estimate; (c) ways to enhance party disclosure requirement) during information will be used to foster the quality, utility, and clarity of the this comment period to obtain the full competition in local information collected; and (d) ways to three-year clearance from them. There is telecommunications markets by minimize the burden of the collection of a change in the number of respondents/ ensuring that competing information on the respondents, responses and the burden hours. telecommunications providers are able including the use of automated In October 2000, the Federal to provide services to customers in collection techniques or other forms of Communications Commission adopted multiple tenant environments (MTEs). information technology. and released several rulemakings to Federal Communications Commission. DATES: Written Paperwork Reduction foster competition in local Marlene H. Dortch, Act (PRA) comments should be communications markets by Secretary. submitted on or before November 21, implementing measures to ensure that [FR Doc. E7–20755 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] 2007. If you anticipate that you will be competing telecommunications BILLING CODE 6712–01–P submitting PRA comments, but find it providers are able to provide services to difficult to do so within the period of customers in multiple tenet time allowed by this notice, you should environments (MTEs). FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS advise the FCC contact listed below as Specifically, the rulemakings require COMMISSION soon as possible. the following: (1) Prohibited carriers from entering into contracts that restrict [Report No. 2837] ADDRESSES: Direct all PRA comments to or effectively restrict a property owner’s Nicholas A. Fraser, Office of Petitions for Reconsideration of Action ability to permit entry by competing in Rulemaking Proceeding Management and Budget, (202) 395– carriers; (2) established procedures to 5887, or via fax at 202–395–5167 or via facilitate moving the demarcation point October 12, 2007. Internet at to the minimum point of entry (MPOE) Petitions for Reconsideration have [email protected] and at the building owner’s request, and been filed in the Commission’s to Judith-B. [email protected], Federal requires incumbent local exchange Rulemaking proceeding listed in this Communications Commission, Room 1– carriers (LECs) to timely disclose the Public Notice and published pursuant to B441, 445 12th Street, SW., DC 20554 or location of existing demarcation points 47 CFR 1.429(e). The full text of these an e-mail to [email protected]. If you would where they are not located at the MPOE; documents are available for viewing and like to obtain or view a copy of this (3) determined that, under section 224 copying in Room CY–B402, 445 12th information collection, you may do so of the Communications Act, utilities, Street, SW., Washington, DC or may be by visiting the FCC PRA Web page at: including LECs, must afford purchased from the Commission’s copy http://www.fcc.gov/omd/pra. telecommunications carriers and cable contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For service providers reasonable and (BCPI) (1–800–378–3160). Oppositions additional information or copies of the nondiscriminatory access to conduits to these petitions must be filed by information collection(s), contact Judith and rights-of-way located in customer November 6, 2007. See section 1.4(b)(1)

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59533

of the Commission’s rules (47 CFR PERSON TO CONTACT FOR INFORMATION: Dated: October 15, 2007. 1.4(b)(1). Replies to oppositions must be Mr. Robert Biersack, Press Officer, Elaine L. Baker, filed within 10 days after the time for Telephone: (202) 694–1220. Acting Director, Management Analysis and filing oppositions have expired. Services Office, Centers for Disease Control Mary W. Dove, Subject: In the Matter of and Prevention (CDC). Reexamination of Roaming Obligations Secretary of the Commission. [FR Doc. E7–20718 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] [FR Doc. 07–5231 Filed 10–18–07; 3:18 pm] of Commercial Mobile Radio Service BILLING CODE 4163–18–P Providers (WT Docket No. 05–265). BILLING CODE 6715–01–M Number of Petitions Filed: 5. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Marlene H. Dortch, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Secretary. HUMAN SERVICES [FR Doc. E7–20737 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Centers for Disease Control and BILLING CODE 6712–01–P Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Prevention Notice of Establishment FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS Notice of Establishment COMMISSION Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. [Report No. 2836] Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), the Secretary, Department Appendix 2), the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), Petitions for Reconsideration of Action of Health and Human Services (HHS), announces the establishment of the in Rulemaking Proceeding announces the establishment of the Board of Scientific Counselors, Board of Scientific Counselors, Coordinating Office for Terrorism October 15, 2007. Coordinating Center for Health Preparedness and Emergency Response Petitions for Reconsideration have Promotion (CCHP). (COTPER). been filed in the Commission’s This board is established to ensure This board is established to ensure Rulemaking proceeding listed in this that the coordinating center has access that the coordinating office has access to Public Notice and published pursuant to to external viewpoints, the capacity to external viewpoints, the capacity to 47 CFR 1.429(e). The full text of these conduct peer review of scientific conduct peer review of scientific documents are available for viewing and programs, and perform second level programs, and perform second level copying in Room CY–B402, 445 12th peer-review of research applications. peer-review of research applications. Street, SW., Washington, DC or may be The Board of Scientific Counselors, The Board of Scientific Counselors, purchased from the Commission’s copy CCHP will advise the Secretary, HHS; COTPER will advise the Secretary, HHS; contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc. and the Director, Centers for Disease and the Director, Centers for Disease (BCPI) (1–800–378–3160). Oppositions Control and Prevention; concerning Control and Prevention; concerning to these petitions must be filed by strategies and goals for the programs strategies and goals for the programs November 6, 2007. See Section 1.4(b)(1) and research within the national and research within the national of the Commission’s rules (47 CFR centers; shall conduct peer-review of centers; shall conduct peer-review of 1.4(b)(1). Replies to oppositions must be scientific programs; and monitor the scientific programs; and monitor the filed within 10 days after the time for overall strategic direction and focus of overall strategic direction and focus of filing oppositions have expired. the national centers. The board, after the national centers. The board, after Subject: In the Matter of Advanced conducting its periodic reviews, shall conducting its periodic reviews, shall Television Systems and Their Impact submit a written description of the submit a written description of the upon the Existing Television Broadcast results of the review and its results of the review and its Service (MB Docket No. 87–268). recommendations to the Director, CDC. recommendations to the Director, CDC. Number of Petitions Filed: 14. The board shall perform second-level The board shall also perform second- Marlene H. Dortch, peer review of applications for grants- level peer review of applications for Secretary. in-aid for research and research training grants-in-aid for research and research [FR Doc. E7–20760 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] activities, cooperative agreements, and training activities, cooperative BILLING CODE 6712–01–P research contract proposals relating to agreements, and research contract the broad areas within the national proposals relating to the broad areas centers. within the national centers. For information, contact Dr. Karen For information, contact Dr. Dan FEDERAL ELECTION COMMISSION Steinberg, Executive Secretary, Centers Sosin, Executive Secretary, Centers for Sunshine Act Notices for Disease Control and Prevention, of Disease Control and Prevention, of the the Department of Health and Human Department of Health and Human AGENCY: Federal Election Commission. Services, 4770 Buford Highway, NE., Services, 1600 Clifton Road, N.E., Mailstop D44, Atlanta, Georgia 30333, DATE AND TIME: Thursday, October 25, Mailstop K88, Atlanta, Georgia 30341– 2007, at 10 a.m. 3713, telephone 770/488–6067 or fax telephone 404/639–7855 or fax 404/ 770/488–6448. 639–7977. PLACE: 999 E Street, NW., Washington, The Director, Management Analysis The Director, Management Analysis DC (Ninth Floor). and Services Office, has been delegated and Services Office, has been delegated STATUS: This meeting will be open to the the authority to sign Federal Register the authority to sign Federal Register public. notices pertaining to announcements of notices pertaining to announcements of THE FOLLOWING ITEM HAS BEEN ADDED TO meetings and other committee meetings and other committee THE AGENDA: Policy Statement Making management activities, for both the CDC management activities, for both the CDC Permanent a Program for Probable Cause and the Agency for Toxic Substances and the Agency for Toxic Substances Hearings. and Disease Registry. and Disease Registry.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59534 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

Dated: October 15, 2007. Dated: October 15, 2007. Dated: October 15, 2007. Elaine L. Baker, Elaine L. Baker, Elaine L. Baker, Acting Director, Management Analysis and Acting Director, Management Analysis and Acting Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, Centers for Disease Control Services Office, Centers for Disease Control Services Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). and Prevention (CDC). and Prevention (CDC). [FR Doc. E7–20717 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] [FR Doc. E7–20692 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] [FR Doc. E7–20701 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4163–18–P BILLING CODE 4163–18–P BILLING CODE 4163–18–P

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES HUMAN SERVICES HUMAN SERVICES

Centers for Disease Control and Centers for Disease Control and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Prevention Prevention Notice of Establishment Notice of Establishment Ethics Subcommittee, Advisory Committee to the Director (ACD), Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Centers for Disease Control and Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. Prevention (CDC) Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), the Secretary, Department Appendix 2), the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of of Health and Human Services (HHS), announces the establishment of the announces the establishment of the the Federal Advisory Committee Act Board of Scientific Counselors, National (Pub. L. 92–463), CDC announces the Board of Scientific Counselors, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control Center for Health Marketing (NCHM). following meeting for the (NCIPC). aforementioned subcommittee: This board is established to ensure This board is established to ensure that the national center has access to Times and Dates: that the national center has access to 1 p.m.–5:30 p.m., November 15, 2007. external viewpoints, the capacity to external viewpoints, the capacity to 8:30 a.m.–3:30 p.m., November 16, 2007. conduct peer review of scientific conduct peer review of scientific Place: CDC, Century Center Campus, 1825 programs, and perform second level programs, and perform second level Century Boulevard, Conference Room 1 A/B, peer-review of research applications. peer-review of research applications. Atlanta, Georgia 30345. The Board of Scientific Counselors, Status: Open to the public, limited only by The Board of Scientific Counselors, the space available. The meeting room NCHM will advise the Secretary, HHS; NCIPC will advise the Secretary, HHS; and the Director, Centers for Disease accommodates approximately 70 people. To and the Director, Centers for Disease accommodate public participation in the Control and Prevention; concerning Control and Prevention (CDC); meeting, a conference telephone line will be strategies and goals for the programs concerning strategies and goals for the available. The public is welcome to and research within the national programs and research within the participate during the public comment centers; shall conduct peer-review of national centers; shall conduct peer- periods by calling (866) 919–3560 and scientific programs; and monitor the review of scientific programs; and entering code 4168828. The public comment overall strategic direction and focus of monitor the overall strategic direction periods are tentatively scheduled from 4:45 the national centers. The board, after p.m.–5 p.m. on November 15, 2007 and from and focus of the national centers. The 3 p.m.–3:15 p.m. on November 16, 2007. conducting its periodic reviews, shall board, after conducting its periodic submit a written description of the Purpose: The Ethics Subcommittee will reviews, shall submit a written provide counsel to the ACD, CDC regarding results of the review and its description of the results of the review a broad range of public health ethics recommendations to the Director, CDC. and its recommendations to the questions and issues arising from programs, The board shall also perform second- Director, CDC. The board shall also scientists, and practitioners. level peer review of applications for perform second-level peer review of Matters to be Discussed: Agenda items will grants-in-aid for research and research applications for grants-in-aid for include: Ethical Guidance for Public Health training activities, cooperative research and research training activities, Emergency Preparedness and Response; agreements, and research contract Ethical Guidance for Non-Research Data cooperative agreements, and research Collections; and Updates on Activities proposals relating to the broad areas contract proposals relating to the broad within the national centers. relating to CDC Partnerships, Genomics Best areas within the national centers. practices, and Pandemic Influenza For information, contact Dr. Kathleen For information, contact Dr. Preparedness. Agenda items are subject to McDuffie, Executive Secretary, Centers Gwendolyn Cattledge, Executive change as priorities dictate. for Disease Control and Prevention, of Secretary, Centers for Disease Control For security reasons, members of the the Department of Health and Human and Prevention, of the Department of public interested in attending the meeting Services, 1600 Clifton Road, N.E., should contact the person below. The Health and Human Services, 4770 deadline for notification of attendance is Mailstop E21, Atlanta, Georgia 30333, Buford Highway, NE., Mailstop K02, November 9, 2007. telephone 404/498–1114 or fax 404/ Atlanta, Georgia 30341, telephone 770/ Contact Person for More Information: Drue 498–1112. 488–4655 or fax 770/488–4422. Barrett, Ph.D., Designated Federal Official, The Director, Management Analysis The Director, Management Analysis Ethics Subcommittee, CDC, 1600 Clifton and Services Office, has been delegated and Services Office, has been delegated Road, NE., M/S D–50, Atlanta, Georgia the authority to sign Federal Register the authority to sign Federal Register 30333. Telephone (404) 639–4690. E-mail: [email protected]. notices pertaining to announcements of notices pertaining to announcements of The Director, Management Analysis and meetings and other committee meetings and other committee Services Office, has been delegated the management activities, for both the CDC management activities, for both the CDC authority to sign Federal Register notices and the Agency for Toxic Substances and the Agency for Toxic Substances pertaining to announcements of meetings and and Disease Registry. and Disease Registry. other committee management activities, for

VerDate Aug<31>2005 16:04 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59535

both CDC and the Agency for Toxic Dated: October 15, 2007. Dated: October 15, 2007. Substances and Disease Registry. Elaine L. Baker, Elaine L. Baker, Dated: October 15, 2007. Acting Director, Management Analysis and Acting Director, Management Analysis and Elaine L. Baker, Services Office, Centers for Disease Control Services Office, Centers for Disease Control Acting Director, Management Analysis and and Prevention. and Prevention. Services Office, Centers for Disease Control [FR Doc. E7–20688 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] [FR Doc. E7–20699 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4163–18–P and Prevention (CDC). BILLING CODE 4163–18–P [FR Doc. E7–20696 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4163–18–P DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Administration for Children and HUMAN SERVICES Centers for Disease Control and Families Prevention Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Proposed Information Collection Healthcare Infection Control Practices Activity; Comment Request; Proposed Advisory Committee (HICPAC) Disease, Disability, and Injury Project Prevention and Control Special Correction: This notice was published Title: Compassion Capital Fund Emphasis Panel: Centers for Disease in the Federal Register on October 11, Impact Evaluation Process Study. Control and Prevention (CDC) Grants 2007, Volume 72, Number 196, page OMB No.: New Collection. for Public Health Research Description: The information Dissertation, Program Announcement 57947–57948. The Place should read as follows: collection activity proposed under this (PA) PAR 07–231, Panel A notice will obtain information about Place: Department of Health and intermediary grantee agencies providing Correction: This notice was published Human Services Building, 395 E Street, capacity building assistance to faith- in the Federal Register on October 10, SW., Suite 9100, Washington, DC 20201. 2007, Volume 72, Number 195, page based and community organizations Contact Person for More Information: 57582. The time and date should read under the Compassion Capital Fund Angela B. Scott, Committee as follows: (CCF) Demonstration program. The Management Specialist, HICPAC, information gathered under this data Time and Date: 8:30 a.m.–5 p.m., Division of Healthcare Quality collection activity will be used to November 15, 2007 (Closed). Promotion, NCPDCID, CDC, 1600 describe the approach and methods Contact Person for More Information: Clifton Road, N.E., Mailstop A 45, used by intermediaries to provide the Juliana Cyril, PhD, MPH, Scientific Atlanta, GA 30333. Telephone (404) services that are being evaluated in the Review Administrator, Office of the 639–1526. CCF impact evaluation. Information Chief Science Officer, CDC, 1600 Clifton collection will be through informal The Director, Management Analysis Road, NE., Mailstop D 72, Atlanta, GA discussions and observations on-site at and Services Office, has been delegated 30333. Telephone (404) 639–4896. the organizations, using uniform The Director, Management Analysis the authority to sign Federal Register protocols. and Services Office, has been delegated notices pertaining to announcements of Respondents: Directors and staff the authority to sign Federal Register meetings and other committee providing technical assistance and notices pertaining to announcements of management activities, for both CDC related services to faith-based and meetings and other committee and the Agency for Toxic Substances community organizations and directors management activities, for both CDC and Disease Registry. and staff in faith-based and community and the Agency for Toxic Substances organizations that have received and Disease Registry. capacity building assistance.

ANNUAL BURDEN ESTIMATES

Number of re- Average bur- Instrument Number of re- sponses per den hours per Total burden spondents respondent response hours

Intermediary Protocol for Executive Director ...... 10 1 3 30 Intermediary Protocol for Key Staff ...... 30 1 1 30 Faith-based or Community Organization Protocol for Executive Director ...... 30 1 2 60 Faith-based or Community Organization Protocol for Key Staff ...... 60 1 1 60

Estimated Total Annual Burden information can be obtained and should be identified by the title of the Hours: 180. comments may be forwarded by writing information collection. In compliance with the requirements to the Administration for Children and The Department specifically requests of Section 3506(c)(1)(A) of the Families, Office of Administration, comments on: (a) Whether the proposed Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of Information Services, 370 collection of information is necessary Administration for Children and L’Enfant Promenade, SW., Washington, for the proper performance of the Families is soliciting public comment DC 20447. Attn: ACF Reports Clearance functions of the agency, including on the specific aspects of the Officer. E-mail address: whether the information shall have information collection described above. [email protected]. All requests practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Copies of the proposed collection of agency’s estimate of the burden of the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59536 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

proposed collection of information; (c) the Internet at http://www.fda.gov/ products and solicited relevant the quality, utility, and clarity of the ohrms/dockets. information and comments on this information to be collected; and (d) Dated: October 12, 2007. concept. The purpose was to garner views and information on the feasibility ways to minimize the burden of the Jeffrey Shuren, collection of information on of establishing an efficient process for Assistant Commissioner for Policy. respondents. Consideration will be industry to electronically distribute given to comments and suggestions [FR Doc. E7–20756 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] prescribing information to dispensers. submitted within 60 days of this BILLING CODE 4160–01–S The PIs with prescribing information publication. accompany prescription human drugs to Dated: October 10, 2007. meet the requirement that ‘‘labeling on DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND or within the package from which the Brendan C. Kelly, HUMAN SERVICES drug is to be dispensed bears adequate Reports Clearance Officer. Food and Drug Administration information for its use * * *’’ (21 CFR [FR Doc. 07–5176 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] 201.100(c)(1)). For additional BILLING CODE 4184–01–M [Docket No. 2007N–0114] information, see the April 2, 2007, notice ( 72 FR 15701). Electronic Distribution of Prescribing Currently, the PI contains the DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Information for Prescription Drug prescribing information for the safe and HUMAN SERVICES Products; Reopening of Comment effective use of the product in the form Period of a paper leaflet. Although the Food and Drug Administration AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, information in the PI is a valuable resource, it is often not readily [Docket No. 2006N–0133] HHS. accessible when a healthcare provider ACTION: Notice; reopening of comment who has not physically received the Agency Information Collection period. Activities; Announcement of Office of drug makes a treatment decision or Management and Budget Approval; SUMMARY: The Food and Drug discusses treatments with a patient. Experimental Evaluation of Variations Administration (FDA) is reopening to Additionally, the PI may not contain the in Content and Format of the Brief December 6, 2007 the comment period most current information, because the PI Summary in Direct-to-Consumer Print for the notice that published in the accompanying the drug’s distribution Advertisements for Prescription Drugs Federal Register of April 2, 2007 (72 FR may have been printed and distributed 15701); this notice was related to the prior to more recent labeling changes. AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, public hearing of April 27, 2007, Accordingly, with technological HHS. concerning the electronic distribution of advances in the electronic transmission ACTION: Notice. FDA-approved prescribing information of information, we are considering how currently contained in the package prescribing information could be more SUMMARY: The Food and Drug insert (PI) for prescription drug and effectively disseminated. Administration (FDA) is announcing biological products. FDA is reopening FDA is reopening the comment period that a collection of information entitled the comment period for the sole purpose for the sole purpose of inviting ‘‘Experimental Evaluation of Variations of inviting interested persons to submit interested persons to submit comments in Content and Format of the Brief comments on the concept of electronic addressing a number of questions Summary in Direct-to-Consumer (DTC) distribution of FDA-approved regarding the current use of package Print Advertisements for Prescription prescribing information currently inserts for animal drug products and Drugs’’ has been approved by the Office contained in the PI for prescription those logistical issues associated with of Management and Budget (OMB) animal drug products. electronic distribution of such prescribing information for animal drug under the Paperwork Reduction Act of DATES: Submit written or electronic 1995. products. The previous request for comments by December 6, 2007. comments was limited to human drugs FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: ADDRESSES: Submit written comments Karen L. Nelson, Office of the Chief and biologics. As with prescription to the Division of Dockets Management human drugs, the PIs with prescribing Information Officer (HFA–250), Food (HFA–305), Food and Drug and Drug Administration, 5600 Fishers information accompany prescription Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. animal drugs to meet the requirement Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, 301–827– 1061, Rockville, MD 20852. Submit 4816. that ‘‘labeling on or within the package electronic comments to either http:// from which the drug is to be dispensed SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In the www.fda.gov/dockets/ecomments or bears adequate information for its use Federal Register of March 14, 2007 (72 http://www.regulations.gov. ***’’ (21 CFR 201.105(c)(1)). FDA FR 11889), the agency announced that FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Erik approves the prescribing information as the proposed information collection had Mettler, Office of Policy (HF–11), Food part of both human and animal drug been submitted to OMB for review and and Drug Administration, 5600 Fishers labeling in the drug application. The clearance under 44 U.S.C. 3507. An Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, 301–827– request for comment is to gain a better agency may not conduct or sponsor, and 3360, [email protected]. understanding of how PIs for animal a person is not required to respond to, SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: drugs are currently used by healthcare a collection of information unless it entities as we consider new approaches I. Background displays a currently valid OMB control for the dissemination of labeling number. OMB has now approved the In the Federal Register notice of April information. information collection and has assigned 2, 2007 (72 FR 15701), FDA published OMB control number 0910–0611. The a notice of public hearing concerning II. Issues for Discussion approval expires on October 31, 2010. A the concept of the electronic FDA is specifically interested in copy of the supporting statement for this distribution of PIs for human receiving comments on the following information collection is available on prescription drugs and biological questions and any other pertinent

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59537

information related to the electronic there some products or classes of providers serving the oral health needs distribution of the prescribing products that should continue to have of underserved populations. information for animals. paper prescribing information Amount of award: $200,000. accompany the product? Project period: 1 year; September 25, A. General (11) If electronic prescribing 2007, to September 24, 2008. (1) Currently, who uses and benefits information were to be used instead of SUMMARY: HRSA’s BPHC has performed from the prescribing information? paper inserts, then how should a formal review of an unsolicited (2) How can electronic distribution electronic prescribing information be proposal from NNOHA to establish a and access of the prescribing implemented? Should electronic cooperative agreement with HRSA to information be accomplished? prescribing information be phased in? If provide services and resources to (3) Would electronic distribution and so, over what time period? Which support the Health Center Program’s access of the prescribing information products should use electronic oral health providers serving the oral improve the public health? prescribing information first? health needs of underserved (4) Would electronic distribution and populations. BPHC has reviewed the access of prescribing information III. How to Submit Comments proposal and has determined that it has improve prescribing habits? If so, how? Interested persons may submit to the merit. This request is of strategic (5) How might we ensure that changes Division of Dockets Management (see importance to the Department of Health in the distribution and access of the and Human Services (HHS) and is time ADDRESSES) written or electronic prescribing information will not comments regarding this document. critical. Funding for the proposed negatively affect the current users? Submit a single copy of electronic activities will promote access to oral (6) Would an increase in electronic comments to http://www.fda.gov/ health services as an integral component access to prescribing information affect dockets/ecomments or two paper copies of primary health care, improve the prescribers, pharmacists, clients and of any mailed comments, except that quality of those services provided, and patients? If so, how? individuals may submit one paper copy. sustain the forward motion of (7) Are there any issues particular to Comments are to be identified with the departmental priorities in this area. the prescribing information for animal The Cooperative Agreement with docket number at the heading of this drugs that are dissimilar or distinct from NNOHA will have a project period of 1 document. Received comments may be those associated with human drugs and year with funding at $200,000. The seen in the office above between 9 a.m. that might affect the feasibility of funds will support selected activities and 4 p .m., Monday through Friday. electronic distribution of labeling? described in the application to develop Dated: October 16, 2007. a national infrastructure to support B. Logistics Jeffrey Shuren, improved access to oral health care, and (1) Generally and without focusing on Assistant Commissioner for Policy. improved quality and workforce vendor-specific methods, how can [FR Doc. E7–20759 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] development for the growing number of electronic distribution of prescribing BILLING CODE 4160–01–S health center oral health programs. information be accomplished? The key anticipated outcomes of the (2) What are the costs associated with proposed cooperative agreement are as the successful implementation of DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND follows: electronic distribution and access to HUMAN SERVICES • The development of oral health prescribing information, including clinical quality infrastructure to support startup and maintenance expenses? Health Resources and Services HRSA in achieving its goal of improved Please breakdown costs per healthcare Administration quality of care; sector. • The development of a recruitment (3) Is the technology and HRSA’s Bureau of Primary Health Care and retention strategy to address dentist infrastructure currently available to (BPHC) Awards Unsolicited Proposal and dental hygienist vacancies, accomplish electronic distribution and for Cooperative Agreement to the including National Health Service Corps access? If so, what is available? If not, National Network for Oral Health dentist and dental hygiene openings; what is needed? Access and (4) What are other potential barriers to • NNOHA will work in collaboration AGENCY: accomplishing the electronic Health Resources and Services with HRSA to implement a strategy to prescribing information? Administration (HRSA), HHS. integrate oral health as it moves all of (5) How can we ensure that electronic ACTION: HRSA’s Bureau of Primary its programs forward in Health prescribing information is accessible to Health Care (BPHC) announces the Information Technology to assure that those who need the information? award of an unsolicited proposal from oral health strategies are included. (6) How do we meet the needs of the National Network for Oral Health There is a strategic importance of those who do not have electronic Access (NNOHA) to establish a access to oral health as part of the capability? cooperative agreement with HRSA primary care services supported by (7) In case of emergency or when a providing services and resources to BPHC’s Health Center Program. The computer system is down, what might support the Health Center Program’s Health Center Program has had be the backup? oral health providers serving the oral significant growth as part of the (8) How should electronically health needs of underserved President’s Health Center Initiative. The disseminated prescribing information be populations. number of patients seen by the Health regularly updated and remain current? Center Program has increased by 90 (9) What are the roles for the involved Recipient: National Network for Oral percent. Health centers have reported parties (manufacturers, third-parties, Health Access, Ft. Lupton, Colorado. significant challenges recruiting and health professionals, FDA, and Purpose of the award: Cooperative retaining oral health providers. consumers)? Agreement with HRSA to provide Consequently, HRSA has determined (10) Should all products have services and resources to support the that the scope of this proposal is electronic prescribing information or are Health Center Program’s oral health immediate and necessary. The proposed

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59538 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

outcomes will contribute to the success DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Dated: October 15, 2007. and quality of oral health programs and HUMAN SERVICES Jennifer Spaeth, are essential for long term sustainability Director, Office of Federal Advisory and viability of health centers funded by National Institutes of Health Committee Policy. HRSA. [FR Doc. 07–5206 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] National Heart, Lung, and Blood BILLING CODE 4140–01–M This award is being made non- Institute; Notice of Closed Meetings competitively because there is no current, pending, or planned funding Pursuant to section 10(d) of the DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND opportunity announcement under Federal Advisory Committee Act, as HUMAN SERVICES which this proposal could be competed. amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice HRSA/BPHC has identified three key is hereby given of the following National Institutes of Health reasons to support rationale for not meetings. National Institute of General Medical awarding competitively: The meetings will be closed to the Sciences; Notice of Closed Meetings 1. NNOHA is uniquely positioned to public in accordance with the provide oral health program support provisions set forth in sections Pursuant to section 10(d) of the services on a national basis to 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., Federal Advisory Committee Act, as community health centers. As the only as amended. The grant applications and amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice organization of health center dental the discussions could disclose is hereby given of the following providers, NNOHA is dedicated to confidential trade secrets or commercial meetings. increasing the effectiveness of dental property such as patentable material, The meetings will be closed to the programs in reaching all underserved and personal information concerning public in accordance with the populations by supporting efforts to individuals associated with the grant provisions set forth in sections strengthen existing health center dental applications, the disclosure of which 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., would constitute a clearly unwarranted as amended. The grant applications and programs; manage the growth of new invasion of personal privacy. the discussions could disclose health center dental programs; and Name of Committee: National Heart, Lung, confidential trade secrets or commercial manage the quality improvement in property such as patentable material, health center dental programs. and Blood Institute Special Emphasis Panel Research Scientist Development and Clinical and personal information concerning 2. With this experience, and its Investigator Awards (K02’s & K08’s). individuals associated with the grant nationwide membership of health center Date: November 1–2, 2007. applications, the disclosure of which dentists, NNOHA has a proven track Time: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. would constitute a clearly unwarranted record of effective collaborations with Agenda: To review and evaluate grant invasion of personal privacy. health center dental programs. Increased applications. Place: Marriott Baltimore/Washington Int’l Name of Committee: Minority Programs access to quality oral health is enhanced Review Committee, MBRS Review Airport, 1743 West Nursery Road, Baltimore, Subcommittee B. through NNOHA’s partnerships with MD 21240. Date: November 2, 2007. organizations and governmental Contact Person: David A Wilson, PhD, agencies at the local, State and national Time: 8:30 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. Scientific Review Administrator, Review Agenda: To review and evaluate grant levels. Branch/DERA, National Heart, Lung, and applications. 3. No other organization has the Blood Institute, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room Place: Residence Inn Bethesda, 7335 7204, Bethesda, MD 20892–7924, (301) 435– Wisconsin Avenue, Bethesda, MD 20814. national scope of respected experience 0299, [email protected]. in the area of health center oral health Contact Person: Rebecca H. Johnson, PhD, This notice is being published less than 15 Office of Scientific Review, National Institute leadership and can perform days prior to the meeting due to the timing of General Medical Sciences, National immediately, especially given the limitations imposed by the review and Institutes of Health, Natcher Building, Room complexity of activities that are critical funding cycle. 3AN18C, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–594– to HRSA. Name of Committee: National Heart, Lung, 2771, [email protected]. and Blood Institute Special Emphasis Panel This notice is being published less than 15 Legislative Authority: Section 330(l) of the Research Demonstration and Dissemination days prior to the meeting due to the timing Public Health Service Act. Projects. limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jay Date: November 14, 2007. R. Anderson, DMD, MHSA, Office of Time: 1 p.m. to 3 p.m. Name of Committee: Minority Programs Review Committee, MARC Review Quality and Data, Bureau of Primary Agenda: To review and evaluate grant applications. Subcommittee A. Health Care, Health Resources and Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 Date: November 13–14, 2007. Services Administration. Dr. Anderson Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Time: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. may be contacted by e-mail at (Telephone Conference Call). Agenda: To review and evaluate grant [email protected] or via telephone at Contact Person: Holly Patton, PhD, applications. (301) 594–4295. Scientific Review Administrator, Review Place: Hyatt Regency Bethesda, 7400 Branch/DERA, National Heart, Lung, and Wisconsin Avenue, Bethesda, MD 20814. Dated: October 15, 2007. Blood Institute, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room Contact Person: Mona R. Trempe, PhD, Elizabeth M. Duke, 7188, Bethesda, MD 20892–7924, 301–435– Scientific Review Administrator, Office of Scientific Review, National Institute of Administrator. 0280, [email protected]. General Medical Sciences, National Institutes (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance [FR Doc. E7–20703 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] of Health, 45 Center Drive, Room 3AN12, Program Nos. 93.233, National Center for BILLING CODE 4165–15–P Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–594–3998, Sleep Disorders Research; 93.837, Heart and [email protected]. Vascular Diseases Research; 93.838, Lung Diseases Research; 93.839, Blood Diseases (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance and Resources Research, National Institutes Program Nos. 93.375, Minority Biomedical of Health, HHS). Research Support; 93.821, Cell Biology and

VerDate Aug<31>2005 16:04 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59539

Biophysics Research; 93.859, Pharmacology, Research; 93.209, Contraception and DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Physiology, and Biological Chemistry Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National HUMAN SERVICES Research; 93.862, Genetics and Institutes of Health, HHS). Developmental Biology Research; 93.88, Dated: October 12, 2007. National Institutes of Health Minority Access to Research Careers; 93.96, Special Minority Initiatives, National Jennifer Spaeth, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse Institutes of Health, HHS). Director, Office of Federal Advisory and Alcoholism; Notice of Closed Dated: October 12, 2007. Committee Policy. Meeting Jennifer Spaeth, [FR Doc. 07–5193 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Director, Office of Federal Advisory BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Committee Policy. Federal Advisory Committee Act, as [FR Doc. 07–5192 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice BILLING CODE 4140–01–M DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND is hereby given of the following HUMAN SERVICES meeting. The meeting will be closed to the DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND National Institutes of Health public in accordance with the HUMAN SERVICES provisions set forth in sections National Institute on Alcohol Abuse 552b(c)(4), 552b(c)(6), and 552b(c)(9)(B), National Institutes of Health and Alcoholism; Notice of Closed Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant Meeting applications and the discussions could National Institute of Child Health and disclose confidential trade secrets or Human Development; Notice of Pursuant to section 10(d) of the commercial property such as patentable Meeting Federal Advisory Committee Act, as material, and personal information amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice Pursuant to section 10(a) of the concerning individuals associated with is hereby given of the following Federal Advisory Committee Act, as the grant applications, the disclosure of meeting. amended (5. U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice which would constitute a clearly is hereby given of a meeting of the The meeting will be closed to the unwarranted invasion of personal National Children’s Study Advisory public in accordance with the privacy. Committee. provisions set forth in sections Name of Committee: National Institute on The meeting will be open to the 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Special public, with attendance limited to space as amended. The grant applications and Emphasis Panel Review of microRNA available. Individuals who plan to the discussions could disclose applications. (Telephone Conference) attend and need special assistance, such confidential trade secrets or commercial Date: November 13, 2007. property such as patentable material, Time: 1 p.m. to 2 p.m. as sign language interpretation or other Agenda: To review and evaluate grant reasonable accommodations, should and personal information concerning applications. notify the Contact Person listed below individuals associated with the grant Place: National Institutes of Health, 5635 in advance of the meeting. applications, the disclosure of which Fishers Lane, Bethesda, MD 20892. Name of Committee: National Children’s would constitute a clearly unwarranted Contact Person: Beata Buzas, PhD, Study Advisory Committee. invasion of personal privacy. Scientific Review Administrator, National Date: November 7–8, 2007. Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, Name of Committee: National Institute on National Institutes of Health, 5635 Fishers Time: 9 a.m. to 2 p.m. Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Special Lane, Rm 3041, Rockville, MD 20852, 301– Agenda: Topics to be discussed: Reports Emphasis Panel, Drug Development in 443–0800, [email protected]. from the NICHD Director and Children’s Alcoholism. Study Program Director; Issues involving the (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Date: November 19, 2007. Program Nos. 93.271, Alcohol Research implementation of the Study; a report of the Time: 12 p.m. to 1 p.m. NCSAC Community Engagement Career Development Awards for Scientists Agenda: To review and evaluate grant and Clinicians; 93.272, Alcohol National Subcommittee and full discussion of the applications. issues. Research Service Awards for Research Place: National Institutes of Health, 5635 Training; 93.273, Alcohol Research Programs; Place: National Institutes of Health, Fishers Lane, Bethesda, MD 20892. Building 31, 31 Center Drive, Bethesda, MD 93.891, Alcohol Research Center Grants, (Telephone Conference Call) 20892. National Institutes of Health, HHS) Contact Person: Beata Buzas, PhD, Contact Person: Kate Costella, Executive Scientific Review Administrator, National Dated: October 12, 2007. Secretary, National Children’s Study, Institute On Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, Jennifer Spaeth, National Institute of Child Health and National Institute of Health, 5635 Fishers Director, Office of Federal Advisory Human Development, NIH, 6100 Executive Lane, Rm 3041, Rockville, MD 20852, 301– Committee Policy. Blvd., Room 5C01, Bethesda, MD 20892, 443–0800, [email protected]. (301) 594–8625, [email protected]. [FR Doc. 07–5195 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] This meeting is being published less than (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance BILLING CODE 4140–01–M 15 days prior to the meeting due to timing Program Nos. 93.271, Alcohol Research limitations imposed by administrative Career Development Awards for Scientists matters. and Clinicians; 93.272, Alcohol National DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Any interested person may file written Research Service Awards for Research HUMAN SERVICES comments with the committee by forwarding Training; 93.273, Alcohol Research Programs; the statement to the Contact Person listed on 93.891, Alcohol Research Center Grants, National Institutes of Health this notice. The statement should include the National Institutes of Health, HHS). name, address, telephone number and when Dated: October 12, 2007. National Institute of Child Health and applicable, the business or professional Jennifer Spaeth, Human Development; Notice of Closed affiliation of the interested person. Meeting Director, Office of Federal Advisory (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Committee Policy. Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; Pursuant to section 10(d) of the 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; [FR Doc. 07–5194 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Federal Advisory Committee Act, as 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation BILLING CODE 4140–01–M amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59540 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

is hereby given of the following applications, the disclosure of which Place: Courtyard Gaithersburg meeting. would constitute a clearly unwarranted Washingtonian Center, 204 Boardwalk Place, The meeting will be closed to the invasion of personal privacy. Gaithersburg, MD 20878. public in accordance with the Contact Person: Dennis E. Leszczynski, Name of Committee: National Institute of PhD, Scientific Review Administrator, provisions set forth in sections Child Health and Human Development Division of Scientific Review, National 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., Special Emphasis Panel, Conflict SEP for Institute of Child Health and Human as amended. The grant applications and Pediatrics. Development, NIH, 6001 Executive Blvd., the discussions could disclose Date: November 15, 2007. Rm. 5B01, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435– confidential trade secrets or commercial Time: 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. 6884, [email protected]. Agenda: To review and evaluate grant property such as patentable material, (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance and personal information concerning applications, Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; individuals associated with the grant Place: National Institutes of Health, 6100 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; Executive Boulevard, 5B01, Rockville, MD applications, the disclosure of which 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation 20852, (Telephone Conference Call). Research; 93.209, Contraception and would constitute a clearly unwarranted Contact Person: Michele C. Hindi- invasion of personal privacy. Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National Alexander, PhD, Division of Scientific Institutes of Health, HHS) Name of Committee: National Institute of Review, National Institutes of Health, Dated: October 12, 2007. Child Health and Human Development Initial National Institute for Child Health and Review Group Biobehavioral and Behavioral Human Development, 6100 Executive Jennifer Spaeth, Sciences Subcommittee. Boulevard, Room 5B01, Bethesda, MD Director, Office of Federal Advisory Date: November 13–14, 2007. 20812–8382, [email protected]. Committee Policy. Time: 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance [FR Doc. 07–5198 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; BILLING CODE 4140–01–M applications. 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; Place: Doubletree Hotel, 1515 Rhode Island 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation NW., Washington, DC 20005. Research; 93.209, Contraception and Contact Person: Marita R. Hopmann, PhD, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National HUMAN SERVICES Scientific Review Administrator, Division of Institutes of Health, HHS) Scientific Review, National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, NIH, 6001 Dated: October 12, 2007. National Institutes of Health Executive Boulevard, Room 5B01, Bethesda, Jennifer Spaeth, MD 20892, (301) 435–6911, Director, Office of Federal Advisory National Institute of Mental Health; [email protected]. Committee Policy. Notice of Closed Meeting (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance [FR Doc. 07–5197 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Federal Advisory Committee Act, as 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice Research; 93.209, Contraception and is hereby given of the following Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND meeting. Institutes of Health, HHS). HUMAN SERVICES The meeting will be closed to the Dated: October 12, 2007. public in accordance with the National Institutes of Health provisions set forth in sections Jennifer Spaeth, National Institute of Child Health and 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., Director, Office of Federal Advisory as amended. The grant applications and Committee Policy. Human Development; Notice of Closed Meeting the discussions could disclose [FR Doc. 07–5196 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] confidential trade secrets or commercial BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Pursuant to section 10(d) of the property such as patentable material, Federal Advisory Committee Act, as and personal information concerning amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND individuals associated with the grant is hereby given of the following HUMAN SERVICES applications, the disclosure of which meeting. would constitute a clearly unwarranted National Institutes of Health The meeting will be closed to the invasion of personal privacy. public in accordance with the Name of Committee: National Institute of National Institute of Child Health and provisions set forth in sections Mental Health Special Emphasis Panel Human Development; Notice of Closed 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., NCDDG Drug Discovery. Meeting as amended. The grant applications and Date: November 13, 2007. the discussions could disclose Time: 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. Pursuant to section 10(d) of the confidential trade secrets or commercial Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Federal Advisory Committee Act, as property such as patentable material, applications. amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice and personal information concerning Place: One Washington Circle Hotel, One Washington Circle, Washington, DC 20037. is hereby given of the following individuals associated with the grant meeting. Contact Person: Yong Yao, Ph.D, Scientific applications, the disclosure of which Review Administrator, Division of The meeting will be closed to the would constitute a clearly unwarranted public in accordance with the Extramural Activities, National Institutes of invasion of personal privacy. Mental Health, NIH, Neuroscience Center, provisions set forth in sections Name of Committee: National Institute of 6001 Executive Blvd., Room 6149, MSC 9606, 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., Bethesda, MD 20892–9606, 301 443–6102, as amended. The grant applications and Child Health and Human Development Special Emphasis Panel, Reproduction [email protected]. the discussions could disclose Centers Meeting. (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance confidential trade secrets or commercial Date: November 15–16, 2007. Program Nos. 93.242, Mental Health Research property such as patentable material, Time: 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Grants; 93.281, Scientist Development and personal information concerning Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Award, Scientist Development Award for individuals associated with the grant applications. Clinicians, and Research Scientist Award;

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59541

93.282, Mental Health National Research DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Service Awards for Research Training, HUMAN SERVICES HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health, HHS) Dated: October 12, 2007. National Institutes of Health National Institutes of Health Jennifer Spaeth, National Institute of Child Health and National Institute of Allergy and Director, Office of Federal Advisory Human Development; Notice of Closed Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Committee Policy. Meeting Meeting [FR Doc. 07–5200 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Pursuant to section 10(d) of the BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice is hereby given of the following DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND is hereby given of the following meeting. HUMAN SERVICES meeting. The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the National Institutes of Health The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., National Institute of Neurological provisions set forth in sections as amended. The contract proposals and Disorders and Stroke; Notice of Closed 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., the discussions could disclose Meeting as amended. The grant applications and confidential trade secrets or commercial the discussions could disclose property such as patentable material, Pursuant to section 10(d) of the confidential trade secrets or commercial and personal information concerning Federal Advisory Committee Act, as property such as patentable material, individuals associated with the contract amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice and personal information concerning proposals, the disclosure of which is hereby given of the following individuals associated with the grant would constitute a clearly unwarranted meeting. applications, the disclosure of which invasion of personal privacy. The meeting will be closed to the would constitute a clearly unwarranted Name of Committee: National Institute of public in accordance with the invasion of personal privacy. Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special provisions set forth in sections Name of Committee: National Institute of Emphasis Panel Management of Information 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., Child Health and Human Development Resources on Therapeutic Agents. Date: November 12, 2007. as amended. The grant applications and Special Emphasis Panel, Environmental & the discussions could disclose Time: 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Biological Variation and Language Growth. Agenda: To review and evaluate contract confidential trade secrets or commercial Date: October 11, 2007. proposals. property such as patentable material, Time: 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Place: North Bethesda Marriott, 5701 and personal information concerning Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Marinelli Road, Bethesda, MD 20852. individuals associated with the grant applications. Contact Person: Ileana M. Ponce-Gonzalez, applications, the disclosure of which Place: National Institutes of Health, 6100 MD, MPH, Scientific Review Administrator, would constitute a clearly unwarranted Executive Boulevard, 5B01, Rockville, MD Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, National Institutes of 20852. (Telephone Conference Call) invasion of personal privacy. Health/NIAID, 6700B Rockledge Drive, MSC Contact Person: Marita R. Hopmann, PhD, Name of Committee: National Institute of 7616, Bethesda, MD 20892–7616, 301–451– Scientific Review Administrator, Division of Neurological Disorders and Stroke Special 3679, [email protected]. Scientific Review, National Institute of Child Emphasis Panel Fellowship Review. (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Health and Human Development, 6100 Date: November 30, 2007. Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, Building, Room 5B01, Bethesda, MD 20892, Time: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. and Transplantation Research, 93.856, (301) 435–6911, [email protected]. Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Microbiology and Infectious Diseases This notice is being published less than 15 Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS) applications. days prior to the meeting due to the timing Place: Mandarin Oriental Hotel, 1330 Dated: October 15, 2007. limitations imposed by the review and Maryland Avenue, SW., Washington, DC Jennifer Spaeth, funding cycle. 20024. Director, Office of Federal Advisory Contact Person: Joann McConnell, PhD, (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Committee Policy. Scientific Review Administrator, Scientific Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; [FR Doc. 07–5204 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; Review Branch, NIH/NINDS/Neuroscience BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Center, 6001 Executive Blvd., Suite 3208, 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation MSC 9529, Bethesda, MD 20892–9529, (301) Research; 93.209, Contraception and 496–5324, [email protected]. Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Institutes of Health, HHS) (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance HUMAN SERVICES Program Nos. 93.853, Clinical Research Dated: October 12, 2007. National Institutes of Health Related to Neurological Disorders; 93.854, Jennifer Spaeth, Biological Basis Research in the Director, Office of Federal Advisory Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Neurosciences, National Institutes of Health, Committee Policy. Closed Meeting HHS) [FR Doc. 07–5203 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Dated: October 12, 2007. Pursuant to section 10(d) of the BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Federal Advisory Committee Act, as Jennifer Spaeth, amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice Director, Office of Federal Advisory is hereby given of the following Committee Policy. meeting. [FR Doc. 07–5201 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] The meeting will be closed to the BILLING CODE 4140–01–M public in accordance with the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59542 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

provisions set forth in sections Dated: October 12, 2007. Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., Jennifer Spaeth, Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. as amended. The grant applications and Director, Office of Federal Advisory (Telephone Conference Call) the discussions could disclose Committee Policy. Contact Person: Joanne T. Fujii, PhD, Scientific Review Administrator, Center for confidential trade secrets or commercial [FR Doc. 07–5202 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Scientific Review, National Institutes of property such as patentable material, BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 4184, and personal information concerning MSC 7850, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435– individuals associated with the grant 1178, [email protected]. applications, the disclosure of which DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Name of Committee: Center for Scientific would constitute a clearly unwarranted HUMAN SERVICES Review Special Emphasis Panel, Member invasion of personal privacy. Conflict: Oral, Dental and Craniofacial Name of Committee: Center for National Institutes of Health Sciences. Scientific Review Special Emphasis Date: November 14, 2007. Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Time: 1 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. Panel Endocrinology and Reproductive Closed Meetings Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Sciences. applications. Date: October 26, 2007. Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 Time: 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Federal Advisory Committee Act, as Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Agenda: To review and evaluate grant amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice (Telephone Conference Call) applications. is hereby given of the following Contact Person: J. Terrell Hoffeld, DDS, PhD, Dental Officer, USPHS, Center for Place: National Institutes of Health, meetings. The meetings will be closed to the Scientific Review, National Institutes of 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD public in accordance with the Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 4116, 20892. (Virtual Meeting) provisions set forth in sections MSC 7816, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– Contact Person: Krish Krishnan, PhD, 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., 1781, [email protected]. Scientific Review Administrator, Center as amended. The grant applications and Name of Committee: Center for Scientific for Scientific Review, National Institutes the discussions could disclose Review Special Emphasis Panel Metal Ions of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room Homeostasis. confidential trade secrets or commercial Date: November 14–15, 2007. 6164, MSC 7892, Bethesda, MD 20892, property such as patentable material, (301) 435–1041, [email protected]. Time: 12 p.m. to 3 p.m. and personal information concerning Agenda: To review and evaluate grant This notice is being published less individuals associated with the grant applications. than 15 days prior to the meeting due applications, the disclosure of which Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 to the timing limitations imposed by the would constitute a clearly unwarranted Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. review and funding cycle. invasion of personal privacy. (Virtual Meeting) (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Contact Person: Alessandra M. Bini, PhD, Name of Committee: Center for Scientific Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Program Nos. 93.306, Comparative Medicine; Review Special Emphasis Panel, Fungal 93.333, Clinical Research; 93.306, 93.333, Scientific Review, National Institutes of Pathogenesis. Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 5142, 93.337, 93.393–93.396, 93.837–93.844, Date: November 8, 2007. 93.846–93.878, 93.892, 93.893, National MSC 7840, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– Time: 12:30 p.m. to 2:30 p.m. 1024, [email protected]. Institutes of Health, HHS) Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Name of Committee: AIDS and Related Dated: October 12, 2007. applications. Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 Research Integrated Review Group Jennifer Spaeth, Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Behavioral and Social Science Approaches to Director, Office of Federal Advisory (Telephone Conference Call) Preventing HIV/AIDS Study Section. Committee Policy. Contact Person: Alexander D. Politis, PhD, Date: November 15–16, 2007. [FR Doc. 07–5199 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Time: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Agenda: To review and evaluate grant BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3210, applications. MSC 7808, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435– Place: Beacon Hotel, 1615 Rhode Island 1150, [email protected]. Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20036. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND Contact Person: Jose H. Guerrier, PhD, HUMAN SERVICES Name of Committee: Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel, Cardiac Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of National Institutes of Health Remodeling. Date: November 13, 2007. Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 5222, MSC 7852, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– Center for Scientific Review; Amended Time: 2:30 p.m. to 5 p.m. Agenda: To review and evaluate grant 1137, [email protected]. Notice of Meeting applications. Name of Committee: Center for Scientific Notice is hereby given of a change in Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 Review Special Emphasis Panel Predoctoral Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Fellowship to Promote Diversity in Health- the meeting of the Center for Scientific (Virtual Meeting) Related Research (DCPS). Review Special Emphasis Panel, Contact Person: Maqsood A. Wani, PhD, Date: November 15–16, 2007. October 31, 2007, 8 a.m. to November 1, DVM, Scientific Review Administrator, Time: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. 2007, 5 p.m., Hotel Del Coronado, 1500 Center for Scientific Review, National Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Orange Avenue, Coronado, CA, 92118 Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, applications. which was published in the Federal Room 2114, MSC 7814, Bethesda, MD 20892, Place: Holiday Inn Georgetown, 2101 Register on October 4, 2007, 72 FR 301–435–2270, [email protected]. Wisconsin Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 56780–56782. Name of Committee: Center for Scientific 20007. Contact Person: Fungai F. Chanetsa, PhD, The meeting will be held one day Review Special Emphasis Panel, Function, Trafficking, and Plasticity at the Synapse. Scientific Review Administrator, Center for only on October 31, 2007, 8 a.m. to 4 Date: November 13, 2007. Scientific Review, National Institutes of p.m. The meeting location remains the Time: 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3135, same. The meeting is closed to the Agenda: To review and evaluate grant MSC 7770, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– public. applications. 1262, [email protected].

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59543

Name of Committee: Center for Scientific Contact Person: Bonnie L. Burgess-Beusse, Time: 2:30 p.m. to 5 p.m. Review Special Emphasis Panel AIDS and PhD, Scientific Review Administrator, Center Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Brain Disorders in the Development World. for Scientific Review, National Institutes of applications. Date: November 15, 2007. Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 2191C, Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 Time: 8 a.m. to 11 a.m. MSC 7818, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Agenda: To review and evaluate grant 1783, [email protected]. (Virtual Meeting) applications. Name of Committee: Center for Scientific Contact Person: Maqsood A. Wani, PhD, Place: George Washington University Inn, Review Special Emphasis Panel, Special DVM, Scientific Review Administrator, 824 New Hampshire Avenue, NW., Topics in Neurotransmitters, Center for Scientific Review, National Washington, DC 20037. Neurotransporters and Channels. Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Contact Person: Manana Sukhareva, PhD, Date: November 15, 2007. Room 2114, MSC 7814, Bethesda, MD 20892, Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Time: 12 p.m. to 2 p.m. 301–435–2270, [email protected]. Scientific Review, National Institutes of Agenda: To review and evaluate grant (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3214, applications. Program Nos. 93.306, Comparative Medicine; MSC 7808, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 93.333, Clinical Research, 93.306, 93.333, 1116, [email protected]. Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. 93.337, 93.393–93.396, 93.837–93.844, Name of Committee: Center for Scientific (Telephone Conference Call) 93.846–93.878, 93.892, 93.893, National Review Special Emphasis Panel Cognition, Contact Person: Deborah L. Lewis, PhD, Institutes of Health, HHS). Language and Perception Fellowship Study Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Dated: October 15, 2007. Scientific Review, National Institutes of Section. Jennifer Spaeth, Date: November 15, 2007. Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 4118, Time: 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. MSC 7850, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– Director, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy. Agenda: To review and evaluate grant 1224, [email protected]. applications. Name of Committee: Center for Scientific [FR Doc. 07–5205 Filed 19–10–07; 8:45 am] Place: Coast Long Beach Hotel, 700 Review Special Emphasis Panel, BILLING CODE 4140–01–M Queensway Drive, Long Beach, CA 90802. Epidemiology of Bacterial Infection and Contact Person: Dana Jeffrey Plude, PhD, Asthma. Scientific Review Officer, Center for Date: November 16, 2007. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND Scientific Review, National Institutes of Time: 1 p.m. to 3:30 p.m. URBAN DEVELOPMENT Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3176, Agenda: To review and evaluate grant MSC 7848, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– applications. [Docket No. 5100–FA–27A] 2309, [email protected]. Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 Name of Committee: Center for Scientific Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Announcement of Funding Awards for Review Special Emphasis Panel, Learning (Telephone Conference Call) Fiscal Year 2007 Doctoral Dissertation and Neuroethology in Rodent Models. Contact Person: Heidi B. Friedman, PhD, Research Grant Program Date: November 15, 2007. Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Time: 10 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. Scientific Review, National Institutes of AGENCY: Office of the Assistant Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 1012A, Secretary for Policy Development and applications. MSC 7770, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– Research, HUD. 1721, [email protected]. Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 ACTION: Announcement of funding Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Name of Committee: Center for Scientific awards. (Telephone Conference Call) Review Special Emphasis Panel, Cardiac and Contact Person: Maribeth Champoux, PhD, Vascular Development. SUMMARY: In accordance with section Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Date: November 16, 2007. 102(a)(4)(C) of the Department of Scientific Review, National Institutes of Time: 1:30 p.m. to 3 p.m. Housing and Urban Development Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3146, Agenda: To review and evaluate grant applications. Reform Act of 1989, this document MSC 7759, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–594– notifies the public of funding awards for 3163, [email protected]. Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. the Fiscal Year (FY) 2007 Doctoral Name of Committee: Center for Scientific (Telephone Conference Call) Dissertation Research Grant (DDRG) Review Special Emphasis Panel, AIDS Contact Person: Larry Pinkus, PhD, International Training and Research Program. Program. The purpose of this document Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Date: November 15, 2007. is to announce the names and addresses Scientific Review, National Institutes of Time: 11 a.m. to 4 p.m. of the award winners and the amount of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 4132, Agenda: To review and evaluate grant the awards to be used to help doctoral MSC 7802, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435– candidates complete dissertations on applications. 1214, [email protected]. Place: George Washington University Inn, Name of Committee: Center for Scientific topics that focus on housing and urban 824 New Hampshire Avenue, NW., Review Special Emphasis Panel, Blood development issues. Washington, DC 20037. Clotting System. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Contact Person: Manana Sukhareva, PhD, Date: November 16, 2007. Scientific Review Administrator, Center for Susan Brunson, Office of University Time: 2 p.m. to 5 p.m. Partnerships, U.S. Department of Scientific Review, National Institutes of Agenda: To review and evaluate grant Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3214, Housing and Urban Development, Room applications. 8106, 451 Seventh Street, SW., MSC 7808, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301–435– Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 1116, [email protected]. Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Washington, DC 20410, telephone (202) Name of Committee: Center for Scientific (Telephone Conference Call) 402–3852. To provide service for Review Special Emphasis Panel, Small Contact Person: Robert T. Su, PhD, persons who are hearing-or speech- Business: Digestive Sciences and Scientific Review Administrator, Center for impaired, this number may be reached Bioengineering. Scientific Review, National Institutes of via TTY by Dialing the Federal Date: November 15, 2007. Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 4134, Information Relay Service on (800) 877– Time: 12 p.m. to 5 p.m. MSC 7802, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435– 8339 or (202) 708–1455. (Telephone Agenda: To review and evaluate grant 1195, [email protected]. numbers, other than ‘‘800’’ TTY applications. Name of Committee: Center for Scientific Place: National Institutes of Health, 6701 Review Special Emphasis Panel, Cardiac numbers, are not toll free). Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892. Contractility. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The DDRG (Virtual Meeting) Date: November 16, 2007. Program was created as a means of

VerDate Aug<31>2005 20:00 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59544 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

expanding the number of researchers 4. Northwestern University, Susan Ross, ACTION: Announcement of funding conducting research on subjects of Northwestern University, Office for awards. interest to HUD. Doctoral candidates Sponsored Research, 633 Clark Street, can receive grants of up to $25,000 to Evanston, IL 60208–1110. Grant: SUMMARY: In accordance with section complete work on their dissertations. $23,796 to Anita Zuberi 102(a)(4)(C) of the Department of Grants are awarded for a two-year 5. Princeton University, Sally Waltman, Housing and Urban Development period. Princeton University, Department of Reform Act of 1989, this document The Office of University Partnerships Sociology, P.O. Box 36, 4 New South notifies the public of funding awards for under the Assistant Secretary for Policy Building, Princeton, NJ 08544. Grant: the Fiscal Year (FY) 2007 Early Doctoral Development and Research (PD&R) $22,220 to Debbie Becher Student Research Grant (EDSRG) administers this program. In addition to 6. University of Wisconsin-Madison, Program. The purpose of this document this program, the Office of University Diane Barrett, University of is to announce the names and addresses Partnerships administers HUD’s ongoing Wisconsin-Madison, Department of of the award winners and the amount of grant programs to institutions of higher Sociology, 21 North Park Street, Suite the awards to be used to help doctoral education as well as creates initiatives 6401, Madison, WI 53715–1218. students cultivate their research skills through which colleges and universities Grant: $25,000 to Matthew Desmond through the preparation of research can bring their traditional missions of 7. University of Wisconsin-Madison, Dr. manuscripts that focus on housing and teaching, research, service, and outreach Lewis Friedland, University of urban development issues. to bear on the pressing local problems Wisconsin-Madison, Department of FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Journalism/Mass Communication, 21 in their communities. Susan Brunson, Office of University North Park Street, Suite 6401, The Catalog of Federal Domestic Partnerships, Department of Housing Madison, WI 53715–1218. Grant: Assistance number for this program is and Urban Development, Room 8106, $25,000 to Yong Jun Shin 451 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, 14.517. 8. Temple University, Roseanne Wallin, May 13, 2007, (72 FR 11758), HUD DC 20410, telephone (202) 402–3852. To Temple University, Department of provide service for persons who are published a Notice of Funding History, Room 406 USB, 1601 North Availability (NOFA) announcing the hearing- or speech-impaired, this Broad Street, Philadelphia, PA 19122. number may be reached via TTY by availability of $300,000 in FY 2007 Grant: $25,000 to Charles Nier funds for the DDRG Program. The Dialing the Federal Information Relay 9. Portland State University, William Service on (800) 877–8339 or (202) 708– Department reviewed, evaluated and Helseley, Portland State University, scored the applications received based 1455. (Telephone numbers, other than Institute of Aging, P.O. Box 751 ‘‘800’’ TTY numbers, are not toll free). on the criteria in the NOFA. As a result, (ORSD), Portland, OR 97207. Grant: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The HUD has funded the applications $25,000 to Andree Tremoulet announced below, and in accordance 10. The Trustee of Columbia University, EDSRG Program provides funds to with Section 102(a)(4)(C) of the Daniel Calto, The Trustee of Columbia eligible doctoral students to cultivate Department of Housing and Urban University, 1210 Amsterdam Avenue, their research skills through preparation Development Reform Act of 1989 (103 Mail Code 2205, New York, NY of research manuscripts that focus on Stat. 1987, U.S.C. 3545). More 10027–6902. Grant: $25,000 to David policy-relevant housing and urban information about the winners can be Madden development issues. Students, who are found at http://www.oup.org. 11. Ohio State University Research in the early stages of their doctoral studies, have 12 months to complete a List of Awardees for Grant Assistance Foundation, Laurie Rosenberg, Ohio State University Research Foundation, major research study. The maximum Under the Fiscal Year (FY) 2007 amount to be awarded to a doctoral Doctoral Dissertation Reseach Grant Sponsored Program, 1960 Kenny Road, Columbus, OH 43210. Grant: student is $15,000. Program Funding Competition, by The Office of University Partnerships Institution, Address, Grant Amount and $24,968 to Diana Karafin 12. University of Texas at Austin, Dr. under the Assistant Secretary for Policy Name of Student Funded Susan Sedwick, University of Texas at Development and Research (PD&R) 1. University of Illinois-Urbana Austin, Office of Sponsored Projects, administers this program. In addition to Champaign, Kathy Young, University P.O. Box 7726, Austin, TX 78713– this program, the Office of University of Illinois-Urbana Champaign, Urban 7726. Grant: $25,000 to Jenna Tighe Partnerships administers HUD’s ongoing and Regional Planning, 1901 South grant programs to institutions of higher Dated: October 9, 2007. education as well as creates initiatives First Street, Suite A, Office of Darlene F. Williams, Sponsored Programs and Research through which colleges and universities Assistant Secretary for Policy Development can bring their traditional missions of Administration, Champaign, IL and Research. 61820–7406. Grant: $24,957 to Julia teaching, research, service, and outreach [FR Doc. E7–20695 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Koschinsky to bear on the pressing local problems BILLING CODE 4210–67–P 2. The Trustee of Indiana University, in their communities. Robert Robinson, The Trustee of The Catalog of Federal Domestic Indiana University, Department of DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND Assistance number for this program is 14.517. Sociology, P.O. Box 1847, URBAN DEVELOPMENT Bloomington, IN 47402–1847. Grant: May 13, 2007, (72 FR 11758), HUD $24,842 to Evelyn Perry [Docket No. FR–5100–FA–27] published a Notice of Funding 3. North Carolina State University, Matt Announcement of Funding Awards for Availability (NOFA) announcing the Ronning, North Carolina State Fiscal Year 2007 Early Doctoral availability of $105,000 in FY 2007 University, Department of Public and Student Research Grant Program funds for the EDSRG Program. The International Affairs, 2701 Sullivan Department reviewed, evaluated and Drive, Administration Services III AGENCY: Office of the Assistant scored the applications received based MS7514, Raleigh, NC 27695–7514. Secretary for Policy Development and on the criteria in the NOFA. As a result, Grant: $25,000 to Charles Reiss Research, HUD. HUD has funded the applications

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59545

announced below, and in accordance DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND Fourth Floor, 1700 G Street, NW., with section 102(a)(4)(C) of the URBAN DEVELOPMENT Washington, DC 20552. Department of Housing and Urban • Hand Delivery/Courier: The hand Development Reform Act of 1989 (103 Office of Federal Housing Enterprise delivery address is: Alfred M. Pollard, Stat. 1987, U.S.C. 3545). More Oversight General Counsel, Attention: Comments information about the winners can be ‘‘Revised Draft Examination Guidance,’’ Statement on the Conforming Loan found at http://www.oup.org. Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Limit for 2008 and Revised Draft Oversight, Fourth Floor, 1700 G Street, List of Awardees for Grant Assistance Examination Guidance NW., Washington, DC 20552. The Under the Fiscal Year (FY) 2007 Early package should be logged at the Guard AGENCY: Office of Federal Housing Doctoral Student Research Grant Enterprise Oversight, HUD. Desk, First Floor, on business days Program Funding Competition, by between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ACTION: Institution, Address, Grant Amount and Notice of availability of • E-mail: The e-mail address is: statement and request for comments on Name of Student Funded [email protected]. Revised Draft Examination Guidance. • Internet: When accessing 1. Brandeis University, Stanley documents online at http:// SUMMARY: The Office of Federal Housing Bolotin, Brandeis University, Heller www.ofheo.gov, comments can be sent Enterprise Oversight is publishing today School, IASP, 415 South Street, by clicking the link for November 13, a Statement on the Conforming Loan Waltham, MA 02454–9110. Grant: 2007. Limit for 2008 and issuing for additional • $13,580 to Hannah Thomas. Instructions: All submissions of public comment a revised version of the received comments must include the 2. The Regents of the University of Proposed Examination Guidance, reference ‘‘Revised Draft Examination California, Irvine, Chris Abernethy, The entitled ‘‘Conforming Loan Limit Guidance’’ in the subject line of the Regents of the University of California, Calculations’’ (Policy Guidance). message. All comments received will be Irvine, Office of Research Material in the proposed guidance does posted without change to http:// Administration, 300 University Tower, not constitute a regulation. www.ofheo.gov and will include any Irvine, CA 92697. Grant: $15,000 to DATES: Comments on OFHEO’s Revised personal information provided. Rocco Pendola. Draft Examination Guidance should be received by November 21, 2007. I. Statement on the Conforming Loan 3. Tulane University, Dr. Felicia Limit for 2008 Rabito, Tulane University, School of ADDRESSES: Send all comments on Public Health, Department of OFHEO’s Revised Draft Examination On November 15, 2006, OFHEO announced that any decline in the Epidemiology, 1430 Tulane Avenue, EP Guidance to: the Office of Federal house price index used to establish the 15, New Orleans, LA 70112. Grant: Housing Enterprise Oversight, Fourth conforming loan limit would not result $15,000 to Elizabeth Holt. Floor, 1700 G Street, NW., Washington, DC 20552. in a decline in that limit for 2007. 4. University of Tennessee, Kay OFHEO also committed at that time to FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: If Cogley, University of Tennessee, Office providing updated guidance on how you have any questions regarding of Research, 1534 White Avenue, future reductions in the house price OFHEO’s Revised Draft Examination Knoxville, TN 37996–1529. Grant: index would affect the conforming loan Guidance, you may contact Alfred M. $15,000 to Courtney Cronley. limit. Pollard, General Counsel, at (202) 414– 5. The Regents of the University of On June 20, 2007, OFHEO released on 3800 (not a toll free number). The its Web site for public comment a California, Berkeley, Susan Hedley, telephone number for the proposed revision to its existing Sponsored Projects Office, The Regents Telecommunications Device for the Deaf Examination Guidance entitled of the University of California, Berkeley, is: (800) 877–8339 (TDD Only). ‘‘Conforming Loan Limit Calculations’’ 2150 Shattuck Avenue, Suite 313, SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: OFHEO’s (the original proposal). Today, OFHEO Berkeley, CA 94704–5940. Grant: Revised Draft Examination Guidance is is publishing in the Federal Register for $15,000 to Richard Smith. posted on the Internet at http:// public comment a revised version of 6. Trustees of Indiana University, www.ofheo.gov. This document, as well that proposed guidance (the revised David Renigold, Trustees of Indiana as all others mentioned in the preamble proposal). University, P.O. Box 1847, Bloomington, can also be accessed on business days Both the original and revised proposal IN 47402–1847. Grant: $14,413 to between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m., provide for holding the conforming loan Stephanie Moulton. at the Office of Federal Housing limit constant, rather than having it Enterprise Oversight, Fourth Floor, 1700 decline, should the relevant house price 7. The George Washington University, G Street, NW., Washington, DC 20552. index decline by a de minimis amount. Harold Gollos, The George Washington To make an appointment to inspect The $650 decline in the conforming University, Department of Economics, documents, please call the Office of loan limit implied by last year’s house 2121 Eye Street, NW., Suite 601, General Counsel at (202) 414–6924. price decline falls within the de Washington, DC 20052. Grant: $14,700 Comments Invited: You may submit minimis range as originally proposed to William Larson. your comments on OFHEO’s Revised and as proposed here. Dated: October 9, 2007. Draft Examination Guidance’’ by any of Consistent with this intention of Darlene F. Williams, the following methods: having a de minimis change exception • U.S. Mail, United Parcel Post, to potential reductions in the loan limit, Assistant Secretary for Policy Development Federal Express, or Other Mail Service: OFHEO is today affirming that the and Research. The mailing address for comments is: current $417,000 conforming loan limit [FR Doc. E7–20687 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Alfred M. Pollard, General Counsel, will not be reduced in 2008, without BILLING CODE 4210–67–P Attention: Comments/Revised Draft regard to any reduction in the relevant Examination Guidance, Office of house price index in 2007. Should the Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, relevant house price index show an

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59546 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

increase in 2007, the conforming loan while the conforming loan level had one year lag mean that the earliest the limit will either remain unchanged (if decreased, the resulting decline in the 2006 and 2007 conforming loan limit of the increase is less than or equal to last limit would be delayed a year. OFHEO $417,000 could be adjusted downward year’s decline), or increase (if the also indicated it would revise and would be in 2009. That would only increase exceeds last year’s decline, update the existing guidance and occur if prices continued to decline in then that decline will be netted against address how the decline would be 2007 and the cumulative 2006–2007 this year’s increase). In any event, the implemented. decline exceeded one percent, even after current $417,000 conforming loan limit Background netting any 2008 increase. will not decline in 2008. Calculations for the conforming loan III. Comments and Changes to the II. Request for Comment on Revised limit establish the maximum size of Conforming Loan Limit Guidance Examination Guidance, Conforming loans that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac After a full review of comments, Loan Limit Calculations may purchase, as provided in their OFHEO has undertaken a number of The Office of Federal Housing charters. The conforming loan limit is changes and determined to publish a Enterprise Oversight is publishing today adjusted annually through a calculation revised version of the guidance for for public comment a revised of year over year changes to the existing additional comment. Examination Guidance, entitled level of home prices based on data from Conforming Loan Limit Calculations. the Federal Housing Finance Board’s 1. Loan Limit Declines and Statute Following comments received on the Monthly Interest Rate Survey (MIRS). Some comments received agreed with original proposal, OFHEO determined to Congress established the concept of OFHEO’s determination while others make certain changes and to provide an loan size limit on purchases by Fannie disagreed. Most comments in opposition opportunity for public comment on the Mae and Freddie Mac as an integral part focused on statutory language relating to revised proposal. of the creation of their ‘‘mission.’’ adding increases to an existing Among other sections addressing Statutory language relating to the conforming loan limit or suggested that procedures for calculating and conforming loan limit permits as a matter of policy declines should implementing increases and decreases ‘‘adjustments’’ to the conforming loan never be taken but rather be subtracted to the conforming loan limit, the limit based on the ‘‘percentage increase’’ in years when the loan limit increased. original guidance proposed in its core of the prior year. The statutes did not OFHEO determined that declines fit provisions that decreases be deferred address what would happen in the within the statutory language as one year and then only taken when they event that no increase occurred in the ‘‘negative increases.’’ In the alternative, clear a de minimis amount. In short, the home price figures or the price figures where statutory language is silent, as is loan limit decrease that was deferred for declined. In November 2006, OFHEO the case here, regulators routinely fill 2007 will be deferred an additional year acted to address this gap in the statutes, gaps in statutes with rational solutions to 2009 if the underlying house price indicating that a decline or ‘‘negative in line with available statutory intent. series declines again this year, as the increase’’ had occurred in 2006 and Since loan limit calculations are tied to previously deferred decrease was less would be taken into account following annual home price surveys, increases than a de minimis amount (three a one year deferral. As well, OFHEO and declines reasonably may be percent). If the underlying series committed to a revision of its existing considered in line with that statutory increases this year, the decrease will be guidance to address the process and structure. OFHEO has determined that subtracted from such increase in procedures involved in calculations and filling the gap in statutory language is determining the maximum loan limits how decreases would be implemented. appropriate and sought to address, in for 2008. Because of the importance of Fannie light of comments, how its proposed OFHEO provided for public comment Mae and Freddie Mac and the guidance would be implemented. on the proposed examination guidance conforming loan limit to the mortgage on OFHEO’s Web site on June 20, 2007, markets and the interest of other 2. Loan Limit Declines—Deferrals and at the end of a thirty day comment financial institutions, mortgage bankers, Comments received suggested that a period, some 23 comments from 25 builders, realtors and others, OFHEO deferral period was preferred. Most organizations (representing over 2 solicited public comment on the commenters, whether they opposed million businesses) and individuals guidance. declines or not, favored an were received. OFHEO has taken these OFHEO sought comment on all implementation of declines in the comments into consideration and has aspects of the guidance, noting certain conforming loan limit with as little made alterations to the guidance. key provisions. These were (1) market disruption as possible. OFHEO Central to OFHEO’s consideration was addressing whether and how existing agrees that its implementation should assuring clarity in the process of conforming loans should be result in the least impact on both market calculating loan limits, providing for grandfathered; (2) addressing a number operations and provide the greatest smooth market operations and affording of procedural matters, including certainty for planning in the mortgage certainty to those involved in making rounding down announced loan limits markets. and securing mortgages—Fannie Mae to the nearest $100; and (3) providing The revised guidance would and Freddie Mac, mortgage originators, clarity on declines in the conforming implement the proposed deferral of one and homebuyers. loan limit. As proposed, the decline year. This would permit markets well in The proposed guidance elaborated on, would have to represent a greater than advance to know that a decline may be revised and superseded an existing one percent drop in the loan limit forthcoming. Further, there will be guidance—Supervisory Guidance (currently $417,000) or it would be certainty about the minimum level for Conforming Loan Limit Calculations, deferred. Once deferrals reached one the coming year. SG–04–01 (February 20, 2004) that percent, then the total decline would be In line with comments received, delineated OFHEO’s role in calculating subtracted (one year later) from the OFHEO has amended the language to and announcing the conforming loan conforming loan limit adjusting for any clarify that no loan limit decreases of limit. In 2006, after a decline in housing increase that had occurred. For less than the de minimis amount will be price numbers, OFHEO announced that, example, the one percent threshold and required, and that any such amounts

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59547

would be carried forward to the reflects a real change in house price b. Procedures for Years in Which Limit following year’s determination. trends. Declines Decreases would be deferred until they Accordingly, OFHEO has revised the c. Procedures for Adjustments and reach a cumulative three percent or guidance to provide for three percent as Technical Changes until they are used to offset future the de minimis amount. III. Appendix References increases, so that ultimately cumulative Declines in the loan limit would be a. Supervisory Guidance SG–04–001 percentage changes in the maximum applied as described in section 2 above b. Federal Housing Enterprises Financial loan limits would not exceed and as described in the Appendix to the Safety and Soundness Act cumulative percentage changes in the revised guidance. c. OFHEO Regulations Safety and MIRS price series (after any adjustments Soundness Standards, 12 CFR part 1720 4. Grandfathering Issues for methodological changes). & Prompt Supervisory Response & Comments received suggested that Corrective Act, 12 CFR part 1777 3. Loan Limit Declines—De Minimis and proposed grandfathering of loans that I. Introduction How Applied conformed with the loan limit prior to While comments received included a decline in the loan limit to facilitate a. Scope those favoring the de minimis amount operation of mortgage pipelines could This guidance addresses the annual as proposed, many endorsed a larger de be improved and clarified. establishment of the conforming loan minimis amount to support OFHEO’s OFHEO determined that clarification limit amount for mortgages purchased efforts to keep market impact to a was in order and, in line with comments by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (‘‘the minimum. Some argued that the de received, has revised the guidance to Enterprises’’) and OFHEO supervisory minimis amount should be larger, in provide that if a loan has been procedures related to such activity. This part to reflect the volatility of the price conforming at any time, it cannot guidance replaces Supervisory series obtained from the Federal become non-conforming by virtue of a Guidance SG–04–01. Housing Finance Board’s MIRS reports. subsequent decline in the loan limit. The proposed guidance, in light of Modification of a loan would not change (1) OFHEO Supervisory Authority comments filed and a reexamination of its origination date or whether it is OFHEO oversees two housing the volatility in the MIRS price data, within the loan limits. increases the de minimis amount from government sponsored enterprises— one percent to three percent. Because 5. Rounding Down and Other Matters Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac—to assure the maximum loan limits are based on Comments received regarding a they operate in a safe and sound manner 12-month changes (October-to-October) rounding down to the lowest $100 as and maintain adequate capital; 12 in the MIRS price series, we examined opposed to the current OFHEO practice U.S.C. 4501, 4511, 4513. OFHEO’s the history of 12-month changes. of rounding down to the lowest $50 responsibilities include avoiding Volatility in that series is markedly were mixed with some opposing and situations that would present safety and lower after 1993, but still large. others indicating either no objection to soundness problems; 12 CFR part 1720, Particularly noteworthy is the frequency or no opinion on OFHEO’s proposal. Appendices A and B and 12 CFR part of month-to-month reversals. One The revised guidance would adopt the 1777. In addressing areas where such would expect the overlapping series of approach of rounding down to the problems could arise, OFHEO has 12-month changes to be fairly smooth, nearest $100 as having value as to highlighted corporate governance and but more often than not the 12-month market and consumer simplicity and financial disclosures; 12 CFR parts 1730 change ending in any month is not understanding. Also, it would represent and 1710. In its regulation on within the range of 12-month changes a doubling of this rounding standard, a disclosure, OFHEO noted key areas of ending in the preceding and succeeding much smaller percentage change than concern-access to markets and potential months. That is, if the average price the increase in the loan limits since the damages to the firms from incurring— increased 3 percent in the 12 months $50 standard was adopted. reputation risk. Therefore, OFHEO has ending in March, and it increased 8 Accordingly, as stated in the set forth this guidance to ensure that the percent in the 12 months ending in Preamble, OFHEO is revising the conforming loan limit is established in May, then more likely than not it either Examination Guidance on Conforming a manner consistent with safe and increased less than 3 percent or more Loan Limit Calculations as follows: sound operations and with statutory requirements. than 8 percent in the 12 months ending Dated: October 15, 2007. in April. For twenty-five years of practice, the Over the past 150 months, data for 96 James B. Lockhart III, Enterprises announced a conforming months are outside the range of the Director, Office of Federal Housing Enterprise loan limit. However, in seven of those preceding and succeeding months. In 61 Oversight. years adjustments or decisions were cases, the middle month is more than OFHEO made that raise safety and soundness one percentage point outside the range; concerns about the annual adjustment to Examination Guidance in 35 cases, more than two percentage the conforming loan limit. OFHEO points; and in 16 cases, more than three Issuance Date: October, 2007 believes that the situation may be percentage points. These results present Doc. #: PG–07–001 addressed through appropriate strong evidence that a 12-month change Subject: Conforming Loan Limit guidance, setting a more regularized of one or even two percent may easily Calculations process of oversight and control for this be reversed the next month, and is To: OFHEO Examiners matter of national significance. That is therefore not an adequate justification OFHEO Associate Directors. the intent of this guidance. for requiring a lowering of the loan Table of Contents (2) Conforming Loan Limit (CLL) limits. Some of these reversals no doubt I. Introduction reflect true turning points in house price a. Scope The Enterprises are authorized by behavior, however, most clearly do not. b. Preservation of Existing Authority their charters to purchase mortgages up A reversal of 3 percent seems II. Calculation of Conforming Loan Limit to a specified limit as adjusted annually; sufficiently unusual to assume it likely a. General Procedures 12 U.S.C. 302(b)(2) and 305(a)(2). This

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59548 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

limit is referred to as the conforming limit for 1996 without any adjustment indicated, however, that the effect of loan limit (CLL). for the previous declines. any decrease in the house price average The Enterprises make this adjustment Additionally, in November 1997, the would be deferred until the Fall 2007 based on a survey conducted by the Enterprises took another course, setting calculation of the limits for the Federal Housing Finance Board (FHFB). a lower number than the adjustment following year. OFHEO also stated that The FHFB monthly conducts and produced. They determined that the for the 2008 calculation, the decrease of publishes the results of a survey of 1998 conforming loan limit would 0.16 percent would be deducted from mortgage interest rates, the Monthly increase by only 3.67 percent, even any increase in the average house price Interest Rate Survey (MIRS). Under the though the percentage change in house in the year ended October 2007 or, if the Enterprise charters, the change in the prices using FHFB data for 1996–1997 average price decreased, the loan limit national average one-family house price was 8.44 percent. The practical effect of would decrease by that amount. Left to during the twelve-month period ending this action was to adjust for the 1993 be determined was how a further with the previous October as and 1994 price declines. decline in 2008, if it occurred, would be determined by the FHFB in its survey is There have been three occasions treated and whether any existing loans the basis for changes to the conforming when the Federal Housing Finance would be grandfathered. The purpose of loan limit. The Enterprises apply the Board made methodological changes to this guidance, that was subject to public percentage change to the current year’s the Monthly Mortgage Interest Rate notice and comment between June 20 conforming loan limit to establish the Survey that required an adjustment to and July 19, 2007, is to address these next year’s limit. This number one or both of the reference years, that and related issues. is, the prior or current year’s October constitutes part of the determinations of b. Preservation of Existing Authority the eligibility of loans for Enterprise calculation (in 1992, 1998, and 2003). In purchases. December 1992, the Enterprises Nothing contained in this guidance determined that the 1993 conforming OFHEO as safety and soundness prevents OFHEO from undertaking such loan limit would increase 0.42 percent regulator has responsibility to oversee supervisory or enforcement actions as based on adjusted FHFB numbers for safe and sound operations and may act may be necessary to meet its statutory October 1991 and October 1992 national obligations to oversee maintenance of to redress violations of law by the average one-family house price. In Enterprises. In the case of the safety and soundness and adequate November 1998, the Enterprises capital. conforming loan limits OFHEO determined that the 1999 conforming determined in 2004, following a mortgage loan limit would increase by II. Calculation of Conforming Loan problem in technical matters relating to 5.66 percent based on an adjusted Limit the limits, that a more formalized October 1997 house price survey. a. General Procedures process for establishing the conforming Therefore, in 1992 and again in 1998, loan limit was needed. the Enterprises used the adjusted (1) Consistent with statute, OFHEO (3) Background to Conforming Loan national average one-family house will utilize the October MIRS survey Limit Determinations price(s) provided by the FHFB. data (routinely released in November) to In 2003, however, the Enterprises calculate the conforming loan limit for Since 1981, the Enterprises have adopted a conforming loan limit that the following calendar year. adjusted the conforming loan limit as disregarded communications from the (2) Under the terms of an inter-agency allowed under the Housing and FHFB staff regarding a change in the Community Development Act of 1980. agreement, the FHFB will provide methodology for estimating house OFHEO with the confidential October During this time frame, two types of prices. The Enterprises determined that occurrences have transpired that raise survey data prior to its public release. the rise in the 2004 conforming loan (3) OFHEO will calculate the the need for a more formal process: (1) limit would increase by 3.41 percent percentage change in the average house The Enterprises on some occasions based on unadjusted national average price, make any adjustment needed to adjusted their loan limits in a manner house prices for October 2002 and reflect FHFB technological changes and that is different from the survey results October 2003. However, FHFB staff had determine the new maximum and (2) the Federal Housing Finance indicated that the October 2003 national conforming loan limit for the following Board has made technical changes to its average house price should be adjusted year. The result of the calculation will methodology for determining housing downward by $1,647, a net increase of be rounded downward, in line with prices that the Enterprises have not 2.71 percent. existing practice, to the nearest $100, for reflected in their adjustments. Due to this inconsistent application of marketplace convenience and In 2006 and on three prior occasions, procedures for price declines and administrative simplicity. the average house price declined from methodology changes, OFHEO issued a October to October (in 1989, 1993, and conforming loan limit guidance in 2004. (4) Immediately following the FHFB’s 1994). In November 1989, the To clarify elements of the existing October MIRS announcement, OFHEO Enterprises reduced the 1990 guidance and to address the concerns will announce the maximum level of the conforming loan limit by $150 from the around possible declines in the national new conforming loan limit and 1989 level based on a house price average house price average, OFHEO simultaneously issue a letter with its decline of 0.07 percent. In November announced in late 2006 that it would determination to each Enterprise. 1993 and November 1994, however, the issue a new guidance to replace the (5) Each Enterprise under its charter Enterprises announced that the 2004 issuance. then determines whether to set the conforming mortgage loan limit would In 2006, the October national house conforming loan limit at its institution remain constant at $203,150, despite price average declined by 0.16 percent at or below that level. two declines in house prices of 2.96 from the previous October, which by the (6) The purchase of any mortgage percent in 1993 and 1.46 percent in standard calculation would have above the limit by Fannie Mae or 1994 from the prior years. After housing reduced the maximum single family Freddie Mac will be considered an prices increased from October 1994 to conforming loan limit from $417,000 to unsafe and unsound practice, running October 1995, the Enterprises raised the $416,300. OFHEO had previously contrary to statute.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59549

b. Procedures for Years in Which the Examples of How Increases and SUMMARY: Pursuant to Public Law 106– House Price Level Declines Declines in House Prices Affect the 148, the NCGMP Advisory Committee (1) In a year in which the October Conforming Loan Limit Under OFHEO’s will meet in Room 1787 of Building 25 house price level is lower than the level Examination Guidance at the Federal Center, Denver, CO. The advisory Committee, composed of of the previous October, OFHEO will The following examples reflect how defer the impact of that decline on the declines and increases would be addressed in scientists from Federal Agencies, State conforming loan limit for one full year. future years under the final Examination Agencies, academic institutions, and [The effect of the price level decline of Guidance: Conforming Loan Limit. private companies, will advise the 0.16 percent from October 2005 to Calculations: Director of the U.S. Geological Survey October 2006 was deferred in this In 2006, the conforming loan limit was on planning and implementation of the $417,000. In 2006, the average house manner.] geologic mapping program. purchase price declined by 0.16 percent and Topics to be reviewed and discussed (2) After deferring the impact of a this decline was deferred one year until the decline in the average price level for one by the Advisory Committee include the: next calculation in November 2007 for the • year: 2008 limits. OFHEO determined that declines Progress of the NCGMP towards (A) If the price level falls in the always should be deferred a year and that fulfilling the purposes of the National following year, the latter decline will be they should accumulate to a three percent Geological Mapping Act of 1993 • deferred one year, and the maximum threshold before being implemented on the Updates on the Federal, State, and loan limit will be adjusted by the downside. educational components of the NCGMP • decline of the former year; In November 2007, Report from the Subcommittee on (B) If the price level increases the (a) If the average house purchase price has an implementation plan for the National gone up during the year, for example by 2 following year, then the prior year’s Geological and Geophysical Data percent, the deferred decline of 0.16 percent Preservation Program decline will be subtracted from such would be subtracted, and the new loan limit increase; or beginning January 2008 would show an DATES: November 1–2, 2007 (C) If the procedure in (A) or (B) increase of 1.84 percent. commencing at 8:30 a.m. on November would result in a decrease for any year (b) If the average house purchase price has 1 and adjourning by 5 p.m. on in the maximum loan limit of less than gone up during the year, for example by 0.10 November 2. three percent, that decrease will be percent, then the deferred decline would FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: deferred. In the following year, the offset that 0.10 percent increase and a 0.06 Laurel M. Bybell, U.S. Geological percent% decline would be carried forward. amount deferred will be netted against Survey, 908 National Center, Reston, any increase, or added to any decrease, The conforming loan limit would remain the same at $417,000. Virginia 20192 (703) 648–5281. that would otherwise be determined. If (c) If the average house purchase price has SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Meetings the calculation would result in a gone down, the conforming loan limit will of the National Cooperative Geological decrease of less than 3 percent, that remain at $417,000 for 2008. Mapping Program Advisory Committee decrease also will be deferred until fully The deferred decline will be added to the are open to the Public. employed to offset future increases or 0.16 percent and carried forward until the until the net decrease accumulates to 3 next calculation in November 2008, as Dated: October 16, 2007. percent or more. follows: William H. Werkheiser, (3) All loans that were within the (i) If the average house purchase price goes Acting Associate Director for Geology, U.S. conforming loan limit at the time of up during 2008, the conforming loan limit Geological Survey. origination will continue to be deemed will be calculated per (a) or (b) above with [FR Doc. 07–5189 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] the offset being the cumulative deferred within the conforming loan limit during decline of 0.16 percent and the November BILLING CODE 4311–AM–M the remaining lives of such loans, 2007 decline; regardless of whether the loan limit for (ii) If the average house purchase price any subsequent year declines to a level goes down during 2008 and the cumulative DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR below the limit at the time of deferred decline of 0.16 percent from 2006 origination. and the decline from 2007 still total less than Bureau of Land Management 3 percent, the conforming loan limit would [CO–140–08–1610–DP] c. Procedures for Adjustments and remain at $417,000 in 2009; or, Technical Changes (iii) If the average house purchase price Notice of Public Meeting, Northwest (1) At any time during the year after goes down during 2008 and the cumulative Colorado Resource Advisory Council a calculation has been made and the deferred decline of 0.16 percent from 2006 and the decline from 2007 totals 3 percent or Subcommittees for the Glenwood conforming loan limit set, if the FHFB greater, then the conforming loan limit for Springs and Kremmling Resource revises the MIRS or any calculation, the 2009 will be adjusted downward by the Management Plan Revisions Enterprises may provide comments to 2006–2007 cumulative deferred decline. the FHFB for its consideration. Copies AGENCY: Bureau of Land Management, of any Enterprise comments should be [FR Doc. E7–20743 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Interior. provided contemporaneously to BILLING CODE 4220–01–P ACTION: Notice of Public Meeting. OFHEO. (2) Once the FHFB has determined the SUMMARY: In accordance with the nature, scope and timing of technical DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Federal Land Policy and Management changes or adjustments, OFHEO will Act (FLPMA) and the Federal Advisory make adjustments to the next year’s Geological Survey Committee Act of 1972 (FACA), the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of conforming loan limit based upon the National Cooperative Geologic procedures set forth in this Guidance. Land Management (BLM) Northwest Mapping Program (NCGMP) Advisory Colorado Resource Advisory Council III. Appendix Committee (RAC) Subcommittees on the Glenwood The following appendix provides examples AGENCY: U.S. Geological Survey. Springs/Kremmling Resource Management Plan (RMP) Revisions will of how a decline in the conforming loan limit ACTION: Notice of meeting. would be implemented. meet as indicated below.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59550 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

DATES: November 7, 2007, from 5 p.m. Pursuant to § 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60 MISSOURI to 7 p.m., Glenwood Springs written comments concerning the Greene County Subcommittee; November 6, 2007, from significance of these properties under Greene County Courthouse, 940 Boonville 5 p.m. to 7 p.m., Kremmling the National Register criteria for Ave., Springfield, 07001185 Subcommittee. evaluation may be forwarded by United Jackson County ADDRESSES: The Glenwood Springs States Postal Service, to the National Subcommittee will meet at the Register of Historic Places, National South Hyde Park Historic District, Bounded Park Service, 1849 C St., NW., 2280, by E 39th St., Gillham Pkwy., Brush Creek Glenwood Springs Energy Office Blvd. & Troost Ave., Kansas City, 07001186 Conference Room, 2425 S. Grand Ave., Washington, DC 20240; by all other Glenwood Springs, CO. The Kremmling carriers, National Register of Historic NEBRASKA Places, National Park Service, 1201 Eye Subcommittee will meet at the Cuming County St. NW., 8th Floor, Washington, DC Kremmling Field Office, 2103 E. Park Stigge, LaVerne and Helen, Farmstead, 785 Ave., Kremmling, CO. 20005; or by fax, 202–371–6447. Written or faxed comments should be submitted 4th Rd., Howells, 07001187 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Joe by November 6, 2007. Douglas County Stout, Lead Planner, 2103 E. Park Ave., Kremmling, CO; telephone 970–724– J. Paul Loether, Peerless Motor Company, 2562—2564 Harney St., Omaha, 07001188 3003; or Brian Hopkins, Planning and Chief, National Register of Historic Places/ Stabrie Grocery, 501 N 13th St., Omaha, Environmental Coordinator, 50629 Hwy. National Historic Landmarks Program. 07001189 6 & 24, Glenwood Springs, CO, ARIZONA telephone 970–947–2840. Gage County SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Maricopa County First Commercial Bank, 301 Main St., Odell, 07001190 Northwest Colorado RAC advises the University Park Historic District, Bounded by Secretary of the Interior, through the 13th St., Forest Ave, alley between Apache NEW YORK Bureau of Land Management, on a Blvd. & 14th St., Mc Allister Ave., Union Erie County variety of public land issues in Pacific RR & Mill Ave., Tempe, 07001174 Buffalo Harbor South Entrance Light (Light northwestern Colorado. Two sub- ARKANSAS committees have been formed under Stations of the United States MPS), Stony Benton County Pt. end of Buffalo Harbor S breakwater, this RAC to advise it regarding the joint Lackawanna, 07001191 Glenwood Springs and Kremmling Field Van Winkle’s Mill Site, 21392 E AR 12, Offices’ RMP Revisions. The individuals Rogers, 07001175 Kings County on each subcommittee represent a broad Evergreens Cemetery, 1629 Bushwick Ave., CALIFORNIA range of interests and have specific Brooklyn, 07001192 knowledge of the Field Offices. The Alameda County New York County Glenwood Springs subcommittee is South Berkeley Community Church, 1802 House at 49 East 80th Street, 49 E 80th St., comprised of up to 14 individuals and Fairview St., Berkeley, 07001176 New York, 07001193 will focus on all aspects of the San Diego County, San Diego Armed Services Glenwood Springs RMP Revision. The YMCA, 500 W Broadway, San Diego, PUERTO RICO Kremmling Subcommittee is comprised 07001177 Rincon Municipality of 10 individuals who will focus DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Boiling Nuclear Superheater (BONUS) specifically on travel management and Reactor Facility, Punta Higuero Sector, PR recreation issues for the Kremmling District of Columbia 413, Rincon, 07001194 RMP Revision. Recommendations Montrose Park, R St. & Lovers’ Ln. (Res. 324), San Juan Municipality developed by these subcommittees will Washington, 07001178 be presented formally for discussion to Rivera, Luis Munoz, Park, Stop 8 Ponce de MISSISSIPPI the NW RAC at publicly announced Leon Ave., San Juan, 07001195 meetings of the full NW RAC. Bolivar County TENNESSEE Dated: October 15, 2007. Cleveland Founders Historic District, Loudon County Roughly bounded by Victoria Ave., Jamie Connell, Dunbar Public School, 113 Steekee St., Sunflower Rd., Bolivar Ave., S Bayou Ave., Glenwood Springs Field Manager, Lead Loudon, 07001196 Designated Federal Officer for the Northwest & Avery St., Cleveland, 07001179 WISCONSIN Colorado RAC. Hinds County [FR Doc. 07–5210 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Eau Claire County Eau Claire Masonic N & W Overall Company Building, 736 S Temple, 317—319 S Barstow & 306 Main BILLING CODE 4310–JB–M President St., Jackson, 07001180 Sts., Eau Claire, 07001197 Lafayette County [FR Doc. E7–20685 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR North Lamar Historic District, Roughly BILLING CODE 4310–70–P bounded by N 11th, Price, N 16th & Van National Park Service Buren Sts., Oxford, 07001181 Young, George Wright, House, 100 Cty. Rd. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR National Register of Historic 233, Oxford, 07001182 Places;Notification of Pending Bureau of Reclamation Nominations and Related Actions Pike County Spinks Plantation, 1⁄2 mi. N of jct. of Muddy Environmental Water Account Nominations for the following Springs & Irene Rds., Magnolia, 07001183 properties being considered for listing AGENCY: Bureau of Reclamation, or related actions in the National Tishomingo County Interior. Register were received by the National Iuka Battlefield, N of MS 72, W of MS 25, ACTION: Notice of Availability and Park Service before October 6, 2007. Iuka, 07001184 Notice of Public Hearings for the Draft

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59551

Supplemental Environmental Impact Cervantes, by writing to Bureau of • Bureau of Reclamation, Mid-Pacific Statement/Environmental Impact Report Reclamation, 2800 Cottage Way, Region, Regional Library, 2800 Cottage to the Final Environmental Impact Sacramento, CA 95825; by calling 916– Way, Sacramento, California 95825. Statement/ Environmental Impact 978–5189 (TDD 916–978–5608); or by e- • California Bay-Delta Authority, 650 Report (Draft Supplemental EIS/EIR). mailing [email protected]. The Capitol Mall, 5th Floor, Sacramento, Draft Supplemental EIS/EIR is also California 95812. SUMMARY: The Bureau of Reclamation accessible from the following Web sites: • Department of Water Resources, (Reclamation) is the National http://www.mp.usbr.gov or http:// Division of Environmental Services, Environmental Policy Act Federal lead www.dwr.water.ca.gov. See 3251 S Street, Sacramento, California agency, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section for 95816. Service (Service) and National Marine locations where copies of the Draft • Natural Resources Library, U.S. Fisheries Service (NMFS) are the Supplemental EIS/EIR are available for Department of the Interior, 1849 C Street Federal Cooperating Agencies. The public review. NW., Main Interior Building, California Department of Water Washington, DC 20240–0001. Resources (DWR) is the California FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. If special assistance is required at the Environmental Quality Act State lead Sammie Cervantes, Bureau of public hearings, please contact Ms. agency, and the California Department Reclamation, at 916–978–5189 (TDD Sammie Cervantes at 916–978–5189, of Fish and Game (DFG) is the State 916–978–5608) or TDD 916–978–5608, or by e-mailing Responsible and Trustee Agency. [email protected]. [email protected]. Please notify Together, these five agencies have made Ms. Cervantes as far in advance as SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The CVP the Draft Supplemental EIS/EIR and SWP facilities that pump water possible to enable Reclamation to secure available for public review and from the Delta can entrain and kill fish, the needed services. If a request cannot comment. be honored, the requestor will be The Environmental Water Account some of which are Federally and State protected species. Reductions in CVP notified. (EWA) Program provides for fish Before including your name, address, and SWP pumping to protect these fish protection and recovery in the San phone number, e-mail address, or other species can reduce water supply Francisco Bay/Sacramento-San Joaquin personal identifying information in your reliability. The EWA Program includes Delta while at the same time improving comment, you should be aware that Federal and State agencies making water supply reliability for Central your entire comment—including your environmentally-beneficial changes in Valley Project (CVP) and State Water personal identifying information—may the operation of the CVP and SWP for Project (SWP) water users. The Draft be made publicly available at any time. Delta-dependent native fish species, and Supplemental EIS/EIR addresses While you can ask us in your comment acquiring and managing water assets to changes to the regulatory and physical to withhold your personal identifying pay back the water foregone by changes environment that have occurred since information from public review, we to the operation of the CVP and SWP. completion of the Final EIS/EIR in cannot guarantee that we will be able to The Service, Reclamation, DWR, NMFS, January 2004 (FR Volume 69: 3599) and do so. and DFG collectively manage the EWA the Records of Decision in March 2004 Dated: September 20, 2007. and September 2004. Program. The Service, NMFS, and DFG are responsible for recommending John F. Davis, DATES: Public hearings will be held to actions that protect and benefit Delta- Acting Regional Director, Mid-Pacific Region. discuss the purpose and content of the dependent fish populations. [FR Doc. 07–5188 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Draft Supplemental EIS/EIR and to Reclamation and DWR are responsible BILLING CODE 4310–MN–P provide the public an opportunity to for acquiring water assets from willing comment on this draft environmental sellers and storing, conveying, and document. Written comments will also delivering the assets to the CVP and INTERNATIONAL TRADE be accepted at the public hearings. The SWP at appropriate times and locations. public hearings will be held as follows: COMMISSION • Wednesday, November 14, 2007, 10 The Draft Supplemental EIS/EIR [Investigation Nos. 731–TA–919 and 920 a.m. to 12 noon, Sacramento, CA. documents the direct, indirect, and (Review)] • Thursday, November 15, 2007, 5 cumulative effects to the physical, p.m. to 7 p.m., Los Banos, CA. natural, and socioeconomic Certain Welded Large Diameter Line Written comments on the Draft environment that may result from the Pipe From Japan and Mexico purchase, storage, and conveyance of Supplemental EIS/EIR must be Determination submitted on or before December 10, EWA assets, and the actions taken to 2007. benefit Delta-dependent fish On the basis of the record 1 developed populations. The Draft Supplemental in the subject five-year reviews the ADDRESSES: The public hearings will be EIS/EIR is focused on an analysis of United States International Trade held at the following locations: • impacts to fisheries in the Delta because Commission (Commission) determines, In Sacramento at the Federal there have been multiple changes in the pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Building, 2800 Cottage Way, Cafeteria regulatory and physical environment Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)), that Conference Rooms C–1001 and C–1002. • since the Record of Decision was signed revocation of the antidumping duty In Los Banos at the Miller & Lux in September 2004. order on certain welded large diameter Building, Activity Room, 830 6th Street. Copies of the Draft Supplemental EIS/ line pipe from Japan would be likely to Written comments on the Draft lead to continuation or recurrence of Supplemental EIS/EIR should be EIR are available for public review at the following locations: material injury to an industry in the addressed to Ms. Sammie Cervantes, United States within a reasonably Bureau of Reclamation, 2800 Cottage • Bureau of Reclamation, Denver Way, Sacramento, CA 95825. Office Library, Building 67, Room 167, 1 The record is defined in sec. 207.2(f) of the Copies of the Draft Supplemental EIS/ Denver Federal Center, 6th and Kipling, Commission’s Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 EIR may be requested from Ms. Sammie Denver, Colorado 80225, 303–445–2072. CFR § 207.2(f)).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59552 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

foreseeable time 2 and that revocation of PLACE: 5550 Friendship Blvd., Fourth DEPARTMENT OF LABOR the antidumping duty order on certain Floor, Chevy Chase, MD 20815. welded large diameter line pipe from Employee Benefits Security STATUS: Open. Mexico would not be likely to lead to Administration continuation or recurrence of material MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED: The injury to an industry in the United following matters have been placed on Advisory Council on Employee Welfare States within a reasonably foreseeable the agenda for the open Parole and Pension Benefit Plans Working time.3 Commission meeting: Group on Financial Literacy, Working Group on Participant Benefit Background 1. Approval of Minutes of July 2007 Quarterly Business Meeting. Statements, and Working Group on The Commission instituted these 2. Reports from the Chairman, Fiduciary Responsibilities Updates and reviews on November 1, 2006 (71 FR Revenue Sharing; Notice of Meeting 64294) and determined on February 5, Commissioners, Chief of Staff, and Section Administrators. 2007 that it would conduct full reviews Pursuant to the authority contained in (72 FR 6746, February 13, 2007). Notice 3. Consideration of ‘‘Evaluation and Section 512 of the Employee Retirement of the scheduling of the Commission’s Re-Validation of the U.S. Parole Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), 29 reviews and of a public hearing to be Guidelines Risk Instrument’’ by James U.S.C. 1142, a public meeting will be held in connection therewith was given Austin and Roger Ocker. held on November 6, 2007 of the by posting copies of the notice in the AGENCY CONTACT: Thomas W. Working Groups assigned by the Office of the Secretary, U.S. Hutchison, Chief of Staff, United States Advisory Council on Employee Welfare International Trade Commission, Parole Commission, (301) 492–5990. and Pension Benefit Plans to study the Washington, DC, and by publishing the Dated: October 17, 2007. issues of (1) financial literacy, (2) notice in the Federal Register on March participant benefit statements, and (3) 1, 2007 (72 FR 9357); a revised schedule Sharon A. Gervasoni, fiduciary responsibilities updates and was published on June 4, 2007 (72 FR Acting General Counsel, U.S. Parole revenue sharing. 30832). The hearing was held in Commission. Washington, DC, on July 25, 2007, and [FR Doc. 07–5219 Filed 10–18–07; 11:44 am] The sessions will take place in C5515 all persons who requested the BILLING CODE 4410–31–M Room 3, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 opportunity were permitted to appear in Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, person or by counsel. DC 20210. The purpose of the open The Commission transmitted its DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE meeting is for the Working Groups to determination in these reviews to the conclude their report/recommendations United States Parole Commission Secretary of Commerce on October 16, to submit to the full Advisory Council. 2007. The views of the Commission are Sunshine Act Meeting Notice The meetings will start at 1 p.m. with contained in USITC Publication 3953 the Working Group on Financial (October 2007), entitled Certain Welded Public Announcement Literacy, followed by the Working Large Diameter Line Pipe from Japan Group on Participant Benefit Pursuant to the government in the and Mexico: Investigation Nos. 731–TA– Statements, followed by the Working Sunshine Act (Pub. L. 94–409) [5 U.S.C. 919 and 920 (Review). Group on Fiduciary Responsibilities 552b] By order of the Commission. Updates and Revenue Sharing. The Issued: October 16, 2007. AGENCY HOLDING MEETING: Department of order is subject to change. Justice, United States Parole William R. Bishop, Organizations or members of the Commission. Acting Secretary to the Commission. public wishing to submit a written [FR Doc. E7–20672 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] DATE AND TIME: 11 a.m., Thursday, statement pertaining to the topic may do BILLING CODE 7020–02–P October 25, 2007. so by submitting 25 copies on or before PLACE: U.S. Parole Commission, 5550 October 30, 2007 to Larry Good, Friendship Boulevard, 4th Floor, Chevy Executive Secretary, ERISA Advisory DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE Chase, Maryland 20815. Council, U.S. Department of Labor, Suite N–5623, 200 Constitution Avenue, United States Parole Commission STATUS: Closed. NW., Washington, DC 20210. MATTERS CONSIDERED: The following Statements also may be submitted Sunshine Act Meeting Notice matters will be considered during the electronically to [email protected]. Public Announcement closed portion of the Commission’s Statements received on or before Business Meeting: October 30, 2007 will be included in the Pursuant to the Government in the record of the meeting. Individuals or Sunshine Act (Public Law 94–409) [5 Petitions for reconsideration representatives of organizations wishing U.S.C. 552b] involving three original jurisdiction cases pursuant to 28 CFR 2.27. to address the Working Group should AGENCY HOLDING MEETING: Department of forward their requests to the Executive Justice, United States Parole AGENCY CONTACT: Thomas W. Secretary or telephone (202) 693–8668. Commission. Hutchison, Chief of Staff, United States Oral presentations will be limited to 10 TIME AND DATE: 10 a.m., Thursday, Parole Commission, (301) 492–5990. minutes, time permitting, but an October 25, 2007. Dated: October 17, 2007. extended statement may be submitted Sharon A. Gervasoni, for the record. Individuals with 2 Chairman Daniel R. Pearson and Commissioner Acting General Counsel, U.S. Parole disabilities who need special Deanna Tanner Okun dissenting with respect to Commission. Japan. accommodations should contact Larry 3 Commissioner Charlotte R. Lane dissenting with [FR Doc. 07–5220 Filed 10–18–07; 11:44 am] Good by October 30 at the address respect to Mexico. BILLING CODE 4410–31–M indicated.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59553

Signed at Washington, DC this 16th day of Secretary at the above address or via DEPARTMENT OF LABOR October, 2007. telephone at (202) 693–8668. Oral Bradford P. Campbell, presentations will be limited to 10 Employment and Training Assistant Secretary, Employee Benefits minutes, but an extended statement may Administration Security Administration. be submitted for the record. Individuals Investigations Regarding Certifications [FR Doc. E7–20721 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] with disabilities who need special BILLING CODE 4510–29–P of Eligibility To Apply for Worker accommodations should contact Larry Adjustment Assistance and Alternative Good by October 31 at the address Trade Adjustment Assistance indicated in this notice. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Signed at Washington, DC this 16th day of Petitions have been filed with the Employee Benefits Security October, 2007. Secretary of Labor under section 221 (a) Administration of the Trade Act of 1974 (‘‘the Act’’) and Bradford P. Campbell, are identified in the Appendix to this Advisory Council on Employee Welfare Assistant Secretary, Employee Benefits notice. Upon receipt of these petitions, and Pension Benefit Plans, 140th Full Security Administration. the Director of the Division of Trade Council Meeting; Notice of Meeting [FR Doc. E7–20722 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Adjustment Assistance, Employment BILLING CODE 4510–29–P and Training Administration, has Pursuant to the authority contained in instituted investigations pursuant to Section 512 of the Employee Retirement section 221(a) of the Act. Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), 29 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR The purpose of each of the U.S.C. 1142, the 140th open meeting of investigations is to determine whether the full Advisory Council on Employee Employment and Training the workers are eligible to apply for Welfare and Pension Benefit Plans will Administration adjustment assistance under Title II, be held on November 7, 2007. The meeting will run from 9 a.m. to Chapter 2, of the Act. The investigations approximately 4:30 p.m., with a break [TA–W–62,129] will further relate, as appropriate, to the for lunch. The morning session will take determination of the date on which total Alyeska Pipeline Service Company, place in C5515 Room 3, U.S. or partial separations began or Anchorage, AK; Notice of Termination Department of Labor, 200 Constitution threatened to begin and the subdivision of Investigation Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210. of the firm involved. The afternoon session will take place in The petitioners or any other persons Pursuant to section 221 of the Trade Room S–2508 at the same address, showing a substantial interest in the Act of 1974, as amended, an beginning at 2 p.m. The purpose of the subject matter of the investigations may open meeting is for the chairpersons of investigation was initiated on request a public hearing, provided such the three Advisory Council Working September 11, 2007 in response to a request is filed in writing with the Groups to submit their findings and worker petition filed by a company Director, Division of Trade Adjustment recommendations on their individual official on behalf of workers of Alyeska Assistance, at the address shown below, study topics for the full Advisory Pipeline Services, Anchorage, Alaska. not later than November 1, 2007. Council’s review and acceptance, The petitioner has requested that the Interested persons are invited to submit written comments regarding the following which the Advisory Council petition be withdrawn. Consequently, subject matter of the investigations to will present the Working Group findings the investigation has been terminated. and recommendations to the Secretary the Director, Division of Trade Signed at Washington, DC this 12th day of of Labor. Adjustment Assistance, at the address Organizations or members of the October 2007. shown below, not later than November public wishing to submit a written Richard Church, 1, 2007. statement pertaining to any topic under Certifying Officer, Division of Trade The petitions filed in this case are consideration by the Advisory Council Adjustment Assistance. available for inspection at the Office of may do so by submitting 25 copies to [FR Doc. E7–20728 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] the Director, Division of Trade Adjustment Assistance, Employment Larry Good, Executive Secretary, ERISA BILLING CODE 4510–FN–P Advisory Council, U.S. Department of and Training Administration, U.S. Labor, Room N–5623, 200 Constitution Department of Labor, Room C–5311, 200 Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210. Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, Statements received on or before DC 20210. October 31, 2007 will be included in the Signed at Washington, DC, this 16th day of record of the meeting. Individuals or October 2007. representatives of organizations wishing Ralph DiBattista, to address the Advisory Council should Director, Division of Trade Adjustment forward their request to the Executive Assistance.

APPENDIX [TAA petitions instituted between 10/9/07 and 10/12/07]

Date of Date of TA–W Subject firm (Petitioners) Location institution petition

62265 ...... KLA–Tencor (Wkrs) ...... San Jose, CA ...... 10/09/07 10/05/07 62266 ...... Classic Die, Inc. (Wkrs) ...... Grand Rapids, MI ...... 10/09/07 10/08/07 62267 ...... Lamplight Farms (Comp) ...... Menomonee Falls, WI ...... 10/09/07 10/08/07 62268 ...... Dixie Consumer Products LLC (State) ...... Los Angeles, CA ...... 10/09/07 09/11/07

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59554 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

APPENDIX—Continued [TAA petitions instituted between 10/9/07 and 10/12/07]

Date of Date of TA–W Subject firm (Petitioners) Location institution petition

62269 ...... Norwalk Furniture Corporation of Tennessee (Comp) ... Cookeville, TN ...... 10/09/07 10/05/07 62270 ...... San Francisco City Lights (Wkrs) ...... San Francisco, CA ...... 10/09/07 10/05/07 62271 ...... Ravenwood Specialty Services, Inc. (USWA) ...... Ravenswood, WV ...... 10/09/07 10/05/07 62272 ...... Flint Group (State) ...... Plymouth, MI ...... 10/09/07 10/01/07 62273 ...... Delphi Corporation (USWA) ...... Dayton, OH ...... 10/09/07 10/08/07 62274 ...... Quebecor World (Wkrs) ...... Bensenville, IL ...... 10/09/07 10/04/07 62275 ...... Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. (Comp) ...... Clanton, AL ...... 10/09/07 10/05/07 62276 ...... F.L. Smithe Machine Company (IAMAW) ...... Hollidaysburg, PA ...... 10/10/07 09/25/07 62277 ...... Volt Technical Resources, LLC (Comp) ...... Loveland, CO ...... 10/10/07 10/09/07 62278 ...... GE Money (Wkrs) ...... Atlanta, GA ...... 10/10/07 10/28/07 62279 ...... Titan Tool (State) ...... Oakland, NJ ...... 10/10/07 09/19/07 62280 ...... UCO Spining LP (Comp) ...... Snyder, TX ...... 10/10/07 10/09/07 62281 ...... Auburn Investment Castings Inc. (Wkrs) ...... Auburn, AL ...... 10/10/07 09/21/07 62282 ...... National Starch and Chemical Company (Comp) ...... Island Falls, ME ...... 10/10/07 10/05/07 62283 ...... Cordis Corporation (State) ...... Miami Lakes, FL ...... 10/11/07 10/10/07 62284 ...... Parker Hannifin Corporation (Wkrs) ...... Eastlake, OH ...... 10/11/07 10/03/07 62285 ...... Carolina Textile Company, Inc. (Comp) ...... Dobson, NC ...... 10/11/07 10/01/07 62286 ...... Transco Products Corporation (Wkrs) ...... Linden, NJ ...... 10/11/07 09/23/07 62287 ...... Franklin Plastic Products, Inc. (Comp) ...... Franklin, IN ...... 10/11/07 10/09/07 62288 ...... Fiberweb (Comp) ...... Gray Court, SC ...... 10/11/07 10/10/07 62289 ...... Metal Powder Products (Wkrs) ...... St. Marys, PA ...... 10/11/07 10/04/07 62290 ...... Wachovia (Wkrs) ...... Charlotte, NC ...... 10/11/07 10/09/07 62291 ...... CompuMedics (State) ...... Charlotte, NC ...... 10/11/07 10/10/07 62292 ...... Storeroom Solutions, Inc. (State) ...... Little Rock, AR ...... 10/12/07 10/11/07 62293 ...... Truck Speciality Center (UAW) ...... Springfield, OH ...... 10/12/07 10/12/07 62294 ...... Allstar Pro LLC (Comp) ...... Downingtown, PA ...... 10/12/07 10/10/07 62295 ...... Temple-Inland Forest Products (State) ...... Hope, AR ...... 10/12/07 10/11/07 62296 ...... Delphi Corporation #1 (Comp) ...... Oak Creek, WI ...... 10/12/07 10/03/07 62297 ...... Delphi Corporation #2 (Comp) ...... Oak Creek, WI ...... 10/12/07 10/10/07 62298 ...... Delphi Corporation #3 (UAW) ...... Vandalia, OH ...... 10/12/07 10/11/07 62299 ...... GDX Automotive Inc. (State) ...... Batesville, AR ...... 10/12/07 10/11/07 62300 ...... General Electric Mattoon Lamp Plant (Comp) ...... Mattoon, IL ...... 10/12/07 09/25/07

[FR Doc. E7–20724 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] (1) If it appears on the basis of facts the work performed at the subject BILLING CODE 4510–FN–P not previously considered that the facility. The official stated that Family determination complained of was Entertainment, dba Sherwood Forest erroneous; Family Golf, Conyers, Georgia operates DEPARTMENT OF LABOR (2) If it appears that the determination an amusement park, where the complained of was based on a mistake following entertainment services are Employment and Training in the determination of facts not provided: putt-putt golf, a raceway of Administration previously considered; or go-karts, bumper boats, bumper carts, [TA–W–61,877] (3) If in the opinion of the Certifying batting cages and an arcade. The official Officer, a misinterpretation of facts or of clarified that Sherwood Forest does not Family Entertainment dba Sherwood the law justified reconsideration of the use divisions and that employees of the Forest Family Golf, Conyers, GA; decision. subject firm ‘‘work counters at golf desk Notice of Negative Determination The TAA petition filed on behalf of or concessions, operate rides by taking Regarding Application for workers at Family Entertainment, dba tickets, administering instructions, Reconsideration Sherwood Forest Family Golf, Conyers, assisting patrons into moving rides and By application postmarked September Georgia engaged in activities related to monitoring throughout the length of the 6, 2007, a petitioner requested the operation of an amusement park was ride.’’ administrative reconsideration of the denied because the petitioning workers The official further stated that two Department’s negative determination did not produce an article within the petitioning workers were hired as sales regarding eligibility for workers and meaning of section 222 of the Act. agents to try a new promotional program former workers of the subject firm to The petitioner contends that the in August 2006. These employees sold apply for Trade Adjustment Assistance Department erred in its interpretation of Everything Goes passes and performed (TAA). The denial notice applicable to work performed at the subject facility as promotional activities for the workers of Family Entertainment, dba ‘‘activities related to operating an amusement park by ‘‘handing out flyers Sherwood Forest Family Golf, Conyers, amusement park’’ and further conveys to whomever they choose to solicit.’’ Georgia was signed on August 22, 2007 that workers of the subject firm were not The official stated that even though and published in the Federal Register employees of the amusement park, but these two workers were ‘‘on foot on September 11, 2007 (72 FR 51845). were rather workers of the Marketing advertising/promotional type Pursuant to 29 CFR 90.18(c) Division. employees’’ and were not required to be reconsideration may be granted under A company official was contacted for stationary at the place of business, and the following circumstances: clarification in regard to the nature of were paid commission along with a

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59555

salary, they were employees of Report’’ and ‘‘Business Contact Form’’ DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Sherwood Forest Family Golf and stating that the workers performed performed services supporting business telemarketing calls and that these tasks Employment and Training and activities of the amusement park. are now performed in India. Administration The petitioner further alleges that the [TA–W–62,190] petitioning workers ‘‘produced and The company official stated that Family Entertainment dba Sherwood mass produced items such as flyers, Steelcase Incorporated Grand Rapids, Forest did not shift any job functions to pamphlets, guides, rule books, manuals, Michigan; Notice of Termination of India and is not importing any articles instruction sets’’ etc. The petitioner Investigation stated that ‘‘he was in charge of from the foreign source. The official production strategies/marketing of many further stated that ‘‘the only relation Pursuant to section 221 of the Trade promotional items’’. Family Entertainment has with India is Act of 1974, as amended, an The company official clarified that the the fact that it is owned by a U.S. investigation was initiated on petitioning workers ‘‘in no way Citizen from India’’ and that the September 24, 2007 in response to a produced, created, designed nor mass previous manager of the subject firm petition filed by a company official on produced’’ any of the above mentioned who is no longer affiliated with the behalf of workers at Steelcase articles for the subject firm. The official company, resides in India with his Incorporated, Grand Rapids, Michigan. stated that Family Entertainment has a family at the present time. The company The petitioner has requested that the management team which completes all official confirmed that the subject firm petition be withdrawn. Consequently, these tasks and that the petitioning is in the business of entertainment the investigation has been terminated. workers were only in charge of the way services and whatever printed material Signed in Washington, DC, this 12th day of they sold Everything Goes passes and might be designed or produced by the October 2007. distributed flyers. administrative staff of the subject firm Linda G. Poole, To support his allegations, the Certifying Officer, Division of Trade petitioner enclosed a copy of the as incidental to these services continues to be designed and produced by the Adjustment Assistance. Georgia Department of Labor [FR Doc. E7–20723 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Unemployment Claims Examiner’s subject firm or other domestic BILLING CODE 4510–FN–P Determination which states that the companies. reason behind the petitioner’s The company official further stated separation from the subject firm was a that the petitioning workers were DEPARTMENT OF LABOR lack of work, and a stub reflecting separated from the subject firm after the information concerning the final management evaluated the promotional Employment and Training unemployment check. For the purposes program and made a decision to Administration of this investigation, these documents discontinue the program due to low [TA–W–62,053] do not contain any evidence that the profitability. workers of the subject firm created an In the request for reconsideration, the Sunrise Medical, Incorporated article and that there was a shift in Devilbiss Healthcare Including On-Site production of an article by the subject petitioner doubts the accuracy of the information provided by Family Leased Workers of Kelly Services firm abroad. Somerset, PA; Amended Certification Entertainment. The petitioner also enclosed various Regarding Eligibility To Apply for flyers, brochures, coupons, pass cards The Department has no evidence that Worker Adjustment Assistance and and promotional advertisements and would suggest that the officials of the Alternative Trade Adjustment stated that workers of the subject firm Family Entertainment had any reason to Assistance created and produced these articles. mislead the investigation or that they The company official verified that had any interest in the outcome of this In accordance with section 223 of the these pass cards, coupons and determination that might have been Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2273), and advertisements were designed by the section 246 of the Trade Act of 1974 (26 adverse to the former employees of the subject firm’s previous manager and U.S.C. 2813), as amended, the subject firm. were prepared and sent to a professional Department of Labor issued a local printing company. The official Conclusion Certification of Eligibility to Apply for further confirmed that the rest of the Worker Adjustment Assistance and promotional material was typed as a After review of the application and Alternative Trade Adjustment word document and printed on a investigative findings, I conclude that Assistance on October 10, 2007, computer printer by the administrative there has been no error or applicable to workers of Sunrise staff of either Family Entertainment or misinterpretation of the law or of the Medical, Incorporated, Devilbiss another domestic company, Atlanta facts which would justify Healthcare, Somerset, Pennsylvania. Cutlery. The administrative employees reconsideration of the Department of The notice will be published soon in the of the subject firm continue to perform Labor’s prior decision. Accordingly, the Federal Register. these functions to support and promote application is denied. At the request of the State agency, the business activities of the amusement Department reviewed the certification park. Signed at Washington, DC, this 16th day of for workers of the subject firm. The The petitioner further alleges that the October 2007. workers are engaged in the production subject firm shifted production of the Elliott S. Kushner, of respiratory care products, such as articles to India and ‘‘the fact that these Certifying Officer, Division of Trade compressor nebulizers, oxygen articles are no longer produced here is Adjustment Assistance. concentrators and aspirators. the reason that we are no longer [FR Doc. E7–20726 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] The review of the investigation record employed’’. To support these BILLING CODE 4510–FN–P shows that the Department allegations, the petitioner enclosed inadvertently excluded from the copies of handwritten ‘‘Weekly Sales certification on-site leased workers from

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59556 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

Kelly Services. Accordingly, the did not import seat adjusters during the Signed at Washington, DC this 23rd day of Department is amending this relevant period. August 2007. certification to include on-site leased By letter dated July 16, 2007, a Elliott S. Kushner, workers from Kelly Services. company official requested Certifying Officer, Division of Trade The amended notice applicable to administrative reconsideration of the Adjustment Assistance. TA–W–62,053 is hereby issued as Department’s negative determination. [FR Doc. E7–20725 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] follows: The request for reconsideration stated BILLING CODE 4510–FN–P All workers of Sunrise Medical, that the subject firm’s major customer Incorporated, Devilbiss Healthcare, including replaced subject firm purchases with on-site leased workers of Kelly Services, imported seat adjusters. MORRIS K. UDALL SCHOLARSHIP Somerset, Pennsylvania, who became totally AND EXCELLENCE IN NATIONAL During the reconsideration or partially separated from employment on or ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY investigation, the Department carefully after August 27, 2006, through October 10, FOUNDATION 2009, are eligible to apply for adjustment reviewed the administrative file, assistance under Section 223 of the Trade Act contacted the company official for Request for Comment on Draft of 1974, and are also eligible to apply for clarification, and contacted the subject Convening Report Regarding alternative trade adjustment assistance under firm’s major customer for more Section 246 of the Trade Act of 1974. Negotiated Rulemaking and Bureau of information about its import purchases. Indian Affairs Funded School Facilities Signed at Washington, DC, this 17th day of Previously-submitted information Repair, Renovation, & Construction October 2007. revealed that subject firm sales, AGENCY: Linda G. Poole, production, and employment levels United States Institute for Certifying Officer, Division of Trade declined during the relevant period. Environmental Conflict Resolution, Adjustment Assistance. Information obtained during the Morris K. Udall Foundation. [FR Doc. E7–20727 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] reconsideration investigation revealed ACTION: Notice of draft convening report BILLING CODE 4510–FN–P that the subject firm’s major customer and request for comment. began using foreign-made seat adjusters SUMMARY: The U.S. Institute for in 2006 and replacing subject firm Environmental Conflict Resolution DEPARTMENT OF LABOR purchases with foreign-made seat invites comments on its draft convening adjusters during 2007. Employment and Training report regarding Department of the Administration In accordance with section 246 the Interior’s (DOI) Bureau of Indian Affairs Trade Act of 1974 (26 U.S.C. 2813), as (BIA)-funded school facilities [TA–W–61,530] amended, the Department herein construction as identified in the No presents the results of its investigation Child Left Behind Act of 2001 (NCLB Track Corporation Including On-Site regarding certification of eligibility to Act). The draft report was prepared at Leased Workers of Forge Industrial apply for ATAA. The Department has the request of the DOI, BIA, and Bureau Spring Lake, Michigan; Notice of determined in this case that the group of Indian Education (BIE). Such a Revised Determination on eligibility requirements of section 246 convening report is described generally Reconsideration have been met. in the Negotiated Rulemaking Act of A significant number of workers at the 1996, Pub. L. 104–320, section 563(b). On June 18, 2007, the Department of firm are age 50 or over. Workers possess As a neutral, independent federal Labor (Department) issued a Negative skills that are not easily transferable. program, the U.S. Institute and its Determination Regarding Eligibility to Competitive conditions within the impartial contractor team, Consensus Apply for Worker Adjustment industry are adverse. Building Institute (CBI) conducted two- Assistance and Alternative Trade hundred (200) interviews of people with Adjustment Assistance applicable to the Conclusion an interest in BIA-funded school Trade Adjustment Assistance (TAA) and facilities construction. The purpose of After careful review of the Alternative Trade Adjustment the interviews was to explore the information obtained in the initial and Assistance (ATAA) petition filed by a opportunities for, and barriers to, using reconsideration investigations, I company official on behalf of workers negotiated rulemaking to develop determine that the subject workers are and former workers of Track regulations implementing the adversely-impacted by increased Corporation, Spring Lake, Michigan requirements of the NCLB Act related to imports of articles like or directly (subject firm). The Department’s Notice BIA-funded school facilities. The draft competitive with those produced at the of negative determination was report covers school facility topics subject firm. In accordance with the published in the Federal Register on identified from the NCLB Act: provisions of the Act, I make the July 9, 2007 (72 FR 37266). The subject • Methods to catalog school facilities; following certification: firm produces seat adjusters for the • Determining formulas for priority automotive industry and public seating All workers of Track Corporation, and funding for school replacement for stadiums and theaters. Workers are including on-site workers of Forge Industrial, construction and new construction separately identifiable by product line. Spring Lake, Michigan, engaged in the • Determining formulas for priority The TAA/ATAA petition was filed on production of seat adjusters, who became and funding for school renovation and behalf of workers engaged in the totally or partially separated from repair; production of seat adjusters. employment on or after May 16, 2006 • through two years from the date of this Facilities standards for home living The negative determination was based certification, are eligible to apply for (dormitory) situations. on the Department’s findings that the adjustment assistance under section 223 of In the draft report, CBI identified subject firm did not shift production of the Trade Act of 1974, and are eligible to several key themes from its interviews: seat adjusters abroad and does not apply for alternative trade adjustment • There is a strong willingness to go import seat adjusters. A survey revealed assistance under section 246 of the Trade Act forward with a negotiated rulemaking, that the subject firm’s major customer of 1974. as it is required by statute.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59557

• Interviewees were supportive of developing regulations to implement the made available to DOI, BIA, and BIE. negotiating to improve the fairness, NCLB Act’s provisions regarding The final report will also be made efficiency and transparency of the schools operated or funded by the BIA. available to the interviewees, all funding formulas for all aspects of BIA has used negotiated rulemaking to interested tribes, and the general public school facilities funding address six (6) of the seven (7) via a Web site link. • There is a need to integrate the regulations required under the NCLB Authority: 20 U.S.C. 5601 et seq. formal negotiation with less formal Act. DOI and BIA want to assess the methods of consulting with the tribes feasibility of using the negotiated Dated: October 16, 2007. who will not have seats at the table. CBI rulemaking process to develop the final Christopher L. Helms, suggests a national workshop for all rule, dealing with school construction Executive Director, Morris K. Udall tribes with school facilities as part of the and repair. Scholarship and Excellence in National preparation for the negotiation process. In the fall of 2006 DOI sought Environmental Policy Foundation. This workshop could help identify assistance with this effort from the U.S. [FR Doc. 07–5187 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] options for the negotiating committee to Institute, an independent impartial BILLING CODE 6870–FN–M work with. government entity with expertise in • Representation of the tribes on the convening, assessment and alternative dispute resolution processes. In negotiating committee is required by the NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS accordance with its statutory authority, NCLB Act to be roughly proportional to ADMINISTRATION the percent of students each tribe has in the 1998 Environmental Policy and the system. For the majority of tribes Conflict Resolution Act (Pub. L. 105– Information Security Oversight Office (i.e. beyond the top eleven for student 156, codified at 20 U.S.C. 5601 et seq.), population), there will need to be a the U.S. Institute conducted a National Industrial Security Program process for sharing seats or otherwise convening assessment. For more Policy Advisory Committee: Notice of developing representation structures. information on the U.S. Institute, please Meeting The draft convening report may be visit http://www.ecr.gov. accessed at http://www.cbuilding.org. The U.S. Institute contracted with an In accordance with the Federal and at http://www.ecr.gov. This notice independent, impartial convening team, Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app invites interested individuals, the Consensus Building Institute (CBI), 2) and implementing regulation 41 CFR organizations and governments to to carry out interviews and prepare a 101.6, announcement is made for the review and offer comments that focus draft convening report. The scope of the following committee meeting: on the findings and recommendations draft convening report includes views Name of Committee: National Industrial presented draft convening report. on school facility topics identified from Security Program Policy Advisory Committee DATES: Please submit comments on or the NCLB Act and the opportunities of (NISPPAC). before December 22, 2007. and barriers to negotiated rulemaking. Date of Meeting: November 15, 2007. To understand the range of perspectives Time of Meeting: 10 am–12 noon. ADDRESSES: You may submit comments on or interests in these topics, the Place of Meeting: National Archives and by any of the following methods: Records Administration, 700 Pennsylvania • E-mail: [email protected]. convening team conducted 200 confidential interviews with tribal Avenue, NW., Archivist’s Reception Room, • Fax: 1–617–492–1919. Room 105, Washington, DC 20408. • Mail: Consensus Building Institute; officials or their designees, Purpose: To discuss National Industrial Attn: BIE Convening Draft Report representatives of BIA-funded or grant- Security Program policy matters. Comment, 238 Main Street, Suite 400, funded tribal schools, and others with This meeting will be open to the public. Cambridge, MA 02142. an interest in Bureau-funded school However, due to space limitations and access procedures, the name and telephone number FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: facilities construction on the following: • Interviewees’ views on the of individuals planning to attend must be Patrick Field, Consensus Building substantive issues listed above; submitted to the Information Security Institute, 238 Main Street, Suite 400, • Suggestions for how diverse Oversight Office (ISOO) no later than Cambridge, MA 02142, (617) 492–1414 geographic, size, and tribal interests can Monday, October 29, 2007. ISOO will x118, [email protected]; Sarah best be represented on a Negotiated provide additional instructions for gaining Palmer, Senior Program Manager, U.S. access to the location of the meeting. Rulemaking Committee; For Further Information Contact: Patrick Institute for Environmental Conflict • Any concerns or barriers to the Resolution, 130 S. Scott Avenue, Viscuso, Senior Program Analyst, establishment of and successful Information Security Oversight Office, Tucson, AZ 85701, phone (520) 901– execution of a Negotiated Rulemaking 8556, fax (520) 901–8557, National Archives Building, 700 Committee on these topics; and Pennsylvania Avenue, Washington, DC [email protected]; Michele F. Singer, • Consultative activities and potential 20408, telephone number (202) 357–5313. Director, Office of Regulatory approaches to consultation that the Dated: October 16, 2007. Management, Office of the Assistant Bureau might undertake regarding these Mary Ann Hadyka, Secretary, Indian Affairs, 1001 Indian issues. School Road, NW., Albuquerque, NM The draft convening report reflects Committee Management Officer. 87104, phone (505) 563–5415, fax (505) CBI findings and preliminary [FR Doc. E7–20698 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] 563–3811, recommendations to DOI, BIA, and BIE BILLING CODE 7515–01–P [email protected]. based on these interviews. The draft SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: report will be made available to all interviewees for comment. Upon receipt Background NATIONAL CREDIT UNION of comments, CBI and the U.S. Institute ADMINISTRATION The No Child Left Behind Act (NCLB will consider all comments and prepare Act) requires the Department of the a final report for the Department of the Notice of Meeting Interior to use procedures set out in the Interior, Bureau of Indian Affairs and Negotiated Rulemaking Act of 1996, Bureau of Indian Education. All TIME AND DATE: 10 a.m., Thursday, Pub. L. 104–320, Section 563 when comments received on the draft will be October 25, 2007.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59558 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

PLACE: Board Room, 7th Floor, Room Juan Lopez-Bautista, Permit No. 2008– located in West Feliciana Parish, 7047, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 018 Louisiana. 22314–3428. Sam Feola, Permit No. 2008–019 The proposed amendment would STATUS: Open. William R. Fraser, Permit No. 2008–020 have revised the facility Technical MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED: Specifications and the operating license. Nadene G. Kennedy, The proposed change would have added 1. Quarterly Insurance Fund Report. Permit Officer. 2. Board Briefing: Part 717 of NCUA’s a License Condition 2.C to the Facility Rules and Regulations, Interagency [FR Doc. E7–20668 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Operating License NPF–47 that allows Final Rule and Guidelines on Identity BILLING CODE 7555–01–P River Bend Station, Unit 1, Technical Theft Red Flags and Address Specifications surveillance intervals to Discrepancies. be extended on a one-time basis for the 3. Board Briefing: Part 717 of NCUA’s NEIGHBORHOOD REINVESTMENT 14th Fuel Cycle to account for the Rules and Regulations, Interagency CORPORATION effects of a delayed refueling outage. The Commission had previously Final Rule on Affiliate Marketing.  4. Final Rule: Section 701.2 of Neighborworks America Regular issued a Notice of Consideration of NCUA’s Rules and Regulations, Federal Board of Directors Meeting; Sunshine Issuance of Amendment published in Credit Union Bylaws. Act the Federal Register on October 9, 2007 (72 FR 57354). However, by letter dated RECESS: 11 a.m. TIME AND DATE: 2 p.m., Wednesday, October 3, 2007, the licensee withdrew TIME AND DATE: 11:15 a.m., Thursday, October 24, 2007. the proposed change. October 25, 2007. PLACE: 1325 G Street, NW., Suite 800, For further details with respect to this PLACE: Board Room, 7th Floor, Room Boardroom, Washington, DC 20005. action, see the application for 7047, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA STATUS: Open. amendment dated September 13, 2007, 22314–3428. and the licensee’s letter dated October 3, CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION: STATUS: Closed. 2007, which withdrew the application Erica Hall, Assistant Corporate MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED: for license amendment. Documents may Secretary, (202) 220–2376; be examined, and/or copied for a fee, at 1. One (1) Merger Application under [email protected]. Parts 704 and 708b of NCUA’s Rules the NRC(s Public Document Room and Regulations. Closed pursuant to AGENDA: (PDR), located at One White Flint North, Exemption (8). I. Call to Order. Public File Area O1 F21, 11555 2. One (1) Insurance Appeal. Closed II. Approval of the Minutes. Rockville Pike (first floor), Rockville, pursuant to Exemption (6). III. Summary Report of the Finance, Maryland. Publicly available records Budget and Program Committee. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: will be accessible electronically from IV. Summary Report of the Audit Mary Rupp, Secretary of the Board, the Agencywide Documents Access and Committee. Telephone: 703–518–6304. Management System (ADAMS) Public V. Summary Report of the Audit Electronic Reading Room on the internet Mary Rupp, Committee. at the NRC Web site, http:// Secretary of the Board. VI. Summary Report of the Corporate www.nrc.gov/reading-rm.html. Persons [FR Doc. 07–5230 Filed 10–18–07; 3:18 pm] Administration Committee. who do not have access to ADAMS or BILLING CODE 7535–01–M VII. Financial Report. who encounter problems in accessing VIII. Corporate Scorecard. the documents located in ADAMS IX. Chief Executive Officer’s Quarterly should contact the NRC PDR Reference NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION Management Report. staff by telephone at 1–800–397–4209, X. Field Operations Presentation. or 301–415–4737 or by e-mail to Notice of Permits Issued Under the Adjournment. [email protected]. Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978 Erica L. Hall Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 15th day of October 2007. AGENCY: National Science Foundation. Assistant Corporate Secretary. For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. ACTION: Notice of permits issued under [FR Doc. 07–5225 Filed 10–18–07; 2:12 pm] Bhalchandra Vaidya, the Antarctic Conservation of 1978, BILLING CODE 7570–02–M Project Manager, Plant Licensing Branch IV, Public Law 95–541. Division of Operating Reactor Licensing, SUMMARY: The National Science Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation. NUCLEAR REGULATORY [FR Doc. E7–20738 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Foundation (NSF) is required to publish COMMISSION notice of permits issued under the BILLING CODE 7590–01–P Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978. [Docket No. 50–458] This is the required notice. Entergy Operations, Inc.; Notice of NUCLEAR REGULATORY FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Withdrawal of Application for COMMISSION Nadene G. Kennedy, Permit Office, Amendment to Facility Operating Office of Polar Programs, Rm. 755, [Docket No. 40–9027] License National Science Foundation, 4201 Notice of Availability of Final Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22230. The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Environmental Assessment and SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On Commission (the Commission) has Finding of No Significant Impact for September 7, 2007 and September 13, granted the request of Entergy Cabot Corporation Proposed 2007, the National Science Foundation Operations, Inc., (the licensee) to Decommissioning Plan for Site in published notices in the Federal withdraw its September 13, 2007, Reading, PA Register of permit applications received. application for a proposed amendment Permits were issued on October 16, to Facility Operating License No. NPF– AGENCY: Nuclear Regulatory 2007 to: 47 for the River Bend Station, Unit 1, Commission.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59559

ACTION: Notice of availability and measurements, and performing historic and cultural resources. The finding of no significant impact. radiological analysis of surface and proposed action can be viewed as a subsurface samples. Contaminated areas continuation of impacts and can be SUMMARY: Notice is hereby given that of the main building area were evaluated based on the previous impacts the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory remediated in a series of cleanup from past operations. In making this Commission (NRC) is issuing a final actions in the early 1990s. Cabot determination, the staff considered Environmental Assessment (EA) for originally submitted the impacts to such areas as public and Cabot Corporation (Cabot or the decommissioning plan (DP) in 1998 and occupational health, transportation, licensee) Decommissioning Plan (DP), has revised it several times to address socioeconomics, ecology, water quality, dated August 21, 2006, which requested various NRC concerns. On August 21, and the effects of natural phenomena. authorization to commence 2006, Cabot submitted Revision 4 of its Further details regarding the staff’s decommissioning activities to achieve proposed DP which proposes environmental evaluation of the unrestricted release of a site in Reading, installation of a riprap erosion barrier at proposed action are set forth in the EA Pennsylvania. The final EA makes a the site. The NRC has prepared an (ML072390296) finding of no significant impact (FONSI) environmental assessment (EA) in for the proposed action, and is being Agencies and Persons Consulted support of this action in accordance issued as part of the NRC’s decision- with the requirements of 10 CFR part making process on whether to issue an The staff completed consultations 51. Based on the EA, the NRC has amendment to license SMC–1562, with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service concluded that a Finding of No pursuant to Title 10 of the U.S. Code of (FWS) for consideration under Section 7 Significant Impact is appropriate. If Federal Regulations Part 40, ‘‘Domestic of the Endangered Species Act and with Licensing of Source Material Licenses.’’ approved, the license amendment the Pennsylvania State Historic The proposed DP specifies installation incorporating the DP would be issued Preservation Office (SHPO) for of a riprap erosion barrier on the site following publication of this Notice. consideration under Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. In slope. The site is owned by the City of II. EA Summary Reading and is located in a large addition the staff provided the draft EA redevelopment area. Tentative City The Proposed Action to the Pennsylvania Department of plans are for industrial activities in a Cabot requested approval of its DP, Environmental Protection (PADEP) new structure to be built on top of the which would allow it to conduct officials for comment. An addendum to slope, adjacent to the Cabot site. The decommissioning activities at the site. If the final EA sets forth the PADEP site itself will not be developed. approved and properly implemented, comments and the NRC’s responses, and FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: the DP would eventually lead to the provides a history of operations at the Theodore Smith, Project Manager, termination of its NRC source materials site. Reactor Decommissioning Branch, license. In its DP, Cabot proposed to III. Finding of No Significant Impact Division of Waste Management and place a riprap erosion cover on the slag Environmental Protection, Mail Stop pile’s slope and provided analysis to The final EA supports the proposed T8–F5, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory demonstrate that the site will be action to issue a license amendment Commission, Washington, DC 20555– acceptable for license termination under approving Cabot’s DP for the Reading 0001. Telephone: (301) 415–6721; unrestricted release. site. On the basis of this EA, NRC has e-mail: [email protected]. concluded that there are no significant Need for the Proposed Action SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: environmental impacts from the The purpose of this action is to proposed action, and that preparation of I. Introduction decommission an NRC-licensed site, an Environmental Impact Statement is Cabot Corporation (Cabot) holds U.S. allowing for its unrestricted use and not warranted. Accordingly, it has been Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) termination of the source material determined that a Finding of No Source Materials License SMC–1562, license. This action is required by 10 Significant Impact is appropriate. allowing the storage of radioactive CFR 40.42, ‘‘Expiration and Termination IV. Further Information materials at Cabot’s Reading, of Licenses and Decommissioning of Pennsylvania, site. Former ore Sites and Separate Buildings or Outdoor Documents related to this action, processing in the 1960s at the facility Areas.’’ including the application for generated waste slag contaminated with amendment and supporting Environmental Impacts of the Proposed uranium and thorium. A smaller documentation, are available Action amount of debris from facility electronically at the NRC’s Electronic decontamination was added to the site The NRC staff concluded that the Reading Room at http://www.nrc.gov/ in the late 1970s. In the 1980s, Cabot proposed decommissioning activities reading-rm/adams.html. From this site, began onsite decommissioning activities will not result in a significant impact to you can access the NRC’s Agencywide at the main processing building at its the environment. No significant impacts Document Access and Management Reading site, and began preparing for to the site ecology are anticipated System (ADAMS), which provides text decommissioning activities at Reading because of the proposed action. The and image files of NRC’s public site slag pile by conducting site proposed action will not adversely documents. The ADAMS accession characterization, determining slag leach affect Federal or State-listed threatened numbers for the documents related to rate constants, taking surface gamma or endangered species, or regional this notice are:

Documents ADAMS Accession Nos.

Licensee Decommissioning Plan ...... ML062360159, ML062360164, ML062640081, ML062210261. PADEP consultation ...... ML070880408, ML072390482.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59560 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

Documents ADAMS Accession Nos.

SHPO consultation ...... ML070430115, ML071240260, ML071450487, ML072220371. FWS consultation ...... ML06026123 , ML060730519. Environmental Assessment ...... ML072390323, ML072390296.

If you do not have access to ADAMS or accordance with Entergy’s application The proposed action will not if there are problems in accessing the dated April 24, 2007. significantly increase the probability or documents located in ADAMS, contact consequences of accidents. No changes The Need for the Proposed Action the NRC’s Public Document Room (PDR) are being made in the types of effluents Reference staff at 1–800–397–4209, 301– The NRC’s regulations in 10 CFR part that may be released off site. There is no 415–4737, or by e-mail to [email protected]. 50, section 50.46 and Appendix K, make significant increase in the amount of These documents may also be viewed no provision for use of fuel rod clad in any effluent released off site. There is no electronically on the public computers a material other than Zircaloy or significant increase in occupational or located at the NRC’s PDR, O1–F21, One ZIRLOTM. Optimized ZIRLOTM has a public radiation exposure. Therefore, White Flint North, 11555 Rockville lower tin content than either Zircaloy or there are no significant radiological Pike, Rockville, MD 20852. The PDR ZIRLOTM; therefore, use of Optimized environmental impacts associated with reproduction contractor will copy ZIRLOTM fuel rod clad calls for an the proposed action. documents for a fee. exemption from 10 CFR part 50, section With regard to potential non- Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 12th day 50.46 and Appendix K. radiological impacts, the proposed of October 2007. For cladding with a lower tin content, action does not have a potential to affect For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. corrosive resistance has been found to any historic sites. It does not affect non- radiological plant effluents and has no Andrew Persinko, improve, as indicated by available industry data from the American other environmental impact. Therefore, Branch Chief, Reactor Decommissioning there are no significant non-radiological Branch, Division of Waste Management and Nuclear Society, the International Environmental Protection, Office of Federal Atomic Energy Agency, the Electric environmental impacts associated with and State Materials and Environmental Power Research Institute, and the proposed action. Management Programs. Westinghouse Electric Corporation. The Accordingly, the NRC concludes that [FR Doc. E7–20746 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] optimum tin level provides a reduced there are no significant environmental BILLING CODE 7590–01–P corrosion rate while maintaining the impacts associated with the proposed benefits of mechanical strength and action. resistance to accelerated corrosion from Environmental Impacts of the NUCLEAR REGULATORY abnormal chemistry conditions. In Alternatives to the Proposed Action COMMISSION addition, fuel rod internal pressures As an alternative to the proposed [Docket No. 50–382] (resulting from increased fuel duty, use of integral fuel burnable absorbers and action, the staff considered denial of the corrosion/temperature feedback effects) proposed action (i.e., the ‘‘no-action’’ Entergy Operations, Inc.; Waterford alternative). Denial of the application Steam Electric Station, Unit 3 have become more limiting with respect to fuel rod design criteria. Reducing the would result in no change in current Environmental Assessment and environmental impacts. The Finding of No Significant Impact associated corrosion buildup, and thus, minimizing temperature feedback environmental impacts of the proposed The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory effects, provides additional margin to action and the ‘‘no-action’’ alternative Commission (NRC) is considering fuel rod internal pressure design are similar. issuance of exemptions from Title 10 of criteria. The NRC previously granted a Alternative Use of Resources the Code of Federal Regulations (10 similar exemption in July 2004 for CFR) Part 50, Section 50.46 and The action does not involve the use of Waterford 3 for use of Optimized any different resources than those Appendix K, for Facility Operating ZIRLOTM in four lead-test assemblies. License No. NPF–38, issued to Entergy previously considered in the Final Operations, Inc. (Entergy, the licensee), Environmental Impacts of the Proposed Environmental Statement for Waterford for operation of the Waterford Steam Action 3, dated September 1981. Electric Station, Unit 3 (Waterford 3), The NRC staff has completed its safety Agencies and Persons Consulted located in St. Charles Parish, Louisiana. evaluation of the proposed action and In accordance with its stated policy, Therefore, as required by 10 CFR 51.21, concludes that the proposed exemptions on August 17, 2007, the staff consulted the NRC is issuing this environmental would continue to satisfy the with the Louisiana State official, Ms. assessment and finding of no significant underlying purpose of 10 CFR part 50, Nan Calhoun of the Louisiana impact. sections 50.46 and Appendix K, and Department of Environmental Quality, Environmental Assessment will not increase the probability or regarding the environmental impact of consequences of accidents previously the proposed action. The State official Identification of the Proposed Action analyzed and would not affect facility had no comments. The proposed action would exempt radiation levels or facility radiological the licensee from the requirements of 10 effluents. Finding of No Significant Impact CFR part 50, section 50.46 and The details of the staff’s safety On the basis of the environmental Appendix K to allow the use of evaluation will be provided in the assessment, the NRC concludes that the Optimized ZIRLOTM fuel rod cladding exemption that will be issued as part of proposed action will not have a as the allowable fuel rod cladding the letter to the licensee approving the significant effect on the quality of the material. The proposed action is in amendment to the regulation. human environment. Accordingly, the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59561

NRC has determined not to prepare an I. Introduction decommissioning plan to the NRC. The environmental impact statement for the The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Licensee conducted surveys of the proposed action. Commission (NRC) is considering the Facility and provided information to the For further details with respect to the issuance of a license amendment to NRC to demonstrate that it meets the proposed action, see the licensee’s letter Byproduct Material License No. 04– criteria in Subpart E of 10 CFR part 20 dated April 24, 2007. Documents may 29022–01. This license is held by the for unrestricted release and license be examined, and/or copied for a fee, at United States Department of Commerce, termination. the NRC’s Public Document Room National Oceanic and Atmospheric Need for the Proposed Action Administration, Southwest Fisheries (PDR), located at One White Flint North, The Licensee has ceased conducting Science Center (the Licensee). Issuance Public File Area O1F21, 1555 Rockville licensed activities at the Facility and of the amendment would authorize Pike (first floor), Rockville, Maryland. seeks the unrestricted use of its Facility release of the La Jolla Facility (the Publicly available records will be and the termination of its NRC materials Facility) for unrestricted use and accessible electronically from the license. Termination of its license termination of the NRC license. The Agencywide Documents Access and would end the Licensee’s obligation to licensee requested this action in a letter Management System (ADAMS) Public pay annual license fees to the NRC. Electronic Reading Room on the Internet dated February 27, 2007. The NRC has at the NRC Web site: http:// prepared an Environmental Assessment Environmental Impacts of the Proposed www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html. (EA) in support of this proposed action Action Persons who do not have access to in accordance with the requirements of The historical review of licensed ADAMS or who encounter problems in Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations activities conducted at the Facility accessing the documents located in (CFR), Part 51 (10 CFR part 51). Based shows that such activities involved the ADAMS should contact the NRC PDR on the EA, the NRC has concluded that use of one radionuclide with a half-life Reference staff by telephone at 1–800– a Finding of No Significant Impact of greater than 120 days: carbon-14. 397–4209 or 301–415–4737, or send an (FONSI) is appropriate with respect to Prior to performing the final status e-mail to [email protected]. the proposed action. The amendment survey, the Licensee conducted will be issued to the Licensee following decontamination activities, as Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 25th day the publication of this FONSI and EA in of September 2007. necessary, in the areas of the Facility the Federal Register. For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. affected by these radionuclides. II. Environmental Assessment The Licensee conducted a final status Nageswaran Kalyanam, survey during January 2007. This survey Project Manager, Plant Licensing Branch IV, Identification of Proposed Action covered the remaining room (D–229) Division of Operating Reactor Licensing, The proposed action would approve where radioactive material had been Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation. the Licensee’s February 27, 2007, used and stored. The final status survey [FR Doc. E7–20731 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] license amendment request, resulting in report was attached to the Licensee’s BILLING CODE 7590–01–P release of the Facility for unrestricted amendment request dated February 27, use and termination of its NRC materials 2007. The Licensee elected to license. License No. 04–29022–01 was demonstrate compliance with the NUCLEAR REGULATORY issued on January 23, 1991, pursuant to radiological criteria for unrestricted COMMISSION 10 CFR part 30, and has been amended release as specified in 10 CFR 20.1402 periodically since that time. The license by using the screening approach [Docket No. 030–31988] authorized the Licensee to use unsealed described in NUREG–1757, byproduct material for laboratory tracer ‘‘Consolidated NMSS Decommissioning Notice of Availability of Environmental studies. Guidance,’’ Volume 2. The Licensee Assessment and Finding of No The license allowed the Licensee to elected to use a fraction of the Significant Impact for Termination of use radioactive material at both the radionuclide-specific derived Byproduct Materials License No. 04– Southwest Fisheries Science Center and concentration guideline levels (DCGLs), 29022–01 and Unrestricted Release of on any NOAA research ship (or any developed by the NRC, which comply the Department of Commerce, National other ship with an agreement with with the dose criterion in 10 CFR Oceanic and Atmospheric NOAA) at temporary jobsites at sea. The 20.1402. These DCGLs define the Administration’s Facility in La Jolla, Southwest Fisheries Science Center is maximum amount of residual California located in a commercial area. Within the radioactivity on building surfaces, Facility, use of licensed materials was equipment, and materials and in soils AGENCY: Nuclear Regulatory confined to one room in the building. that will satisfy the NRC requirements Commission. During 2005, the Licensee ceased in Subpart E of 10 CFR part 20 for ACTION: Issuance of environmental licensed activities and initiated a survey unrestricted release. The Licensee’s assessment and finding of no Significant and decontamination of the Facility. final status survey results were below impact for license amendment. The license also required the Licensee these DCGLs, and are thus acceptable. to certify the decontamination of every Based on its review, the staff has research ship upon completion of each determined that the affected FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jack research project using radioactive environment and any environmental E. Whitten, Chief, Nuclear Materials material. Based on the Licensee’s impacts associated with the proposed Safety Branch B, Division of Nuclear historical knowledge of the site and the action are bounded by the impacts Materials Safety, Region IV, U.S. conditions of the Facility, the Licensee evaluated by the ‘‘Generic Nuclear Regulatory Commission, determined that only routine Environmental Impact Statement in Arlington, Texas 76011; telephone (817) decontamination activities, in Support of Rulemaking on Radiological 860–8197; fax number (817) 860–8263; accordance with their radiation safety Criteria for License Termination of NRC- or by e-mail: [email protected]. procedures, were required. The Licensee Licensed Nuclear Facilities’’ (NUREG– SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: was not required to submit a 1496) Volumes 1–3 (ML042310492,

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59562 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

ML042320379, and ML042330385). reasonable, and this alternative is ‘‘Radiological Criteria for License Further, no incidents were recorded eliminated from further consideration. Termination’’; involving spills or releases of Conclusion 3. Title 10, Code of Federal radioactive material at the Facility. The NRC staff has concluded that the Regulations, Part 51, ‘‘Environmental Accordingly, there were no significant Protection Regulations for Domestic environmental impacts from the use of proposed action is consistent with the Licensing and Related Regulatory radioactive material at the Facility. The NRC’s unrestricted release criteria Functions’’; NRC staff reviewed the docket file specified in 10 CFR 20.1402. Because records and the final status survey the proposed action will not 4. NUREG–1496, ‘‘Generic report to identify any non-radiological significantly impact the quality of the Environmental Impact Statement in hazards that may have impacted the human environment, the NRC staff Support of Rulemaking on Radiological environment surrounding the Facility. concludes that the proposed action is Criteria for License Termination of NRC- No such hazards or impacts to the the preferred alternative. Licensed Nuclear Facilities,’’ July 1997 environment were identified. Agencies and Persons Consulted (ML042310492, ML042320379, and The NRC staff finds that the proposed ML042330385); release of the Facility for unrestricted NRC provided a draft of this EA to the California Department of Health 5. NUREG–1757, Volume 1, use and the termination of the NRC ‘‘Consolidated NMSS Decommissioning materials license is in compliance with Services for review on August 22, 2007. No comments were received from the Guidance,’’ Revision 2, September 2006 10 CFR 20.1402. The NRC has found no (ML063000243); other activities in the area that could State of California. The NRC staff has determined that the result in cumulative environmental 6. NUREG–1757, Volume 2, proposed action is of a procedural impacts. Based on its review, the staff ‘‘Consolidated NMSS Decommissioning nature and will not affect listed species considered the impact of the residual Guidance,’’ Revision 1, September 2006 or critical habitat. Therefore, no further radioactivity at the Facility and (ML063000252); consultation is required under Section 7 concluded that the proposed action will of the Endangered Species Act. The 7. Bartoo, Norm W., ‘‘NRC not have a significant effect on the NRC staff has also determined that the Radioactive Materials License #04– quality of the human environment. proposed action is not the type of 2902201’’ (Notification of Intent to Environmental Impacts of the activity that has the potential to cause Terminate License), January 11, 2007 Alternatives to the Proposed Action effects on historic properties. Therefore, (ML070390552); and Alternatives to the proposed action no further consultation is required 8. Fox, William W., ‘‘NRC Radioactive discussed below are: (1) The no-action under Section 106 of the National Materials License #04–29022–01’’ alternative; or (2) require the Licensee to Historic Preservation Act. (Submission of Final Status Survey take some alternate action. III. Finding of No Significant Impact Report), February 27, 2007 (ML070710043). 1. No-action Alternative: As an The NRC staff has prepared this EA in alternative to the proposed action, the support of the proposed action. On the If you do not have access to ADAMS, staff could leave things as they are by basis of this EA, the NRC finds that or if there are problems in accessing the simply denying the amendment request. there are no significant environmental documents located in ADAMS, contact This no-action alternative is not feasible impacts from the proposed action, and the NRC Public Document Room (PDR) because it conflicts with 10 CFR that preparation of an environmental reference staff at 1–800–397–4209, 301– 30.36(d), requiring that impact statement is not warranted. 415–4737, or by e-mail to [email protected]. decommissioning of byproduct material Accordingly, the NRC has determined These documents may also be viewed facilities be completed and approved by that a Finding of No Significant Impact electronically on the public computers the NRC after licensed activities cease. is appropriate. located at the NRC’s PDR, O 1 F21, One Additionally, this denial of the White Flint North, 11555 Rockville application would result in no change IV. Further Information Pike, Rockville, MD 20852. The PDR in current environmental impacts. The Documents related to this action, environmental impacts of the proposed reproduction contractor will copy including the application for license documents for a fee. action and the no-action alternative are amendment and supporting therefore similar, and the no-action documentation, are available Dated at Region IV Office this 11th day of alternative is accordingly not further electronically at the NRC’s Electronic October 2007. considered. Reading Room at http://www.nrc.gov/ For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. 2. Environmental Impacts of reading-rm/adams.html. From this site, Jack E. Whitten, Alternative 2: A second alternative to you can access the NRC’s Agencywide Chief, Nuclear Materials Safety Branch B, the proposed action would be to deny Document Access and Management Division of Nuclear Materials Safety, Region the Licensee’s request and instead apply System (ADAMS), which provides text IV. alternate release criteria pursuant to and image files of NRC’s public [FR Doc. E7–20739 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] either 10 CFR 20.1403 (criteria for documents. The documents related to BILLING CODE 7590–01–P license termination under restricted this action are listed below, along with release) or 10 CFR 20.1404 (alternate their ADAMS accession numbers. criteria for license termination). 1. Federal Register Notice, Volume However, the NRC’s analysis of the 65, No. 114, page 37186, dated Tuesday, Licensee’s final status survey data June 13, 2000, ‘‘Use of Screening Values confirmed that the Facility meets the to Demonstrate Compliance With The requirements of 10 CFR 20.1402 for Federal Rule on Radiological Criteria for unrestricted release. Accordingly, the License Termination’’; NRC finds that choosing this second 2. Title 10 Code of Federal alternative to the proposed action is not Regulations, Part 20, Subpart E,

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59563

NUCLEAR REGULATORY immediately adjacent to the Delaware The Need for the Proposed Action COMMISSION River and extending from Trenton to PSEG (2005) evaluated the need for Cape May Point, New Jersey, on the [Docket No. 50–354] additional electrical generation capacity eastern side, and from Morrisville, in its service area for the planning PSEG Nuclear, LLC; Hope Creek Pennsylvania, to Lewes, Delaware, on period of 2002–2011. Information Generating Station Draft the western side. This region is provided by the North American Environmental Assessment and characterized by extensive tidal Electric Reliability Council showed that, Finding of No Significant Impact marshlands and low-lying in order to meet projected demands, Related to the Proposed License meadowlands. Most land in this area is generating capacity must be increased Amendment To Increase the Maximum undeveloped. A great deal of land by at least 2 percent per year for the Reactor Power Level adjacent to the Delaware River, near the Mid-Atlantic Area Council and the PJM site, is public land, owned by the Interconnection, LLC (PSEG 2005). Such AGENCY: U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Federal and State governments. The demand increase would exceed PSEG’s Commission (NRC). main access to the plant is from a road capacity to generate electricity for its SUMMARY: The NRC has prepared a draft constructed by PSEG. This road customers. Environmental Assessment (EA) as its connects with Alloways Creek Neck PSEG determined that a combination evaluation of a request by the PSEG Road, about 2.5 miles, east of the site. of increased power generation and Nuclear, LLC (PSEG) for license Access to the plant site and all activities purchase of power from the electrical amendments to increase the maximum thereon are under the control of PSEG. grid would be needed to meet the thermal power at Hope Creek Identification of the Proposed Action projected demands. Increasing the Generating Station (HCGS) from 3,339 generating capacity at HCGS was megawatts-thermal (MWt) to 3,840 HCGS is a single unit plant that estimated to provide lower-cost power MWt. The EA assesses environmental employs a General Electric BWR that than can be purchased on the current impacts up to a maximum thermal was designed to operate at a rated core and projected energy market. In power level of 3,952 MWt, as the thermal power of 3,339 MWt, at 100- addition, increasing nuclear generating applicant’s environmental report was percent steam flow, with a turbine- capacity would lessen the need to based on that power level. As stated in generated rating of approximately 1,139 depend on fossil fuel alternatives that the NRC staff’s position paper dated megawatts-electric (MWe). are subject to unpredictable cost February 8, 1996, on the Boiling-Water In 1984, NRC issued operating license fluctuations and increasing Reactor (BWR) Extended Power Uprate NPF–57 to HCGS, authorizing operation environmental costs. (EPU) Program, the NRC staff would up to a maximum power level of 3,293 prepare an environmental impact MWt. In 2001, NRC authorized a license Environmental Impacts of the Proposed statement if it believes a power uprate amendment for a 1.4 percent power Action would have a significant impact on the uprate from 3,293 MWt to 3,339 MWt At the time of issuance of the human environment. The NRC staff did and issued an Environmental operating license for HCGS, the NRC not identify any significant impact from Assessment and Finding of No staff noted that any activity authorized the information provided in the Significant Impact for Increase in by the license would be encompassed licensee’s EPU application for HCGS or Allowable Thermal Power Level (NRC by the overall action evaluated in the from the NRC staff’s independent 2001). Final Environmental Statement (FES) review; therefore, the NRC staff is By letter dated September 18, 2006, for the operation of HCGS that was documenting its environmental review PSEG proposed an amendment to the issued by the NRC in December 1984 in an EA. The draft EA and Finding of operating license for HCGS, to increase (NRC 1984). This EA summarizes the No Significant Impact are being the maximum thermal power level by non-radiological and radiological published in the Federal Register with approximately 15 percent, from 3,339 impacts that may result from the a 30-day public comment period. MWt to 3,840 MWt. The change is proposed action. Environmental Assessment considered an EPU because it would Non-Radiological Impacts raise the reactor core power levels more Plant Site and Environs than 7 percent above the originally Land Use Impacts HCGS is located on the southern part licensed maximum power level. The potential impacts associated with of Artificial Island, on the east bank of According to the licensee, the proposed land use (including aesthetics and the Delaware River, in Lower Alloways action would involve installation of a historic and archaeological resources) Creek Township, Salem County, New higher efficiency turbine and an include impacts from construction and Jersey. While called Artificial Island, the increase in the heat output of the plant modifications at HCGS. While site is actually connected to the reactor. This would increase turbine some plant components would be mainland of New Jersey by a strip of inlet flow requirements and increase the modified, most plant changes related to tideland, formed by hydraulic fill from heat dissipated by the condenser to the proposed EPU would occur within dredging operations on the Delaware support increased turbine exhaust steam existing structures, buildings, and River by the U.S. Army Corps of flow requirements. In the turbine fenced equipment yards housing major Engineers. The site is 15 miles south of portion of the heat cycle, increases in components within the developed part the Delaware Memorial Bridge, 18 miles the turbine throttle pressure and steam of the site. No new construction would south of Wilmington, Delaware, 30 flow would result in a small increase in occur, and no expansion of buildings, miles southwest of Philadelphia, the heat rejected to the cooling tower roads, parking lots, equipment storage Pennsylvania, and 7.5 miles southwest and the temperature of the water being areas, or transmission facilities would of Salem, New Jersey. The station is discharged into the Delaware River. In be required to support the proposed located on a 300-acre site. addition, there would be an increase in EPU (PSEG 2005). The site is located in the southern the particulate air emission and an Existing parking lots, road access, region of the Delaware River Valley, increase in the contaminants that are in offices, workshops, warehouses, and which is defined as the area the blowdown water discharge. restrooms would be used during

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59564 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

construction and plant modifications. icing, wildlife, and particulate The 1984 FES has stated that although Therefore, land use would not change at emissions. some birds may collide with cooling HCGS. In addition, there would be no The proposed EPU would not result tower, unpublished surveys at existing land use changes along transmission in significant changes to aesthetics such cooling towers indicated that the lines (no new lines would be required as cooling tower plume dimension at number would be relatively small. The for the proposed EPU), transmission HCGS. Atmospheric emissions from the proposed EPU would not increase the corridors, switchyards, or substations. natural draft cooling tower consist risk of wildlife colliding with cooling Because land use conditions would not primarily of waste heat and water vapor tower. Therefore, the NRC staff change at HCGS and because any resulting in persistent cloudlike plumes. concludes that there would be no disturbance would occur within The size of the cooling tower plume significant wildlife impacts associated previously disturbed areas, there would depends on the meteorological with HCGS cooling tower operation for be no impact to aesthetic resources and conditions such as temperature, dew the proposed action. historic and archeological resources in point, and relative humidity. For the The proposed EPU would increase the the vicinity of HCGS (PSEG 2005). proposed EPU, NRC does not anticipate particulates emission rate from the The Coastal Zone Management Act any change in the dimension of the HCGS cooling tower, from the current (CZMA) was promulgated to encourage plume under equivalent meteorological rate of 29.4 pounds per hour (lbs/hr) to and assist States and territories in conditions as evaluated in the FES. an average rate of 35.6 lbs/hr (maximum developing management programs that Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that 42.0 lbs/hr). Particulates (primarily preserve, protect, develop, and, where there would be no significant aesthetic possible, restore the resources of the impacts associated with HCGS cooling salts) from the cooling tower have an coastal zone. A ‘‘coastal zone’’ is tower operation for the proposed action. aerodynamic particle size of less than 10 generally described as the coastal waters Native, exotic, and agricultural plant microns in diameter (PM10). The NJDEP and the adjacent shore lands strongly productivity may be adversely affected has imposed a maximum hourly influenced by each other. This includes by the increased salt concentration in emission rate for particulates at 30 lbs/ islands, transitional and intertidal areas, the drift deposited directly on soils or hr. Therefore, the projected particulate salt marshes, wetlands, beaches, and directly on foliage. FES has indicated emission rate from the HCGS cooling Great Lakes waters. Activities of Federal that the salt drift deposition must be tower, due to the proposed EPU, would agencies that are reasonably likely to above 90 lbs/acre/year before agriculture exceed the NJDEP emission regulatory affect coastal zones shall be consistent plant productivity would be reduced. limit. On March 30, 2007, NJDEP issued with the approved coastal management PSEG has estimated that the proposed a Public Notice and Draft Title V Air program (CMP) of the State or territory EPU would not significantly increase Operating Permit for the HCGS cooling to the maximum extent practical. The the rate of salt drift deposition from the tower, proposing to authorize a variance CZMA provisions apply to all actions increase in cooling tower operation. to the HCGS air operating permit with requiring Federal approval (new plant PSEG has estimated that the increase in an hourly emission rate of 42 lbs/hr licenses, license renewals, materials salt drift deposition rate would be 9 (NJDEP 2007a). On June 13, 2007, licenses, and major amendments to percent to a maximum of 0.109 lbs/acre/ NJDEP issued the final Title V Air existing licenses) that affect the coastal year. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes Operating Permit for HCGS allowing a zone in a State or territory with a that there would be no significant salt 42 lbs/hr particulate emission rate for Federally approved CMP. On April 23, drift deposition impacts associated with the proposed EPU. 2007, PSEG submitted an application HCGS cooling tower operation for the Since particulates from HCGS cooling requesting the State of New Jersey to proposed action. tower consist primarily of salts with perform the Federal consistency Because the HCGS cooling tower is particle size of less than 10 microns, the determination in accordance with natural draft, no increase in noise is FES evaluated the environmental CZMA. On July 3, 2007, the New Jersey expected. Therefore, the NRC staff impacts on air quality and found the Department of Environmental Protection concludes that there would be no impacts to be minor. Furthermore, a (NJDEP) Land Use Regulation Program, significant noise impacts associated prevention of significant deterioration acting under Section 307 of the Federal with HCGS cooling tower operation for (PSD) non-applicability analysis was Coastal Management Act, agreed with the proposed action. submitted to the U.S. Environmental the certification that the EPU is PSEG has indicated that there would Protection Agency (EPA) consistent with the approved New be no significant increase in fogging or Jersey Coastal Management Program. icing expected for the proposed EPU. Region 2, by PSEG on March 4, 2004. The impacts of continued operation of Increased ground-level fogging and icing Based on the information provided by HCGS under EPU conditions are resulting from water droplets in the PSEG, EPA concluded that the EPU bounded by the evaluation in the FES cooling tower drift may interfere with project would not result in a significant for operation (NRC 1984). Therefore, the highway traffic. The 1984 FES evaluated increase in emissions and would not be potential impacts to land use, aesthetics, the impacts of fogging and icing subject to PSD review (NJDEP 2007a). In and historic and archaeological associated with the operation of the addition, NJDEP has stated that the resources from the proposed EPU would natural draft cooling tower at HCGS and Bureau of Technical Services reviewed not be significant. found these impacts to be insignificant the Air Quality Modeling for the and inconsequential. The fact that the proposed Hope Creek uprate project and Cooling Tower Impacts nearest agricultural or residential land is determined that the project would meet HCGS has one natural draft cooling located several miles from the site the National Ambient Air Quality tower that is currently used to reduce further minimizes the potential for Standards and the New Jersey Ambient the heat output to the environment. The impact. Therefore, the NRC staff Air Quality Standards. Therefore, the potential impacts associated with concludes that there would be no NRC staff concludes that there would be cooling tower operation under the significant fogging or icing impacts no significant particulate emission proposed EPU could affect aesthetics, associated with HCGS cooling tower impacts associated with HCGS cooling salt drift deposition, noise, fogging or operation for the proposed action. tower operation for the proposed action.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59565

Transmission Facility Impacts The impacts associated with approximately 550,000 gpm (PSEG The potential impacts associated with transmission facilities for the proposed 2005). No changes to the HCGS transmission facilities include changes action would not change significantly circulating water or service water in transmission line right-of-way (ROW) relative to the impacts from current systems are expected due to the maintenance and electric shock hazards plant operation. There would be no proposed EPU; therefore, the proposed due to increased current. The proposed physical modifications to the EPU would not increase the amount of EPU would not require any physical transmission lines, transmission line water withdrawn from or discharged to modifications to the transmission lines. ROW maintenance practices would not the Delaware Estuary. Consumptive use of surface water by PSEG’s transmission line ROW change, there would be no changes to HCGS is not expected to change maintenance practices, including the transmission line ROW or vertical substantively as a result of the proposed management of vegetation growth, ground clearances, and electric current EPU and is regulated by the Delaware would not change. PSEG did not passing through the transmission lines River Basin Commission (DRBC) provide an estimate of the increase in would increase only slightly. Therefore, through a water use contract. The the operating voltage due to the EPU. the NRC staff concludes there would be proposed EPU would likely result in a Based on experience from EPUs at other no significant impacts associated with transmission facilities for the proposed small increase in cooling tower plants, the NRC staff concludes that the action. blowdown temperature. To mitigate this increase in the operating voltage would temperature increase, PSEG has be negligible. Because the voltage would Water Use Impacts modified its cooling tower to improve not change significantly, there would be Potential water use impacts from the its thermal performance, and as no significant change in the potential for proposed EPU include localized effects discussed in the following section, electric shock. Modifications to onsite on the Delaware Estuary and changes to thermal discharge to the Delaware transmission equipment are necessary to plant water supply. HCGS is located on Estuary would remain within the support the EPU; such changes include the eastern shore of the Delaware regulatory limits set by the New Jersey replacement of the high- and low- Estuary. The estuary is approximately Pollutant Discharge Elimination System pressure turbines, and the replacement 2.5 miles wide, and the tidal flow past (NJPDES) permit granted to HCGS by of the main transformer (PSEG 2005). HCGS is approximately 259,000 million NJDEP (PSEG 2005; NJDEP 2002). No long-term environmental impacts gallons per day (MGD) (NRC 2001). The Two groundwater wells access the from these replacements are anticipated. Delaware Estuary is the source of Raritan aquifer to provide domestic and The proposed EPU would increase the cooling water for the HCGS circulating process water to HCGS. The wells are current, which would affect the water system, a closed-cycle system that permitted by NJDEP and are also electromagnetic field. The National utilizes a natural draft cooling tower. regulated by DRBC. The proposed EPU Electric Safety Code (NESC) provides During normal plant operations, water would not increase the use of design criteria that limit hazards from usage at HCGS accounts for less than groundwater by HCGS or change the steady-state currents. The NESC limits 0.03 percent of the average tidal flow of limits of groundwater use currently set the short-circuit current to the ground to the Delaware Estuary (PSEG 2005). by DRBC (PSEG 2005). As such, the less than 5 milliamperes. There would HCGS’s service water system conclusions in the 1984 FES regarding be an increase in current passing withdraws approximately 67 MGD from groundwater use at HCGS would remain through the transmission lines the Delaware Estuary for cooling and valid for the proposed EPU. associated with the increased power makeup water. When estuary water The proposed EPU would not increase level of the proposed EPU. The temperature is less than 70 degrees the amount of surface water withdrawn increased electrical current passing Fahrenheit (°F), two pumps operate to from the Delaware Estuary and through the transmission lines would supply an average service water flow groundwater use at HCGS would not cause an increase in electromagnetic rate of approximately 37,000 gallon per increase. Therefore, the NRC staff field strength. However, since the minute (gpm). When estuary water concludes the proposed EPU would increase in power level is approximately temperature is greater than 70 °F, three have negligible water use impacts on the 15 percent, the impact of exposure to pumps operate to supply an average estuary. electromagnetic fields from the offsite service water flow rate of approximately transmission lines would not be 52,000 gpm (Najarian Associates 2004). Discharge Impacts expected to increase significantly over Estuary water is delivered to the cooling Potential impacts to a water body the current impact. The transmission tower basin and acts primarily as from power plant discharge include lines meet the applicable shock makeup water to the circulating water increased turbidity, scouring, erosion, prevention provision of the NESC. system—replacing 47 MGD that are sedimentation, contamination, and Therefore, even with the slight increase returned to the estuary as cooling tower water temperature. Because the in current attributable to the EPU, blowdown, and depending upon proposed EPU would not increase the adequate protection is provided against meteorological conditions and the amount of cooling tower blowdown hazards from electrical shock. circulating water flow rate, replacing discharged to the Delaware Estuary, The 1984 FES evaluated bird approximately 10–13 MGD of cooling turbidity, scouring, erosion, and mortality resulting from collision with water that are lost through evaporation sedimentation would not be expected to towers and conductors. The FES has from the cooling tower. Approximately significantly impact the estuary. estimated that only 0.07 percent of the 7 MGD of the 67 MGD are used for Additionally, the proposed EPU would mortality of waterfowls from causes intake screen wash water and strainer not introduce any new contaminants to other than hunting resulted from backwash. The circulating water system the Delaware Estuary and would not collision with towers and conductors at has an operating capacity of 11 million significantly increase any potential HCGS. Because the proposed EPU does gallons; however, approximately 9 contaminants that are presently not require physical modifications to million gallons of water actually reside regulated by the station’s NJPDES the transmission line system, the in the circulating water system at any permit. The concentration of total additional impacts of bird mortality given time. Water is re-circulated dissolved solids (TDS) in the cooling would be minimal. through the condensers at a rate of tower blowdown would increase due to

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59566 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

the increased rate of evaporation; permit, effective March 1, 2003, Discharge of heated effluent alters however, the amount of blowdown regulates discharge from six outfalls at natural thermal and current regimes and discharged to the estuary would HCGS, including the cooling tower can induce thermal shock in aquatic decrease, and the concentration of TDS blowdown, low volume oily wastewater, organisms. The HCGS effluent would would remain within the station’s stormwater, and sewage treatment; these change under the proposed EPU. NJPDES permit limits. discharges ultimately flow to the Because the volume of makeup water Although the amount of water Delaware Estuary. As required by the withdrawn from the estuary would withdrawn from the Delaware Estuary NJPDES permit, in addition to remain unchanged and the volume of would remain unchanged, the proposed temperature, cooling tower blowdown is evaporative loss from the cooling tower EPU would result in a slight increase in monitored for flow, pH, chlorine would increase, the volume of the the temperature of the cooling tower produced oxidants (CPOs), total blowdown released as effluent, which is blowdown discharged to the estuary. suspended solids, TDS, and total the difference between the water The station’s NJPDES permit imposes organic carbon. HCGS operates a withdrawn and the water lost to limits on the temperature of the dechlorination system that utilizes evaporation, would decrease. The blowdown and the amount of heat ammonium bisulfate to reduce CPOs in increased evaporation would leave rejected to the estuary by the HCGS the blowdown. Furthermore, acute and behind more solids in the blowdown, so circulating water system. The NJDES chronic biological toxicity tests were the concentration of TDS in the effluent permit specifies that the 24-hour routinely performed on cooling tower would be an average of about 9 percent average maximum blowdown blowdown from 1998 through 2001 to higher than under current operations ° temperature is limited to 97.1 F, and comply with NJDEP non-toxicity (Najarian Associates 2004). The effluent heat rejection is limited to 662 million regulations (PSEG 2005). would also be somewhat warmer, but British thermal units per hour (MBTU/ The NJPDES permit sets monitoring, modeling predicts that all present hr) from September 1 through May 31 sampling, and reporting requirements NJPDES permit conditions for the and 534 MBTU/hr from June 1 through for all HCGS discharges. A search of the effluent would still be met (Najarian August 31. DRBC also imposes thermal NJDEP Open Public Records Act Associates 2004). regulations on HCGS through the Datamine online database revealed no PSEG proposes no new transmission NJPDES permit, specifying that the net water quality violations for HCGS line ROWs and no change in current temperature increase of the Delaware ° (NJDEP 2007). maintenance procedures for Estuary may not exceed 4 F from transmission line ROWs under the September through May, and 1.5 °F With the exception of increased proposed EPU, so this potential source from June through August or estuary blowdown temperature and TDS of impact will not be considered further water temperature may not exceed a concentration, as discussed above, the for aquatic resources. maximum of 86 °F, whichever is less. proposed EPU would not be expected to These limitations apply to waters alter the composition or volume of any The potential receptors of the outside of the heat dissipation area, other effluents, including stormwater environmental stressors of which extends 2,500 feet upstream and drainage, oily water, and sewage impingement, entrainment, and heat downstream of the discharge point and treatment (PSEG 2005). Blowdown shock are the aquatic communities in 1,500 feet offshore from the discharge temperature and composition, and the Delaware Estuary near HCGS. point. The NJPDES permit provides an Delaware Estuary water temperatures Ecologists typically divide such exception for occasional excess would remain in compliance with the communities into the following blowdown temperatures during extreme station’s NJPDES permit, and the categories for convenience when meteorological conditions (a coincident proposed EPU would not result in considering ecological impacts of power occurrence of a wet-bulb temperature changes in any other effluents to the plants: Microbes, phytoplankton, above 76 °F and relative humidity below estuary. Therefore, the NRC staff submerged aquatic vegetation, 60 percent); however, the net concludes that the proposed EPU would invertebrate zooplankton, benthic temperature limitations may never be result in negligible impacts on the invertebrates, fish, and sometimes birds, exceeded (Najarian Associates 2004). Delaware Estuary from HCGS discharge. reptiles (e.g., sea turtles), and marine mammals. Of these, effects of power The 1984 FES concluded that the Impacts on Aquatic Biota station’s shoreline discharge would not plant operation have been consistently adversely affect the estuary because of The potential impacts to aquatic biota demonstrated only for fish. its large tidal influence, which would from the proposed action are primarily Unless otherwise noted, the following dilute, mix, and rapidly dissipate the due to operation of the cooling water information on Delaware Estuary fish heated effluent (PSEG 2005). system and to maintenance of and blue crab (Callinectes sapidus) is Hydrothermal modeling conducted for transmission line ROWs. Cooling water from information summarized in the the proposed EPU determined that, even withdrawal affects aquatic populations 2006 Salem NJPDES Permit Application during extreme meteorological through impingement of larger (NJDEP 2006). Salem is an adjacent conditions, the post-EPU increase in individuals (e.g., fish, some crustaceans, nuclear power plant that has conducted cooling tower blowdown temperature turtles) on the intake trash bars and several large studies in support of would not exceed 91.7 °F, and the debris screens and entrainment of permitting of its once-through cooling station would continue to comply with smaller organisms that pass through the water system. About 200 species of fish all applicable Delaware Estuary water screens into the cooling water system. have been reported from the Delaware quality standards set by the station’s The proposed action would not change Estuary. Some are resident, some are NJPDES permit and DRBC (Najarian the volume or rate of cooling water seasonal migrants, and some are Associates 2004). withdrawn. Most of the additional heat occasional strays. In its NJPDES Permit In addition to setting thermal generated under the proposed EPU Application, PSEG selected 11 species, discharge limits, the NJPDES permit would be dissipated by the cooling one invertebrate and ten fish, as species also regulates all surface and wastewater tower, and PSEG proposes no changes to representative of the aquatic community discharges from the station. The NJPDES the cooling water system. (Table 1).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59567

TABLE 1.—SPECIES REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DELAWARE ESTUARY AQUATIC COMMUNITY NEAR ARTIFICIAL ISLAND

Common name Scientific name Comment

Blue Crab ...... Callinectes sapidus ...... Swimming crab, abundant in the estuary. Recreational and commercial species. Alewife ...... Alosa pseudoharengus ...... Anadromous herring; abundant in the estuary. American Shad ...... Alosa sapidissima ...... Anadromous herring; abundant in the estuary. Recreational and commercial spe- cies. Atlantic Croaker ...... Micropogonias undulatus ... Drum family. Delaware Estuary stock may be single population. Recreational and commercial species. Atlantic Menhaden ...... Brevoortia tyrannus ...... Herring. Larvae and juveniles use the estuary as a nursery. Commercial species. Atlantic Silverside ...... Menidia menidia ...... Resident in intertidal marsh creeks and shore zones. Bay Anchovy ...... Anchoa mitchelli ...... Common in the bay and tidal river zones. Blueback Herring ...... Alosa aestivalis ...... Anadromous herring; abundant in the estuary. Spot ...... Leiostomus xanthurus ...... Drum family. Juveniles use the estuary as a nursery. Recreational and commercial species. Striped Bass ...... Morone saxatilis ...... Anadromous temperate bass. Recreational and commercial species. Weakfish ...... Cynoscion regalis ...... Drum family. Larvae and juveniles use the estuary as nursery. Recreational and commercial species. White Perch ...... Morone americana ...... Temperate bass. Year-round residents anadromous within estuary. Recreational species. Source: NJDEP 2006.

HCGS is located in the Delaware summer. Most spawning occurs where Anadromous species live their adult Estuary between the Delaware River salinity exceeds 20 parts per thousand lives at sea and migrate into fresh water upstream and the wide Delaware Bay (ppt), but some spawning may occur to spawn. The most common downstream. Estuaries are drowned throughout the estuary. Although no anadromous fish species in the river valleys where fresh water from long-term trend in abundance is Delaware Estuary are alewife (Alosa rivers mixes with the higher salinity evident, abundance since the mid-1990s pseudoharengus), American shad (A. water of the ocean and bays. In appears to be declining. White perch are sapidissima), blueback herring (A. estuaries, salinity and water found throughout the brackish portions aestivalis), and striped bass (Morone temperature may change with season, of the estuary. They are anadromous saxatilis), of which the first three are tides, and meteorological conditions. within the estuary (‘‘semi- members of the herring family. The Typically, few species are resident in an anadromous’’), meaning that they endangered shortnose sturgeon estuary all of their lives, perhaps undergo a seasonal migration from the (Acipenser brevirostrum) is also because surviving the wide variations in deeper, more saline areas where they anadromous. The ecology of the three salinity and temperature poses overwinter in fresh, shallow waters in herrings is similar, as is their physiological challenges to fish and the spring to spawn and then return to appearance. All use the estuary as invertebrates. The predominant resident more brackish waters. They typically spawning and nursery habitat. All fish species in the Delaware Estuary are mature in 2 to 3 years. The abundance migrate to fresh water in the spring and hogchoker (Trinectes maculatus), white of white perch in the Delaware Estuary are believed to return to their natal perch (Morone americana), bay anchovy appears to be stable or increasing, streams to spawn. The newly hatched (Anchoa mitchelli), Atlantic and possibly in response to long-term larvae are planktonic and move tidewater silversides (Menidia menidia improvements in water quality. downstream with the current. Juveniles and M. peninsulae, respectively), naked remain in freshwater nursery areas goby (Gobiosoma bosc), and Adult blue crabs are resident macro- throughout the summer and migrate to mummichog (Fundulus heteroclitus). invertebrates in the Delaware Estuary, sea in the fall. They then remain at sea Resident fish species are represented although their larvae are not. After until maturity and migrate along the by Atlantic silversides, bay anchovy, mating in shallow brackish areas of the coast. Alewife have become more and white perch (Table 1). Atlantic upper estuary in spring, adult females abundant since 1980, although the trend silversides are relatively small common migrate to the mouth of the bay. The since 1990 is unclear. Abundance of fish that inhabit intertidal creeks and eggs, which are extruded and carried on American shad in the Delaware Estuary shore zones. They mature in less than a the undersides of females, hatch drastically declined in the early 1900s ° year and seldom live beyond 2 years. typically in the warm (77–86 F), high due to poor water quality, dam Although there may be no discernable salinity (18–26 ppt) waters of the lower construction, over-fishing, and habitat long-term trend in abundance in the bay in summer. After hatching, the destruction. American shad began to Delaware Estuary, the short-term trend larvae pass through seven planktonic recover in the 1960s and 1980s and appears to be decreasing abundance. stages, called zoeae, and move offshore appears to be recovering still. No trends Bay anchovy may be the most abundant with near-shore surface currents. The are evident in blueback herring species in the estuary. This small fish first post-larval stage, called a megalops, abundance. overwinters in deep areas of the lower uses wind-driven currents and tides to Striped bass is a fairly large member estuary and near-shore coastal zone. move inshore. They then metamorphose of the temperate bass family, which also Though bay anchovies tend to stay in to the first crab stage and move up the includes white perch. Adult striped the lower part of the estuary, they stray estuary. Adult male crabs do not migrate bass, which may reach weights of over as far north as Trenton. They tend to from the upper estuary. Crabs typically 100 pounds, migrate up the estuary to mature in the summer following their mature when 1 or 2 years old. Between fresh and brackish waters in the spring birth. Typically two spawning peaks 1980 and 2004, blue crab abundance in to spawn and are believed to return to occur, one in late May and one in mid- the Delaware Estuary appears to have their natal rivers and streams for July, although some spawning occurs all increased. spawning. The newly hatched larvae are

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59568 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

planktonic and move downstream with in the spring and south in the fall. The development of Fishery Management the current. Small juveniles use fresh populations spawn all year, and peak Plans to minimize habitat loss or and brackish areas as nurseries, and spawning occurs off the Delaware Bay degradation of fishery stocks and to take larger juveniles use the higher salinity in spring and fall. The larvae move by actions to mitigate such damage. The waters of the lower estuary as feeding wind-driven currents into estuarine consultation requirements of Section grounds. Adult striped bass live at sea nursery grounds, where they transform 305(b) of the MSA provide that Federal and the lower estuary and migrate along to juveniles and move upstream to agencies consult with the Secretary of the coast. Like American shad, the oligohaline waters and then move out Commerce on all actions or proposed striped bass population in the Delaware the estuary with falling temperatures. In actions authorized, funded, or Estuary declined prior to the 1980s but the fall, they congregate into dense undertaken by the agency that may is now recovering. schools and move out of the estuary and adversely affect EFH. An EFH The most common marine species south along the coast. Atlantic assessment for the proposed EPU was that use the estuary include weakfish menhaden mature at about age two. No sent to the National Marine Fisheries (Cynoscion regalis), spot (Leiostomus trend in abundance in the Delaware Service (NMFS) under separate cover to xanthurus), Atlantic croaker Estuary is apparent. initiate an EFH consultation. (Micropogonias undulatus), bluefish While the identity of species (Pomatomus saltatrix), summer flounder potentially affected by entrainment, Impacts on Terrestrial Biota (Paralichthys dentatas), and Atlantic impingement, and heat shock may be The potential impacts to terrestrial menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus). Four inferred from ecological information biota from the proposed action would be of these, weakfish, spot, Atlantic about the Delaware Estuary, the species those from transmission line ROW croaker, and Atlantic menhaden, are affected cannot be verified, and the maintenance. Under EPU conditions, shown as representative in Table 1. numbers cannot be quantified because PSEG does not plan to change Atlantic croaker, spot, and weakfish are no environmental monitoring programs transmission line maintenance or add members of the drum family. Adult are conducted at the HCGS. Impinged new transmission lines. In addition, Atlantic croaker inhabit the deep, open organisms are most likely to die, and the PSEG does not plan to conduct major areas of the lower bay from late spring fish-return system does not function refurbishment of significant land- through mid-fall. They spawn from July continuously to minimize mortality. All disturbing activities in order to through April along the continental organisms entrained at HCGS, which implement the proposed EPU. Because shelf. Larval Atlantic croaker first move operates a cooling tower, are probably no changes are planned that have the with the currents and later move to the killed from exposure to heat, potential to impact terrestrial biota, the shallow areas of the bay. Juveniles use mechanical, pressure-related stresses, NRC staff concludes that the proposed the shallow areas and tidal creeks in and possibly biocidal chemicals before EPU would have no impacts to fresh and brackish water as nurseries, being discharged to the estuary. terrestrial biota associated with but move into deeper water during The NRC staff found few data with transmission line ROW maintenance. which to assess impacts to aquatic colder periods. They mature at about 2 Threatened and Endangered Species organisms due to operation of HCGS. to 4 years of age. Abundance of Atlantic and Critical Habitat croaker in the Delaware Estuary has Under the proposed EPU, water been increasing since the early 1990s. withdrawal rates would not change from In a letter dated December 8, 2006, Spot spawn over the continental shelf present conditions. Entrainment and pursuant to Section 7 of the Endangered from late September through April. impingement impacts may change over Species Act of 1969, as amended, the Larvae live in the ocean then move to time due to changes in the aquatic NRC requested from the NMFS a list of the Bay. The young juveniles move populations even though HCGS’s water species and information on protected, upstream into tidal creeks and withdrawal rate would not change from proposed, and candidate species and tributaries with low salinity. Like present conditions. Impacts due to critical habitat that are under their Atlantic croaker, spot move into deeper impingement and entrainment losses are jurisdiction and may be in the vicinity water during colder periods. Spot minimized because the closed-cycle of HCGS and its associated transmission mature at 1 to 3 years old. Abundance cooling system at the plant minimizes lines. In response, NMFS issued a letter of spot appears to be negatively related the amount of cooling water withdrawn dated January 26, 2007, that provided to the abundance of Atlantic croaker from and heated effluent returned to the information on the endangered and has been decreasing. Weakfish estuary. The water quality of the shortnose sturgeon; Atlantic sturgeon spawn in the mouth of Delaware Bay in effluent (e.g., temperature, toxicity, TDS (Acipenser oxyrinchus oxyrinchus), a mid-May through mid-September, and concentrations) would continue to meet candidate species for listing; and five after hatching, the larvae move up into present NJPDES permit conditions for species of endangered or threatened sea the estuary to nursery areas of lower protection of aquatic life. The staff turtles: Loggerhead (Caretta caretta), salinity (3 to 15 ppt). In mid-to-late concludes that the proposed EPU would Kemp’s ridley (Lepidochelys kempii), summer they move south to mesohaline have no significant impact to aquatic leatherback (Dermochelys coriacea), nursery grounds, and as temperatures biota. green (Chelonia mydas), and hawksbill decline in fall, the juveniles move south (Eretmochelys imbricata) turtles. The Essential Fish Habitat Consultation from the nursery areas to the continental NRC staff investigated the effects of shelf and south. They mature at an age The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery HCGS operation on these species and of 1 or 2 years. Abundance of weakfish Conservation and Management Act found that the primary concern for these in the Delaware Estuary appear to have (MSA) identifies the importance of endangered and threatened species is increased from the 1970s to 1990s and habitat protection to healthy fisheries. the risk of impingement or entrainment then declined. Essential Fish Habitat (EFH) is defined due to cooling water intake by the plant. Atlantic menhaden is a pelagic as those waters and substrata necessary The proposed EPU would not change species that overwinters on the shelf, for spawning, breeding, feeding, or the intake flow, and, therefore, would and large numbers overwinter off Cape growth to maturity (Magnuson-Stevens not increase in the risk of impingement Hatteras, North Carolina. The Act, 16 U.S.C. 1801, et seq.). Designating and entrainment. To dissipate the population moves north along the coast EFH is an essential component in the additional heat created by the EPU, the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59569

temperature of the plant’s cooling water proposed EPU would not have any HCGS, the probability of early plant discharge would be slightly elevated, measurable effect on annual earnings retirement would be reduced. Early but still within the NJPDES 24-hour and income in Salem, Cumberland, and plant retirement would have a negative average temperature limit of 97.1 °F. In Gloucester Counties nor would there be impact on the local economy by addition, HCGS has had no takes of any any increased demand for community reducing or eliminating payments to of the endangered or threatened species services. Lower Alloways Creek Township and listed above. Therefore, the NRC staff According to the 2000 Census, Salem, Salem County and limiting employment anticipates no effects related to the Cumberland, and Gloucester County opportunities in the region. populations were about 20.4, 41.6, and intake or discharge on threatened or Since the proposed EPU would not 14.3 percent minority, respectively endangered species under NMFS’s affect annual earnings and income in (USCB 2000). The percentages of jurisdiction, and on May 3, 2007, sent Salem County, nor demand for minority populations residing in Salem a letter to NMFS concluding the community services and due to the lack and Gloucester Counties were well informal Section 7 consultation. of significant environmental impacts on below the State minority population of Although an informal consultation minority or low-income populations, 34.0 percent. In addition, the poverty with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service there would be no significant rates for individuals living in Salem and regarding bald eagles was initiated for socioeconomic or environmental justice the HCGS, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Cumberland Counties were 9.5 and 15.0 percent, respectively, which were impacts associated with the proposed Service delisted bald eagles pursuant to EPU. Conversely, the proposed EPU the Endangered Species Act on July 9, higher than the State’s average of 8.5 percent (the Gloucester County poverty could have a positive effect on the 2007, and concluded the informal regional economy because of the consultation. rate was 6.2 percent)(USCB 2000a). Even though these percentages are potential increase in the payments in- Socioeconomic Impacts relatively high, the proposed EPU lieu-of-taxes received by the Lower The potential socioeconomic impacts would not have any disproportionately Alloways Creek Township and Salem due to the proposed EPU include high and adverse impacts to minority County, due to the potential increase in changes in the payments in lieu of taxes and low-income populations, because the book value of HCGS and long-term for Lower Alloways Creek Township no significant environmental impacts viability of HCGS. and Salem County and changes in the were identified during the analysis. Summary size of the workforce at HCGS. Nearly The proposed EPU could affect the 70 percent of HCGS employees value of HCGS and the amount of The proposed EPU would not result currently resides in Salem, Cumberland, monies paid to local jurisdictions, in- in a significant change in non- and Gloucester Counties in New Jersey. lieu-of-property tax payments, because radiological impacts in the areas of land The proposed EPU would not increase the total amount of tax money to be use, water use, waste discharges, the size of the HCGS workforce, since distributed would increase as power cooling tower operation, terrestrial and proposed plant modifications and other generation increases and because the aquatic biota, transmission facility planned activities would be handled by proposed EPU would increase HCGS’s operation, or socioeconomic factors. No the current workforce or would be value, thus resulting in potentially other non-radiological impacts were phased in during planned outages. Also, larger payments to Lower Alloways identified or would be expected. Table the proposed EPU would not increase Creek Township and Salem County. 2 summarizes the non-radiological the size of the HCGS workforce during Also, because the proposed EPU would environmental impacts of the proposed future refueling outages. Therefore, the increase the economic viability of EPU at HCGS.

TABLE 2.—SUMMARY OF NON-RADIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Land Use ...... No significant land use modifications; installed temporary office space to support EPU. Cooling Tower ...... No significant aesthetic impact; no significant fogging or icing. Transmission Facilities ...... No physical modifications to transmission lines or ROWs; lines meet shock safety requirements; small increase in electrical current would cause small increase in electromagnetic field around transmission lines. Water Use ...... No configuration change to intake structure; no increase rate of withdrawal; slight increase in water consumption due to increased evaporation; no water use conflicts. Discharge ...... Increase in water temperature and containment concentration discharged to Delaware River; would meet dis- charge limits in current NJPDES permit following EPU implementation. Aquatic Biota ...... Entrainment and impingement losses may change over time due to changes in the aquatic population but are minimized because of the closed-cycle cooling system utilized at the plant. The water quality of the effluent would continue to meet NJPDES permit conditions for protection of aquatic life. EFH consultation ongoing. Terrestrial Biota ...... No land disturbance or changes to transmission line ROW maintenance are expected; therefore, there would be no significant effects on terrestrial species or their habitat. Threatened and Endangered No significant impacts are expected on threatened or endangered species or their habitat. Informal consultation Species. with U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service ongoing. Socioeconomic ...... No change in the size of HCGS labor force required for plant operation and planned outages; proposed EPU could increase payments in-lieu-of-taxes to Lower Alloways Creek Township and Salem County as well as the book value of HCGS; there would be no disproportionately high and adverse impact on minority and low-in- come populations.

Radiological Impacts Following is a general discussion of Radioactive Waste Stream Impacts The NRC staff evaluated radiological these issues and an evaluation of their HCGS uses waste treatment systems environmental impacts on waste environmental impacts. designed to collect, process, and dispose streams, dose, accident analysis, and of gaseous, liquid, and solid wastes that fuel cycle and transportation factors. might contain radioactive material in a

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59570 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

safe and controlled manner such that 50. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes and dry types of radioactive solid waste the discharges are in accordance with that the impact from the EPU would not for offsite shipment and burial, in the requirements of Title 10 of the Code be significant. accordance with the requirements of of Federal Regulations (10 CFR) Part 20, applicable NRC and Department of Liquid Radioactive Waste and Offsite and Appendix I to 10 CFR part 50. Transportation regulations, including 10 Doses The licensee has indicated that CFR part 61, 10 CFR part 71, and 49 operation at EPU conditions would not During normal operation, HCGS’s CFR parts 170 through 178. This results result in any changes in the operation or Liquid Waste Management System in radiation exposures to a member of design of equipment in the radioactive (LWMS) processes and controls the the public to be well within the limits waste solid waste, liquid waste, or release of liquid radioactive effluents to of 10 CFR part 20 and the design gaseous waste management systems the environment, such that the doses to objectives of Appendix I to 10 CFR part (GWMS). The safety and reliability of individuals offsite are maintained 50. The volume of solid radioactive these systems would be unaffected by within the limits of 10 CFR part 20 and waste generated varied from about 11.7 the power uprate. Neither the the design objectives of Appendix I to to almost 90.4 cubic meters per year for environmental monitoring of any of 10 CFR part 50. The LWMS is designed the time period 2000–2004; the largest these waste streams nor the radiological to process the waste and then recycles volume generated was 90.4 cubic meters monitoring requirements of the HCGS it within the plant as condensate, in 2002. The amount of solid radioactive Technical Specifications and/or Offsite reprocesses it through the radioactive material in the waste generated varied Dose Calculation Manual (ODCM) waste system for further purification, or from 1 to almost 600 Ci per year during would be affected by the EPU. discharges it to the environment as that same period. The largest amount of Furthermore, the EPU would not liquid radioactive waste effluent in radioactive material generated in the introduce any new or different accordance with facility procedures solid waste was 591 Ci in 2001 (PSEG radiological release pathways, nor which comply with New Jersey and 2005). Federal regulations. The radioactive would it increase the probability of The EPU would produce a larger release rate of the liquid effluent is well either an operator error or an equipment amount of radioactive fission and monitored and administratively malfunction, that would result in an activation products, and treatment of controlled by the HCGS ODCM (PSEG uncontrolled radioactive release (PSEG this increase would require more 2005). The single year highest annual 2005). The EPU would produce a larger frequent replacement or regeneration of releases of liquid radioactive material, amount of fission and activation SWMS filters and demineralizer resins. products; however, the waste treatment for the time period 2000–2004, were The licensee has estimated that the systems are designed to handle the 54,742,400 gallons (2.072E+8 liters) and volume and radioactivity of solid additional source term. The specific 0.068 Ci of fission and activating radioactive waste would increase by effects on each of the radioactive waste products in 2003 (PSEG 2005). approximately 14.7 percent from the management systems are evaluated Even though the EPU would produce average of the time period 2000–2004, below. a larger amount of radioactive fission and activation products and a larger due to the EPU (PSEG 2005). Based on Gaseous Radioactive Waste and Offsite volume of liquid to be processed, the experience from EPUs at other plants, Doses licensee expects the LWMS to remove the NRC staff concludes that this is an During normal operation, HCGS’s all but a small amount of the increased acceptable estimate. Therefore, the staff GWMS processes and controls the radioactive material. The licensee has concludes that the impact from the release of gaseous radioactive effluents estimated that the volume of radioactive increased volume of solid radwaste to the environment. The GWMS liquid effluents released to the generated due to the EPU would not be includes the off-gas system and various environment and the amount of significant. building ventilation systems. The radioactive material in the liquid The licensee estimates that the EPU radioactive release rate of the gaseous effluents would increase by 2.2 percent, would require replacement of 10 effluent is well monitored and due to the EPU. Based on experience percent more fuel assemblies at each administratively controlled by the from EPUs at other plants, the NRC staff refueling. This increase in the amount of HCGS ODCM (PSEG 2005). The single concludes that this is an acceptable spent fuel being generated would year highest annual releases of gaseous estimate. The dose to a member of the require an increase in the number of dry radioactive material, for the time period public, including the additional liquid fuel storage casks used to store spent 2000–2004, were 6.30 Curies (Ci) for radioactive material that would be fuel. However, the current dry fuel noble gases in 2003, 0.0060 Ci for released from the proposed EPU, is storage facility at HCGS can particulates in 2000, and 0.014 Ci for calculated to still be well within the accommodate the increase. iodines in 2004 (PSEG 2005). radiation standards of 10 CFR part 20 Occupational Radiation Doses The licensee has estimated that the and the dose design objectives of amount of radioactive material released Appendix I to 10 CFR part 50. The proposed EPU would result in the in gaseous effluents would increase in Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that production of more radioactive material proportion to the increase in power the impact from the EPU would not be and higher radiation dose rates in some level (15 percent) (PSEG 2005). Based significant. areas at HCGS. PSEG’s radiation on experience from EPUs at other protection staff will monitor these plants, the NRC staff concludes that this Solid Radioactive Waste and Offsite increased dose rates and make is an acceptable estimate. The dose to a Doses adjustments in shielding, access member of the public, including the During normal operation, HCGS’s requirements, decontamination additional gaseous radioactive material Solid Waste Management System methods, and procedures as necessary that would be released from the (SWMS) collects, processes, packages, to minimize the dose to workers. In proposed EPU, is calculated to still be and temporarily stores radioactive dry addition, occupational dose to well within the radiation standards of and wet solid wastes prior to shipment individual workers must be maintained 10 CFR Part 20 and the dose design offsite and permanent disposal. The within the limits of 10 CFR part 20 and objectives of Appendix I to 10 CFR part SWMS is designed to package the wet as low as reasonably achievable.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59571

The licensee has estimated that after experience from EPUs at other plants, S–4 of 10 CFR 51.51 and 10 CFR 51.52, the implementation of EPU, the the NRC staff concludes that this is an respectively. An additional NRC generic estimated annual average collective acceptable estimate. EPA regulation 40 EA (53 FR 30355, dated August 11, occupational dose would be in the range CFR part 190, and NRC regulation 10 1988, as corrected by 53 FR 32322, of 146 person-rem, representing a 16- CFR Part 20, limit the dose to any dated August 24, 1988) evaluated the percent increase of in-plant occupation member of the public to 25 mrem per applicability of Tables S–3 and S–4 to exposure (PSEG 2005). According to the year to the whole body from the entire a higher burn-up fuel cycle and 2004 report on ‘‘Occupational Radiation nuclear fuel cycle. The offsite dose from concluded that there would be no Exposure at Commercial Nuclear Power all sources, including radioactive significant change in environmental Reactors and Other Facilities,’’ the gaseous and liquid effluents and direct impact from the parameters evaluated in highest HCGS occupational exposure is radiation, would still be well within this Tables S–3 and S–4 for fuel cycles with 240 person-rem in 2004, for the time limit after the EPU is implemented. uranium enrichments up to 5 weight period 2002–2004 (NUREG 2004). The Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that percent uranium-235 and burn-ups less dose to a member of HCGS personnel the increase in offsite radiation dose than 60,000 MW days per metric ton of from the radiation exposures described would not be significant. uranium-235 (MWd/MTU). above, increased by 20 percent, would Postulated Accident Doses still be well within the radiation The proposed EPU would increase the standards of 10 CFR part 20. Based on As a result of implementation of the power level to 3,840 MWt, which is experience from EPUs at other plants, proposed EPU, there would be an approximately 1 percent above the the NRC staff concludes that these increase in the inventory of reference power level of 3,800 MWt for estimates are acceptable. Based on these radionuclides in the reactor core; the Table S–4. The increased power level of estimates, the NRC staff concludes that core inventory of radionuclides would 3,840 MWt corresponds to the increase in occupational exposure increase as power level increases. The approximately 1,265 MWe, which is would not be significant. concentration of radionuclides in the 26.5 percent above the reference power reactor coolant may also increase; level of 1,000 MWe for Table S–3. Part Offsite Radiation Doses however, this concentration is limited of the increase is due to a more efficient Offsite radiation dose consists of three by the HCGS technical specifications. turbine design; this increase in components: Gaseous, liquid, and direct Therefore, the reactor coolant efficiency does not affect the impacts of gamma radiation. As previously concentration of radionuclides would the fuel cycle and transportation of discussed under the Gaseous not be expected to increase waste. More fuel will be used in the Radiological Wastes and Liquid significantly. Some of the radioactive reactor (more fuel assemblies will be Radiological Wastes sections, the waste streams and storage systems may replaced at each refueling outage), and estimated doses to a member of the also contain slightly higher quantities of that will potentially affect the impacts public from gaseous and liquid effluents radioactive material. The calculated of the fuel cycle and transportation of after the EPU is implemented would be doses from design basis postulated waste. However, the fuel enrichment within the dose design objectives of accidents for HCGS are currently well and burn-up rate criteria will still be Appendix I to 10 CFR part 50. below the criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. The met because fuel enrichment will be The final component of offsite dose is licensee has estimated that the maintained no greater than 5 weight from direct gamma radiation dose from radiological consequences of postulated percent uranium-235, and the fuel burn- radioactive waste stored temporarily accidents would increase approximately up rate will be maintained within 60 onsite, including spent fuel in dry cask in proportion to the increase in power MWd/MTU. The NRC staff concludes storage, and radionuclides (mainly level from the EPU (15 percent). Based that after adjusting for the effects of the nitrogen-16) in the steam from the on experience from EPUs at other more efficient turbine, the potential reactor passing through the turbine plants, the NRC staff concludes that this increases in the impact due to the system. The high energy radiation from is an acceptable estimate. The uranium fuel cycle and the nitrogen-16 is scattered or reflected by calculated doses from design basis transportation of fuel and waste from the air above the site and represents an postulated accidents would still be well the increased amount of fuel used additional public radiation dose within the criteria of 10 CFR 50.67 after would not be significant. pathway known as ‘‘skyshine.’’ The the increase due to the implementation licensee estimated that the offsite of the EPU. These calculated doses are Summary radiation dose from skyshine would based on conservative assumptions for increase linearly with the increase in the purposes of safety analyses. Based on the NRC staff review of power level from the EPU (15 percent); Estimates of the radiological licensee submission and the FES for more nitrogen-16 is produced at the consequences of postulated accidents operation, it is concluded that the higher EPU power and less of the for the purposes of estimating proposed EPU would not significantly nitrogen-16 decays before it reaches the environmental impact are made by the increase the consequences of accidents, turbine system because of the higher NRC using best estimate assumptions, would not result in a significant rate of steam flow due to the EPU. The which result in substantially lower dose increase in occupational or public licensee’s radiological environmental estimates. Therefore, the NRC staff radiation exposure, and would not monitoring program measures radiation concludes that the increase in result in significant additional fuel cycle dose at the site boundary and in the area radiological consequences for environmental impacts. Accordingly, around the plant with an array of postulated accidents due to the EPU the Commission concludes that there thermoluminescent dosimeters. The would not be significant. would be no significant radiological licensee estimated that the offsite environmental impacts associated with radiation dose would increase to Fuel Cycle and Transportation Impacts the proposed action. Table 3 approximately 9.3 millirem (mrem), in The environmental impacts of the fuel summarizes the radiological proportion to the EPU power increase cycle and transportation of fuel and environmental impacts of the proposed (15 percent) (PSEG 2005). Based on waste are described in Tables S–3 and EPU at HCGS.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59572 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

TABLE 3.—SUMMARY OF RADIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Gaseous Radiological Increased gaseous effluents (20 percent) would remain within NRC limits and dose design objectives. Effluents. Liquid Radiological Effluents Increased liquid effluents (2.2 percent) would remain within NRC limits and dose design objectives. Solid Radioactive Waste ...... Increased amount of solid radioactive waste generated (14.7 percent by volume & 20 percent by radioactivity) would remain bounded by evaluation in the FES. Occupational Radiation Occupational dose would increase by roughly 16 percent. Doses would be maintained within NRC limits and as Doses. low as is reasonably achievable. Offsite Radiation Doses ...... Radiation doses to members of the public would increase to approximately 9.3 mrem and continue to be well within NRC and EPA regulations. Postulated Accident Doses .. Calculated doses for postulated design-basis accidents would remain within NRC limits. Fuel Cycle and Transpor- Fuel enrichment and burnup rate criteria would be met. Potential increases in the impact due to uranium fuel tation Impacts. cycle and the transportation of fuel and waste would not be significant.

Alternatives to Proposed Action considered in the original FES for after this date will be considered if it is construction (AEC 1974). practical to do so, but the Commission As an alternative to the proposed is only able to assure consideration of Agencies and Persons Consulted action, the NRC staff considered denial comments received on or before of the proposed EPU (i.e., the ‘‘no- In accordance with its stated policy, November 21, 2007. action’’ alternative). Denial of the on July 24, 2007, the NRC staff ADDRESSES: Submit written comments application would result in no change consulted with the New Jersey State to Chief, Rules and Directives Branch, in the current environmental impacts. official, Mr. Jerry Humphreys, of the Office of Administration, U.S. Nuclear However, if the proposed EPU were not New Jersey Department of Regulatory Commission, Mail Stop T– approved, other agencies and electric Environmental Protection, regarding the 6D59, Washington, DC 20555–0001. power organizations may be required to environmental impact of the proposed Written comments may also be pursue alternative means of providing action. The state official stated that any delivered to 11545 Rockville Pike, Room electric generation capacity to offset the comments would be provided during T–6D59, Rockville, Maryland 20852 increased power demand forecasted for the 30-day public comment period. from 7:30 a.m. to 4:15 p.m. on Federal the PJM regional transmission territory. Finding of No Significant Impact workdays. Copies of written comments A reasonable alternative to the received will be electronically available proposed EPU would be to purchase On the basis of the EA, the NRC at the NRC’s Public Electronic Reading power from other generators in the PJM concludes that the proposed action Room link, http://www.nrc.gov/reading- network. In 2003, generating capacity in would not have a significant effect on rm/adams.html, on the NRC Web site or PJM consisted primarily of fossil fuel- the quality of the human environment. at the NRC’s PDR located at One White fired generators: Coal generated 36.2 Accordingly, the NRC has determined Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike (first percent of PJM capacity, oil 14.3 not to prepare an Environmental Impact floor), Rockville, Maryland 20852. percent, and natural gas 6.8 percent. Statement for the proposed action. Persons who do not have access to For further details with respect to the This indicates that purchased power in ADAMS or who encounter problems in proposed action, see the licensee’s the PJM territory would likely be accessing the documents located in application dated September 18, 2006, generated by a fossil-fuel-fired facility. ADAMS should contact the NRC PDR as supplemented on October 10, and Construction (if new generation is Reference staff at 1–800–397–4209, or October 20, 2006; February 14, February needed) and operation of a fossil fuel 301–415–4737, or by e-mail to 16, February 28, March 13 (2 letters), plant would create impacts in air [email protected]. quality, land use, and waste March 22, March 30 (2 letters), April 13, management significantly greater than April 18, April 30, May 10, May 18 (3 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The NRC those identified for the proposed EPU at letters), May 24, June 22, and August 3, is considering issuance of an HCGS. HCGS does not emit sulfur 2007. Documents may be examined, amendment to Facility Operating dioxide, nitrogen oxides, carbon and/or copied for a fee, at the NRC’s License No. NPF–057 issued to PSEG dioxide, or other atmospheric pollutants Public Document Room (PDR), located Nuclear, LLC for the operation of Hope that are commonly associated with at One White Flint North, 11555 Creek Generating Station, Unit 1, fossil fuel plants. Conservation Rockville Pike (first floor), Rockville, located in Salem County, New Jersey. programs such as demand-side Maryland 20852. Publicly available FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John management could feasibly replace the records will be accessible electronically G. Lamb, Office of Nuclear Reactor proposed EPU’s additional power from the Agencywide Documents Regulation, Mail Stop O–8B1A, U.S. output. However, forecasted future Access and Management System Nuclear Regulatory Commission, energy demand in the PJM territory may (ADAMS) Public Electronic Reading Washington, DC 20555–0001, by exceed conservation savings and still Room on the NRC Web site, http:// telephone at (301) 415–3100, or by e- require additional generating capacity. www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html. mail at [email protected]. Furthermore, the proposed EPU does Persons who do not have access to Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 12th day not involve environmental impacts that ADAMS or who encounter problems in of October 2007. are significantly different from those accessing the documents located in For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. originally identified in the 1984 HCGS ADAMS should contact the NRC PDR Harold K. Chernoff, FES for operation. Reference staff at 1–800–397–4209, or Chief, Plant Licensing Branch I–2, Division 301–415–4737, or send an e-mail to of Operating Reactor Licensing, Office of Alternative Use of Resources [email protected]. Nuclear Reactor Regulation. This action does not involve the use DATES: The comment period expires [FR Doc. E7–20761 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] of any resources not previously November 21, 2007. Comments received BILLING CODE 7590–01–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59573

NUCLEAR REGULATORY (Room T–10E8) (Closed)—The Saturday, November 3, 2007, COMMISSION Committee will hear presentations by Conference Room T–2b3, Two White and hold discussions with Flint North, Rockville, Maryland Advisory Committee on Reactor representatives of the NRC staff 8:30 a.m.–1:30 p.m.: Preparation of Safeguards; Meeting Notice regarding the assessment of the ACRS Reports (Open)—The Committee In accordance with the purposes of robustness of new nuclear plants. will continue its discussion of proposed Sections 29 and 182b. of the Atomic Note: This session will be closed to protect ACRS reports, as well as the draft ACRS Energy Act (42 U.S.C. 2039, 2232b), the information classified as National Security report on the NRC Safety Research Advisory Committee on Reactor information as well as safeguards information Program. Safeguards (ACRS) will hold a meeting pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b (c) (1) and (3). 1:30 p.m.–2 p.m.: Miscellaneous (Open)—The Committee will discuss on November 1–3, 2007, 11545 6:30 p.m.–7:15 p.m.: Preparation of matters related to the conduct of Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland. ACRS Reports (Open)—The Committee Committee activities and matters and The date of this meeting was previously will discuss proposed ACRS reports. published in the Federal Register on specific issues that were not completed Wednesday, November 15, 2006 (71 FR Friday, November 2, 2007, Conference during previous meetings, as time and 66561). Room T–2b3, Two White Flint North, availability of information permit. Rockville, Maryland Procedures for the conduct of and Thursday, November 1, 2007, participation in ACRS meetings were Conference Room T–2b3, Two White 8:30 a.m.–8:35 a.m.: Opening published in the Federal Register on Flint North, Rockville, Maryland Remarks by the ACRS Chairman September 26, 2007 (72 FR 54695). In 8:30 a.m.–8:35 a.m.: Opening (Open)—The ACRS Chairman will make accordance with those procedures, oral Remarks by the ACRS Chairman opening remarks regarding the conduct or written views may be presented by (Open)—The ACRS Chairman will make of the meeting. members of the public, including opening remarks regarding the conduct 8:35 a.m.–10:30 a.m.: Selected representatives of the nuclear industry. of the meeting. Chapters of the SER Associated with the Electronic recordings will be permitted 8:35 a.m.–10:30 a.m.: Extended Power ESBWR Design Certification (Open/ only during the open portions of the Uprate Application for the Closed)—The Committee will hear meeting. Persons desiring to make oral Susquehanna Nuclear Power Plant presentations by and hold discussions statements should notify the Cognizant (Open/Closed)—The Committee will with representatives of the NRC staff ACRS staff named below five days hear presentations by and hold and General Electric regarding selected before the meeting, if possible, so that discussions with representatives of the chapters of the SER with Open Items appropriate arrangements can be made NRC staff and the Pennsylvania Power associated with the ESBWR design to allow necessary time during the & Light Company regarding the certification. meeting for such statements. Use of still, Extended Power Uprate Application for motion picture, and television cameras the Susquehanna Nuclear Power Plant, Note: A portion of this session may be closed to protect information that is during the meeting may be limited to and the associated NRC staff’s Safety proprietary to General Electric and their selected portions of the meeting as Evaluation. contractors pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b (c) (4). determined by the Chairman. Note: A portion of this session may be Information regarding the time to be set closed to protect information that is 10:45 a.m.–11:30 a.m.: Future ACRS aside for this purpose may be obtained proprietary to General Electric, AREVA, and Activities/Report of the Planning and by contacting the Cognizant ACRS staff their contractors pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b Procedures Subcommittee (Open)—The prior to the meeting. In view of the (c) (4). Committee will discuss the possibility that the schedule for ACRS 10:45 a.m.–11:45 a.m.: Meeting with recommendations of the Planning and meetings may be adjusted by the Commissioner Peter B. Lyons (Open)— Procedures Subcommittee regarding Chairman as necessary to facilitate the The Committee will hold a discussion items proposed for consideration by the conduct of the meeting, persons with Commissioner Lyons on items of full Committee during future meetings. planning to attend should check with mutual interest. Also, it will hear a report of the the Cognizant ACRS staff if such 12:45 p.m.–2:45 p.m.: Vogtle Early Planning and Procedures Subcommittee rescheduling would result in major Site Permit (ESP) Application (Open)— on matters related to the conduct of inconvenience. The Committee will hear presentations ACRS business, including anticipated In accordance with Subsection 10(d) by and hold discussions with workload and member assignments. Public Law 92–463, I have determined representatives of the NRC staff and 11:30 a.m.–11:45 a.m.: Reconciliation that it may be necessary to close Southern Nuclear Operating Company of ACRS Comments and portions of this meeting noted above to regarding Vogtle ESP application, and Recommendations (Open)—The discuss and protect information the associated NRC staff’s Safety Committee will discuss the responses classified as proprietary to General Evaluation Report with Open Items. from the NRC Executive Director for Electric, AREVA, and their contractors 3 p.m.–4 p.m.: Staff’s Implementation Operations to comments and pursuant to 5 U.S.C 552b (c) (4) and of the Lessons Learned from the Review recommendations included in recent National Security, as well as Safeguards of ESP Applications (Open)—The ACRS reports and letters. information pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b Committee will hear presentations by (c) (1) and (3). and hold discussions with 1 p.m.–3 p.m.: Draft ACRS Report on Further information regarding topics representatives of the NRC staff the NRC Safety Research Program to be discussed, whether the meeting regarding the effectiveness and (Open)—The Committee will discuss has been canceled or rescheduled, as efficiency of the staff’s implementation the draft ACRS report on the NRC Safety well as the Chairman’s ruling on of the lessons learned from the review Research Program. requests for the opportunity to present of ESP applications. 3:15 p.m.–7 p.m.: Preparation of oral statements and the time allotted 4:15 p.m.–6:15 p.m.: Assessment of ACRS Reports (Open)—The Committee therefor can be obtained by contacting the Robustness of New Nuclear Plants will discuss proposed ACRS reports. Mr. Giriga S. Shukla, Cognizant ACRS

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59574 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

staff (301–415–8439), between 7:30 a.m. Commission, Washington, DC 20555– 20852–2738. The PDR’s mailing address and 4 p.m., (ET). ACRS meeting agenda, 0001, telephone: 301–415–6373 or e- is U.S. NRC PDR, Washington, DC meeting transcripts, and letter reports mail [email protected]. 20555–0001. The PDR staff can be are available through the NRC Public SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: reached by telephone at 301–415–4737 Document Room at [email protected], or by or 800–397–4209, by fax at 301–415– calling the PDR at 1–800–397–4209, or I. Introduction 3548, and by e-mail to [email protected]. from the Publicly Available Records The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Regulatory Guides are not copyrighted System (PARS) component of NRC’s Commission (NRC) is withdrawing and NRC approval is not required to document system (ADAMS) which is Regulatory Guide 9.1, ‘‘Regulatory Staff reproduce them. accessible from the NRC Web site at Position Statement on Antitrust http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/ Matters,’’ published December 1973; Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 12th day adams.html or http://www.nrc.gov/ Regulatory Guide 9.2, ‘‘Information of October, 2007. reading-rm/doc-collections/ (ACRS & Needed by the NRC Staff in Connection For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. ACNW Mtg schedules/agendas). with its Antitrust Review of Michael R. Johnson, Video teleconferencing service is Construction Permit Applications for Deputy Director, Office of Nuclear Regulatory available for observing open sessions of Nuclear Power Plants,’’ initially Research. ACRS meetings. Those wishing to use published October 1974, and revised [FR Doc. E7–20730 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] this service for observing ACRS June 1976; and Regulatory Guide 9.3, BILLING CODE 7590–01–P meetings should contact Mr. Theron ‘‘Information Needed by the AEC Brown, ACRS Audio Visual Technician Regulatory Staff in Connection with its (301–415–8066), between 7:30 a.m.–and Antitrust Review of Operating License NUCLEAR REGULATORY 3:45 p.m., (ET), at least 10 days before Applications for Nuclear Power Plants,’’ COMMISSION the meeting to ensure the availability of published October 1974. The NRC is this service. Individuals or withdrawing these three regulatory Withdrawal of Regulatory Guide organizations requesting this service guides because they are no longer will be responsible for telephone line required. AGENCY: Nuclear Regulatory charges and for providing the These three regulatory guides address Commission. the antitrust review conducted by the equipment and facilities that they use to ACTION: staff during the evaluation of new plant Withdrawal of Regulatory Guide establish the video teleconferencing 9.4. link. The availability of video construction and operating license teleconferencing services is not applications. The review was required FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: guaranteed. by Section 105.c of the Atomic Energy Marquis P. Orr, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory The ACRS meeting dates for Calendar Act of 1954, as amended. Section 625 of Commission, Washington, DC 20555– Year 2008 are provided below: the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109–058) removed the NRC’s authority 0001, telephone: 301–415–6373 or e- ACRS Meeting to perform these antitrust reviews for mail [email protected]. Meeting dates applications submitted after the date of No. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: enactment of the law. The Energy Policy — ...... January 2008 (No Meeting). Act of 2005 was passed by the U.S. I. Introduction 549 ...... February 7–9, 2008. Congress on July 29, 2005, and signed 550 ...... March 6–8, 2008. into law by President George W. Bush The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory 551 ...... April 3–5, 2008. Commission (NRC) is withdrawing 552 ...... May 8–10, 2008. on August 8, 2005. Consequently, the staff has determined that Regulatory Regulatory Guide 9.4, ‘‘Suggested 553 ...... June 4–6, 2008 (Wed—Fri). Format for Cash Flow Statements 554 ...... July 9–11, 2008 (Wed—Fri). Guides 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3 are no longer — ...... August (No Meeting). required. Submitted as Guarantees of Payment of Retrospective Premiums,’’ which was 555 ...... September 4–6, 2008. II. Further Information 556 ...... October 2–4, 2008. issued for comment in September 1978. 557 ...... November 6–8, 2008. The withdrawal of Regulatory Guides Regulatory Guide 9.4 proposes a format 558 ...... December 4–6, 2008. 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3 does not, in and of for cash flow statements to be submitted itself, alter any prior or existing by the licensee to demonstrate Dated: October 16, 2007. licensing commitments based on their compliance with title 10 of the Code of Andrew L. Bates, use. The guidance provided in these Federal Regulations (10 CFR), subpart 140.21, ‘‘Licensee guarantees of Advisory Committee Management Officer. regulatory guides is no longer applicable. Regulatory guides may be payment of deferred premiums.’’ The [FR Doc. E7–20773 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] withdrawn when their guidance is method described in Regulatory Guide BILLING CODE 7590–01–P superseded by congressional action or 9.4 unnecessarily duplicates other otherwise no longer provides useful financial and insurance verification documents submitted by the licensees to NUCLEAR REGULATORY information. Regulatory guides are available for demonstrate compliance with other COMMISSION inspection or downloading through the sections of 10 CFR part 140. Rather than Withdrawal of Regulatory Guides NRC’s public Web site under submit separate cash flow and financial ‘‘Regulatory Guides’’ in the NRC’s assurance statements, licensees may AGENCY: Nuclear Regulatory Electronic Reading Room at http:// submit proof of sufficient insurance Commission. www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc- bonding through American Nuclear ACTION: Withdrawal of Regulatory collections. Regulatory guides are also Insurers or similar insurance groups. Guides 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3. available for inspection at the NRC’s This insurance bond meets the Public Document Room (PDR), Room O– requirements of 10 CFR 140.21(a) and FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 1F21, One White Flint North, 11555 eliminates the need for a separate cash Marquis P. Orr, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland flow statement.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59575

II. Further Information performance review boards. The board Section 304(d) of the 1939 Act, in Withdrawal of Regulatory Guide 9.4 reviews and evaluates the initial part, authorizes the Commission to does not, in and of itself, alter any prior appraisal of a senior executive’s exempt conditionally or or existing licensing commitments performance by the supervisor, and unconditionally any indenture from one based on its use. The guidance provided considers recommendations to the or more provisions of the 1939 Act. The in this regulatory guide is no longer appointing authority regarding the Commission may provide an exemption necessary. Regulatory guides may be performance of the senior executive. under Section 304(d) if it finds that the withdrawn when their guidance is U.S. Office of Personnel Management. exemption is necessary or appropriate superseded by congressional action, the Linda M. Springer, in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the methods or techniques described in the Director. regulatory guide no longer describe a purposes fairly intended by the 1939 The following have been designated Act. preferred approach, or the regulatory as members of the Performance Review guide does not provide useful Section 314(d) requires the obligor to Board of the U.S. Office of Personnel furnish to the indenture trustee information. Management: Regulatory guides are available for certificates or opinions of fair value Howard C. Weizmann, Deputy from an engineer, appraiser or other inspection or downloading through the Director—Chair NRC’s public Web site under expert upon any release of collateral Patricia L. Hollis, Chief of Staff and from the lien of the indenture. The ‘‘Regulatory Guides’’ in the NRC’s Director of External Affairs Electronic Reading Room at http:// engineer, appraiser or other expert must Mark Reger, Chief Financial Officer opine that the proposed release will not www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc- Robert F. Danbeck, Managing Director, collections. Regulatory guides are also impair the security under the indenture Retirement Systems Modernization in contravention of the provisions of the available for inspection at the NRC’s Nancy H. Kichak, Associate Director, Public Document Room (PDR), Room O– indenture. The application requests an Strategic Human Resources Policy exemption from Section 314(d) for 1F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Division Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20852– specified dispositions of collateral that Kevin E. Mahoney, Associate Director, are made in Iusacell Celular’s and the 2738. The PDR’s mailing address is U.S. Human Capital Leadership and Merit NRC PDR, Washington, DC 20555–0001. guarantors’ ordinary course of business. System Accountability Division In its application, Iusacell Celular The PDR staff can be reached by Kathy L. Dillaman, Associate Director, telephone at 301–415–4737 or 800–397– alleges that: Federal Investigative Services 1. The indentures permit Iusacell 4209, by fax at 301–415–3548, and by e- Division Celular and the guarantors to dispose of mail to [email protected]. Ronald C. Flom, Associate Director, collateral in the ordinary course of their Regulatory guides are not copyrighted Management Services Division and and NRC approval is not required to business; Chief Human Capital Officer 2. Iusacell Celular and the guarantors reproduce them. Kerry B. McTigue, General Counsel will deliver to the trustee annual Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 12th day Mark D. Reinhold, Deputy Associate consolidated financial statements of October 2007. Director for Human Capital audited by certified independent For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Management Services—Executive accountants; and Michael R. Johnson, Secretariat 3. Iusacell Celular and the guarantors Deputy Director, Office of Nuclear Regulatory [FR Doc. E7–20636 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] will deliver to the trustee a semi-annual Research. certificate stating that all dispositions of BILLING CODE 6325–45–P [FR Doc. E7–20742 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] collateral during the relevant six-month BILLING CODE 7590–01–P period occurred in Iusacell Celular’s and the guarantors’ ordinary course of SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE business and that all of the proceeds COMMISSION OFFICE OF PERSONNEL were used as permitted by the MANAGEMENT [Release No. 39–2449; File No. 22–28859] indentures. Any interested persons should look to SES Performance Review Board Application and Opportunity for the application for a more detailed Hearing: Grupo Iusacell Celular, S.A. statement of the asserted matters of fact AGENCY: Office of Personnel de C.V. and law. The application is on file in Management. the Commission’s Public Reference ACTION: Notice. October 15, 2007. Section, File Number 22–28859, 100 F The Securities and Exchange Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549. SUMMARY: Notice is hereby given of the Commission gives notice that Grupo The Commission also gives notice that appointment of members of the OPM Iusacell Celular, S.A. de C.V. has filed any interested persons may request, in Performance Review Board. an application under section 304(d) of writing, that a hearing be held on this FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Iusacell matter. Interested persons must submit Mark Reinhold, Center for Human Celular asks the Commission to exempt those requests to the Commission no Capital Management Services, Office of from the certificate or opinion delivery later than November 14, 2007. Interested Personnel Management, 1900 E Street, requirements of section 314(d) of the persons must include the following in NW., Washington, DC 20415, (202) 606– 1939 Act certain provisions of their request for a hearing on this 1402. indentures between Iusacell Celular, matter: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section certain guarantors and Law Debenture —The nature of that person’s interest; 4314(c)(1) through (5) of Title 5, U.S.C., Trust Company of New York, as trustee. —The reasons for the request; and requires each agency to establish, in The indentures relate to Senior Floating —The issues of law or fact raised by accordance with regulations prescribed Rate First Lien Notes due 2011 and 10% the application that the interested by the U.S. Office of Personnel Senior Subordinated Second Lien Notes person desires to refute or request a Management, one or more SES due 2012. hearing on.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59576 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

The interested person should address the proposed rule change, and discussed Subsequent to the fee increase, the this request for a hearing to: Nancy M. any comments it received on the Exchange analyzed the impact of the fee Morris, Secretary, Securities and proposed rule change. The text of these increase on Equity EAMs and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, statements may be examined at the determined that the disparity between NE., Washington, DC 20549–1090. At places specified in Item IV below. The the increase in fees and the additional any time after November 14, 2007, the Exchange has prepared summaries, set work required to assist the Equity EAMs Commission may issue an order forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of in maintaining additional lines to the granting the application, unless the the most significant aspects of such Exchange was not accurately correlated. Commission orders a hearing. statements. Accordingly, the Exchange believes it is For the Commission, by the Division of A. Self-Regulatory Organization’s appropriate to retroactively apply this Corporation Finance, pursuant to delegated Statement of the Purpose of, and reduction to the Schedule of Fees. authority. Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule The Exchange believes that retroactive Florence E. Harmon, Change Deputy Secretary. application is appropriate for Options [FR Doc. E7–20782 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] 1. Purpose EAMs because originally Options EAMs were charged $250 per month for each BILLING CODE 8011–01–P On September 4, 2007, the Exchange implemented a fee reduction to the of the first five CLICK terminals, and Schedule of Fees with respect to $100 per month for each additional SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE Electronic Access Member (‘‘EAM’’) terminal. However, under a now expired COMMISSION Trading Application Software Fees pilot program previously adopted by the 3 Exchange, Options EAMs’ fees [Release No. 34–56662; File No. SR–ISE– (‘‘Software Fees’’). Consequently, the 2007–71] Software Fees are as follows: associated with a second and any • Equity EAMs are charged $250 for subsequent CLICK terminals were Self-Regulatory Organizations; each of the first and second connections waived. As a result, Options EAMs were International Securities Exchange, and $50 for each additional connection only charged a $250 per month to LLC; Notice of Filing of a Proposed thereafter, regardless of whether the connect to the Exchange. Earlier this Rule Change Relating to Fee Changes Equity EAM is connected via Financial year, once all existing CLICK terminals on a Retroactive Basis Information eXchange (‘‘FIX’’) or were decommissioned, the Exchange Application Programming Interface submitted a fee filing that, among other October 16, 2007. (‘‘API’’).4 Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the • things, proposed to remove all Options EAMs that connect via API references to CLICK terminals from its Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are charged $250 for each of the first 1 2 fee schedule.6 In doing so, and after (‘‘Act’’) and Rule 19b–4 thereunder, five connections and $100 for each conducting an internal analysis of the notice is hereby given that on October additional connection. 2, 2007, the International Securities • Options EAMs that connect via FIX impact of fees to members, the Exchange Exchange, LLC (‘‘ISE’’ or ‘‘Exchange’’) are charged $250 for each of the first notes that the CLICK Fee Filing actually filed with the Securities and Exchange and second connections and $50 for raised the connection fees for Options Commission (‘‘Commission’’) the each additional connection thereafter. EAMs, contrary to what the Exchange proposed rule change as described in In this filing, the Exchange proposes intended. Thus, this filing seeks to Items I, II, and III below, which Items to retroactively apply the above- remedy the mistake the CLICK Fee have been substantially prepared by the mentioned reduced fees during the Filing has caused during the Retroactive Exchange. The Commission is Retroactive Period. The Exchange Period by retroactively applying this publishing this notice to solicit believes that retroactive application is reduction to the Schedule of Fees comments on the proposed rule change appropriate for Equity EAMs because during the Retroactive Period. from interested persons. prior to July 1, 2007, Equity EAMs were 2. Statutory Basis I. Self-Regulatory Organization’s charged a fee of $250 per month to Statement of the Terms of Substance of connect to the ISE Stock Exchange, and The Exchange believes that the the Proposed Rule Change fees on second and subsequent proposed rule change is consistent with connections were waived, regardless of Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,7 which The Exchange proposes to whether the Equity EAM connected via requires that an exchange have an retroactively apply the fee reduction FIX or API.5 The Exchange allowed this equitable allocation of reasonable dues, that was implemented on September 4, waiver to expire on June 30, 2007, at 2007 to the time period of July 1, 2007 which time the fee to connect to the ISE fees, and other charges among its to August 31, 2007 (‘‘Retroactive Stock Exchange, on a monthly basis, members and other persons using its Period’’). The text of the proposed rule became $250 per connection. facilities. change is available at the Commission’s B. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Public Reference Room, at the 3 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 56379 Statement on Burden on Competition Exchange, and at www.ise.com. (September 10, 2007), 72 FR 52591 (September 14, 2007) (SR–ISE–2007–79) (notice of filing and II. Self-Regulatory Organization’s immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change This proposed rule change does not Statement of the Purpose of, and relating to fee changes). impose any burden on competition that Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule 4 ISE uses an open API, which members program is not necessary or appropriate in Change to in order to develop applications that send trading furtherance of the purposes of the Act. commands and/or queries to and receive broadcasts In its filing with the Commission, the and/or transactions from the trading system. FIX is Exchange included statements an industry-wide messaging standard protocol. 5 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 54897 concerning the purpose of, and basis for 6 (December 8, 2006), 71 FR 75593 (December 15, See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 55960 2006) (SR–ISE–2006–76) (notice of filing and (June 26, 2007), 72 FR 36531 (July 3, 2007) (SR– 1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1). immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change ISE–2007–42) (the ‘‘CLICK fee filing’’). 2 17 CFR 240.19b–4. relating to ISE Stock Exchange fees). 7 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59577

C. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Commission, and all written Commodity Futures Trading Statement on Comments on the communications relating to the Commission (‘‘CFTC’’). Proposed Rule Change Received From proposed rule change between the NFA, on August 17, 2007, submitted Members, Participants, or Others Commission and any person, other than the proposed rule change to the CFTC for approval and invoked the ‘‘ten-day’’ The Exchange has not solicited, and those that may be withheld from the provision of section 17(j) of the does not intend to solicit, comments on public in accordance with the Commodity Exchange Act (‘‘CEA’’).3 this proposed rule change. The provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be By Exchange has not received any available for inspection and copying in letter dated September 5, 2007, the the Commission’s Public Reference CFTC notified NFA of its determination unsolicited written comments from 4 members or other interested parties. Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, not to review the proposed rule change. DC 20549, on official business days I. Self-Regulatory Organization’s III. Date of Effectiveness of the between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Description of the Proposed Rule Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Copies of such filing also will be Change Commission Action available for inspection and copying at Within 35 days of the date of the principal office of the Exchange. All Text of Proposed Rule Changes publication of this notice in the Federal comments received will be posted Interpretive Notice NFA Compliance Register or within such longer period (i) without change; the Commission does Rule 2–4: Misuse of Trade Secrets And as the Commission may designate up to not edit personal identifying Proprietary Information 90 days of such date if it finds such information from submissions. You National Futures Association (‘‘NFA’’) longer period to be appropriate and should submit only information that Compliance Rule 2–4 provides that publishes its reasons for so finding or you wish to make available publicly. All Members and Associates shall observe (ii) as to which the self-regulatory submissions should refer to File high standards of commercial honor and organization consents, the Commission Number SR–ISE–2007–71 and should be just and equitable principles of trade in will: submitted on or before November 13, the conduct of their commodity futures A. By order approve such proposed 2007. business. Over the years, NFA’s Board rule change, or For the Commission, by the Division of of Directors (‘‘Board’’) has provided B. Institute proceedings to determine Market Regulation, pursuant to delegated guidance on certain issues to ensure that whether the proposed rule change authority.8 Members and Associates understand should be disapproved. Florence E. Harmon, their responsibilities to observe just and equitable principles of trade and to act IV. Solicitation of Comments Deputy Secretary. [FR Doc. E7–20783 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] honestly, fairly, and in the best interests Interested persons are invited to BILLING CODE 8011–01–P of customers. submit written data, views, and Compliance Rule 2–4 prohibits arguments concerning the foregoing, Members and Associates from including whether the proposed rule SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE knowingly obtaining or seeking to change is consistent with the Act. COMMISSION obtain another Member’s or Associate’s Comments may be submitted by any of confidential information or trade secrets the following methods: [Release No. 34–56667; File No. SR–NFA– without that person’s permission. It also 2007–04] prohibits Members and Associates from Electronic Ccomments knowingly or recklessly misusing • Use the Commission’s Internet Self-Regulatory Organizations; confidential information or trade secrets comment form (http://www.sec.gov/ National Futures Association; Notice in their possession. Although that rule rules/sro.shtml); or of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness does not seek to regulate business • Send an e-mail to rule- of Proposed Rule Change Regarding disputes between Members or to extend [email protected]. Please include File Compliance Rule 2–4: Misuse of Trade beyond commodity futures activities, it Number SR–ISE–2007–71 on the subject Secrets and Proprietary Information does reach conduct that could line. potentially harm customers. October 17, 2007. Conduct that may violate Compliance Paper Comments Pursuant to section 19(b)(7) of the Rule 2–4 includes: • • Send paper comments in triplicate Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Misusing customer information, to Nancy M. Morris, Secretary, (‘‘Exchange Act’’),1 and Rule 19b–7 such as misappropriating social security Securities and Exchange Commission, under the Exchange Act,2 notice is numbers or purposefully violating the 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC firm’s privacy statement; hereby given that on August 20, 2007, • 20549–1090. National Futures Association (‘‘NFA’’) Disclosing customer orders prior to All submissions should refer to File filed with the Securities and Exchange execution (except as permitted by Number SR–ISE–2007–71. This file Commission (‘‘Commission’’) the exchange rules); or • Obtaining or attempting to obtain number should be included on the proposed rule change described in Items information disclosing a CTA’s subject line if e-mail is used. To help the I, II, and III below, which Items have historical trading positions without the Commission process and review your been substantially prepared by NFA. comments more efficiently, please use CTA’s permission. The Commission is publishing this These are merely examples of conduct only one method. The Commission will notice to solicit comments on the that could potentially harm customers. post all comments on the Commission’s proposed rule change from interested Any Member or Associate that Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/ persons. NFA also has filed the knowingly obtains or seeks to obtain rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the proposed rule change with the submission, all subsequent 3 7 U.S.C. 21(j). amendments, all written statements 8 17 CFR 200.30–3(a)(12). 4 See letter from Lawrence B. Patent, Deputy with respect to the proposed rule 1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7). Director, CFTC, to Thomas W. Sexton, III, General change that are filed with the 2 17 CFR 240.19b–7. Counsel, NFA (‘‘Letter’’).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59578 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

confidential information or trade secrets Misusing customer information, (2) IV. Solicitation of Comments of another Member or Associate without disclosing customer orders, and (3) that person’s permission or that obtaining or attempting to obtain Interested persons are invited to knowingly or recklessly misuses trade confidential information disclosing a submit written data, views, and secrets and/or proprietary information CTA’s historical trading positions. arguments concerning the foregoing, in the conduct of its commodity futures including whether the proposed rule 2. Statutory Basis business violates Compliance Rule 2–4. change is consistent with the Exchange The rule change is authorized by, and Act. Comments may be submitted by II. Self-Regulatory Organization’s consistent with, Section 15A(k) of the any of the following methods: Statement of the Purpose of, and Exchange Act.7 This Section requires Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule NFA to have rules that are designed to Electronic Comments Change prevent fraudulent and manipulative • In its filing with the Commission, acts and practices, to promote just and Use the Commission’s Internet NFA has prepared statements equitable principles of trade, and, in comment form (http://www.sec.gov/ concerning the purpose of, and basis for, general, to protect investors and the rules/sro.shtml); or the proposed rule change, burdens on public interest in connection with • Send an e-mail to rule- competition, and comments received security futures products. The proposed [email protected]. Please include File from members, participants, and others. rule change accomplishes this by Number SR–NFA–2007–04 on the The text of these statements may be prohibiting the misuse of nonpublic subject line. examined at the places specified in Item information. IV below. NFA has prepared summaries, Paper Comments B. Self-Regulatory Organization’s set forth in sections A, B, and C below, Statement on Burden on Competition • Send paper comments in triplicate of the most significant aspects of such to Nancy M. Morris, Secretary, statements. The rule change will not impose any burden on legitimate competition. It Securities and Exchange Commission, A. Self-Regulatory Organization’s should, however, prevent Members from 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC Statement of the Purpose of, and using illegitimate means to gain a 20549–1090. Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule competitive advantage when those All submissions should refer to File Change means could harm customers. Number SR–NFA–2007–04. This file 1. Purpose C. Self-Regulatory Organization’s number should be included on the Section 15A(k) of the Exchange Act 5 Statement of Comments on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the makes NFA a national securities Proposed Rule Change Received From Commission process and review your association for the limited purpose of Members, Participants, or Others comments more efficiently, please use regulating the activities of NFA NFA did not publish the rule change only one method. The Commission will members (‘‘Members’’) who are to the membership for comment but did post all comments on the Commission’s registered as brokers or dealers in discuss it with NFA’s FCM, IB, and Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/ security futures products under section CPO/CTA Advisory Committees, which rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the 6 15(b)(11) of the Exchange Act. The new generally supported it. NFA did not submission, all subsequent interpretive notice applies to all receive comment letters concerning the amendments, all written statements Members, including those who are rule change. with respect to the proposed rule registered as security futures brokers or change that are filed with the III. Date of Effectiveness of the dealers under section 15(b)(11). Commission, and all written NFA Compliance Rule 2–4 requires Proposed Rule Change and Timing for communications relating to the Members and Associates to observe high Commission Action proposed rule change between the standards of commercial honor and just NFA, on August 17, 2007, submitted and equitable principles of trade in the Commission and any person, other than the proposed Interpretive Notice those that may be withheld from the conduct of their commodity futures entitled ‘‘NFA Compliance Rule 2–4: public in accordance with the business. The proposed notice makes Misuse of Trade Secrets and Proprietary provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be clear that Members and Associates Information’’ to the CFTC for approval violate NFA Compliance Rule 2–4 if and invoked the ‘‘ten-day’’ provision of available for inspection and copying in they knowingly obtain or seek to obtain section 17(j) of the CEA.8 The CFTC the Commission’s Public Reference another Member’s or Associate’s notified NFA of its determination not to Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, confidential information or trade secrets review the proposed rule change.9 The DC 20549, on official business days without that person’s permission or proposed rule change has become between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. knowingly or recklessly misuse effective on September 5, 2007. Copies of such filing also will be confidential information or trade secrets Within 60 days of the date of available for inspection and copying at in their possession when these activities effectiveness of the proposed rule the principal office of NFA. All may harm futures customers. It also change, the Commission, after comments received will be posted clarifies that this prohibition is limited consultation with the CFTC, may without change; the Commission does to a Member’s commodity futures summarily abrogate the proposed rule not edit personal identifying business and does not reach into areas change and require that the proposed information from submissions. You beyond NFA’s normal jurisdiction. rule change be refiled in accordance should submit only information that The notice is narrowly drawn, with the provisions of section 19(b)(1) of you wish to make available publicly. All focusing on behaviors that could harm the Exchange Act.10 customers. It gives three examples of submissions should refer to File Number SR–NFA–2007–04 and should behavior that violates the rule: (1) 7 15 U.S.C. 78o–3(k). 8 7 U.S.C. 21(j). be submitted on or before November 13, 5 15 U.S.C. 78o–3(k). 9 See Letter, supra note 4. 2007. 6 15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11). 10 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59579

For the Commission, by the Division of • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to INFORMATION CONTACT section of this Market Regulation, pursuant to delegated http://www.regulations.gov and follow notice. authority.11 the instructions for submitting your FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Florence E. Harmon, information or comments electronically. Gerry Shakley, System Operations • Deputy Secretary. Fax: Fax comments to the Docket Services, Air Traffic Organization; [FR Doc. E7–20784 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Management Facility at 1–202–493– telephone—(202) 267–9424; facsimile— BILLING CODE 8011–01–P 2251. (202) 267–7277; e-mail— • Mail: Send information or [email protected]. Registration must comments to the Docket Management occur on or before October 19, 2007. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Facility, U.S. Department of SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Federal Aviation Act (the Act) at 49 Federal Aviation Administration Avenue, SE., West Building Ground U.S.C. 41722, authorizes the Secretary [Docket No. FAA–2007–29320] Floor, Room W12–140, Washington, DC of Transportation to request air carriers 20590. to attend a meeting with the FAA • Operating Limitations at New York’s Hand Delivery: Bring information or Administrator to discuss flight schedule John F. Kennedy International Airport, comments to the Docket Management reductions at any severely congested Notice of Meeting and Request for Facility in Room W12–140 of the West airport during peak operating hours. Information Building Ground Floor at the Until relatively recently, the FAA Department of Transportation, 1200 managed congestion at JFK through the AGENCY: Federal Aviation New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, High Density Rule (HDR), 14 CFR part Administration (FAA), DOT. DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday 93, subpart K, which limited aircraft ACTION: Notice of scheduling reduction through Friday, except Federal holidays. operations at JFK during the five hours meeting and request for information. • Instructions: You must include the of peak transatlantic demands—3 p.m. agency name and docket number FAA– through 7:59 p.m. local time. SUMMARY: The FAA will conduct a 2007–29320 for this notice at the The HDR is an air traffic rule that meeting to discuss flight restrictions at beginning of the information that you establishes limited on the number of New York’s John F. Kennedy submit. Note that the information arrivals and departures that can occur International Airport (JFK) to reduce received will be posted without change from certain airports during specific, overscheduling and flight delays during to http://www.regulations.gov, including identified hours. The HDR limits flights peak hours of operation at that airport. any personal information provided. in order to manage congestion and This meeting is open to all scheduled Submissions to the docket that include delays. Currently, only Washington’s air carriers, regardless of whether they trade secrets, confidential, commercial, Reagan National Airport is regulated currently provide scheduled service to or financial information, or sensitive under the HDR. The HDR was formerly JFK, and to the Port Authority of New security information will not be posted effective at Chicago O’Hare International York and New Jersey, which is the in the public docket. Such information Airport (O’Hare), New York’s JFK New airport operator of JFK. Registration in will be placed in a separate file to which York’s LaGuardia airport (LaGuardia), advance of the meeting is requested. In the public does not have access, and a and Newark’s Liberty International addition, the FAA invites interested note will be placed in the public docket Airport (Newark). persons to submit written information to state that the agency has received In 2000, Congress, under the aviation on such schedule reductions. The FAA such materials from the submitter. Investment and Reform Act for the 21st plans to issue its decision on scheduling Privacy: We will post all comments Century (AIR–21), called for the phase limitations in a final order. we receive, without change, including out of the HDR program at O’Hare, DATES: Scheduling reduction meeting. any personal information you provide. LaGuardia and JFK.1 The FAA will hold the scheduling Using the search function of the docket The HDR was phased out at JFK as of reduction meeting on October 23–24, Web site, anyone can find and read the January 1, 2007, permitting increased 2007, beginning at 9 a.m., and the electronic form of all comments scheduling at JFK during the afternoon meeting may continue, if necessary, received into any of our dockets, hours.2 In addition, since the spring of until adjourned by the Administrator. including the name of the individual 2006, JFK has evolved from its Written information: Any written sending or signing the comment. You traditionally international role, as U.S. information on the subject of schedule may review DOT’s complete Privacy Act air carriers have significantly increased reductions at JFK, including data and Statement in the Federal Register their domestic scheduled operations views, must be submitted by November published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR throughout the day. Most of the increase 6, 2007. To the extent possible, the FAA 19477–78). has come from the two largest operators will consider late-filled submissions in Docket: To read background at the airport, Delta airlines and JetBlue making its determination in its final documents or comments received, go to Airways. order. http://www.regulations.gov at any time As a result of the increase in ADDRESSES: Scheduling reduction and follow the online instructions for scheduled operations at JFK, demand meeting. The meeting will be held in the accessing the docket. Alternatively, you exceeds the airport’s capacity during Bessie Coleman Room at the Orville may visit the Docket Management some periods of the day. During the Wright Building of the FAA, 800 Facility in Room W12–140 of the West morning hours, JFK routinely incurs Independence Ave., SW., Washington, Building Ground Floor of the volume-related delays during the 7 a.m. DC. Department of Transportation at 1200 through 9 a.m. hours. The afternoon and Written information. You may submit New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, evening demand at JFK now exceeds the written information, identified by DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday docket number FAA–2007–29320, by through Friday, except Federal holidays. 1 Newark has not been impacted by the HDR since the early days of its inception. any of the following methods: Registration: To register for 2 Since the expiration of the HDR, the FAA attendance, contact Gerry Shakley at the reinstituted caps at O’Hare, by rule, and at 11 17 CFR 200.30–3(a)(75). numbers provided in the FOR FURTHER LaGuardia, by FAA order.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59580 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

airport’s optimal capacity until nearly documents well the costs and far- International Air Transport Association 10 p.m., denying the airport a late-day reaching impacts of delays that originate (IATA). The FAA has already initiated period to recover from congestion- from this area. Although airspace steps under the IATA process to manage related delays. Traffic management redesign will provide efficiency gains the scheduled operations of foreign air initiates to accommodate the traffic are and congestion relief, it is neither an carriers at JFK that are complementary now routinely in use, even under the immediate nor complete solution. to the scheduling reduction meeting. best operating conditions. The FAA, working with the airport The FAA will convene the scheduling In addition, the relatively pronounced operator, carriers and other customer reduction meeting on October 23, 2007, arrival and departure banks that representatives, has begun to implement beginning at 9 a.m., and will continue historically characterized JFK’s a number of short-term initiatives to at least through the following day. The operations are now supplanted by improve the efficiency of airport meeting may continue, if necessary, mixed arrivals and departures during operations and the air traffic control until adjourned by the Administrator. peak hours. Although JFK has four system, especially during periods of As provided in the Act, no later than runways, it is limited, at most, to a adverse weather when the effects of forty-eight hours before convening the three-runway configuration due to the overscheduling are more pronounced. meeting, the FAA will identify on the shared airspace in the New York area. Moreover, airspace redesign will open FAA’s Web site, http://www.faa.gov, the JFK’s maximum efficiency is achieved additional arrival and departure routes peak period of operation at JFK and the using either two arrival runways and in the New York area to reduce delays FAA’s targets for flight operations one departure runway or two departure and congestion. These measures alone, during those periods. runways and one arrival runway. The however, are not expected to provide The FAA will transcribe the recent mixing of arrivals and departures sufficient near-term gains to scheduling reduction meeting, throughout the day reduces the benefit accommodate the peak hour schedules including those sessions in which air of optimizing the configuration of active at JFK’s current or forecast levels of carriers offer flight reductions to the runways to favor arrivals or departures, demand. FAA, as provided for by the procedures as appropriate, which is a practice that Several air carriers have indicated to outlined below. The transcript and other air traffic control personnel previously the FAA their willingness to adjust their documents related to the meeting will employed to tailor JFK’s runway schedules during peak hours to improve be available for inspection in configuration to the historical on-time performance, reduce Department of Transportation Docket transatlantic traffic flows. congestion, and reduce delay-related FAA–2007–29320. In addition, any The increase in scheduled operations operational costs. These carriers cite the interested person may submit written at JFK has had a profound effect on the experience at O’Hare in 2004 when the information to the public docket no later delays that travelers have experienced FAA had a voluntary agreement to twice than November 6, 2007. The docket may there. During the first nine months of reduce schedules by American Airlines be accessed via the Internet at http:// fiscal year 2007, the average daily and United Airlines, the largest www.regulations.gov or at the Docket operations at JFK increased 23% over operators at that airport, but ultimately Management Facility for the Department the same period in the previous year. convened a scheduling reduction of Transportation. Travelers experienced an average meeting under 49 U.S.C. 41722 so that After conducting the scheduling twenty-six minutes of gate arrival delay other carriers did not simply backfill reduction meeting and considering all per flight, which is an increase from the schedule reductions and negate submitted information, the FAA will average eighteen-minute delay during congestion relief. The FAA finds merit publish its final order on delay the same period in fiscal year 2006. The in these arguments as we did in the case reductions at JFK in the Federal number of arrival delays exceeding one of O’Hare. Register. The order is expected to be hour has increased by 114%. The on- Based on these and other factors, the effective through at least the summer time arrival performance at JFK, which Administrator has determined, pursuant 2008 scheduling season and may restrict is defined as arrival at the gate within to the Act, that JFK is a severely service during peak hours by all fifteen minutes of the scheduled time, congested airport and that a scheduling carriers, including carriers that are not declined from 70% in the first ten reduction meeting is necessary in order currently operating at JFK. months of fiscal year 2006 to 61% over to discuss flight reductions in an effort Additionally, the FAA is considering the same period in fiscal year 2007. to reduce overscheduling and flight appropriate measures to address During June and July 2007, JFK’s on- delays at JFK during peak operating charters and other unscheduled flights time arrival performance averaged 59%. hours. The Secretary of Transportation at JFK. Under the HDR, unscheduled At the same time, air carriers continued has also determined, pursuant to the operations were severely constrained to announce new flights for JFK during Act, that a scheduling reduction during the afternoon hours at JFK. peak and off-peak hours. meeting regarding flight reductions at Specifically, only two unscheduled The increased congestion and delays JFK is necessary to meet a serious operations were permitted in each at JFK have had impacts on other transportation need or to achieve an afternoon hour other than the 1700 hour airports in the region and on the important public benefit. In light of (5 p.m.), when no unscheduled National Airspace System. Newark, these determinations, the FAA will operations were permitted. Likewise, LaGuardia and JFK have consistently conduct a scheduling reduction meeting unscheduled operations at O’Hare have been among the most delay-prone pursuant to the Act. been restricted to four per hour since airports. While operations at LaGuardia As dictated by statute, the scheduling the imposition of Arrival Authorizations and Newark have been relatively stable reduction meeting will only address at that airport in 2004. over the past year, JFK’s operations have planned operations by domestic air To ensure that proper increased significantly, creating new carriers. With the exception of Canadian accommodations are afforded at the challenges to accommodate demand air carriers, which are treated as meeting, all scheduled carriers that wish safely and with minimal delay. The domestic air carriers by virtue of an to attend the scheduling reduction recently approved airspace redesign agreement with Canada, the scheduled meeting should register for the meeting plan for the New York/New Jersey/ operations of foreign air carriers are on or before October 19, 2007. Philadelphia metropolitan area managed under a process defined by the Registration may be accomplished by

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59581

contacting Gerry Shakley, System necessary to convene a meeting of air from 6 a.m. to 11 p.m. on a Operations Services, Air Traffic carriers with the Administrator of the representative business day. The FAA’s Organization; telephone—(202) 267– Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) focus on these hours is for overall 9424; facsimile—(202) 267–7277; to discuss flight reductions at New planning purposes only, and it does not e-mail—[email protected], York’s John F. Kennedy International necessarily reflect the peak hours of identifying the air carrier and its Airport (JFK) in an effort to reduce operation at JFK. A letter enclosed with intention to attend the meeting, and overscheduling and flight delays during this summary will request that each air identifying who will represent the air peak hours of operation. Because of carrier confirm the FAA’s current carrier at the meeting. severe congestion at that airport and the information as to that air carrier’s The FAA is currently conducting resulting delays and inconveniences to scheduled operations at JFK, respond as modeling based on the August 30, 2007 the traveling public, the Administrator to whether the air carrier will attend the published schedule information from intends to convene such a meeting in scheduling reduction meeting, and, if the Official Airline Guide. We will the immediate future. The purpose of the air carrier will attend, identify its review the planned schedules for this letter is to describe the format and representative. summer 2008, which carriers were to procedures for the meeting and to The FAA also will publish in the provide by October 11, 2007 (72 FR ensure that, provided the meeting is Federal Register a notice of the meeting 54317, September 24, 2007). The FAA’s conducted in accordance with this that identifies the basis for the meeting, Air Traffic Organization will work with letter, the Department of Justice would when and where the meeting will take individual carriers to validate the not seek to challenge as a violation of place, and the manner in which the schedule information to be used by the the U.S. Antitrust laws any air carrier’s meeting will be conducted. The Federal FAA during the course of the attendance at or participation in the Register notice will invite all scheduled scheduling reduction meeting. meeting or an air carrier’s unilateral air carriers to attend and will specify Because the scheduling reduction actions taken to comply with an Order that a transcript of the meeting will be meeting and all preparations for it are of the Administrator issued as a result available for inspection in a public subject to the U.S. antitrust laws, the of the meeting. docket opened within three business FAA has worked closely with the days after the Administrator formally Meeting Procedures Department of Justice, Antitrust adjourns the scheduling reduction Division, on procedures for conducting 1. Notice to Air Carriers and Other meeting. the meeting in a way that should Interested Parties 2. Establishment and Notice of Flight facilitate legal compliance. As noted in To assist the Administrator in Reduction Targets this correspondence, communications formulating flight reduction targets, as The Administrator shall establish among carriers regarding competitively contemplated by 49 U.S.C. 41722, and sensitive information could result in a flight reduction targets, based on the to identify the air carriers that will number of flight operations scheduled violation of the antitrust laws and lead attend the meeting, the Administrator to civil or criminal liability. Thus, the for a representative business day. As will send a letter notifying the JFK required by the statute, at least 48 hours procedures outlined in the notice airport operator and each scheduled air provide for a series of scheduling prior to the meeting, the Administrator carrier serving JFK of the meeting. The will publish notice of these targets on reduction sessions to be conducted letter will describe the necessity for the separately by FAA staff with each air the FAA’s Web site. The notice will meeting and will identify the periods specify the total number of reductions carrier attending the meeting. We may during a representative business day also meet with representatives of the sought from the total number of flight that the Administrator considers operations conducted. The notice will airport operator. During those sessions severely congested. The letter also will any scheduled air carrier or the airport not include carrier-specific limitations, establish either the date and time for the targets, or suggested reductions. operator in attendance may provide meeting or a period during which the other supplemental information to the meeting is expected to take place. It will 3. Conduct of the Meeting FAA regarding the targeted schedule designate a location in the Washington, The meeting will be conducted under reductions at JFK. The FAA requests the DC area as the meeting’s location. The the following procedures: cooperation of all participants at the letter will advise that the meeting and a. The meeting will be chaired by the meeting in adhering to the procedures all preparations for it are subject to the Administrator or by a delegate of the outlined in the notice. antitrust laws and that communication Administrator. The text of the FAA letter describing among air carriers regarding b. The meeting will be open to the planned procedures and the text of competitively sensitive information, attendance by the JFK airport operator the Department of Justice letter such as markets served, prices charged, and all scheduled air carriers, and the assessing those procedures are as and marketing plans, could result in a FAA will transcribe the meeting. follows: violation of the antitrust laws. Copies of c. Representatives of the Department September 21, 2007 the letter will be sent to the Antitrust of Justice will be invited to attend. Thomas O. Barnett, Esq., Assistant Division, as well as to the Air Transport d. At the beginning of the meeting, the Attorney General, Antitrust Division, Association, Regional Airline FAA will announce that, pursuant to Room 3109, U.S. Department of Association, and Air Carrier Association advice from the Department of Justice, Justice, 950 Pennsylvania Avenue, of America. no communication will be permitted by NW., Washington, DC 20530-0001. The FAA Air Traffic Organization any air carrier representative in the Dear Mr. Barnett: (ATO) will separately provide the JFK presence of any representative of We anticipate that the Secretary of airport operator and each air carrier another air carrier regarding the subject Transportation will soon determine, serving JFK with a summary showing of flight reductions at JFK or regarding pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 41722,3 that it is the FAA’s current information as to any other competitively sensitive scheduled arrivals and departures at JFK information, including but not limited 3 [The text of a footnote quoting 49 U.S.C. 41722 (including code-share flights) for each to markets served, prices charged, and is omitted her.] air carrier during each 15 minute period marketing plans.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59582 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

e. The Administrator will then carrier separately and confidentially of The meeting is being called because the distribute to the meeting’s attendees a flight reduction targets specific to that Secretary of Transportation has list of the number of flights, not specific air carrier. No carrier-specific determined, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. as to air carrier, during each 15-minute information will be provided to any air 41722, that the meeting is necessary to period from 6 a.m. until 11 p.m. on a carrier other than information regarding reduce flight delays during peak hours representative business day, and he will that air carrier; however, the of operation. You seek assurances that, identify any periods that he considers Administrator may make general provided the meeting and related severely congested, as well as general assurances with respect to the overall activities are conducted as described in targets for flight reductions during those proportionality of the flight reductions your letter, the Department of Justice periods. This list will not include among the air carriers serving JFK. would not seek to challenge as a carrier-specific limitations, targets, or k. Following the Administrator’s violation of the antitrust laws any air suggested reductions. identification of further flight reduction carrier’s attendance at or participation f. Each air carrier serving JFK and targets, each air carrier attending the in the meeting or any carrier’s unilateral attending the meeting will then be meeting that serves JFK will be invited actions taken to comply with an Order invited into a separate and confidential to a separate and confidential session of the Administrator issued as a result session with representatives of the ATO, with representatives of the ATO, at of the meeting. at which the air carrier will be asked to which the air carrier will be given the According to your letter, all carriers offer flight reductions or schedule opportunity to submit a new or revised participating in the meeting will be modifications. Only representatives of offer of flight reductions or schedule advised that the meeting and all that air carrier and the U.S. government modifications. preparations for it are subject to the will be permitted to attend the offer l. At his discretion, the Administrator antitrust laws and that communications sessions; however, the sessions will be or his delegate may repeat steps (j) and among carriers regarding competitively transcribed. (k), and he may continue the schedule sensitive information, such as markets g. Any offer of flights reductions reduction meeting as he deems served, prices charged, and marketing should specify the precise number of necessary. plans, could result in a violation of the arrivals and departures, if any, the m. The Administrator may terminate antitrust laws and lead to civil or submitting air carrier is willing to the schedule reduction meeting at his criminal liability. At the beginning of remove from each of the severely discretion. the meeting, the Administrator (or his congested periods identified by the 4. Order of the Administrator delegee) will announce that, pursuant to Administrator, indicating whether the Concerning Delays at JFK advice from the Department of Justice, flight operation(s) would be cancelled or no communication will be permitted by moved to another time period. The offer The ATO will review the final offers any air carrier representative in the may not be explicitly contingent on of each air carrier attendee of the presence of any representative of specific flight reductions by other air meeting and recommend a proposed another air carrier regarding flight carriers but may be conditioned on the flight reduction plan to the Administrator’s implementation of an Administrator. After the Administrator’s reductions at JFK or any other overall reduction of specified numbers review and approval of the plan, the competitively sensitive subject, of flight operations toward the target resulting schedule reductions, including including but not limited to markets during the periods in question. The offer carrier-specific limitations, will be served, prices charged, and marketing may not contain information from the published in the Federal Register as a plans. air carrier on markets served, prices final order of the Administrator. The Prior to the meeting, the charged, marketing plans or other final order of the Administrator will Administrator will establish flight competitively sensitive matters. specify a method by which air carriers reduction targets, based on the number h. After the completion of all such adversely affected by the order may be of flight operations scheduled on a sessions, the ATO will: (1) Review the relieved of its effect. The order will also representative business day. The offers made; (2) revise, in light of the be subject to modification by the Administrator will publish notice of offers made, the list of the number of Administrator. these targets on the FAA Web site at flights, not specific as to air carrier, Please advise if the procedures are least 48 hours prior to the meeting, as during each 15-minute period from 6 acceptable to you. required by statute. The notice will a.m. until 11 p.m. on a representative Sincerely, specify the total number of reductions to business day; and (3) consult with the Kerry B. Long, Chief Counsel be sought from the total number of flight operations conducted. The notice will Administrator. The Administrator will September 24, 2007 distribute to the meeting’s attendees the not include carrier-specific limitations, Kerry B. Long, Esq., Chief Counsel, U.S. carrier non-specific list of the number of targets or suggested reductions. Department of Transportation, Federal flights on a representative business day, At the meeting, the Administrator will Aviation Administration, 800 and he will identify any periods that he distribute a list of flights currently Independence Ave, SW., Washington, continues to consider severely scheduled each 15-minute period from DC 20591. congested and identify targets for flight 6 a.m. to 11 p.m., indicate any periods Re: Proposed JFK Airport Delay reductions during those periods. that he considers to be severely i. At his discretion, the Administrator Reduction Meeting congested, and provide general targets or his delegate may repeat steps (f) Dear Mr. Long: for flight reductions during those through (h), and he may continue the This letter is written in response to periods, which will not identify which schedule reduction meeting as he deems your September 21, 2007 letter carriers flights are targeted to be moved necessary. describing the planned format of a or eliminated. Each carrier will then be j. If the Administrator determines that meeting of air carriers with the invited into a separate, confidential identifying carrier-specific targets Administrator of the Federal Aviation discussion with the Administrator would facilitate voluntary flight Administration (‘‘FAA’’) to discuss during which the carrier will be asked reductions and schedule modifications, flight reductions at New York’s John F. to offer specific flight reductions or the Administrator may advise each air Kennedy International Airport (‘‘JFK’’). scheduled, changes, which shall not be

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59583

contingent on reductions offered by DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION agencies, and to private organizations another carrier or carriers. and citizens and citizen groups who Federal Highway Administration After completion of the individual have previously expressed or are known to have an interest in this proposal. It is carrier sessions, the Administrator will Environmental Impact Statement: revise the list of flights to reflect the anticipated that a Public Hearing will be Calvert and St. Mary’s Counties, held in the Fall of 2009. The draft EIS individual discussions with the carriers. Maryland The carriers will again be given this list will be available for public and agency which will not identify flights by AGENCY: Federal Highway review and comment prior to a Public carrier. If the Administrator believes Administration (FHWA), DOT. Hearing. Public notice will be given of that severely congested time periods ACTION: Notice of intent. the availability of the Draft EIS for still exist, he may set revised targets and review and of the time and place of this repeat the individual sessions with SUMMARY: The FHWA is issuing this hearing. A Scoping Meeting was held in carriers. notice to advise the public that an May of 2007, and two Open House Environmental Impact Statement will be Workshops will be held in October 2007 If the Administrator determines that prepared for a proposed roadway to solicit opinions and ideas on identifying carrier-specific targets is widening and bridge replacement proposed improvements from local necessary to facilitate voluntary flight project in Calvert and St. Mary’s citizens. reductions and schedule modifications, Counties, Maryland. The purpose of the To ensure that the full range of issues he may advise each carrier separately EIS is to provide information and related to this proposed action are and confidentially of flight reduction analyses for decisions on the project in addressed and all significant issues targets specific to that carrier, which accordance with the policies and identified, comments and suggestions information will not be given to any purposes of the National Environmental are invited from all interested parties. other carrier or carriers. The Policy Act. Comments or questions concerning Administrator may also make a general FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: these proposed actions and EIS should assurance with respect to the overall Mr. Daniel W. Johnson, Environmental be directed to the FHWA at the address proportionality of the flight reductions provided above. being sought by the FAA from carriers Program Manager, Federal Highway serving JFK. Administration, City Crescent Building, (Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance 10 South Howard Street, Suite 2450, Program Number 20.205, Highway Research, The Administrator will develop and Telephone (410) 779–7154. Planning and Construction. The regulation implementing Executive Order 12372 approve a proposed flight reduction SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The regarding intergovernmental consultation of plan and schedule reduction, which FHWA, in cooperation with the will be published in the Federal Federal programs and activities apply to this Maryland State Highway program) Register as a final order. Administration, U.S. Army Corps of Importantly, the procedures do not Engineers, U.S. Environmental Issued on: October 10, 2007. provide for any meetings among the Protection Agency, U.S. Coast Guard, Daniel W. Johnson, carriers without the FAA present. The and Maryland Department of the Environmental Program Leader, Baltimore, procedures will not allow any Environment will prepare an Maryland. discussion or negotiation among carriers environmental impact statement (EIS) to [FR Doc. 07–5190 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] about flight reductions, prices charged, improve MD 4 from MD 2 to MD 235 in BILLING CODE 4910–22–M or markets served. During the course of Calvert and St. Mary’s Counties, a the meetings, carriers will not be told distance of approximately 2.91 miles. schedule reductions or modifications Improvements to the corridor are DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION other carriers are offering or being asked necessary to improve existing capacity Federal Highway Administration to offer. and traffic operations, and to increase For these reasons, the Department is vehicular, pedestrian and bicycle safety Notice of Final Federal Agency Actions not presently inclined to initiate along MD 4, while supporting existing on Proposed Highways in Washington antitrust enforcement action against any and planned development in the area. carrier that participates in the FAA’s Improvements to the bridge are AGENCY: Federal Highway flight reduction meeting and conducts necessary due to inadequate shoulder Administration (FHWA), DOT. itself in the manner described in your widths, major traffic delays and/or ACTION: Notice of limitation on claims September 21 letter. This expresses the closures currently occur along the for judicial review of actions by FHWA Department’s current enforcement Thomas Johnson Memorial Bridge and other federal agencies. intention regarding the carriers’ during crashes and maintenance SUMMARY: This notice announces actions participation in the flight reductions activities. In addition, the crash rate on taken by the FHWA and other Federal meeting. The Department reserves the MD 4 from FDR Boulevard to MD 235, agencies that are final within the right to bring an enforcement action as well as the rear end collision rate meaning of 23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1). The against any conduct that violated the across the Thomas Johnson Memorial actions relate to a proposed highway antitrust laws. Bridge, is greater than the statewide average. project, SR 167 Extension Project Yours sincerely, Alternatives under consideration Puyallup to SR 509 in Pierce County, Washington. Those actions grant Thomas O. Barnett include taking no action and widening existing MD 4 to a four lane divided licenses, permits, and approvals for the Issued in Washington, DC, on October 16, highway, with various options for project. 2007. bridge improvements and/or DATES: By this notice, the FHWA is Kerry B. Long, reconstruction. advising the public of final agency Chief Counsel. Letters describing the proposed action actions subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1). A [FR Doc. 07–5177 Filed 10–16–07; 4:31 pm] and soliciting comments will be sent to claim seeking judicial review of the BILLING CODE 4910–13–M appropriate Federal, State, and local Federal agency actions on the highway

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59584 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

project will be barred unless the claim 2. Air: Clean Air Act, as amended [42 Environmental Quality; E.O. 13112 is filed on or before April 21, 2008. If U.S.C. 7401–7671(q)]. Invasive Species. the Federal law that authorizes judicial 3. Land: Section 4(f) of the (Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance review of a claim provides a time period Department of Transportation Act of Program Number 20.205, Highway Planning of less than 180 days for filing such 1966 [49 U.S.C. 303]; Landscaping and and Construction. The regulations claim, then that shorter time period still Scenic Enhancement (Wildflowers) [23 implementing Executive Order 12372 applies. U.S.C. 319]. regarding intergovernmental consultation on FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 4. Wildlife: Endangered Species Act Federal programs and activities apply to this program.) Bryan Dillon, Area Engineer, Federal [16 U.S.C. 1531–1544]; Anadromous Highway Administration Washington Fish Conservation Act [16 U.S.C. Authority: 23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1). Division, 711 South Capitol Way, Suite 757(a)–757(g)]; Fish and Wildlife Issued on: October 5, 2007. Coordination Act [16 U.S.C. 661– 501, Olympia, WA 98501. Office hours Bryan Dillon, are 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. Pacific Time, (360) 667(d)]; Magnuson-Stevenson Fishery Conservation and Management Act of Area Engineer, Olympia, Washington. 753–9556, [email protected]. [FR Doc. E7–20694 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] You may also contact Steve Fuchs, SR 1976, as amended [16 U.S.C. 1801 et BILLING CODE 4910–RY––P y 167 Project Manager, Washington State seq.]. Department of Transportation (WSDOT), 5. Historic and Cultural Resources: Section 106 of the National Historic 1011 10th Avenue SE., Olympia, WA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 98501. Office hours are 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Preservation Act of 1966, as amended Pacific Time, (360) 709–8100, [16 U.S.C. 470(f) et seq.]; Archaeological National Highway Traffic Safety Resources Protection Act of 1977 [16 [email protected]. Administration U.S.C. 470(aa)-11]; Archaeological and SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Notice is Historic Preservation Act [16 U.S.C. [Docket No. NHTSA–2007–0007] hereby given that the FHWA and other 469–469(c)]; Native American Grave Federal agencies have taken final agency Protection and Repatriation Act [25 Notice of Receipt of Petition for actions by issuing a Record of Decision U.S.C. 3001–3013]. Decision That Nonconforming 1988 (ROD) and approvals for the following 6. Social and Economic: Civil Rights Ducati 851 Motorcycles Are Eligible for highway project in the State of Act of 1964 [42 U.S.C. 2000(d)– Importation Washington. When completed, the SR 2000(d)(1)]; American Indian Religious AGENCY: National Highway Traffic 167 Extension project will replace the Freedom Act [42 U.S.C. 1996]; Farmland Safety Administration, DOT. existing arterial route that follows River Protection Policy Act [7 U.S.C. 4201– ACTION: Notice of receipt of petition for Road with six miles of new freeway 4209]; the Uniform Relocation decision that nonconforming 1988 north of the Puyallup River. This will Assistance and Real Property Ducati 851 motorcycles are eligible for complete the existing SR 167 from State Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, as importation. Route 161 in Puyallup to Interstate 5 in amended [42 U.S.C. 61]. Fife, with a connection to State Route 7. Wetlands and Water Resources: SUMMARY: This document announces 509 near the Port of Tacoma. When Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251–1377 receipt by the National Highway Traffic construction funding is secured, the (Section 404, Section 401, Section 319); Safety Administration (NHTSA) of a project will be built in stages as money Coastal Zone Management Act [16 petition for a decision that 1988 Ducati becomes available. The actions by the U.S.C. 1451–1465]; Land and Water 851 motorcycles that were not originally Federal agencies, and the laws under Conservation Fund [16 U.S.C. 4601– manufactured to comply with all which such actions were taken, are 4604]; Safe Drinking Water Act [42 applicable Federal motor vehicle safety described in the November 2006 Final U.S.C. 300(f)–300(j)(6)]; Rivers and standards (FMVSS) are eligible for Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) Harbors Act of 1899 [33 U.S.C. 401– importation into the United States and the October 2, 2007 ROD, and in 406]; TEA–21 Wetlands Mitigation [23 because (1) they are substantially other documents in the FHWA U.S.C. 103(b)(6)(m), 133(b)(11)]; Flood similar to vehicles that were originally administrative record. The FEIS, ROD, Disaster Protection Act [42 U.S.C. 4001– manufactured for sale in the United and other documents in the FHWA 4128]. States and that were certified by their administrative record are available by 8. Hazardous Materials: manufacturer as complying with the contacting the FHWA or WSDOT at the Comprehensive Environmental safety standards, and (2) they are addresses provided above. The FEIS and Response, Compensation, and Liability capable of being readily altered to ROD can also be viewed and Act [42 U.S.C. 9601–9675]; Superfund conform to the standards. downloaded from the project Web site at Amendments and Reauthorization Act DATES: The closing date for comments http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Projects/ of 1986 [PL 99–499]; Resource on the petition is November 21, 2007. SR167/TacomaToEdgewood/ or viewed Conservation and Recovery Act [42 ADDRESSES: Comments should refer to at public libraries in the project area. U.S.C. 6901–6992(k)]. the docket and notice numbers above Since federal funding is not currently 9. Executive Orders: E.O. 11990 and be submitted by any of the available for this project, an FHWA Protection of Wetlands; E.O. 11988 following methods: project number has not been Floodplain Management; E.O. 12898, • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to established. Federal Actions to Address http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the This notice applies to all Federal Environmental Justice in Minority online instructions for submitting agency decisions on the listed projects Populations and Low Income comments. as of the issuance date of this notice and Populations; E.O. 11593 Protection and • Mail: Docket Management Facility: all laws under which such actions were Enhancement of Cultural Resources; U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 taken, including but not limited to: E.O. 13007 Indian Sacred Sites; E.O. New Jersey Avenue SE., West Building 1. General: National Environmental 13287 Preserve America; E.O. 13175 Ground Floor, Room W12–140, Policy Act [42 U.S.C. 4321–4351]; Consultation and Coordination with Washington, DC 20590–0001. Federal-Aid Highway Act [23 U.S.C. Indian Tribal Governments; E.O. 11514 • Hand Delivery or Courier: West 109]. Protection and Enhancement of Building Ground Floor, Room W12–140,

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59585

1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., between continue to file relevant information in certified counterparts, or are capable of 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET, Monday through the Docket as it becomes available. being readily altered to conform to those Friday, except Federal holidays. Further, some people may submit late standards. • Fax: 202–493–2251. comments. Accordingly, we recommend Specifically, the petitioner claims that Instructions: Comments must be that you periodically search the Docket non-U.S. certified 1988 Ducati 851 written in the English language, and be for new material. motorcycles are identical to their U.S. no greater than 15 pages in length, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: certified counterparts with respect to although there is no limit to the length Coleman Sachs, Office of Vehicle Safety compliance with Standard Nos. 106 of necessary attachments to the Compliance, NHTSA (202–366–3151). Brake Hoses, 111 Rearview Mirrors, 116 comments. If comments are submitted SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Brake Fluid, 119 New Pneumatic Tires in hard copy form, please ensure that for Vehicles other than Passenger Cars, two copies are provided. If you wish to Background 120 Tire Selection and Rims for receive confirmation that your Under 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A), a Vehicles other than Passenger Cars, 122 comments were received, please enclose motor vehicle that was not originally Motorcycle Brake Systems, and 123 a stamped, self-addressed postcard with manufactured to conform to all Motorcycle Controls and Displays. the comments. Note that all comments applicable FMVSS shall be refused The petitioner further contends that received will be posted without change admission into the United States unless the vehicles are capable of being readily to http://www.regulations.gov, including NHTSA has decided that the motor altered to meet the following standards, any personal information provided. vehicle is substantially similar to a in the manner indicated below: Please see the Privacy Act heading motor vehicle originally manufactured Standard No. 108 Lamps, Reflective below. for sale in the United States, certified Devices and Associated Equipment: Privacy Act: Anyone is able to search Installation of U.S.-certified headlamps. the electronic form of all comments under 49 U.S.C. 30115, and of the same model year as the model of the motor Standard No. 205 Glazing Materials: received into any of our dockets by the Inspection of all vehicles, and removal name of the individual submitting the vehicle to be compared, and is capable of being readily altered to conform to all of noncompliant glazing or replacement comment (or signing the comment, if of the glazing with U.S.-certified submitted on behalf of an association, applicable FMVSS. Petitions for eligibility decisions may components on vehicles that are not business, labor union, etc.). You may already so equipped. review DOT’s complete Privacy Act be submitted by either manufacturers or importers who have registered with All comments received before the Statement in the Federal Register close of business on the closing date published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR part 592. As specified in 49 CFR 593.7, NHTSA indicated above will be considered, and 19477–78) or you may visit http:// will be available for examination in the DocketInfo.dot.gov. publishes notice in the Federal Register of each petition that it receives, and docket at the above address both before How To Read Comments Submitted to and after that date. To the extent the Docket: You may read the comments affords interested persons an opportunity to comment on the petition. possible, comments filed after the received by Docket Management at the closing date will also be considered. address and times given above. You may At the close of the comment period, NHTSA decides, on the basis of the Notice of final action on the petition also see the comments on the Internet. will be published in the Federal To read the comments on the Internet, petition and any comments that it has received, whether the vehicle is eligible Register pursuant to the authority take the following steps: indicated below. (1) Go to the Federal Docket for importation. The agency then Management System (FDMS) Web page publishes this decision in the Federal Authority: 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A) and http://www.regulations.gov. Register. (b)(1); 49 CFR 593.8; delegations of authority (2) On that page, click on ‘‘search for J.K. Technologies, LLC, of Baltimore, at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.8. dockets.’’ Maryland (‘‘J.K.’’) (Registered Importer Issued on: October 16, 2007. (3) On the next page (http:// 90–006) has petitioned NHTSA to Claude H. Harris, www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/ decide whether non-U.S. certified 1988 Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance. Ducati 851 motorcycles are eligible for component/main), select NATIONAL [FR Doc. E7–20768 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] HIGHWAY TRAFFIC SAFETY importation into the United States. The BILLING CODE 4910–59–P ADMINISTRATION from the drop- vehicles that J.K. believes are down menu in the Agency field, enter substantially similar are 1988 Ducati the Docket ID number and title shown 851 motorcycles that were DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION at the heading of this document, and manufactured for sale in the United select ‘‘Nonrulemaking’’ from the drop- States and certified by their National Highway Traffic Safety down menu in the Type field and manufacturer as conforming to all Administration ‘‘Vehicle Import Eligibility’’ in the drop- applicable FMVSS. down menu in the Sub-Type field. The petitioner claims that it carefully [Docket No. NHTSA–2006–26357; Notice 2] (4) After entering that information, compared non-U.S. certified 1988 click on ‘‘submit.’’ Ducati 851 motorcycles to their U.S. Decision That Nonconforming 1999– (5) The next page contains docket certified counterparts, and found the 2000 Hatty 45 Foot Double-Axle summary information for the docket you vehicles to be substantially similar with Trailers Are Eligible for Importation selected. Click on the comments you respect to compliance with most AGENCY: National Highway Traffic wish to see. You may download the FMVSS. Safety Administration, DOT. comments. Although the comments are J.K. submitted information with its ACTION: Notice of decision by National imaged documents, instead of the word petition intended to demonstrate that Highway Traffic Safety Administration processing documents, the ‘‘pdf’’ non-U.S. certified 1988 Ducati 851 that nonconforming 1999–2000 Hatty 45 versions of the documents are word motorcycles, as originally foot double-axle trailers are eligible for searchable. Please note that even after manufactured, conform to many FMVSS importation. the comment closing date, we will in the same manner as their U.S.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59586 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

SUMMARY: This document announces a Importer 01–280) petitioned NHTSA to and/or reprogramming of the ABS brake decision by the National Highway decide whether 1999–2000 Hatty 45 foot control system to ensure that the Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) double-axle trailers are eligible for antilock malfunction indicator lamp that certain 1999–2000 Hatty 45 foot importation into the United States. functions as required by the standard. double-axle trailers that were not NHTSA published notice of petition on Standard No. 223, Rear Impact originally manufactured to comply with November 21, 2006 (71 FR 67424) to Guards: installation of a rear impact all applicable Federal motor vehicle afford an opportunity for public guard that is certified as conforming to safety standards (FMVSS) are eligible comment. The reader is referred to that the requirements of FMVSS No. 223. for importation into the United States notice for a thorough description of the Standard No. 224, Rear Impact because they have safety features that petition. Protection: installation of a rear impact comply with, or are capable of being Comments were received in response guard that is certified as conforming to altered to comply with, all applicable to the notice of the petition from the requirements of FMVSS No. 223 in FMVSS. ArvinMeritor, Inc., d.b.a. Meritor a manner that meets the requirements of WABCO (WABCO), the manufacturer of DATES: This decision was effective April FMVSS No. 224. the ABS braking system components 19, 2007. The agency notified the Based on these considerations, the installed on the subject vehicles. agency decided to grant this petition. petitioner at that time that the petition WABCO stated that the purpose for its had been granted. This document comments are; to provide detailed Final Decision provides public notice of that decision. information about the capabilities of the Accordingly, on the basis of the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: ABS system installed on the subject foregoing, NHTSA has decided that Coleman Sachs, Office of Vehicle Safety vehicles and to describe differences 1999–2000 Hatty 45 foot double-axle Compliance, NHTSA (202–366–3151). between that system and those installed trailers that were not originally SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: in typical U.S. conforming vehicles manufactured to comply with all Background regarding the activation signal and applicable FMVSS have safety features control system programming for the that comply with, or are capable of Under 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A), a lamp check function of the antilock being altered to comply with, all motor vehicle that was not originally malfunction indicator lamp (required by applicable FMVSS. manufactured to conform to all paragraph S5.2.3.3 of FMVSS No. 121 applicable FMVSS shall be refused Air Brake Systems). Vehicle Eligibility Number for Subject admission into the United States unless In its review of the petition, NHTSA Vehicles NHTSA has decided that the motor found insufficient data, views, and The importer of a vehicle admissible vehicle is substantially similar to a arguments for it to make a under any final decision must indicate motor vehicle originally manufactured determination as to conformity of the on the form HS–7 accompanying entry for importation into and sale in the subject vehicles with FMVSS No. 223, the appropriate vehicle eligibility United States, certified under 49 U.S.C. Rear Impact Guards and FMVSS No. number indicating that the vehicle is 30115, and of the same model year as 224, Rear Impact Protection. As a result, eligible for entry. VCP–38 is the vehicle the model of the motor vehicle to be NHTSA requested that BTE provide test eligibility number assigned to vehicles compared, and is capable of being data demonstrating that the rear impact admissible under this notice of final readily altered to conform to all guards originally installed on the decision. applicable FMVSS. subject trailers met or were capable of Where there is no substantially being altered to meet the requirements Authority: 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(B) and similar U.S.-certified motor vehicle, 49 of FMVSS Nos. 223 and 224. BTE (b)(1); 49 CFR 593.7; delegations of authority at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.8. U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(B) permits a responded by stating that it had been nonconforming motor vehicle to be unable to obtain the necessary test Issued on: October 16, 2007. admitted into the United States if its documentation. As an alternative to Claude H. Harris, safety features comply with, or are providing the test data, BTE proposed Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance. capable of being altered to comply with, that conformance could be achieved by [FR Doc. E7–20772 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] all applicable FMVSS based on installing a replacement rear impact BILLING CODE 4910–59–P destructive test data or such other guard that was certified by its evidence as NHTSA decides to be manufacturer as conforming to all adequate. applicable requirements of FMVSS No. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Petitions for eligibility decisions may 223, provided that it was installed as be submitted by either manufacturers or required by FMVSS No. 224. National Highway Traffic Safety importers who have registered with NHTSA’s Analysis: After reviewing Administration NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR part 592. As the petition as well as the supplemental specified in 49 CFR 593.7, NHTSA information received from both BTE and [Docket No. NHTSA–2007–0004] publishes notice in the Federal Register WABCO, NHTSA determined that the of each petition that it receives, and subject vehicles were capable of being Notice of Receipt of Petition for affords interested persons an altered to conform with all applicable Decision That Nonconforming 1999– opportunity to comment on the petition. safety standards. However, the agency 2007 Yamaha Drag Star 1100 At the close of the comment period, concluded that the RI must demonstrate, Motorcycles Are Eligible for NHTSA decides, on the basis of the in the conformity statement submitted Importation petition and any comments that it has for any vehicle imported under this AGENCY: National Highway Traffic received, whether the vehicle is eligible eligibility decision, that the following Safety Administration, DOT. for importation. The agency then modifications, in addition to those ACTION: Notice of receipt of petition for publishes this decision in the Federal included in the instant petition, have decision that nonconforming 1999–2007 Register. been made: Yamaha Drag Star 1100 motorcycles are Barry Taylor Enterprises of Standard No. 121 Air Brake Systems: eligible for importation. Richmond, California (BTE)(Registered inspection of the vehicles and rewiring

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59587

SUMMARY: This document announces received by Docket Management at the opportunity to comment on the petition. receipt by the National Highway Traffic address and times given above. You may At the close of the comment period, Safety Administration (NHTSA) of a also see the comments on the Internet. NHTSA decides, on the basis of the petition for a decision that 1999–2007 To read the comments on the Internet, petition and any comments that it has Yamaha Drag Star 1100 motorcycles that take the following steps: received, whether the vehicle is eligible were not originally manufactured to (1) Go to the Federal Docket for importation. The agency then comply with all applicable Federal Management System (FDMS) Web page publishes this decision in the Federal motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS) http://www.regulations.gov. Register. are eligible for importation into the (2) On that page, click on ‘‘search for US SPECS of Aberdeen, Maryland United States because (1) they are dockets.’’ (Registered Importer 03–321) has substantially similar to vehicles that (3) On the next page (http:// petitioned NHTSA to decide whether were originally manufactured for sale in www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/ non-U.S. certified 1999–2007 Yamaha the United States and that were certified component/main), select National Drag Star 1100 motorcycles are eligible by their manufacturer as complying Highway Traffic Safety Administration for importation into the United States. with the safety standards, and (2) they from the drop-down menu in the The vehicles that U.S. SPECS believes are capable of being readily altered to Agency field, enter the Docket ID are substantially similar are 1999–2007 conform to the standards. number and title shown at the heading V Star 1100 motorcycles that were DATES: The closing date for comments of this document, and select manufactured for sale in the United on the petition is November 21, 2007. ‘‘Nonrulemaking’’ from the drop-down States and certified by their ADDRESSES: Comments should refer to menu in the Type field and ‘‘Vehicle manufacturer as conforming to all the docket and notice numbers above Import Eligibility’’ in the drop-down applicable FMVSS. and be submitted by any of the menu in the Sub-Type field. The petitioner claims that it carefully following methods: (4) After entering that information, compared non-U.S. certified 1999–2007 • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to click on ‘‘submit.’’ Yamaha Drag Star 1100 motorcycles to http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the (5) The next page contains docket their U.S. certified counterparts, and online instructions for submitting summary information for the docket you found the vehicles to be substantially comments. selected. Click on the comments you similar with respect to compliance with • Mail: Docket Management Facility: wish to see. You may download the most FMVSS. U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 comments. Although the comments are US SPECS submitted information New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building imaged documents, instead of the word with its petition intended to Ground Floor, Room W12–140, processing documents, the ‘‘pdf’’ demonstrate that non-U.S. certified Washington, DC 20590–0001. versions of the documents are word • 1999–2007 Yamaha Drag Star 1100 Hand Delivery or Courier: West searchable. Please note that even after motorcycles, as originally Building Ground Floor, Room W12–140, the comment closing date, we will manufactured, conform to many FMVSS 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., between continue to file relevant information in in the same manner as their U.S. 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET, Monday through the Docket as it becomes available. certified counterparts, or are capable of Friday, except Federal holidays. • Further, some people may submit late being readily altered to conform to those Fax: 202–493–2251. comments. Accordingly, we recommend Instructions: Comments must be standards. that you periodically search the Docket Specifically, the petitioner claims that written in the English language, and be for new material. no greater than 15 pages in length, non-U.S. certified 1999–2007 Yamaha although there is no limit to the length FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Drag Star 1100 motorcycles are identical of necessary attachments to the Coleman Sachs, Office of Vehicle Safety to their U.S. certified counterparts with comments. If comments are submitted Compliance, NHTSA (202–366–3151). respect to compliance with Standard in hard copy form, please ensure that SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Nos. 106 Brake Hoses, 116 Brake Fluid, 119 New Pneumatic Tires for Vehicles two copies are provided. If you wish to Background receive confirmation that your other than Passenger Cars, and 122 comments were received, please enclose Under 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A), a Motorcycle Brake Systems. a stamped, self-addressed postcard with motor vehicle that was not originally The petitioner further contends that the comments. Note that all comments manufactured to conform to all the vehicles are capable of being readily received will be posted without change applicable FMVSS shall be refused altered to meet the following standards, to http://www.regulations.gov, including admission into the United States unless in the manner indicated below: any personal information provided. NHTSA has decided that the motor Standard No. 108 Lamps, Reflective Please see the Privacy Act heading vehicle is substantially similar to a Devices and Associated Equipment: below. motor vehicle originally manufactured Inspection of all vehicles and Privacy Act: Anyone is able to search for sale in the United States, certified replacement of the following with U.S.- the electronic form of all comments under 49 U.S.C. 30115, and of the same certified components on vehicles not received into any of our dockets by the model year as the model of the motor already so equipped: (a) Headlamps; (b) name of the individual submitting the vehicle to be compared, and is capable front and rear turn signal lamps; (c) tail comment (or signing the comment, if of being readily altered to conform to all lamp assembly; (d) front and rear side- submitted on behalf of an association, applicable FMVSS. mounted reflex reflectors; and (e) rear- business, labor union, etc.). You may Petitions for eligibility decisions may mounted reflex reflector. review DOT’s complete Privacy Act be submitted by either manufacturers or Standard No. 111 Rearview Mirrors: Statement in the Federal Register importers who have registered with Inspection of all vehicles, and published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR part 592. As installation of U.S.-conforming model 19477–78) or you may visit http:// specified in 49 CFR 593.7, NHTSA rearview mirrors on vehicles that are not DocketInfo.dot.gov. publishes notice in the Federal Register already so equipped. How to Read Comments submitted to of each petition that it receives, and Standard No. 120 Tire Selection and the Docket: You may read the comments affords interested persons an Rims for Vehicles other than Passenger

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59588 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

Cars: Installation of a tire information by their manufacturer as complying component/main), select NATIONAL placard. with the safety standards, and (2) they HIGHWAY TRAFFIC SAFETY Standard No. 123 Motorcycle Controls are capable of being readily altered to ADMINISTRATION from the drop- and Displays: Installation of a U.S.- conform to the standards. down menu in the Agency field, enter model speedometer, or modification of DATES: The closing date for comments the Docket ID number and title shown the speedometer so that it reads in miles on the petition is November 21, 2007. at the heading of this document, and per hour. ADDRESSES: Comments should refer to select ‘‘Nonrulemaking’’ from the drop- Standard No. 205 Glazing Materials: the docket and notice numbers above down menu in the Type field and Inspection of all vehicles, and removal and be submitted by any of the ‘‘Vehicle Import Eligibility’’ in the drop- of noncompliant glazing or replacement following methods: down menu in the Sub-Type field. of the glazing with U.S.-certified • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to (4) After entering that information, components on vehicles that are not http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the click on ‘‘submit.’’ already so equipped. online instructions for submitting (5) The next page contains docket All comments received before the comments. summary information for the docket you close of business on the closing date • Mail: Docket Management Facility: selected. Click on the comments you indicated above will be considered, and U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 wish to see. You may download the will be available for examination in the New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building comments. Although the comments are docket at the above address both before Ground Floor, Room W12–140, imaged documents, instead of the word and after that date. To the extent Washington, DC 20590–0001. processing documents, the ‘‘pdf’’ possible, comments filed after the • Hand Delivery or Courier: West versions of the documents are word closing date will also be considered. Building Ground Floor, Room W12–140, searchable. Please note that even after Notice of final action on the petition 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., between the comment closing date, we will will be published in the Federal 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET, Monday through continue to file relevant information in Register pursuant to the authority Friday, except Federal holidays. the Docket as it becomes available. indicated below. • Fax: 202–493–2251. Further, some people may submit late Authority: 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A) and Instructions: Comments must be comments. Accordingly, we recommend (b)(1); 49 CFR 593.8; delegations of authority written in the English language, and be that you periodically search the Docket at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.8. no greater than 15 pages in length, for new material. Issued on: October 16, 2007. although there is no limit to the length FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Claude H. Harris, of necessary attachments to the Coleman Sachs, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, NHTSA (202–366–3151). Director, Office of Vehicle, Safety comments. If comments are submitted Compliance. in hard copy form, please ensure that SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: [FR Doc. E7–20774 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] two copies are provided. If you wish to receive confirmation that your Background BILLING CODE 4910–59–P comments were received, please enclose Under 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A), a a stamped, self-addressed postcard with motor vehicle that was not originally DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION the comments. Note that all comments manufactured to conform to all received will be posted without change applicable FMVSS shall be refused National Highway Traffic Safety to http://www.regulations.gov, including admission into the United States unless Administration any personal information provided. NHTSA has decided that the motor Please see the Privacy Act heading vehicle is substantially similar to a [Docket No. NHTSA–2007–0005] below. motor vehicle originally manufactured Notice of Receipt of Petition for Privacy Act: Anyone is able to search for sale in the United States, certified Decision That Nonconforming 2004– the electronic form of all comments under 49 U.S.C. 30115, and of the same 2005 Vespa LX and PX Model received into any of our dockets by the model year as the model of the motor Motorcycles Are Eligible for name of the individual submitting the vehicle to be compared, and is capable Importation comment (or signing the comment, if of being readily altered to conform to all submitted on behalf of an association, applicable FMVSS. AGENCY: National Highway Traffic business, labor union, etc.). You may Petitions for eligibility decisions may Safety Administration, DOT. review DOT’s complete Privacy Act be submitted by either manufacturers or ACTION: Notice of receipt of petition for Statement in the Federal Register importers who have registered with decision that nonconforming 2004–2005 published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR part 592. As Vespa LX and PX model motorcycles are 19477–78) or you may visit http:// specified in 49 CFR 593.7, NHTSA eligible for importation. DocketInfo.dot.gov. publishes notice in the Federal Register How to Read Comments submitted to of each petition that it receives, and SUMMARY: This document announces the Docket: You may read the comments affords interested persons an receipt by the National Highway Traffic received by Docket Management at the opportunity to comment on the petition. Safety Administration (NHTSA) of a address and times given above. You may At the close of the comment period, petition for a decision that 2004–2005 also see the comments on the Internet. NHTSA decides, on the basis of the Vespa LX and PX model motorcycles To read the comments on the Internet, petition and any comments that it has that were not originally manufactured to take the following steps: received, whether the vehicle is eligible comply with all applicable Federal (1) Go to the Federal Docket for importation. The agency then motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS) Management System (FDMS) Web page publishes this decision in the Federal are eligible for importation into the http://www.regulations.gov. Register. United States because (1) they are (2) On that page, click on ‘‘search for J.K. Technologies, LLC, of Baltimore, substantially similar to vehicles that dockets.’’ Maryland (‘‘J.K.’’) (Registered Importer were originally manufactured for sale in (3) On the next page (http:// 90–006) has petitioned NHTSA to the United States and that were certified www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/ decide whether non-U.S. certified 2004–

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59589

2005 Vespa LX and PX model possible, comments filed after the 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., between motorcycles are eligible for importation closing date will also be considered. 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET, Monday through into the United States. The vehicles that Notice of final action on the petition Friday, except Federal holidays. J.K. believes are substantially similar are will be published in the Federal • Fax: 202–493–2251. 2004–2005 Vespa LX and PX model Register pursuant to the authority Instructions: Comments must be motorcycles that were manufactured for indicated below. written in the English language, and be no greater than 15 pages in length, sale in the United States and certified by Authority: 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A) and their manufacturer as conforming to all (b)(1); 49 CFR 593.8; delegations of authority although there is no limit to the length applicable FMVSS. at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.8. of necessary attachments to the The petitioner claims that it carefully comments. If comments are submitted compared non-U.S. certified 2004–2005 Issued on: October 16, 2007. in hard copy form, please ensure that Vespa LX and PX model motorcycles to Claude H. Harris, two copies are provided. If you wish to their U.S. certified counterparts, and Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance. receive confirmation that your found the vehicles to be substantially [FR Doc. E7–20775 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] comments were received, please enclose similar with respect to compliance with BILLING CODE 4910–59–P a stamped, self-addressed postcard with most FMVSS. the comments. Note that all comments J.K. submitted information with its received will be posted without change petition intended to demonstrate that DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION to http://www.regulations.gov, including non-U.S. certified 2004–2005 Vespa LX any personal information provided. and PX model motorcycles, as originally National Highway Traffic Safety Please see the Privacy Act heading manufactured, conform to many FMVSS Administration below. in the same manner as their U.S. [Docket No. NHTSA–2007–0008] Privacy Act: Anyone is able to search certified counterparts, or are capable of the electronic form of all comments being readily altered to conform to those Notice of Receipt of Petition for received into any of our dockets by the standards. Decision That Nonconforming 1993 name of the individual submitting the Specifically, the petitioner claims that Ducati 888 Motorcycles Are Eligible for comment (or signing the comment, if non-U.S. certified 2004–2005 Vespa LX Importation submitted on behalf of an association, and PX model motorcycles are identical business, labor union, etc.). You may AGENCY: National Highway Traffic to their U.S. certified counterparts with review DOT’s complete Privacy Act Safety Administration, DOT. respect to compliance with Standard Statement in the Federal Register Nos. 106 Brake Hoses, 116 Brake Fluid, ACTION: Notice of receipt of petition for published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR 119 New Pneumatic Tires for Vehicles decision that nonconforming 1993 19477–78) or you may visit http:// other than Passenger Cars, 120 Tire Ducati 888 motorcycles are eligible for DocketInfo.dot.gov. Selection and Rims for Vehicles other importation. How to Read Comments Submitted to the Docket: You may read the comments than Passenger Cars, and 122 SUMMARY: This document announces received by Docket Management at the Motorcycle Brake Systems. receipt by the National Highway Traffic The petitioner further contends that address and times given above. You may Safety Administration (NHTSA) of a the vehicles are capable of being readily also see the comments on the Internet. petition for a decision that 1993 Ducati altered to meet the following standards, To read the comments on the Internet, 888 motorcycles that were not originally in the manner indicated below: take the following steps: manufactured to comply with all Standard No. 108 Lamps, Reflective (1) Go to the Federal Docket applicable Federal motor vehicle safety Devices and Associated Equipment: Management System (FDMS) Web page standards (FMVSS) are eligible for Installation of the following U.S.- http://www.regulations.gov. importation into the United States certified components on vehicles not (2) On that page, click on ‘‘search for because (1) they are substantially already so equipped: (a) Headlamps; (b) dockets.’’ similar to vehicles that were originally front and rear side-mounted reflex (3) On the next page (http:// manufactured for sale in the United reflectors; and (c) rear-mounted reflex www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/ States and that were certified by their reflector. component/main), select NATIONAL Standard No. 111 Rearview Mirrors: manufacturer as complying with the HIGHWAY TRAFFIC SAFETY Inspection of all vehicles, and safety standards, and (2) they are ADMINISTRATION from the drop- installation of U.S.-model rearview capable of being readily altered to down menu in the Agency field, enter mirrors on vehicles that are not already conform to the standards. the Docket ID number and title shown so equipped. DATES: The closing date for comments at the heading of this document, and Standard No. 123 Motorcycle Controls on the petition is November 21, 2007. select ‘‘Nonrulemaking’’ from the drop- and Displays: Installation of a U.S.- ADDRESSES: Comments should refer to down menu in the Type field and model instrument cluster to meet the the docket and notice numbers above ‘‘Vehicle Import Eligibility’’ in the drop- requirements of this standard. and be submitted by any of the down menu in the Sub-Type field. Standard No. 205 Glazing Materials: following methods: (4) After entering that information, Inspection of all vehicles, and removal • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to click on ‘‘submit.’’ of noncompliant glazing or replacement http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the (5) The next page contains docket of the glazing with U.S.-certified online instructions for submitting summary information for the docket you components on vehicles that are not comments. selected. Click on the comments you already so equipped. • Mail: Docket Management Facility: wish to see. You may download the All comments received before the U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 comments. Although the comments are close of business on the closing date New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building imaged documents, instead of the word indicated above will be considered, and Ground Floor, Room W12–140, processing documents, the ‘‘pdf’’ will be available for examination in the Washington, DC 20590–0001. versions of the documents are word docket at the above address both before • Hand Delivery or Courier: West searchable. Please note that even after and after that date. To the extent Building Ground Floor, Room W12–140, the comment closing date, we will

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59590 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

continue to file relevant information in certified counterparts, or are capable of Custom motorcycles are eligible for the Docket as it becomes available. being readily altered to conform to those importation. Further, some people may submit late standards. comments. Accordingly, we recommend Specifically, the petitioner claims that SUMMARY: This document announces that you periodically search the Docket non-U.S. certified 1993 Ducati 888 receipt by the National Highway Traffic for new material. motorcycles are identical to their U.S. Safety Administration (NHTSA) of a certified counterparts with respect to petition for a decision that 2007 Harley FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Davidson FXSTC Soft Tail Custom Coleman Sachs, Office of Vehicle Safety compliance with Standard Nos. 106 Brake Hoses, 111 Rearview Mirrors, 116 motorcycles that were not originally Compliance, NHTSA (202–366–3151). manufactured to comply with all SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Brake Fluid, 119 New Pneumatic Tires for Vehicles other than Passenger Cars, applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS) are eligible for Background 120 Tire Selection and Rims for importation into the United States Vehicles other than Passenger Cars, 122 Under 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A), a because (1) they are substantially Motorcycle Brake Systems, and 123 motor vehicle that was not originally similar to vehicles that were originally Motorcycle Controls and Displays. manufactured to conform to all manufactured for sale in the United The petitioner further contends that applicable FMVSS shall be refused States and that were certified by their the vehicles are capable of being readily admission into the United States unless manufacturer as complying with the altered to meet the following standards, NHTSA has decided that the motor safety standards, and (2) they are in the manner indicated below: vehicle is substantially similar to a capable of being readily altered to Standard No. 108 Lamps, Reflective motor vehicle originally manufactured conform to the standards. Devices and Associated Equipment: for sale in the United States, certified DATES: installation of U.S.-certified headlamps. The closing date for comments under 49 U.S.C. 30115, and of the same on the petition is November 21, 2007. model year as the model of the motor Standard No. 205 Glazing Materials: ADDRESSES: Comments should refer to vehicle to be compared, and is capable inspection of all vehicles, and removal of noncompliant glazing or replacement the docket and notice numbers above of being readily altered to conform to all and be submitted by any of the applicable FMVSS. of the glazing with U.S.-certified components on vehicles that are not following methods: Petitions for eligibility decisions may • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to be submitted by either manufacturers or already so equipped. All comments received before the http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the importers who have registered with online instructions for submitting NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR part 592. As close of business on the closing date indicated above will be considered, and comments. specified in 49 CFR 593.7, NHTSA • Mail: Docket Management Facility: will be available for examination in the publishes notice in the Federal Register U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 docket at the above address both before of each petition that it receives, and New Jersey Avenue SE., West Building and after that date. To the extent affords interested persons an Ground Floor, Room W12–140, possible, comments filed after the opportunity to comment on the petition. Washington, DC 20590–0001. At the close of the comment period, closing date will also be considered. • Hand Delivery or Courier: West NHTSA decides, on the basis of the Notice of final action on the petition Building Ground Floor, Room W12–140, petition and any comments that it has will be published in the Federal 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., between received, whether the vehicle is eligible Register pursuant to the authority 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET, Monday through for importation. The agency then indicated below. Friday, except Federal holidays. publishes this decision in the Federal Authority: 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A) and • Fax: 202–493–2251. Register. (b)(1); 49 CFR 593.8; delegations of authority Instructions: Comments must be J.K. Technologies, LLC, of Baltimore, at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.8. written in the English language, and be Maryland (‘‘J.K.’’) (Registered Importer Issued on: October 16, 2007. no greater than 15 pages in length, 90–006) has petitioned NHTSA to Claude H. Harris, although there is no limit to the length decide whether non-U.S. certified 1993 Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance. of necessary attachments to the Ducati 888 motorcycles are eligible for [FR Doc. E7–20777 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] comments. If comments are submitted importation into the United States. The in hard copy form, please ensure that vehicles that J.K. believes are BILLING CODE 4910–59–P two copies are provided. If you wish to substantially similar are 1993 Ducati receive confirmation that your 888 motorcycles that were DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION comments were received, please enclose manufactured for sale in the United a stamped, self-addressed postcard with States and certified by their National Highway Traffic Safety the comments. Note that all comments manufacturer as conforming to all Administration received will be posted without change applicable FMVSS. to http://www.regulations.gov, including The petitioner claims that it carefully [Docket No. NHTSA–2007–0009] any personal information provided. compared non-U.S. certified 1993 Please see the Privacy Act heading Ducati 888 motorcycles to their U.S. Notice of Receipt of Petition for below. certified counterparts, and found the Decision That Nonconforming 2007 Privacy Act: Anyone is able to search vehicles to be substantially similar with Harley Davidson FXSTC Soft Tail the electronic form of all comments respect to compliance with most Custom Motorcycles Are Eligible for received into any of our dockets by the FMVSS. Importation name of the individual submitting the J.K. submitted information with its comment (or signing the comment, if petition intended to demonstrate that AGENCY: National Highway Traffic submitted on behalf of an association, non-U.S. certified 1993 Ducati 888 Safety Administration, DOT. business, labor union, etc.). You may motorcycles, as originally ACTION: Notice of receipt of petition for review DOT’s complete Privacy Act manufactured, conform to many FMVSS decision that nonconforming 2007 Statement in the Federal Register in the same manner as their U.S. Harley Davidson FXSTC Soft Tail published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59591

19477–78) or you may visit http:// specified in 49 CFR 593.7, NHTSA Standard No. 123 Motorcycle Controls DocketInfo.dot.gov. publishes notice in the Federal Register and Displays: Installation of a U.S.- How to Read Comments Submitted to of each petition that it receives, and model instrument cluster to meet the the Docket: You may read the comments affords interested persons an requirements of this standard. received by Docket Management at the opportunity to comment on the petition. Standard No. 205 Glazing Materials: address and times given above. You may At the close of the comment period, Inspection of all vehicles, and removal also see the comments on the Internet. NHTSA decides, on the basis of the of noncompliant glazing or replacement To read the comments on the Internet, petition and any comments that it has of the glazing with U.S.-certified take the following steps: received, whether the vehicle is eligible components on vehicles that are not (1) Go to the Federal Docket for importation. The agency then already so equipped. Management System (FDMS) Web page publishes this decision in the Federal All comments received before the http://www.regulations.gov. Register. close of business on the closing date (2) On that page, click on ‘‘search for J.K. Technologies, LLC, of Baltimore, indicated above will be considered, and dockets.’’ Maryland (‘‘J.K.’’) (Registered Importer will be available for examination in the (3) On the next page (http:// 90–006) has petitioned NHTSA to docket at the above address both before www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/ decide whether non-U.S. certified 2007 and after that date. To the extent component/main), select NATIONAL Harley Davidson FXSTC Soft Tail possible, comments filed after the HIGHWAY TRAFFIC SAFETY Custom motorcycles are eligible for closing date will also be considered. ADMINISTRATION from the drop- importation into the United States. The Notice of final action on the petition down menu in the Agency field, enter vehicles that J.K. believes are will be published in the Federal the Docket ID number and title shown substantially similar are 2007 Harley Register pursuant to the authority at the heading of this document, and Davidson FXSTC Soft Tail Custom indicated below. select ‘‘Nonrulemaking’’ from the drop- motorcycles that were manufactured for sale in the United States and certified by Authority: 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A) and down menu in the Type field and (b)(1); 49 CFR 593.8; delegations of authority ‘‘Vehicle Import Eligibility’’ in the drop- their manufacturer as conforming to all at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.8. down menu in the Sub-Type field. applicable FMVSS. Issued on: October 16, 2007. (4) After entering that information, The petitioner claims that it carefully click on ‘‘submit.’’ compared non-U.S. certified 2007 Claude H. Harris, (5) The next page contains docket Harley Davidson FXSTC Soft Tail Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance. summary information for the docket you Custom motorcycles to their U.S. [FR Doc. E7–20788 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] selected. Click on the comments you certified counterparts, and found the BILLING CODE 4910–59–P wish to see. You may download the vehicles to be substantially similar with comments. Although the comments are respect to compliance with most imaged documents, instead of the word FMVSS. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION J.K. submitted information with its processing documents, the ‘‘pdf’’ petition intended to demonstrate that National Highway Traffic Safety versions of the documents are word non-U.S. certified 2007 Harley Davidson Administration searchable. Please note that even after FXSTC Soft Tail Custom motorcycles, as the comment closing date, we will Docket No. NHTSA–2007–0006 originally manufactured, conform to continue to file relevant information in many FMVSS in the same manner as the Docket as it becomes available. Notice of Receipt of Petition for their U.S. certified counterparts, or are Further, some people may submit late Decision That Nonconforming 2000– capable of being readily altered to comments. Accordingly, we recommend 2001 Moto Guzzi California conform to those standards. that you periodically search the Docket Motorcycles Are Eligible for Specifically, the petitioner claims that Importation for new material. non-U.S. certified 2007 Harley Davidson FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: FXSTC Soft Tail Custom motorcycles AGENCY: National Highway Traffic Coleman Sachs, Office of Vehicle Safety are identical to their U.S. certified Safety Administration, DOT. Compliance, NHTSA (202–366–3151). counterparts with respect to compliance ACTION: Notice of receipt of petition for SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: with Standard Nos. 106 Brake Hoses, decision that nonconforming 2000–2001 111 Rearview Mirrors, 116 Brake Fluid, Background Moto Guzzi California motorcycles are 119 New Pneumatic Tires for Vehicles eligible for importation. Under 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A), a other than Passenger Cars, 120 Tire motor vehicle that was not originally Selection and Rims for Vehicles other SUMMARY: This document announces manufactured to conform to all than Passenger Cars, and 122 receipt by the National Highway Traffic applicable FMVSS shall be refused Motorcycle Brake Systems. Safety Administration (NHTSA) of a admission into the United States unless The petitioner further contends that petition for a decision that 2000–2001 NHTSA has decided that the motor the vehicles are capable of being readily Moto Guzzi California motorcycles that vehicle is substantially similar to a altered to meet the following standards, were not originally manufactured to motor vehicle originally manufactured in the manner indicated below: comply with all applicable Federal for sale in the United States, certified Standard No. 108 Lamps, Reflective motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS) under 49 U.S.C. 30115, and of the same Devices and Associated Equipment: are eligible for importation into the model year as the model of the motor installation of the following U.S.- United States because (1) they are vehicle to be compared, and is capable certified components on vehicles not substantially similar to vehicles that of being readily altered to conform to all already so equipped: (a) Headlamp; (b) were originally manufactured for sale in applicable FMVSS. front and rear side-mounted reflex the United States and that were certified Petitions for eligibility decisions may reflectors; (c) rear-mounted reflex by their manufacturer as complying be submitted by either manufacturers or reflector; (d) turn signal lamps; (e) with the safety standards, and (2) they importers who have registered with stoplamp; (f) taillamp; and (g) license are capable of being readily altered to NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR part 592. As plate lamp. conform to the standards.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59592 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

DATE: The closing date for comments on the Docket ID number and title shown 2000–2001 Moto Guzzi California the petition is November 21, 2007. at the heading of this document, and motorcycles that were manufactured for ADDRESSES: Comments should refer to select ‘‘Nonrulemaking’’ from the drop- sale in the United States and certified by the docket and notice numbers above down menu in the Type field and their manufacturer as conforming to all and be submitted by any of the ‘‘Vehicle Import Eligibility’’ in the drop- applicable FMVSS. following methods: down menu in the Sub-Type field. The petitioner claims that it carefully • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to (4) After entering that information, compared non-U.S. certified 2000–2001 http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the click on ‘‘submit.’’ Moto Guzzi California motorcycles to online instructions for submitting (5) The next page contains docket their U.S. certified counterparts, and comments. summary information for the docket you found the vehicles to be substantially • Mail: Docket Management Facility: selected. Click on the comments you similar with respect to compliance with U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 wish to see. You may download the most FMVSS. New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building comments. Although the comments are J.K. submitted information with its Ground Floor, Room W12–140, imaged documents, instead of the word petition intended to demonstrate that Washington, DC 20590–0001 processing documents, the ‘‘pdf’’ non-U.S. certified 2000–2001 Moto • Hand Delivery or Courier: West versions of the documents are word Guzzi California motorcycles, as Building Ground Floor, Room W12–140, searchable. Please note that even after originally manufactured, conform to 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., between the comment closing date, we will many FMVSS in the same manner as 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET, Monday through continue to file relevant information in their U.S. certified counterparts, or are Friday, except Federal holidays. the Docket as it becomes available. capable of being readily altered to • Fax: 202–493–2251 Further, some people may submit late conform to those standards. Specifically, the petitioner claims that Instructions: Comments must be comments. Accordingly, we recommend non-U.S. certified 2000–2001 Moto written in the English language, and be that you periodically search the Docket Guzzi California motorcycles are no greater than 15 pages in length, for new material. identical to their U.S. certified although there is no limit to the length FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: counterparts with respect to compliance of necessary attachments to the Coleman Sachs, Office of Vehicle Safety with Standard Nos. 106 Brake Hoses, comments. If comments are submitted Compliance, NHTSA (202–366–3151). 116 Brake Fluid, 119 New Pneumatic in hard copy form, please ensure that SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Tires for Vehicles other than Passenger two copies are provided. If you wish to Cars, 120 Tire Selection and Rims for receive confirmation that your Background Vehicles other than Passenger Cars, and comments were received, please enclose Under 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A), a 122 Motorcycle Brake Systems. a stamped, self-addressed postcard with motor vehicle that was not originally The petitioner further contends that the comments. Note that all comments manufactured to conform to all the vehicles are capable of being readily received will be posted without change applicable FMVSS shall be refused altered to meet the following standards, to http://www.regulations.gov, including admission into the United States unless in the manner indicated below: any personal information provided. NHTSA has decided that the motor Standard No. 108 Lamps, Reflective Please see the Privacy Act heading vehicle is substantially similar to a Devices and Associated Equipment: below. motor vehicle originally manufactured Installation of the following U.S.- Privacy Act: Anyone is able to search for sale in the United States, certified certified components on vehicles not the electronic form of all comments under 49 U.S.C. 30115, and of the same already so equipped: (a) headlamps; (b) received into any of our dockets by the model year as the model of the motor front and rear side-mounted reflex name of the individual submitting the vehicle to be compared, and is capable reflectors; and (c) rear-mounted reflex comment (or signing the comment, if of being readily altered to conform to all reflector. submitted on behalf of an association, applicable FMVSS. Standard No. 111 Rearview Mirrors: business, labor union, etc.). You may Petitions for eligibility decisions may Inspection of all vehicles, and review DOT’s complete Privacy Act be submitted by either manufacturers or installation of U.S.-model rearview Statement in the Federal Register importers who have registered with mirrors on vehicles that are not already published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR part 592. As so equipped. 19477–78) or you may visit http:// specified in 49 CFR 593.7, NHTSA Standard No. 123 Motorcycle Controls DocketInfo.dot.gov. publishes notice in the Federal Register and Displays: Installation of a U.S.- How to Read Comments submitted to of each petition that it receives, and model instrument cluster to meet the the Docket: You may read the comments affords interested persons an requirements of this standard. received by Docket Management at the opportunity to comment on the petition. Standard No. 205 Glazing Materials: address and times given above. You may At the close of the comment period, Inspection of all vehicles, and removal also see the comments on the Internet. NHTSA decides, on the basis of the of noncompliant glazing or replacement To read the comments on the Internet, petition and any comments that it has of the glazing with U.S.-certified take the following steps: received, whether the vehicle is eligible components on vehicles that are not (1) Go to the Federal Docket for importation. The agency then already so equipped. Management System (FDMS) Web page publishes this decision in the Federal All comments received before the http://www.regulations.gov. Register. close of business on the closing date (2) On that page, click on ‘‘search for J.K. Technologies, LLC, of Baltimore, indicated above will be considered, and dockets.’’ Maryland (‘‘J.K.’’) (Registered Importer will be available for examination in the (3) On the next page (http:// 90–006) has petitioned NHTSA to docket at the above address both before www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/ decide whether non-U.S. certified 2000– and after that date. To the extent component/main), select NATIONAL 2001 Moto Guzzi California motorcycles possible, comments filed after the HIGHWAY TRAFFIC SAFETY are eligible for importation into the closing date will also be considered. ADMINISTRATION from the drop- United States. The vehicles that J.K. Notice of final action on the petition down menu in the Agency field, enter believes are substantially similar are will be published in the Federal

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59593

Register pursuant to the authority corporate organization, reorganization, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY indicated below. or liquidation provisions of the internal Internal Revenue Service Authority: 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(A) and Revenue Code. Transfers of stock or securities by U.S. persons in tax-free (b)(1); 49 CFR 593.8; delegations of authority Proposed Collection; Comment at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.8. transactions are treated as taxable Request for Form 13551 Issued on: October 16, 2007. transactions when the acquirer is a foreign corporation, unless an exception Claude H. Harris, AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), applies under Code section 367(a). This Treasury. Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance. regulation provides that no U.S. person ACTION: Notice and request for [FR Doc. E7–20790 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] will qualify for an exception unless the comments. BILLING CODE 4910–59–P U.S. target company complies with certain reporting requirements. SUMMARY: The Department of the Current Actions: There is no change to Treasury, as part of its continuing effort DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY this existing regulation. to reduce paperwork and respondent Type of Review: Extension of a Internal Revenue Service burden, invites the general public and currently approved collection. other Federal agencies to take this [INTL–9–95] Affected Public: Business or other for- opportunity to comment on proposed profit organizations. and/or continuing information Proposed Collection; Comment Estimated Number of Responses: 100. collections, as required by the Request for Regulation Project Estimated Time Per Response: 10 Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), hours. Public Law 104–13 (44 U.S.C. Treasury. Estimated Total Annual Burden 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Form ACTION: Notice and request for Hours: 1,000. 13551, Application to Participate in the comments. The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered IRS Acceptance Agent Program. SUMMARY: The Department of the by this notice: DATES: Written comments should be Treasury, as part of its continuing effort An agency may not conduct or received on or before December 21, 2007 to reduce paperwork and respondent sponsor, and a person is not required to to be assured of consideration. burden, invites the general public and respond to, a collection of information ADDRESSES: Direct all written comments other Federal agencies to take this unless the collection of information to Glenn P. Kirkland, Internal Revenue opportunity to comment on proposed displays a valid OMB control number. Service, room 6129, 1111 Constitution and/or continuing information Books or records relating to a collection Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20224. collections, as required by the of information must be retained as long FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, as their contents may become material Requests for additional information or Public Law 104–13 (44 U.S.C. in the administration of any internal copies of the form and instructions 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is revenue law. Generally, tax returns and should be directed to R. Joseph Durbala soliciting comments concerning an tax return information are confidential, at Internal Revenue Service, room 6129, existing final regulation, INTL–9–95 (TD as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103. 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., 8702), Certain Transfers of Domestic Request for Comments: Comments Washington, DC 20224, or at (202) 622– Stock or Securities by U.S. Persons to submitted in response to this notice will 3634, or through the internet at Foreign Corporations (§ 1.367(a)–3). be summarized and/or included in the [email protected]. DATES: Written comments should be request for OMB approval. All received on or before December 21, 2007 comments will become a matter of SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: to be assured of consideration. public record. Comments are invited on: Title: Application to Participate in the IRS Acceptance Agent Program. ADDRESSES: Direct all written comments (a) Whether the collection of OMB Number: 1545–1896. to Glenn P. Kirkland, Internal Revenue information is necessary for the proper Form Number: 13551. Service, room 6129, 1111 Constitution performance of the functions of the Abstract: Form 13551 is used to Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20224. agency, including whether the gather information to determine FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency’s estimate applicant’s eligibility in the Acceptance Requests for additional information or Agent Program. copies of the regulations should be of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the Current Actions: There are no changes directed to R. Joseph Durbala at Internal being made to the form at this time. Revenue Service, room 6129, 1111 quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to Type of Review: Extension of a Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, currently approved collection. DC 20224, or at (202) 622–3634, or minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including Affected Public: Businesses or other through the internet at for-profit organizations, not-for-profit [email protected]. through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information institutions, and Federal, state, local or SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: technology; and (e) estimates of capital tribal government. Title: Certain Transfers of Domestic or start-up costs and costs of operation, Estimated Number of Respondents: Stock or Securities by U.S. Persons to maintenance, and purchase of services 12,825. Foreign Corporations. to provide information. Estimated Time Per Respondent: 30 OMB Number: 1545–1478. minutes. Regulation Project Number: INTL–9– Approved: October 9, 2007. Estimated Total Annual Burden 95. Glenn P. Kirkland, Hours: 6,413. Abstract: This regulation relates to IRS Reports Clearance Officer. The following paragraph applies to all certain transfers of stock or securities of [FR Doc. E7–20704 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] of the collections of information covered domestic corporations pursuant to the BILLING CODE 4830–01–P by this notice:

VerDate Aug<31>2005 16:04 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59594 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

An agency may not conduct or Foreign Based Importer Non-Filers tax returns and tax return information sponsor, and a person is not required to Questionnaire. are confidential, as required by 26 respond to, a collection of information DATES: Written comments should be U.S.C. 6103. unless the collection of information received on or before December 21, 2007 Request for Comments: Comments displays a valid OMB control number. to be assured of consideration. submitted in response to this notice will Books or records relating to a collection be summarized and/or included in the ADDRESSES: Direct all written comments of information must be retained as long request for OMB approval. All to Glenn P. Kirkland, Internal Revenue as their contents may become material comments will become a matter of Service, room 6129, 1111 Constitution in the administration of any internal public record. Comments are invited on: Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224. revenue law. Generally, tax returns and (a) Whether the collection of tax return information are confidential, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: information is necessary for the proper as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103. Requests for additional information or performance of the functions of the Request for Comments: Comments copies of the form and instructions agency, including whether the submitted in response to this notice will should be directed to R. Joseph Durbala, information shall have practical utility; be summarized and/or included in the (202) 622–3634, at Internal Revenue (b) the accuracy of the agency’s estimate request for OMB approval. All Service, room 6129, 1111 Constitution of the burden of the collection of comments will become a matter of Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or information; (c) ways to enhance the public record. Comments are invited on: through the internet at quality, utility, and clarity of the (a) Whether the collection of [email protected]. information to be collected; (d) ways to information is necessary for the proper SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: minimize the burden of the collection of performance of the functions of the Title: Foreign Based Importer Non- information on respondents, including agency, including whether the Filers Questionnaire. through the use of automated collection information shall have practical utility; OMB Number: 1545–2084. techniques or other forms of information (b) the accuracy of the agency’s estimate Form Number: N/A. technology; and (e) estimates of capital of the burden of the collection of Abstract: Foreign corporations are or start-up costs and costs of operation, information; (c) ways to enhance the subject to U.S. Income Tax on income maintenance, and purchase of services quality, utility, and clarity of the that is effectively connected with a U.S. to provide information. information to be collected; (d) ways to trade or business and are required to file Approved: October 9, 2007. minimize the burden of the collection of a U.S. Income tax return reporting Glenn P. Kirkland, information on respondents, including taxable income. However, based on the IRS Reports Clearance Officer. through the use of automated collection public information available, it is not techniques or other forms of information readily determinable without further [FR Doc. E7–20706 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] technology; and (e) estimates of capital research that U.S. Income Tax BILLING CODE 4830–01–P or start-up costs and costs of operation, compliance has been fulfilled. maintenance, and purchase of services Therefore, IDRS will be utilized to DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY to provide information. determine if filing compliance has been Approved: October 9, 2007. met. This contact letter is sent to Internal Revenue Service Glenn P. Kirkland, taxpayers who appear to have a U.S. trade or business and have not filed a IRS Reports Clearance Officer. Proposed Collection; Comment U.S. Income Tax return or filed a Request for Notice 98–52 and REG– [FR Doc. E7–20705 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] protective 1120F. 108639–99 BILLING CODE 4830–01–P Current Actions: There is no change in the paperwork burden previously AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY approved by OMB. This form is being submitted for renewal purposes only. ACTION: Notice and request for Internal Revenue Service Type of Review: Extension of a comments. currently approved collection. Proposed Collection; Comment Affected Public: Businesses and other SUMMARY: The Department of the Request for Foreign Based Importer for-profit organizations. Treasury, as part of its continuing effort Non-Filers Questionnaire Estimated Number of Respondents: to reduce paperwork and respondent 90. burden, invites the general public and AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Estimated Time Per Respondent: 1 other Federal agencies to take this Treasury. hour. opportunity to comment on proposed ACTION: Notice and request for Estimated Total Annual Burden and/or continuing information comments. Hours: 30. collections, as required by the The following paragraph applies to all Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, SUMMARY: The Department of the of the collections of information covered Public Law 104–13 (44 U.S.C. Treasury, as part of its continuing effort by this notice: 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is to reduce paperwork and respondent An agency may not conduct or soliciting comments concerning Notice burden, invites the general public and sponsor, and a person is not required to 98–52, Cash or Deferred Arrangements; other Federal agencies to take this respond to, a collection of information Nondiscrimination, and existing notice opportunity to comment on proposed unless the collection of information of proposed rulemaking, REG–108639– and/or continuing information displays a valid OMB control number. 99, Retirement Plans; Cash or Deferred collections, as required by the Books or records relating to a Arrangements Under Section 401(k) and Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, collection of information must be Matching Contributions or Employee Public Law 104–13 (44 U.S.C. retained as long as their contents may Contributions Under Section 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is become material in the administration 401(m)(§§ 1.401(k)–3(d) and 1.401(m)– soliciting comments concerning the of any internal revenue law. Generally, 3(e).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices 59595

DATES: Written comments should be Books or records relating to a collection 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory received on or before December 21, 2007 of information must be retained as long Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App., that a to be assured of consideration. as their contents may become material closed meeting of the Art Advisory ADDRESSES: Direct all written comments in the administration of any internal Panel will be held on November 15, to Glenn P. Kirkland, Internal Revenue revenue law. Generally, tax returns and 2007, in Room 4200E beginning at 9:30 Service, room 6129, 1111 Constitution tax return information are confidential, a.m., Franklin Court Building, 1099 14th Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20224. as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103. Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Request for Comments: Comments The agenda will consist of the review Requests for additional information or submitted in response to this notice will and evaluation of the acceptability of copies of the notice and regulation be summarized and/or included in the fair market value appraisals of works of should be directed to R. Joseph Durbala request for OMB approval. All art involved in Federal income, estate, at Internal Revenue Service, room 6129, comments will become a matter of or gift tax returns. This will involve the 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., public record. Comments are invited on: discussion of material in individual tax Washington, DC 20224, or at (202) 622– (a) Whether the collection of returns made confidential by the 3634, or through the internet at information is necessary for the proper provisions of 26 U.S.C. 6103. [email protected]. performance of the functions of the A determination as required by agency, including whether the section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: information shall have practical utility; Committee Act has been made that this Title: Cash or Deferred Arrangements; (b) the accuracy of the agency’s estimate meeting is concerned with matters listed Nondiscrimination (Notice 98–52), of the burden of the collection of in section 552b(c)(3), (4), (6), and (7), Retirement Plans; Cash or Deferred information; (c) ways to enhance the and that the meeting will not be open Arrangements Under Section 401(k) and quality, utility, and clarity of the to the public. Matching Contributions or Employee information to be collected; (d) ways to Contributions Under Section minimize the burden of the collection of Sarah Hall Ingram, 401(m)(REG–108639–9). information on respondents, including Chief, Appeals. OMB Number: 1545–1624. through the use of automated collection [FR Doc. E7–20719 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Notice Number: Notice 98–52. techniques or other forms of information BILLING CODE 4830–01–P Regulation Project Number: REG– technology; and (e) estimates of capital 108639–99. or start-up costs and costs of operation, Abstract: This notice provides maintenance, and purchase of services DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY guidance to plan administrators, plan to provide information. sponsors, etc., regarding Internal Revenue Service nondiscriminatory safe harbors with Approved: October 9, 2007. respect to Internal Revenue Code Glenn P. Kirkland, Electronic Tax Administration sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11), as IRS Reports Clearance Officer. Advisory Committee (ETAAC) amended by the Small Business Job [FR Doc. E7–20720 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Protection Act of 1996. The safe harbor BILLING CODE 4830–01–P Treasury. provisions pertain to the actual deferral percentage test and the actual ACTION: Notice of open meeting. contribution percentage test for cash or DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY SUMMARY: In 1998 the Internal Revenue deferred arrangements and for defined Service established the Electronic Tax contribution plans. To take advantage of Internal Revenue Service Administration Advisory Committee the safe harbor provisions, plan (ETAAC). The primary purpose of sponsors must amend their plans to Art Advisory Panel—Notice of Closed ETAAC is for industry partners to reflect the new law and must provide Meeting provide an organized public forum for plan participants with an annual notice AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service, discussion of electronic tax describing the benefits available under Treasury. administration issues in support of the the plan. ACTION: Notice of closed meeting of Art overriding goal that paperless filing Current Actions: There are no changes Advisory Panel. being made to the notice at this time. should be the preferred and most convenient method of filing tax and Type of Review: Extension of a SUMMARY: Closed meeting of the Art information returns. ETAAC offers currently approved collection. Advisory Panel will be held in constructive observations about current Affected Public: Business or other for- Washington, DC. profit organizations, and not-for-profit or proposed policies, programs, and DATES: The meeting will be held procedures, and suggests improvements. institutions. November 15, 2007. Estimated Number of Respondents: Listed is a summary of the agenda along ADDRESSES: The closed meeting of the 60,000. with the planned discussion topics. Art Advisory Panel will be held on Estimated Time per Respondent: 1 Summarized Agenda hour, 20 minutes. November 15, 2007, in Room 4200E Estimated Total Annual Burden beginning at 9:30 a.m., Franklin Court 8:30 a.m. Meet and Greet. Hours: 80,000. Building, 1099 14th Street, NW., 9 a.m. Meeting Opens. The following paragraph applies to all Washington, DC 20005. 10:30 a.m. Meeting Adjourns. of the collections of information covered FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: The discussion topics are: by this notice: Karen Carolan, C:AP:AS, 1099 14th (1) Recommendations from the An agency may not conduct or Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005. ETAAC. sponsor, and a person is not required to Telephone (202) 435–5609 (not a toll- (2) Written comments from the public. respond to, a collection of information free number). (3) Establishment of ETAAC’s new unless the collection of information SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Notice is subcommittee: MeF 1040 Executive displays a valid OMB control number. hereby given pursuant to section Steering Committee.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES 59596 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Notices

Note: Last-minute changes to these topics first-come, first-served basis. Attendees the electronic tax administration are possible and could prevent advance are encouraged to arrive 30 minutes program. Increasing participation by notice. before the meeting begins. external stakeholders in the DATES: There will be a meeting of ADDRESSES: The meeting will be held at development and implementation of the ETAAC on Thursday, November 15, the Hotel Washington, Capital Room, strategy for electronic tax administration th 2007 at the Hotel Washington, Capital 515 15 Street, NW., Washington, DC will help IRS achieve the goal that Room, 515 15th Street, NW., 20004. paperless filing should be the preferred Washington, DC 20004. You must FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: You and most convenient method of filing register in advance to be put on a guest must provide your name in advance for tax and information returns. list to attend the meeting. This meeting the guest list. To receive a copy of the ETAAC members are not paid for will be open to the public, and will be agenda or general information about their time or services, but consistent in a room that accommodates ETAAC, please contact Cassandra with Federal regulations, they are approximately 40 people, including Daniels at 202–283–2178 or at reimbursed for their travel and lodging members of ETAAC and IRS officials. [email protected] by Thursday, November 8, expenses to attend the public meetings, Members of the public may file written 2007. Notification of intent should working sessions, and an orientation statements sharing ideas for electronic include your name, organization and each year. telephone number. Please spell out all tax administration or comments on the Dated: Ocober 15, 2007. key recommendations in the Annual names if you leave a voice message. Phyllis Gattos, Report to Congress http://www.irs.gov/ SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: ETAAC pub/irs-pdf/p3415.pdf. Send written reports to the Director, Electronic Tax Acting Director, Strategic Services Division. statements to [email protected]. Seats are Administration and Refundable Credits, [FR Doc. E7–20707 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] available to members of the public on a who is also the executive responsible for BILLING CODE 4830–01–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 15:02 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\22OCN1.SGM 22OCN1 ebenthall on PRODPC61 with NOTICES Monday, October 22, 2007

Part II

Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration

14 CFR Parts 1, 11, 60 and 121 Flight Simulation Training Device Initial and Continuing Qualification and Use; Final Rule and Proposed Rule

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:14 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4717 Sfmt 4717 E:\FR\FM\22OCR2.SGM 22OCR2 sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES 59598 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Availability of Rulemaking Documents Background During the development of the part 60 Federal Aviation Administration You can get an electronic copy of rulemaking documents using the final rule (hereinafter ‘‘part 60 Final Rule’’) (October 30, 2006, 71 FR 63392), 14 CFR Parts 1, 11, 60, and 121 Internet by— after the publication of the NPRM on 1. Searching the Federal eRulemaking September 25, 2002 (67 FR 60284), the [Docket No. FAA–2002–12461; Amendment Portal (http://www.regulations.gov); FAA became aware of additional Nos. 1–59, 11–54, 60–2, 121–335] 2. Visiting the FAA’s Regulations and changes which needed to be made to the Policies Web page at http:// part 60 rule language. The need for RIN 2120–AH07 www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/; or additional changes was a result of 3. Accessing the Government Printing requests by the aviation community to Flight Simulation Training Device Office’s Web page at http:// harmonize the rule with recent updates Initial and Continuing Qualification and www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/index.html. to international flight simulation Use standards. However, many of the You can also get a copy by sending a changes were beyond the scope of the AGENCY: Federal Aviation request to the Federal Aviation part 60 NPRM, and therefore, could not Administration, DOT. Administration, Office of Rulemaking, be included in the final rule. Rather ARM–1, 800 Independence Avenue ACTION: Final rule; correction, delay of than delay its efforts or issue a SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by effective and compliance dates. supplemental notice of proposed calling (202) 267–9680. Make sure to rulemaking, the FAA determined that identify the amendment number or SUMMARY: The Federal Aviation the fastest approach would be to publish docket number of this rulemaking. Administration (FAA) is delaying the the part 60 Final Rule with an effective Anyone is able to search the electronic effective date of a final rule that date delayed for one year after form of all comments received into any established qualification requirements publication, and amend the technical of our dockets by the name of the for flight simulation training devices requirements under the expedited individual submitting the comment (or (FSTD). In addition, because the new Qualification Performance Standard signing the comment, if submitted on rule set forth specific dates for (QPS) amendment process. This behalf of an association, business, labor compliance, to ensure that individuals approach avoided increased expenses, union, etc.). You may review DOT’s affected by the rule have adequate time greater workload, and conflicting complete Privacy Act statement in the to comply with the rule, the FAA will compliance requirements for sponsors Federal Register published on April 11, also delay the compliance date of the who would be required to comply with 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages rule. The new rule consolidates and part 60. However, the FAA has since 19477–78), or you may visit http:// updates FSTD requirements that determined that the additional changes DocketInfo.dot.gov. currently exist in different parts of the would require an NPRM and the initial FAA’s regulations and in advisory Small Business Regulatory Enforcement one year delay in the effective date circulars. The extension of the effective Fairness Act established for part 60 is not sufficient date is necessary because the FAA has for completion of this process. initiated a subsequent rulemaking that The Small Business Regulatory Therefore, the effective date for part 60 would provide greater harmonization Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of and the associated amendments to parts with the international standards 1996 requires FAA to comply with 1, 11, and 121 is extended to May 30, document for simulation. Delaying the small entity requests for information or 2008. In addition, specific compliance effective date of the final rule will allow advice about compliance with statutes dates for certain portions of part 60 were the agency to complete this subsequent and regulations within its jurisdiction. If set forth in the part 60 Final Rule. rulemaking and amend the final rule you are a small entity and you have a Because of the delay of the effective date that established qualification question regarding this document, you for part 60, to ensure that affected requirements for FSTD before the may contact your local FAA official, or parties have adequate notice regarding October 30, 2007, effective date. the person listed under FOR FURTHER compliance with the part 60 Final Rule, DATES: Effective Dates: The effective INFORMATION CONTACT. You can find out the FAA will extend this date from date of the rule establishing 14 CFR part more about SBREFA on the Internet at October 30, 2009, to May 30, 2010. 60 and amending 14 CFR parts 1, 11, http://www.faa.gov/ _ Good Cause for Foregoing Public Notice and 121, published at 71 FR 63392 regulations policies/rulemaking/ _ and Comment (October 30, 2006), is delayed from sbre act/. October 30, 2007, to May 30, 2008. In Authority for This Rulemaking Section 553(b)(3)(B) of the addition, the amendments in this Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. document are effective May 30, 2008. The FAA’s authority to issue rules 553(b)(3)(B), authorizes agencies to Compliance Dates: The compliance regarding aviation safety is found in dispense with certain notice procedures date of the rule establishing 14 CFR part Title 49 of the United States Code. for rules when they find ‘‘good cause’’ 60 is delayed from October 30, 2009, to Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the to do so. Under section 553(b)(3)(B), the May 30, 2010. authority of the FAA Administrator. requirements of notice and opportunity Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, for comment do not apply when the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ed describes in more detail the scope of the agency for good cause finds that those Cook, Air Transportation Division agency’s authority. This rulemaking is procedures are ‘‘impracticable, (AFS–200), Flight Standards Service, promulgated under the authority unnecessary, or contrary to the public Federal Aviation Administration, 100 described in Subtitle VII, Part A, subpart interest.’’ Hartsfield Centre Parkway, Suite 400, I, 49 U.S.C. 44701. Under that section, In this case, the FAA finds that notice Atlanta, GA 30354; telephone: 404–832– the FAA is charged with regulating air and public comment are unnecessary 4700. commerce in a way that best promotes and contrary to the public interest. This SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: safety. action delays the effective date for the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:14 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR2.SGM 22OCR2 sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59599

final rule published October 30, 2006 additional burden on the regulated and adding in its place the date ‘‘May (71 FR 63392). We issued those public, the FAA finds that good cause 30, 2010.’’ regulations using the public notice and exists for immediate adoption of the comment procedure. In that final rule, new effective date and compliance date § 60.7 [Corrected] we stated ‘‘It is the FAA’s intent the part without a 30-day notice period. I 2. On page 63427, in the second 60 final rule not be effective until the The Effect of Our Decision column in Part 60 Flight Simulation first revision of the QPS appendices Training Device Initial and Continuing have been published in the Federal Our decision delays the effective date Qualification, amend § 60.7(b)(5) and Register as a final rule.’’ 71 FR 63398. of the final rule (71 FR 63426, Oct. 30, (b)(6) (in two places) by removing the The FAA intends to publish a notice of 2006) establishing 14 CFR part 60 and date ‘‘October 30, 2007’’ and adding in proposed rulemaking inviting comments amending 14 CFR parts 1, 11, and 121 its place the date ‘‘May 30, 2008.’’ on the first revision of the QPS from October 30, 2007, to May 30, 2008. appendices in the near future. Also, our decision delays compliance § 60.17 [Corrected] Additional public notice and comment with certain sections of the final rule, as I 3. On page 63429, in the third column is also contrary to the public interest outlined below, from October 30, 2009, in Part 60 Flight Simulation Training since the public is best served by to May 30, 2010. Device Initial and Continuing informing them as soon as possible of The Amendment Qualification, amend § 60.17(a), (b), and the delay in the effective date. If the (d) by removing the date ‘‘October 30, FAA were to provide notice and I In Doc. No. FAA–2002–12461 2007’’ and adding in its place the date comment, the public would not be appearing on page 63392 in the Federal ‘‘May 30, 2008’’ and further amend (b) informed of the delay in the effective Register of Monday, October 30, 2006 by removing the date ‘‘October 30, date until close to October 30, 2007, the (71 FR 63392), the following corrections 2013’’ and adding in its place the date date on which the part 60 final rule is are made: ‘‘May 30, 2014.’’ currently scheduled to become effective. § 60.5 [Corrected] Issued in Washington, DC, on September Good Cause for Immediate Adoption I 1. On page 63427, in the first column 24, 2007. Since neither the delay in the in Part 60 Flight Simulation Training Rebecca Byers MacPherson, effective date nor the delay in the Device Initial and Continuing Assistant Chief Counsel for Regulations. compliance date of the final rule Qualification, amend § 60.5(a) by [FR Doc. 07–4888 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] imposes any new requirements or any removing the date ‘‘October 30, 2009’’ BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:14 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR2.SGM 22OCR2 sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES 59600 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Facility in Room W12–140 of the West Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the Building Ground Floor at 1200 New authority of the FAA Administrator. Federal Aviation Administration Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday describes in more detail the scope of the 14 CFR Part 60 through Friday, except Federal holidays. agency’s authority. This rulemaking is • [Docket No. FAA–2002–12461; Notice No. Fax: Fax comments to the Docket promulgated under the authority 07–14] Management Facility at 202–493–2251. described in Subtitle VII, Part A, subpart Privacy Act: We will post all I, 49 U.S.C. 44701. Under that section, RIN 2120–AJ12 comments we receive, without change, the FAA is charged with regulating air to http://www.regulations.gov, including Flight Simulation Training Device commerce in a way that best promotes any personal information you provide. Initial and Continuing Qualification and safety. Anyone is able to search the electronic Use Table of Contents form of all comments received into any AGENCY: Federal Aviation of our dockets by the name of the I. Summary of the Proposal Administration (FAA), DOT. individual submitting the comment (or II. Qualification Performance Standards signing the comment, if submitted on (QPS) Amendment Process ACTION: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking III. Background (NPRM). behalf of an association, business, labor A. Current Qualification Requirements union, etc.). You may review DOT’s B. Harmonization with International SUMMARY: The FAA proposes to amend complete Privacy Act Statement in the Standards the Qualification Performance Federal Register published on April 11, C. Compliance Standards (QPS) for flight simulation 2000 (65 FR 19477–78) or you may visit IV. The Proposal training devices (FSTD) and add a new http://DocketInfo.dot.gov. A. Visual Scenes and Airport Models; Class level of simulation for helicopter flight Docket: To read background I, Class II, and Class III Airports; and the training devices (FTD). The FAA documents or comments received, go to FSTD Directive for Class II Visual Scenes and Airport Models proposes to codify existing practice by http://www.regulations.gov at any time B. New Requirements for Objective Testing requiring all existing FSTD visual and follow the online instructions for Standards scenes that are beyond the number accessing the docket. Or, go to the C. New Requirements for Motion Systems required for qualification to meet Docket Management Facility in Room for Full Flight Simulators and Level 7 specified requirements. The proposal W12–140 of the West Building Ground Helicopter Flight Training Devices also reorganizes certain sections of the Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., D. New Requirements for Visual Systems QPS appendices and provides Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 for Level C and D Full Flight Simulators additional information on validation p.m., Monday through Friday, except E. New Requirements for Sound Systems tests, established parameters for for Level D Simulators Federal holidays. F. New Requirements for Subjective tolerances, acceptable data formats, and FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Testing Standards for Visual Scenes and the use of alternative data sources. The Edward Cook, Air Transportation Airport Models proposed changes would ensure that the Division (AFS–200), Flight Standards G. New Level 7 Helicopter FSTD training and testing environment is Service, Federal Aviation Requirements accurate and realistic, would codify Administration, 100 Hartsfield Centre H. Quality Management Systems existing practice, and would provide Parkway, Suite 400, Atlanta, GA 30354; I. New Information on Operation and greater harmonization with the Testing Requirements for FSTDs telephone: 404–832–4700. V. Regulatory Notices and Analyses international standards document for SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Part 60 simulation. None of these proposed was originally added to Title 14 of the I. Summary of the Proposal technical requirements would apply to Code of Federal Regulations on October The primary purpose of this NPRM is simulators qualified before May 30, 30, 2006, with an effective date of to ensure that the training and testing 2008, except for the proposal to codify October 30, 2007. In a document environment is accurate and realistic existing practice regarding certain visual published in the Rules and Regulations and provide greater harmonization with scene requirements. The over-all impact section of this issue of the Federal the international standards document of this proposal would result in minimal Register, the effective date was delayed for simulation. The proposed to no cost increases for manufacturers until May 30, 2008. This proposed rule requirements are expected to reduce and sponsors. would change the appendices of Part 60 expenses and workload for simulator DATES: Send your comments on or originally published on October 30, sponsors by avoiding conflicting before December 21, 2007. 2006. compliance standards. These ADDRESSES: You may send comments Later in this preamble under the modifications incorporate technological identified by Docket Number FAA– Additional Information section, we advances in, encourage innovation of, 2002–12461 using any of the following discuss how you can comment on this and standardize the initial and methods: proposal and how we will handle your continuing qualification requirements • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to comments. Included in this discussion for FSTDs that are consistent with the http://www.regulations.gov and follow is related information about the docket, requirements recently established by the the online instructions for sending your privacy, and the handling of proprietary international flight simulation comments electronically. or confidential business information. community. • Mail: Send comments to the Docket We also discuss how you can get a copy The secondary purpose of this Management Facility; U.S. Department of this proposal and related rulemaking rulemaking project is to reorganize, of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey documents. simplify, and improve the readability of Avenue, SE., West Building Ground the QPS appendices. This proposal also Floor, Room W12–140, Washington, DC Authority for This Rulemaking clarifies and codifies certain standards 20590–0001. The FAA’s authority to issue rules presently contained in advisory • Hand Delivery or Courier: Bring regarding aviation safety is found in circulars. In addition, the FAA proposes comments to the Docket Management Title 49 of the United States Code. to amend the Qualification Performance

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59601

Standards (QPS) for flight simulation Flight Simulators; Appendix D— regulatory requirements and training devices (FSTD) and add a new Helicopter Flight Training Devices; information to be presented in one level of simulation for helicopter flight Appendix E—Quality Management location. This promotes ease of use and training devices (FTD). Systems for Flight Simulation Training greater insight about the FAA’s intent The FAA is proposing the following Devices; and Appendix F—Definitions behind the regulation and the required improvements to its FSTD qualification and Abbreviations for Flight Simulation and approved methods of compliance. requirements: Training Devices. B. Harmonization With International • Provide a listing of the tasks for The QPS amendment process is faster Standards which a simulator may be qualified. than the traditional rulemaking process. • Require the collection of objective It is designed to allow modifications to During the development of the part 60 test data during currently required be implemented in a substantially Final Rule, the international community aircraft certification testing for specific shortened timeframe. In the part 60 also began updating flight simulation FSTD functions, including: Idle and Final Rule published October 30, 2006, standards.1 However, many of the emergency descents, and pitch trim (71 FR 63392), the FAA explained that changes recommended by the rates for use in airplane simulators; the ‘‘fast track’’ QPS amendment international community were beyond engine inoperative rejected takeoffs for process would be used to incorporate the scope of the part 60 NPRM and use in helicopter simulators; and technical changes to flight simulation could not be included in the final rule. takeoffs, hover, vertical climbs, and standards. The FAA anticipated QPS Rather than delay its efforts or issue a normal landings for use in helicopter amendments based on several factors supplemental notice of proposed flight training devices. such as analysis of incident and rulemaking, the FAA determined that • Provide in the QPS additional accident data or changes in aircraft or the fastest approach would be to publish information for sponsors on the testing simulation technology. Changes to the the part 60 Final Rule, delay the requirements for FSTDs, including the QPS documents are published in the effective date, and amend the technical use of alternative data sources when Federal Register as an NPRM unless requirements under the expedited QPS complete flight test data are not ‘‘good cause’’ exists under the amendment process. This approach available or lesser technically complex Administrative Procedure Act (APA), avoided increased expenses, greater levels of simulation are being which would warrant the FAA workload, and conflicting compliance developed. requirements for sponsors who would • publishing a change to a QPS document Clarify and standardize existing without following the standard notice be required to comply with part 60. The majority of the proposed requirements for motion, visual, and and comment procedures. Under the additions to the QPS provide sound systems, including subjective APA, in order for the FAA to issue a information to the sponsors on objective buffeting motions, visual scene content, rule without following notice and tests. The information included explains and sound replication. comment procedures, the FAA would • why the tests are necessary, how to By FSTD Directive require each have to make a good cause finding that stage the simulator, and how to arrange Class II visual scene or airport model following notice and comment other equipment to conduct the tests available in any FFS, regardless of the procedures would be impracticable, efficiently and produce optimum original qualification date, to meet the unnecessary, or contrary to the public results. This information would be requirements described in Table A3C interest. beneficial for simulator manufacturers (Appendix A, Attachment 3) or Table Although proposed QPS amendments C3C (Appendix C, Attachment 3), as and users. are published in the Federal Register for The proposal clarifies and codifies the appropriate. public comment, the authority for final • Clarify existing Quality standards for motion, and visual and review and issuance of the NPRM has sound systems. The proposal also Management System (QMS) been delegated from the Administrator requirements by removing non- permits a new higher level of simulation to the Director of Flight Standards for helicopter FTDs. The proposal adds regulatory information. Service. The delegation of authority Except for the FSTD Directive, 2 tables of material for operations tasks facilitates timely implementation of manufacturers and sponsors would not and system tasks, which are used as a improved technological advances. This be required to incorporate any of the reference when developing the delegation of authority is exercised in changes listed above for existing FSTDs. statement of qualification for the FSTD. conjunction with the Office of the Chief The appendices and attachments to part The proposal also includes a set of Counsel. If at any time during the 60 affected by this proposal would only tables describing visual scene and amendment process the Administrator, apply to FSTDs that come into service airport model requirements for FSTD Chief Counsel, or the Director of Flight after part 60 is effective (currently May qualification. Standards Service determines that a 30, 2008). The proposed changes to the Some of the proposed changes are proposed amendment is not appropriate QMS program would eliminate marginally more stringent than the for the streamlined process, the potentially confusing information that requirements in the October 30, 2006, rulemaking project would proceed in addresses the voluntary portions of a accordance with the agency’s normal 1 QMS program. The FAA anticipates that The international community began releasing its rulemaking procedures. recommendations with the publication of the this proposal would result in minimal to International Civil Aviation Organization’s Manual no cost increases for manufacturers and III. Background of Criteria for the Qualification of Flight Simulators sponsors. (Document 9625) in 1994. The Joint Aviation A. Current Qualification Requirements Authorities of Europe issued JAA–STD–1A II. Qualification Performance The FAA issued Part 60 to promote (Synthetic Training Device—document for airplane Standards (QPS) Amendment Process flight simulators) in 1998, followed by updates in standardization and accountability for 1999, 2001, and 2003. The first ICAO update of The part 60 Final Rule contains six FSTD maintenance, qualification, and Document 9625 was in January of 2004 and the QPS appendices: Appendix A— evaluation. The regulation codified the most recent consideration for update is the release of JAR–FSTD–A and JAR–FSTD–H documents in Airplane Full Flight Simulators; standards contained in advisory the late spring of 2005 for European national Appendix B—Airplane Flight Training circulars and implemented the QPS regulatory authorities to begin their review and Devices; Appendix C—Helicopter Full format. The QPS appendices allow consideration.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59602 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

Final Rule. For example, a simulator visual scene quality, environmental C3C, as applicable. FD Number 1 would qualified at Level C or Level D after May effects, visual feature recognition, and apply to all FSTDs with visual systems 30, 2008, would have the field of view scene control and management containing visual scenes or airport and system capacity requirements for capability. Also included is the models used as part of an FAA- the visual system increased by 20 codification of existing practice for approved curriculum that are available percent over the present requirement. updating visual scenes and airport for use and are beyond the minimum The proposed requirements are visual models, including the number of required visual scenes or consistent with international standards, identification of other aspects of the airport models required for qualification which simulator manufacturers are airport environment that would have to at the stated level. This FSTD Directive currently following. This change correspond with the visual scene or would not require visual scenes or improves the quality of simulation model. airport models to contain details beyond necessary to train and evaluate flight The proposal establishes the the design capability of the existing crewmembers. Other proposed changes requirements for Class I, Class II, and qualified visual system. The availability are more flexible than the requirements Class III visual scenes and airport of the scene or model in the FFS would prescribed in the October 30, 2006, models already covered by ACs issued serve as the sponsor’s verification that Final Rule. For example, the tolerance by the FAA. For circling approaches, all the requirements were met. Therefore, a for displacement in the control system of the proposed requirements would reporting requirement for these scenes ‘‘freeplay’’ test in helicopter simulators apply to the runway used for the initial or models would not be necessary. was increased from 0.10 inches to 0.15 approach and to the runway of intended Currently, visual scenes and airport inches, allowing additional space to landing. Additional proposed models available in any FFS that would adapt aircraft and non-aircraft hardware requirements include an accurate visual be classified as Class II are likely to for use in the simulator.2 This change relationship between the scenes or already meet the requirements being was based on the FAA’s belief that a airport models and other aspects of the proposed. Additionally, each visual 0.10 inch tolerance would create an airport environment, an accurate visual scene or airport model classified as undue hardship on sponsors because it relationship of the aircraft and Class II would be beyond the number of would require constant adjustment of associated equipment, scene quality visual scenes or airport models required the controls to maintain the close assessment features, and control of these for qualification. In the event any Class tolerance. The change from 0.10 inches scenes or models that the instructor is II visual scene or airport model is found to 0.15 inches is large enough to able to exercise. The FAA believes these by the sponsor to be deficient in some minimize the hardship on sponsors, and requirements are necessary to ensure way, the sponsor could remove that small enough to continue providing realistic and accurate depiction of scene or model from the FFS library pilots with an accurate controller feel. airports and visual scenes incorporated without jeopardizing the qualification Other than this change to the visual in simulators for FAA-approved training status of the FFS. Alternately, the scene requirement, the requirements of programs. sponsor, at his or her option, may elect Additional visual scenes or airport this proposal would not apply to current to bring the deficient aspect into models beyond those necessary for simulators. In all instances the overall compliance and retain the availability of simulator qualification may be used for costs applicable to new simulators are that scene or model. Each sponsor has various training program applications, minimal to none. The most expensive a full year to review each FFS during including Line Oriented Flight Training, change being proposed is the increase in normal training, checking, or testing horizontal field of view for some visual and are important for flight training and activities and determine the preferred system applications. testing. Historically, these additional course of action. For these reasons, the visual scenes or airport models were not C. Compliance routinely evaluated or required to meet FAA has determined that in a few cases With the exception of QMS any standardized criteria. This led to the cost for complying with this requirements and any FSTD Directives, qualified simulators containing visual proposal would be minimal and in simulators qualified prior to May 30, scenes or airport models that may have many cases there would be no cost to 2008, are not required to meet QPS been incorrect or may have contained the sponsor. requirements as long as the simulator inappropriate visual references. To In addition to the proposed continues to meet the requirements prevent this from occurring in the requirements for Class II visual scenes contained in the Master Qualification future, the FAA proposes to issue FSTD and models, the FAA also proposes to Test Guide that was developed when Directive (FD) Number 1. All FDs issued allow the continuation of the use of the simulator was originally qualified. would be found in the FSTD Directive visual scenes or airport models that have been approved by the Training IV. The Proposal Attachments: Appendix A, Attachment 6; Appendix B, Attachment 5, Appendix Program Approval Authority (TPAA) for A. Visual Scenes and Airport Models; C, Attachment 5, and Appendix D, specific purposes. Examples of Class I, Class II, and Class III Airports; Attachment 5. FD Number 1 is not approved activities include specific and the FSTD Directive for Class II contained in Appendix B or in airport or runway qualification, very Visual Scenes and Airport Models Appendix D because no existing level of low visibility operations training, Current part 60 contains requirements FSTD in Appendix B or Appendix D including Surface Movement Guidance for the number of visual scenes or requires a visual system. Proposed FD System (SMGS) operations, or use of a airport models that must be included for Number 1 would require each simulator specific airport visual model aligned full flight simulator (FFS) qualification sponsor to verify that each Class II with an instrument procedure for and a description of what the visual visual scene or airport model available another airport for instrument training. scenes or airport models must contain. in the FFS, regardless of the original At the end of the interim period, all Included in this proposal is a qualification basis and regardless of the Class III visual scenes and airport codification of existing practice for initial qualification date, meets the models must be classified as either a requirements in 14 CFR part 60, Class I or a Class II visual scene or 2 See Appendix C of this part, Table C2A, item Appendix A, Attachment 3, Table A3C airport model or be removed from 2.a.6. or Appendix C, Attachment 3, Table availability at the simulator Instructor

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59603

Operating Stations (IOS). Class III visual helicopters, the final rule required the with sufficient response to provide scenes and airport models may continue helicopter to maintain the correct trend vibration cues to the pilot. The proposal to be used after the end of the interim during the spiral stability test, whereas also eliminates certain requirements for period if they are part of a training this proposal would require the ranges and rates of motion system program specifically approved by the helicopter to meet a specific roll or bank response for helicopter simulators. TPAA or other regulatory authority that angle during the test. These additional However, the proposal would require uses a task and capability analysis as the parameters provide a more complete additional tests that capture the motion basis for approval of this specific media and accurate evaluation of the system ‘‘signature.’’ The signature is a element, (i.e., the specific scene or simulator, and ensure better replication simultaneous recording of motion model selected for use in that program). of aircraft performance. The data that system responses captured while Because any visual scene or airport would be used to validate simulator conducting required objective tests. The model that may be classified as Class III performance and handling in these areas signature is recorded and may be is likely to already have some form of is obtained from lateral-directional compared to signatures captured in a task and capability analysis completed stability tests conducted during normal subsequent evaluations to determine if and is already specifically approved by aircraft certification flight testing. The any differences exist. Any differences the TPAA, the FAA has determined that data for these additional parameters are would be corrected to return the motion either regularly available or can be made in many cases there would be no cost system back to its original system available simply by activating the for complying with this proposal. operation. Signature testing would recording equipment when the test is However, if a task and capability apply to airplane and helicopter begun. analysis is required or if modification to simulators. the visual scene is necessary, then the Another example of the revised cost would be minimal. requirements is the inclusion of an The October 30, 2006, Final Rule does alternative method for validating control not contain motion system testing B. New Requirements for Objective dynamics for the pitch, roll, and yaw requirements for airplane flight Testing Standards control tests for airplane simulators.3 simulators. However, current practice The FAA proposes to revise the The alternative method would not (under the Advisory Circular) includes objective testing requirements for change the requirements that the motion system testing that consists of certain simulation performance areas. simulator must meet for qualification, ‘‘frequency response,’’ ‘‘leg balance,’’ These revisions are necessary to clarify but would allow the validation tests for and ‘‘turn around check.’’ This proposal the instructions and requirements for control dynamics to be conducted on codifies that current practice and adds certain tests contained in the final rule. the ground rather than in-flight. The the motion system benchmarking of a In addition to changing the FAA believes this change would ‘‘motion cueing performance signature’’ requirements for certain tests, the FAA provide an equivalent level of safety, and ‘‘characteristic motion vibrations,’’ also proposes several new tests that while conserving resources and both of which are also proposed for were not included in the final rule. The providing greater flexibility for helicopter simulators. Motion cueing revised tests impact the following manufacturers and sponsors. performance signature and simulation performance areas: These proposed requirements affect characteristic motion vibrations for 1. Idle and emergency descents for only those FSTDs that will be coming airplane flight simulators and helicopter airplane simulators. into service after May 30, 2008, and simulators are already recorded during 2. Pitch trim rates for airplane some proposed changes may be the conduct of other required objective simulators. marginally more stringent than the and subjective testing for these 3. Landing test requirements: requirements in the October 30, 2006, simulators, thereby eliminating any autopilot landings and ground effect Final Rule, while some are less cost. demonstration for airplane simulators. stringent. Where the proposed 4. Takeoffs, hover, vertical climbs, requirements are marginally more The proposal also requires the and normal landings in helicopter flight stringent than the current requirements recording of motion cueing performance training devices. the cost would be minimal. signature and characteristic motion 5. Spiral stability tests for both vibrations for simulators and Level 7 airplane and helicopter simulators. C. New Requirements for Motion helicopter FTDs. The proposal only 6. Engine inoperative rejected takeoffs Systems for Full Flight Simulators and requires that the motion cueing for helicopter simulators. Level 7 Helicopter Flight Training performance signature and the 7. Motion System tests for airplane Devices characteristic motion vibrations be and helicopter simulators and for This proposal adds tables describing recorded while currently required tests helicopter flight training devices. the motion vibration that must be are being conducted. The motion cueing 8. Visual System tests for airplane and displayed by the FSTD. The FAA performance signature is the motion helicopter simulators and for helicopter proposes on-set motion cueing system response recorded during certain flight training devices. capability for airplane and helicopter objective tests. The characteristic 9. Sound System tests for airplane and FFSs and Level 7 helicopter FTDs. For motion vibrations are the motion system helicopter simulators. the FFSs, the proposal includes a response recorded during certain An example of a revised requirement requirement that the motion cueing subjective tests. is the spiral stability test for airplane must be provided by a platform motion and helicopter simulators. Under the system. For the Level 7 helicopter FTDs, These proposed requirements would proposal, an additional parameter must the proposal would allow a method provide for more comprehensive be measured to achieve the required other than a platform motion system to simulator assessments. The additional results. For airplanes, the spiral stability be used, such as the use of a large, bass cost for implementation would be either test must be conducted in an additional speaker located beneath the pilot’s seat negligible or no cost. These flight configuration (approach or requirements would also harmonize landing) instead of being conducted in 3 See Appendix A of this part, Attachment 2, para. with the international standards cruise configuration only. For 4. document.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59604 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

D. New Requirements for Visual F. New Requirements for Subjective at his option, may elect to bring the Systems for Level C and D Full Flight Testing Standards for Visual Scenes and deficient aspect into compliance and Simulators Airport Models retain the availability of that scene or model. Each sponsor has a full year to The FAA proposes technical changes The proposed requirements for visual scene and airport models for FFSs review each FFS during normal training, for visual systems on Level C and Level would codify existing advisory material, checking, or testing activities and D simulators. For example, the FAA and include the following: determine the preferred course of proposes that the surface resolution of 1. Scene content—1 airport scene action. For these reasons, the FAA has objects in the visual scene must be able required for Level A and B; 3 airport determined that in a few cases the cost for complying with this proposal would to be visually ‘‘resolved’’ at 2 arc scenes required for Level C and D. The be minimal and in many cases there minutes rather than 3 arc minutes. Also, scenes must contain specific details, would be no cost to the sponsor. the horizontal field of view both on-airport and off-airport. requirements would be increased from 2. Visual scene management. G. New Level 7 Helicopter FSTD 150° to 180°. The FAA believes these 3. Visual scene recognition. Requirements requirements would provide better 4. Airport model content. The FAA is proposing a Level 7 training to pilots by improving visual 5. Surrounding visual features Helicopter FTD QPS. There are cues and better replicating the outside consistent with the airport environment. currently no Level 7 helicopter FTDs. views. These changes would also be 6. The quality of visual scene, The standards proposed for this device consistent with the current international including correct color and realistic would insure the quality of simulation standards. The requirements of this textural cues. necessary for the training and proposal would not apply to current 7. Instructor control of environment, evaluation of flight crewmembers. The simulators and the overall costs airport selection, and lighting. Level 7 FTD QPS would contain specific applicable to new simulators are These requirements would be requirements for visual and motion minimal to none. necessary to ensure a training systems. For example, the device would environment that provides accurate have to provide a visual system with a E. New Requirements for Sound Systems simulation and allows pilots to practice field of view of 150° x 40° for both pilots for Level D Simulators skills using visual scenes and models simultaneously and a motion cueing encountered in actual operations. These system that may consist of a platform The FAA proposes new sound testing requirements would be particularly requirements for new Level D motion system, a seat shaker system, or helpful for pilots with lower flight a strategically located bass speaker of simulators. These requirements would experience levels. sufficient response to provide an specify basic and special case sound In addition to codifying standards for indication of rotor vibration and tests, and would be consistent with the required visual scenes and airport vibration changes with changes in RPM existing FAA advisory material, FAA models, the FAA also proposes or collective input. The Level 7 device regulations, and the standards requirements for visual scenes and would expand the training capability for developed by the international airport models that are included in the helicopter students. Because the Level 7 simulation working group. The proposal device by the sponsor, but are not FTD is a new voluntary training option contains a standardized list of sounds required for the qualification level. In and would not be required for that would be recorded and compared the past, there were no established compliance with any training, testing or during initial and subsequent standards for optional scenes or airport checking requirements, the proposal qualification evaluations. All new level models that a sponsor may have would not impose any additional cost D simulators would be tested for incorporated in an FSTD. This created on sponsors or manufacturers. frequency response and background inconsistencies in approval methods H. Quality Management Systems noise. There would also be specific tests and in the training credits issued for based on whether the simulator is tasks completed in a device that had The October 30, 2006, Final Rule replicating a jet powered aircraft or a capability beyond what was required for established a Quality Management propeller powered aircraft. These tests the stated qualification level. By System (QMS) for FSTDs. The QMS is would ensure accuracy in the overall establishing minimum requirements for divided into two separate categories—a these optional scenes and models, the sound quality of the device. This mandatory program and a voluntary FAA would be requiring the sponsor of proposal codifies existing practice of program. This proposal would remove each FSTD to meet at least the measuring sounds and will result in no the details regarding the voluntary minimum content, and the device may program from Appendix E. The proposal additional cost to the sponsor. These be eligible for additional training credits also clarifies the obligation of sponsors changes would also be consistent with for pilots. to be consistent in their conduct of the current international standards. The The visual scenes and airport models internal assessments and clarifies the FAA has always required Level D currently available in any FFS that potential for increase in internal audit simulators to have sounds recorded. would be classified as Class II are intervals. These sounds are then measured and beyond the number of visual scenes or Under the proposal, the National compared between the aircraft and the airport models required for qualification Simulator Program Manager (NSPM) simulator and adjusted until they match and are likely to already meet the would conduct continuing qualification to within stated tolerances. However, requirements being proposed. As evaluations of each FSTD every 12 under current requirements there are previously described, in the event any months unless the NSPM becomes inconsistencies with what sounds are to Class II visual scene or airport model is aware of discrepancies or performance be recorded and what tolerances should found by the sponsor to be deficient in problems with the device that warrants be applied. The proposal specifies the some way, the sponsor could remove more frequent evaluations. The portions of the flight envelope that must that scene or model from the FFS library continuing qualification evaluations be recorded, therefore eliminating the without jeopardizing the qualification frequency could be extended beyond the previous inconsistencies. status of the FFS. However, the sponsor, 12-month interval if: (1) The sponsor

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59605

implements a voluntary QMS program; information applies to be reasonably for certificated airmen, including pilots. and (2) the NSPM determines that the inferred by either direct or indirect The PIA is available at http:// administration of the QMS program and means, singly or in combination with www.dot.gov/pia/faa_rms.htm. This PIA the FSTD performance justifies less other data. Examples of PII include but would apply to any PII the FAA may frequent evaluations. However, in no are not limited to physical and online receive from a sponsor in the course of case would the frequency of continuing contact information, Social Security exercising its oversight authority. qualification evaluations exceed 36 number or driver’s license number. For more information or for comments months. Privacy Impact Assessment is an and concerns on our privacy practices, analysis of how a rulemaking would please contact our Privacy Officer, Carla I. New Information on Operation and impact the way information is handled Mauney at [email protected], or by Testing Requirements for FSTDs in order to ensure data handling phone at (202) 267–9895. The QPS material attached to this conforms to applicable legal, regulatory, Paperwork Reduction Act proposed rule adds 11 paragraphs of and policy requirements regarding information to better explain the privacy, determine the risks and effects Information collection requirements operation and testing requirements for the rulemaking will have on collecting, associated with this NPRM have been FSTDs. The paragraphs provide maintaining and sharing PII, and approved previously by the Office of information on the use of alternative examine and evaluate protections and Management and Budget (OMB) under data sources, alternative engines data, alternative processes for handling the provisions of the Paperwork alternative avionics data, and information to mitigate potential Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. engineering simulators to provide privacy risks. 3507(d)) and have been assigned OMB Control Number 2120–0680. validation data. There are also Requirements for the Submission and information paragraphs on motion Retention of PII as Part of Compliance International Compatibility systems, sound systems, simulator With Proposed 14 CFR part 60, Flight qualifications for new or derivative In keeping with U.S. obligations Simulation Training Device Initial and under the Convention on International airplanes, validation test tolerances, Continuing Qualification and Use validation data roadmap, transport Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to delay testing, and validation test data The FAA proposes to amend the QPS comply with International Civil presentation. requirements for FSTDs. Compliance Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards with the QPS requirements is the and Recommended Practices to the V. Regulatory Notices and Analyses responsibility of the FSTD sponsor. maximum extent practicable. The FAA Privacy Impact Statement for Proposed There are approximately 60 FSTD has reviewed the corresponding ICAO 14 CFR Part 60, Appendices A Through sponsors. Standards and Recommended Practices F The proposed rule does not require and has identified no differences with sponsors to submit PII to the FAA or to these proposed regulations. Legal Requirements maintain PII in their own records. Economic Assessment, Initial However, the FAA recognizes that Section 522 of the Consolidated Regulatory Flexibility Determination, certain PII may be contained in a Appropriations Act of 2005 instructs Trade Impact Assessment, and sponsor’s records, including DOT to conduct a privacy impact Unfunded Mandates Assessment assessment (PIA) of proposed rules that information about individuals who have will affect the privacy of individuals. used a particular FSTD. This Changes to Federal regulations must The PIA should identify potential information may include the person’s undergo several economic analyses. threats relating to the collection, name, employer, duty position, and type First, Executive Order 12866 directs that handling, use, sharing and security of ratings. The FAA may request a sponsor each Federal agency shall propose or the data, the measures identified to to disclose this PII for investigation, adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned mitigate these threats, and the rationale compliance, or enforcement purposes. determination that the benefits of the for the final decisions made for the For example, the FAA may request the intended regulation justify its costs. rulemaking as a result of conducting the sponsor to provide the names of all Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act PIA. individuals trained on a specific device of 1980 (Pub. L. 96–354) requires if the FAA discovered that the device agencies to analyze the economic Definitions was not adequately simulating the impact of regulatory changes on small Sponsor means a certificate holder aircraft and determined that those entities. Third, the Trade Agreements who seeks or maintains FSTD individuals needed to be retrained or Act (Pub. L. 96–39) prohibits agencies qualification and is responsible for the reevaluated. from setting standards that create prescribed actions as prescribed in this The FAA protects PII in accordance unnecessary obstacles to the foreign part and the QPS for the appropriate with ‘‘Privacy Act Notice DOT/FAA commerce of the United States. In FSTD and qualification level. 847—Aviation Records on Individuals developing U.S. standards, the Trade Certificate holder means a person (formerly General Air Transportation Act requires agencies to consider issued a certificate under parts 119, 141, Records on Individuals).’’ The Privacy international standards and, where or 142 of this chapter or a person Act Notice is available at http:// appropriate, that they be the basis of holding an approved course of training cio.ost.dot.gov/DOT/OST/Documents/ U.S. standards. Fourth, the Unfunded for flight engineers in accordance with files/records.html. Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. part 63 of this chapter. The FAA did not conduct a PIA for 104–4) requires agencies to prepare a Individual means a living human this rulemaking because there are no written assessment of the costs, benefits, being, specifically including a citizen of new requirements for PII as part of these and other effects of proposed or final the United States or an alien lawfully QPS amendments. In August 2004, the rules that include a Federal mandate admitted for permanent residence. FAA released a PIA for airmen likely to result in the expenditure by Personally Identifiable Information certification records. The PIA addresses State, local, or tribal governments, in the (PII) is any information that permits the the methodology the agency uses to aggregate, or by the private sector, of identity of an individual to whom the collect, store, distribute, and protect PII $100 million or more annually (adjusted

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59606 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

for inflation with base year of 1995). including small businesses, not-for- and has determined that it would This portion of the preamble profit organizations, and small impose the same costs on domestic and summarizes the FAA’s analysis of the governmental jurisdictions. international entities and thus has a economic impacts of this proposed rule. Agencies must perform a review to neutral trade impact. Department of Transportation Order determine whether a rule will have a DOT 2100.5 prescribes policies and significant economic impact on a Unfunded Mandates Assessment procedures for simplification, analysis, substantial number of small entities. If Title II of the Unfunded Mandates and review of regulations. If the the agency determines that it will, the Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104–4) expected cost impact is so minimal that agency must prepare a regulatory requires each Federal agency to prepare a proposed or final rule does not flexibility analysis as described in the a written statement assessing the effects warrant a full evaluation, this order RFA. of any Federal mandate in a proposed or permits that a statement to that effect However, if an agency determines that final agency rule that may result in an and the basis for it to be included in the a rule is not expected to have a expenditure of $100 million or more preamble if a full regulatory evaluation significant economic impact on a (adjusted annually for inflation with the of the cost and benefits is not prepared. substantial number of small entities, base year 1995) in any one year by State, Such a determination has been made for section 605(b) of the RFA provides that local, and tribal governments, in the this proposed rule. The reasoning for the head of the agency may so certify aggregate, or by the private sector; such this determination follows: and a regulatory flexibility analysis is a mandate is deemed to be a ‘‘significant The FAA proposes to codify existing not required. The certification must regulatory action.’’ The FAA currently practice by requiring all existing FSTD include a statement providing the uses an inflation-adjusted value of visual scenes beyond the number factual basis for this determination, and $128.1 million in lieu of $100 million. required for qualification to meet the reasoning should be clear. This proposed rule does not contain The FAA proposes to codify existing specified requirements. The proposal such a mandate. also reorganizes certain sections of the practice by requiring all existing FSTD QPS appendices and provides visual scenes beyond the number Executive Order 13132, Federalism additional information on validation required for qualification to meet The FAA has analyzed this notice of tests, established parameters for specified requirements. The proposal proposed rulemaking under the tolerances, acceptable data formats, and also reorganizes certain sections of the principles and criteria of Executive the use of alternative data sources. The QPS appendices and provides Order 13132, Federalism. We proposed changes would ensure that the additional information on validation determined that this proposal will not training and testing environment is tests, established parameters for have a substantial direct effect on the accurate and realistic, would codify tolerances, acceptable data formats, and existing practice, and would provide the use of alternative data sources. The States, on the relationship between the greater harmonization with the proposed changes would ensure that the national Government and the States, or international standards document for training and testing environment is on the distribution of power and simulation. None of these proposed accurate and more realistic, would responsibilities among the various technical requirements would apply to codify existing practice, and would levels of government. Therefore, we simulators qualified before May 30, provide greater harmonization with the determined that this proposed rule will 2008, except for the proposal to codify international standards document for not have federalism implications. existing practice regarding certain visual simulation. None of these proposed Environmental Analysis scene requirements. The overall impact technical requirements would apply to of this proposal would result in minimal simulators qualified before May 30, FAA Order 1050.1E identifies FAA to no cost increases for manufacturers 2008, except for the proposal to codify actions that are categorically excluded and sponsors. existing practice regarding certain visual from preparation of an environmental The FAA has, therefore, determined scene requirements. The overall impact assessment or environmental impact that this proposed rule is not a of this proposal would result in minimal statement under the National ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ as to no cost increases for manufacturers Environmental Policy Act in the defined in section 3(f) of Executive and sponsors. Therefore the FAA absence of extraordinary circumstances. Order 12866, and is not ‘‘significant’’ as certifies that this proposed rule would The FAA has determined this proposed defined in DOT’s Regulatory Policies not have a significant economic impact rule action qualifies for the categorical and Procedures. on a substantial number of small exclusion identified in paragraph 312f entities. The FAA solicits comments and involves no extraordinary Regulatory Flexibility Determination regarding this determination. circumstances. The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 International Trade Impact Assessment Regulations That Significantly Affect (Pub. L. 96–354) (RFA) establishes ‘‘as a Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use principle of regulatory issuance that The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 agencies shall endeavor, consistent with (Pub. L. 96–39) prohibits Federal The FAA has analyzed this proposed the objectives of the rule and of agencies from establishing any rule under Executive Order 13211, applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and standards or engaging in related Actions Concerning Regulations that informational requirements to the scale activities that create unnecessary Significantly Affect Energy Supply, of the businesses, organizations, and obstacles to the foreign commerce of the Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). We governmental jurisdictions subject to United States. Legitimate domestic have determined that it is not a regulation. To achieve this principle, objectives, such as safety, are not ‘‘significant energy action’’ under the agencies are required to solicit and considered unnecessary obstacles. The executive order because it is not a consider flexible regulatory proposals statute also requires consideration of ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ under and to explain the rationale for their international standards and, where Executive Order 12866, and it is not actions to assure that such proposals are appropriate, that they be the basis for likely to have a significant adverse effect given serious consideration.’’ The RFA U.S. standards. The FAA has assessed on the supply, distribution, or use of covers a wide-range of small entities, the potential effect of this proposed rule energy.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59607

Additional Information Availability of Rulemaking Documents 2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2) 3. Definitions (§ 60.3) Comments Invited You can get an electronic copy of 4. Qualification Performance Standards rulemaking documents using the (§ 60.4) The FAA invites interested persons to Internet by— 5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5) participate in this rulemaking by 1. Searching the Federal eRulemaking 6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements submitting written comments, data, or Portal (http://www.regulations.gov); (§ 60.7) views. We also invite comments relating 2. Visiting the FAA’s Regulations and 7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor to the economic, environmental, energy, Policies Web page at http:// (§ 60.9) _ 8. FSTD Use (§ 60.11) or federalism impacts that might result www.faa.gov/regulations policies/; or 9. FSTD Objective Data Requirements from adopting the proposals in this 3. Accessing the Government Printing (§ 60.13) document. The most helpful comments Office’s Web page at http:// 10. Special Equipment and Personnel reference a specific portion of the www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/index.html. Requirements for Qualification of the proposal, explain the reason for any You can also get a copy by sending a FSTD (§ 60.14) recommended change, and include request to the Federal Aviation 11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements (§ 60.15) supporting data. To ensure the docket Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM–1, 800 Independence Avenue, 12. Additional Qualifications for a Currently does not contain duplicate comments, Qualified FSTD (§ 60.16) please send only one copy of written SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by 13. Previously Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.17) comments, or if you are filing comments calling (202) 267–9680. Make sure to 14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification electronically, please submit your identify the docket number, notice Evaluation, and Maintenance comments only one time. number, or amendment number of this Requirements (§ 60.19) rulemaking. 15. Logging FSTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20) We will file in the docket all 16. Interim Qualification of FSTDs for New comments we receive, as well as a List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 60 Airplane Types or Models (§ 60.21) report summarizing each substantive Airmen, Aviation safety, Reporting 17. Modifications to FSTDs (§ 60.23) public contact with FAA personnel and recordkeeping requirements. 18. Operations with Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25) concerning this proposed rulemaking. The Proposed Amendment 19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and Before acting on this proposal, we will Procedures for Restoration of consider all comments we receive on or In consideration of the foregoing, the Qualification (§ 60.27) before the closing date for comments. Federal Aviation Administration 20. Other Losses of Qualification and We will consider comments filed after proposes to further amend the final rule Procedures for Restoration of the comment period has closed if it is amending part 60 of Title 14 of the Code Qualification (§ 60.29) of Federal Regulations, as published at 21. Recordkeeping and Reporting (§ 60.31) possible to do so without incurring 22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and expense or delay. We may change this 71 FR 63392 on October 30, 2006, as follows: Records: Fraud, Falsification, or proposal in light of the comments we Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33) receive. PART 60—FLIGHT SIMULATION 23. Specific Full Flight Simulator Compliance Requirements (§ 60.35) Proprietary or Confidential Business TRAINING DEVICE INITIAL AND 24. [Reserved] Information CONTINUING QUALIFICATION AND 25. FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a USE Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement Do not file in the docket information (BASA) (§ 60.37) 1. The authority citation for part 60 that you consider to be proprietary or Attachment 1 to Appendix A to Part 60— continues to read as follows: confidential business information. Send General Simulator Requirements Attachment 2 to Appendix A to Part 60—Full or deliver this information directly to Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, and 44701. Flight Simulator Objective Tests the person identified in the FOR FURTHER Attachment 3 to Appendix A to Part 60— INFORMATION CONTACT section of this 2. Part 60, published at 71 FR 63392 Simulator Subjective Evaluation document. You must mark the on October 30, 2006 is amended by Attachment 4 to Appendix A to Part 60— information that you consider revising appendices A–F to read as Sample Documents proprietary or confidential. If you send follows: Attachment 5 to Appendix A to Part 60— Simulator Qualification Requirements the information on a disk or CD–ROM, Appendix A to Part 60—Qualification for Windshear Training Program Use mark the outside of the disk or CD–ROM Performance Standards for Airplane Attachment 6 to Appendix A to Part 60— and also identify electronically within Full Flight Simulators FSTD Directives Applicable to Airplane the disk or CD–ROM the specific Flight Simulators lllllllllllllllllllll information that is proprietary or End Information confidential. Begin Information lllllllllllllllllllll Under 14 CFR 11.35(b), when we are This appendix establishes the standards for aware of proprietary information filed Airplane Full Flight Simulator (FFS) 1. Introduction with a comment, we do not place it in evaluation and qualification. The Flight lllllllllllllllllllll Standards Service, National Simulator the docket. We hold it in a separate file Program Manager (NSPM), is responsible for Begin Information to which the public does not have the development, application, and a. This appendix contains background access, and we place a note in the implementation of the standards contained information as well as regulatory and docket that we have received it. If we within this appendix. The procedures and informative material as described later in this receive a request to examine or copy criteria specified in this appendix will be section. To assist the reader in determining this information, we treat it as any other used by the NSPM, or a person assigned by what areas are required and what areas are request under the Freedom of the NSPM, when conducting airplane FFS permissive, the text in this appendix is evaluations. divided into two sections: ‘‘QPS Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552). We Requirements’’ and ‘‘Information.’’ The QPS process such a request under the DOT Table of Contents Requirements sections contain details procedures found in 49 CFR part 7. 1. Introduction regarding compliance with the part 60 rule

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59608 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

language. These details are regulatory, but are (20) AC 150/5345–28D, Precision 6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements found only in this appendix. The Information Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems. (§ 60.7) sections contain material that is advisory in (21) International Air Transport lllllllllllllllllllll nature, and designed to give the user general Association document, ‘‘Flight Simulator information about the regulation. Design and Performance Data Requirements,’’ Begin Information b. Questions regarding the contents of this as amended. a. The intent of the language in § 60.7(b) is publication should be sent to the U.S. (22) AC 25–7, as amended, Flight Test to have a specific FFS, identified by the Department of Transportation, Federal Guide for Certification of Transport Category sponsor, used at least once in an FAA- Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Airplanes. approved flight training program for the Service, National Simulator Program Staff, (23) AC 23–8A, as amended, Flight Test airplane simulated during the 12-month AFS–205, 100 Hartsfield Centre Parkway, Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes. period described. The identification of the Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia, 30354. (24) International Civil Aviation specific FFS may change from one 12-month Telephone contact numbers for the NSP are: Organization (ICAO) Manual of Criteria for period to the next 12-month period as long phone, 404–832–4700; fax, 404–761–8906. the Qualification of Flight Simulators, as as the sponsor sponsors and uses at least one The general email address for the NSP office amended. FFS at least once during the prescribed is: [email protected]. The NSP (25) Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation period. No minimum number of hours or Internet Web Site address is: http:// Handbook, Volume I, as amended and minimum FFS periods are required. www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/ Volume II, as amended, The Royal b. The following examples describe aircraft_aviation/nsp/. On this Web Site you Aeronautical Society, London, UK. acceptable operational practices: will find an NSP personnel list with (26) FAA Publication FAA–S–8081 series (1) Example One. telephone and email contact information for (Practical Test Standards for Airline (a) A sponsor is sponsoring a single, each NSP staff member, a list of qualified Transport Pilot Certificate, Type Ratings, specific FFS for its own use, in its own flight simulation devices, advisory circulars, Commercial Pilot, and Instrument Ratings). facility or elsewhere—this single FFS forms a description of the qualification process, (27) The FAA Aeronautical Information the basis for the sponsorship. The sponsor NSP policy, and an NSP ‘‘In-Works’’ section. Manual (AIM). An electronic version of the uses that FFS at least once in each 12-month Also linked from this site are additional AIM is on the Internet at http://www.faa.gov/ period in the sponsor’s FAA-approved flight information sources, handbook bulletins, atpubs. training program for the airplane simulated. This 12-month period is established frequently asked questions, a listing and text End Information of the Federal Aviation Regulations, Flight according to the following schedule: Standards Inspector’s handbooks, and other lllllllllllllllllllll (i) If the FFS was qualified prior to May 30, 2008, the 12-month period begins on the date FAA links. 2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2) c. The NSPM encourages the use of of the first continuing qualification lllllllllllllllllllll electronic media for all communication, evaluation conducted in accordance with including any record, report, request, test, or Begin Information § 60.19 after May 30, 2008, and continues for statement required by this appendix. The each subsequent 12-month period; No additional regulatory or informational electronic media used must have adequate (ii) A device qualified on or after May 30, material applies to § 60.1, Applicability, or to 2008, will be required to undergo an initial security provisions and be acceptable to the § 60.2, Applicability of sponsor rules to NSPM. The NSPM recommends inquiries on or upgrade evaluation in accordance with persons who are not sponsors and who are § 60.15. Once the initial or upgrade system compatibility, and minimum system engaged in certain unauthorized activities. requirements are also included on the NSP evaluation is complete, the first continuing Web site. End Information qualification evaluation will be conducted d. Related Reading References. within 6 months. The 12-month continuing lllllllllllllllllllll qualification evaluation cycle begins on that (1) 14 CFR part 60. date and continues for each subsequent 12- (2) 14 CFR part 61. 3. Definitions (§ 60.3) month period. (3) 14 CFR part 63. lllllllllllllllllllll (b) There is no minimum number of hours (4) 14 CFR part 119. Begin Information of FFS use required. (5) 14 CFR part 121. (c) The identification of the specific FFS (6) 14 CFR part 125. See Appendix F of this part for a list of may change from one 12-month period to the (7) 14 CFR part 135. definitions and abbreviations from part 1 and next 12-month period as long as the sponsor (8) 14 CFR part 141. part 60, including the appropriate sponsors and uses at least one FFS at least (9) 14 CFR part 142. appendices of part 60. once during the prescribed period. (10) Advisory Circular (AC) 120–28C, End Information (2) Example Two. Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing (a) A sponsor sponsors an additional lllllllllllllllllllll Weather Minima. number of FFSs, in its facility or elsewhere. (11) AC 120–29, Criteria for Approving 4. Qualification Performance Standards Each additionally sponsored FFS must be— Category I and Category II Landing Minima (§ 60.4) (i) Used by the sponsor in the sponsor’s for part 121 operators. lllllllllllllllllllll FAA-approved flight training program for the (12) AC 120–35B, Line Operational airplane simulated (as described in Simulations: Line-Oriented Flight Training, Begin Information § 60.7(d)(1)); OR Special Purpose Operational Training, Line No additional regulatory or informational (ii) Used by another FAA certificate holder Operational Evaluation. in that other certificate holder’s FAA- (13) AC 120–41, Criteria for Operational material applies to § 60.4, Qualification Performance Standards. approved flight training program for the Approval of Airborne Wind Shear Alerting airplane simulated (as described in and Flight Guidance Systems. End Information § 60.7(d)(1)). This 12-month period is (14) AC 120–57A, Surface Movement lllllllllllllllllllll established in the same manner as in Guidance and Control System (SMGS). example one; OR (15) AC 150/5300–13, Airport Design. 5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5) (iii) Provided a statement each year from a (16) AC 150/5340–1G, Standards for lllllllllllllllllllll qualified pilot, (after having flown the Airport Markings. airplane, not the subject FFS or another FFS, (17) AC 150/5340–4C, Installation Details Begin Information during the preceding 12-month period) for Runway Centerline Touchdown Zone See Appendix E of this part for additional stating that the subject FFSs performance and Lighting Systems. regulatory and informational material handling qualities represent the airplane (as (18) AC 150/5340–19, Taxiway Centerline regarding Quality Management Systems. described in § 60.7(d)(2)). This statement is Lighting System. provided at least once in each 12-month (19) AC 150/5340–24, Runway and End Information period established in the same manner as in Taxiway Edge Lighting System. lllllllllllllllllllll example one.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59609

(b) No minimum number of hours of FFS (b) For each maneuver or procedure— End QPS Requirements use is required. (i) The procedures and control input the lllllllllllllllllllll (3) Example Three. flight test pilot and/or engineer used. (a) A sponsor in New York (in this (ii) The atmospheric and environmental Begin Information example, a Part 142 certificate holder) conditions. f. The FFS sponsor is encouraged to establishes ‘‘satellite’’ training centers in (iii) The initial flight conditions. maintain a liaison with the manufacturer of Chicago and Moscow. (iv) The airplane configuration, including the aircraft being simulated (or with the (b) The satellite function means that the weight and center of gravity. holder of the aircraft type certificate for the Chicago and Moscow centers must operate (v) The data to be gathered. aircraft being simulated if the manufacturer under the New York center’s certificate (in (vi) All other information necessary to is no longer in business), and, if appropriate, accordance with all of the New York center’s recreate the flight test conditions in the FFS. with the person having supplied the aircraft practices, procedures, and policies; e.g., (2) Appropriately qualified flight test data package for the FFS in order to facilitate instructor and/or technician training/ personnel. the notification required by § 60.13(f). checking requirements, record keeping, QMS (3) An understanding of the accuracy of the g. It is the intent of the NSPM that for new program). data to be gathered using appropriate aircraft entering service, at a point well in (c) All of the FFSs in the Chicago and alternative data sources, procedures, and advance of preparation of the Qualification Moscow centers could be dry-leased (i.e., the instrumentation that is traceable to a Test Guide (QTG), the sponsor should submit certificate holder does not have and use recognized standard as described in to the NSPM for approval, a descriptive FAA-approved flight training programs for Attachment 2, Table A2E. document (a validation data roadmap) the FFSs in the Chicago and Moscow centers) (4) Appropriate and sufficient data containing the plan for acquiring the because— acquisition equipment or system(s), (i) Each FFS in the Chicago center and each including appropriate data reduction and validation data, including data sources. This FFS in the Moscow center is used at least analysis methods and techniques, as would document should clearly identify sources of once each 12-month period by another FAA be acceptable to the FAA’s Aircraft data for all required tests, a description of the certificate holder in that other certificate Certification Service. validity of these data for a specific engine holder’s FAA-approved flight training b. The data, regardless of source, must be type and thrust rating configuration, and the program for the airplane (as described in presented: revision levels of all avionics affecting the § 60.7(d)(1)); or (1) In a format that supports the FFS performance or flying qualities of the aircraft. (ii) A statement is obtained from a validation process; Additionally, this document should provide qualified pilot (having flown the airplane, (2) In a manner that is clearly readable and other information, such as the rationale or not the subject FFS or another FFS during the annotated correctly and completely; explanation for cases where data or data preceding 12-month period) stating that the (3) With resolution sufficient to determine parameters are missing, instances where performance and handling qualities of each compliance with the tolerances set forth in engineering simulation data are used or FFS in the Chicago and Moscow centers Attachment 2, Table A2A of this appendix. where flight test methods require further represents the airplane (as described in (4) With any necessary instructions or explanations. It should also provide a brief § 60.7(d)(2)). other details provided, such as yaw damper narrative describing the cause and effect of or throttle position; and any deviation from data requirements. The End Information (5) Without alteration, adjustments, or bias; aircraft manufacturer may provide this lllllllllllllllllllll however the data may be re-scaled, digitized, document. h. There is no requirement for any flight 7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor or otherwise manipulated to fit the desired test data supplier to submit a flight test plan (§ 60.9) presentation. c. After completion of any additional flight or program prior to gathering flight test data. lllllllllllllllllllll test, a flight test report must be submitted in However, the NSPM notes that inexperienced Begin Information support of the validation data. The report data gatherers often provide data that is must contain sufficient data and rationale to irrelevant, improperly marked, or lacking The phrase ‘‘as soon as practicable’’ in support qualification of the FFS at the level adequate justification for selection. Other § 60.9(a) means without unnecessarily requested. problems include inadequate information disrupting or delaying beyond a reasonable d. As required by § 60.13(f), the sponsor regarding initial conditions or test time the training, evaluation, or experience must notify the NSPM when it becomes maneuvers. The NSPM has been forced to being conducted in the FSTD. aware that an addition to, an amendment to, refuse these data submissions as validation End Information or a revision of data that may relate to FFS data for an FFS evaluation. It is for this lllllllllllllllllllll performance or handling characteristics is reason that the NSPM recommends that any available. The data referred to in this data supplier not previously experienced in 8. FSTD Use (§ 60.11) paragraph are those data that are used to this area review the data necessary for lllllllllllllllllllll validate the performance, handling qualities, programming and for validating the or other characteristics of the aircraft, performance of the FFS, and discuss the Begin Information including data related to any relevant flight test plan anticipated for acquiring such No additional regulatory or informational changes occurring after the type certificate data with the NSPM well in advance of material applies to § 60.11, Simulator Use. was issued. The sponsor must— commencing the flight tests. (1) Within 10 calendar days, notify the i. The NSPM will consider, on a case-by- End Information NSPM of the existence of this data; and case basis, whether or not to approve lllllllllllllllllllll (2) Within 45 calendar days, notify the supplemental validation data derived from NSPM of— flight data recording systems such as a Quick 9. FSTD Objective Data Requirements (a) The schedule to incorporate this data Access Recorder or Flight Data Recorder. (§ 60.13) into the FFS; or lllllllllllllllllllll (b) The reason for not incorporating this End Information data into the FFS. lllllllllllllllllllll Begin QPS Requirements e. In those cases where the objective test lllllllllllllllllllll results authorize a ‘‘snapshot test’’ or a 10. Special Equipment and Personnel a. Flight test data used to validate FFS ‘‘series of snapshot tests’’ results in lieu of a Requirements for Qualification of the FSTDs performance and handling qualities must time-history result, the sponsor or other data (§ 60.14) have been gathered in accordance with a provider must ensure that a steady state lllllllllllllllllllll flight test program containing the following: condition exists at the instant of time (1) A flight test plan consisting of: captured by the ‘‘snapshot.’’ The steady state Begin Information (a) The maneuvers and procedures condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, a. In the event that the NSPM determines required for aircraft certification and through 1 second following, the instant of that special equipment or specifically simulation programming and validation. time captured by the snapshot. qualified persons will be required to conduct

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59610 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

an evaluation, the NSPM will make every (5) Other information appropriate to the (g) List of all relevant parameters driven or attempt to notify the sponsor at least one (1) qualification level of the FFS. constrained during the automatically week, but in no case less than 72 hours, in e. The QTG described in paragraphs (a)(3) conducted test(s). advance of the evaluation. Examples of and (b) of this section, must include the (h) List of all relevant parameters driven or special equipment include spot photometers, following: constrained during the manually conducted flight control measurement devices, and (1) A QTG cover page with sponsor and test(s). sound analyzers. Examples of specially FAA approval signature blocks (see (i) Tolerances for relevant parameters. qualified personnel include individuals Attachment 4, Figure A4C, for a sample QTG (j) Source of Validation Data (document specifically qualified to install or use any cover page). and page number). special equipment when its use is required. (2) A continuing qualification evaluation (k) Copy of the Validation Data (if located b. Examples of a special evaluation include requirements page. This page will be used by in a separate binder, a cross reference for the an evaluation conducted after an FFS is the NSPM to establish and record the identification and page number for pertinent moved, at the request of the TPAA, or as a frequency with which continuing data location must be provided). result of comments received from users of the qualification evaluations must be conducted (l) Simulator Objective Test Results as FFS that raise questions about the continued and any subsequent changes that may be obtained by the sponsor. Each test result qualification or use of the FFS. determined by the NSPM in accordance with must reflect the date completed and must be § 60.19. See Attachment 4, Figure A4G, for a clearly labeled as a product of the device End Information sample Continuing Qualification Evaluation being tested. lllllllllllllllllllll Requirements page. f. A convertible FFS is addressed as a (3) An FFS information page that provides separate FFS for each model and series 11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification the information listed in this paragraph (see airplane to which it will be converted and for Requirements (§ 60.15) Attachment 4, Figure A4B, for a sample FFS the FAA qualification level sought. If a lllllllllllllllllllll information page). For convertible FFSs, the sponsor seeks qualification for two or more sponsor must submit a separate page for each models of an airplane type using a Begin QPS Requirements configuration of the FFS. convertible FFS, the sponsor must submit a a. In order to be qualified at a particular (a) The sponsor’s FFS identification QTG for each airplane model, or a QTG for qualification level, the FFS must: number or code. the first airplane model and a supplement to (1) Meet the general requirements listed in (b) The airplane model and series being that QTG for each additional airplane model. Attachment 1; simulated. The NSPM will conduct evaluations for each (2) Meet the objective testing requirements (c) The aerodynamic data revision number airplane model. listed in Attachment 2; and or reference. g. Form and manner of presentation of (3) Satisfactorily accomplish the subjective (d) The source of the basic aerodynamic objective test results in the QTG: tests listed in Attachment 3. model and the aerodynamic coefficient data (1) The sponsor’s FFS test results must be b. The request described in § 60.15(a) must used to modify the basic model. recorded in a manner acceptable to the include all of the following: (e) The engine model(s) and its data NSPM, that allows easy comparison of the (1) A statement that the FFS meets all of revision number or reference. FFS test results to the validation data (e.g., the applicable provisions of this part and all (f) The flight control data revision number use of a multi-channel recorder, line printer, applicable provisions of the QPS. or reference. cross plotting, overlays, transparencies). (2) A confirmation that the sponsor will (g) The flight management system (2) FFS results must be labeled using forward to the NSPM the statement described identification and revision level. terminology common to airplane parameters in § 60.15(b) in such time as to be received (h) The FFS model and manufacturer. as opposed to computer software no later than 5 business days prior to the (i) The date of FFS manufacture. identifications. scheduled evaluation and may be forwarded (j) The FFS computer identification. (3) Validation data documents included in to the NSPM via traditional or electronic (k) The visual system model and a QTG may be photographically reduced only means. manufacturer, including display type. if such reduction will not alter the graphic (3) A qualification test guide (QTG), (l) The motion system type and scaling or cause difficulties in scale acceptable to the NSPM, that includes all of manufacturer, including degrees of freedom. interpretation or resolution. the following: (4) A Table of Contents. (4) Scaling on graphical presentations must (a) Objective data obtained from aircraft (5) A log of revisions and a list of effective provide the resolution necessary to evaluate testing or another approved source. pages. the parameters shown in Attachment 2, Table (bi) Correlating objective test results (6) A list of all relevant data references. A2A of this appendix. obtained from the performance of the FFS as (7) A glossary of terms and symbols used (5) Tests involving time histories, data prescribed in the appropriate QPS. (including sign conventions and units). sheets (or transparencies thereof) and FFS (c) The result of FFS subjective tests (8) Statements of compliance and test results must be clearly marked with prescribed in the appropriate QPS. capability (SOCs) with certain requirements. appropriate reference points to ensure an (d) A description of the equipment SOCs must provide references to the sources accurate comparison between the FFS and necessary to perform the evaluation for initial of information that show the capability of the the airplane with respect to time. Time qualification and the continuing qualification FFS to comply with the requirement, a histories recorded via a line printer are to be evaluations. rationale explaining how the referenced clearly identified for cross plotting on the c. The QTG described in paragraph (a)(3) material is used, mathematical equations and airplane data. Over-plots must not obscure of this section, must provide the documented parameter values used, and the conclusions the reference data. proof of compliance with the simulator reached; i.e., that the FFS complies with the h. The sponsor may elect to complete the objective tests in Attachment 2, Table A2A of requirement. QTG objective and subjective tests at the this appendix. (9) Recording procedures or equipment manufacturer’s facility or at the sponsor’s d. The QTG is prepared and submitted by required to accomplish the objective tests. training facility. If the tests are conducted at the sponsor, or the sponsor’s agent on behalf (10) The following information for each the manufacturer’s facility, the sponsor must of the sponsor, to the NSPM for review and objective test designated in Attachment 2, repeat at least one-third of the tests at the approval, and must include, for each Table A2A, as applicable to the qualification sponsor’s training facility in order to objective test: level sought: substantiate FFS performance. The QTG must (1) Parameters, tolerances, and flight (a) Name of the test. be clearly annotated to indicate when and conditions; (b) Objective of the test. where each test was accomplished. Tests (2) Pertinent and complete instructions for (c) Initial conditions. conducted at the manufacturer’s facility and the conduct of automatic and manual tests; (d) Manual test procedures. at the sponsor’s training facility must be (3) A means of comparing the FFS test (e) Automatic test procedures (if conducted after the FFS is assembled with results to the objective data; applicable). systems and sub-systems functional and (4) Any other information as necessary, to (f) Method for evaluating FFS objective test operating in an interactive manner. The test assist in the evaluation of the test results; results. results must be submitted to the NSPM.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59611

i. The sponsor must maintain a copy of the (3) Control checks (see Attachment 1 and Designee (APD), or FAA inspector aboard the MQTG at the FFS location. Attachment 2 of this appendix); FFS along with the student(s) and observing j. All FFSs for which the initial (4) Flight deck configuration (see the operation of the FFS during the training, qualification is conducted after May 30, Attachment 1 of this appendix); testing, or checking activities. 2014, must have an electronic MQTG (5) Pilot, flight engineer, and instructor r. Problems with objective test results are (eMQTG) including all objective data station functions checks (see Attachment 1 handled as follows: obtained from airplane testing, or another and Attachment 3 of this appendix); (1) If a problem with an objective test result approved source (reformatted or digitized), (6) Airplane systems and sub-systems (as is detected by the NSP evaluation team together with correlating objective test results appropriate) as compared to the airplane during an evaluation, the test may be obtained from the performance of the FFS simulated (see Attachment 1 and Attachment repeated or the QTG may be amended. (reformatted or digitized) as prescribed in 3 of this appendix); (2) If it is determined that the results of an this appendix. The eMQTG must also contain (7) FFS systems and sub-systems, objective test do not support the level the general FFS performance or including force cueing (motion), visual, and requested but do support a lower level, the demonstration results (reformatted or aural (sound) systems, as appropriate (see NSPM may qualify the FFS at that lower digitized) prescribed in this appendix, and a Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this level. For example, if a Level D evaluation is description of the equipment necessary to appendix); and requested and the FFS fails to meet sound perform the initial qualification evaluation (8) Certain additional requirements, test tolerances, it could be qualified at Level and the continuing qualification evaluations. depending upon the qualification level C. The eMQTG must include the original sought, including equipment or s. After an FFS is successfully evaluated, validation data used to validate FFS circumstances that may become hazardous to the NSPM issues a Statement of Qualification performance and handling qualities in either the occupants. The sponsor may be subject to (SOQ) to the sponsor. The NSPM the original digitized format from the data Occupational Safety and Health recommends the FFS to the TPAA, who will supplier or an electronic scan of the original Administration requirements. approve the FFS for use in a flight training time-history plots that were provided by the o. The NSPM administers the objective and program. The SOQ will be issued at the data supplier. A copy of the eMQTG must be subjective tests, which includes an satisfactory conclusion of the initial or provided to the NSPM. examination of functions. The tests include continuing qualification evaluation and will k. All other FFSs not covered in a qualitative assessment of the FFS by an list the tasks for which the FSTD is qualified, subparagraph ‘‘j’’ must have an electronic NSP pilot. The NSP evaluation team leader referencing the tasks described in Table A1B copy of the MQTG by May 30, 2014. A copy may assign other qualified personnel to assist in attachment 1. However, it is the sponsor’s of the eMQTG must be provided to the in accomplishing the functions examination responsibility to obtain TPAA approval prior NSPM. This may be provided by an and/or the objective and subjective tests to using the FSTD in an FAA-approved flight electronic scan presented in a Portable performed during an evaluation when training program. Document File (PDF), or similar format required. t. Under normal circumstances, the NSPM acceptable to the NSPM. (1) Objective tests provide a basis for establishes a date for the initial or upgrade l. During the initial (or upgrade) measuring and evaluating FFS performance evaluation within ten (10) working days after qualification evaluation conducted by the and determining compliance with the determining that a complete QTG is NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a requirements of this part. acceptable. Unusual circumstances may person who is a user of the device (e.g., a (2) Subjective tests provide a basis for: warrant establishing an evaluation date qualified pilot or instructor pilot with flight (a) Evaluating the capability of the FFS to before this determination is made. A sponsor time experience in that aircraft) and perform over a typical utilization period; may schedule an evaluation date as early as 6 months in advance. However, there may be knowledgeable about the operation of the (b) Determining that the FFS satisfactorily a delay of 45 days or more in rescheduling aircraft and the operation of the FFS. simulates each required task; (c) Verifying correct operation of the FFS and completing the evaluation if the sponsor End QPS Requirements controls, instruments, and systems; and is unable to meet the scheduled date. See lllllllllllllllllllll (d) Demonstrating compliance with the Attachment 4, Figure A4A, Sample Request requirements of this part. for Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Begin Information p. The tolerances for the test parameters Evaluation. m. Only those FFSs that are sponsored by listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix u. The numbering system used for a certificate holder as defined in Appendix reflect the range of tolerances acceptable to objective test results in the QTG should F will be evaluated by the NSPM. However, the NSPM for FFS validation and are not to closely follow the numbering system set out other FFS evaluations may be conducted on be confused with design tolerances specified in Attachment 2, FFS Objective Tests, Table a case-by-case basis as the Administrator for FFS manufacture. In making decisions A2A. deems appropriate, but only in accordance regarding tests and test results, the NSPM v. Contact the NSPM or visit the NSPM with applicable agreements. relies on the use of operational and Web site for additional information regarding n. The NSPM will conduct an evaluation engineering judgment in the application of the preferred qualifications of pilots used to for each configuration, and each FFS must be data (including consideration of the way in meet the requirements of § 60.15(d). evaluated as completely as possible. To which the flight test was flown and way the w. Examples of the exclusions for which ensure a thorough and uniform evaluation, data was gathered and applied) data the FFS might not have been subjectively each FFS is subjected to the general presentations, and the applicable tolerances tested by the sponsor or the NSPM and for simulator requirements in Attachment 1, the for each test. which qualification might not be sought or granted, as described in § 60.15(g)(6), include objective tests listed in Attachment 2, and the q. In addition to the scheduled continuing windshear training and circling approaches. subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this qualification evaluation, each FFS is subject appendix. The evaluations described herein to evaluations conducted by the NSPM at any End Information will include, but not necessarily be limited time without prior notification to the lllllllllllllllllllll to the following: sponsor. Such evaluations would be (1) Airplane responses, including accomplished in a normal manner (i.e., 12. Additional Qualifications for a Currently longitudinal and lateral-directional control requiring exclusive use of the FFS for the Qualified FSTD (§ 60.16) responses (see Attachment 2 of this conduct of objective and subjective tests and lllllllllllllllllllll appendix); an examination of functions) if the FFS is not (2) Performance in authorized portions of being used for flight crewmember training, Begin Information the simulated airplane’s operating envelope, testing, or checking. However, if the FFS No additional regulatory or informational to include tasks evaluated by the NSPM in were being used, the evaluation would be material applies to § 60.16, Additional the areas of surface operations, takeoff, climb, conducted in a non-exclusive manner. This Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FFS. cruise, descent, approach, and landing as non-exclusive evaluation will be conducted well as abnormal and emergency operations by the FFS evaluator accompanying the End Information (see Attachment 2 of this appendix); check airman, instructor, Aircrew Program lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59612 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

13. Previously Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.17) necessitate the issuance of a revised (1) The NSPM becomes aware of lllllllllllllllllllll Statement of Qualification to reflect the discrepancies or performance problems with revised qualification level, as appropriate. If the device that warrants more frequent Begin QPS Requirements a temporary restriction is placed on an FFS evaluations; or a. In instances where a sponsor plans to because of a missing, malfunctioning, or (2) The sponsor implements a QMS that remove an FFS from active status for a period inoperative component or on-going repairs, justifies less frequent evaluations. However, of less than two years, the following the restriction is not a permanent change in in no case shall the frequency of a continuing procedures apply: qualification level. Instead, the restriction is qualification evaluation exceed 36 months. (1) The NSPM must be notified in writing temporary and is removed when the reason End QPS Requirements and the notification must include an estimate for the restriction has been resolved. of the period that the FFS will be inactive; h. It is not the intent of the NSPM to lllllllllllllllllllll (2) Continuing Qualification evaluations discourage the improvement of existing Begin Information will not be scheduled during the inactive simulation (e.g., the ‘‘updating’’ of a visual f. The sponsor’s test sequence and the period; system to a newer model, or the replacement content of each quarterly inspection required (3) The NSPM will remove the FFS from of the IOS with a more capable unit) by in § 60.19(a)(1) should include a balance and the list of qualified FSTDs on a mutually requiring the ‘‘updated’’ device to meet the a mix from the objective test requirement established date not later than the date on qualification standards current at the time of areas listed as follows: which the first missed continuing the update. Depending on the extent of the (1) Performance. qualification evaluation would have been update, the NSPM may require that the (2) Handling qualities. scheduled; updated device be evaluated and may require (3) Motion system (where appropriate). (4) Before the FFS is restored to qualified that an evaluation include all or a portion of status, it must be evaluated by the NSPM. (4) Visual system (where appropriate). the elements of an initial evaluation. (5) Sound system (where appropriate). The evaluation content and the time required However, the standards against which the to accomplish the evaluation is based on the (6) Other FFS systems. device would be evaluated are those that are g. If the NSP evaluator plans to accomplish number of continuing qualification found in the MQTG for that device. evaluations and sponsor-conducted quarterly specific tests during a normal continuing i. The NSPM will determine the evaluation qualification evaluation that requires the use inspections missed during the period of criteria for an FSTD that has been removed inactivity. of special equipment or technicians, the from active status. The criteria will be based (5) The sponsor must notify the NSPM of sponsor will be notified as far in advance of on the number of continuing qualification any changes to the original scheduled time the evaluation as practical; but not less than evaluations and quarterly inspections missed out of service; 72 hours. Examples of such tests include during the period of inactivity. For example, b. Simulators qualified prior to May 30, latencies, control dynamics, sounds and 2008, are not required to meet the general if the FFS were out of service for a 1 year vibrations, motion, and/or some visual simulation requirements, the objective test period, it would be necessary to complete the system tests. requirements or the subjective test entire QTG, since all of the quarterly h. The continuing qualification requirements of attachments 1, 2, and 3 of evaluations would have been missed. The evaluations, described in § 60.19(b), will this appendix as long as the simulator NSPM will also consider how the FFS was normally require 4 hours of FFS time. continues to meet the test requirements stored, whether parts were removed from the However, flexibility is necessary to address contained in the MQTG developed under the FFS and whether the FFS was disassembled. abnormal situations or situations involving original qualification basis. j. The FFS will normally be requalified aircraft with additional levels of complexity c. After [date 1 year after effective date of using the FAA-approved MQTG and the (e.g., computer controlled aircraft). The the final rule] each visual scene or airport criteria that was in effect prior to its removal sponsor should anticipate that some tests model beyond the minimum required for the from qualification. However, inactive periods may require additional time. The continuing FSTD qualification level that is installed in of 2 years or more will require requalification qualification evaluations will consist of the and available for use in a qualified FSTD under the standards in effect and current at following: must meet the requirements described in the time of requalification. (1) Review of the results of the quarterly attachment 3 of this appendix. End Information inspections conducted by the sponsor since the last scheduled continuing qualification End QPS Requirements lllllllllllllllllllll evaluation. lllllllllllllllllllll 14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification (2) A selection of approximately 8 to 15 objective tests from the MQTG that provide Begin Information Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements (§ 60.19) an adequate opportunity to evaluate the d. Other certificate holders or persons performance of the FFS. The tests chosen desiring to use an FFS may contract with FFS lllllllllllllllllllll will be performed either automatically or sponsors to use FFSs previously qualified at Begin QPS Requirements manually and should be able to be conducted a particular level for an airplane type and within approximately one-third (1⁄3) of the approved for use within an FAA-approved a. The sponsor must conduct a minimum allotted FFS time. flight training program. Such FFSs are not of four evenly spaced inspections throughout (3) A subjective evaluation of the FFS to required to undergo an additional the year. The objective test sequence and perform a representative sampling of the qualification process, except as described in content of each inspection must be tasks set out in attachment 3 of this § 60.16. developed by the sponsor and must be appendix. This portion of the evaluation acceptable to the NSPM. e. Each FFS user must obtain approval should take approximately two-thirds (2⁄3) of from the appropriate TPAA to use any FFS b. The description of the functional the allotted FFS time. in an FAA-approved flight training program. preflight inspection must be contained in the (4) An examination of the functions of the f. The intent of the requirement listed in sponsor’s QMS. FFS may include the motion system, visual § 60.17(b), for each FFS to have a Statement c. Record ‘‘functional preflight’’ in the FFS system, sound system, instructor operating of Qualification within 6 years, is to have the discrepancy log book or other acceptable station, and the normal functions and availability of that statement (including the location, including any item found to be simulated malfunctions of the airplane configuration list and the limitations to missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative. systems. This examination is normally authorizations) to provide a complete picture d. During the continuing qualification accomplished simultaneously with the of the FFS inventory regulated by the FAA. evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the subjective evaluation requirements. The issuance of the statement will not sponsor must also provide a person require any additional evaluation or require knowledgeable about the operation of the End Information any adjustment to the evaluation basis for the aircraft and the operation of the FFS. lllllllllllllllllllll FFS. e. The NSPM will conduct continuing g. Downgrading of an FFS is a permanent qualification evaluations every 12 months 15. Logging FSTDs Discrepancies (§ 60.20) change in qualification level and will unless: lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59613

Begin Information develop a discrepancy prioritizing system to Begin Information No additional regulatory or informational accomplish repairs based on the level of No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.20. Logging FFS impact on the capability of the FFS. Repairs material applies to § 60.33, Applications, Discrepancies. having a larger impact on FFS capability to Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, provide the required training, evaluation, or Falsification, or Incorrect Statements. End Information flight experience will have a higher priority lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll for repair or replacement. 23. Specific Full Flight Simulator 16. Interim Qualification of FSTDs for New End Information Compliance Requirements (§ 60.35) Airplane Types or Models (§ 60.21) lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll 19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and No additional regulatory or informational Begin Information Procedures for Restoration of Qualification material applies to § 60.35, Specific FFS (§ 60.27) Compliance Requirements. No additional regulatory or informational lllllllllllllllllllll material applies to § 60.21, Interim lllllllllllllllllllll 24. [Reserved] Qualification of FFSs for New Airplane Begin Information Types or Models. lllllllllllllllllllll If the sponsor provides a plan for how the End Information FFS will be maintained during its out-of- 25. FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a lllllllllllllllllllll service period (e.g., periodic exercise of Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical (§ 60.37) 17. Modifications to FSTDs (§ 60.23) systems; routine replacement of hydraulic lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll fluid; control of the environmental factors in No additional regulatory or informational which the FFS is to be maintained) there is Begin QPS Requirements a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be material applies to § 60.37, FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral a. The notification described in able to determine the amount of testing Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA). § 60.23(c)(2) must include a complete required for requalification. description of the planned modification, with End Information End Information a description of the operational and lllllllllllllllllllll engineering effect the proposed modification lllllllllllllllllllll will have on the operation of the FFS and the 20. Other Losses of Qualification and Attachment 1 to Appendix A to Part 60— results that are expected with the Procedures for Restoration of Qualification modification incorporated. General Simulator Requirements (§ 60.29) b. Prior to using the modified FFS: lllllllllllllllllllll (1) All the applicable objective tests lllllllllllllllllllll Begin QPS Requirements completed with the modification Begin Information incorporated, including any necessary 1. Requirements updates to the MQTG (e.g., accomplishment If the sponsor provides a plan for how the a. Certain requirements included in this of FSTD Directives) must be acceptable to the FFS will be maintained during its out-of- appendix must be supported with a NSPM; and service period (e.g., periodic exercise of Statement of Compliance and Capability (2) The sponsor must provide the NSPM mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical (SOC), which may include objective and with a statement signed by the MR that the systems; routine replacement of hydraulic subjective tests. The SOC will confirm that factors listed in § 60.15(b) are addressed by fluid; control of the environmental factors in the appropriate personnel as described in which the FFS is to be maintained) there is the requirement was satisfied, and describe that section. a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be how the requirement was met, such as gear able to determine the amount of testing modeling approach or coefficient of friction End QPS Requirements required for requalification. sources. The requirements for SOCs and tests lllllllllllllllllllll are indicated in the ‘‘General Simulator End Information Requirements’’ column in Table A1A of this Begin Information lllllllllllllllllllll appendix. FSTD Directives are considered b. Table A1A describes the requirements 21. Recordkeeping and Reporting (§ 60.31) modifications of an FFS. See Attachment 4 for the indicated level of FFS. Many devices for a sample index of effective FSTD lllllllllllllllllllll include operational systems or functions that Directives. See Attachment 6 for a list of all Begin QPS Requirements exceed the requirements outlined in this effective FSTD Directives applicable to section. However, all systems will be tested Airplane FFSs. a. FSTD modifications can include and evaluated in accordance with this hardware or software changes. For FSTD appendix to ensure proper operation. End Information modifications involving software lllllllllllllllllllll programming changes, the record required by End QPS Requirements § 60.31(a)(2) must consist of the name of the lllllllllllllllllllll 18. Operation with Missing, Malfunctioning, aircraft system software, aerodynamic model, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25) or engine model change, the date of the Begin Information lllllllllllllllllllll change, a summary of the change, and the 2. Discussion reason for the change. Begin Information b. If a coded form for recordkeeping is a. This attachment describes the general a. The sponsor’s responsibility with respect used, it must provide for the preservation simulator requirements for qualifying an to § 60.25(a) is satisfied when the sponsor and retrieval of information with appropriate airplane FFS. The sponsor should also fairly and accurately advises the user of the security or controls to prevent the consult the objective tests in attachment 2 current status of an FFS, including any inappropriate alteration of such records after and the examination of functions and missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative the fact. subjective tests listed in attachment 3 to (MMI) component(s). determine the complete requirements for a b. If the 29th or 30th day of the 30-day End QPS Requirements specific level simulator. period described in § 60.25(b) is on a lllllllllllllllllllll b. The material contained in this Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday, the FAA attachment is divided into the following will extend the deadline until the next 22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and categories: business day. Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect (1) General flight deck configuration. c. In accordance with the authorization Statements (§ 60.33) (2) Simulator programming. described in § 60.25(b), the sponsor may lllllllllllllllllllll (3) Equipment operation.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59614 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(4) Equipment and facilities for instructor/ the FSTD satisfactorily meets the the SOQ) be accomplished during the initial evaluator functions. requirements for flight crew training, testing, or continuing qualification evaluation. (5) Motion system. and experience, and provides the tasks for (6) Visual system. which the simulator may be qualified. End Information (7) Sound system. e. Table A1C provides the functions that an lllllllllllllllllllll c. Table A1A provides the standards for the instructor/check airman must be able to General Simulator Requirements. control in the simulator. d. Table A1B provides the tasks that the f. It is not required that all of the tasks that sponsor will examine to determine whether appear on the List of Qualified Tasks (part of

TABLE A1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS

<<>> Simulator levels Information General simulator Number requirements A B C D Notes

1. General Flight Deck Configuration

1.a...... The simulator must have a flight deck that is a replica X X X X For simulator purposes, the flight deck consists of all of the airplane simulated with controls, equipment, that space forward of a cross section of the flight observable flight deck indicators, circuit breakers, and deck at the most extreme aft setting of the pilots’ bulkheads properly located, functionally accurate and seats, including additional required crewmember duty replicating the airplane. The direction of movement of stations and those required bulkheads aft of the pilot controls and switches must be identical to the air- seats. For clarification, bulkheads containing only plane. Pilot seats must allow the occupant to achieve items such as landing gear pin storage compart- the design ‘‘eye position’’ established for the airplane ments, fire axes or extinguishers, spare light bulbs, being simulated. Equipment for the operation of the and aircraft document pouches are not considered flight deck windows must be included, but the actual essential and may be omitted. windows need not be operable. Additional equipment such as fire axes, extinguishers, and spare light bulbs must be available in the FFS but may be relocated to a suitable location as near as practical to the original position. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in sil- houette. An SOC is required.

1.b...... Those circuit breakers that affect procedures or result in X X X X observable flight deck indications must be properly lo- cated and functionally accurate. An SOC is required.

2. Programming

2.a...... A flight dynamics model that accounts for various com- X X X X binations of drag and thrust normally encountered in flight must correspond to actual flight conditions, in- cluding the effect of change in airplane attitude, thrust, drag, altitude, temperature, gross weight, mo- ments of inertia, center of gravity location, and con- figuration. An SOC is required.

2.b...... The simulator must have the computer capacity, accu- X X X X racy, resolution, and dynamic response needed to meet the qualification level sought. An SOC is required.

2.c...... Surface operations must be represented to the extent X that allows turns within the confines of the runway and adequate controls on the landing and roll-out from a crosswind approach to a landing. A subjective test is required.

2.d...... Ground handling and aerodynamic programming must include the following: A subjective test is required for each.

2.d.1. ... Ground effect...... X X X Ground effect includes modeling that accounts for roundout, flare, touchdown, lift, drag, pitching mo- ment, trim, and power while in ground effect.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59615

TABLE A1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information General simulator Number requirements A B C D Notes

2.d.2. ... Ground reaction ...... X X X Ground reaction includes modeling that accounts for strut deflections, tire friction, and side forces. This is the reaction of the airplane upon contact with the run- way during landing, and may differ with changes in factors such as gross weight, airspeed, or rate of de- scent on touchdown.

2.d.3. ... Ground handling characteristics, including aerodynamic X X X and ground reaction modeling including steering in- puts, operations with crosswind, braking, thrust re- versing, deceleration, and turning radius.

2.e...... The simulator must employ windshear models that pro- vide training for recognition of windshear phenomena and the execution of recovery procedures. Models must be available to the instructor/evaluator for the following critical phases of flight: (1) Prior to takeoff rotation. (2) At liftoff. (3) During initial climb. (4) On final approach, below 500 ft AGL.

The QTG must reference the FAA Windshear Training X X If desired, Level A and B simulators may qualify for Aid or present alternate airplane related data, includ- windshear training by meeting these standards; see ing the implementation method(s) used. If the alter- Attachment 5 of this appendix. Windshear models nate method is selected, wind models from the Royal may consist of independent variable winds in multiple Aerospace Establishment (RAE), the Joint Airport simultaneous components. The FAA Windshear Weather Studies (JAWS) Project and other recog- Training Aid presents one acceptable means of com- nized sources may be implemented, but must be sup- pliance with simulator wind model requirements. ported and properly referenced in the QTG. Only those simulators meeting these requirements may be used to satisfy the training requirements of part 121 pertaining to a certificate holder’s approved low-alti- tude windshear flight training program as described in § 121.409. Objective tests are required for qualification; see At- tachment 2 and Attachment 5 of this appendix. A subjective test is required.

2.f...... The simulator must provide for manual and automatic X X Automatic ‘‘flagging’’ of out-of-tolerance situations is en- testing of simulator hardware and software program- couraged. ming to determine compliance with simulator objec- tive tests as prescribed in Attachment 2. An SOC is required.

2.g...... Relative responses of the motion system, visual sys- The intent is to verify that the simulator provides instru- tem, and flight deck instruments, measured by la- ment, motion, and visual cues that are, within the tency tests or transport delay tests. Motion onset stated time delays, like the airplane responses. For should occur before the start of the visual scene airplane response, acceleration in the appropriate, change (the start of the scan of the first video field corresponding rotational axis is preferred. containing different information) but must occur be- fore the end of the scan of that video field. Instrument response may not occur prior to motion onset. Test results must be within the following limits.

2.g.1. ... 300 milliseconds of the airplane response. X X

Objective Tests are required.

2.g.2. ... 150 milliseconds of the airplane response. X X Objective Tests are required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59616 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information General simulator Number requirements A B C D Notes

2.h...... The simulator must accurately reproduce the following runway conditions: (1) Dry. (2) Wet. (3) Icy. (4) Patchy Wet. (5) Patchy Icy. (6) Wet on Rubber Residue in Touchdown Zone.

An SOC is required.

Objective tests are required only for dry, wet, and icy runway conditions; see Attachment 2.

Subjective tests are required for patchy wet, patchy icy, X X and wet on rubber residue in touchdown zone condi- tions; see Attachment 3.

2.i...... The simulator must simulate: X X Simulator pitch, side loading, and directional control (1) Brake and tire failure dynamics, including anti- characteristics should be representative of the air- skid failure. plane. (2) Decreased brake efficiency due to high brake temperatures, if applicable. An SOC is required.

2.j...... The simulator must replicate the effects of airframe and X X engine icing. A Subjective Test is required.

2.k...... The aerodynamic modeling in the simulator must in- X See Attachment 2, paragraph 4, for further information clude: on ground effect. (1) Low-altitude level-flight ground effect; (2) Mach effect at high altitude; (3) Normal and reverse dynamic thrust effect on control surfaces; (4) Aeroelastic representations; and (5) Nonlinearities due to sideslip. An SOC is required and must include references to computations of aeroelastic representations and of nonlinearities due to sideslip.

2.l...... The simulator must have aerodynamic and ground re- X X X action modeling for the effects of reverse thrust on di- rectional control, if applicable. An SOC is required.

3. Equipment Operation

3.a...... All relevant instrument indications involved in the sim- X X X X ulation of the airplane must automatically respond to control movement or external disturbances to the simulated airplane; e.g., turbulence or windshear. Nu- merical values must be presented in the appropriate units. A subjective test is required.

3.b...... Communications, navigation, caution, and warning X X X X See Attachment 3 for further information regarding long- equipment must be installed and operate within the range navigation equipment. tolerances applicable for the airplane. A subjective test is required.

3.c...... Simulated airplane systems must operate as the air- X X X X plane systems operate under normal, abnormal, and emergency operating conditions on the ground and in flight. A subjective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59617

TABLE A1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information General simulator Number requirements A B C D Notes

3.d...... The simulator must provide pilot controls with control X X X X forces and control travel that correspond to the simu- lated airplane. The simulator must also react in the same manner as in the airplane under the same flight conditions. A objective test is required.

3.e...... Simulator control feel dynamics must replicate the air- X X plane. This must be determined by comparing a re- cording of the control feel dynamics of the simulator to airplane measurements. For initial and upgrade qualification evaluations, the control dynamic charac- teristics must be measured and recorded directly from the flight deck controls, and must be accom- plished in takeoff, cruise, and landing flight conditions and configurations. Objective tests are required.

4. Instructor or Evaluator Facilities

4.a...... In addition to the flight crewmember stations, the simu- X X X X The NSPM will consider alternatives to this standard for lator must have at least two suitable seats for the in- additional seats based on unique flight deck configu- structor/check airman and FAA inspector. These rations. seats must provide adequate vision to the pilot’s panel and forward windows. All seats other than flight crew seats need not represent those found in the air- plane, but must be adequately secured to the floor and equipped with similar positive restraint devices. A subjective test is required.

4.b...... The simulator must have controls that enable the in- X X X X structor/evaluator to control all required system vari- ables and insert all abnormal or emergency condi- tions into the simulated airplane systems as de- scribed in the sponsor’s FAA-approved training pro- gram; or as described in the relevant operating man- ual as appropriate. A subjective test is required.

4.c...... The simulator must have instructor controls for environ- X X X X mental conditions including wind speed and direction. A subjective test is required.

4.d...... The simulator must provide the instructor or evaluator X X For example, another airplane crossing the active run- the ability to present ground and air hazards. way or converging airborne traffic. A subjective test is required.

5. Motion System

5.a...... The simulator must have motion (force) cues percep- X X X X For example, touchdown cues should be a function of tible to the pilot that are representative of the motion the rate of descent (RoD) of the simulated airplane. in an airplane. A subjective test is required.

5.b...... The simulator must have a motion (force cueing) sys- X X tem with a minimum of three degrees of freedom (at least pitch, roll, and heave). An SOC is required.

5.c...... The simulator must have a motion (force cueing) sys- X X tem that produces cues at least equivalent to those of a six-degrees-of-freedom, synergistic platform motion system (i.e., pitch, roll, yaw, heave, sway, and surge). An SOC is required.

5.d...... The simulator must provide for the recording of the mo- X X X X tion system response time. An SOC is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59618 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information General simulator Number requirements A B C D Notes

5.e...... The simulator must provide motion effects programming X X X to include: (1) Thrust effect with brakes set. (2) Runway rumble, oleo deflections, effects of ground speed, uneven runway, centerline lights, and taxiway characteristics. (3) Buffets on the ground due to spoiler/ speedbrake extension and thrust reversal. (4) Bumps associated with the landing gear. (5) Buffet during extension and retraction of landing gear. (6) Buffet in the air due to flap and spoiler/ speedbrake extension. (7) Approach-to-Stall buffet. (8) Representative touchdown cues for main and nose gear. (9) Nosewheel scuffing, if applicable. (10) Mach and maneuver buffet.

A subjective test is required.

5.f...... The simulator must provide characteristic motion vibra- X The simulator should be programmed and instrumented tions that result from operation of the airplane if the in such a manner that the characteristic buffet modes vibration marks an event or airplane state that can be can be measured and compared to airplane data. sensed in the flight deck. An objective test is required.

6. Visual System

6.a...... The simulator must have a visual system providing an X X X X out-of-the-flight deck view. A subjective test is required.

6.b...... The simulator must provide a continuous collimated X X field of view of at least 45° horizontally and 30° vertically per pilot seat or the number of degrees nec- essary to meet the visual ground segment require- ment, whichever is greater. Both pilot seat visual sys- tems must be operable simultaneously. The minimum horizontal field of view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (1⁄2) of the minimum continuous field of view requirement, centered on the zero degree azi- muth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. Additional field of view capability may be added at the sponsor’s discretion provided the minimum fields of view are re- tained. An SOC must explain the geometry of the installation. An SOC is required.

6.c...... (Reserved)

6.d...... The simulator must provide a continuous collimated vis- X X The horizontal field of view is traditionally described as ual field of view of at least 176° horizontally and 36° a 180° field of view. However, the field of view is vertically or the number of degrees necessary to technically no less than 176°. meet the visual ground segment requirement, which- ever is greater. The minimum horizontal field of view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (1⁄2) of the minimum continuous field of view requirement, cen- tered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. Additional field of view capability may be added at the sponsor’s discretion provided the minimum fields of view are retained. An SOC must explain the geometry of the installation. An SOC is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59619

TABLE A1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information General simulator Number requirements A B C D Notes

6.e...... The visual system must be free from optical discontinu- X X X X Non-realistic cues might include image ‘‘swimming’’ and ities and artifacts that create non-realistic cues. image ‘‘roll-off,’’ that may lead a pilot to make incor- A subjective test is required. rect assessments of speed, acceleration, or situa- tional awareness.

6.f...... The simulator must have operational landing lights for X X X X night scenes. Where used, dusk (or twilight) scenes require operational landing lights. A subjective test is required.

6.g...... The simulator must have instructor controls for the fol- lowing: (1) Visibility in statute miles (km) and runway visual range (RVR) in ft.(m). (2) Airport selection. (3) Airport lighting.

A subjective test is required. X X X X

6.h...... The simulator must provide visual system compatibility X X X X with dynamic response programming. A subjective test is required.

6.i...... The simulator must show that the segment of the X X X X This will show the modeling accuracy of RVR, ground visible from the simulator flight deck is the glideslope, and localizer for a given weight, configura- same as from the airplane flight deck (within estab- tion, and speed within the airplane’s operational en- lished tolerances) when at the correct airspeed, in the velope for a normal approach and landing. landing configuration, at a main wheel height of 100 feet (30 meters) above the touchdown zone, and with visibility of 1,200 ft (350 m) RVR. An SOC is required. An objective test is required.

6.j...... The simulator must provide visual cues necessary to X X X assess sink rates (provide depth perception) during takeoffs and landings, to include: (1) Surface on runways, taxiways, and ramps. (2) Terrain features. A subjective test is required.

6.k...... The simulator must provide for accurate portrayal of the X X X X Visual attitude vs. simulator attitude is a comparison of visual environment relating to the simulator attitude. pitch and roll of the horizon as displayed in the visual A subjective test is required. scene compared to the display on the attitude indi- cator.

6.l...... The simulator must provide for quick confirmation of X X visual system color, RVR, focus, and intensity. An SOC is required. A subjective test is required.

6.m...... The simulator must be capable of producing at least 10 X X levels of occulting. A subjective test is required.

6.n...... Night Visual Scenes. When used in training, testing, or X X X X checking activities, the simulator must provide night visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recog- nize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Scenes must include a definable horizon and typical terrain characteristics such as fields, roads and bod- ies of water and surfaces illuminated by airplane landing lights. A subjective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59620 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information General simulator Number requirements A B C D Notes

6.o...... Dusk (or Twilight) Visual Scenes. When used in train- X X ing, testing, or checking activities, the simulator must provide dusk (or twilight) visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Dusk (or twilight) scenes, as a min- imum, must provide full color presentations of re- duced ambient intensity, sufficient surfaces with ap- propriate textural cues that include self-illuminated objects such as road networks, ramp lighting and air- port signage, to conduct a visual approach, landing and airport movement (taxi). Scenes must include a definable horizon and typical terrain characteristics such as fields, roads and bodies of water and sur- faces illuminated by airplane landing lights. If pro- vided, directional horizon lighting must have correct orientation and be consistent with surface shading ef- fects. Total night or dusk (twilight) scene content must be comparable in detail to that produced by 10,000 visible textured surfaces and 15,000 visible lights with sufficient system capacity to display 16 si- multaneously moving objects. An SOC is required. A subjective test is required.

6.p...... Daylight Visual Scenes. The simulator must provide X Brightness capability may be demonstrated with a test daylight visual scenes with sufficient scene content to pattern of white light using a spot photometer. recognize the airport, the terrain, and major land- marks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual land- ing. Any ambient lighting must not ‘‘washout’’ the dis- played visual scene. Total daylight scene content must be comparable in detail to that produced by 10,000 visible textured surfaces and 6,000 visible lights with sufficient system capacity to display 16 si- multaneously moving objects. The visual display must be free of apparent quantization and other distracting visual effects while the simulator is in motion.

Note: These requirements are mandatory for level D, and applicable to any level of simulator equipped with a ‘‘daylight’’ visual system.

An SOC is required.

A subjective test is required.

6.q...... The simulator must provide operational visual scenes X For example: short runways, landing approaches over that portray physical relationships known to cause water, uphill or downhill runways, rising terrain on the landing illusions to pilots. approach path, unique topographic features.

A subjective test is required.

6.r...... The simulator must provide special weather representa- X tions of light, medium, and heavy precipitation near a thunderstorm on takeoff and during approach and landing. Representations need only be presented at and below an altitude of 2,000 ft. (610 m) above the airport surface and within 10 miles (16 km) of the air- port.

A subjective test is required.

6.s...... The simulator must present visual scenes of wet and X snow-covered runways, including runway lighting re- flections for wet conditions, partially obscured lights for snow conditions, or suitable alternative effects.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59621

TABLE A1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information General simulator Number requirements A B C D Notes

A subjective test is required.

6.t...... The simulator must present realistic color and X directionality of all airport lighting.

A subjective test is required.

7. Sound System

7.a...... The simulator must provide flight deck sounds that re- X X X X sult from pilot actions that correspond to those that occur in the airplane.

7.b...... Volume control, if installed, must have an indication of X X X X the sound level setting.

7.c...... The simulator must accurately simulate the sound of X X precipitation, windshield wipers, and other significant airplane noises perceptible to the pilot during normal operations, and include the sound of a crash (when the simulator is landed in an unusual attitude or in excess of the structural gear limitations); normal en- gine and thrust reversal sounds; and the sounds of flap, gear, and spoiler extension and retraction.

An SOC is required.

A subjective test is required.

7.d...... The simulator must provide realistic amplitude and fre- X quency of flight deck noises and sounds. Simulator performance must be recorded, compared to ampli- tude and frequency of the same sounds recorded in the airplane, and be made a part of the QTG.

Objective tests are required.

TABLE A1B.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. SIMULATOR LEVEL

<<>> <> Subjective requirements In order to be qualified at the simulator qualification level indicated, the Simulator levels Number simulator must be able to perform at least the tasks associated with that Notes level of qualification. A B C D

1. Preflight Procedures

1.a...... Preflight Inspection (flight deck only) ...... X X X X

1.b...... Engine Start...... X X X X

1.c...... Taxiing ...... X X

1.d...... Pre-takeoff Checks...... X X X X

2. Takeoff and Departure Phase

2.a...... Normal and Crosswind Takeoff ...... X X

2.b...... Instrument Takeoff...... X X X X

2.c...... Engine Failure During Takeoff ...... A X X X

2.d...... Rejected Takeoff...... X X X X

2.e...... Departure Procedure...... X X X X

3. Inflight Maneuvers

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59622 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A1B.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. SIMULATOR LEVEL—Continued

<<>> <> Subjective requirements In order to be qualified at the simulator qualification level indicated, the Simulator levels Number simulator must be able to perform at least the tasks associated with that Notes level of qualification. A B C D

3.a...... Steep Turns...... X X X X

3.b...... Approaches to Stalls...... X X X X

3.c...... Engine Failure—Multiengine Airplane...... X X X X

3.d...... Engine Failure—Single-Engine Airplane...... X X X X

3.e...... Specific Flight Characteristics incorporated into the user’s FAA approved A A A A flight training program.

3.f...... Recovery From Unusual Attitudes ...... X X X X Within the normal flight envelope supported by applicable simulation validation data.

4. Instrument Procedures

4.a...... Standard Terminal Arrival/Flight Management System Arrivals Procedures X X X X

4.b...... Holding ...... X X X X

4.c...... Precision Instrument.

4.c.1. .... All engines operating...... X X X X e.g., Autopilot, Manual (Flt. Dir. As- sisted), Manual (Raw Data).

4.c.2. .... One engine inoperative...... X X X X e.g., Manual (Flt. Dir. Assisted), Manual (Raw Data).

4.d...... d. Non-precision Instrument Approach ...... X X X X e.g., NDB, VOR, VOR/DME, VOR/ TAC, RNAV, LOC, LOC/BC, ADF, and SDF.

4.e...... e. Circling Approach...... X X X X Specific authorization required.

4.f...... Missed Approach.

4.f.1. .... Normal ...... X X X X

4.f.2. .... One engine Inoperative...... X X X X

5. Landings and Approaches to Landings

5.a...... Normal and Crosswind Approaches and Landings ...... R X X

5.b...... Landing From a Precision/Non-Precision Approach ...... R X X

5.c...... Approach and Landing with (Simulated) Engine Failure—Multiengine Air- R X X plane.

5.d...... Landing From Circling Approach ...... R X X

5.e...... Rejected Landing...... X X X X

5.f...... Landing From a No Flap or a Nonstandard Flap Configuration Approach ... R X X

6. Normal and Abnormal Procedures

6.a...... Engine (including shutdown and restart) ...... X X X X

6.b...... Fuel System...... X X X X

6.c...... Electrical System...... X X X X

6.d...... Hydraulic System...... X X X X

6.e...... Environmental and Pressurization Systems ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59623

TABLE A1B.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. SIMULATOR LEVEL—Continued

<<>> <> Subjective requirements In order to be qualified at the simulator qualification level indicated, the Simulator levels Number simulator must be able to perform at least the tasks associated with that Notes level of qualification. A B C D

6.f...... Fire Detection and Extinguisher Systems ...... X X X X

6.g...... Navigation and Avionics Systems ...... X X X X

6.h...... Automatic Flight Control System, Electronic Flight Instrument System, and X X X X Related Subsystems.

6.i...... Flight Control Systems...... X X X X

6.j...... Anti-ice and Deice Systems ...... X X X X

6.k...... Aircraft and Personal Emergency Equipment ...... X X X X

7. Emergency Procedures

7.a...... Emergency Descent (Max. Rate) ...... X X X X

7.b...... Inflight Fire and Smoke Removal ...... X X X X

7.c...... Rapid Decompression...... X X X X

7.d...... Emergency Evacuation...... X X X X

8. Postflight Procedures

8.a...... After-Landing Procedures...... X X X X

8.b...... Parking and Securing...... X X X X

‘‘A’’—indicates that the system, task, or procedure may be examined if the appropriate aircraft system or control is simulated in the FSTD and is working properly. ‘‘R’’—indicates that the simulator may be qualified for this task for recurrent training. ‘‘X’’—indicates that the simulator must be able to perform this task for this level of qualification.

TABLE A1C.—TABLE OF SIMULATOR SYSTEM TASKS

<<>> <<>> Subjective requirements In order to be qualified at the simulator qualification Simulator levels Number level indicated, the simulator must be able to per- Notes form at least the tasks associated with that level of qualification. A B C D

1. Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate

1.a...... Power switch(es)...... X X X X

1.b...... Airplane conditions ...... X X X X e.g., GW, CG, Fuel loading and Systems.

1.c...... Airports / Runways ...... X X X X e.g., Selection, Surface, Presets, Lighting controls.

1.d...... Environmental controls...... X X X X e.g., Clouds, Visibility, RVR, Temp, Wind, Ice, Snow, Rain, and Windshear.

1.e...... Airplane system malfunctions (Insertion/deletion) .... X X X X

1.f...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning ...... X X X X

2. Sound Controls

2.a...... On/off/adjustment ...... X X X X

3. Motion/Control Loading System

3.a...... On /off/emergency stop...... X X X X

4. Observer Seats/Stations

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59624 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A1C.—TABLE OF SIMULATOR SYSTEM TASKS—Continued

<<>> <<>> Subjective requirements In order to be qualified at the simulator qualification Simulator levels Number level indicated, the simulator must be able to per- Notes form at least the tasks associated with that level of qualification. A B C D

4.a...... Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system...... X X X X

Attachment 2 to Appendix A to Part 60— Conditions Column of Table A2A, are Objective Tests. Computer generated Full Flight Simulator Objective Tests defined as follows: simulator test results must be provided for (1) Ground—on ground, independent of each test except where an alternative test is TABLE OF CONTENTS airplane configuration; specifically authorized by the NSPM. If a (2) Take-off—gear down with flaps/slats in flight condition or operating condition is any certified takeoff position; Paragraph required for the test but does not apply to the No. Title (3) First segment climb—gear down with airplane being simulated or to the flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position qualification level sought, it may be 1...... Introduction. (normally not above 50 ft AGL); disregarded (e.g., an engine out missed (4) Second segment climb—gear up with approach for a single-engine airplane or a 2...... Test Requirements. flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position maneuver using reverse thrust for an airplane (normally between 50 ft and 400 ft AGL); without reverse thrust capability). Each test Table A2A, Objective Tests. (5) Clean—flaps/slats retracted and gear result is compared against the validation data up; described in § 60.13 and in this appendix. 3...... General. (6) Cruise—clean configuration at cruise Although use of a driver program designed to altitude and airspeed; automatically accomplish the tests is 4...... Control Dynamics. (7) Approach—gear up or down with flaps/ encouraged for all simulators and required slats at any normal approach position as for Level C and Level D simulators, it must 5...... Ground Effect. recommended by the airplane manufacturer; be possible to conduct each test manually and while recording all appropriate parameters. 6...... Motion System. (8) Landing—gear down with flaps/slats in The results must be produced on an any certified landing position. appropriate recording device acceptable to 7...... Sound System. b. The format for numbering the objective the NSPM and must include simulator tests in Appendix A, Attachment 2, Table number, date, time, conditions, tolerances, 8...... Additional Information About A2A, and the objective tests in Appendix B, and appropriate dependent variables Flight Simulator Qualification Attachment 2, Table B2A, is identical. portrayed in comparison to the validation for New or Derivative Air- However, each test required for FFSs is not data. Time histories are required unless planes. necessarily required for FTDs. Also, each test otherwise indicated in Table A2A. All results required for FTDs is not necessarily required must be labeled using the tolerances and 9...... Engineering Simulator—Valida- for FFSs. Therefore, when a test number (or units given. tion Data. series of numbers) is not required, the term b. Table A2A in this attachment sets out ‘‘Reserved’’ is used in the table at that the test results required, including the 10...... [Reserved]. location. Following this numbering format parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions provides a degree of commonality between for simulator validation. Tolerances are 11...... Validation Test Tolerances. the two tables and substantially reduces the provided for the listed tests because potential for confusion when referring to mathematical modeling and acquisition and 12...... Validation Data Roadmap. objective test numbers for either FFSs or development of reference data are often FTDs. inexact. All tolerances listed in the following 13...... Acceptance Guidelines for Alter- c. The reader is encouraged to review the tables are applied to simulator performance. native Engines Data. Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation When two tolerance values are given for a Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by parameter, the less restrictive may be used 14...... Acceptance Guidelines for Alter- the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, unless otherwise indicated. native Avionics (Flight-Related and FAA Advisory Circulars (AC) 25–7, as c. Certain tests included in this attachment Computers and Controllers). may be amended, Flight Test Guide for must be supported with a Statement of Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, Compliance and Capability (SOC). In Table 15...... Transport Delay Testing. and (AC) 23–8, as may be amended, Flight A2A, requirements for SOCs are indicated in Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 the ‘‘Test Details’’ column. 16...... Continuing Qualification Evalua- Airplanes, for references and examples d. When operational or engineering tions—Validation Test Data regarding flight testing requirements and judgment is used in making assessments for Presentation. techniques. flight test data applications for simulator d. If relevant winds are present in the validity, such judgment must not be limited 17...... Alternative Data Sources, Proce- objective data, the wind vector should be to a single parameter. For example, data that dures, and Instrumentation: clearly noted as part of the data presentation, exhibit rapid variations of the measured Level A and Level B Simula- expressed in conventional terminology, and parameters may require interpolations or a tors Only. related to the runway being used for the test. ‘‘best fit’’ data selection. All relevant End Information parameters related to a given maneuver or flight condition must be provided to allow lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll overall interpretation. When it is difficult or Begin Information Begin QPS Requirements impossible to match simulator to airplane 1. Introduction data throughout a time history, differences 2. Test Requirements must be justified by providing a comparison a. For the purposes of this attachment, the a. The ground and flight tests required for of other related variables for the condition flight conditions specified in the Flight qualification are listed in Table of A2A, FFS being assessed.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59625

e. It is not acceptable to program the FFS be used in subsequent continuing sponsor and the NSPM on a case-by-case so that the mathematical modeling is correct qualification evaluations for any given test if basis. only at the validation test points. Unless the sponsor has submitted a proposed MQTG l. Some tests will not be required for otherwise noted, simulator tests must revision to the NSPM and has received airplanes using airplane hardware in the represent airplane performance and handling NSPM approval. simulator flight deck (e.g., ‘‘side stick qualities at operating weights and centers of i. Simulators are evaluated and qualified controller’’). These exceptions are noted in gravity (CG) typical of normal operation. If a with an engine model simulating the airplane Section 2 ‘‘Handling Qualities’’ in Table A2A test is supported by airplane data at one data supplier’s flight test engine. For of this attachment. However, in these cases, extreme weight or CG, another test supported qualification of alternative engine models the sponsor must provide a statement that the by airplane data at mid-conditions or as close (either variations of the flight test engines or airplane hardware meets the appropriate as possible to the other extreme must be other manufacturers’ engines) additional tests manufacturer’s specifications and the included. Certain tests that are relevant only with the alternative engine models may be sponsor must have supporting information to at one extreme CG or weight condition need required. This Attachment contains that fact available for NSPM review. not be repeated at the other extreme. Tests of guidelines for alternative engines. m. For objective test purposes, ‘‘Near handling qualities must include validation of j. For testing Computer Controlled maximum’’ gross weight is a weight chosen augmentation devices. Airplane (CCA) simulators, or other highly by the sponsor or data provider that is not f. When comparing the parameters listed to augmented airplane simulators, flight test less than the basic operating weight (BOW) those of the airplane, sufficient data must data is required for the Normal (N) and/or of the airplane being simulated plus 80% of also be provided to verify the correct flight Non-normal (NN) control states, as indicated the difference between the maximum condition and airplane configuration in this Attachment. Where test results are certificated gross weight (either takeoff changes. For example, to show that control independent of control state, Normal or Non- weight or landing weight, as appropriate for force is within the parameters for a static normal control data may be used. All tests in the test) and the BOW. ‘‘Light’’ gross weight stability test, data to show the correct Table A2A require test results in the Normal is a weight chosen by the sponsor or data airspeed, power, thrust or torque, airplane control state unless specifically noted provider that is not more than 120% of the configuration, altitude, and other appropriate otherwise in the Test Details section BOW of the airplane being simulated or as datum identification parameters must also be following the CCA designation. The NSPM limited by the minimum practical operating given. If comparing short period dynamics, will determine what tests are appropriate for weight of the test airplane. ‘‘Medium’’ gross normal acceleration may be used to establish airplane simulation data. When making this weight is a weight chosen by the sponsor or a match to the airplane, but airspeed, determination, the NSPM may require other data provider that is within 10 percent of the altitude, control input, airplane levels of control state degradation for specific average of the numerical values of the BOW configuration, and other appropriate data airplane tests. Where Non-normal control and the maximum certificated gross weight. must also be given. If comparing landing gear states are required, test data must be (Note: BOW is the empty weight of the change dynamics, pitch, airspeed, and provided for one or more Non-normal control aircraft plus the weight of the following: altitude may be used to establish a match to states, and must include the least augmented normal oil quantity; lavatory servicing fluid; the airplane, but landing gear position must state. Where applicable, flight test data must potable water; required crewmembers and also be provided. All airspeed values must be record Normal and Non-normal states for: their baggage; and emergency equipment. properly annotated (e.g., indicated versus (1) Pilot controller deflections or (References: Advisory Circular 120–27, calibrated). In addition, the same variables electronically generated inputs, including ‘‘Aircraft Weight and Balance;’’ and FAA–H– must be used for comparison (e.g., compare location of input; and 8083–1, ‘‘Aircraft Weight and Balance inches to inches rather than inches to (2) Flight control surface positions unless Handbook.’’) centimeters). test results are not affected by, or are n. In those cases where the objective test g. The QTG provided by the sponsor must independent of, surface positions. results authorize a ‘‘snapshot test’’ or a clearly describe how the simulator will be set k. Tests of handling qualities must include ‘‘series of snapshot tests’’ results in lieu of a up and operated for each test. Each simulator validation of augmentation devices. FFSs for time-history result, the sponsor or other data subsystem may be tested independently, but highly augmented airplanes will be validated provider must ensure that a steady state overall integrated testing of the simulator both in the unaugmented configuration (or condition exists at the instant of time must be accomplished to assure that the total failure state with the maximum permitted captured by the ‘‘snapshot.’’ The steady state simulator system meets the prescribed degradation in handling qualities) and the condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, standards. A manual test procedure with augmented configuration. Where various through 1 second following, the instant of explicit and detailed steps for completing levels of handling qualities result from time captured by the snapshot. each test must also be provided. failure states, validation of the effect of the h. For previously qualified simulators, the failure is necessary. Requirements for testing End QPS Requirements tests and tolerances of this attachment may will be mutually agreed to between the lllllllllllllllllllll TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

1. Performance

1.a...... Taxi

1.a.1...... Minimum Radius Turn ±3 ft (0.9 m) or 20% of Ground ...... Record both Main and X X X airplane turn radius. Nose gear turning radius. This test is to be accomplished without the use of brakes and only min- imum thrust, except for airplanes requir- ing asymmetric thrust or braking to turn.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59626 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

1.a.2...... Rate of Turn vs. ±10% or ±2°/sec. turn Ground ...... Record a minimum of X X X Nosewheel Steering rate. two speeds, greater Angle (NWA). than minimum turn- ing radius speed, with a spread of at least 5 knots ground- speed.

1.b...... Takeoff All commonly used takeoff flap settings are to be dem- onstrated at least once in the tests for minimum unstick (1.b.3.), normal take- off (1.b.4.), critical engine failure on takeoff (1.b.5.), or crosswind takeoff (1.b.6.).

1.b.1...... Ground Acceleration ±5% time and distance Takeoff ...... Record acceleration X X X X May be combined with Time and Distance. or ±5% time and time and distance for normal takeoff ±200 ft (61 m) of dis- a minimum of 80% (1.b.4.) or rejected tance. of the time from takeoff (1.b.7.). Plot- brake release to VR. ted data should be Preliminary aircraft cer- shown using appro- tification data may priate scales for be used.. each portion of the maneuver.

1.b.2...... Minimum Control ±25% of maximum air- Takeoff ...... Engine failure speed X X X X If a Vmcg test is not Speed—ground plane lateral devi- must be within ±1 available an accept- (Vmcg) using aero- ation or ±5 ft (1.5 knot of airplane en- able alternative is a dynamic controls m). Additionally, for gine failure speed. flight test snap en- only (per applicable those simulators of Engine thrust decay gine deceleration to airworthiness stand- airplanes with re- must be that result- idle at a speed be- ard) or alternative versible flight control ing from the mathe- tween V1 and V1 low speed engine in- systems: Rudder matical model for the ¥10 knots, followed operative test to pedal force; ±10% or engine variant appli- by control of heading demonstrate ground ±5 lb (2.2 daN). cable to the full flight using aerodynamic control characteris- simulator under test. control only. Recov- tics. If the modeled en- ery should be gine is not the same achieved with the as the airplane man- main gear on the ufacturer’s flight test ground. To ensure engine, a further test only aerodynamic may be run with the control is used, same initial condi- nosewheel steering tions using the thrust should be disabled from the flight test (i.e., castored) or the data as the driving nosewheel held parameter. slightly off the ground.

1.b.3...... Minimum Unstick ±3 kts airspeed ±1.5° Takeoff ...... Record main landing X X X X Vmu is defined as the Speed (Vmu) or pitch angle. gear strut compres- minimum speed at equivalent test to sion or equivalent which the last main demonstrate early air/ground signal. landing gear leaves rotation takeoff char- Record from 10 kt the ground. Main acteristics. before start of rota- landing gear strut tion until at least 5 compression or seconds after the oc- equivalent air/ground currence of main signal should be re- gear lift-off. corded. If a Vmu test is not available, al- ternative acceptable flight tests are a con- stant high-attitude take-off run through main gear lift-off or an early rotation take-off.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59627

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

1.b.4...... Normal Takeoff ...... ±3 kts airspeed ±1.5° Takeoff ...... Record takeoff profile X X X X This test may be used pitch angle ±1.5° from brake release for ground accelera- angle of attack ±20 ft to at least 200 ft (61 tion time and dis- (6 m) height. Addi- m) above ground tance (1.b.1.). Plot- tionally, for those level (AGL). If the ted data should be simulators of air- airplane has more shown using appro- planes with revers- than one certificated priate scales for ible flight control sys- takeoff configura- each portion of the tems: Stick/Column tions, a different con- maneuver. Force; ±10% or ±5 lb figuration must be (2.2 daN). used for each weight. Data are re- quired for a takeoff weight at near max- imum takeoff weight with a mid-center of gravity and for a light takeoff weight with an aft center of grav- ity, as defined in Ap- pendix F.

1.b.5...... Critical Engine Failure ±3 kts airspeed ±1.5° Takeoff ...... Record takeoff profile X X X X on Takeoff. pitch angle, ±1.5° at near maximum angle of attack, ±20 takeoff weight from ft (6 m) height, ±3° prior to engine fail- heading angle, ±2° ure to at least 200 ft bank angle, ±2° (61 m) AGL. Engine sideslip angle. Addi- failure speed must tionally, for those be within ±3 kts of simulators of air- airplane data. planes with revers- ible flight control sys- tems: Stick/ Column Force; ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN)); Wheel Force; ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN); and Rud- der Pedal Force; ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN).

1.b.6...... Crosswind Takeoff ...... ±3 kts airspeed, ±1.5° Takeoff ...... Record takeoff profile X X X X In those situations pitch angle, ±1.5° from brake release where a maximum angle of attack, ±20 to at least 200 ft (61 crosswind or a max- ft (6 m) height, ±2° m) AGL. Requires imum demonstrated bank angle, test data, including crosswind is not ±2°sideslip angle; information on wind known, contact the ±3° heading angle. profile for a cross- NSPM. Correct trend at wind component of groundspeeds below at least 60% of the 40 kts. for rudder/ maximum wind pedal and heading. measured at 33 ft Additionally, for (10 m) above the those simulators of runway. airplanes with re- versible flight control systems: Stick/Col- umn Force; ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) stick/ column force, ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3daN) wheel force, ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) rudder pedal force.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59628 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

1.b.7...... Rejected Takeoff ...... ±5% time or ±1.5 sec Takeoff ...... Record time and dis- X X X X Autobrakes will be ±7.5% distance or tance from brake re- used where applica- ±250 ft (±76 m). lease to full stop. ble. Speed for initiation of the reject must be at least 80% of V1 speed. The airplane must be at or near the maximum takeoff gross weight. Use maximum braking ef- fort, auto or manual.

1.b.8...... Dynamic Engine Fail- ±20% or ±2°/sec body Takeoff ...... Engine failure speed X X For safety consider- ure After Takeoff. angular rates. must be within ±3 ations, airplane flight Kts of airplane data. test may be per- Record Hands Off formed out of ground from 5 secs. before effect at a safe alti- to at least 5 secs. tude, but with correct after engine failure airplane configura- or 30° Bank, which- tion and airspeed. ever occurs first. En- gine failure may be a snap deceleration to idle. (CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal con- trol state.)

1.c...... Climb

1.c.1...... Normal Climb, all en- ±3 kts airspeed, ±5% Clean ...... Flight test data is pre- X X X X gines operating. or ±100 FPM (0.5 m/ ferred, however, air- Sec.) climb rate. plane performance manual data is an acceptable alter- native. Record at nominal climb speed and mid-initial climb altitude. Flight simu- lator performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 1,000 ft. (300 m).

1.c.2...... One engine Inoperative ±3 kts airspeed, ±5% For part 23 airplanes, Flight test data is pre- X X X X or ±100 FPM (0.5 m/ in accordance with ferred, however, air- Sec.) climb rate, but part 23. For part 25 plane performance not less than the airplanes, Second manual data is an climb gradient re- Segment Climb. acceptable alter- quirements of 14 native. Test at CFR part 23 or part weight, altitude, or 25, as appropriate. temperature limiting conditions. Record at nominal climb speed. Flight simulator per- formance must be recorded over an in- terval of at least 1,000 ft. (300 m).

1.c.3...... One Engine Inoper- ±10% time, ±10% dis- Clean ...... Record results for at X X ative En route Climb. tance, ±10% fuel least a 5,000 ft used. (1550 m) climb seg- ment. Flight test data or airplane perform- ance manual data may be used.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59629

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

1.c.4...... One Engine Inoper- ±3 kts airspeed, ±5% Approach ...... Record results at near X X X X The airplane should be ative Approach or ±100 FPM (0.5 m/ maximum gross configured with all Climb (if operations Sec.) climb rate, but landing weight as anti-ice and de-ice in icing conditions not less than the defined in Appendix systems operating are authorized). climb gradient re- F. Flight test data or normally, with the quirements of 14 airplane performance gear up and go- CFR parts 23 or 25 manual data may be around flaps set. All climb gradient, as used. Flight simu- icing accountability appropriate. lator performance considerations must be recorded should be applied in over an interval of at accordance with the least 1,000 ft. (300 aircraft certification m). or authorization for an approach in icing conditions.

1.d...... Cruise/Descent

1.d.1...... Level flight accelera- ±5% Time ...... Cruise ...... Record results for a X X X X tion. minimum of 50 kts speed increase using maximum con- tinuous thrust rating or equivalent.

1.d.2...... Level flight decelera- ±5% Time ...... Cruise ...... Record results for a X X X X tion. minimum of 50 kts. speed decrease using idle power.

1.d.3...... Cruise performance .... ±0.05 EPR or ±5% of Cruise ...... May be a single snap- X X N1, or ±5% of shot showing instan- Torque, ±5% of fuel taneous fuel flow or flow. a minimum of 2 con- secutive snapshots with a spread of at least 3 minutes in steady flight.

1.d.4...... Idle descent ...... ±3 kt airspeed, ±5% or Clean ...... Record a stabilized, X X X X ±200 ft/min (1.0m/ idle power descent sec) descent rate. at normal descent speed at mid-alti- tude. Flight simulator performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 1,000 ft. (300 m).

1.d.5...... Emergency descent .... ±5 kt airspeed, ±5% or N/A ...... Performance must be X X X X The stabilized descent ±300 ft/min (1.5m/s) recorded over an in- should be conducted descent rate. terval of at least with speed brakes 3,000 ft (900 m). extended, if applica- ble, at mid-altitude and near Vmo speed or in accordance with emergency de- scent procedures.

1.e...... Stopping

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59630 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

1.e.1...... Stopping time and dis- ±5% of time. For dis- Landing ...... Record time and dis- X X X X tance, using manual tance up to 4000 ft tance for at least application of wheel (1220 m): ±200 ft 80% of the total time brakes and no re- (61 m) or ±10%, from touch down to verse thrust on a dry whichever is smaller. full stop. Data is re- runway. For distance greater quired for weights at than 4000 ft (1220 medium and near m): ±5% of distance. maximum landing weights. Data for brake system pres- sure and position of ground spoilers (in- cluding method of deployment, if used) must be provided. Engineering data may be used for the medium gross weight condition.

1.e.2...... Stopping time and dis- ±5% time and the Landing ...... Record time and dis- X X X X tance, using reverse smaller of ±10% or tance for at least thrust and no wheel ±200 ft (61 m) of dis- 80% of the total time brakes on a dry run- tance. from initiation of re- way. verse thrust to the minimum operating speed with full re- verse thrust. Data is required for medium and near maximum landing gross weights. Data on the position of ground spoilers, (including method of deploy- ment, if used) must be provided. Engi- neering data may be used for the medium gross weight condi- tion.

1.e.3...... Stopping distance, ±10% of distance or Landing ...... Either flight test data or X X using wheel brakes ±200 ft (61 m). manufacturer’s per- and no reverse formance manual thrust on a wet run- data must be used way. where available. En- gineering data based on dry runway flight test stopping dis- tance modified by the effects of con- taminated runway braking coefficients are an acceptable al- ternative.

1.e.4...... Stopping distance, ±10% of distance or Landing ...... Either flight test or X X using wheel brakes ±200 ft (61 m). manufacturer’s per- and no reverse formance manual thrust on an icy run- data must be used, way. where available. En- gineering data based on dry runway flight test stopping dis- tance modified by the effects of con- taminated runway braking coefficients are an acceptable al- ternative.

1.f...... Engines

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59631

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

1.f.1...... Acceleration ...... ±10% Tt and ±10% Ti, Approach or landing ... Record engine power X X X X Ti, is the total time or ±0.25 sec. (N1, N2, EPR, from initial throttle Torque) from flight movement until idle to go-around reaching a 10% re- power for a rapid sponse of engine (slam) throttle move- power. Tt is the total ment. time from initial throt- tle movement to reaching 90% of go around power.

1.f.2...... Deceleration ...... ±10% Tt and ±10% Ti, Ground ...... Record engine power X X X X Ti, is the total time or ±0.25 sec. (N1, N2, EPR, from initial throttle Torque) from Max T/ movement until O power to 90% reaching a 10% re- decay of Max T/O sponse of engine power for a rapid power. Tt is the total (slam) throttle move- time from initial throt- ment. tle movement to reaching 90% decay of maximum takeoff power.

2. Handling Qualities

For simulators requiring Static or Dynamic tests at the controls (i.e., column, wheel, rudder pedal), Contact the NSPM for special test fixtures will not be required during initial or upgrade evaluations if the sponsor’s QTG/ clarification of any MQTG shows both test fixture results and the results of an alternative approach, such as computer issue regarding air- plots produced concurrently, that provide satisfactory agreement. Repeat of the alternative method planes with revers- during the initial or upgrade evaluation would then satisfy this test requirement. For initial and up- ible controls. grade evaluations, the control dynamic characteristics must be measured at and recorded directly from the flight deck controls, and must be accomplished in takeoff, cruise, and landing flight condi- tions and configurations. Testing of position versus force is not applicable if forces are generated solely by use of airplane hardware in the full flight simulator

2.a...... Static Control Tests

2.a.1.a...... Pitch Controller Posi- ±2 lb (0.9 daN) break- Ground ...... Record results for an X X X X Test results should be tion vs. Force and out, ±10% or ±5 lb uninterrupted control validated (where Surface Position (2.2 daN) force, ±2° sweep to the stops. possible) with in- Calibration. elevator. flight data from tests such as longitudinal static stability or stalls. Static and dy- namic flight control tests should be ac- complished at the same feel or impact pressures.

2.a.1.b...... (Reserved)

2.a.2.a...... Roll Controller Position ±2 lb (0.9 daN) break- Ground ...... Record results for an X X X X Test results should be vs. Force and Sur- out, ±10% or ±3 lb uninterrupted control validated with in- face Position Cali- (1.3 daN) force, ±2° sweep to the stops. flight data from tests bration. aileron, ±3° spoiler such as engine out angle. trims, steady state or sideslips. Static and dynamic flight control tests should be ac- complished at the same feel or impact pressures.

2.a.2.b...... (Reserved)

2.a.3.a...... Rudder Pedal Position ±5 lb (2.2 daN) break- Ground ...... Record results for an X X X X Test results should be vs. Force and Sur- out, ±10% or ±5 lb uninterrupted control validated with in- face Position Cali- (2.2 daN) force, ±2° sweep to the stops. flight data from tests bration. rudder angle. such as engine out trims, steady state or sideslips. Static and dynamic flight control tests should be ac- complished at the same feel or impact pressures.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59632 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.a.3.b...... (Reserved)

2.a.4...... Nosewheel Steering ±2 lb (0.9 daN) break- Ground ...... Record results of an X X X X Controller Force and out, ±10% or ±3 lb uninterrupted control Position Calibration. (1.3 daN) force, ±2° sweep to the stops. nosewheel angle.

2.a.5...... Rudder Pedal Steering ±2° nosewheel angle .. Ground ...... Record results of an X X X X Calibration. uninterrupted control sweep to the stops.

2.a.6...... Pitch Trim Indicator vs. ±0.5° of computed trim Ground ...... X X X X The purpose of the test Surface Position surface angle. is to compare full Calibration. flight simulator against design data or equivalent.

2.a.7...... Pitch Trim Rate ...... ±10% trim rate (°/sec) Ground and approach The trim rate must be X X X X checked using the pilot primary trim (ground) and using the autopilot or pilot primary trim in flight at go-around flight conditions.

2.a.8...... Alignment of Flight ±5° of throttle lever Ground ...... Requires simultaneous X X X X Deck Throttle Lever angle, or ±3% N1, or recording for all en- vs. Selected Engine ±.03 EPR, or ±3% gines. The toler- Parameter. maximum rated ances apply against manifold pressure, or airplane data and ±3% torque. For pro- between engines. In peller-driven air- the case of propeller planes where the powered airplanes, if propeller control le- a propeller lever is vers do not have an- present, it must also gular travel, a toler- be checked. For air- ance of ±0.8 inch planes with throttle (±2 cm) applies. ‘‘detents,’’ all detents must be presented. May be a series of snapshot test results.

2.a.9...... Brake Pedal Position ±5 lb (2.2 daN) or 10% Ground ...... Hydraulic system pres- X X X X Full flight simulator vs. Force and Brake force, ±150 psi (1.0 sure must be related computer output re- System Pressure MPa) or ±10% brake to pedal position sults may be used to Calibration. system pressure. through a ground show compliance. static test.

2.b...... Dynamic Control Tests

Tests 2.b.1., 2.b.2., and 2.b.3. are not applicable if dynamic response is generated solely by use of airplane hardware in the full flight simulator. Power setting is that required for level flight unless oth- erwise specified.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59633

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.b.1...... Pitch Control ...... For underdamped sys- Takeoff, Cruise, and Data must show nor- X X ‘‘n’’ is the sequential tems: ±10% of time Landing. mal control displace- period of a full cycle from 90% of initial ment in both direc- of oscillation. Refer displacement (0.9 tions. Tolerances to paragraph 4 of Ad) to first zero apply against the ab- this attachment for crossing and ±10 solute values of more information. (n+1)% of period each period (consid- Static and dynamic thereafter. ±10% am- ered independently). flight control tests plitude of first over- Normal control dis- should be accom- shoot applied to all placement for this plished at the same overshoots greater test is 25% to 50% feel or impact pres- than 5% of initial dis- of full throw or 25% sures. placement (.05 Ad). to 50% of the max- ±1 overshoot (first imum allowable pitch significant overshoot controller deflection must be matched). for flight conditions For overdamped sys- limited by the ma- tems: ±10% of time neuvering load enve- from 90% of initial lope. displacement (0.9 Ad) to 10% of initial displacement (0.1 Ad). For the alternate meth- od see paragraph 4 of this attachment. The slow sweep is the equivalent to the static test 2.a.1. For the moderate and rapid sweeps: ±2 lb (0.9 daN) or ±10% dynamic increment above the static force.

2.b.2...... Roll Control ...... For underdamped sys- Takeoff, Cruise, and Data must show nor- X X ‘‘n’’ is the sequential tems: ±10% of time Landing. mal control displace- period of a full cycle from 90% of initial ment in both direc- of oscillation. Refer displacement (0.9 tions. Tolerances to paragraph 4 of Ad) to first zero apply against the ab- this attachment for crossing, and ±10 solute values of more information. (n+1)% of period each period (consid- Static and dynamic thereafter. ered independently). flight control tests ±10% amplitude of first Normal control dis- should be accom- overshoot, applied to placement for this plished at the same all overshoots great- test is 25% to 50% feel or impact pres- er than 5% of initial of full throw or 25% sures. displacement (.05 to 50% of maximum Ad), ±1 overshoot allowable roll con- (first significant over- troller deflection for shoot must be flight conditions lim- matched). ited by the maneu- For overdamped sys- vering load envelope. tems: ±10% of time from 90% of initial displacement (0.9 Ad) to 10% of initial displacement (0.1Ad). For the alternate meth- od see paragraph 4 of this attachment. The slow sweep is the equivalent to the static test 2.a.2. For the moderate and rapid sweeps: ±2 lb (0.9 daN) or ±10% dynamic increment above the static force.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59634 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.b.3...... Yaw Control ...... For underdamped sys- Takeoff, Cruise, and Data must show nor- X X ‘‘n’’ is the sequential tems: ±10% of time Landing. mal control displace- period of a full cycle from 90% of initial ment in both direc- of oscillation. Refer displacement (0.9 tions. Tolerances to paragraph 4 of Ad) to first zero apply against the ab- this attachment for crossing, and ±10 solute values of more information. (n+1)% of period each period (consid- Static and dynamic thereafter. ered independently). flight control tests ±10% amplitude of first Normal control dis- should be accom- overshoot applied to placement for this plished at the same all overshoots great- test is 25% to 50% feel or impact pres- er than 5% of initial of full throw. sures. displacement (.05 Ad). ±1 overshoot (first sig- nificant overshoot must be matched). For overdamped sys- tems: ±10% of time from 90% of initial displacement (0.9 Ad) to 10% of initial displacement (0.1Ad). For the alternate meth- od (see paragraph 4 of this attachment). The slow sweep is the equivalent to the static test 2.a.3. For the moderate and rapid sweeps: ±2 lb (0.9 daN) or ±10% dynamic increment above the static force.

2.b.4...... Small Control Inputs— ±0.15°/sec body pitch Approach or Landing .. Control inputs must be X X Pitch. rate or ±20% of peak typical of minor cor- body pitch rate ap- rections made while plied throughout the established on an time history. ILS approach course, using from 0.5°/sec to 2°/sec pitch rate. The test must be in both di- rections, showing time history data from 5 seconds be- fore until at least 5 seconds after initi- ation of control input. CCA: Test in normal and non-normal con- trol states.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59635

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.b.5...... Small Control Inputs— ±0.15°/sec body roll Approach or landing ... Control inputs must be X X Roll. rate or ±20% of peak typical of minor cor- body roll rate applied rections made while throughout the time established on an history. ILS approach course, using from 0.5°/sec to 2°/sec roll rate. The test may be run in only one direction; how- ever, for airplanes that exhibit non-sym- metrical behavior, the test must include both directions. Time history data must be recorded from 5 sec- onds before until at least 5 seconds after initiation of control input. CCA: Test in normal and non-normal con- trol states.

2.b.6...... Small Control Inputs— ±0.15°/sec body yaw Approach or landing ... Control inputs must be X X Yaw. rate or ±20% of peak typical of minor cor- body yaw rate ap- rections made while plied throughout the established on an time history. ILS approach course, using from 0.5°/sec to 2°/sec yaw rate. The test may be run in only one direction; how- ever, for airplanes that exhibit non-sym- metrical behavior, the test must include both directions. Time history data must be recorded from 5 sec- onds before until at least 5 seconds after initiation of control input. CCA: Test in normal and non-normal con- trol states.

2.c...... Longitudinal Control Tests

Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.

2.c.1...... Power Change Dynam- ±3 kt airspeed, ±100 ft Approach ...... Power is changed from X X X X ics. (30 m) altitude, the thrust setting re- ±20% or ±1.5° pitch quired for approach angle. or level flight to max- imum continuous thrust or go-around power setting. Record the uncon- trolled free response from at least 5 sec- onds before the power change is ini- tiated to 15 seconds after the power change is completed. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal con- trol states.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59636 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.c.2...... Flap/Slat Change Dy- ±3 kt airspeed, ±100 ft Takeoff through initial Record the uncon- X X X X namics. (30 m) altitude, flap retraction, and trolled free response ±20% or ±1.5° pitch approach to landing. from at least 5 sec- angle. onds before the con- figuration change is initiated to 15 sec- onds after the con- figuration change is completed. CCA: Test in normal and non-normal con- trol states.

2.c.3...... Spoiler/Speedbrake ±3 kt airspeed, ±100 ft Cruise ...... Record the uncon- X X X X Change Dynamics. (30 m) altitude, trolled free response ±20% or ±1.5° pitch from at least 5 sec- angle. onds before the con- figuration change is initiated to 15 sec- onds after the con- figuration change is completed. Record results for both ex- tension and retrac- tion. CCA: Test in normal and non-normal con- trol states.

2.c.4...... Gear Change Dynam- ±3 kt airspeed, ±100 ft Takeoff (retraction), Record the time history X X X X ics. (30 m) altitude, and Approach (ex- of uncontrolled free ±20% or ±1.5° pitch tension). response for a time angle. increment from at least 5 seconds be- fore the configuration change is initiated to 15 seconds after the configuration change is completed. CCA: Test in normal and non-normal con- trol states.

2.c.5...... Longitudinal Trim ...... ±0.5° trim surface Cruise, Approach, and Record steady-state X X X X angle ±1° elevator Landing. condition with wings ±1° pitch angle ±5% level and thrust set net thrust or equiva- for level flight. May lent. be a series of snap- shot tests. CCA: Test in normal and non-normal con- trol states.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59637

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.c.6...... Longitudinal Maneu- ±5 lb (±2.2 daN) or Cruise, Approach, and Continuous time his- X X X X vering Stability (Stick ±10% pitch controller Landing. tory data or a series Force/g). force. of snapshot tests Alternative method: ±1° may be used. or ±10% change of Record results up to elevator. 30° of bank for ap- proach and landing configurations. Record results for up to 45° of bank for the cruise configura- tion. The force toler- ance is not applica- ble if forces are gen- erated solely by the use of airplane hard- ware in the full flight simulator. The alternative method applies to airplanes that do not exhibit ‘‘stick-force-per-g’’ characteristics. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal con- trol states.

2.c.7...... Longitudinal Static Sta- ±5 lb (±2.2 daN) or Approach ...... Record results for at X X X X bility. ±10% pitch controller least 2 speeds force. above and 2 speeds Alternative method: ±1° below trim speed. or ±10% change of May be a series of elevator. snapshot test re- sults. The force tol- erance is not appli- cable if forces are generated solely by the use of airplane hardware in the full flight simulator. The alternative method applies to airplanes that do not exhibit speed stability char- acteristics. CCA: Test in Normal or Non-normal con- trol states.

2.c.8...... Stall Characteristics .... ±3 kt airspeed for initial Second Segment The stall maneuver X X X X buffet, stall warning, Climb, and Approach must be entered with and stall speeds. ±2° or Landing. thrust at or near idle bank for speeds power and wings greater than stick level (1g). Record shaker or initial buf- the stall warning sig- fet. nal and initial buffet, Additionally, for those if applicable. Time simulators with re- history data must be versible flight control recorded for full stall systems: ±10% or ±5 and initiation of re- lb (2.2 daN)) Stick/ covery. The stall Column force (prior warning signal must to ‘‘g break’’ only). occur in the proper relation to buffet/ stall. Full flight sim- ulators of airplanes exhibiting a sudden pitch attitude change or ‘‘g break’’ must demonstrate this characteristic. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal con- trol states.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59638 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.c.9...... Phugoid Dynamics ...... ±10% period, ±10% of Cruise ...... The test must include X X X X time to 1⁄2 or double whichever is less of amplitude or ±.02 of the following: Three damping ratio. full cycles (six over- shoots after the input is completed), or the number of cycles sufficient to deter- mine time to 1⁄2 or double amplitude. CCA: Test in Non-nor- mal control states.

2.c.10...... Short Period Dynamics ±1.5° pitch angle or Cruise ...... CCA: Test in Normal X X X ±2°/sec pitch rate, and Non-normal con- ±0.10g acceleration. trol states.

2.c.11...... (Reserved)

2.d...... Lateral Directional Tests

Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.

2.d.1...... Minimum Control ±3 kt airspeed ...... Takeoff or Landing Takeoff thrust must be X X X X Low Speed Engine In- Speed, Air (Vmca or (whichever is most used on the oper- operative Handling Vmcl), per Applicable critical in the air- ating engine(s). A may be governed by Airworthiness Stand- plane). time history or a se- a performance or ard or Low Speed ries of snapshot control limit that pre- Engine Inoperative tests may be used. vents demonstration Handling Character- CCA: Test in Normal of Vmca in the con- istics in the Air. and Non-normal con- ventional manner. trol states.

2.d.2...... Roll Response (Rate) ±10% or ±2°/sec roll Cruise, and Approach Record results for nor- X X X X rate. or Landing. mal roll controller de- Additionally, for those flection (about one- simulators of air- third of maximum roll planes with revers- controller travel). ible flight control sys- May be combined tems: ±10% or ±3lb with step input of (1.3 daN) wheel flight deck roll con- force. troller test (2.d.3.).

2.d.3...... Roll Response to Flight ±10% or ±2° bank Approach or Landing .. Record from initiation X X X X With wings level, apply deck Roll Controller angle. of roll through 10 a step roll control Step Input. seconds after control input using approxi- is returned to neutral mately one-third of and released. May the roll controller be combined with travel. When reach- roll response (rate) ing approximately test (2.d.2). 20° to 30° of bank, CCA: Test in Normal abruptly return the and Non-normal con- roll controller to neu- trol states. tral and allow ap- proximately 10 sec- onds of airplane free response.

2.d.4...... Spiral Stability ...... Correct trend and ±2° Cruise, and Approach Record results for both X X X X or ±10% bank angle or Landing. directions. Airplane in 20 seconds. data averaged from Alternate test requires multiple tests may correct trend and ±2° be used. As an alter- aileron. nate test, dem- onstrate the lateral control required to maintain a steady turn with a bank angle of 28° to 32°. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal con- trol states.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59639

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.d.5...... Engine Inoperative ±1° rudder angle or Second Segment May be a series of X X X X The test should be per- Trim. ±1° tab angle or Climb, and Approach snapshot tests. formed in a manner equivalent pedal, ±2° or Landing. similar to that for sideslip angle. which a pilot is trained to trim an en- gine failure condi- tion. Second seg- ment climb test should be at takeoff thrust. Approach or landing test should be at thrust for level flight.

2.d.6...... Rudder Response ...... ±2°/sec or ±10% yaw Approach or Landing .. Record results for sta- X X X X rate.. bility augmentation system ON and OFF. A rudder step input of 20%–30% rudder pedal throw is used. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal con- trol states.

2.d.7...... Dutch Roll, (Yaw ±0.5 sec or ±10% of Cruise, and Approach Record results for at X X X X Damper OFF). period, ±10% of time or Landing. least 6 complete cy- to 1⁄2 or double am- cles with stability plitude or ±.02 of augmentation OFF. damping ratio. ±20% CCA: Test in Non-nor- or ±1 sec of time dif- mal control states. ference between peaks of bank and sideslip.

2.d.8...... Steady State Sideslip For given rudder posi- Approach or Landing .. May be a series of X X X X tion ±2° bank angle, snapshot test results ±1° sideslip angle, using at least two ±10% or ±2° aileron, rudder positions. ±10% or ±5° spoiler Propeller driven air- or equivalent roll, planes must test in controller position or each direction. force. Additionally, for those simulators of air- planes with revers- ible flight control sys- tems: ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) wheel force ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) rudder pedal force.

2.e...... Landings

2.e.1...... Normal Landing ...... ±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° Landing ...... Record results from a X X X Tests should be con- pitch angle, ±1.5° minimum of 200 ft ducted with two nor- angle of attack, (61 m) AGL to nose- mal landing flap set- ±10% or ±10 ft (3 m) wheel touchdown. tings (if applicable). height. CCA: Test in Normal One should be at or Additionally, for those and Non-normal con- near maximum cer- simulators of air- trol states. tificated landing planes with revers- weight. The other ible flight control sys- should be at light or tems: ±10% or ±5 medium landing lbs (±2.2 daN) stick/ weight. column force

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59640 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.e.2...... Minimum Flap Landing ±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° Minimum Certified Record results from a X X pitch angle, ±1.5° Landing Flap Con- minimum of 200 ft angle of attack, figuration. (61 m) AGL to ±10% or ±10 ft (3 m) nosewheel touch- height. down with airplane Additionally, for those at or near Maximum simulators of air- Landing Weight. planes with revers- ible flight control sys- tems: ±10% or ±5 lbs (2.2 daN) stick/ column force.

2.e.3...... Crosswind Landing ..... ±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° Landing ...... Record results from a X X X In those situations pitch angle, ±1.5° minimum of 200 ft where a maximum angle of attack, (61 m) AGL, through crosswind or a max- ±10% or ±10 ft (3 m) nosewheel touch- imum demonstrated height ±2° bank down, to 50% de- crosswind is not angle, ±2° sideslip crease in main land- known, contact the angle ±3° heading ing gear touchdown NSPM. angle. speed. Test data Additionally, for those must include infor- simulators of air- mation on wind pro- planes with revers- file, for a crosswind ible flight control sys- component of 60% tems: ±10% or ±3 lb of the maximum (1.3 daN) wheel wind measured at 33 force ±10% or ±5 lb ft (10 m) above the (2.2 daN) rudder runway. pedal force.

2.e.4...... One Engine Inoper- ±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° Landing ...... Record results from a X X X ative Landing. pitch angle, ±1.5° minimum of 200 ft angle of attack, (61 m) AGL, through ±10% height or ±10 nosewheel touch- ft (3 m); ±2° bank down, to 50% de- angle, ±2° sideslip crease in main land- angle, ±3° heading. ing gear touchdown speed or less.

2.e.5...... Autopilot landing (if ap- ±5 ft (1.5 m) flare Landing ...... If autopilot provides X X X Tf = duration of flare. plicable). height, ±0.5 sec Tf, rollout guidance, or ±10%Tf, ±140 ft/ record lateral devi- min (0.7 m/sec) rate ation from touch- of descent at touch- down to a 50% de- down. crease in main land- ±10 ft (3 m) lateral de- ing gear touchdown viation during rollout. speed or less. Time of autopilot flare mode engage and main gear touch- down must be noted.

2.e.6...... All engines operating, ±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° ...... Normal, all-engines-op- X X X autopilot, go around. pitch angle, ±1.5° erating, Go Around angle of attack. with the autopilot en- gaged (if applicable) at medium landing weight. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal con- trol states.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59641

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

2.e.7...... One engine inoperative ±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° ...... The one engine inoper- X X X go around. pitch angle, ±1.5° ative go around is angle of attack, ±2° required at near bank angle, ±2° maximum certificated slideslip angle. landing weight with the critical engine in- operative using man- ual controls. If appli- cable, an additional engine inoperative go around test must be accomplished with the autopilot en- gaged. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal con- trol states.

2.e.8...... Directional control (rud- ±2°/sec yaw rate ±5 Landing ...... Record results starting X X X der effectiveness) kts airspeed. from a speed ap- with symmetric re- proximating touch- verse thrust. down speed to the minimum thrust re- verser operation speed. With full re- verse thrust, apply yaw control in both directions until reaching minimum thrust reverser oper- ation speed.

2.e.9...... Directional control (rud- ±5 kt airspeed, ±3° Landing ...... Maintain heading with X X X der effectiveness) heading angle. yaw control with full with asymmetric re- reverse thrust on the verse thrust. operating engine(s). Record results start- ing from a speed ap- proximating touch- down speed to a speed at which con- trol of yaw cannot be maintained or until reaching minimum thrust reverser oper- ation speed, which- ever is higher. The tolerance applies to the low speed end of the data recording.

2.f...... Ground Effect

Test to demonstrate ±1° elevator Landing ...... The Ground Effect X X X See paragraph on Ground Effect. ±0.5°stabilizer angle, model must be vali- Ground Effect in this ±5% net thrust or dated by the test se- attachment for addi- equivalent, ±1° angle lected and a ration- tional information. of attack, ±10% ale must be provided height or ±5 ft (1.5 for selecting the par- m), ±3 kt airspeed, ticular test. ±1° pitch angle.

2.g...... Windshear

Four tests, two takeoff See Attachment 5 ...... Takeoff and Landing ... Requires windshear X X See Attachment 5 for and two landing, with models that provide information related to one of each con- training in the spe- Level A and B sim- ducted in still air and cific skills needed to ulators. the other with recognize windshear windshear active to phenomena and to demonstrate execute recovery windshear models. procedures. See At- tachment 5 for tests, tolerances, and pro- cedures.

2.h...... Flight Maneuver and Envelope Protection Functions

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59642 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

The requirements of tests h(1) through (6) of this attachment are applicable to computer controlled airplanes only. Time history results are required for simulator response to control inputs during entry into envelope protection limits including both normal and degraded control states if the function is different. Set thrust as required to reach the envelope protection function.

2.h.1...... Overspeed ...... ±5 kt airspeed ...... Cruise ...... X X X

2.h.2...... Minimum Speed ...... ±3 kt airspeed ...... Takeoff, Cruise, and ...... X X X Approach or Landing.

2.h.3...... Load Factor ...... ±0.1g normal load fac- Takeoff, Cruise...... X X X tor.

2.h.4...... Pitch Angle ...... ±1.5° pitch angle ...... Cruise, Approach ...... X X X

2.h.5...... Bank Angle ...... ±2° or ±10% bank Approach ...... X X X angle.

2.h.6...... Angle of Attack ...... ±1.5° angle of attack ... Second Segment ...... X X X Climb, and Approach or Landing.

3. Motion System

3.a...... Frequency response

Based on Simulator N/A ...... The test must dem- X X X X This test is not re- Capability. onstrate frequency quired as part of response of the mo- continuing qualifica- tion system. tion evaluations, and should be part of the MQTG.

3.b...... Leg balance

Based on Simulator N/A ...... Required as part of X X X X Capability. MQTG but not re- quired to be sched- uled as part of con- tinuing qualification evaluations. The test must dem- onstrate motion sys- tem leg balance as specified by the ap- plicant for flight sim- ulator qualification.

3.c...... Turn-around check

Based on Simulator N/A ...... Required as part of X X X X Capability. MQTG but not re- quired to be sched- uled as part of con- tinuing qualification evaluations. The test must dem- onstrate a smooth turn-around (shift to opposite direction of movement) of the motion system as specified by the ap- plicant for flight sim- ulator qualification.

3.d...... Motion system repeatability

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59643

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

With the same input Accomplished in both A demonstration is re- X X X X This test ensures that signal, the test re- the ‘‘ground’’ mode quired and must be motion system hard- sults must be repeat- and in the ‘‘flight’’ made part of the ware and software able to within ±0.05g mode of the motion MQTG. The assess- (in normal flight sim- actual platform linear system operation. ment procedures ulator operating acceleration. must be designed to mode) continue to ensure that the mo- perform as originally tion system hard- qualified. Perform- ware and software ance changes from (in normal flight sim- the original baseline ulator operating can be readily identi- mode) continue to fied with this infor- perform as originally mation. qualified.

3.e...... Motion cueing performance signature.

Required as part of MQTG but not required as part of continuing evaluations. These tests should be run with the motion buffet mode dis- abled. See para- graph 5.d., of this at- tachment, Motion cueing performance signature.

3.e.1...... Takeoff rotation (VR to As specified by the Ground ...... Pitch attitude due to X X X X Associated with test V2). sponsor for flight initial climb must 1.b.4. simulator qualifica- dominate over cab tion. tilt due to longitu- dinal acceleration.

3.e.2...... Engine failure between As specified by the Ground ...... X X X X Associated with test V1 and VR. sponsor for flight 1.b.5. simulator qualifica- tion.

3.e.3...... Pitch change during As specified by the Flight ...... X X X Associated with test go-around. sponsor for flight 2.e.6. simulator qualifica- tion.

3.e.4...... Configuration changes As specified by the Flight ...... X X X X Associated with tests sponsor for flight 2.c.2. and 2.c.4. simulator qualifica- tion.

3.e.5...... Power change dynam- As specified by the Flight ...... X X X X Associated with test ics. sponsor for flight 2.c.1. simulator qualifica- tion.

3.e.6...... Landing flare ...... As specified by the Flight ...... X X X Associated with test sponsor for flight 2.e.1. simulator qualifica- tion.

3.e.7...... Touchdown bump ...... As specified by the Ground ...... X X Associated with test sponsor for flight 2.e.1. simulator qualifica- tion.

3.f...... Characteristic motion vibrations

The recorded test results for characteristic buffets must allow the comparison of relative amplitude versus frequency.

3.f.1...... Thrust effect with Simulator test results Ground ...... The test must be con- X brakes set. must exhibit the ducted within 5% of overall appearance the maximum pos- and trends of the air- sible thrust with plane data, with at brakes set. least three (3) of the predominant fre- quency ‘‘spikes’’ being present within ±2 Hz.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59644 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

3.f.2...... Buffet with landing Simulator test results Flight ...... The test must be con- X gear extended. must exhibit the ducted at a nominal, overall appearance mid-range airspeed; and trends of the air- i.e., sufficiently plane data, with at below landing gear least three (3) of the limiting airspeed to predominant fre- avoid inadvertently quency ‘‘spikes’’ exceeding this limita- being present within tion. ±2 Hz.

3.f.3...... Buffet with flaps ex- Simulator test results Flight ...... The test must be con- X tended. must exhibit the ducted at a nominal, overall appearance mid-range airspeed; and trends of the air- i.e., sufficiently plane data, with at below flap extension least three (3) of the limiting airspeed to predominant fre- avoid inadvertently quency ‘‘spikes’’ exceeding this limita- being present within tion. ±2 Hz.

3.f.4...... Buffet with Simulator test results Flight ...... X speedbrakes de- must exhibit the ployed. overall appearance and trends of the air- plane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant fre- quency ‘‘spikes’’ being present within ±2 Hz.

3.f.5...... Buffet at approach-to- Simulator test results Flight ...... The test must be con- X stall. must exhibit the ducted for approach overall appearance to stall. Post stall and trends of the air- characteristics are plane data, with at not required. least three (3) of the predominant fre- quency ‘‘spikes’’ being present within ±2 Hz.

3.f.6...... Buffet at high air- Simulator test results Flight ...... X The test may be con- speeds or high Mach. must exhibit the ducted during either overall appearance a high speed ma- and trends of the air- neuver (e.g., ‘‘wind- plane data, with at up’’ turn) or at high least three (3) of the Mach. predominant fre- quency ‘‘spikes’’ being present within ±2 Hz.

3.f.7...... In-flight vibrations for Simulator test results Flight (clean configura- ...... X propeller driven air- must exhibit the tion). planes. overall appearance and trends of the air- plane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant fre- quency ‘‘spikes’’ being present within ±2 Hz.

4. Visual System

4.a...... Visual System Response Time: (Choose either test 4.a.1. or 4.a.2. to satisfy test 4.a., Visual System See additional informa- Response Time Test. This test also suffices for motion system response timing and flight deck in- tion in this attach- strument response timing.) ment.

4.a.1...... Latency

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59645

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

300 ms (or less) after Take-off, cruise, and One test is required in X X The visual scene or airplane response. approach or landing. each axis (pitch, roll test pattern used and yaw) for each of during the response the three conditions testing should be (take-off, cruise, and representative of the approach or landing). system capacities re- quired to meet the daylight, twilight (dusk/dawn) and/or night visual capa- bility as appropriate.

150 ms (or less) after Take-off, cruise, and One test is required in X X airplane response. approach or landing. each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and approach or landing).

4.a.2...... Transport Delay

300 ms (or less) after N/A ...... A separate test is re- X X If Transport Delay is controller movement. quired in each axis the chosen method (pitch, roll, and yaw). to demonstrate rel- ative responses, the sponsor and the NSPM will use the latency values to en- sure proper simu- lator response when reviewing those ex- isting tests where la- tency can be identi- fied (e.g., short pe- riod, roll response, rudder response).

150 ms (or less) after N/A ...... A separate test is re- X X controller movement. quired in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw).

4.b...... Field of View

4.b.1...... Continuous collimated Continuous collimated N/A ...... Required as part of X X A vertical field of view visual field of view. field of view pro- MQTG but not re- of 30° may be insuf- viding at least 45° quired as part of ficient to meet visual horizontal and 30° continuing evalua- ground segment re- vertical field of view tions. quirements. for each pilot seat. Both pilot seat visual systems must be op- erable simulta- neously.

4.b.2...... (Reserved)

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59646 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

4.b.3...... Continuous, collimated, Continuous field of N/A ...... An SOC is required X X The horizontal field of field of view. view of at least 176° and must explain the view is traditionally horizontally and 36 geometry of the in- described as a 180° vertically. stallation. Horizontal field of view. How- field of view must be ever, the field of at least 176° (includ- view is technically no ing not less than 88° less than 176°. Field either side of the of view should be center line of the de- measured using a sign eye point). Ad- visual test pattern ditional horizontal filling the entire vis- field of view capa- ual scene (all chan- bility may be added nels) with a matrix of at the sponsor’s dis- black and white 5° cretion provided the squares. The in- minimum field of stalled alignment view is retained. should be addressed Vertical field of view in the SOC. must be at least 36° from each pilot’s eye point. Required as part of MQTG but not required as part of continuing quali- fication evaluations.

4.c...... (System geometry)

5° even angular spac- N/A ...... The angular spacing of X X X X The purpose of this ing within ±1° as any chosen 5° test is to evaluate measured from ei- square and the rel- local linearity of the ther pilot eye point ative spacing of ad- displayed image at and within 1.5° for jacent squares must either pilot eye point. adjacent squares. be within the stated System geometry tolerances. should be measured using a visual test pattern filling the en- tire visual scene (all channels) with a ma- trix of black and white 5° squares with light points at the intersections.

4.d...... Surface contrast ratio

Not less than 5:1 ...... N/A ...... The ratio is calculated X X Measurements should by dividing the be made using a 1° brightness level of spot photometer and the center, bright a raster drawn test square (providing at pattern filling the en- least 2 foot-lamberts tire visual scene (all or 7 cd/m2) by the channels) with a test brightness level of pattern of black and any adjacent dark white squares, 5° square. per square, with a This requirement is ap- white square in the plicable to any level center of each chan- of simulator nel. During contrast equipped with a day- ratio testing, simu- light visual system. lator aft-cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.

4.e...... Highlight brightness

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59647

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

Not less than six (6) N/A ...... Measure the bright- X X Measurements should foot-lamberts (20 cd/ ness of a white be made using a 1° m2). square while super- spot photometer and imposing a highlight a raster drawn test on that white square. pattern filling the en- The use of calli- tire visual scene (all graphic capabilities channels) with a test to enhance the ras- pattern of black and ter brightness is ac- white squares, 5° ceptable; however, per square, with a measuring lightpoints white square in the is not acceptable. center of each chan- This requirement is nel. applicable to any level of simulator equipped with a day- light visual system.

4.f...... Surface resolution

Not greater than two N/A ...... An SOC is required X X The eye will subtend (2) arc minutes. and must include the two arc minutes relevant calculations when positioned on and an explanation a 3° glide slope, of those calculations. 6,876 ft slant range This requirement is ap- from the centrally lo- plicable to any level cated threshold of a of simulator black runway surface equipped with a day- painted with white light visual system. threshold bars that are 16 ft wide with 4- foot gaps between the bars.

4.g...... Light point size

Not greater than five N/A ...... An SOC is required X X Light point size should (5) arc-minutes. and must include the be measured using a relevant calculations test pattern con- and an explanation sisting of a centrally of those calculations. located single row of This requirement is ap- light points reduced plicable to any level in length until modu- of simulator lation is just discern- equipped with a day- ible in each visual light visual system. channel. A row of 48 lights will form a 4° angle or less.

4.h...... Light point contrast ratio

4.h.1...... For Level A and B sim- Not less than 10:1 ...... N/A ...... An SOC is required X X A 1° spot photometer ulators. and must include the is used to measure a relevant calculations. square of at least 1° filled with light points (where light point modulation is just discernible) and compare the results to the measured ad- jacent background. During contrast ratio testing, simulator aft- cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59648 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

4.h.2...... For Level C and D Not less than 25:1 ...... N/A ...... An SOC is required X X A 1° spot photometer simulators. and must include the is used to measure a relevant calculations. square of at least 1° filled with light points (where light point modulation is just discernible) and compare the results to the measured ad- jacent background. During contrast ratio testing, simulator aft- cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.

4.i...... Visual ground segment

The visible segment in Landing configuration, The QTG must contain X X X X Pre-position for this the simulator must trimmed for appro- appropriate calcula- test is encouraged be within 20% of the priate airspeed, at tions and a drawing but may be achieved segment computed 100 ft (30 m) above showing the perti- via manual or auto- to be visible from the the touchdown zone, nent data used to pilot control to the airplane flight deck. on glide slope with establish the air- desired position. The tolerance(s) an RVR value set at plane location and may be applied at ei- 1,200 ft (350 m). the segment of the ther or both ends of ground that is visible the displayed seg- considering design ment. However, eyepoint, the air- lights and ground plane attitude, flight objects computed to deck cut-off angle, be visible from the and a visibility of airplane flight deck 1,200 ft (350 m) at the near end of RVR. Simulator per- the visible segment formance must be must be visible in measured against the simulator. the QTG calculations. The data submitted must include at least the following: (1) Static airplane di- mensions as follows: (i) Horizontal and vertical distance from main land- ing gear (MLG) to glideslope re- ception antenna. (ii) Horizontal and vertical distance from MLG to pi- lot’s eyepoint. (iii) Static flight deck cutoff angle.

(2) Approach data as follows: (i) Identification of runway. (ii) Horizontal dis- tance from run- way threshold to glideslope inter- cept with run- way. (iii) Glideslope angle. (iv) Airplane pitch angle on ap- proach. (3) Airplane data for manual testing: (i) Gross weight. (ii) Airplane con- figuration.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59649

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

(iii) Approach air- speed. If non-homogenous fog is used to obscure visibility, the vertical variation in hori- zontal visibility must be described and be included in the slant range visibility cal- culation used in the computations.

5. Sound System

The sponsor will not be required to repeat the airplane tests (i.e., tests 5.a.1. through 5.a.8. (or 5.b.1. through 5.b.9.) and 5.c., as appropriate) during continuing qualification evaluations if frequency response and background noise test results are within tolerance when compared to the initial qualification evaluation results, and the sponsor shows that no software changes have occurred that will affect the airplane test results. If the frequency response test method is chosen and fails, the sponsor may elect to fix the frequency response problem and repeat the test or the sponsor may elect to repeat the airplane tests. If the airplane tests are repeated during continuing qualification evaluations, the re- sults may be compared against initial qualification evaluation results or airplane master data.

5.a...... Turbo-jet airplanes

5.a.1...... Ready for engine start ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Ground ...... Normal conditions prior X band. to engine start with the Auxiliary Power Unit operating, if ap- propriate.

5.a.2...... All engines at idle ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Ground ...... Normal condition prior X band. to takeoff.

5.a.3...... All engines at max- ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Ground ...... Normal condition prior X imum allowable band. to takeoff. thrust with brakes set.

5.a.4...... Climb ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave En-route climb ...... Medium altitude ...... X band.

5.a.5...... Cruise ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Cruise ...... Normal cruise configu- X band. ration.

5.a.6...... Speedbrake/spoilers ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Cruise ...... Normal and constant X extended (as appro- band. speedbrake deflec- priate). tion for descent at a constant airspeed and power setting.

5.a.7...... Initial approach ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Approach ...... Constant airspeed, X band. gear up, flaps and slats, as appropriate.

5.a.8...... Final approach ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Landing ...... Constant airspeed, X band. gear down, full flaps.

5.b...... Propeller airplanes

5.b.1...... Ready for engine start ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Ground ...... Normal conditions prior X band. to engine start with the Auxiliary Power Unit operating, if ap- propriate.

5.b.2...... All propellers feathered ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Ground ...... Normal condition prior X band. to takeoff.

5.b.3...... Ground idle or equiva- ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Ground ...... Normal condition prior X lent. band. to takeoff.

5.b.4...... Flight idle or equivalent ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Ground ...... Normal condition prior X band. to takeoff.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59650 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

5.b.5...... All engines at max- ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Ground ...... Normal condition prior X imum allowable band. to takeoff. power with brakes set.

5.b.6...... Climb ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave En-route climb ...... Medium altitude ...... X band.

5.b.7...... Cruise ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Cruise ...... Normal cruise configu- X band. ration.

5.b.8...... Initial approach ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Approach ...... Constant airspeed, X band. gear up, flaps ex- tended as appro- priate, RPM as per operating manual.

5.b.9...... Final Approach ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave Landing ...... Constant airspeed, X band. gear down, full flaps, RPM as per oper- ating manual.

5.c...... Special cases

±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave As appropriate ...... X These special cases band. are identified as par- ticularly significant during critical phases of flight and ground operations for a spe- cific airplane type or model.

5.d...... Background noise

±3 dB per 1⁄3 octave ...... Results of the back- X The simulated sound band. ground noise at ini- will be evaluated to tial qualification must ensure that the be included in the background noise MQTG. does not interfere Measurements must with training, testing, be made with the or checking. simulation running, the sound muted and a ‘‘dead’’ flight deck.

5.e...... Frequency response

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59651

TABLE A2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test Simulator level Information Tolerance Flight Test details notes Number Title conditions A B C D

±5 dB on three (3) ...... Applicable only to Con- X Measurements are consecutive bands tinuing Qualification compared to those when compared to Evaluations. If fre- taken during initial initial evaluation; and quency response qualification evalua- ±2 dB when com- plots are provided tion. paring the average for each channel at of the absolute dif- the initial qualifica- ferences between tion evaluation, initial and continuing these plots may be qualification evalua- repeated at the con- tion. tinuing qualification evaluation with the following tolerances applied: (a) The continuing qualification 1⁄3 octave band amplitudes must not exceed ±5 dB for three consecutive bands when compared to ini- tial results. (b) The average of the sum of the absolute dif- ferences be- tween initial and continuing quali- fication results must not exceed 2 dB (refer to table A.2.B. in this attachment). lllllllllllllllllllll the control feel dynamics of the FFS to actual submitted as justification for ground tests or airplane measurements in the takeoff, cruise for eliminating a configuration. For FFSs Begin Information and landing configurations. requiring static and dynamic tests at the 3. General. (1) Recordings such as free response to an controls, special test fixtures will not be a. If relevant winds are present in the impulse or step function are classically used required during initial and upgrade objective data, the wind vector should be to estimate the dynamic properties of evaluations if the QTG shows both test clearly noted as part of the data presentation, electromechanical systems. In any case, it is fixture results and the results of an alternate expressed in conventional terminology, and only possible to estimate the dynamic approach (e.g., computer plots that were related to the runway being used for test near properties as a result of being able to estimate produced concurrently and show satisfactory the ground. true inputs and responses. Therefore, it is agreement). Repeat of the alternate method b. The reader is encouraged to review the imperative that the best possible data be during the initial evaluation would satisfy Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation collected since close matching of the FFS this test requirement. Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by control loading system to the airplane system b. Control Dynamics Evaluation. The the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, is essential. The required dynamic control dynamic properties of control systems are and FAA Advisory Circulars (AC) 25–7, as tests are described in Table A2A of this often stated in terms of frequency, damping may be amended, Flight Test Guide for attachment. and a number of other classical Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, (2) For initial and upgrade evaluations, the measurements. In order to establish a and (AC) 23–8, as may be amended, Flight QPS requires that control dynamics consistent means of validating test results for Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 characteristics be measured and recorded FFS control loading, criteria are needed that Airplanes, for references and examples directly from the flight controls (Handling will clearly define the measurement regarding flight testing requirements and Qualities—Table A2A). This procedure is interpretation and the applied tolerances. techniques. usually accomplished by measuring the free Criteria are needed for underdamped, response of the controls using a step or critically damped and overdamped systems. 4. Control Dynamics impulse input to excite the system. The In the case of an underdamped system with a. General. The characteristics of an procedure should be accomplished in the very light damping, the system may be airplane flight control system have a major takeoff, cruise and landing flight conditions quantified in terms of frequency and effect on handling qualities. A significant and configurations. damping. In critically damped or consideration in pilot acceptability of an (3) For airplanes with irreversible control overdamped systems, the frequency and airplane is the ‘‘feel’’ provided through the systems, measurements may be obtained on damping are not readily measured from a flight controls. Considerable effort is the ground if proper pitot-static inputs are response time history. Therefore, the expended on airplane feel system design so provided to represent airspeeds typical of following suggested measurements may be that pilots will be comfortable and will those encountered in flight. Likewise, it may used: consider the airplane desirable to fly. In be shown that for some airplanes, takeoff, (1) For Level C and D simulators. Tests to order for an FFS to be representative, it cruise, and landing configurations have like verify that control feel dynamics represent should ‘‘feel’’ like the airplane being effects. Thus, one may suffice for another. In the airplane should show that the dynamic simulated. Compliance with this requirement either case, engineering validation or damping cycles (free response of the is determined by comparing a recording of airplane manufacturer rationale should be controls) match those of the airplane within

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59652 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

specified tolerances. The NSPM recognizes evaluating the response is illustrated in hydraulically powered flight controls and that several different testing methods may be Figure A2A. artificial feel systems is by the measurement used to verify the control feel dynamic (b) Critically damped and overdamped of control force and rate of movement. For response. The NSPM will consider the merits response. Due to the nature of critically each axis of pitch, roll, and yaw, the control of testing methods based on reliability and damped and overdamped responses (no must be forced to its maximum extreme consistency. One acceptable method of overshoots), the time to reach 90 percent of position for the following distinct rates. evaluating the response and the tolerance to the steady state (neutral point) value should These tests are conducted under normal be applied is described below for the be the same as the airplane within ±10 flight and ground conditions. underdamped and critically damped cases. A percent. Figure A2B illustrates the procedure. (a) Static test—Slowly move the control so sponsor using this method to comply with (c) Special considerations. Control systems that a full sweep is achieved within 95 to 105 the QPS requirements should perform the that exhibit characteristics other than seconds. A full sweep is defined as tests as follows: classical overdamped or underdamped movement of the controller from neutral to (a) Underdamped response. Two responses should meet specified tolerances. the stop, usually aft or right stop, then to the measurements are required for the period, the In addition, special consideration should be opposite stop, then to the neutral position. time to first zero crossing (in case a rate limit given to ensure that significant trends are (b) Slow dynamic test—Achieve a full is present) and the subsequent frequency of maintained. sweep within 8–12 seconds. oscillation. It is necessary to measure cycles (2) Tolerances. (c) Fast dynamic test—Achieve a full on an individual basis in case there are non- (a) The following table summarizes the sweep within 3–5 seconds. tolerances, T, for underdamped systems, and uniform periods in the response. Each period Note: Dynamic sweeps may be limited to ‘‘n’’ is the sequential period of a full cycle will be independently compared to the forces not exceeding 100 lbs. (44.5 daN). respective period of the airplane control of oscillation. See Figure A2A of this attachment for an illustration of the (d) Tolerances system and, consequently, will enjoy the full referenced measurements. (i) Static test; see Table A2A, Full Flight tolerance specified for that period. The ± Simulator (FFS) Objective Tests, Items 2.a.1., damping tolerance will be applied to T(P0) ...... 10% of P0 ± 2.a.2., and 2.a.3. overshoots on an individual basis. Care T(P1) ...... 20% of P1 ± ± ± (ii) Dynamic test 2 lbs (0.9 daN) or 10% should be taken when applying the tolerance T(P2) ...... 30% of P2 ± on dynamic increment above static test. to small overshoots since the significance of T(Pn) ...... 10(n+1)% of Pn ± such overshoots becomes questionable. Only T(An) ...... 10% of A1 End QPS Requirement T(Ad) ...... ±5% of Ad = residual band those overshoots larger than 5 per cent of the ± lllllllllllllllllllll total initial displacement should be Significant First overshoot and 1 sub- overshoots. sequent overshoots Begin Information considered. The residual band, labeled T(Ad) on Figure A2A is ±5 percent of the initial (b) The following tolerance applies to d. The FAA is open to alternative means displacement amplitude Ad from the steady critically damped and overdamped systems such as the one described above. The state value of the oscillation. Only only. See Figure A2B for an illustration of the alternatives should be justified and oscillations outside the residual band are reference measurements: appropriate to the application. For example, the method described here may not apply to considered significant. When comparing FFS T(P0) ...... ±10% of P0 data to airplane data, the process should all manufacturers’’ systems and certainly not begin by overlaying or aligning the FFS and End Information to aircraft with reversible control systems. airplane steady state values and then lllllllllllllllllllll Each case is considered on its own merit on comparing amplitudes of oscillation peaks, an ad hoc basis. If the FAA finds that the time of the first zero crossing and Begin QPS Requirement alternative methods do not result in individual periods of oscillation. The FFS c. Alternative method for control dynamics satisfactory performance, more should show the same number of significant evaluation. conventionally accepted methods will have overshoots to within one when compared (1) An alternative means for validating to be used. against the airplane data. The procedure for control dynamics for aircraft with BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59653

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.000 59654 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C in that the landing maneuver may not be chosen for FFS validation should indicate 5. Ground Effect credited in a Level A simulator) it should these changes. reproduce the aerodynamic changes that a. For an FFS to be used for take-off and landing (not applicable to Level A simulators occur in ground effect. The parameters

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.001 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59655

(1) A dedicated test should be provided that should be present in the flight simulator. airplane motions. For the maneuvers that will validate the aerodynamic ground An additional list of representative, training- identified in section 3.e. in Table A2A, the effect characteristics. critical maneuvers, selected from Section 1 flight simulator motion cueing system should (2) The organization performing the flight (Performance tests), and Section 2 (Handling have a high tilt co-ordination gain, high tests may select appropriate test methods and Qualities tests), in Table A2A, that should be rotational gain, and high correlation with procedures to validate ground effect. recorded during initial qualification (but respect to the airplane simulation model. However, the flight tests should be performed without tolerance) to indicate the flight (4) Data Recording. The minimum list of with enough duration near the ground to simulator motion cueing performance parameters provided should allow for the sufficiently validate the ground-effect model. signature have been identified (reference determination of the flight simulator’s b. The NSPM will consider the merits of Section 3.e). These tests are intended to help motion cueing performance signature for the testing methods based on reliability and improve the overall standard of FFS motion initial qualification evaluation. The following consistency. Acceptable methods of cueing. parameters are recommended as being validating ground effect are described below. b. Motion System Checks. The intent of test acceptable to perform such a function: If other methods are proposed, rationale 3a, Frequency Response, test 3b, Leg Balance, (a) Flight model acceleration and rotational should be provided to conclude that the tests and test 3c, Turn-Around Check, as described rate commands at the pilot reference point; performed validate the ground-effect model. in the Table of Objective Tests, is to (b) Motion actuators position; A sponsor using the methods described demonstrate the performance of the motion (c) Actual platform position; below to comply with the QPS requirements system hardware, and to check the integrity (d) Actual platform acceleration at pilot should perform the tests as follows: of the motion set-up with regard to reference point. (1) Level fly-bys. The level fly-bys should calibration and wear. These tests are e. Motion Vibrations. be conducted at a minimum of three altitudes independent of the motion cueing software (1) Presentation of results. The within the ground effect, including one at no and should be considered robotic tests. characteristic motion vibrations may be used more than 10% of the wingspan above the c. Motion System Repeatability. The intent to verify that the flight simulator can ground, one each at approximately 30% and of this test is to ensure that the motion reproduce the frequency content of the 50% of the wingspan where height refers to system software and motion system hardware airplane when flown in specific conditions. The test results should be presented as a main gear tire above the ground. In addition, have not degraded or changed over time. This Power Spectral Density (PSD) plot with one level-flight trim condition should be diagnostic test should be completed during frequencies on the horizontal axis and conducted out of ground effect (e.g., at 150% continuing qualification checks in lieu of the amplitude on the vertical axis. The airplane of wingspan). robotic tests. This will allow an improved data and flight simulator data should be (2) Shallow approach landing. The shallow ability to determine changes in the software presented in the same format with the same approach landing should be performed at a or determine degradation in the hardware. scaling. The algorithms used for generating glide slope of approximately one degree with The following information delineates the the flight simulator data should be the same negligible pilot activity until flare. methodology that should be used for this test. as those used for the airplane data. If they are c. The lateral-directional characteristics are (1) Input: The inputs should be such that not the same then the algorithms used for the also altered by ground effect. For example, rotational accelerations, rotational rates, and linear accelerations are inserted before the flight simulator data should be proven to be because of changes in lift, roll damping is sufficiently comparable. As a minimum, the transfer from airplane center of gravity to affected. The change in roll damping will results along the dominant axes should be pilot reference point with a minimum affect other dynamic modes usually presented and a rationale for not presenting amplitude of 5 deg/sec/sec, 10 deg/sec and evaluated for FFS validation. In fact, Dutch the other axes should be provided. 0.3 g, respectively, to provide adequate roll dynamics, spiral stability, and roll-rate (2) Interpretation of results. The overall analysis of the output. for a given lateral control input are altered by trend of the PSD plot should be considered (2) Recommended output: ground effect. Steady heading sideslips will while focusing on the dominant frequencies. (a) Actual platform linear accelerations; the also be affected. These effects should be Less emphasis should be placed on the output will comprise accelerations due to accounted for in the FFS modeling. Several differences at the high frequency and low tests such as crosswind landing, one engine both the linear and rotational motion amplitude portions of the PSD plot. During inoperative landing, and engine failure on acceleration; the analysis, certain structural components of take-off serve to validate lateral-directional (b) Motion actuators position. the flight simulator have resonant ground effect since portions of these tests are d. Motion Cueing Performance Signature. frequencies that are filtered and may not accomplished as the aircraft is descending (1) Background. The intent of this test is to appear in the PSD plot. If filtering is through heights above the runway at which provide quantitative time history records of required, the notch filter bandwidth should ground effect is an important factor. motion system response to a selected set of be limited to 1 Hz to ensure that the buffet automated QTG maneuvers during initial 6. Motion System feel is not adversely affected. In addition, a qualification. This is not intended to be a rationale should be provided to explain that a. General. comparison of the motion platform the characteristic motion vibration is not (1) Pilots use continuous information accelerations against the flight test recorded being adversely affected by the filtering. The signals to regulate the state of the airplane. accelerations (i.e., not to be compared against amplitude should match airplane data as In concert with the instruments and outside- airplane cueing). If there is a modification to described below. However, if the PSD plot world visual information, whole-body the initially qualified motion software or was altered for subjective reasons, a rationale motion feedback is essential in assisting the motion hardware (e.g., motion washout filter, should be provided to justify the change. If pilot to control the airplane dynamics, simulator payload change greater than 10%) the plot is on a logarithmic scale, it may be particularly in the presence of external then a new baseline may need to be difficult to interpret the amplitude of the disturbances. The motion system should established. buffet in terms of acceleration. For example, meet basic objective performance criteria, (2) Test Selection. The conditions a 1×10¥3 grams2/Hz would describe a heavy and should be subjectively tuned at the identified in Section 3.e. in Table A2A are buffet and may be seen in the deep stall pilot’s seat position to represent the linear those maneuvers where motion cueing is the regime. Alternatively, a 1×10¥6 grams2/Hz and angular accelerations of the airplane most discernible. They are general tests buffet is almost not perceivable; but may during a prescribed minimum set of applicable to all types of airplanes and represent a flap buffet at low speed. The maneuvers and conditions. The response of should be completed for motion cueing previous two examples differ in magnitude the motion cueing system should also be performance signature at any time acceptable by 1000. On a PSD plot this represents three repeatable. to the NSPM prior to or during the initial decades (one decade is a change in order of (2) The Motion System tests in Section 3 qualification evaluation, and the results magnitude of 10; and two decades is a change of Table A2A are intended to qualify the FFS included in the MQTG. in order of magnitude of 100). motion cueing system from a mechanical (3) Priority. Motion system should be performance standpoint. Additionally, the designed with the intent of placing greater 7. Sound System list of motion effects provides a importance on those maneuvers that directly a. General. The total sound environment in representative sample of dynamic conditions influence pilot perception and control of the the airplane is very complex, and changes

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59656 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

with atmospheric conditions, airplane in the format suggested by the International airplane sounds. In some cases, the sound configuration, airspeed, altitude, and power Air Transport Association (IATA) ‘‘Flight level of the simulation can be increased to settings. Flight deck sounds are an important Simulator Design and Performance Data compensate for the background noise. component of the flight deck operational Requirements,’’ as amended. This However, this approach is limited by the environment and provide valuable information should contain calibration and specified tolerances and by the subjective information to the flight crew. These aural frequency response data. acceptability of the sound environment to the cues can either assist the crew (as an (2) The system used to perform the tests evaluation pilot. indication of an abnormal situation), or listed in Table A2A should comply with the (b) The acceptability of the background hinder the crew (as a distraction or following standards: nuisance). For effective training, the flight (a) The specifications for octave, half noise levels is dependent upon the normal simulator should provide flight deck sounds octave, and third octave band filter sets may sound levels in the airplane being that are perceptible to the pilot during be found in American National Standards represented. Background noise levels that fall normal and abnormal operations, and Institute (ANSI) S1.11–1986; below the lines defined by the following comparable to those of the airplane. The (b) Measurement microphones should be points, may be acceptable: flight simulator operator should carefully type WS2 or better, as described in (i) 70 dB @ 50 Hz; evaluate background noises in the location International Electrotechnical Commission (ii) 55 dB @ 1000 Hz; where the device will be installed. To (IEC) 1094–4–1995. (iii) 30 dB @ 16 kHz demonstrate compliance with the sound (3) Headsets. If headsets are used during (Note: These limits are for unweighted 1/ requirements, the objective or validation tests normal operation of the airplane they should 3 octave band sound levels. Meeting these in this attachment were selected to provide also be used during the flight simulator limits for background noise does not ensure a representative sample of normal static evaluation. an acceptable flight simulator. Airplane conditions typically experienced by a pilot. (4) Playback equipment. Playback sounds that fall below this limit require b. Alternate propulsion. For FFS with equipment and recordings of the QTG careful review and may require lower limits multiple propulsion configurations, any conditions should be provided during initial on background noise.) condition listed in Table A2A of this evaluations. attachment should be presented for (5) Background noise. (6) Validation testing. Deficiencies in evaluation as part of the QTG if identified by (a) Background noise is the noise in the airplane recordings should be considered the airplane manufacturer or other data flight simulator that is not associated with when applying the specified tolerances to supplier as significantly different due to a the airplane, but is caused by the flight ensure that the simulation is representative change in propulsion system (engine or simulator’s cooling and hydraulic systems of the airplane. Examples of typical propeller). and extraneous noise from other locations in deficiencies are: c. Data and Data Collection System. the building. Background noise can seriously (a) Variation of data between tail numbers; (1) Information provided to the flight impact the correct simulation of airplane (b) Frequency response of microphones; simulator manufacturer should be presented sounds and should be kept below the (c) Repeatability of the measurements.

TABLE A2B.—EXAMPLE OF RECURRENT FREQUENCY RESPONSE TEST TOLERANCE

Recurrent Band center frequency Initial results results Absolute (dBSPL) (dBSPL) difference

50 ...... 75.0 73.8 1.2 63 ...... 75.9 75.6 0.3 80 ...... 77.1 76.5 0.6 100 ...... 78.0 78.3 0.3 125 ...... 81.9 81.3 0.6 160 ...... 79.8 80.1 0.3 200 ...... 83.1 84.9 1.8 250 ...... 78.6 78.9 0.3 315 ...... 79.5 78.3 1.2 400 ...... 80.1 79.5 0.9 500 ...... 80.7 79.8 0.9 630 ...... 81.9 80.4 1.5 800 ...... 73.2 74.1 0.9 1000 ...... 79.2 80.1 0.9 1250 ...... 80.7 82.8 2.1 1600 ...... 81.6 78.6 3.0 2000 ...... 76.2 74.4 1.8 2500 ...... 79.5 80.7 1.2 3150 ...... 80.1 77.1 3.0 4000 ...... 78.9 78.6 0.3 5000 ...... 80.1 77.1 3.0 6300 ...... 80.7 80.4 0.3 8000 ...... 84.3 85.5 1.2 10000 ...... 81.3 79.8 1.5 12500 ...... 80.7 80.1 0.6 16000 ...... 71.1 71.1 0.0

Average ...... 1.1

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59657

End Information advantage for early flight simulator (a) Propulsion lllllllllllllllllllll validation. Certain critical tests that would (b) Aerodynamics; normally be done early in the airplane (c) Mass properties; 8. Additional Information About Flight certification program should be included to (d) Flight controls; Simulator Qualification for New or validate essential pilot training and (e) Stability augmentation; and Derivative Airplanes certification maneuvers. These include cases (f) Brakes/landing gear. a. Typically, an airplane manufacturer’s where a pilot is expected to cope with an i. A qualified test pilot should be used to approved final data for performance, airplane failure mode or an engine failure. assess handling qualities and performance handling qualities, systems or avionics is not Flight test data that will be available early in evaluations for the qualification of flight available until well after a new or derivative the flight test program will depend on the simulators of new airplane types. airplane has entered service. However, flight airplane manufacturer’s flight test program End Information crew training and certification often begins design and may not be the same in each case. lllllllllllllllllllll several months prior to the entry of the first The flight test program of the airplane airplane into service. Consequently, it may be manufacturer should include provisions for Begin QPS Requirement necessary to use preliminary data provided generation of very early flight test results for by the airplane manufacturer for interim flight simulator validation. 9. Engineering Simulator—Validation Data qualification of flight simulators. f. The use of preliminary data is not a. When a fully validated simulation (i.e., b. In these cases, the NSPM may accept indefinite. The airplane manufacturer’s final validated with flight test results) is modified certain partially validated preliminary data should be available within 12 months due to changes to the simulated airplane airplane and systems data, and early release after the airplane’s first entry into service or configuration, the airplane manufacturer or (‘‘red label’’) avionics data in order to permit as agreed by the NSPM, the simulator other acceptable data supplier must the necessary program schedule for training, sponsor, and the airplane manufacturer. coordinate with the NSPM to supply certification, and service introduction. When applying for interim qualification validation data from an ‘‘audited’’ c. Simulator sponsors seeking qualification using preliminary data, the simulator sponsor engineering simulator/simulation to based on preliminary data should consult the and the NSPM should agree on the update selectively supplement flight test data. The NSPM to make special arrangements for program. This includes specifying that the NSPM must be provided an opportunity to using preliminary data for flight simulator final data update will be installed in the audit the use of the engineering simulation qualification. The sponsor should also flight simulator within a period of 12 months or the engineering simulator during the consult the airplane and flight simulator following the final data release, unless acquisition of the data that will be used as manufacturers to develop a data plan and special conditions exist and a different validation data. Audited data may be used for flight simulator qualification plan. schedule is acceptable. The flight simulator changes that are incremental in nature. d. The procedure to be followed to gain performance and handling validation would Manufacturers or other data suppliers should NSPM acceptance of preliminary data will then be based on data derived from flight be able to demonstrate that the predicted vary from case to case and between airplane tests. Initial airplane systems data should be changes in aircraft performance are based on manufacturers. Each airplane manufacturer’s updated after engineering tests. Final acceptable aeronautical principles with new airplane development and test program airplane systems data should also be used for proven success history and valid outcomes. is designed to suit the needs of the particular flight simulator programming and validation. This should include comparisons of project and may not contain the same events g. Flight simulator avionics should stay predicted and flight test validated data. or sequence of events as another essentially in step with airplane avionics b. Airplane manufacturers or other manufacturer’s program, or even the same (hardware and software) updates. The acceptable data suppliers seeking to use an manufacturer’s program for a different permitted time lapse between airplane and engineering simulator for simulation airplane. Therefore, there cannot be a flight simulator updates should be minimal. validation data as an alternative to flight-test prescribed invariable procedure for It may depend on the magnitude of the derived validation data, must contact the acceptance of preliminary data, but instead update and whether the QTG and pilot NSPM and provide the following: there should be a statement describing the training and certification are affected. (1) A description of the proposed aircraft final sequence of events, data sources, and Differences in airplane and flight simulator changes, a description of the proposed validation procedures agreed by the avionics versions and the resulting effects on simulation model changes, and the use of an simulator sponsor, the airplane flight simulator qualification should be integral configuration management process, including an audit of the actual simulation manufacturer, the flight simulator agreed between the simulator sponsor and model modifications that includes a step-by- manufacturer, and the NSPM. the NSPM. Consultation with the flight step description leading from the original simulator manufacturer is desirable Note: A description of airplane model(s) to the current model(s). throughout the qualification process. manufacturer-provided data needed for flight (2) A schedule for review by the NSPM of simulator modeling and validation is to be h. The following describes an example of the proposed plan and the subsequent found in the IATA Document ‘‘Flight the design data and sources that might be validation data to establish acceptability of Simulator Design and Performance Data used in the development of an interim the proposal. Requirements,’’ as amended. qualification plan. (3) Information that demonstrates an ability e. The preliminary data should be the (1) The plan should consist of the to qualify the FFS in which this data is to be manufacturer’s best representation of the development of a QTG based upon a mix of used in accordance with the criteria airplane, with assurance that the final data flight test and engineering simulation data. contained in § 60.15. will not significantly deviate from the For data collected from specific airplane c. To be qualified to supply engineering preliminary estimates. Data derived from flight tests or other flights, the required simulator validation data, for aerodynamic, these predictive or preliminary techniques design model or data changes necessary to engine, flight control, or ground handling should be validated available sources support an acceptable Proof of Match (POM) models, an airplane manufacturer or other including, at least, the following: should be generated by the airplane acceptable data supplier must: (1) Manufacturer’s engineering report. The manufacturer. (1) Be able to verify their ability to: report should explain the predictive method (2) For proper validation of the two sets of (a) Develop and implement high fidelity used and illustrate past success of the data, the airplane manufacturer should simulation models; and method on similar projects. For example, the compare their simulation model responses (b) Predict the handling and performance manufacturer could show the application of against the flight test data, when driven by characteristics of an airplane with sufficient the method to an earlier airplane model or the same control inputs and subjected to the accuracy to avoid additional flight test predict the characteristics of an earlier model same atmospheric conditions as recorded in activities for those handling and performance and compare the results to final data for that the flight test. The model responses should characteristics. model. result from a simulation where the following (2) Have an engineering simulator that: (2) Early flight test results. This data is systems are run in an integrated fashion and (a) Is a physical entity, complete with a often derived from airplane certification are consistent with the design data released flight deck representative of the simulated tests, and should be used to maximum to the flight simulator manufacturer: class of airplane;

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59658 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(b) Has controls sufficient for manual recognized standards, such as contained in (b) Alternative technical solutions are flight; the ICAO Document 9625, the ‘‘Manual of being advanced; and (c) Has models that run in an integrated Criteria for the Qualification of Flight (c) High costs. manner; Simulators.’’ (d) Has fully flight-test validated 12. Validation Data Roadmap. End QPS Requirement simulation models as the original or baseline a. Airplane manufacturers or other data simulation models; lllllllllllllllllllll suppliers should supply a validation data (e) Has an out-of-the-flight deck visual 10. [Reserved] roadmap (VDR) document as part of the data system; lllllllllllllllllllll package. A VDR document contains guidance (f) Has actual avionics boxes material from the airplane validation data interchangeable with the equivalent software Begin QPS Requirement supplier recommending the best possible simulations to support validation of released sources of data to be used as validation data 11. Validation Test Tolerances software; in the QTG. A VDR is of special value when (g) Uses the same models as released to the a. Non-Flight-Test Tolerances requesting interim qualification, qualification training community (which are also used to (1) If engineering simulator data or other of simulators for airplanes certificated prior produce stand-alone proof-of-match and non-flight-test data are used as an allowable to 1992, and qualification of alternate engine checkout documents); form of reference validation data for the or avionics fits. A sponsor seeking to have a (h) Is used to support airplane objective tests listed in Table A2A of this device qualified in accordance with the development and certification; and attachment, the data provider must supply a (i) Has been found to be a high fidelity well-documented mathematical model and standards contained in this QPS appendix representation of the airplane by the testing procedure that enables a replication of should submit a VDR to the NSPM as early manufacturer’s pilots (or other acceptable the engineering simulation results within as possible in the planning stages. The NSPM data supplier), certificate holders, and the 20% of the corresponding flight test is the final authority to approve the data to NSPM. tolerances. be used as validation material for the QTG. (3) Use the engineering simulator to The NSPM and the Joint Aviation End QPS Requirement produce a representative set of integrated Authorities’ Synthetic Training Devices proof-of-match cases. lllllllllllllllllllll Advisory Board have committed to maintain a list of agreed VDRs. (4) Use a configuration control system Begin Information covering hardware and software for the b. The VDR should identify (in matrix operating components of the engineering b. Background format) sources of data for all required tests. simulator. (1) The tolerances listed in Table A2A of It should also provide guidance regarding the (5) Demonstrate that the predicted effects this attachment are designed to measure the validity of these data for a specific engine of the change(s) are within the provisions of quality of the match using flight-test data as type, thrust rating configuration, and the a reference. subparagraph ‘‘a’’ of this section, and confirm revision levels of all avionics affecting (2) Good engineering judgment should be that additional flight test data are not airplane handling qualities and performance. required. applied to all tolerances in any test. A test is failed when the results fall outside of the The VDR should include rationale or d. Additional Requirements for Validation prescribed tolerance(s). explanation in cases where data or Data (3) Engineering simulator data are parameters are missing, engineering (1) When used to provide validation data, acceptable because the same simulation simulation data are to be used, flight test an engineering simulator must meet the models used to produce the reference data methods require explanation, or there is any simulator standards currently applicable to are also used to test the flight training deviation from data requirements. training simulators except for the data simulator (i.e., the two sets of results should Additionally, the document should refer to package. be ‘‘essentially’’ similar). other appropriate sources of validation data (2) The data package used should be: (4) The results from the two sources may (e.g., sound and vibration data documents). (a) Comprised of the engineering differ for the following reasons: c. The VDR table shown in Table A2C predictions derived from the airplane design, (a) Hardware (avionics units and flight depicts a generic roadmap matrix identifying development, or certification process; controls); sources of validation data for an abbreviated (b) Based on acceptable aeronautical (b) Iteration rates; list of tests. A complete matrix should principles with proven success history and (c) Execution order; address all test conditions. valid outcomes for aerodynamics, engine (d) Integration methods; d. Two examples of rationale pages are operations, avionics operations, flight control (e) Processor architecture; presented in Appendix F of the IATA ‘‘Flight applications, or ground handling; (f) Digital drift, including: Simulator Design and Performance Data (c) Verified with existing flight-test data; (i) Interpolation methods; Requirements.’’ These illustrate the type of and (ii) Data handling differences; and airplane and avionics configuration (d) Applicable to the configuration of a (iii) Auto-test trim tolerances. information and descriptive engineering production airplane, as opposed to a flight- (5) Any differences must be within 20% of rationale used to describe data anomalies, test airplane. the flight test tolerances. The reasons for any provide alternative data, or provide an (3) Where engineering simulator data are differences, other than those listed above, acceptable basis for obtaining deviations used as part of a QTG, an essential match should be explained. from QTG validation requirements. must exist between the training simulator (6) Guidelines are needed for the and the validation data. application of tolerances to engineering- End Information (4) Training flight simulator(s) using these simulator-generated validation data because: lllllllllllllllllllll baseline and modified simulation models (a) Flight-test data are often not available must be qualified to at least internationally due to sound technical reasons; BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59659

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.002 59660 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C engine-specific flight test data sufficient to (8) The flight test conditions in Table A2D lllllllllllllllllllll validate that particular airplane-engine are appropriate and should be sufficient to configuration. These effects may be due to Begin Information validate implementation of alternate engines engine dynamic characteristics, thrust levels in a flight simulator. 13. Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative or engine-related airplane configuration Engines Data changes. This category is primarily End Information a. Background characterized by variations between different lllllllllllllllllllll (1) For a new airplane type, the majority engine manufacturers’ products, but also includes differences due to significant engine of flight validation data are collected on the Begin QPS Requirement design changes from a previously flight- first airplane configuration with a ‘‘baseline’’ validated configuration within a single c. Test Requirements engine type. These data are then used to engine type. See Table A2D, Alternate Engine (1) The QTG must contain selected engine- validate all flight simulators representing that Validation Flight Tests in this section for a specific flight test data sufficient to validate airplane type. list of acceptable tests. the alternative thrust level when: (2) Additional flight test validation data (5) The validation data should be based on may be needed for flight simulators (a) the engine type is the same, but the flight test data, except where other data are representing an airplane with engines of a thrust rating exceeds that of a previously specifically allowed. If certification of the different type than the baseline, or for flight-test validated configuration by five flight characteristics of the airplane with a percent (5%) or more; or engines with thrust rating that is different new thrust rating (regardless of percentage (b) the engine type is the same, but the from previously validated configurations. change) does require certification flight (3) When a flight simulator with alternate testing with a comprehensive stability and thrust rating is less than the lowest engines is to be qualified, the QTG should control flight instrumentation package, then previously flight-test validated rating by contain tests against flight test validation the conditions described in Table A2D in this fifteen percent (15%) or more. data for selected cases where engine section should be obtained from flight testing (2) Flight test data is not required if the differences are expected to be significant. and presented in the QTG. Flight test data, thrust increase is greater than 5%, but flight b. Approval Guidelines for Validating other than throttle calibration data, are not tests have confirmed that the thrust increase Alternate Engine Applications. required if the new thrust rating is certified does not change the airplane’s flight (1) The following guidelines apply to flight on the airplane without need for a simulators representing airplanes with characteristics. comprehensive stability and control flight (3) Throttle calibration data (i.e., alternate engine applications or with more instrumentation package. than one engine type or thrust rating. (6) As a supplement to the engine-specific commanded power setting parameter versus (2) Validation tests can be segmented into flight tests listed in Table A2D and baseline throttle position) must be provided to two groups, those that are dependent on engine-independent tests, additional engine- validate all alternate engine types and engine engine type or thrust rating and those that are specific engineering validation data should thrust ratings that are higher or lower than not. be provided in the QTG, as appropriate, to a previously validated engine. Data from a (3) For tests that are independent of engine facilitate running the entire QTG with the test airplane or engineering test bench with type or thrust rating, the QTG can be based alternate engine configuration. The sponsor the correct engine controller (both hardware on validation data from any engine and the NSPM should agree in advance on and software) are required. application. Tests in this category should be the specific validation tests to be supported designated as independent of engine type or by engineering simulation data. End QPS Requirement thrust rating. (7) A matrix or VDR should be provided lllllllllllllllllllll (4) For tests that are affected by engine with the QTG indicating the appropriate type, the QTG should contain selected validation data source for each test. Begin QPS Requirement

TABLE A2D.—ALTERNATIVE ENGINE VALIDATION FLIGHT TESTS

Test Number Test description Alternative Alternative engine type thrust rating 2

1.b.1., 1.b.4...... Normal take-off/ground acceleration time and distance ...... X X 1.b.2...... Vmcg, if performed for airplane certification ...... X X 1.b.5...... Engine-out take-off. 1.b.8...... Dynamic engine failure after take-off. Either test may be performed ...... X 1.b.7...... Rejected take-off if performed for airplane certification ...... X 1.d.1...... Cruise performance ...... X 1.f.1., 1.f.2...... Engine acceleration and deceleration ...... X X 2.a.7...... Throttle calibration 1 ...... X X 2.c.1...... Power change dynamics (acceleration) ...... X X 2.d.1...... Vmca if performed for airplane certification ...... X X 2.d.5...... Engine inoperative trim ...... X X 2.e.1...... Normal landing ...... X 1 Must be provided for all changes in engine type or thrust rating; see paragraph 12.b.(7). 2 See paragraphs 12.b.(5) through 12.b.(8), for a definition of applicable thrust ratings.

End QPS Requirement (1) For a new airplane type, the majority hardware design than the baseline, or a lllllllllllllllllllll of flight validation data are collected on the different software revision than previously first airplane configuration with a ‘‘baseline’’ validated configurations. Begin Information flight-related avionics ship-set; (see (3) When a flight simulator with additional subparagraph b.(2) in this paragraph). These 14. Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative or alternate avionics configurations is to be data are then used to validate all flight Avionics (Flight-Related Computers and qualified, the QTG should contain tests simulators representing that airplane type. Controllers) against validation data for selected cases (2) Additional validation data may be where avionics differences are expected to be a. Background required for flight simulators representing an significant. airplane with avionics of a different

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59661

b. Approval Guidelines for Validating instrumentation package. The airplane total transport delay and subtract the Alternate Avionics manufacturer should coordinate flight inherent delay of the actual airplane (1) The following guidelines apply to flight simulator data requirements, in advance with components because the real airplane simulators representing airplanes with a the NSPM. controller system has an inherent delay revised avionics configuration, or more than (5) A matrix or ‘‘roadmap’’ should be provided by the airplane manufacturer. The one avionics configuration. provided with the QTG indicating the flight simulator manufacturer should ensure (2) The baseline validation data should be appropriate validation data source for each that the introduced delay does not exceed the based on flight test data, except where other test. The roadmap should include standards prescribed in Table A1A. data are specifically allowed (e.g., identification of the revision state of those j. Special measurements for instrument engineering flight simulator data). contributory avionics systems that could signals for flight simulators using a real (3) The airplane avionics can be segmented affect specific test responses if changed. airplane instrument display system instead of into two groups, systems or components whose functional behavior contributes to the 15. Transport Delay Testing a simulated or re-hosted display. For flight aircraft response presented in the QTG a. This paragraph explains how to instrument systems, the total transport delay results, and systems that do not. The determine the introduced transport delay should be measured and the inherent delay following avionics are examples of through the flight simulator system so that it of the actual airplane components subtracted contributory systems for which hardware does not exceed a specific time delay. The to ensure that the introduced delay does not design changes or software revisions may transport delay should be measured from exceed the standards prescribed in Table lead to significant differences in the aircraft control inputs through the interface, through A1A. response relative to the baseline avionics each of the host computer modules and back (1) Figure A2FA illustrates the transport configuration: flight control computers and through the interface to motion, flight delay procedure without airplane display controllers for engines, autopilot, braking instrument, and visual systems. The simulation. The introduced delay consists of system, nose wheel steering system, and high transport delay should not exceed the the delay between the control movement and lift system. Related avionics such as stall maximum allowable interval. the instrument change on the data bus. warning and augmentation systems should b. Four specific examples of transport (2) Figure A2FB illustrates the modified also be considered. delay are: testing method required to measure (4) The acceptability of validation data (1) Simulation of classic non-computer introduced delay due to software avionics or used in the QTG for an alternative avionics controlled airplanes; re-hosted instruments. The total simulated fit should be determined as follows: (2) Simulation of computer controlled instrument transport delay is measured and (a) For changes to an avionics system or airplanes using real airplane black boxes; the airplane delay should be subtracted from component that do not affect QTG validation (3) Simulation of computer controlled this total. This difference represents the test response, the QTG test can be based on airplanes using software emulation of introduced delay and should not exceed the validation data from the previously validated airplane boxes; standards prescribed in Table A1A. The avionics configuration. (4) Simulation using software avionics or inherent delay of the airplane between the (b) For an avionics change to a contributory re-hosted instruments. data bus and the displays is indicated in system, where a specific test is not affected c. Figure A2C illustrates the total transport figure A2FA. The display manufacturer by the change (e.g., the avionics change is a delay for a non-computer-controlled airplane should provide this delay time. Built In Test Equipment (BITE) update or a or the classic transport delay test. Since there k. Recorded signals. The signals recorded modification in a different flight phase), the are no airplane-induced delays for this case, to conduct the transport delay calculations QTG test can be based on validation data the total transport delay is equivalent to the should be explained on a schematic block from the previously-validated avionics introduced delay. diagram. The flight simulator manufacturer configuration. The QTG should include d. Figure A2D illustrates the transport authoritative justification (e.g., from the delay testing method using the real airplane should also provide an explanation of why airplane manufacturer or system supplier) controller system. each signal was selected and how they relate that this avionics change does not affect the e. To obtain the induced transport delay for to the above descriptions. test. the motion, instrument and visual signal, the l. Interpretation of results. Flight simulator (c) For an avionics change to a contributory delay induced by the airplane controller results vary over time from test to test due system, the QTG may be based on validation should be subtracted from the total transport to ‘‘sampling uncertainty.’’ All flight data from the previously-validated avionics delay. This difference represents the simulators run at a specific rate where all configuration if no new functionality is introduced delay and should not exceed the modules are executed sequentially in the added and the impact of the avionics change standards prescribed in Table A1A. host computer. The flight controls input can on the airplane response is based on f. Introduced transport delay is measured occur at any time in the iteration, but these acceptable aeronautical principles with from the flight deck control input to the data will not be processed before the start of proven success history and valid outcomes. reaction of the instruments and motion and the new iteration. For example, a flight This should be supplemented with avionics- visual systems (See Figure A2C). simulator running at 60 Hz may have a specific validation data from the airplane g. The control input may also be difference of as much as 16.67 msec between manufacturer’s engineering simulation, introduced after the airplane controller test results. This does not mean that the test generated with the revised avionics system and the introduced transport delay has failed. Instead, the difference is configuration. The QTG should also include measured directly from the control input to attributed to variations in input processing. an explanation of the nature of the change the reaction of the instruments, and In some conditions, the host simulator and and its effect on the airplane response. simulator motion and visual systems (See the visual system do not run at the same (d) For an avionics change to a Figure A2D). iteration rate, so the output of the host contributory system that significantly affects h. Figure A2E illustrates the transport computer to the visual system will not some tests in the QTG or where new delay testing method used on a flight always be synchronized. functionality is added, the QTG should be simulator that uses a software emulated m. The transport delay test should account based on validation data from the previously airplane controller system. for both daylight and night modes of validated avionics configuration and i. It is not possible to measure the operation of the visual system. In both cases, supplemental avionics-specific flight test introduced transport delay using the the tolerances prescribed in Table A1A must data sufficient to validate the alternate simulated airplane controller system be met and the motion response should occur avionics revision. Additional flight test architecture for the pitch, roll and yaw axes. before the end of the first video scan validation data may not be needed if the Therefore, the signal should be measured containing new information. avionics changes were certified without the directly from the pilot controller. The flight need for testing with a comprehensive flight simulator manufacturer should measure the BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59662 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.003 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59663

End Information evaluation test results is to provide flight b. Continuing Qualification Evaluation lllllllllllllllllllll simulator results over-plotted with reference Test Results Presentation (1) Flight simulator operators are BILLING CODE 4910–13–C data. Test results are carefully reviewed to encouraged to over-plot continuing lllllllllllllllllllll determine if the test is within the specified tolerances. This can be a time consuming qualification validation test results with Begin Information process, particularly when reference data MQTG flight simulator results recorded exhibits rapid variations or an apparent during the initial evaluation and as amended. 16. Continuing Qualification Evaluations— Any change in a validation test will be anomaly requiring engineering judgment in Validation Test Data Presentation readily apparent. In addition to plotting the application of the tolerances. In these a. Background continuing qualification validation test and (1) The MQTG is created during the initial cases, the solution is to compare the results MQTG results, operators may elect to plot evaluation of a flight simulator. This is the to the MQTG. The ontinuing qualification reference data as well. master document, as amended, to which results are compared to the results in the (2) There are no suggested tolerances flight simulator continuing qualification MQTG for acceptance. The flight simulator between flight simulator continuing evaluation test results are compared. operator and the NSPM should look for any qualification and MQTG validation test (2) The currently accepted method of change in the flight simulator performance results. Investigation of any discrepancy presenting continuing qualification since initial qualification. between the MQTG and continuing

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.004 59664 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

qualification flight simulator performance is those who are experienced in the normal and cross-control input landing left to the discretion of the flight simulator development of aerodynamic models may objective data for these applications.) operator and the NSPM. use modeling techniques to alter the method (2) The use of a rigorously defined and (3) Differences between the two sets of for acquiring flight test data for Level A or fully mature simulation controls system results, other than variations attributable to Level B simulators. model that includes accurate gearing and repeatability issues that cannot be explained, d. The information in Table A2E cable stretch characteristics (where should be investigated. (Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and applicable), determined from actual aircraft (4) The flight simulator should retain the Instrumentation) is presented to describe an measurements. Such a model does not ability to over-plot both automatic and acceptable alternative to data sources for require control surface position manual validation test results with reference simulator modeling and validation and an measurements in the flight test objective data data. acceptable alternative to the procedures and in these limited applications. End Information instrumentation traditionally used to gather f. The sponsor is urged to contact the such modeling and validation data. NSPM for clarification of any issue regarding lllllllllllllllllllll (1) Alternative data sources that may be airplanes with reversible control systems. Begin QPS Requirements used for part or all of a data requirement are Table A2E is not applicable to Computer the Airplane Maintenance Manual, the Controlled Aircraft full flight simulators. 17. Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), Airplane g. Utilization of these alternate data and Instrumentation: Level A and Level B Design Data, the Type Inspection Report sources, procedures, and instrumentation Simulators Only (TIR), Certification Data or acceptable (Table A2E) does not relieve the sponsor a. Sponsors are not required to use the supplemental flight test data. from compliance with the balance of the alternative data sources, procedures, and (2) The sponsor should coordinate with the information contained in this document instrumentation. However, any sponsor NSPM prior to using alternative data sources relative to Level A or Level B FFSs. choosing to use alternative sources must in a flight test or data gathering effort. h. The term ‘‘inertial measurement system’’ comply with the requirements in Table A2E. e. The NSPM position regarding the use of is used in the following table to include the these alternative data sources, procedures, use of a functional global positioning system End QPS Requirements and instrumentation is based on the (GPS). lllllllllllllllllllll following presumptions: i. Synchronized video for the use of (1) Data gathered through the alternative alternative data sources, procedures, and Begin Information means does not require angle of attack (AOA) instrumentation should have: b. It has become standard practice for measurements or control surface position (1) Sufficient resolution to allow experienced simulator manufacturers to use measurements for any flight test. However, magnification of the display to make modeling techniques to establish data bases AOA can be sufficiently derived if the flight appropriate measurement and comparisons; for new simulator configurations while test program ensures the collection of and awaiting the availability of actual flight test acceptable level, unaccelerated, trimmed (2) Sufficient size and incremental marking data. The data generated from the flight data. All of the simulator time history to allow similar measurement and aerodynamic modeling techniques is then tests that begin in level, unaccelerated, and comparison. The detail provided by the video compared to the flight test data when it trimmed flight, including the three basic trim should provide sufficient clarity and becomes available. The results of such tests and ‘‘fly-by’’ trims, can be a successful accuracy to measure the necessary comparisons have become increasingly validation of angle of attack by comparison parameter(s) to at least 1⁄2 of the tolerance consistent, indicating that these techniques, with flight test pitch angle. (Note: Due to the authorized for the specific test being applied with the appropriate experience, are criticality of angle of attack in the conducted and allow an integration of the dependable and accurate for the development development of the ground effects model, parameter(s) in question to obtain a rate of of aerodynamic models for use in Level A particularly critical for normal landings and change. and Level B simulators. landings involving cross-control input c. Based on this history of successful applicable to Level B simulators, stable ‘‘fly- End Information comparisons, the NSPM has concluded that by’’ trim data will be the acceptable norm for lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE A2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION <<>>

Table of objective tests Sim level Alternative data sources, procedures, and instru- Notes and reminders Test reference number and title A B mentation

The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix A are not used.

1.a.1. Performance. Taxi. Minimum X X TIR, AFM, or Design data may be used ...... Radius turn.

1.a.2. Performance. Taxi Rate of X Data may be acquired by using a constant tiller A single procedure may not be ade- Turn vs. Nosewheel Steering position, measured with a protractor or full rud- quate for all airplane steering sys- Angle. der pedal application for steady state turn, and tems, therefore appropriate meas- synchronized video of heading indicator. If less urement procedures must be de- than full rudder pedal is used, pedal position vised and proposed for NSPM must be recorded. concurrence. 1.b.1. Performance. Takeoff. Ground X X Preliminary certification data may be used. Data Acceleration Time and Distance. may be acquired by using a stop watch, cali- brated airspeed, and runway markers during a takeoff with power set before brake release. Power settings may be hand recorded. If an inertial measurement system is installed, speed and distance may be derived from ac- celeration measurements.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59665

TABLE A2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION—Continued <<>>

Table of objective tests Sim level Alternative data sources, procedures, and instru- Notes and reminders Test reference number and title A B mentation

1.b.2. Performance. Takeoff. Min- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- Rapid throttle reductions at speeds imum Control Speed-ground (Vmcg) urement system and a synchronized video of near Vmcg may be used while re- using aerodynamic controls only calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- cording appropriate parameters. (per applicable airworthiness tion measurements of flight deck controls. The nose wheel must be free to standard) or low speed, engine in- caster, or equivalently freed of operative ground control character- sideforce generation. istics. 1.b.3. Performance. Takeoff. Min- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- imum Unstick Speed (Vmu) or urement system and a synchronized video of equivalent test to demonstrate calibrated airplane instruments and the force/ early rotation takeoff characteris- position measurements of flight deck controls. tics. 1.b.4. Performance. Takeoff. Normal X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- Takeoff. urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. AOA can be calculated from pitch attitude and flight path. 1.b.5. Performance. Takeoff. Critical X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- Record airplane dynamic response Engine Failure during Takeoff. urement system and a synchronized video of to engine failure and control inputs calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- required to correct flight path. tion measurements of flight deck controls. 1.b.6. Performance. Takeoff. Cross- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- The ‘‘1:7 law’’ to 100 feet (30 me- wind Takeoff. urement system and a synchronized video of ters) is an acceptable wind profile. calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. 1.b.7. Performance. Takeoff. Re- X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video jected Takeoff. of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and distance (e.g., runway markers). A stop watch is re- quired. 1.c.1. Performance. Climb. Normal X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video Climb all engines operating. of calibrated airplane instruments and engine power throughout the climb range. 1.c.2. Performance. Climb. One En- X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video gine Inoperative Climb. of calibrated airplane instruments and engine power throughout the climb range. 1.c.4. Performance. Climb. One En- X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video gine Inoperative Approach Climb of calibrated airplane instruments and engine (if operations in icing conditions power throughout the climb range. are authorized). 1.d.1. Cruise/Descent. Level flight X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video acceleration. of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and elapsed time. 1.d.2. Cruise/Descent. Level flight X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video deceleration. of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and elapsed time. 1.d.4. Cruise/Descent. Idle descent .. X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and elapsed time. 1.d.5. Cruise/Descent. Emergency X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video Descent. of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and elapsed time. 1.e.1. Performance. Stopping. Decel- X X Data may be acquired during landing tests using eration time and distance, using a stop watch, runway markers, and a syn- manual application of wheel chronized video of calibrated airplane instru- brakes and no reverse thrust on a ments, thrust lever position and the pertinent dry runway. parameters of engine power. 1.e.2. Performance. Ground. Decel- X X Data may be acquired during landing tests using eration Time and Distance, using a stop watch, runway markers, and a syn- reverse thrust and no wheel chronized video of calibrated airplane instru- brakes. ments, thrust lever position and pertinent pa- rameters of engine power. 1.f.1. Performance. Engines. Accel- X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video eration. recording of engine instruments and throttle position.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59666 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION—Continued <<>>

Table of objective tests Sim level Alternative data sources, procedures, and instru- Notes and reminders Test reference number and title A B mentation

1.f.2. Performance. Engines. Decel- X X Data may be acquired with a synchronized video eration. recording of engine instruments and throttle position. 2.a.1.a. Handling Qualities. Static X X Surface position data may be acquired from Control Checks. Pitch Controller flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR Position vs. Force and Surface Po- sensor, at selected, significant column posi- sition Calibration. tions (encompassing significant column posi- tion data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground (for airplanes with reversible control systems, this function should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kts.). Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same column position data points. 2.a.2.a. Handling Qualities. Static X X Surface position data may be acquired from Control Checks. Roll Controller flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR Position vs. Force and Surface Po- sensor, at selected, significant wheel positions sition Calibration. (encompassing significant wheel position data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a con- trol surface protractor on the ground (for air- planes with reversible control systems, this function should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kts.). Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same wheel position data points. 2.a.3.a. Handling Qualities. Static X X Surface position data may be acquired from Control Checks. Rudder Pedal Po- flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sition vs. Force and Surface Posi- sensor, at selected, significant rudder pedal tion Calibration. positions (encompassing significant rudder pedal position data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground (for airplanes with reversible con- trol systems, this function should be accom- plished with winds less than 5 kts.). Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same rudder pedal position data points. 2.a.4. Handling Qualities. Static Con- X X Breakout data may be acquired with a hand held trol Checks. Nosewheel Steering force gauge. The remainder of the force to the Controller Force and Position. stops may be calculated if the force gauge and a protractor are used to measure force after breakout for at least 25% of the total dis- placement capability. 2.a.5. Handling Qualities. Static Con- X X Data may be acquired through the use of force trol Checks. Rudder Pedal Steer- pads on the rudder pedals and a pedal posi- ing Calibration. tion measurement device, together with design data for nose wheel position. 2.a.6. Handling Qualities. Static Con- X X Data may be acquired through calculations. trol Checks. Pitch Trim Indicator vs. Surface Position Calibration. 2.a.7. Handling qualities. Static con- X X Data may be acquired by using a synchronized trol tests. Pitch trim rate. video of pitch trim indication and elapsed time through range of trim indication. 2.a.8. Handling Qualities. Static Con- X X Data may be acquired through the use of a tem- trol tests. Alignment of Flight deck porary throttle quadrant scale to document Throttle Lever Angle vs. Selected throttle position. Use a synchronized video to engine parameter. record steady state instrument readings or hand-record steady state engine performance readings. 2.a.9. Handling qualities. Static con- X X Use of design or predicted data is acceptable. trol tests. Brake pedal position vs. Data may be acquired by measuring deflection force and brake system pressure at ‘‘zero’’ and ‘‘maximum’’ and calculating de- calibration. flections between the extremes using the air- plane design data curve. 2.c.1. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- control tests. Power change dy- urement system and a synchronized video of namics. calibrated airplane instruments and throttle po- sition.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59667

TABLE A2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION—Continued <<>>

Table of objective tests Sim level Alternative data sources, procedures, and instru- Notes and reminders Test reference number and title A B mentation

2.c.2. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- control tests. Flap/slat change dy- urement system and a synchronized video of namics. calibrated airplane instruments and flap/slat position. 2.c.3. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- control tests. Spoiler/speedbrake urement system and a synchronized video of change dynamics. calibrated airplane instruments and spoiler/ speedbrake position. 2.c.4. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- control tests. Gear change dynam- urement system and a synchronized video of ics. calibrated airplane instruments and gear posi- tion. 2.c.5. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired through use of an inertial control tests. Longitudinal trim. measurement system and a synchronized video of flight deck controls position (pre- viously calibrated to show related surface posi- tion) and the engine instrument readings. 2.c.6. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired through the use of an in- control tests. Longitudinal maneu- ertial measurement system and a syn- vering stability (stick force/g). chronized video of calibrated airplane instru- ments; a temporary, high resolution bank angle scale affixed to the attitude indicator; and a wheel and column force measurement indication. 2.c.7. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired through the use of a syn- control tests. Longitudinal static chronized video of airplane flight instruments stability. and a hand held force gauge. 2.c.8. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired through a synchronized Airspeeds may be cross checked control tests. Stall characteristics. video recording of a stop watch and calibrated with those in the TIR and AFM. airplane airspeed indicator. Hand-record the flight conditions and airplane configuration. 2.c.9. Handling qualities. Longitudinal X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- control tests. Phugoid dynamics. urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. 2.c.10. Handling qualities. Longitu- X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- dinal control tests. Short period dy- urement system and a synchronized video of namics. calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. 2.d.1. Handling qualities. Lateral di- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- rectional tests. Minimum control urement system and a synchronized video of speed, air (Vmca or Vmci), per appli- calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- cable airworthiness standard or tion measurements of flight deck controls. Low speed engine inoperative handling characteristics in the air. 2.d.2. Handling qualities. Lateral di- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- May be combined with step input of rectional tests. Roll response (rate). urement system and a synchronized video of flight deck roll controller test, calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- 2.d.3. tion measurements of flight deck lateral con- trols. 2.d.3. Handling qualities. Lateral di- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- rectional tests. Roll response to urement system and a synchronized video of flight deck roll controller step input. calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck lateral con- trols. 2.d.4. Handling qualities. Lateral di- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- rectional tests. Spiral stability. urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments; force/position measurements of flight deck controls; and a stop watch.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59668 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION—Continued <<>>

Table of objective tests Sim level Alternative data sources, procedures, and instru- Notes and reminders Test reference number and title A B mentation

2.d.5. Handling qualities. Lateral di- X X Data may be hand recorded in-flight using high Trimming during second segment rectional tests. Engine inoperative resolution scales affixed to trim controls that climb is not a certification task and trim. have been calibrated on the ground using pro- should not be conducted until a tractors on the control/trim surfaces with winds safe altitude is reached. less than 5 kts. OR Data may be acquired dur- ing second segment climb (with proper pilot control input for an engine-out condition) by using a synchronized video of calibrated air- plane instruments and force/position measure- ments of flight deck controls. 2.d.6. Handling qualities. Lateral di- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- rectional tests. Rudder response. urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of rudder pedals. 2.d.7. Handling qualities. Lateral di- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- rectional tests. Dutch roll (yaw urement system and a synchronized video of damper OFF). calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. 2.d.8. Handling qualities. Lateral di- X X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- rectional tests. Steady state side- urement system and a synchronized video of slip. calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. Ground track and wind corrected heading may be used for sideslip angle. 2.e.1. Handling qualities. Landings. X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- Normal landing. urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. 2.e.3. Handling qualities. Landings. X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- Crosswind landing. urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. 2.e.4. Handling qualities. Landings. X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- One engine inoperative landing. urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and the force/ position measurements of flight deck controls. Normal and lateral accelerations may be re- corded in lieu of AOA and sideslip. 2.e.5. Handling qualities. Landings. X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- Autopilot landing (if applicable). urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. Nor- mal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip. 2.e.6. Handling qualities. Landings. X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- All engines operating, autopilot, go urement system and a synchronized video of around. calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. Nor- mal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip. 2.e.7. Handling qualities. Landings. X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- One engine inoperative go around. urement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. Nor- mal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip. 2.e.8. Handling qualities. Landings. X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- Directional control (rudder effec- urement system and a synchronized video of tiveness with symmetric thrust). calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck controls. Nor- mal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip. 2.e.9. Handling qualities. Landings. X Data may be acquired by using an inertial meas- Directional control (rudder effec- urement system and a synchronized video of tiveness with asymmetric reverse calibrated airplane instruments and force/posi- thrust). tion measurements of flight deck controls. Nor- mal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59669

TABLE A2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION—Continued <<>>

Table of objective tests Sim level Alternative data sources, procedures, and instru- Notes and reminders Test reference number and title A B mentation

2.f. Handling qualities. Ground effect. X Data may be acquired by using calibrated air- Test to demonstrate ground effect. plane instruments, an inertial measurement system, and a synchronized video of cali- brated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls.

End Information attachment. These visual scenes and airport to that visual scene or airport model must be models may be made available on the made in accordance with the following time Attachment 3 to Appendix A to Part 60— simulator IOS without further involvement of limits: Simulator Subjective Evaluation the NSPM or the TPAA. (1) For a new airport runway, a runway lllllllllllllllllllll (3) For an interim period ending [date 2 extension, a new airport taxiway, a taxiway years after the effective date of the final rule], extension, or a runway/taxiway closure— Begin QPS Requirements Class III visual scenes and airport models within 60 days of the opening for use of the 1. Requirements (whether modeling real world airports, new airport runway, runway extension, new a. Except for special use visual scenes and generic airports, or fictional airports) may be airport taxiway, or taxiway extension; or airport models described below, all visual approved for specific purposes by the TPAA within 60 days of the closure of the runway scenes and airport models required by this or a foreign regulatory authority for a foreign or taxiway. part must be representations of real-world, user of the device. Examples of approved (2) For a new or modified approach light operational airports or representations of activities include specific airport or runway system—within 30 days of the activation of fictional airports and must meet the qualification, very low visibility operations the new or modified approach light system. requirements set out in Tables A3B and A3C training, including Surface Movement (3) For other facility or structural changes of this attachment, as appropriate. Guidance System (SMGS) operations, or use on the airport (e.g., new terminal, relocation b. If fictional airports are used, the sponsor of a specific airport visual model aligned of Air Traffic Control Tower)—within 6 must ensure that navigational aids and all with an instrument procedure for another months of the opening of the new or changed appropriate maps, charts, and other airport for instrument training. At the end of facility or structure. navigational reference material for the the interim period, all Class III visual scenes g. If a sponsor desires an extension to the fictional airports (and surrounding areas as and airport models must be classified as time limit for an update to a visual scene or necessary) are compatible, complete, and either a Class I or a Class II visual scene or airport model, the sponsor must provide a accurate with respect to the visual airport model or be removed from availability written extension request to the POI/TCPM presentation and scene content of the visual at the simulator IOS. However, Class III stating the reason for the update delay and model of this fictional airport. An SOC must visual scenes and airport models may a proposed completion date. A copy of this be submitted that addresses navigation aid continue to be used after the end of the request must also be sent to the NSPM. The installation and performance and other interim period if they are part of a training sponsor will forward a copy of the POI/ criteria (including obstruction clearance program specifically approved by the TPAA TCPM’s response to the NSPM. If the POI/ protection) for all instrument approaches to or other regulatory authority that uses a task TCPM has granted an extension, the NSPM the fictional airports that are available in the and capability analysis as the basis for will issue an extension authorization, not to simulator. The SOC must reference and approval of this specific media element, (i.e., exceed an additional 12 months. account for information in the terminal the specific scene or model selected for use End QPS Requirements instrument procedures manual and the in that program). lllllllllllllllllllll construction and availability of the required d. When a person sponsors an FSTD maps, charts, and other navigational material. maintained by a person other than a U.S. Begin Information This material must be clearly marked ‘‘for certificate holder, the sponsor is accountable training purposes only.’’ for that FSTD originally meeting, and 2. Discussion c. When the simulator is being used by an continuing to meet, the criteria under which a. The subjective tests provide a basis for instructor or evaluator for purposes of it was originally qualified and the evaluating the capability of the simulator to training, checking, or testing under this appropriate Part 60 criteria, including the perform over a typical utilization period; chapter, only visual scenes and airport visual scenes and airport models that may be determining that the simulator accurately models classified as Class I, Class II, or Class used by instructors or evaluators for purposes simulates each required maneuver, III may be available to the instructor or of training, checking, or testing under this procedure, or task; and verifying correct evaluator. The classifications are as follows: chapter. operation of the simulator controls, (1) Class I (whether modeling real world e. Neither Class II nor Class III airport instruments, and systems. The items listed in airports or fictional airports), for those visual visual models are required to appear on the the following Tables are for simulator scenes and airport models used for simulator SOQ. However, the sponsor is responsible for evaluation purposes only. They may not be qualification at a specified level. These visual ensuring the FSTD originally meets, and used to limit or exceed the authorizations for scenes and airport models must meet the continues to meet, the visual scene and use of a given level of simulator as described minimum requirements in Table A3B of this airport model requirements for Class II or on the Statement of Qualification or as may attachment, be evaluated by the NSPM, be Class III visual scenes and airport models be approved by the TPAA. listed on the Statement of Qualification that may be used by instructors or evaluators b. The tests in Table A3A, Operations (SOQ), and be available for use at the for training, checking, or testing under this Tasks, in this attachment, address pilot simulator IOS. chapter. functions, including maneuvers and (2) Class II (whether modeling real world f. When the visual scenes and airport procedures (called flight tasks), and are airports or fictional airports), for those visual models represent real world airports and a divided by flight phases. The performance of scenes and airport models that are in excess permanent change is made to that real world these tasks by the NSPM includes an of those used for simulator qualification at a airport (e.g., a new runway, an extended operational examination of the visual system specified level. These visual scenes and taxiway, a new lighting system, a runway and special effects. There are flight tasks airport models must meet the minimum closure) without a written extension grant included to address some features of requirements set out in Table A3C of this from the NSPM (described below), an update advanced technology airplanes and

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59670 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

innovative training programs. For example, visibility for the airplane approach category, h. Previously qualified simulators with ‘‘high angle-of-attack maneuvering’’ is and must allow proper alignment with a certain early generation Computer Generated included to provide a required alternative to landing runway at least 90 (different from the Image (CGI) visual systems, are limited by the ‘‘approach to stalls’’ for airplanes employing instrument approach course while allowing capability of the Image Generator or the flight envelope protection functions. the pilot to keep an identifiable portion of the display system used. These systems are: c. The tests in Table A3A, Operations airport in sight throughout the maneuver (1) Early CGI visual systems that are Tasks, and Table A3G, Instructor Operating (reference—14 CFR 91.175(e)). excepted from the requirement of including Station of this attachment, address the f. At the request of the TPAA, the NSPM runway numbers as a part of the specific overall function and control of the simulator may assess a device to determine if it is runway marking requirements are: including the various simulated capable of simulating certain training (a) Link NVS and DNVS. environmental conditions; simulated activities in a sponsor’s training program, (b) Novoview 2500 and 6000. airplane system operations (normal, such as a portion of a Line Oriented Flight (c) FlightSafety VITAL series up to, and abnormal, and emergency); visual system Training (LOFT) scenario. Unless directly including, VITAL III, but not beyond. displays; and special effects necessary to related to a requirement for the qualification (d) Redifusion SP1, SP1T, and SP2. meet flight crew training, evaluation, or flight level, the results of such an evaluation would (2) Early CGI visual systems are excepted experience requirements. not affect the qualification level of the from the requirement of including runway d. All simulated airplane systems functions will be assessed for normal and, where simulator. However, if the NSPM determines numbers unless the runways are used for appropriate, alternate operations. Normal, that the simulator does not accurately LOFT training sessions. These LOFT airport abnormal, and emergency operations simulate that training activity, the simulator models require runway numbers but only for associated with a flight phase will be would not be approved for that training the specific runway end (one direction) used assessed during the evaluation of flight tasks activity. in the LOFT session. The systems required to or events within that flight phase. Simulated g. The FAA intends to allow the use of display runway numbers only for LOFT airplane systems are listed separately under Class III visual scenes and airport models on scenes are: ‘‘Any Flight Phase’’ to ensure appropriate a limited basis when the sponsor provides (a) FlightSafety VITAL IV. attention to systems checks. Operational the TPAA (or other regulatory authority) an (b) Redifusion SP3 and SP3T. navigation systems (including inertial appropriate analysis of the skills, knowledge, (c) Link-Miles Image II. navigation systems, global positioning and abilities (SKAs) necessary for competent (3) The following list of previously systems, or other long-range systems) and the performance of the tasks in which this qualified CGI and display systems are associated electronic display systems will be particular media element is used. The incapable of generating blue lights. These evaluated if installed. The NSP pilot will analysis should describe the ability of the systems are not required to have accurate include in his report to the TPAA, the effect FSTD/visual media to provide an adequate taxi-way edge lighting: of the system operation and any system environment in which the required SKAs (a) Redifusion SP1. limitation. may be satisfactorily performed and learned. (b) FlightSafety Vital IV. e. Simulators demonstrating a satisfactory The analysis should also include the specific (c) Link-Miles Image II and Image IIT circling approach will be qualified for the media element, such as the visual scene or (d) XKD displays (even though the XKD circling approach maneuver and may be airport model. Additional sources of image generator is capable of generating blue approved for such use by the TPAA in the information on the conduct of task and colored lights, the display cannot sponsor’s FAA-approved flight training capability analysis may be found on the accommodate that color). program. To be considered satisfactory, the FAA’s Advanced Qualification Program circling approach will be flown at maximum (AQP) Web site at: http://www.faa.gov/ End Information gross weight for landing, with minimum education_research/training/aqp/. lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE A3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Operation tasks A B C D

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configura- tion List or the level of simulator qualification involved. Items not installed or not functional on the simulator and, there- fore, not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as exceptions on the SOQ.

1...... Preparation for Flight ...... X X X X Preflight. Accomplish a functions check of all switches, indicators, systems, and equipment at all crewmembers’ and instructors’ stations and determine that the flight deck design and functions are identical to that of the airplane simulated.

2...... Surface Operations (Pre-Take-Off)

2.a...... Engine Start

2.a.1...... Normal start ...... X X X X

2.a.2...... Alternate start procedures ...... X X X X

2.a.3...... Abnormal starts and shutdowns (e.g., hot/hung start, tail pipe fire) ...... X X X X

2.b...... Pushback/Powerback

2.c...... Taxi

2.c.1...... Thrust response ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59671

TABLE A3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Operation tasks A B C D

2.c.2...... Power lever friction ...... X X X X

2.c.3...... Ground handling ...... X X X X

2.c.4...... Nose wheel scuffing ...... X X

2.c.5...... Brake operation (normal and alternate/emergency) ...... X X X X

2.c.6...... Brake fade (if applicable) ...... X X X X

3...... Take-off

3.a...... Normal

3.a.1...... Airplane/engine parameter relationships ...... X X X X

3.a.2...... Acceleration characteristics (motion) ...... X X X X

3.a.3...... Nose wheel and rudder steering ...... X X X X

3.a.4...... Crosswind (maximum demonstrated) ...... X X X X

3.a.5...... Special performance (e.g., reduced V1, max de-rate, short field operations) ...... X X X X

3.a.6...... Low visibility take-off ...... X X X X

3.a.7...... Landing gear, wing flap leading edge device operation ...... X X X X

3.a.8...... Contaminated runway operation ...... X X

3.b...... Abnormal/emergency

3.b.1...... Rejected Take-off ...... X X X X

3.b.2...... Rejected special performance (e.g., reduced V1, max de-rate, short field operations) ...... X X X X

3.b.3...... With failure of most critical engine at most critical point, continued take-off ...... X X X X

3.b.4...... With wind shear ...... X X X X

3.b.5...... Flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling ...... X X X X

3.b.6...... Rejected takeoff with brake fade ...... X X

3.b.7...... Rejected, contaminated runway ...... X X

3.b.8...... Propulsion System Malfunction: ...... X X (i) Prior to V1 decision speed (ii) Between V1 and Vr (rotation speed) (iii) Between Vr and 500 feet above ground level

4...... Climb

4.a...... Normal ...... X X X X

4.b...... One or more engines inoperative ...... X X X X

5...... Cruise

5.a...... Performance characteristics (speed vs. power) ...... X X X X

5.b...... High altitude handling ...... X X X X

5.c...... High Mach number handling (Mach tuck, Mach buffet) and recovery (trim change) ...... X X X X

5.d...... Overspeed warning (in excess of Vmo or Mmo) ...... X X X X

5.e...... High IAS handling ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59672 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Operation tasks A B C D

6...... Maneuvers

6.a...... High angle of attack, approach to stalls, stall warning, buffet, and g-break (take-off, cruise, approach, X X X X and landing configuration).

6.b...... Flight envelope protection (high angle of attack, bank limit, overspeed, etc.) ...... X X X X

6.c...... Turns with/without speedbrake/spoilers deployed ...... X X X X

6.d...... Normal and steep turns ...... X X X X

6.e...... In flight engine shutdown and restart (assisted and windmill) ...... X X X X

6.f...... Maneuvering with one or more engines inoperative, as appropriate ...... X X X X

6.g...... Specific flight characteristics (e.g., direct lift control) ...... X X X X

6.h...... Flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling ...... X X X X

7...... Descent

7.a...... Normal ...... X X X X

7.b...... Maximum rate (clean and with speedbrake, etc.) ...... X X X X

7.c...... With autopilot ...... X X X X

7.d...... Flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling ...... X X X X

8...... Instrument Approaches And Landing. Those instrument approach and landing tests relevant to the simulated airplane type are selected from the following list. Some tests are made with limiting wind velocities, under windshear conditions, and with relevant system failures, including the failure of the Flight Director. If Standard Operating Procedures allow use autopilot for non-precision approaches, evaluation of the autopilot will be included. Level A simulators are not authorized to credit the landing maneuver.

8.a...... Precision

8.a.1...... PAR ...... X X X X

8.a.2...... CAT I/GBAS (ILS/MLS) published approaches ...... X X X X

(i) Manual approach with/without flight director including landing ...... X X X X

(ii) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach and manual landing ...... X X X X

(iii) Manual approach to DH and go-around all engines ...... X X X X

(iv) Manual one engine out approach to DH and go-around ...... X X X X

(v) Manual approach controlled with and without flight director to 30 m (100 ft) below CAT I minima ... X X X X

A. With cross-wind (maximum demonstrated) ...... X X X X

B. With windshear ...... X X X X

(vi) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach, one engine out to DH and go-around ...... X X X X

(vii) Approach and landing with minimum/standby electrical power ...... X X X X

8.a.3...... CAT II/GBAS (ILS/MLS) published approaches ...... X X X X

(i) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to DH and landing ...... X X X X

(ii) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to DH and go-around ...... X X X X

(iii) Autocoupled approach to DH and manual go-around ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 19:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59673

TABLE A3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Operation tasks A B C D

(iv) Category II published approach (auto-coupled, autothrottle) ...... X X X X

8.a.4...... CAT III/GBAS (ILS/MLS) published approaches ...... X X X X

(i) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to land and rollout ...... X X X X

(ii) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to DH/Alert Height and go-around ...... X X X X

(iii) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to land and rollout with one engine out ...... X X X X

(iv) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to DH/Alert Height and go-around with one engine out ...... X X X X

(v) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach (to land or to go around) ...... X X X X

A. With generator failure ...... X X X X

B. With 10 knot tail wind ...... X X X X

C. With 10 knot crosswind ...... X X X X

8.b...... Non-precision

8.b.1...... NDB ...... X X X X

8.b.2...... VOR, VOR/DME, VOR/TAC ...... X X X X

8.b.3...... RNAV (GNSS/GPS) ...... X X X X

8.b.4...... ILS LLZ (LOC), LLZ(LOC)/BC ...... X X X X

8.b.5...... ILS offset localizer ...... X X X X

8.b.6...... Direction finding facility (ADF/SDF) ...... X X X X

8.b.7...... Airport surveillance radar (ASR) ...... X X X X

9...... Visual Approaches (Visual Segment) And Landings. Flight simulators with visual systems, which permit completing a spe- cial approach procedure in accordance with applicable regulations, may be approved for that particular approach proce- dure.

9.a...... Maneuvering, normal approach and landing, all engines operating with and without visual approach X X X X aid guidance.

9.b...... Approach and landing with one or more engines inoperative ...... X X X X

9.c...... Operation of landing gear, flap/slats and speedbrakes (normal and abnormal) ...... X X X X

9.d...... Approach and landing with crosswind (max. demonstrated) ...... X X X X

9.e...... Approach to land with windshear on approach ...... X X X X

9.f...... Approach and landing with flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and X X X X associated handling (most significant degradation which is probable).

9.g...... Approach and landing with trim malfunctions ...... X X X X

9.g.1...... Longitudinal trim malfunction ...... X X X X

9.g.2...... Lateral-directional trim malfunction ...... X X X X

9.h...... Approach and landing with standby (minimum) electrical/hydraulic power ...... X X X X

9.i...... Approach and landing from circling conditions (circling approach) ...... X X X X

9.j...... Approach and landing from visual traffic pattern ...... X X X X

9.k...... Approach and landing from non-precision approach ...... X X X X

9.l...... Approach and landing from precision approach ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59674 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Operation tasks A B C D

9.m...... Approach procedures with vertical guidance (APV), e.g., SBAS ...... X X X X

10...... Missed Approach

10.a...... All engines ...... X X X X

10.b...... One or more engine(s) out ...... X X X X

10.c...... With flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling X X X X

11...... Surface Operations (Landing roll and taxi)

11.a...... Spoiler operation ...... X X X X

11.b...... Reverse thrust operation ...... X X X X

11.c...... Directional control and ground handling, both with and without reverse thrust ...... X X X

11.d...... Reduction of rudder effectiveness with increased reverse thrust (rear pod-mounted engines) ...... X X X

11.e...... Brake and anti-skid operation with dry, patchy wet, wet on rubber residue, and patchy icy conditions .. X X

11.f...... Brake operation, to include auto-braking system where applicable ...... X X X X

12...... Any Flight Phase

12.a...... Airplane and engine systems operation.

12.a.1...... Air conditioning and pressurization (ECS) ...... X X X X

12.a.2...... De-icing/anti-icing ...... X X X X

12.a.3...... Auxiliary power unit (APU) ...... X X X X

12.a.4...... Communications ...... X X X X

12.a.5...... Electrical ...... X X X X

12.a.6...... Fire and smoke detection and suppression ...... X X X X

12.a.7...... Flight controls (primary and secondary) ...... X X X X

12.a.8...... Fuel and oil, hydraulic and pneumatic ...... X X X X

12.a.9...... Landing gear ...... X X X X

12.a.10...... Oxygen ...... X X X X

12.a.11...... Engine ...... X X X X

12.a.12...... Airborne radar ...... X X X X

12.a.13...... Autopilot and Flight Director ...... X X X X

12.a.14...... Collision avoidance systems. (e.g., (E)GPWS, TCAS) ...... X X X X

12.a.15...... Flight control computers including stability and control augmentation ...... X X X X

12.a.16...... Flight display systems ...... X X X X

12.a.17...... Flight management computers ...... X X X X

12.a.18...... Head-up guidance, head-up displays ...... X X X X

12.a.19...... Navigation systems ...... X X X X

12.a.20...... Stall warning/avoidance ...... X X X X

12.a.21...... Wind shear avoidance equipment ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59675

TABLE A3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Operation tasks A B C D

12.a.22...... Automatic landing aids ...... X X X X

12.b...... Airborne procedures

12.b.1...... Holding ...... X X X X

12.b.2...... Air hazard avoidance. (Traffic, Weather) ...... X X

12.b.3...... Windshear ...... X X

12.b.4...... Effects of airframe ice ...... X X

12.c...... Engine shutdown and parking

12.c.1...... Engine and systems operation ...... X X X X

12.c.2...... Parking brake operation ...... X X X X

TABLE A3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—VISUAL SCENE CONTENT FOR QUALIFICATION AT THE STATED LEVEL

Simulator level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models A B C D

This table specifies the minimum airport visual model content and functionality to qualify a simulator at the indicated level. This table applies only to the airport scenes required for simulator qualification; i.e., one airport scene for Level A and Level B simulators; three airport scenes for Level C and Level D simulators.

Begin QPS Requirements

1...... Functional test content requirements for Level A and Level B simulators. The following is the minimum airport model content re- quirement to satisfy visual capability tests, and provides suitable visual cues to allow completion of all functions and subjec- tive tests described in this attachment for simulators at Levels A and B.

1.a...... A minimum of one (1) representative airport model. This model identification must be acceptable to the X X sponsor’s TPAA, selectable from the IOS, and listed on the Statement of Qualification.

1.b...... The fidelity of the visual scene must be sufficient for the aircrew to visually identify the airport; determine the X X position of the simulated airplane within a night visual scene; successfully accomplish take-offs, ap- proaches, and landings; and maneuver around the airport on the ground as necessary.

1.c...... Runways: ...... X X

1.c.1. Visible runway number ...... X X

1.c.2. Runway threshold elevations and locations must be modeled to provide sufficient correlation with airplane X X systems (e.g., altimeter).

1.c.3. Runway surface and markings ...... X X

1.c.4. Lighting for the runway in use including runway edge and centerline ...... X X

1.c.5. Lighting, visual approach aid and approach lighting of appropriate colors ...... X X

1.c.6. Representative taxiway lights ...... X X

2...... Functional test content requirements for Level C and Level D simulators. The following is the minimum airport model content re- quirement to satisfy visual capability tests, and provide suitable visual cues to allow completion of all functions and subjec- tive tests described in this attachment for simulators at Levels C and D. Not all of the elements described in this section must be found in a single airport scene. However, all of the elements described in this section must be found throughout a combination of the three (3) airport models described in item 2.a.

2.a...... A minimum of three (3) representative airport models. The model identifications must be acceptable to the X X sponsor’s TPAA, selectable from the IOS, and listed on the Statement of Qualification.

2.a.1. Night and Twilight (Dusk) scenes required ...... X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59676 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—VISUAL SCENE CONTENT FOR QUALIFICATION AT THE STATED LEVEL—Continued

Simulator level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models A B C D

2.a.2. Daylight scenes required ...... X

2.b...... Two parallel runways and one crossing runway, displayed simultaneously; at least two of the runways must X X be able to be lighted fully and simultaneously. NOTE: This requirement may be demonstrated at either a fictional airport or a real-world airport. How- ever, if a fictional airport is used, this airport must be listed on the Statement of Qualification.

2.c...... Runway threshold elevations and locations must be modeled to provide sufficient correlation with airplane X X systems (e.g., HGS, GPS, altimeter); slopes in runways, taxiways, and ramp areas must not cause dis- tracting or unrealistic effects, including pilot eye-point height variation.

2.d...... Representative airport buildings, structures and lighting ...... X X

2.e...... At least one useable gate, at the appropriate height (required only for those airplanes that typically operate X X from terminal gates).

2.f...... Representative moving and static gate clutter (e.g., other airplane, power carts, tugs, fuel trucks, and addi- X X tional gates).

2.g...... Representative gate/apron markings (e.g., hazard markings, lead-in lines, gate numbering) and lighting ...... X X

2.h...... Representative runway markings, lighting, and signage, including a windsock that gives appropriate wind X X cues.

2.i...... Representative taxiway markings, lighting, and signage necessary for position identification, and to taxi from X X parking to a designated runway and return to parking.

2.j...... A low visibility taxi route (e.g., Surface Movement Guidance Control System, follow-me truck, daylight taxi X lights) must also be demonstrated.

2.k...... Representative moving and static ground traffic (e.g., vehicular and airplane), including the capability to X X present ground hazards (e.g., another airplane crossing the active runway).

2.l...... Representative moving airborne traffic, including the capability to present air hazards (e.g., airborne traffic X X on a possible collision course).

2.m...... Representative depiction of terrain and obstacles as well as significant and identifiable natural and cultural X X features, within 25 NM of the reference airport.

2.n...... Appropriate approach lighting systems and airfield lighting for a VFR circuit and landing, non-precision ap- X X proaches and landings, and Category I, II and III precision approaches and landings.

2.o...... Representative gate docking aids or a marshaller ...... X X

2.p...... Portrayal of physical relationships known to cause landing illusions (e.g., short runways, landing approaches X over water, uphill or downhill runways, rising terrain on the approach path).This requirement may be met by a Statement of Compliance and Capability (SOC) and a demonstration of two landing illusions. The illu- sions are not required to be beyond the normal operational capabilities of the airplane being simulated. The demonstrated illusions must be available to the instructor or check airman at the IOS for training, test- ing, checking, or experience activities.

2.q...... Portrayal of runway surface contaminants, including runway lighting reflections when wet and partially ob- X scured lights when snow is present, or suitable alternative effects.

3...... Visual scene management. The following are the minimum visual scene management requirements for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

3.a...... Runway and approach lighting must fade into view in accordance with the environmental conditions set in X X X X the simulator, and the distance from the object.

3.b...... The direction of strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge lights, visual landing aids, runway centerline X X X X lights, threshold lights, and touchdown zone lights must be replicated.

4...... Visual feature recognition. The following are the minimum distances at which runway features must be visible for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D. Distances are measured from runway threshold to an airplane aligned with the runway on an ex- tended 3° glide-slope in simulated meteorological conditions that recreate the minimum distances for visibility. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59677

TABLE A3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—VISUAL SCENE CONTENT FOR QUALIFICATION AT THE STATED LEVEL—Continued

Simulator level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models A B C D

4.a...... Runway definition, strobe lights, approach lights, and runway edge white lights from 5 sm (8 km) of the run- X X X X way threshold.

4.b...... Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 5 sm (8 km) of the runway threshold ...... X X

4.c...... Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 3 sm (5 km) of the runway threshold ...... X X

4.d...... Runway centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 sm (5 km) ...... X X X X

4.e...... Threshold lights and touchdown zone lights from 2 sm (3 km) ...... X X X X

4.f...... Runway markings within range of landing lights for night scenes as required by the surface resolution test X X X X on day scenes.

4.g...... For circling approaches, the runway of intended landing and associated lighting should fade into view in a X X X X non-distracting manner.

5...... Airport model content. The following sets out the minimum requirements for what must be provided in an airport visual model and also identifies the other aspects of the airport environment that must correspond with that model for simulators at Lev- els A, B, C, and D. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing. If all runways in an airport model used to meet the requirements of this attachment are not designated as ‘‘in use,’’ then the ‘‘in use’’ runways must be listed on the Statement of Qualification (e.g., KORD, Rwys 9R, 14L, 22R). Models of airports with more than one runway must have all significant runways not ‘‘in-use’’ visually depicted for airport and runway recognition purposes. The use of white or off white light strings that identify the runway threshold, edges, and ends for twilight and night scenes are acceptable for this requirement. Rectangular surface depictions are acceptable for daylight scenes. A visual system’s capabilities must be balanced between providing airport models with an accurate rep- resentation of the airport and a realistic representation of the surrounding environment.

5.a...... The surface and markings for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway must include the following:

5.a.1. Threshold markings...... X X X X

5.a.2. Runway numbers...... X X X X

5.a.3. Touchdown zone markings ...... X X X X

5.a.4. Fixed distance markings ...... X X X X

5.a.5. Edge markings...... X X X X

5.a.6. Centerline stripes...... X X X X

5.b...... Each runway designated as an ‘‘in-use’’ runway must include the following detail that is either modeled using airport pictures, construction drawings and maps, U.S. National Imagery and Mapping Agency, or other data, or modeled in accordance with published regulatory material. Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway, but the detail that is provided should be correct within reasonable limits

5.b.1. The lighting for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway must include the following:

(i) Threshold lights ...... X X X X

(ii) Edge lights ...... X X X X

(iii) End lights ...... X X X X

(iv) Centerline lights, if appropriate ...... X X X X

(v) Touchdown zone lights, if appropriate ...... X X X X

(vi) Leadoff lights, if appropriate ...... X X X X

(vii) Appropriate visual landing aid(s) for that runway ...... X X X X

(viii) Appropriate approach lighting system for that runway ...... X X X X

5.b.2. The taxiway surface and markings associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway must include the following:

(i) Edge ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59678 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—VISUAL SCENE CONTENT FOR QUALIFICATION AT THE STATED LEVEL—Continued

Simulator level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models A B C D

(ii) Centerline ...... X X X X

(iii) Runway hold lines ...... X X X X

(iv) ILS critical area marking ...... X X X X

5.b.3. The taxiway lighting associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway must include the following:

(i) Edge ...... X X X

(ii) Centerline, if appropriate ...... X X X X

(iii) Runway hold and ILS critical area lights ...... X X X X

(iv) Edge lights of correct color ...... X

5.b.4. Airport signage associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway must include the following:

(i) Distance remaining signs, if appropriate ...... X X X X

(ii) Signs at intersecting runways and taxiways ...... X X X X

(iii) Signs described in items ‘‘2h’’ and ‘‘2i’’ of this table ...... X X X X

5.b.5. Required visual model correlation with other aspects of the airport environment simulation:

(i) The airport model must be properly aligned with the navigational aids that are associated with operations X X X X at the runway ‘‘in-use’’.

(ii) The simulation of runway contaminants must be correlated with the displayed runway surface and lighting X where applicable.

6...... Correlation with airplane and associated equipment.The following are the minimum correlation comparisons that must be made for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

6.a...... Visual system compatibility with aerodynamic programming ...... X X X X

6.b...... Visual cues to assess sink rate and depth perception during landings ...... X X X X

6.c...... Accurate portrayal of environment relating to flight simulator attitudes ...... X X X X

6.d...... The visual scene must correlate with integrated airplane systems, where fitted (e.g. terrain, traffic and X X X X weather avoidance systems and Head-up Guidance System (HGS)).

6.e...... Representative visual effects for each visible, own-ship, airplane external light(s) ...... X X X X

6.f...... The effect of rain removal devices ...... X

7...... Scene quality. The following are the minimum scene quality tests that must be conducted for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

7.a...... Surfaces and textural cues must be free from apparent quantization (aliasing) ...... X X

7.b...... System capable of portraying full color realistic textural cues ...... X X

7.c...... The system light points must be free from distracting jitter, smearing or streaking ...... X X X X

7.d...... Demonstration of occulting through each channel of the system in an operational scene ...... X X

7.e...... Demonstration of a minimum of ten levels of occulting through each channel of the system in an operational X X scene.

7.f...... System capable of providing focus effects that simulate rain ...... X

7.g...... System capable of providing focus effects that simulate light point perspective growth ...... X X

7.h...... System capable of six discrete light step controls (0–5) ...... X X X X

8...... Environmental effects. The following are the minimum environmental effects that must be available in simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59679

TABLE A3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—VISUAL SCENE CONTENT FOR QUALIFICATION AT THE STATED LEVEL—Continued

Simulator level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models A B C D

8.a...... The displayed scene corresponding to the appropriate surface contaminants and including runway lighting X reflections for wet, partially obscured lights for snow, or alternative effects.

8.a.1. Special weather representations which include:

(i) The sound, motion and visual effects of light, medium and heavy precipitation near a thunderstorm on X take-off, approach, and landings at and below an altitude of 2,000 ft (600 m) above the airport surface and within a radius of 10 sm (16 km) from the airport.

(ii) One airport with a snow scene to include terrain snow and snow-covered taxiways and runways ...... X

8.b...... In-cloud effects such as variable cloud density, speed cues and ambient changes ...... X X

8.c...... The effect of multiple cloud layers representing few, scattered, broken and overcast conditions giving partial X X or complete obstruction of the ground scene.

8.d...... Visibility and RVR measured in terms of distance. Visibility/RVR checked at 2,000 ft (600 m) above the air- X X X X port and at two heights below 2000ft with at least 500 ft. of separation between the measurements. The measurements must be taken within a radius of 10 sm (16 km) from the airport.

8.e...... Patchy fog giving the effect of variable RVR ...... X

8.f...... Effects of fog on airport lighting such as halos and defocus ...... X X

8.g...... Effect of own-ship lighting in reduced visibility, such as reflected glare, including landing lights, strobes, and X X beacons.

8.h...... Wind cues to provide the effect of blowing snow or sand across a dry runway or taxiway selectable from the X instructor station.

9...... Instructor control of the following: The following are the minimum instructor controls that must be available in simulators at Lev- els A, B, C, and D.

9.a...... Environmental effects, e.g., cloud base, cloud effects, cloud density, visibility in statute miles/ kilometers and X X X X RVR in feet/meters.

9.b...... Airport selection ...... X X X X

9.c...... Airport lighting, including variable intensity ...... X X X X

9.d...... Dynamic effects including ground and flight traffic ...... X X

End QPS Requirement

Begin Information

10...... An example of being able to ‘‘combine two airport models to achieve two ‘‘in-use’’ runways: One runway designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway in the first model of the airport, and the second runway designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway in the second model of the same airport. For example, the clearance is for the ILS approach to Runway 27, Circle to Land on Runway 18 right. Two air- port visual models might be used: the first with Runway 27 designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway for the approach to runway 27, and the second with Runway 18 Right designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway. When the pilot breaks off the ILS approach to runway 27, the instructor may change to the second airport visual model in which runway 18 Right is designated as the ‘‘in use’’ run- way, and the pilot would make a visual approach and landing. This process is acceptable to the FAA as long as the temporary interruption due to the visual model change is not distracting to the pilot.

11...... Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway, but the detail that is provided should be correct within reasonable limits.

End Information

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59680 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A3C.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

Visual Scene Content; Additional Visual Models Beyond Minimum Required for Qualification Simulator level Number Class II visual scenes/visual models A B C D

This table specifies the minimum airport visual model content and functionality necessary to add airport visual models to a simulator’s visual model library, beyond those necessary for qualification at the stated level, without the necessity of further involvement of the NSPM or TPAA.

Begin QPS Requirements

1...... Visual scene management. The following is the minimum visual scene management requirements for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

1.a. The direction of strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge lights, visual landing aids, runway centerline lights, X X X X threshold lights, and touchdown zone lights on the ‘‘in-use’’ runway must be replicated.

2...... Visual feature recognition. The following are the minimum distances at which runway features must be visible for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D. Distances are measured from runway threshold to an airplane aligned with the runway on an extended 3° glide-slope in simulated meteorological conditions that recreate the minimum distances for visibility. For circling approaches, all requirements of this section apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

2.a. Runway definition, strobe lights, approach lights, and runway edge white lights from 5 sm (8 km) from the runway X X X X threshold.

2.b. Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 5 sm (8 km) from the runway threshold ...... X X

2.c. Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 3 sm (5 km) from the runway threshold ...... X X

2.d. Runway centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 sm (5 km) from the runway threshold ...... X X X X

2.e. Threshold lights and touchdown zone lights from 2 sm (3 km) from the runway threshold ...... X X X X

2.f. Runway markings within range of landing lights for night scenes and as required by the surface resolution require- X X X X ments on day scenes.

2.g. For circling approaches, the runway of intended landing and associated lighting must fade into view in a non-dis- X X X X tracting manner.

3...... Airport model content. The following prescribes the minimum requirements for what must be provided in an airport visual model and identifies other aspects of the airport environment that must correspond with that model for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D. The detail must be modeled using airport pictures, construction drawings and maps, or other data, or modeled in accordance with pub- lished regulatory material; however, this does not require that airport models contain details that are beyond the designed capability of the currently qualified visual system. For circling approaches, all requirements of this section apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

3.a. The surface and markings for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway:

3.a.1. ... Threshold markings ...... X X X X

3.a.2. ... Runway numbers ...... X X X X

3.a.3. ... Touchdown zone markings ...... X X X X

3.a.4. ... Fixed distance markings ...... X X X X

3.a.5. ... Edge markings ...... X X X X

3.a.6. ... Centerline stripes ...... X X X X

3.b The lighting for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway:

3.b.1. ... Threshold lights ...... X X X X

3.b.2. ... Edge lights ...... X X X X

3.b.3. ... End lights ...... X X X X

3.b.4. ... Centerline lights ...... X X X X

3.b.5. ... Touchdown zone lights, if appropriate ...... X X X X

3.b.6. ... Leadoff lights, if appropriate ...... X X X X

3.b.7. ... Appropriate visual landing aid(s) for that runway ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59681

TABLE A3C.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

Visual Scene Content; Additional Visual Models Beyond Minimum Required for Qualification Simulator level Number Class II visual scenes/visual models A B C D

3.b.8. ... Appropriate approach lighting system for that runway ...... X X X X

3.c. The taxiway surface and markings associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway:

3.c.1. .... Edge ...... X X X X

3.c.2. .... Centerline ...... X X X X

3.c.3. .... Runway hold lines ...... X X X X

3.c.4. .... ILS critical area markings ...... X X X X

3.d. The taxiway lighting associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway:

3.d.1. ... Edge ...... X X

3.d.2. ... Centerline ...... X X X X

3.d.3. ... Runway hold and ILS critical area lights ...... X X X X

4...... Required visual model correlation with other aspects of the airport environment simulation. The following are the minimum visual model correlation tests that must be conducted for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

4.a. The airport model must be properly aligned with the navigational aids that are associated with operations at the X X X X ‘‘in-use’’ runway.

4.b. Slopes in runways, taxiways, and ramp areas must not cause distracting or unrealistic effects ...... X X X X

5...... Correlation with airplane and associated equipment. The following are the minimum correlation comparisons that must be made for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

5.a. Visual system compatibility with aerodynamic programming ...... X X X X

5.b. Accurate portrayal of environment relating to flight simulator attitudes ...... X X X X

5.c. Visual cues to assess sink rate and depth perception during landings ...... X X X

5.d. Visual effects for each visible, own-ship, airplane external light(s) ...... X X X

6...... Scene quality. The following are the minimum scene quality tests that must be conducted for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

6.a. Surfaces and textural cues should be free from apparent quantization (aliasing) ...... X X

6.b. Correct color and realistic textural cues ...... X

6.c. Light points free from distracting jitter, smearing or streaking ...... X X X X

7...... Instructor controls of the following: The following are the minimum instructor controls that must be available in simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.

7.a. Environmental effects, e.g., cloud base (if used), cloud effects, cloud density, visibility in statute miles/kilometers X X X X and RVR in feet/meters.

7.b. Airport selection...... X X X X

7.c. Airport lighting including variable intensity ...... X X X X

7.d. Dynamic effects including ground and flight traffic ...... X X

End QPS Requirements

Begin Information

8...... Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway, but the detail that is provided must be correct with- X X X X in the capabilities of the system.

End Information

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59682 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A3D.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Motion system effects Information A B C D

This table specifies motion effects that are required to indicate when a flight crewmember must be able to recognize an event or situation. Where applicable, flight simulator pitch, side loading and directional control characteristics must be representative of the airplane

1. Runway rumble, oleo deflection, ground speed, uneven X X X If time permits, different gross weights can also be se- runway, runway and taxiway centerline light charac- lected, which may also affect the associated vibra- teristics: tions depending on airplane type. The associated mo- Procedure: After the airplane has been pre-set to the tion effects for the above tests should also include an takeoff position and then released, taxi at various assessment of the effects of rolling over centerline speeds with a smooth runway and note the general lights, surface discontinuities of uneven runways, and characteristics of the simulated runway rumble effects various taxiway characteristics. of oleo deflections. Repeat the maneuver with a run- way roughness of 50%, then with maximum rough- ness. The associated motion vibrations should be af- fected by ground speed and runway roughness.

2...... Buffets on the ground due to spoiler/speedbrake exten- X X X sion and reverse thrust: Procedure: Perform a normal landing and use ground spoilers and reverse thrust—either individually or in combination—to decelerate the simulated airplane. Do not use wheel braking so that only the buffet due to the ground spoilers and thrust reversers is felt.

3...... Bumps associated with the landing gear: X X X Procedure: Perform a normal take-off paying special at- tention to the bumps that could be perceptible due to maximum oleo extension after lift-off. When the land- ing gear is extended or retracted, motion bumps can be felt when the gear locks into position.

4...... Buffet during extension and retraction of landing gear: X X X Procedure: Operate the landing gear. Check that the motion cues of the buffet experienced represent the actual airplane.

5...... Buffet in the air due to flap and spoiler/speedbrake ex- X X X tension and approach to stall buffet: Procedure: Perform an approach and extend the flaps and slats with airspeeds deliberately in excess of the normal approach speeds. In cruise configuration, verify the buffets associated with the spoiler/ speedbrake extension. The above effects can also be verified with different combinations of spoiler/ speedbrake, flap, and landing gear settings to assess the interaction effects.

6...... Approach to stall buffet: X X X Procedure: Conduct an approach-to-stall with engines at idle and a deceleration of 1 knot/second. Check that the motion cues of the buffet, including the level of buffet increase with decreasing speed, are rep- resentative of the actual airplane.

7...... Touchdown cues for main and nose gear: X X X Procedure: Conduct several normal approaches with various rates of descent. Check that the motion cues for the touchdown bumps for each descent rate are representative of the actual airplane.

8...... Nose wheel scuffing: X X X Procedure: Taxi at various ground speeds and manipu- late the nose wheel steering to cause yaw rates to develop that cause the nose wheel to vibrate against the ground (‘‘scuffing’’). Evaluate the speed/nose wheel combination needed to produce scuffing and check that the resultant vibrations are representative of the actual airplane.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 19:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59683

TABLE A3D.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Motion system effects Information A B C D

9...... Thrust effect with brakes set: X X X This effect is most discernible with wing-mounted en- Procedure: Set the brakes on at the take-off point and gines. increase the engine power until buffet is experienced. Evaluate its characteristics. Confirm that the buffet in- creases appropriately with increasing engine thrust.

10...... Mach and maneuver buffet: X X X Procedure: With the simulated airplane trimmed in 1 g flight while at high altitude, increase the engine power so that the Mach number exceeds the documented value at which Mach buffet is experienced. Check that the buffet begins at the same Mach number as it does in the airplane (for the same configuration) and that buffet levels are representative of the actual air- plane. For certain airplanes, maneuver buffet can also be verified for the same effects. Maneuver buffet can occur during turning flight at conditions greater than 1 g, particularly at higher altitudes.

11...... Tire failure dynamics: X X The pilot may notice some yawing with a multiple tire Procedure: Simulate a single tire failure and a multiple failure selected on the same side. This should require tire failure. the use of the rudder to maintain control of the air- plane. Dependent on airplane type, a single tire fail- ure may not be noticed by the pilot and should not have any special motion effect. Sound or vibration may be associated with the actual tire losing pres- sure.

12...... Engine malfunction and engine damage: X X X Procedure: The characteristics of an engine malfunction as stipulated in the malfunction definition document for the particular flight simulator must describe the special motion effects felt by the pilot. The associated engine instruments should vary according to the na- ture of the malfunction and replicate the effects of the airframe vibration.

13...... Tail strikes and engine pod strikes: X X X Procedure: Tail-strikes can be checked by over-rotation of the airplane at a speed below Vr while performing a takeoff. The effects can also be verified during a landing. The motion effect should be felt as a notice- able bump. If the tail strike affects the airplane angu- lar rates, the cueing provided by the motion system should have an associated effect. Excessive banking of the airplane during its take-off/ landing roll can cause a pod strike. The motion effect should be felt as a noticeable bump. If the pod strike affects the airplane angular rates, the cueing pro- vided by the motion system should have an associ- ated effect.

TABLE A3E.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Sound system A B C D

The following checks are performed during a normal flight profile with motion system ON.

1...... Precipitation ...... X X

2...... Rain removal equipment ...... X X

3...... Significant airplane noises perceptible to the pilot during normal operations ...... X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59684 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE A3E.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Sound system A B C D

4...... Abnormal operations for which there are associated sound cues including, engine malfunctions, landing gear/tire X X malfunctions, tail and engine pod strike and pressurization malfunction.

5...... Sound of a crash when the flight simulator is landed in excess of limitations ...... X X

TABLE A3F.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Sound effects A B C D

This table specifies the minimum special effects necessary for the specified simulator level.

1...... Braking Dynamics: X X Representations of the dynamics of brake failure (flight simulator pitch, side-loading, and directional control char- acteristics representative of the airplane), including antiskid and decreased brake efficiency due to high brake temperatures (based on airplane related data), sufficient to enable pilot identification of the problem and imple- mentation of appropriate procedures.

2...... Effects of Airframe and Engine Icing: X X Required only for those airplanes authorized for operations in known icing conditions ...... Procedure: With the simulator airborne, in a clean configuration, nominal altitude and cruise airspeed, autopilot on and auto-throttles off, engine and airfoil anti-ice/de-ice systems deactivated; activate icing conditions at a rate that allows monitoring of simulator and systems response. Icing recognition will include an increase in gross weight, airspeed decay, change in simulator pitch attitude, change in engine performance indications (other than due to airspeed changes), and change in data from pitot/static system. Activate heating, anti-ice, or de-ice sys- tems independently. Recognition will include proper effects of these systems, eventually returning the simulated airplane to normal flight.

TABLE A3G.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Instructor operating station (IOS) (as appropriate) A B C D

Functions in this table are subject to evaluation only if appropriate for the airplane and/or the system is installed on the specific simulator

1...... Simulator Power Switch(es) ...... X X X X

2...... Airplane conditions

2.a. Gross weight, center of gravity, fuel loading and allocation ...... X X X X

2.b. Airplane systems status ...... X X X X

2.c. Ground crew functions (e.g., ext. power, push back) ...... X X X X

3...... Airports

3.a. Number and selection ...... X X X X

3.b. Runway selection...... X X X X

3.c. Runway surface condition (e.g., rough, smooth, icy, wet) ...... X X

3.d. Preset positions (e.g., ramp, gate, #1 for takeoff, takeoff position, over FAF) ...... X X X X

3.e. Lighting controls...... X X X X

4...... Environmental controls

4.a Visibility (statute miles (kilometers)) ...... X X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59685

TABLE A3G.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Instructor operating station (IOS) (as appropriate) A B C D

4.b. Runway visual range (in feet (meters)) ...... X X X X

4.c. Temperature ...... X X X X

4.d. Climate conditions (e.g., ice, snow, rain) ...... X X X X

4.e. Wind speed and direction ...... X X X X

4.f. Windshear ...... X X

4.g. Clouds (base and tops) ...... X X X X

5...... Airplane system malfunctions (Inserting and deleting malfunctions into the simulator) ...... X X X X

6...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning

6.a. Problem (all) freeze/release ...... X X X X

6.b. Position (geographic) freeze/release ...... X X X X

6.c. Repositioning (locations, freezes, and releases) ...... X X X X

6.d. Ground speed control ...... X X X X

7...... Remote IOS ...... X X X X

8...... Sound Controls. On/off/adjustment ...... X X X X

9...... Motion/Control Loading System

9.a. On/off/emergency stop...... X X X X

9.b. Crosstalk (motion response in a given degree of freedom not perceptible in other degrees of freedom) ...... X X X X

9.c. Smoothness (no perceptible ‘‘turn-around bump’’ as the direction of motion reverses with the simulator being X X X X ‘‘flown’’ normally).

10...... Observer Seats/Stations. Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system ...... X X X X

lllllllllllllllllllll equivalent to the length of a typical training (a) Simulator Acceptance Test Manuals. session. (b) Simulator Approval Test Guide. Begin Information (2) The simulator should be capable of (c) Technical Logbook Open Item List. 1. Introduction operating reliably after the use of training (d) Daily Functional Pre-flight Check. device functions such as repositions or (2) Documentation of User/Carrier Flight a. The following is an example test malfunctions. Logs. schedule for an Initial/Upgrade evaluation c. A detailed understanding of the training (a) Simulator Operating/Instructor Manual. that covers the majority of the requirements task will naturally lead to a list of objectives (b) Difference List (Aircraft/Simulator). set out in the Functions and Subjective test that the simulator should meet. This list will (c) Flight Crew Operating Manuals. requirements. It is not intended that the form the basis of the test plan. Additionally, (d) Performance Data for Different Fields. schedule be followed line by line, rather, the once the test plan has been formulated, the (e) Crew Training Manual. example should be used as a guide for initial conditions and the evaluation criteria (f) Normal/Abnormal/Emergency preparing a schedule that is tailored to the should be established. The evaluator should Checklists. airplane, sponsor, and training task. consider all factors that may have an (3) Simulator External Checks. b. Functions and subjective tests should be influence on the characteristics observed (a) Appearance and Cleanliness. planned. This information has been during particular training tasks in order to (b) Stairway/Access Bridge. organized as a reference document with the make the test plan successful. (c) Emergency Rope Ladders. considerations, methods, and evaluation (d) ‘‘Motion On’’/’’Flight in Progress’’ notes for each individual aspect of the 2. Events Lights. simulator task presented as an individual a. Initial Conditions. (4) Simulator Internal Checks. item. In this way the evaluator can design his (1) Airport. (a) Cleaning/Disinfecting Towels (for or her own test plan, using the appropriate (2) QNH. cleaning oxygen masks). sections to provide guidance on method and (3) Temperature. (b) Flight deck Layout (compare with evaluation criteria. Two aspects should be (4) Wind/Crosswind. difference list). present in any test plan structure: (5) Zero Fuel Weight /Fuel /Gross Weight (5) Equipment. (1) An evaluation of the simulator to /Center of Gravity. (a) Quick Donning Oxygen Masks. determine that it replicates the aircraft and b. Initial Checks. (b) Head Sets. performs reliably for an uninterrupted period (1) Documentation of Simulator. (c) Smoke Goggles.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59686 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(d) Sun Visors. (A) Runway surface scene. Note: Up to 5° bank towards the operating (e) Escape Rope. (B) Windshield wiper—operation and engine(s) is permissible. Climb for 3 minutes (f) Chart Holders. sound. and note fuel, distance, and time. Increase (g) Flashlights. (ii) Hail: speed toward en route climb speed and (h) Fire Extinguisher (inspection date). (A) Runway surface scene retract flaps. Climb for 3 minutes and note (i) Crash Axe. (B) Windshield wiper—operation and fuel, distance, and time. (j) Gear Pins. sound. j. Systems Operation During Climb. c. Power Supply And APU Start Checks. (b) Lightning/thunder. Check normal operation and malfunctions (1) Batteries and Static Inverter. (c) Snow/ice runway surface scene. as appropriate for the following systems (2) APU Start with Battery. (d) Fog. (1) Air conditioning/Pressurization/ (3) APU Shutdown using Fire Handle. h. Takeoff. Ventilation. (4) External Power Connection. Select one or several of the following test (2) Autoflight. (5) APU Start with External Power. cases: (3) Communications. (6) Abnormal APU Start/Operation. (1) T/O Configuration Warnings. (4) Electrical. d. Flight deck Checks. (2) Engine Takeoff Readings. (5) Fuel. (1) Flight deck Preparation Checks. (3) Rejected Takeoff (Dry/Wet/Icy Runway) (6) Icing Systems. (2) FMC Programming. and check the following: (7) Indicating and Recording systems. (3) Communications and Navigational Aids (a) Autobrake function. (8) Navigation/FMS. Checks. (b) Anti-skid operation. (9) Pneumatics. e. Engine Start. (c) Motion/visual effects during k. Cruise Checks. (1) Before Start Checks. deceleration. Select one or several of the following test (2) Battery start with Ground Air Supply (d) Record stopping distance (use runway cases: Unit. plot or runway lights remaining). (1) Cruise Performance. (3) Engine Crossbleed Start. Continue taxiing along the runway while (2) High Speed/High Altitude Handling (4) Normal Engine Start. applying brakes and check the following: (check the following): (5) Abnormal Engine Starts. (e) Center line lights alternating red/white (a) Overspeed warning. (6) Engine Idle Readings. for 2000 feet/600 meters. (b) High Speed buffet. (7) After Start Checks. (f) Center line lights all red for 1000 feet/ (c) Aircraft control satisfactory. f. Taxi Checks. 300m. (d) Envelope limiting functions on (1) Pushback/Powerback. (g) Runway end, red stop bars. Computer Controlled Airplanes. (2) Taxi Checks. (h) Braking fade effect. Reduce airspeed to below level flight buffet (i) Brake temperature indications. (3) Ground Handling Check: onset speed, start a turn, and check the (4) Engine Failure between VI and V2 (a) Power required to initiate ground roll. following: (5) Normal Takeoff: (b) Thrust response. (e) High Speed buffet increases with G (a) During ground roll check the following: (c) Nose Wheel and Pedal Steering. loading. (i) Runway rumble. (d) Nosewheel Scuffing. Reduce throttles to idle and start descent, (ii) Acceleration cues. (e) Perform 180 degree turns. (iii) Groundspeed effects. deploy the speedbrake, and check the (f) Brakes Response and Differential (iv) Engine sounds. following: Braking using Normal, Alternate and (v) Nosewheel and rudder pedal steering. (f) Speedbrake indications. Emergency. (b) During and after rotation, check the (g) Symmetrical deployment. (g) Brake Systems. following: (h) Airframe buffet. (h) Eye height and fore/aft position. (i) Rotation characteristics. (i) Aircraft response hands off. (4) Runway Roughness. (ii) Column force during rotation. (3) Yaw Damper Operation. g. Visual Scene—Ground Assessment. (iii) Gear uplock sounds/bumps. Switch off yaw dampers and autopilot. Select 3 different visual models and (iv) Effect of slat/flap retraction during Initiate a Dutch roll and check the following: perform the following checks with Day, Dusk climbout (a) Aircraft dynamics. and Night selected, as appropriate: (6) Crosswind Takeoff (check the (b) Simulator motion effects. (1) Visual Controls. following): Switch on yaw dampers, re-initiate a Dutch (a) Daylight, Dusk, Night Scene Controls. (a) Tendency to turn into or out of the roll and check the following: (b) Flight deck ‘‘Daylight’’ ambient wind. (c) Damped aircraft dynamics. lighting. (b) Tendency to lift upwind wing as (4) APU Operation. (c) Environment Light Controls. airspeed increase (5) Engine Gravity Feed. (d) Runway Light Controls. (7) Windshear during Takeoff (check the (6) Engine Shutdown and Driftdown (e) Taxiway Light Controls. following): Check: FMC operation Aircraft performance. (2) Scene Content. (a) Controllable during windshear (7) Engine Relight. (a) Ramp area for buildings, gates, encounter. l. Descent. airbridges, maintenance ground Equipment, (b) Performance adequate when using Select one of the following test cases: parked aircraft. correct techniques. (1) Normal Descent Descend while (b) Daylight shadows, night time light (c) Windshear Indications satisfactory. maintaining recommended speed profile and pools. (d) Motion cues satisfactory (particularly note fuel, distance And time. (c) Taxiways for correct markings, taxiway/ turbulence). (2) Cabin Depressurization/Emergency runway, marker boards, CAT I and II/III hold (8) Normal Takeoff with Control Descent. points, taxiway shape/grass areas, taxiway Malfunction m. Medium Altitude Checks. light (positions and colors). (9) Low Visibility T/O (check the Select one or several of the following test (d) Runways for correct markings, lead-off following): cases: lights, boards, runway slope, runway light (a) Visual cues. (1) High Angle of Attack/Stall. Trim the positions, and colors, directionality of (b) Flying by reference to instruments. aircraft at 1.4 Vs, establish 1 kt/sec2 runway lights. (c) SID Guidance on LNAV deceleration rate, and check the following— (e) Airport environment for correct terrain i. Climb Performance. (a) System displays/operation satisfactory. and, significant features. Select one or several of the following test (b) Handling characteristics satisfactory. (f) Visual scene aliasing, color, and cases (c) Stall and Stick shaker speed. occulting levels. (1) Normal Climb—Climb while (d) Buffet characteristics and onset speed. (3) Ground Traffic Selection. maintaining recommended speed profile and (e) Envelope limiting functions on (4) Environment Effects. note fuel, distance and time. Computer Controlled Airplanes. (a) Low cloud scene. (2) Single Engine Climb—Trim aircraft in Recover to straight and level flight and (i) Rain: a zero wheel climb at V2 check the following:

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59687

(f) Handling characteristics satisfactory. (c) Radio Aids and instruments. (a) Airport environment for correct terrain (2) Turning Flight. (d) Visual scene content and cues. and significant features. Roll aircraft to left, establish a 30° to 45° (e) Motion cues. (b) Runways for correct markings, runway bank angle, and check the following: (f) Sound cues. slope, directionality of runway lights. (a) Stick force required, satisfactory. (7) Circling Approach. (c) Visual scene for aliasing, colour, and (b) Wheel requirement to maintain bank (a) Aircraft handling. occulting. angle. (b) Aircraft handling. Reposition the aircraft to a long, final (c) Slip ball response, satisfactory. (c) Radio Aids and instruments. approach for an ‘‘ILS runway.’’ Select flight (d) Time to turn 180°. (d) Visual scene content and cues. freeze when the aircraft is 5-statute miles Roll aircraft from 45° bank one way to 45° (e) Motion cues. (sm)/8-kilometers (km) out and on the glide bank the opposite direction while (f) Sound cues. slope. Check the following: maintaining altitude and airspeed—check the (8) Non-precision Approach—One Engine (3) Scene content. following: Inoperative. (a) Airfield features. (e) Controllability during maneuver. (a) Aircraft handling. (b) Approach lights. (3) Degraded flight controls. (b) Aircraft handling. (c) Runway definition. (4) Holding Procedure (check the (c) Radio Aids and instruments. (d) Runway definition. following:) (d) Visual scene content and cues. (e) Runway edge lights and VASI lights. (a) FMC operation. (e) Motion cues. (f) Strobe lights. (b) Auto pilot auto thrust performance. (f) Sound cues. Release flight freeze. Continue flying the (5) Storm Selection (check the following:) (9) One Engine Inoperative Go-around. approach with NP engaged. Select flight (a) Weather radar controls. (a) Aircraft handling. freeze when aircraft is 3 sm/5 km out and on (b) Weather radar operation. (b) Aircraft handling. the glide slope. Check the following: (c) Visual scene corresponds with WXR (c) Radio Aids and instruments. (4) Scene Content. pattern. (Fly through storm center, and check (d) Visual scene content and cues. (a) Runway centerline light. the following:) (e) Motion cues. (b) Taxiway definition and lights. (d) Aircraft enters cloud. (f) Sound cues. Release flight freeze and continue flying (e) Aircraft encounters representative (10) CAT I Approach and Landing with the approach with A/P engaged. Select flight turbulence. raw-data ILS. freeze when aircraft is 2 sm/3 km out and on (f) Rain/hail sound effects evident. (a) Aircraft handling. the glide slope. Check the following: As aircraft leaves storm area, check the (b) Aircraft handling. (5) Scene content. (a) Runway threshold lights. following: (c) Radio Aids and instruments. (b) Touchdown zone lights. (g) Storm effects disappear. (d) Visual scene content and cues. At 200 ft radio altitude and still on glide (6) TCAS (check the following:) (e) Motion cues. slope, select Flight Freeze. Check the (a) Traffic appears on visual display. (f) Sound cues. following: (b) Traffic appears on TCAS display(s). (11) CAT I Approach and Landing with (6) Scene content. Limiting Crosswind. As conflicting traffic approaches, take (a) Runway markings. relevant avoiding action, and check the (a) Aircraft handling. Set the weather to Category I conditions following: (b) Aircraft handling. and check the following: (c) Visual and TCAS system displays. (c) Radio Aids and instruments. (7) Scene content. n. Approach And Landing. (d) Visual scene content and cues. (a) Visual ground segment. Select one or several of the following test (e) Motion cues. Set the weather to Category II conditions, cases while monitoring flight control and (f) Sound cues. release Flight Freeze, re-select Flight Freeze hydraulic systems for normal operation and (12) CAT I Approach with Windshear. at 100 feet radio altitude, and check the with malfunctions selected: Check the following: following: (1) Flaps/Gear Normal Operation. Check (a) Controllable during windshear (8) Scene content. the following: encounter. (a) Visual ground segment. (a) Time for extension/retraction. (b) Performance adequate when using Select night/dusk (twilight) conditions and (b) Buffet characteristics. correct techniques. check the following: (2) Normal Visual Approach and Landing. (c) Windshear indications/warnings. (9) Scene content. Fly a normal visual approach and (d) Motion cues (particularly turbulence). (a) Runway markings visible within landing—check the following: (13) CAT II Approach and Automatic Go- landing light lobes. (a) Aircraft handling. Around. Set the weather to Category III conditions, (b) Spoiler operation. (14) CAT Ill Approach and Landing— release Flight Freeze, re-select Flight Freeze (c) Reverse thrust operation. System Malfunctions. at 50 feet radio altitude and check the (d) Directional control on the ground. (15) CAT Ill Approach and Landing—1 following: (e) Touchdown cues for main and nose Engine Inoperative. (10) Scene content. wheel. (16) GPWS evaluation. (a) Visual ground segment. (f) Visual cues. o. Visual Scene—In-Flight Assessment. Set WX to ‘‘missed approach’’ conditions, (g) Motion cues. Select three (3) different visual models and release Flight Freeze, re-select Flight Freeze (h) Sound cues. perform the following checks with ‘‘day,’’ at 15 feet radio altitude, and check the (i) Brake and Anti-skid operation. ‘‘dusk,’’ and ‘‘night’’ (as appropriate) following: (3) Flaps/Gear Abnormal Operation or with selected. Reposition the aircraft at or below (11) Scene content. hydraulic malfunctions. 2000 feet within 10 nm of the airfield. Fly the (a) Visual ground segment. (4) Abnormal Wing Flaps/Slats Landing. aircraft around the airport environment and When on the ground, stop the aircraft. Set (5) Manual Landing with Control assess control of the visual system and 0 feet RVR, ensure strobe/beacon lights are Malfunction evaluate the visual scene content as switched on and check the following: (a) Aircraft handling. described below: (12) Scene content. (b) Aircraft handling. (1) Visual Controls. (a) Visual effect of strobe and beacon. (c) Radio Aids and instruments. (a) Daylight, Dusk, Night Scene Controls. Reposition to final approach, set weather to (d) Visual scene content and cues. (b) Flight deck ambient lighting during ‘‘Clear,’’ continue approach for an automatic (e) Motion cues. ‘‘daylight’’ conditions. landing, and check the following: (f) Sound cues. (c) Environment Light Controls. (13) Scene content. (6) Non-precision Approach—All Engines (d) Runway Light Controls. (a) Visual cues during flare to assess sink Operating. (e) Taxiway Light Controls. rate. (a) Aircraft handling. (f) Approach Light Controls. (b) Visual cues during flare to assess Depth (b) Aircraft handling. (2) Scene Content. perception.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59688 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(c) Flight deck height above ground. (a) Visual model satisfactory. (1) Gear-up Crash. p. After Landing Operations. (b) Parking brake operation satisfactory. (2) Excessive rate of descent Crash. (1) After Landing Checks. (3) Shutdown Checks. (3) Excessive bank angle Crash. (2) Taxi back to gate. Check the following: q. Crash Function. lllllllllllllllllllll

End Information Figure A4B—Attachment: FSTD Information Figure A4F—Sample Statement of Form Qualification—List of Qualified Tasks Attachment 4 to Appendix A to Part 60— Sample Documents Figure A4C—Sample Qualification Test Figure A4G—Sample Continuing Guide Cover Page Qualification Evaluation Requirements Table of Contents Figure A4D—Sample Statement of Page Title of Sample Qualification—Certificate Figure A4H—Sample MQTG Index of Figure A4A—Sample Letter, Request for Figure A4E—Sample Statement of Effective FSTD Directives Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Qualification—Configuration List BILLING CODE 4910–13–P Evaluation.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.005 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59689

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.006 59690 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.007 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59691

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.008 59692 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.009 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59693

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.010 59694 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.011 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59695

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.012 59696 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.013 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59697

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.014 59698 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.015 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59699

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.016 59700 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.017 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59701

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C simulator (such as crosswind takeoffs, (3) Rapid vertical speed change of at least ± Attachment 5 to Appendix A to Part 60— crosswind approaches, and crosswind 500 feet per minute (fpm). Simulator Qualification Requirements for landings). (4) Rapid pitch change of at least ±5°. Windshear Training Program Use b. For simulators without windshear b. Be adjustable in intensity (or other warning, caution, or guidance hardware in parameter to achieve an intensity effect) to at lllllllllllllllllllll the original equipment, the SOC must also least two (2) levels so that upon encountering Begin QPS Requirements state that the simulation of the added hardware and/or software, including the windshear the pilot may identify its 1. Applicability associated flight deck displays and presence and apply the recommended This attachment applies to all simulators, annunciations, replicates the system(s) procedures for escape from such a regardless of qualification level, that are used installed in the airplane. The statement must windshear. to satisfy the training requirements of an be accompanied by a block diagram depicting (1) If the intensity is lesser, the FAA-approved low-altitude windshear flight the input and output signal flow, and performance capability of the simulated training program, or any FAA-approved comparing the signal flow to the equipment airplane in the windshear permits the pilot training program that addresses windshear installed in the airplane. to maintain a satisfactory flightpath; and encounters. 3. Models (2) If the intensity is greater, the 2. Statement of Compliance and Capability The windshear models installed in the performance capability of the simulated (SOC) simulator software used for the qualification airplane in the windshear does not permit a. The sponsor must submit an SOC evaluation must do the following: the pilot to maintain a satisfactory flightpath confirming that the aerodynamic model is a. Provide cues necessary for recognizing (crash). based on flight test data supplied by the windshear onset and potential performance Note: The means used to accomplish the airplane manufacturer or other approved data degradation requiring a pilot to initiate provider. The SOC must also confirm that recovery procedures. The cues must include ‘‘nonsurvivable’’ scenario of paragraph 3.b.(2) any change to environmental wind all of the following, as may be appropriate for of this attachment, that involve operational parameters, including variances in those the appropriate portion of the flight elements of the simulated airplane, must parameters for windshear conditions, once envelope: reflect the dispatch limitations of the inserted for computation, result in the correct (1) Rapid airspeed change of at least ±15 airplane. simulated performance. This statement must knots (kts). c. Be available for use in the FAA- also include examples of environmental (2) Stagnation of airspeed during the wind parameters currently evaluated in the takeoff roll. approved windshear flight training program.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.018 59702 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

4. Demonstrations performance tests and record the results. The model is available in the FFS is the sponsor’s a. The sponsor must identify one results of these on-site tests will be compared testament that the requirements are met. survivable takeoff windshear training model to those results previously approved and Dates: This FD becomes effective on and one survivable approach windshear placed in the QTG or MQTG, as appropriate. [effective date of the final rule]. training model. The wind components of the d. QTGs for new (or MQTGs for upgraded) For Further Information Contact: Ed Cook, survivable models must be presented in simulators must contain or reference the Senior Advisor to the Division Manager, Air graphical format so that all components of information described in paragraphs 2, 3, 4, Transportation Division, AFS–200, 800 the windshear are shown, including and 5 of this attachment. Independence Ave, SW., Washington, DC, 20591: telephone: (404) 832–4701; fax: (404) initiation point, variance in magnitude, and End QPS Requirements time or distance correlations. The simulator 761–8906. lllllllllllllllllllll must be operated at the same gross weight, Specific Requirements: 1. Part 60 requires that each FSTD be: airplane configuration, and initial airspeed in Begin Information all of the following situations: a. Sponsored by a person holding or (1) Takeoff—through calm air. 8. Subjective Evaluation applying for an FAA operating certificate (2) Takeoff—through the first selected The NSPM will fly the simulator in at least under Part 119, Part 141, or Part 142, or survivable windshear. two of the available windshear scenarios to holding or applying for an FAA-approved (3) Approach—through calm air. subjectively evaluate simulator performance training program under Part 63, Appendix C, (4) Approach—through the second selected as it encounters the programmed windshear for flight engineers, and survivable windshear. conditions. b. Evaluated and issued a Statement of b. In each of these four situations, at an a. One scenario will include parameters Qualification for a specific FSTD level. 2. Full flight simulators (FFS) also require ‘‘initiation point’’ (i.e., where windshear that enable the pilot to maintain a the installation of a visual system that is onset is or should be recognized), the satisfactory flightpath. capable of providing an out-of-the-flight-deck recommended procedures for windshear b. One scenario will include parameters view of visual scenes or airport models. To recovery are applied and the results are that will not enable the pilot to maintain a be qualified, each FFS must have available recorded as specified in paragraph 5 of this satisfactory flightpath (crash). for use a minimum number of visual scenes attachment. c. Other scenarios may be examined at the or airport models that have certain features. c. These recordings are made without NSPM’s discretion. inserting programmed random turbulence. These are called Class I visual scenes or Turbulence that results from the windshear 9. Qualification Basis airport models, the required features of model is to be expected, and no attempt may The addition of windshear programming to which are listed in Part 60. Additional scenes be made to neutralize turbulence from this a simulator in order to comply with the or models that are beyond those necessary for source. qualification for required windshear training qualification may also be used for various d. The definition of the models and the does not change the original qualification additional training program applications, results of the demonstrations of all four (4) basis of the simulator. including Line Oriented Flight Training, are cases described in paragraph 4.a of this classified as Class II. However, historically 10. Demonstration Repeatability attachment, must be made a part of the these visual scenes or airport models were MQTG. For the purposes of demonstration not routinely evaluated or required to meet repeatability, it is recommended that the any standardized criteria. This has led to 5. Recording Parameters simulator be flown by means of the qualified simulators containing visual scenes a. In each of the four MQTG cases, an simulator’s autodrive function (for those or airport models being used to meet FAA- electronic recording (time history) must be simulators that have autodrive capability) approved training, testing, or checking made of the following parameters: during the demonstrations. requirements with potentially incorrect or (1) Indicated or calibrated airspeed. inappropriate visual references. End Information (2) Indicated vertical speed. 3. To prevent this from occurring in the (3) Pitch attitude. lllllllllllllllllllll future, by [date 1 year after effective date of the final rule], each FSTD sponsor must (4) Indicated or radio altitude. Attachment 6 to Appendix A to Part 60— (5) Angle of attack. assure that each Class II visual scene or FSTD Directives Applicable To Airplane airport model available in a qualified FFS (6) Elevator position. Flight Simulators (7) Engine data (thrust, N1, or throttle meets the requirements found in 14 CFR part position). Flight Simulation Training Device (FSTD) 60, Appendix A, Attachment 3, Table A3C or (8) Wind magnitudes (simple windshear Directive (FD) Appendix C, Attachment 3, Table C3C, as model assumed). applicable. These references describe the FSTD Directive Number 1. Applicable to requirements for visual scene management b. These recordings must be initiated at all Full Flight Simulators (FFS), regardless of least 10 seconds prior to the initiation point, and the minimum distances from which the original qualification basis and runway or landing area features must be and continued until recovery is complete or qualification date (original or upgrade), ground contact is made. visible for all levels of simulator. The visual having Class–II visual scenes or airport scene or airport model must provide, for each 6. Equipment Installation and Operation models available. ‘‘in-use runway’’ or ‘‘in-use landing area,’’ Agency: Federal Aviation Administration All windshear warning, caution, or runway or landing area surface and markings, (FAA), DOT runway or landing area lighting, taxiway guidance hardware installed in the simulator Action: This is a retroactive requirement to must operate as it operates in the airplane. surface and markings, and taxiway lighting. have all Class II visual scenes or airport Additional requirements include correlation For example, if a rapidly changing wind models meet current requirements. speed and/or direction would have caused a of the visual scenes or airport models with windshear warning in the airplane, the lllllllllllllllllllll other aspects of the airport environment, simulator must respond equivalently without Summary: Notwithstanding the correlation of the aircraft and associated instructor/evaluator intervention. authorization listed in paragraph 13b in equipment, scene quality assessment Appendices A and C, this FSTD Directive features, and the control of these scenes or 7. Qualification Test Guide (FD) requires each sponsor to ensure that, by models the instructor must be able to a. All QTG material must be forwarded to [date 1 year after effective date of the final exercise. the NSPM. rule], each Class II visual scene or airport 4. For circling approaches, all requirements b. A simulator windshear evaluation will model available in an FFS, meets the of this section apply to the runway used for be scheduled in accordance with normal requirements of 14 CFR part 60, Appendix A, the initial approach and to the runway of procedures. Recurrent evaluation schedules Attachment 3, Table A3C, or Appendix C, intended landing. will be used to the maximum extent possible. Attachment 3, Table C3C, as applicable. The 5. The details in these scenes or models c. During the on-site evaluation, the completion of this requirement will not must be developed using airport pictures, evaluator will ask the operator to run the require a report. The fact that the scene or construction drawings and maps, or other

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59703

similar data, or developed in accordance 12. Additional Qualifications for Currently each NSP staff member, a list of qualified with published regulatory material. However, Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.16). flight simulation devices, advisory circulars, this FD does not require that visual scenes or 13. Previously Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.17). a description of the qualification process, airport models contain details that are 14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification NSP policy, and an NSP ‘‘In-Works’’ section. beyond the initially designed capability of Evaluation, and Maintenance Also linked from this site are additional the visual system, as currently qualified. The Requirements (§ 60.19). information sources, handbook bulletins, recognized limitations to visual systems are 15. Logging FSTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20). frequently asked questions, a listing and text as follows: 16. Interim Qualification of FSTDs for New of the Federal Aviation Regulations, Flight a. Visual systems not required to have Airplane Types or Models (§ 60.21). Standards Inspector’s handbooks, and other runway numbers as a part of the specific 17. Modifications to FSTDs (§ 60.23). FAA links. runway marking requirements are: 18. Operations with Missing, Malfunctioning, c. The NSPM encourages the use of (1) Link NVS and DNVS. or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25). electronic media for all communication, (2) Novoview 2500 and 6000. 19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and including any record, report, request, test, or (3) FlightSafety VITAL series up to, and Procedures for Restoration of statement required by this appendix. The including, VITAL III, but not beyond. Qualification (§ 60.27). electronic media used must have adequate (4) Redifusion SP1, SP1T, and SP2. 20. Other Losses of Qualification and security provisions and be acceptable to the b. Visual systems required to display Procedures for Restoration of NSPM. The NSPM recommends inquiries on runway numbers only for LOFT scenes are: Qualification (§ 60.29). system compatibility, and minimum system (1) FlightSafety VITAL IV. 21. Record Keeping and Reporting (§ 60.31). requirements are also included on the NSP (2) Redifusion SP3 and SP3T. 22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Web site. (3) Link-Miles Image II. Records: Fraud, Falsification, or d. Related Reading References. c. Visual systems not required to have Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33). (1) 14 CFR part 60. accurate taxiway edge lighting are: 23. [Reserved] (2) 14 CFR part 61. (1) Redifusion SP1. 24. Levels of FTD. (3) 14 CFR part 63. (2) FlightSafety Vital IV. 25. FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a (4) 14 CFR part 119. (3) Link-Miles Image II and Image IIT. Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (5) 14 CFR part 121. (4) XKD displays (even though the XKD (BASA) (§ 60.37). (6) 14 CFR part 125. image generator is capable of generating blue Attachment 1 to Appendix B to Part 60— (7) 14 CFR part 135. colored lights, the display cannot General FTD Requirements. (8) 14 CFR part 141. accommodate that color). Attachment 2 to Appendix B to Part 60— (9) 14 CFR part 142. 6. A copy of this Directive must be filed Flight Training Device (FTD) Objective (10) Advisory Circular (AC) 120–28C, in the Master Qualification Test Guide in the Tests. Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing designated FSTD Directive Section, and its Attachment 3 to Appendix B to Part 60— Weather Minima. inclusion must be annotated on the Index of Flight Training Device (FTD) Subjective (11) AC 120–29, Criteria for Approving Effective FSTD Directives chart. See Evaluation. Category I and Category II Landing Minima Attachment 4, Appendices A through D for Attachment 4 to Appendix B to Part 60— for part 121 operators. a sample MQTG Index of Effective FSTD Sample Documents. (12) AC 120–35B, Line Operational Directives chart. Attachment 5 to Appendix B to Part 60— Simulations: Line-Oriented Flight Training, FSTD Directives. Appendix B to Part 60—Qualification Special Purpose Operational Training, Line Performance Standards for Airplane Flight End Information Operational Evaluation. Training Devices (13) AC 120–41, Criteria for Operational lllllllllllllllllllll Approval of Airborne Wind Shear Alerting lllllllllllllllllllll 1. Introduction and Flight Guidance Systems. Begin Information (14) AC 120–57A, Surface Movement Begin Information This appendix establishes the standards for Guidance and Control System (SMGS). Airplane Flight Training Device (FTD) a. This appendix contains background (15) AC 150/5300–13, Airport Design. evaluation and qualification at Level 4, Level information as well as regulatory and (16) AC 150/5340–1G, Standards for 5, or Level 6. The Flight Standards Service, informative material as described later in this Airport Markings. National Simulator Program Manager section. To assist the reader in determining (17) AC 150/5340–4C, Installation Details (NSPM), is responsible for the development, what areas are required and what areas are for Runway Centerline Touchdown Zone application, and implementation of the permissive, the text in this appendix is Lighting Systems. standards contained within this appendix. divided into two sections: ‘‘QPS (18) AC 150/5340–19, Taxiway Centerline The procedures and criteria specified in this Requirements’’ and ‘‘Information.’’ The QPS Lighting System. appendix will be used by the NSPM, or a Requirements sections contain details (19) AC 150/5340–24, Runway and person or persons assigned by the NSPM regarding compliance with the part 60 rule Taxiway Edge Lighting System. when conducting airplane FTD evaluations. language. These details are regulatory, but are (20) AC 150/5345–28D, Precision found only in this appendix. The Information Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems. Table of Contents sections contain material that is advisory in (21) International Air Transport 1. Introduction. nature, and designed to give the user general Association document, ‘‘Flight Simulator 2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2). information about the regulation. Design and Performance Data Requirements,’’ 3. Definitions (§ 60.3). b. Questions regarding the contents of this as amended. 4. Qualification Performance Standards publication should be sent to the U.S. (22) AC 25–7, as amended, Flight Test (§ 60.4). Department of Transportation, Federal Guide for Certification of Transport Category 5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5). Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Airplanes. 6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements Service, National Simulator Program Staff, (23) AC 23–8A, as amended, Flight Test (§ 60.7). AFS–205, 100 Hartsfield Centre Parkway, Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes. 7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia, 30354. (24) International Civil Aviation (§ 60.9). Telephone contact numbers for the NSP are: Organization (ICAO) Manual of Criteria for 8. FSTD Use (§ 60.11). phone, 404–832–4700; fax, 404–761–8906. the Qualification of Flight Simulators, as 9. FSTD Objective Data Requirements The general email address for the NSP office amended. (§ 60.13). is: [email protected]. The NSP (25) Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation 10. Special Equipment and Personnel Internet Web Site address is: http:// Handbook, Volume I, as amended and Requirements for Qualification of the www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/ Volume II, as amended, The Royal FSTD (§ 60.14). aircraft_aviation/nsp/. On this Web Site you Aeronautical Society, London, UK. 11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification will find an NSP personnel list with (26) FAA Publication FAA–S–8081 series Requirements (§ 60.15). telephone and email contact information for (Practical Test Standards for Airline

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59704 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

Transport Pilot Certificate, Type Ratings, (ii) A device qualified on or after May 30, represents the airplane (as described in Commercial Pilot, and Instrument Ratings). 2008, will be required to undergo an initial § 60.7(d)(2)). (27) The FAA Aeronautical Information or upgrade evaluation in accordance with Manual (AIM). An electronic version of the § 60.15. Once the initial or upgrade End Information AIM is on the Internet at http://www.faa.gov/ evaluation is complete, the first continuing lllllllllllllllllllll atpubs. qualification evaluation will be conducted 7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor within 6 months. The 12 month continuing (§ 60.9) End Information qualification evaluation cycle begins on that lllllllllllllllllllll date and continues for each subsequent 12- lllllllllllllllllllll month period. 2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2) Begin Information (b) There is no minimum number of hours lllllllllllllllllllll of FTD use required. The phrase ‘‘as soon as practicable’’ in § 60.9(a) means without unnecessarily Begin Information (c) The identification of the specific FTD may change from one 12-month period to the disrupting or delaying beyond a reasonable No additional regulatory or informational next 12-month period as long as that sponsor time the training, evaluation, or experience material applies to § 60.1, Applicability, or to sponsors and uses at least one FTD at least being conducted in the FSTD. § 60.2, Applicability of sponsor rules to once during the prescribed period. 8. FSTD Use (§ 60.11) person who are not sponsors and who are (2) Example Two. engaged in certain unauthorized activities. (a) A sponsor sponsors an additional No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.11, FSTD use. 3. Definitions (§ 60.3) number of FTDs, in its facility or elsewhere. Each additionally sponsored FTD must be— See Appendix F of this part for a list of End Information (i) Used by the sponsor in the sponsor’s lllllllllllllllllllll definitions and abbreviations from part 1, FAA-approved flight training program for the part 60, and the QPS appendices of part 60. airplane simulated (as described in 9. FSTD Objective Data Requirements 4. Qualification Performance Standards § 60.7(d)(1)); or (§ 60.13) (§ 60.4) (ii) Used by another FAA certificate holder lllllllllllllllllllll in that other certificate holder’s FAA- No additional regulatory or informational approved flight training program for the Begin QPS Requirements material applies to § 60.4, Qualification airplane simulated (as described in Performance Standards. a. Flight test data used to validate FTD § 60.7(d)(1)). This 12-month period is performance and handling qualities must 5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5) established in the same manner as in have been gathered in accordance with a Additional regulatory material and example one; or flight test program containing the following: informational material regarding Quality (iii) Provided a statement each year from a (1) A flight test plan consisting of: Management Systems for FTDs may be found qualified pilot, (after having flown the (a) The maneuvers and procedures in appendix E of this part. airplane, not the subject FTD or another FTD, required for aircraft certification and during the preceding 12-month period) simulation programming and validation. End Information stating that the subject FTD’s performance (b) For each maneuver or procedure— lllllllllllllllllllll and handling qualities represent the airplane (i) The procedures and control input the (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)). This statement flight test pilot and/or engineer used. 6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements is provided at least once in each 12-month (ii) The atmospheric and environmental (§ 60.7) period established in the same manner as in conditions. lllllllllllllllllllll example one. (iii) The initial flight conditions. (b) There is no minimum number of hours (iv) The airplane configuration, including Begin Information of FTD use required. weight and center of gravity. a. The intent of the language in § 60.7(b) is (3) Example Three. (v) The data to be gathered. to have a specific FTD, identified by the (a) A sponsor in New York (in this (vi) All other information necessary to sponsor, used at least once in an FAA- example, a Part 142 certificate holder) recreate the flight test conditions in the FTD. approved flight training program for the establishes ‘‘satellite’’ training centers in (2) Appropriately qualified flight test airplane simulated during the 12-month Chicago and Moscow. personnel. period described. The identification of the (b) The satellite function means that the (3) An understanding of the accuracy of the specific FTD may change from one 12-month Chicago and Moscow centers must operate data to be gathered using appropriate period to the next 12-month period as long under the New York center’s certificate (in alternative data sources, procedures, and as that sponsor sponsors and uses at least one accordance with all of the New York center’s instrumentation that is traceable to a FTD at least once during the prescribed practices, procedures, and policies; e.g., recognized standard as described in period. There is no minimum number of instructor and/or technician training/ Attachment 2, Table B2F. hours or minimum FTD periods required. checking requirements, record keeping, QMS (4) Appropriate and sufficient data b. The following examples describe program). acquisition equipment or system(s), acceptable operational practices: (c) All of the FTDs in the Chicago and including appropriate data reduction and (1) Example One. Moscow centers could be dry-leased (i.e., the analysis methods and techniques, as would (a) A sponsor is sponsoring a single, certificate holder does not have and use be acceptable to the FAA’s Aircraft specific FTD for its own use, in its own FAA-approved flight training programs for Certification Service. facility or elsewhere—this single FTD forms the FTDs in the Chicago and Moscow b. The data, regardless of source, must be the basis for the sponsorship. The sponsor centers) because— presented: uses that FTD at least once in each 12-month (i) Each FTD in the Chicago center and (1) In a format that supports the FTD period in that sponsor’s FAA-approved flight each FTD in the Moscow center is used at validation process; training program for the airplane simulated. least once each 12-month period by another (2) In a manner that is clearly readable and This 12-month period is established FAA certificate holder in that other annotated correctly and completely; according to the following schedule: certificate holder’s FAA-approved flight (3) With resolution sufficient to determine (i) If the FTD was qualified prior to May training program for the airplane (as compliance with the tolerances set forth in 30, 2008, the 12-month period begins on the described in § 60.7(d)(1)); or Attachment 2, Table B2A appendix. date of the first continuing qualification (ii) A statement is obtained from a (4) With any necessary guidance evaluation conducted in accordance with qualified pilot (having flown the airplane, information provided; and § 60.19 after (60 days after date of publication not the subject FTD or another FTD during (5) Without alteration, adjustments, or bias; of the final rule in the Federal Register) and the preceding 12-month period) stating that however the data may be re-scaled, digitized, continues for each subsequent 12-month the performance and handling qualities of or otherwise manipulated to fit the desired period; each FTD in the Chicago and Moscow centers presentation.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59705

c. After completion of any additional flight h. There is no requirement for any flight (2) A confirmation that the sponsor will test, a flight test report must be submitted in test data supplier to submit a flight test plan forward to the NSPM the statement described support of the validation data. The report or program prior to gathering flight test data. in § 60.15(b) in such time as to be received must contain sufficient data and rationale to However, the NSPM notes that inexperienced no later than 5 business days prior to the support qualification of the FTD at the level data gatherers often provide data that is scheduled evaluation and may be forwarded requested. irrelevant, improperly marked, or lacking to the NSPM via traditional or electronic d. As required by § 60.13(f), the sponsor adequate justification for selection. Other means. must notify the NSPM when it becomes problems include inadequate information (3) Except for a Level 4 FTD, a qualification aware that an addition to or a revision of the regarding initial conditions or test test guide (QTG), acceptable to the NSPM, flight related data or airplane systems related maneuvers. The NSPM has been forced to that includes all of the following: data is available if this data is used to refuse these data submissions as validation (a) Objective data obtained from aircraft program and operate a qualified FTD. The data for an FTD evaluation. It is for this testing or another approved source. data referred to in this sub-section are those reason that the NSPM recommends that any (b) Correlating objective test results data that are used to validate the data supplier not previously experienced in obtained from the performance of the FTD as performance, handling qualities, or other this area review the data necessary for prescribed in the appropriate QPS. characteristics of the aircraft, including data programming and for validating the (c) The result of FTD subjective tests related to any relevant changes occurring performance of the FTD and discuss the prescribed in the appropriate QPS. after the type certification is issued. The flight test plan anticipated for acquiring such (d) A description of the equipment sponsor must— data with the NSPM well in advance of necessary to perform the evaluation for initial (1) Within 10 calendar days, notify the commencing the flight tests. qualification and the continuing qualification NSPM of the existence of this data; and i. The NSPM will consider, on a case-by- evaluations. (2) Within 45 calendar days, notify the case basis, whether to approve supplemental c. The QTG described in paragraph a(3) of NSPM of— validation data derived from flight data this section, must provide the documented (i) The schedule to incorporate this data recording systems such as a Quick Access proof of compliance with the FTD objective into the FTD; or Recorder or Flight Data Recorder. tests in Attachment 2, Table B2A of this appendix. (ii) The reason for not incorporating this End Information data into the FTD. d. The QTG is prepared and submitted by lllllllllllllllllllll e. In those cases where the objective test the sponsor, or the sponsor’s agent on behalf results authorize a ‘‘snapshot test’’ or a 10. Special Equipment and Personnel of the sponsor, to the NSPM for review and ‘‘series of snapshot test results’’ in lieu of a Requirements for Qualification of the FSTD approval, and must include, for each time-history result, the sponsor or other data (§ 60.14) objective test: (1) Parameters, tolerances, and flight provider must ensure that a steady state lllllllllllllllllllll condition exists at the instant of time conditions; captured by the ‘‘snapshot.’’ The steady state Begin Information (2) Pertinent and complete instructions for condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, conducting automatic and manual tests; a. In the event that the NSPM determines (3) A means of comparing the FTD test through 1 second following, the instant of that special equipment or specifically results to the objective data; time captured by the snap shot. qualified persons will be required to conduct (4) Any other information as necessary to an evaluation, the NSPM will make every End QPS Requirements assist in the evaluation of the test results; attempt to notify the sponsor at least one (1) lllllllllllllllllllll (5) Other information appropriate to the week, but in no case less than 72 hours, in qualification level of the FTD. advance of the evaluation. Examples of Begin Information e. The QTG described in paragraphs (a)(3) special equipment include flight control f. The FTD sponsor is encouraged to and (b) of this section, must include the measurement devices, accelerometers, or maintain a liaison with the manufacturer of following: oscilloscopes. Examples of specially (1) A QTG cover page with sponsor and the aircraft being simulated (or with the qualified personnel include individuals holder of the aircraft type certificate for the specifically qualified to install or use any FAA approval signature blocks (see aircraft being simulated if the manufacturer special equipment when its use is required. Attachment 4, Figure B4C, for a sample QTG is no longer in business), and if appropriate, b. Examples of a special evaluation include cover page). with the person having supplied the aircraft an evaluation conducted after: an FTD is (2) A continuing qualification evaluation data package for the FTD in order to facilitate moved; at the request of the TPAA; or as a requirements page. This page will be used by the notification described in this paragraph. result of comments received from users of the the NSPM to establish and record the g. It is the intent of the NSPM that for new FTD that raise questions about the continued frequency with which continuing aircraft entering service, at a point well in qualification or use of the FTD. qualification evaluations must be conducted advance of preparation of the Qualification and any subsequent changes that may be Test Guide (QTG), the sponsor should submit End Information determined by the NSPM in accordance with to the NSPM for approval, a descriptive lllllllllllllllllllll § 60.19. See Attachment 4, Figure B4G, for a document (a validation data roadmap) sample Continuing Qualification Evaluation containing the plan for acquiring the 11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements page. validation data, including data sources. This Requirements (§ 60.15) (3) An FTD information page that provides document should clearly identify sources of lllllllllllllllllllll the information listed in this paragraph, if data for all required tests, a description of the applicable (see Attachment 4, Figure B4B, for validity of these data for a specific engine Begin QPS Requirement a sample FTD information page). For type and thrust rating configuration, and the a. In order to be qualified at a particular convertible FTDs, the sponsor must submit a revision levels of all avionics affecting the qualification level, the FTD must: separate page for each configuration of the performance or flying qualities of the aircraft. (1) Meet the general requirements listed in FTD. Additionally, this document should provide Attachment 1; (a) The sponsor’s FTD identification other information such as the rationale or (2) Meet the objective testing requirements number or code. explanation for cases where data or data listed in Attachment 2 (Level 4 FTDs do not (b) The airplane model and series being parameters are missing, instances where require objective tests); and simulated. engineering simulation data are used, or (3) Satisfactorily accomplish the subjective (c) The aerodynamic data revision number where flight test methods require further tests listed in Attachment 3. or reference. explanations. It should also provide a brief b. The request described in § 60.15(a) must (d) The source of the basic aerodynamic narrative describing the cause and effect of include all of the following: model and the aerodynamic coefficient data any deviation from data requirements. The (1) A statement that the FTD meets all of used to modify the basic model. aircraft manufacturer may provide this the applicable provisions of this part and all (e) The engine model(s) and its data document. applicable provisions of the QPS. revision number or reference.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59706 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(f) The flight control data revision number use of a multi-channel recorder, line printer, NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a or reference. cross plotting, overlays, transparencies). person knowledgeable about the operation of (g) The flight management system (2) FTD results must be labeled using the aircraft and the operation of the FTD. identification and revision level. terminology common to airplane parameters End QPS Requirements (h) The FTD model and manufacturer. as opposed to computer software (i) The date of FTD manufacture. identifications. lllllllllllllllllllll (3) Validation data documents included in (j) The FTD computer identification. Begin Information (k) The visual system model and a QTG may be photographically reduced only manufacturer, including display type. if such reduction will not alter the graphic m. Only those FTDs that are sponsored by (l) The motion system type and scaling or cause difficulties in scale a certificate holder as defined in Appendix manufacturer, including degrees of freedom. interpretation or resolution. F will be evaluated by the NSPM. However, (4) A Table of Contents. (4) Scaling on graphical presentations must other FTD evaluations may be conducted on (5) A log of revisions and a list of effective provide the resolution necessary to evaluate a case-by-case basis as the Administrator pages. the parameters shown in Attachment 2, Table deems appropriate, but only in accordance (6) List of all relevant data references. B2A of this appendix. with applicable agreements. (7) A glossary of terms and symbols used (5) Tests involving time histories, data n. The NSPM will conduct an evaluation (including sign conventions and units). sheets (or transparencies thereof) and FTD for each configuration, and each FTD must be (8) Statements of compliance and test results must be clearly marked with evaluated as completely as possible. To capability (SOCs) with certain requirements. appropriate reference points to ensure an ensure a thorough and uniform evaluation, SOCs must provide references to the sources accurate comparison between FTD and each FTD is subjected to the general FTD of information that show the capability of the airplane with respect to time. Time histories requirements in Attachment 1, the objective FTD to comply with the requirement, a recorded via a line printer are to be clearly tests listed in Attachment 2, and the rationale explaining how the referenced identified for cross-plotting on the airplane subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this material is used, mathematical equations and data. Over-plots may not obscure the appendix. The evaluations described herein parameter values used, and the conclusions reference data. will include, but not necessarily be limited reached; i.e., that the FTD complies with the h. The sponsor may elect to complete the to the following: (1) Airplane responses, including requirement. QTG objective and subjective tests at the longitudinal and lateral-directional control (9) Recording procedures or equipment manufacturer’s facility or at the sponsor’s responses (see Attachment 2 of this required to accomplish the objective tests. training facility. If the tests are conducted at appendix); (10) The following information for each the manufacturer’s facility, the sponsor must (2) Performance in authorized portions of objective test designated in Attachment 2, as repeat at least one-third of the tests at the sponsor’s training facility in order to the simulated airplane’s operating envelope, applicable to the qualification level sought: substantiate FTD performance. The QTG to include tasks evaluated by the NSPM in (a) Name of the test. must be clearly annotated to indicate when the areas of surface operations, takeoff, climb, (b) Objective of the test. and where each test was accomplished. Tests cruise, descent, approach and landing, as (c) Initial conditions. conducted at the manufacturer’s facility and well as abnormal and emergency operations (d) Manual test procedures. at the sponsor’s training facility must be (see Attachment 2 of this appendix); (e) Automatic test procedures (if conducted after the FTD is assembled with (3) Control checks (see Attachment 1 and applicable). systems and sub-systems functional and Attachment 2 of this appendix); (f) Method for evaluating FTD objective test operating in an interactive manner. The test (4) Flight deck configuration (see results. results must be submitted to the NSPM. Attachment 1 of this appendix); (g) List of all relevant parameters driven or i. The sponsor must maintain a copy of the (5) Pilot, flight engineer, and instructor constrained during the automatic test(s). MQTG at the FTD location. station functions checks (see Attachment 1 (h) List of all relevant parameters driven or j. All FTDs for which the initial and Attachment 3 of this appendix); constrained during the manual test(s). qualification is conducted after May 30, (6) Airplane systems and sub-systems (as (i) Tolerances for relevant parameters. 2014, must have an electronic MQTG appropriate) as compared to the airplane (j) Source of Validation Data (document (eMQTG) including all objective data simulated (see attachment 1 and attachment and page number). obtained from airplane testing, or another 3 of this appendix); (k) Copy of the Validation Data (if located approved source (reformatted or digitized), (7) FTD systems and sub-systems, in a separate binder, a cross reference for the together with correlating objective test results including force cueing (motion), visual, and identification and page number for pertinent obtained from the performance of the FTD aural (sound) systems, as appropriate (see data location must be provided). (reformatted or digitized) as prescribed in Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this (l) FTD Objective Test Results as obtained this appendix. The eMQTG must also contain appendix); and by the sponsor. Each test result must reflect the general FTD performance or (8) Certain additional requirements, the date completed and must be clearly demonstration results (reformatted or depending upon the qualification level labeled as a product of the device being digitized) prescribed in this appendix, and a sought, including equipment or tested. description of the equipment necessary to circumstances that may become hazardous to f. A convertible FTD is addressed as a perform the initial qualification evaluation the occupants. The sponsor may be subject to separate FTD for each model and series and the continuing qualification evaluations. Occupational Safety and Health airplane to which it will be converted and for The eMQTG must include the original Administration requirements. the FAA qualification level sought. The validation data used to validate FTD o. The NSPM administers the objective and NSPM will conduct an evaluation for each performance and handling qualities in either subjective tests, which includes an configuration. If a sponsor seeks qualification the original digitized format from the data examination of functions. The tests include for two or more models of an airplane type supplier or an electronic scan of the original a qualitative assessment of the FTD by an using a convertible FTD, the sponsor must time-history plots that were provided by the NSP pilot. The NSP evaluation team leader provide a QTG for each airplane model, or a data supplier. A copy of the eMQTG must be may assign other qualified personnel to assist QTG for the first airplane model and a provided to the NSPM. in accomplishing the functions examination supplement to that QTG for each additional k. All other FTDs (not covered in and/or the objective and subjective tests airplane model. The NSPM will conduct subparagraph ‘‘j’’) must have an electronic performed during an evaluation when evaluations for each airplane model. copy of the MQTG by and after May 30, 2014. required. g. The form and manner of presentation of A copy of the eMQTG must be provided to (1) Objective tests provide a basis for objective test results in the QTG must the NSPM. This may be provided by an measuring and evaluating FTD performance include the following: electronic scan presented in a Portable and determining compliance with the (1) The sponsor’s FTD test results must be Document File (PDF), or similar format requirements of this part. recorded in a manner acceptable to the acceptable to the NSPM. (2) Subjective tests provide a basis for: NSPM, that allows easy comparison of the l. During the initial (or upgrade) (a) Evaluating the capability of the FTD to FTD test results to the validation data (e.g., qualification evaluation conducted by the perform over a typical utilization period;

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59707

(b) Determining that the FTD satisfactorily 6 months in advance. However, there may be Begin Information simulates each required task; a delay of 45 days or more in rescheduling d. Other certificate holders or persons (c) Verifying correct operation of the FTD and completing the evaluation if the sponsor desiring to use an FTD may contract with controls, instruments, and systems; and is unable to meet the scheduled date. See FTD sponsors to use FTDs previously (d) Demonstrating compliance with the Attachment 4, Figure B4A, Sample Request qualified at a particular level for an airplane requirements of this part. for Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement type and approved for use within an FAA- p. The tolerances for the test parameters Evaluation. approved flight training program. Such FTDs listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix u. The numbering system used for are not required to undergo an additional reflect the range of tolerances acceptable to objective test results in the QTG should qualification process, except as described in the NSPM for FTD validation and are not to closely follow the numbering system set out § 60.16. be confused with design tolerances specified in Attachment 2, FTD Objective Tests, Table for FTD manufacture. In making decisions B2A. e. Each FTD user must obtain approval regarding tests and test results, the NSPM v. Contact the NSPM or visit the NSPM from the appropriate TPAA to use any FTD relies on the use of operational and Web site for additional information regarding in an FAA-approved flight training program. engineering judgment in the application of the preferred qualifications of pilots used to f. The intent of the requirement listed in data (including consideration of the way in meet the requirements of § 60.15(d). §60.17(b), for each FTD to have a Statement which the flight test was flown and way the w. Examples of the exclusions for which of Qualification within 6 years, is to have the data was gathered and applied) data the FTD might not have been subjectively availability of that statement (including the presentations, and the applicable tolerances tested by the sponsor or the NSPM and for configuration list and the limitations to for each test. which qualification might not be sought or authorizations) to provide a complete picture q. In addition to the scheduled continuing granted, as described in § 60.15(g)(6), include of the FTD inventory regulated by the FAA. qualification evaluation, each FTD is subject engine out maneuvers or circling approaches. The issuance of the statement will not to evaluations conducted by the NSPM at any require any additional evaluation or require 12. Additional Qualifications for Currently time without prior notification to the any adjustment to the evaluation basis for the Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.16) sponsor. Such evaluations would be FTD. accomplished in a normal manner (i.e., No additional regulatory or informational g. Downgrading of an FTD is a permanent requiring exclusive use of the FTD for the material applies to § 60.16, Additional change in qualification level and will conduct of objective and subjective tests and Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FTD. necessitate the issuance of a revised Statement of Qualification to reflect the an examination of functions) if the FTD is not End Information being used for flight crewmember training, revised qualification level, as appropriate. If testing, or checking. However, if the FTD lllllllllllllllllllll a temporary restriction is placed on an FTD were being used, the evaluation would be 13. Previously Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.17) because of a missing, malfunctioning, or conducted in a non-exclusive manner. This inoperative component or on-going repairs, lllllllllllllllllllll non-exclusive evaluation will be conducted the restriction is not a permanent change in by the FTD evaluator accompanying the Begin QPS Requirements qualification level. Instead, the restriction is temporary and is removed when the reason check airman, instructor, Aircrew Program a. In instances where a sponsor plans to for the restriction has been resolved. Designee (APD), or FAA inspector aboard the remove an FTD from active status for a h. It is not the intent of the NSPM to FTD along with the student(s) and observing period of less than two years, the following the operation of the FTD during the training, procedures apply: discourage the improvement of existing testing, or checking activities. (1) The NSPM must be notified in writing simulation (e.g., the ‘‘updating’’ of a control r. Problems with objective test results are and the notification must include an estimate loading system, or the replacement of the IOS handled as follows: of the period that the FTD will be inactive; with a more capable unit) by requiring the (1) If a problem with an objective test result (2) Continuing Qualification evaluations ‘‘updated’’ device to meet the qualification is detected by the NSP evaluation team will not be scheduled during the inactive standards current at the time of the update. during an evaluation, the test may be period; Depending on the extent of the update, the repeated or the QTG may be amended. (3) The NSPM will remove the FTD from NSPM may require that the updated device (2) If it is determined that the results of an the list of qualified FSTDs on a mutually be evaluated and may require that an objective test do not support the qualification established date not later than the date on evaluation include all or a portion of the level requested but do support a lower level, which the first missed continuing elements of an initial evaluation. However, the NSPM may qualify the FTD at a lower qualification evaluation would have been the standards against which the device level. For example, if a Level 6 evaluation is scheduled; would be evaluated are those that are found requested, but the FTD fails to meet the spiral (4) Before the FTD is restored to qualified in the MQTG for that device. stability test tolerances, it could be qualified status, it must be evaluated by the NSPM. i. The NSPM will determine the evaluation at Level 5. The evaluation content and the time required criteria for an FTD that has been removed s. After an FTD is successfully evaluated, to accomplish the evaluation is based on the from active status for a prolonged period. The the NSPM issues a Statement of Qualification number of continuing qualification criteria will be based on the number of (SOQ) to the sponsor, The NSPM evaluations and sponsor-conducted quarterly continuing qualification evaluations and recommends the FTD to the TPAA, who will inspections missed during the period of quarterly inspections missed during the approve the FTD for use in a flight training inactivity. period of inactivity. For example, if the FTD program. The SOQ will be issued at the (5) The sponsor must notify the NSPM of were out of service for a 1 year period, it satisfactory conclusion of the initial or any changes to the original scheduled time would be necessary to complete the entire continuing qualification evaluation and will out of service; QTG, since all of the quarterly evaluations list the tasks for which the FTD is qualified, b. FTDs qualified prior to May 30, 2008, would have been missed. The NSPM will referencing the tasks described in Table B1B and replacement FTD systems, are not also consider how the FTD was stored, in attachment 1. However, it is the sponsor’s required to meet the general FTD whether parts were removed from the FTD responsibility to obtain TPAA approval prior requirements, the objective test requirements, and whether the FTD was disassembled. to using the FTD in an FAA-approved flight and the subjective test requirements of j. The FTD will normally be requalified training program. Attachments 1, 2, and 3 of this appendix as using the FAA-approved MQTG and the t. Under normal circumstances, the NSPM long as the FTD continues to meet the test criteria that was in effect prior to its removal establishes a date for the initial or upgrade requirements contained in the MQTG from qualification. However, inactive periods evaluation within ten (10) working days after developed under the original qualification of 2 years or more will require requalification determining that a complete QTG is basis. under the standards in effect and current at acceptable. Unusual circumstances may c. [Reserved] the time of requalification. warrant establishing an evaluation date before this determination is made. A sponsor End QPS Requirements End Information may schedule an evaluation date as early as lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59708 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification, (4) An examination of the functions of the Begin Information Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements FTD may include the motion system, visual a. The sponsor’s responsibility with respect (§ 60.19) system, sound system as applicable, to § 60.25(a) is satisfied when the sponsor lllllllllllllllllllll instructor operating station, and the normal fairly and accurately advises the user of the functions and simulated malfunctions of the current status of an FTD, including any Begin QPS Requirement airplane systems. This examination is missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative a. The sponsor must conduct a minimum normally accomplished simultaneously with (MMI) component(s). of four evenly spaced inspections throughout the subjective evaluation requirements. b. If the 29th or 30th day of the 30-day the year. The objective test sequence and h. The requirement established in period described in § 60.25(b) is on a content of each inspection in this sequence § 60.19(b)(4) regarding the frequency of Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday, the FAA must be developed by the sponsor and must NSPM-conducted continuing qualification will extend the deadline until the next be acceptable to the NSPM. evaluations for each FTD is typically 12 business day. b. The description of the functional months. However, the establishment and c. In accordance with the authorization preflight inspection must be contained in the satisfactory implementation of an approved described in § 60.25(b), the sponsor may sponsor’s QMS. QMS for a sponsor will provide a basis for develop a discrepancy prioritizing system to c. Record ‘‘functional preflight’’ in the FTD accomplish repairs based on the level of discrepancy log book or other acceptable adjusting the frequency of evaluations to exceed 12-month intervals. impact on the capability of the FTD. Repairs location, including any item found to be having a larger impact on the FTD’s ability missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative. 15. Logging FSTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20) to provide the required training, evaluation, d. During the continuing qualification No additional regulatory or informational or flight experience will have a higher evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the priority for repair or replacement. sponsor must also provide a person material applies to § 60.20. Logging FTD knowledgeable about the operation of the Discrepancies. End Information aircraft and the operation of the FTD. 16. Interim Qualification of FSTDs for New lllllllllllllllllllll End QPS Requirements Airplane Types or Models (§ 60.21) 19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and lllllllllllllllllllll No additional regulatory or informational Procedures for Restoration of Qualification material applies to § 60.21, Interim (§ 60.27) Begin Information Qualification of FTDs for New Airplane lllllllllllllllllllll e. The sponsor’s test sequence and the Types or Models. content of each quarterly inspection required Begin Information End Information in §60.19(a)(1) should include a balance and If the sponsor provides a plan for how the a mix from the objective test requirement lllllllllllllllllllll FTD will be maintained during its out-of- areas listed as follows: service period (e.g., periodic exercise of 17. Modifications to FSTDs (§ 60.23) (1) Performance. mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical (2) Handling qualities. lllllllllllllllllllll systems; routine replacement of hydraulic (3) Motion system (where appropriate). fluid; control of the environmental factors in Begin QPS Requirements (4) Visual system (where appropriate). which the FTD is to be maintained) there is (5) Sound system (where appropriate). a. The notification described in a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be (6) Other FTD systems. § 60.23(c)(2) must include a complete able to determine the amount of testing that f. If the NSP evaluator plans to accomplish description of the planned modification, with required for requalification. specific tests during a normal continuing a description of the operational and End Information qualification evaluation that requires the use engineering effect the proposed modification of special equipment or technicians, the will have on the operation of the FTD and lllllllllllllllllllll sponsor will be notified as far in advance of the results that are expected with the the evaluation as practical; but not less than 20. Other Losses of Qualification and modification incorporated. 72 hours. Examples of such tests include Procedures for Restoration of Qualification latencies, control sweeps, or motion or visual b. Prior to using the modified FTD: (§ 60.29) (1) All the applicable objective tests system tests. lllllllllllllllllllll g. The continuing qualification evaluations completed with the modification described in §60.19(b) will normally require incorporated, including any necessary Begin Information 4 hours of FTD time. However, flexibility is updates to the MQTG (e.g., accomplishment If the sponsor provides a plan for how the necessary to address abnormal situations or of FSTD Directives) must be acceptable to the FTD will be maintained during its out-of- situations involving aircraft with additional NSPM; and service period (e.g., periodic exercise of levels of complexity (e.g., computer (2) The sponsor must provide the NSPM mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical controlled aircraft). The sponsor should with a statement signed by the MR that the systems; routine replacement of hydraulic anticipate that some tests may require factors listed in § 60.15(b) are addressed by fluid; control of the environmental factors in additional time. The continuing qualification the appropriate personnel as described in which the FTD is to be maintained) there is evaluations will consist of the following: that section. a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be (1) Review of the results of the quarterly End QPS Requirements able to determine the amount of testing that inspections conducted by the sponsor since required for requalification. the last scheduled continuing qualification lllllllllllllllllllll evaluation. End Information Begin Information (2) A selection of approximately 8 to 15 lllllllllllllllllllll objective tests from the MQTG that provide c. FSTD Directives are considered an adequate opportunity to evaluate the modification of an FTD. See Attachment 4 for 21. Recordkeeping and Reporting (§ 60.31) performance of the FTD. The tests chosen a sample index of effective FSTD Directives. lllllllllllllllllllll will be performed either automatically or See Attachment 6 for a list of all effective Begin QPS Requirements manually and should be able to be conducted FSTD Directives applicable to Airplane within approximately one-third (1⁄3) of the FTDs. a. FTD modifications can include hardware allotted FTD time. or software changes. For FTD modifications (3) A subjective evaluation of the FTD to End Information involving software programming changes, the perform a representative sampling of the lllllllllllllllllllll record required by § 60.31(a)(2) must consist tasks set out in attachment 3 of this of the name of the aircraft system software, appendix. This portion of the evaluation 18. Operation with Missing, Malfunctioning, aerodynamic model, or engine model change, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25) should take approximately two-thirds (2⁄3) of the date of the change, a summary of the the allotted FTD time. lllllllllllllllllllll change, and the reason for the change.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00109 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59709

b. If a coded form for record keeping is configuration. All displays may be flat/LCD requirements for SOCs and tests are indicated used, it must provide for the preservation panel representations or actual in the ‘‘General FTD Requirements’’ column and retrieval of information with appropriate representations of displays in the aircraft. in Table B1A of this appendix. security or controls to prevent the Primary and secondary flight controls (e.g., b. Table B1A describes the requirements inappropriate alteration of such records after rudder, aileron, elevator, flaps, spoilers/ for the indicated level of FTD. Many devices the fact. speed brakes, engine controls, landing gear, include operational systems or functions that nose wheel steering, trim, brakes) must be End QPS Requirements exceed the requirements outlined in this physical controls. All other controls, section. In any event, all systems will be lllllllllllllllllllll switches, and knobs may be touch sensitive tested and evaluated in accordance with this activation. 22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and appendix to ensure proper operation. (3) Level 6. A device that has an enclosed Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect airplane-specific flight deck and End QPS Requirements Statements (§ 60.33) aerodynamic program with all applicable lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll airplane systems operating and control Begin Information Begin Information loading that is representative of the simulated airplane throughout its ground and 2. Discussion No additional regulatory or informational flight envelope and significant sound material applies to § 60.33, Applications, representation. All displays may be flat/LCD a. This attachment describes the general Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, panel representations or actual requirements for qualifying Level 4 through Falsification, or Incorrect Statements. representations of displays in the aircraft, but Level 6 FTDs. The sponsor should also consult the objectives tests in Attachment 2 End Information all controls, switches, and knobs must physically replicate the aircraft in control and the examination of functions and lllllllllllllllllllll operation. subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 to 23. [Reserved] determine the complete requirements for a End Information specific level FTD. 24. Levels of FTD lllllllllllllllllllll b. The material contained in this lllllllllllllllllllll attachment is divided into the following 25. FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a categories: Begin Information Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) (1) General flight deck configuration. (§ 60.37) a. The following is a general description of (2) Programming. each level of FTD. Detailed standards and lllllllllllllllllllll (3) Equipment operation. tests for the various levels of FTDs are fully Begin Information (4) Equipment and facilities for instructor/ defined in Attachments 1 through 3 of this evaluator functions. appendix. No additional regulatory or informational (5) Motion system. (1) Level 4. A device that may have an open material applies to § 60.37, FSTD (6) Visual system. airplane-specific flight deck area, or an Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral (7) Sound system. enclosed airplane-specific flight deck and at Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA). c. Table B1A provides the standards for the least one operating system. Air/ground logic End Information General FTD Requirements. is required (no aerodynamic programming d. Table B1B provides the tasks that the lllllllllllllllllllll required). All displays may be flat/LCD panel sponsor will examine to determine whether representations or actual representations of Attachment 1 to Appendix B to Part 60— the FSTD satisfactorily meets the displays in the aircraft. All controls, General FTD Requirements requirements for flight crew training, testing, switches, and knobs may be touch sensitive lllllllllllllllllllll and experience, and provides the tasks for activation (not capable of manual which the simulator may be qualified. manipulation of the flight controls) or may Begin QPS Requirements e. Table B1C provides the functions that an physically replicate the aircraft in control instructor/check airman must be able to 1. Requirements operation. control in the simulator. (2) Level 5. A device that may have an open a. Certain requirements included in this f. It is not required that all of the tasks that airplane-specific flight deck area, or an appendix must be supported with a appear on the List of Qualified Tasks (part of enclosed airplane-specific flight deck and a Statement of Compliance and Capability the SOQ) be accomplished during the initial generic aerodynamic program with at least (SOC), which may include objective and or continuing qualification evaluation. one operating system and control loading subjective tests. The SOC will confirm that that is representative of the simulated the requirement was satisfied, and describe End Information airplane only at an approach speed and how the requirement was met. The lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE B1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS

<<>> <> FTD level Number General FTD requirements Notes 4 5 6

1. General Flight Deck Configuration

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59710 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> <> FTD level Number General FTD requirements Notes 4 5 6

1.a...... The FTD must have a flight deck that is a replica of the X For FTD purposes, the flight deck consists of all that airplane simulated with controls, equipment, observable space forward of a cross section of the fuselage at the flight deck indicators, circuit breakers, and bulkheads most extreme aft setting of the pilots’ seats including properly located, functionally accurate and replicating additional, required flight crewmember duty stations and the airplane. The direction of movement of controls and those required bulkheads aft of the pilot seats. For clari- switches must be identical to that in the airplane. Pilot fication, bulkheads containing only items such as land- seat(s) must afford the capability for the occupant to be ing gear pin storage compartments, fire axes or extin- able to achieve the design ‘‘eye position.’’ Equipment guishers, spare light bulbs, aircraft documents pouches for the operation of the flight deck windows must be in- are not considered essential and may be omitted. cluded, but the actual windows need not be operable. Fire axes, extinguishers, and spare light bulbs must be available in the flight simulator, but may be relocated to a suitable location as near as practical to the original position. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in sil- houette. An SOC is required.

1.b...... The FTD must have equipment (e.g., instruments, panels, X X systems, circuit breakers, and controls) simulated suffi- ciently for the authorized training/checking events to be accomplished. The installed equipment must be located in a spatially correct location and may be in a flight deck or an open flight deck area. Additional equipment required for the authorized training/checking events must be available in the FTD, but may be located in a suitable location as near as practical to the spatially cor- rect position. Actuation of equipment must replicate the appropriate function in the airplane. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in silhouette. An SOC is required.

2. Programming

2.a...... The FTD must provide the proper effect of aerodynamic X X changes for the combinations of drag and thrust nor- mally encountered in flight. This must include the effect of change in airplane attitude, thrust, drag, altitude, tem- perature, and configuration. Level 6 additionally requires the effects of changes in gross weight and center of gravity. Level 5 requires only generic aerodynamic programming. An SOC is required.

2.b...... The FTD must have the computer (analog or digital) capa- X X X bility (i.e., capacity, accuracy, resolution, and dynamic response) needed to meet the qualification level sought. An SOC is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59711

TABLE B1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> <> FTD level Number General FTD requirements Notes 4 5 6

2.c...... Relative responses of the flight deck instruments must be X X The intent is to verify that the FTD provides instrument measured by latency tests, or transport delay tests, and cues that are, within the stated time delays, like the air- may not exceed 300 milliseconds. The instruments must plane responses. For airplane response, acceleration in respond to abrupt input at the pilot’s position within the the appropriate, corresponding rotational axis is pre- allotted time, but not before the time when the airplane ferred. Additional information regarding Latency and would respond under the same conditions. Transport Delay testing may be found in Appendix A, • Latency: The FTD instrument and, if applicable, the mo- Attachment 2, paragraph 14. tion system and the visual system response must not be prior to that time when the airplane responds and may respond up to 300 milliseconds after that time under the same conditions. • Transport Delay: As an alternative to the Latency re- quirement, a transport delay objective test may be used to demonstrate that the FTD system does not exceed the specified limit. The sponsor must measure all the delay encountered by a step signal migrating from the pilot’s control through all the simulation software mod- ules in the correct order, using a handshaking protocol, finally through the normal output interfaces to the instru- ment display and, if applicable, the motion system, and the visual system. An objective test is required.

3. Equipment Operation

3.a...... All relevant instrument indications involved in the simula- X X tion of the airplane must automatically respond to con- trol movement or external disturbances to the simulated airplane; e.g., turbulence or winds. A subjective test is required.

3.b...... Navigation equipment must be installed and operate within X X the tolerances applicable for the airplane. Level 6 must also include communication equipment (inter-phone and air/ground) like that in the airplane and, if appropriate to the operation being conducted, an oxygen mask microphone system. Level 5 need have only that navigation equipment nec- essary to fly an instrument approach. A subjective test is required.

3.c...... Installed systems must simulate the applicable airplane X X X system operation, both on the ground and in flight. In- stalled systems must be operative to the extent that ap- plicable normal, abnormal, and emergency operating procedures included in the sponsor’s training programs can be accomplished. Level 6 must simulate all applicable airplane flight, naviga- tion, and systems operation. Level 5 must have at least functional flight and naviga- tional controls, displays, and instrumentation. Level 4 must have at least one airplane system installed and functional. A subjective test is required.

3.d...... The lighting environment for panels and instruments must X X X Back-lighted panels and instruments may be installed but be sufficient for the operation being conducted. are not required. A subjective test is required.

3.e...... The FTD must provide control forces and control travel X that correspond to the airplane being simulated. Control forces must react in the same manner as in the airplane under the same flight conditions. An objective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59712 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> <> FTD level Number General FTD requirements Notes 4 5 6

3.f...... The FTD must provide control forces and control travel of X sufficient precision to manually fly an instrument ap- proach. A subjective test is required.

4. Instructor or Evaluator Facilities

4.a...... In addition to the flight crewmember stations, suitable X X X These seats need not be a replica of an aircraft seat and seating arrangements for an instructor/check airman may be as simple as an office chair placed in an appro- and FAA Inspector must be available. These seats must priate position. provide adequate view of crewmember’s panel(s). A subjective test is required.

4.b...... The FTD must have instructor controls that permit activa- X X X tion of normal, abnormal, and emergency conditions as may be appropriate. Once activated, proper system op- eration must result from system management by the crew and not require input from the instructor controls. A subjective test is required.

5. Motion System (not required)

5.a...... The FTD may have a motion system, if desired, although X X The motion system standards set out in part 60, Appendix it is not required. If a motion system is installed and ad- A for at least Level A simulators are acceptable. ditional training, testing, or checking credits are being sought on the basis of having a motion system, the mo- tion system operation may not be distracting and must be coupled closely to provide integrated sensory cues. The motion system must also respond to abrupt input at the pilot’s position within the allotted time, but not be- fore the time when the airplane would respond under the same conditions. A subjective test is required.

5.b...... If a motion system is installed, it must be measured by la- X The motion system standards set out in part 60, Appendix tency tests or transport delay tests and may not exceed A for at least Level A simulators are acceptable. 300 milliseconds. Instrument response may not occur prior to motion onset. An objective test is required.

6. Visual System

6.a...... The FTD may have a visual system, if desired, although it X X X is not required. If a visual system is installed, it must meet the following criteria:

6.a.1. ... The visual system must respond to abrupt input at the pi- X X lot’s position. An SOC is required. A subjective test is required.

6.a.2. ... The visual system must be at least a single channel, non- X X X collimated display. An SOC is required. A subjective test is required.

6.a.3. ... The visual system must provide at least a field of view of X X X 18° vertical/24° horizontal for the pilot flying. An SOC is required.

6.a.4. ... The visual system must provide for a maximum parallax of X X X 10° per pilot. An SOC is required.

6.a.5. ... The visual scene content may not be distracting ...... X X X An SOC is required. A subjective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59713

TABLE B1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> <> FTD level Number General FTD requirements Notes 4 5 6

6.a.6. ... The minimum distance from the pilot’s eye position to the X X X surface of a direct view display may not be less than the distance to any front panel instrument. An SOC is required.

6.a.7. ... The visual system must provide for a minimum resolution X X X of 5 arc-minutes for both computed and displayed pixel size. An SOC is required.

6.b...... If a visual system is installed and additional training, test- X Directly projected, non-collimated visual displays may ing, or checking credits are being sought on the basis of prove to be unacceptable for dual pilot applications. having a visual system, a visual system meeting the standards set out for at least a Level A FFS (see Ap- pendix A of this part) will be required. A ‘‘direct-view,’’ non-collimated visual system (with the other require- ments for a Level A visual system met) may be consid- ered satisfactory for those installations where the visual system design ‘‘eye point’’ is appropriately adjusted for each pilot’s position such that the parallax error is at or less than 10° simultaneously for each pilot. An SOC is required. An objective test is required.

7. Sound System

7.a...... The FTD must simulate significant flight deck sounds re- X sulting from pilot actions that correspond to those heard in the airplane.

TABLE B1B.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. FTD LEVEL

<<>> <> Subjective requirements In order to be qualified at the FTD qualification level indi- FTD level Number cated, the FTD must be able to perform at least the tasks Notes associated with that level of qualification. See Notes 1 and 2 at the end of the Table 4 5 6

1. Preflight Procedures

1.a...... Preflight Inspection (flight deck only) ...... A A X

1.b...... Engine Start...... A A X

1.c...... Pre-takeoff Checks...... A A X

2. Takeoff and Departure Phase

2.a...... Rejected Takeoff (requires visual system) ...... A

2.b...... Departure Procedure ...... X X

3. In-flight Maneuvers

3.a...... a. Steep Turns ...... X X

3.b...... b. Approaches to Stalls ...... A X

3.c...... c. Engine Failure (procedures only)—Multiengine Airplane A X

3.d...... d. Engine Failure (procedures only)—Single-Engine Air- A X plane.

3.e...... e. Specific Flight Characteristics incorporated into the A A A user’s FAA approved flight training program.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59714 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B1B.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. FTD LEVEL—Continued

<<>> <> Subjective requirements In order to be qualified at the FTD qualification level indi- FTD level Number cated, the FTD must be able to perform at least the tasks Notes associated with that level of qualification. See Notes 1 and 2 at the end of the Table 4 5 6

4. Instrument Procedures

4.a...... Standard Terminal Arrival/Flight Management System Ar- A X rival.

4.b...... Holding ...... A X

4.c...... Precision Instrument, all engines operating ...... A X e.g., Autopilot, Manual (Flt. Dir. Assisted), Manual (Raw Data).

4.d...... Non-precision Instrument, all engines operating...... A X e.g., NDB, VOR, VOR/DME, VOR/TAC, RNAV, LOC, LOC/BC, ADF, and SDF.

4.e...... Circling Approach (requires visual system) ...... A

4.f...... Missed Approach ...... A X

5. Normal and Abnormal Procedures

5.a...... Engine (including shutdown and restart procedures only) .. A A X

5.b...... Fuel System...... A A X

5.c...... Electrical System...... A A X

5.d...... Hydraulic System...... A A X

5.e...... Environmental and Pressurization Systems ...... A A X

5.f...... Fire Detection and Extinguisher Systems ...... A A X

5.g...... Navigation and Avionics Systems ...... A A X

5.h...... Automatic Flight Control System, Electronic Flight Instru- A A X ment System, and Related Subsystems.

5.i...... Flight Control Systems ...... A A X

5.j...... Anti-ice and Deice Systems ...... A A X

5.k...... Aircraft and Personal Emergency Equipment A A X

6. Emergency Procedures

6.a...... Emergency Descent (maximum rate) ...... A X

6.b...... Inflight Fire and Smoke Removal ...... A X

6.c...... Rapid Decompression ...... A X

6.d...... Emergency Evacuation...... A A X

7. Postflight Procedures

7.a...... After-Landing Procedures...... A A X

7.b...... Parking and Securing ...... A A X Note 1: An ‘‘A’’ in the table indicates that the system, task, or procedure, although not required to be present, may be examined if the appro- priate airplane system is simulated in the FTD and is working properly. Note 2: Items not installed or not functional on the FTD and not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as ex- ceptions on the SOQ.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59715

TABLE B1C.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. FTD LEVEL

<<>> <> Subject requirements In order to be qualified at the FTD qualification level indicated, the FTD level Number FTD must be able to perform at least the tasks associated with Notes that level of qualification. 4 5 6

1. Instructor Operating Station (IOS)

1.a...... Power switch(es)...... X X X

1.b...... Airplane conditions ...... A X X e.g., GW, CG, Fuel loading, Systems, Ground. Crew.

1.c...... Airports/Runways ...... X X X e.g., Selection, Surface, Presets, Lighting con- trols.

1.d...... Environmental controls ...... X X X e.g., Temp, Wind.

1.e...... Airplane system malfunctions (Insertion/deletion) ...... A X X

1.f...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning ...... X X X

1.g...... Sound Controls. (On/off/adjustment) ...... X X X

1.h...... Motion/Control Loading System, as appropriate. On/off/emergency A X X stop.

2. Observer Seats/Stations

2.a...... Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system ...... X X X

Attachment 2 to Appendix B to Part 60— provides a degree of commonality between missed approach for a single-engine airplane; Flight Training Device (FTD) Objective Tests the two tables and substantially reduces the a maneuver using reverse thrust for an lllllllllllllllllllll potential for confusion when referring to airplane without reverse thrust capability). objective test numbers for either FFSs or Each test result is compared against the Begin Information FTDs. validation data described in § 60.13, and in Appendix B. The results must be produced 1. Discussion c. The reader is encouraged to review the Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation on an appropriate recording device a. For the purposes of this attachment, the Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by acceptable to the NSPM and must include flight conditions specified in the Flight the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, FTD number, date, time, conditions, Conditions Column of Table B2A, are defined and FAA Advisory Circulars (AC) 25–7, as tolerances, and appropriate dependent as follows: may be amended, Flight Test Guide for variables portrayed in comparison to the (1) Ground—on ground, independent of Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, validation data. Time histories are required airplane configuration; and (AC) 23–8, as may be amended, Flight unless otherwise indicated in Table B2A. All (2) Take-off—gear down with flaps/slats in Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 results must be labeled using the tolerances any certified takeoff position; Airplanes, for references and examples and units given. (3) First segment climb—gear down with regarding flight testing requirements and b. Table B2A in this attachment sets out flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position techniques. the test results required, including the (normally not above 50 ft AGL); d. If relevant winds are present in the parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions (4) Second segment climb—gear up with objective data, the wind vector should be for FTD validation. Tolerances are provided flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position clearly noted as part of the data presentation, for the listed tests because mathematical (normally between 50 ft and 400 ft AGL); expressed in conventional terminology, and modeling and acquisition and development (5) Clean—flaps/slats retracted and gear related to the runway being used for the test. of reference data are often inexact. All up; e. A Level 4 FTD does not require objective tolerances listed in the following tables are (6) Cruise—clean configuration at cruise tests and therefore, Level 4 is not addressed applied to FTD performance. When two altitude and airspeed; in the following table. tolerance values are given for a parameter, (7) Approach—gear up or down with flaps/ the less restrictive may be used unless slats at any normal approach position as End Information otherwise indicated. recommended by the airplane manufacturer; lllllllllllllllllllll c. Certain tests included in this attachment and must be supported with a Statement of (8) Landing—gear down with flaps/slats in Begin QPS Requirements Compliance and Capability (SOC). In Table any certified landing position. B2A, requirements for SOCs are indicated in 2. Test Requirements b. The format for numbering the objective the ‘‘Test Details’’ column. tests in Appendix A, Attachment 2, Table a. The ground and flight tests required for d. When operational or engineering A2A, and the objective tests in Appendix B, qualification are listed in Table B2A judgment is used in making assessments for Attachment 2, Table B2A, is identical. Objective Tests. Computer generated FTD test flight test data applications for FTD validity, However, each test required for FFSs is not results must be provided for each test except such judgment may not be limited to a single necessarily required for FTDs. Also, each test where an alternate test is specifically parameter. For example, data that exhibit required for FTDs is not necessarily required authorized by the NSPM. If a flight condition rapid variations of the measured parameters for FFSs. Therefore, when a test number (or or operating condition is required for the test may require interpolations or a ‘‘best fit’’ data series of numbers) is not required, the term but does not apply to the airplane being section. All relevant parameters related to a ‘‘Reserved’’ is used in the table at that simulated or to the qualification level sought, given maneuver or flight condition must be location. Following this numbering format it may be disregarded (e.g., an engine out provided to allow overall interpretation.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59716 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

When it is difficult or impossible to match also be provided. All airspeed values must be normal control data may be used. All tests in FTD to airplane data throughout a time properly annotated (e.g., indicated versus Table A2A require test results in the Normal history, differences must be justified by calibrated). In addition, the same variables control state unless specifically noted providing a comparison of other related must be used for comparison (e.g., compare otherwise in the Test Details section variables for the condition being assessed. inches to inches rather than inches to following the CCA designation. The NSPM e. It is not acceptable to program the FTD centimeters). will determine what tests are appropriate for so that the mathematical modeling is correct g. The QTG provided by the sponsor must airplane simulation data. When making this only at the validation test points. Unless clearly describe how the FTD will be set up determination, the NSPM may require other noted otherwise, tests must represent and operated for each test. Each FTD levels of control state degradation for specific airplane performance and handling qualities subsystem may be tested independently, but airplane tests. Where Non-normal control at operating weights and centers of gravity overall integrated testing of the FTD must be states are required, test data must be (CG) typical of normal operation. If a test is accomplished to assure that the total FTD provided for one or more Non-normal control supported by aircraft data at one extreme system meets the prescribed standards. A states, and must include the least augmented weight or CG, another test supported by manual test procedure with explicit and state. Where applicable, flight test data must aircraft data at mid-conditions or as close as detailed steps for completing each test must record Normal and Non-normal states for: possible to the other extreme is necessary. also be provided. (1) Pilot controller deflections or Certain tests that are relevant only at one h. In those cases where the objective test electronically generated inputs, including extreme CG or weight condition need not be results authorize a ‘‘snapshot test’’ or a location of input; and repeated at the other extreme. The results of ‘‘series of snapshot test results’’ in lieu of a (2) Flight control surface positions unless the tests for Level 6 are expected to be time-history result, the sponsor or other data test results are not affected by, or are indicative of the device’s performance and provider must ensure that a steady state independent of, surface positions. handling qualities throughout all of the condition exists at the instant of time l. Tests of handling qualities must include following: captured by the ‘‘snapshot.’’ The steady state validation of augmentation devices. FTDs for (1) The airplane weight and CG envelope; condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, highly augmented airplanes will be validated (2) The operational envelope; and through 1 second following, the instant of both in the unaugmented configuration (or (3) Varying atmospheric ambient and time captured by the snapshot. failure state with the maximum permitted environmental conditions—including the i. For previously qualified FTDs, the tests degradation in handling qualities) and the extremes authorized for the respective and tolerances of this attachment may be augmented configuration. Where various airplane or set of airplanes. used in subsequent continuing qualification levels of handling qualities result from f. When comparing the parameters listed to evaluations for any given test if the sponsor failure states, validation of the effect of the those of the airplane, sufficient data must has submitted a proposed MQTG revision to failure is necessary. Requirements for testing also be provided to verify the correct flight the NSPM and has received NSPM approval. will be mutually agreed to between the condition and airplane configuration j. FTDs are evaluated and qualified with an sponsor and the NSPM on a case-by-case changes. For example, to show that control engine model simulating the airplane data basis. force is within the parameters for a static supplier’s flight test engine. For qualification m. Some tests will not be required for stability test, data to show the correct of alternative engine models (either airplanes using airplane hardware in the FTD airspeed, power, thrust or torque, airplane variations of the flight test engines or other flight deck (e.g., ‘‘side stick controller’’). configuration, altitude, and other appropriate manufacturer’s engines) additional tests with These exceptions are noted in Section 2 datum identification parameters must also be the alternative engine models may be ‘‘Handling Qualities’’ in Table B2A of this given. If comparing short period dynamics, required. This Attachment contains attachment. However, in these cases, the normal acceleration may be used to establish guidelines for alternative engines. sponsor must provide a statement that the a match to the airplane, but airspeed, k. Testing Computer Controlled Airplane airplane hardware meets the appropriate altitude, control input, airplane (CCA) simulators, or other highly augmented manufacturer’s specifications and the configuration, and other appropriate data airplane simulators, flight test data is sponsor must have supporting information to must also be given. If comparing landing gear required for the Normal (N) and/or Non- that fact available for NSPM review. change dynamics, pitch, airspeed, and normal (NN) control states, as indicated in altitude may be used to establish a match to this Attachment. Where test results are End QPS Requirements the airplane, but landing gear position must independent of control state, Normal or Non- lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE B2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>>

Test FTD <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details level Number Title 5 6 Notes

1. Performance

1.a...... (Reserved)

1.b...... Takeoff

1.b.1...... Ground Acceleration ±5% time or ±1 sec Takeoff ...... Record acceleration time for a X This test is required Time. minimum of 80% of the seg- only if RTO train- ment from brake release to ing credit is VR. sought. Preliminary aircraft certification data may be used.

1.b.2. (Reserved) through 1.b.6.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59717

TABLE B2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>>

Test FTD <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details level Number Title 5 6 Notes

1.b.7...... Rejected Takeoff .... ±3% time or ±1 sec- Dry Runway ...... Record time for at least 80% X ond. of the segment from initi- ation of the Rejected Take- off to full stop.

1.b.8...... (Reserved)

1.c...... Climb

1.c.1...... Normal Climb all en- ±3 kt airspeed, ±5% Clean ...... Flight test data or airplane per- X X gines operating. or ±100 ft/min (0.5 formance manual data may m/sec) climb rate. be used. Record at nominal climb speed and at nominal altitude. May be a snapshot test result. FTD performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 1,000 ft (300 m).

1.c.2. (Reserved) through 1.c.4.

1.d...... (Reserved)

1.e...... (Reserved)

1.f...... Engines

1.f.1...... Acceleration ...... Level 6: ±10% Tt, or Approach or Land- Record engine power (N1, N2, X X Tt is the total time ±0.25 sec. ing. EPR, Torque, Manifold from initial throttle Level 5: ±1 sec ...... Pressure) from idle to max- movement to imum takeoff power for a reaching 90% of rapid (slam) throttle move- go around power. ment.

1.f.2...... Deceleration ...... Level 6: ±10% Tt, or Ground ...... Record engine power (N1, N2, X X Tt is the total time ±0.25 sec. EPR, Torque, Manifold from initial throttle Level 5: ±1 sec ...... Pressure) from maximum movement to takeoff power to idle for a reaching 90% rapid (slam) throttle move- decay of max- ment. imum takeoff power.

2. Handling Qualities

For FTDs requiring Static tests at the controls (i.e., column, wheel, rudder pedal), special test fix- Testing of position tures will not be required during initial or upgrade evaluations if the sponsor’s QTG/MQTG shows versus force is not both test fixture results and the results of an alternative approach, such as computer plots produced applicable if concurrently, that show satisfactory agreement. Repeat of the alternative method during the initial or forces are gen- upgrade evaluation would then satisfy this test requirement erated solely by use of airplane hardware in the FTD.

2.a...... Static Control Tests

2.a.1.a. .. Pitch Controller Po- ±2 lb (0.9 daN) Ground ...... Record results for an uninter- X sition vs. Force breakout, ±10% or rupted control sweep to the and Surface Posi- ±5 lb (2.2 daN) stops. tion Calibration. force, ±2° elevator.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59718 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>>

Test FTD <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details level Number Title 5 6 Notes

2.a.1.b. .. Pitch Controller Po- ±2 lb (0.9 daN) As determined by Record results during initial X Applicable only on sition vs. Force. breakout, ±10% or sponsor. qualification evaluation for continuing quali- ±5 lb (2.2 daN) an uninterrupted control fication evalua- force. sweep to the stops. The re- tions. The intent is corded tolerances apply to to design the con- subsequent comparisons on trol feel for Level continuing qualification eval- 5 to be able to uations. manually fly an in- strument ap- proach; and not to compare results to flight test or other such data.

2.a.2.a. .. Roll Controller Posi- ±2 lb (0.9 daN) Ground ...... Record results for an uninter- X tion vs. Force and breakout, ±10% or rupted control sweep to the Surface Position ±3 lb (1.3 daN) stops. Calibration. force, ±2° aileron, ±3° spoiler angle.

2.a.2.b. .. Roll Controller Posi- ±2 lb (0.9 daN) As determined by Record results during initial X Applicable only on tion vs. Force. breakout, ±10% or sponsor. qualification evaluation for continuing quali- ±3 lb (1.3 daN) an uninterrupted control fication evalua- force. sweep to the stops. The re- tions. The intent is corded tolerances apply to to design the con- subsequent comparisons on trol feel for Level continuing qualification eval- 5 to be able to uations. manually fly an in- strument ap- proach; and not to compare results to flight test or other such data.

2.a.3.a. .. Rudder Pedal Posi- ±5 lb (2.2 daN) Ground ...... Record results for an uninter- X tion vs. Force and breakout, ±10% or rupted control sweep to the Surface Position ±5 lb (2.2 daN) stops. Calibration. force, ±27° rudder angle.

2.a.3.b. .. Rudder Pedal Posi- ±5 lb (2.2 daN) As determined by Record results during initial X Applicable only on tion vs. Force. breakout, ±10% or sponsor. qualification evaluation for continuing quali- ±5 lb (2.2 daN) an uninterrupted control fication evalua- force. sweep to the stops. The re- tions. The intent is corded tolerances apply to to design the con- subsequent comparisons on trol feel for Level continuing qualification eval- 5 to be able to uations. manually fly an in- strument ap- proach; and not to compare results to flight test or other such data.

2.a.4...... Nosewheel Steering ±2 lb (0.9 daN) Ground ...... Record results of an uninter- X Controller Force. breakout, ±10% or rupted control sweep to the ±3 lb (1.3 daN) stops. force.

2.a.5...... Rudder Pedal Steer- ±2° nosewheel Ground ...... Record results of an uninter- X ing Calibration. angle. rupted control sweep to the stops.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59719

TABLE B2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>>

Test FTD <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details level Number Title 5 6 Notes

2.a.6...... Pitch Trim Indicator ±0.5° of computed Ground ...... X The purpose of the vs. Surface Posi- trim surface angle. test is to compare tion Calibration. the FTD against design data or equivalent.

2.a.7...... (Reserved)

2.a.8...... Alignment of Flight ±5° of throttle lever Ground ...... Requires simultaneous record- X deck Throttle angle or ±0.8 in (2 ing for all engines. The tol- Lever vs. Se- cm) for power erances apply against air- lected Engine Pa- control without an- plane data and between en- rameter. gular travel, or gines. In the case of pro- ±3% N1, or ±0.03 peller powered airplanes, if EPR, or ±3% a propeller lever is present, maximum rated it must also be checked. For manifold pressure, airplanes with throttle or ±3% torque. ‘‘detents,’’ all detents must be presented. May be a se- ries of snapshot test results.

2.a.9...... Brake Pedal Posi- ±5 lb (2.2 daN) or Ground ...... Two data points are required: X Test not required tion vs. Force. 10% force. Zero and maximum deflec- unless RTO credit tion. Computer output re- is sought. sults may be used to show compliance.

2.b...... (Reserved)

2.c...... Longitudinal Control Tests

Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.

2.c.1...... Power Change ±5 lb (2.2 daN) or, Approach ...... May be a series of snapshot X X Force. ±20% force. test results. Power change dynamics test as described in test 2.c.1 of Table A2A of this part will be accepted.

2.c.2...... Flap/Slat Change ±5 lb (2.2 daN) or, Takeoff through ini- May be a series of snapshot X X Force. ±20% force. tial flap retraction, test results. Flap/Slat and approach to change dynamics test as landing. described in test 2.c.2 of Table A2A of this part will be accepted.

2.c.3...... (Reserved)

2.c.4...... Gear Change Force ±5 lb (2.2 daN) or, Takeoff (retraction) May be a series of snapshot X X ±20% force. and Approach test results. Gear change (extension). dynamics test as described in test 2.c.4 of Table A2A of this part will be accepted.

2.c.5...... Longitudinal Trim .... ±0.5° trim surface Cruise, Approach, Record steady-state condition X X angle ±1° elevator and Landing. with wings level and thrust ±1° pitch angle set for level flight. May be a ±5% net thrust or series of snapshot tests equivalent. Level 5 may use equivalent stick and trim controllers in lieu of elevator and trim sur- face.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59720 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>>

Test FTD <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details level Number Title 5 6 Notes

2.c.6...... Longitudinal Maneu- ±5 lb (±2.2 daN) or Cruise, Approach, Continuous time history data X vering Stability ±10% pitch con- and Landing. or a series of snapshot tests (Stick Force/g). troller force Alter- may be used. Record re- native method: sults up to 30° of bank for ±1° or ±10% approach and landing con- change of eleva- figurations. Record results tor. for up to 45° of bank for the cruise configuration. The force tolerance is not appli- cable if forces are generated solely by the use of airplane hardware in the FTD. The alternative method applies to airplanes that do not ex- hibit ‘‘stick-force-per-g’’ char- acteristics.

2.c.7...... Longitudinal Static ±5 lb (±2.2 daN) or Approach ...... May be a series of snapshot X X Stability. ±10% pitch con- test results. Record results troller force. for at least 2 speeds above Alternative method: and 2 speeds below trim ±1° or ±10% speed. The force tolerance change of eleva- is not applicable if forces tor. are generated solely by the use of airplane hardware in the FTD. The alternative method applies to airplanes that do not exhibit speed stability characteristics. Level 5 must exhibit positive static stability, but need not comply with the numerical tolerance.

2.c.8...... Stall Warning (actu- ±3 kts. airspeed, ±2° Second Segment The stall maneuver must be X X ation of stall warn- bank for speeds Climb, and Ap- entered with thrust at or ing device.). greater than actu- proach or Landing. near idle power and wings ation of stall warn- level (1g). Record the stall ing device or ini- warning signal and initial tial buffet. buffet if applicable.

2.c.9.a. .. Phugoid Dynamics .. ±10% period, ±10% Cruise ...... The test must include which- X of time to 1⁄2 or ever is less of the following: double amplitude Three full cycles (six over- or ±.02 of damp- shoots after the input is ing ratio. completed), or the number of cycles sufficient to deter- mine time to 1⁄2 or double amplitude.

2.c.9.b. .. Phugoid Dynamics .. ±10% period, Rep- Cruise ...... The test must include which- X resentative damp- ever is less of the following: ing. Three full cycles (six over- shoots after the input is completed), or the number of cycles sufficient to deter- mine representative damp- ing.

2.c.10. ... Short Period Dy- ±1.5° pitch angle or Cruise ...... X namics. ±2°/sec pitch rate, ±0.10g accelera- tion..

2.d...... Lateral Directional Tests

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59721

TABLE B2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>>

Test FTD <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details level Number Title 5 6 Notes

Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.

2.d.1...... (Reserved)

2.d.2...... Roll Response ±10% or ±2°/sec roll Cruise, and Ap- Record results for normal roll X X (Rate). rate. proach or Landing. controller deflection (one- third of maximum roll con- troller travel). May be com- bined with step input of flight deck roll controller test (see 2.d.3.).

2.d.3...... Roll Response to ±10% or ±2° bank Approach or Land- Record from initiation of roll X Flight deck Roll angle. ing. through 10 seconds after Controller Step control is returned to neutral Input. and released. May be com- bined with roll response (rate) test (see 2.d.2.).

2.d.4.a. .. Spiral Stability ...... Correct trend and Cruise ...... Record results for both direc- X Airplane data aver- ±3° or ±10% bank tions. As an alternate test, aged from mul- angle in 30 sec- demonstrate the lateral con- tiple tests in same onds. trol required to maintain a direction may be steady turn with a bank used. angle of 30°.

2.d.4.b. .. Spiral Stability ...... Correct trend ...... Cruise ...... X Airplane data aver- aged from mul- tiple tests in same direction may be used.

2.d.5...... (Reserved)

2.d.6.a. .. Rudder Response ... ±2°/sec or ±10% Approach or Land- A rudder step input of 20%– X yaw rate. ing. 30% rudder pedal throw must be used. Not required if rudder input and response is shown in Dutch Roll test (test 2.d.7.).

2.d.6.b. .. Rudder Response ... Roll rate ±2°/sec, Approach or Land- May be roll response to a X bank angle ±3°. ing. given rudder deflection.

2.d.7...... Dutch Roll (Yaw ±0.5 sec. or ±10% Cruise, and Ap- Record results for at least 6 X Damper OFF). of period, ±10% of proach or Landing. complete cycles with sta- time to 1⁄2 or dou- bility augmentation OFF, or ble amplitude or the number of cycles suffi- ±.02 of damping cient to determine time to 1⁄2 ratio. or double amplitude.

2.d.8...... Steady State Side- For given rudder po- Approach or Land- May be a series of snapshot X X slip. sition ±2° bank ing. test results. Propeller driven angle, ±1° sideslip airplanes must test in each angle, ±10% or direction. Sideslip angle is ±2° aileron, ±10% matched only for repeat- or ±5° spoiler or ability and only on con- equivalent roll, tinuing qualification evalua- controller position tions. or force.

2.e. (Reserved) through 2.h.

3. (Reserved)

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59722 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>>

Test FTD <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details level Number Title 5 6 Notes

4. (Reserved)

5. (Reserved)

6. FTD System Response Time

6.a...... Latency

...... 300 ms (or less) Take-off, cruise, and One test is required in each X X after airplane re- approach or land- axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for sponse. ing. each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and ap- proach or landing).

Transport Delay ...... If Transport Delay is the chosen meth- od to demonstrate relative re- sponses, the sponsor and the NSPM will use the latency values to ensure proper simulator re- sponse when re- viewing those ex- isting tests where latency can be identified (e.g., short period, roll response, rudder response).

300 ms (or less) N/A ...... A separate test is required in X X after controller each axis (pitch, roll, and movement. yaw).

lllllllllllllllllllll 4. Alternative Objective Data for FTD Level 5 sought as set out in Table B2A. The QTG lllllllllllllllllllll must highlight those results that demonstrate Begin Information that the performance of the FTD is within the 3. For Additional Information on the Begin QPS Requirements allowable performance ranges indicated in Following Topics, Please Refer to Appendix a. This paragraph (including the following Tables B2B through B2E, as appropriate. A, Attachment 2, and the Indicated tables) is relevant only to FTD Level 5. It is (2) The QTG test results must include all Paragraph Within That Attachment provided because this level is required to relevant information concerning the simulate the performance and handling conditions under which the test was • Control Dynamics, paragraph 3. • characteristics of a set of airplanes with conducted; e.g., gross weight, center of Motion System, paragraph 5. similar characteristics, such as normal gravity, airspeed, power setting, altitude • Sound System, paragraph 6. airspeed/altitude operating envelope and the (climbing, descending, or level), temperature, • Engineering Simulator Validation Data, same number and type of propulsion systems configuration, and any other parameter that paragraph 8. (engines). impacts the conduct of the test. • Approval Guidelines for Engineering b. Tables B2B through B2E reflect FTD (3) The test results become the validation Simulator Validation Data, paragraph 9. performance standards that are acceptable to data against which the initial and all • Validation Test Tolerances, paragraph the FAA. A sponsor must demonstrate that a subsequent recurrent evaluations are 10. device performs within these parameters, as compared. These subsequent evaluations will • Validation Data Road Map, paragraph 11. applicable. If a device does not meet the use the tolerances listed in Table B2A. established performance parameters for some • Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative (4) Subjective testing of the device must be or for all of the applicable tests listed in Engines Data, paragraph 12. performed to determine that the device Tables B2B through B2E, the sponsor may performs and handles like an airplane within • Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative use NSP accepted flight test data for the appropriate set of airplanes. Avionics, paragraph 13. comparison purposes for those tests. • Transport Delay Testing, paragraph 14. c. Sponsors using the data from Tables B2B End QPS Requirements • Continuing Qualification Evaluation through B2E must comply with the lllllllllllllllllllll Validation Data Presentation, paragraph 15. following: (1) Submit a complete QTG, including Begin Information End Information results from all of the objective tests d. The reader is encouraged to consult the lllllllllllllllllllll appropriate for the level of qualification Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59723

Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by 8A, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Part End Information the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, 23 Airplanes, as amended, for references and lllllllllllllllllllll and FAA Advisory Circulars (AC) 25–7, examples regarding flight testing Flight Test Guide for Certification of requirements and techniques. Transport Category Airplanes, and (AC) 23–

TABLE B2B.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 SMALL, SINGLE ENGINE (RECIPROCATING) AIRPLANE

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

1. Performance

1.c...... Climb

1.c.1. .... Normal climb with nominal gross weight, at best rate-of-climb air- Climb rate = 500–1200 fpm (2.5–6 m/sec). speed.

1.f...... Engines

1.f.1...... Acceleration; idle to takeoff power ...... 2–4 Seconds.

1.f.2...... Deceleration; takeoff power to idle ...... 2–4 Seconds.

2. Handling Qualities

2.c...... Longitudinal Tests

2.c.1. .... Power change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise air- 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Pull). speed with necessary power. Reduce power to flight idle. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise air- 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Push). speed with necessary power. Add power to maximum setting. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record col- umn force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

2.c.2. .... Flap/slat change force.

(a) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps fully retracted at a 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Pull). constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the flaps to 50% of full flap travel. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps extended to 50% of 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Push). full flap travel, at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the flaps to zero. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to main- tain original airspeed.

2.c.4. .... Gear change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear retracted at 2–12 lbs (0.88–5.3 daN) of force (Pull). a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain origi- nal airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear extended, at 2–12 lbs (0.88–5.3 daN) of force (Push). a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain origi- nal airspeed.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59724 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B2B.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 SMALL, SINGLE ENGINE (RECIPROCATING) AIRPLANE— Continued

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

2.c.5. .... Longitudinal trim ...... Must be able to trim longitudinal stick force to ‘‘zero’’ in each of the following configurations: cruise; approach; and landing.

2.c.7. .... Longitudinal static stability ...... Must exhibit positive static stability.

2.c.8. .... Stall warning (actuation of stall warning device) with nominal gross weight; wings level; and a deceleration rate of not more than three (3) knots per second

(a) Landing configuration ...... 40–60 knots; ±5° of bank.

(b) Clean configuration ...... Landing configuration speed + 10–20%.

2.c.9.b. Phugoid dynamics ...... Must have a phugoid with a period of 30–60 seconds. May not reach 1⁄2 or double amplitude in less than 2 cycles.

2.d...... Lateral Directional Tests

2.d.2. .... Roll response (rate) ...... Must have a roll rate of 4°–25°/second. Roll rate must be measured through at least 30° of roll. Aileron control must be deflected 1⁄3 (33.3 percent) of maximum travel.

2.d.4.b. Spiral stability ...... Initial bank angle (±5°) after 20 seconds. Cruise configuration and normal cruise airspeed. Establish a 20°– 30° bank. When stabilized, neutralize the aileron control and release. Must be completed in both directions of turn.

2.d.6.b. Rudder response...... 2°–6°/second yaw rate. Use 25 percent of maximum rudder deflection. (Applicable to ap- proach or landing configuration.).

2.d.7. .... Dutch roll, yaw damper off. (Applicable to cruise and approach A period of 2–5 seconds; and 1⁄2–2 cycles. configurations.).

2.d.8. .... Steady state sideslip ...... 2°–10° of bank; 4°–10° of sideslip; and Use 50 percent rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach and 2°–10° of aileron. landing configurations.)

6. FTD System Response Time

6.a...... Latency ...... 300 milliseconds or less. Flight deck instrument systems response to an abrupt pilot con- troller input. One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, yaw).

TABLE B2C.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 SMALL, MULTI-ENGINE (RECIPROCATING) AIRPLANE

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

1. Performance

1.c...... Climb

1.c.1. .... Normal climb with nominal gross weight, at best rate-of-climb air- Climb airspeed = 95–115 knots. speed. Climb rate = 500–1500 fpm (2.5–7.5 m/sec).

1.f...... Engines

1.f.1...... Acceleration; idle to takeoff power ...... 2–5 seconds.

1.f.2...... Deceleration; takeoff power to idle ...... 2–5 seconds.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59725

TABLE B2C.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 SMALL, MULTI-ENGINE (RECIPROCATING) AIRPLANE— Continued

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

2. Handling Qualities

2.c...... Longitudinal Tests

2.c.1. .... Power change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise air- 10–25 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Pull). speed with necessary power. Reduce power to flight idle. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise air- 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Push). speed with necessary power. Add power to maximum setting. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record col- umn force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

2.c.2. .... Flap/slat change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps fully retracted at a 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Pull). constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the flaps to 50% of full flap travel. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps extended to 50% of 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Push). full flap travel, at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the flaps to zero. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to main- tain original airspeed.

2.c.4. .... Gear change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear retracted at 2–12 lbs (0.88–5.3 daN) of force (Pull). a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain origi- nal airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear extended, at 2–12 lbs (0.88–5.3 daN) of force (Push). a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain origi- nal airspeed.

2.c.4. .... Longitudinal trim ...... Must be able to trim longitudinal stick force to ‘‘zero’’ in each of the following configurations: cruise; approach; and landing.

2.c.7. .... Longitudinal static stability ...... Must exhibit positive static stability.

2.c.8. .... Stall warning (actuation of stall warning device) with nominal gross weight; wings level; and a deceleration rate of not more than three (3) knots per second

(a) Landing configuration ...... 60–90 knots; ±5° of bank.

(b) Clean configuration ...... Landing configuration speed + 10–20%.

2.c.9.b. Phugoid dynamics ...... Must have a phugoid with a period of 30–60 seconds. May not reach 1⁄2 or double amplitude in less than 2 cycles.

2.d...... Lateral Directional Tests

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59726 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B2C.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 SMALL, MULTI-ENGINE (RECIPROCATING) AIRPLANE— Continued

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

2.d.2. .... Roll response ...... Must have a roll rate of 4°–25°/second. Roll rate must be measured through at least 30° of roll. Aileron control must be deflected 1⁄3 (33.3 percent) of maximum travel.

2.d.4.b. Spiral stability ...... Initial bank angle (±5°) after 20 seconds. Cruise configuration and normal cruise airspeed. Establish a 20°– 30° bank. When stabilized, neutralize the aileron control and release. Must be completed in both directions of turn.

2.d.6.b. Rudder response ...... 3°–6°/second yaw rate. Use 25 percent of maximum rudder deflection. (Applicable to ap- proach or landing configuration.).

2.d.7. .... Dutch roll, yaw damper off. (Applicable to cruise and approach A period of 2–5 seconds; and 1⁄2–2 cycles. configurations.).

2.d.8. .... Steady state sideslip ...... 2°–10° of bank; 4–10 degrees of sideslip; and 2°–10° of aileron. Use 50 percent rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach and landing configurations.)

6. FTD System Response Time

6.a...... Flight deck instrument systems response to an abrupt pilot con- 300 milliseconds or less. troller input. One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, yaw).

TABLE B2D.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 SMALL, SINGLE ENGINE (TURBO-PROPELLER) AIRPLANE

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD in flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

1. Performance

1.c...... Climb

1.c.1. .... Normal climb with nominal gross weight, at best rate-of-climb air- Climb airspeed = 95–115 knots. speed. Climb rate = 800–1800 fpm (4–9 m/sec).

1.f...... Engines

1.f.1...... Acceleration; idle to takeoff power ...... 4–8 Seconds.

1.f.2...... Deceleration; takeoff power to idle ...... 3–7 Seconds.

2. Handling Qualities

2.c...... Longitudinal Tests

2.c.1. .... Power change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise air- 8 lbs (3.5 daN) of Push force—8 lbs (3.5 daN) of Pull force. speed with necessary power. Reduce power to flight idle. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise air- 12–22 lbs (5.3–9.7 daN) of force (Push). speed with necessary power. Add power to maximum setting. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record col- umn force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

2.c.2. .... Flap/slat change force

VerDate Aug<31>2005 19:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59727

TABLE B2D.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 SMALL, SINGLE ENGINE (TURBO-PROPELLER) AIRPLANE— Continued

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD in flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

(a) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps fully retracted at a 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Pull). constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the flaps to 50% of full flap travel. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps extended to 50% of 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Push). full flap travel, at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the flaps to zero. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to main- tain original airspeed.

2.c.4. .... Gear change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear retracted at 2–12 lbs (0.88–5.3 daN) of force (Pull). a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain origi- nal airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear extended, at 2–12 lbs (0.88–5.3 daN) of force (Push). a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain origi- nal airspeed.

2.b.5. .... Longitudinal trim ...... Must be able to trim longitudinal stick force to ‘‘zero’’ in each of the following configurations: cruise; approach; and landing.

2.c.7. .... Longitudinal static stability ...... Must exhibit positive static stability.

2.c.8. .... Stall warning (actuation of stall warning device) with nominal gross weight; wings level; and a deceleration rate of not more than three (3) knots per second.

(a) Landing configuration ...... 60–90 knots; ±5° of bank.

(b) Clean configuration ...... Landing configuration speed + 10–20%.

2.c.8.b. Phugoid dynamics ...... Must have a phugoid with a period of 30–60 seconds. May not reach 1⁄2 or double amplitude in less than 2 cycles.

2.d...... Lateral Directional Tests

2.d.2. .... Roll response ...... Must have a roll rate of 4°–25°/second. Roll rate must be measured through at least 30° of roll. Aileron control must be deflected 1⁄3 (33.3 percent) of maximum travel.

2.d.4.b. Spiral stability ...... Initial bank angle (±5°) after 20 seconds. Cruise configuration and normal cruise airspeed. Establish a 20°– 30° bank. When stabilized, neutralize the aileron control and release. Must be completed in both directions of turn.

2.d.6.b. Rudder response ...... 3°–6°/second yaw rate. Use 25 percent of maximum rudder deflection. (Applicable to ap- proach or landing configuration.)

2.d.7. .... Dutch roll, yaw damper off. (Applicable to cruise and approach A period of 2–5 seconds; and 1⁄2–3 cycles. configurations.).

2.d.8. .... Steady state sideslip ...... 2°–10° of bank; 4°–10° of sideslip; and 2°–10° of aileron. Use 50 percent rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach and landing configurations.).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59728 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B2D.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 SMALL, SINGLE ENGINE (TURBO-PROPELLER) AIRPLANE— Continued

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD in flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

6. FTD System Response Time

6.a...... Flight deck instrument systems response to an abrupt pilot con- 300 milliseconds or less. troller input. One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, yaw).

TABLE B2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 MULTI-ENGINE (TURBO-PROPELLER) AIRPLANE

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD in flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

1. Performance

1.c...... Climb.

1.b.1. .... Normal climb with nominal gross weight, at best rate-of-climb air- Climb airspeed = 120–140 knots. speed. Climb rate = 1000–3000 fpm (5–15 m/sec)

1.f...... Engines

1.f.1...... Acceleration; idle to takeoff power ...... 2–6 Seconds.

1.f.2...... Deceleration; takeoff power to idle ...... 1–5 Seconds.

2. Handling Qualities

2.c...... Longitudinal Tests

2.c.1. .... Power change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise air- 8 lbs (3.5 daN) of Push force to 8 lbs (3.5 daN) of Pull force. speed with necessary power. Reduce power to flight idle. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise air- 12–22 lbs (5.3–9.7 daN) of force (Push). speed with necessary power. Add power to maximum setting. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record col- umn force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

2.c.2. .... Flap/slat change force

(a) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps fully retracted at a 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Pull). constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the flaps to 50% of full flap travel. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed.

OR

(b) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps extended to 50% of 5–15 lbs (2.2–6.6 daN) of force (Push). full flap travel, at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the flaps to zero. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to main- tain original airspeed.

2.c.4. .... Gear change force

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59729

TABLE B2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCE FOR FTD LEVEL 5 MULTI-ENGINE (TURBO-PROPELLER) AIRPLANE—Continued

<<>> The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD in flight test data is not used to program the FTD. Applicable test Authorized performance range Number Title and procedure

(a) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear retracted at 2–12 lbs (0.88–5.3 daN) of force (Pull). a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain origi- nal airspeed.

OR

b) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear extended, at 2–12 lbs (0.88–5.3 daN) of force (Push). a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain origi- nal airspeed.

2.b.5. .... Longitudinal trim ...... Must be able to trim longitudinal stick force to ‘‘zero’’ in each of the following configurations: cruise; approach; and landing.

2.c.7. .... Longitudinal static stability ...... Must exhibit positive static stability.

2.c.8. .... Stall warning (actuation of stall warning device) with nominal gross weight; wings level; and a deceleration rate of not more than three (3) knots per second. (a) Landing configuration ...... 80–100 knots; ±5° of bank. (b) Clean configuration ...... Landing configuration speed + 10–20%.

2.c.8.b. Phugoid dynamics ...... Must have a phugoid with a period of 30–60 seconds. May not reach 1⁄2 or double amplitude in less than 2 cycles.

2.d...... Lateral Directional Tests

2.d.2. .... Roll response ...... Must have a roll rate of 4–25 degrees/second. Roll rate must be measured through at least 30° of roll. Aileron control must be deflected 1⁄3 (33.3 percent) of maximum travel.

2.d.4.b. Spiral stability ...... Initial bank angle (±5°) after 20 seconds. Cruise configuration and normal cruise airspeed. Establish a 20°– 30° bank. When stabilized, neutralize the aileron control and release. Must be completed in both directions of turn.

2.d.6.b. Rudder response ...... 3°–6°/second yaw rate. Use 25 percent of maximum rudder deflection. (Applicable to ap- proach or landing configuration.)

2.d.7. .... Dutch roll, yaw damper off. (Applicable to cruise and approach A period of 2–5 seconds; and 1⁄2–2 cycles. configurations.).

2.d.8. .... Steady state sideslip ...... 2°–10° of bank; Use 50 percent rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach and 4°–10° of sideslip; and landing configurations.) 2°–10° of aileron.

6. FTD System Response Time

6.a...... Flight deck instrument systems response to an abrupt pilot con- 300 milliseconds or less. troller input. One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, yaw).

End QPS Requirements choosing to use alternative sources must awaiting the availability of actual flight test lllllllllllllllllllll comply with the requirements in Table B2F. data; and then comparing this new data with the newly available flight test data. The Begin QPS Requirements End QPS Requirements results of such comparisons have, as reported lllllllllllllllllllll by some recognized and experienced 5. Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and simulation experts, become increasingly Instrumentation: Level 6 FTD Only Begin Information consistent and indicate that these techniques, a. Sponsors are not required to use the b. It has become standard practice for applied with appropriate experience, are alternative data sources, procedures, and experienced FTD manufacturers to use such becoming dependably accurate for the instrumentation. However, any sponsor techniques as a means of establishing data development of aerodynamic models for use bases for new FTD configurations while in Level 6 FTDs.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59730 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

c. In reviewing this history, the NSPM has (TIR), Certification Data or acceptable results should be compared with the flight concluded that, with proper care, those who supplemental flight test data. test pitch angle. are experienced in the development of (2) The NSPM recommends that use of the (2) A simulation controls system model aerodynamic models for FTD application can alternative instrumentation noted in Table should be rigorously defined and fully successfully use these modeling techniques B2F be coordinated with the NSPM prior to mature. It should also include accurate to acceptably alter the method by which employment in a flight test or data gathering gearing and cable stretch characteristics flight test data may be acquired and, when effort. (where applicable) that are determined from applied to Level 6 FTDs, does not e. The NSPM position regarding the use of actual aircraft measurements. Such a model compromise the quality of that simulation. these alternative data sources, procedures, does not require control surface position d. The information in the table that follows and instrumentation is based on three measurements in the flight test objective data (Table of Alternative Data Sources, primary preconditions and presumptions for Level 6 FTD applications. f. Table B2F is not applicable to Computer Procedures, and Information: Level 6 FTD regarding the objective data and FTD Controlled Aircraft FTDs. Only) is presented to describe an acceptable aerodynamic program modeling. g. Utilization of these alternate data (1) Data gathered through the alternative alternative to data sources for Level 6 FTD sources, procedures, and instrumentation modeling and validation, and an acceptable means does not require angle of attack (AOA) does not relieve the sponsor from compliance alternative to the procedures and measurements or control surface position with the balance of the information instrumentation found in the flight test measurements for any flight test. AOA can be contained in this document relative to Level methods traditionally accepted for gathering sufficiently derived if the flight test program 6 FTDs. modeling and validation data. insures the collection of acceptable level, h. The term ‘‘inertial measurement system’’ (1) Alternative data sources that may be unaccelerated, trimmed flight data. Angle of allows the use of a functional global used for part or all of a data requirement are attack may be validated by conducting the positioning system (GPS). the Airplane Maintenance Manual, the three basic ‘‘fly-by’’ trim tests. The FTD time Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), Airplane history tests should begin in level, End Information Design Data, the Type Inspection Report unaccelerated, and trimmed flight, and the lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE B2F.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION LEVEL 6 FTD

<<>> The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix B are not used. Alternative data sources, procedures, Objective test reference number and title and instrumentation Notes and reminders

1.b.1...... Data may be acquired through a synchronized video re- This test is required only if RTO is Performance cording of a stop watch and the calibrated airplane sought. Takeoff airspeed indicator. Hand-record the flight conditions Ground acceleration time. and airplane configuration.

1.b.7...... Data may be acquired through a synchronized video re- This test is required only if RTO is Performance cording of a stop watch and the calibrated airplane sought. Takeoff airspeed indicator. Hand-record the flight conditions Rejected takeoff. and airplane configuration.

1.c.1...... Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of Performance calibrated airplane instruments and engine power Climb throughout the climb range. Normal climb all engines operating.

1.f.1...... Data may be acquired with a synchronized video re- Performance cording of engine instruments and throttle position. Engines Acceleration.

1.f.2...... Data may be acquired with a synchronized video re- Performance cording of engine instruments and throttle position. Engines Deceleration.

2.a.1.a...... Surface position data may be acquired from flight data Handling qualities recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at se- Static control tests lected, significant column positions (encompassing Pitch controller position vs. force and sur- significant column position data points), acceptable to face position calibration. the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground (for airplanes with reversible control systems, this function should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kt). Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same column position data points.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59731

TABLE B2F.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix B are not used. Alternative data sources, procedures, Objective test reference number and title and instrumentation Notes and reminders

2.a.2.a...... Surface position data may be acquired from flight data Handling qualities recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at se- Static control tests lected, significant column positions (encompassing Wheel position vs. force and surface posi- significant column position data points), acceptable to tion calibration. the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground (for airplanes with reversible control systems, this function should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kt). Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same column position data points.

2.a.3.a...... Surface position data may be acquired from flight data Handling qualities recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at se- Static control tests lected, significant column positions (encompassing Rudder pedal position vs. force and sur- significant column position data points), acceptable to face position calibration. the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground (for airplanes with reversible control systems, this function should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kt). Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same column position data points.

2.a.4...... Breakout data may be acquired with a hand held force Handling qualities gauge. The remainder of the force to the stops may Static control tests be calculated if the force gauge and a protractor are Nosewheel steering force. used to measure force after breakout for at least 25% of the total displacement capability.

2.a.5...... Data may be acquired through the use of force pads on Handling qualities the rudder pedals and a pedal position measurement Static control tests device, together with design data for nose wheel po- Rudder pedal steering calibration. sition.

2.a.6...... Data may be acquired through calculations. Handling qualities Static control tests Pitch trim indicator vs. surface position calibration.

2.a.8...... Data may be acquired through the use of a temporary Handling qualities throttle quadrant scale to document throttle position. Static control tests Use a synchronized video to record steady state in- Alignment of power lever angle vs. se- strument readings or hand-record steady state en- lected engine parameter (e.g., EPR, N1, gine performance readings. Torque, Manifold pressure).

2.a.9...... Use of design or predicted data is acceptable. Data Handling qualities may be acquired by measuring deflection at ‘‘zero’’ Static control tests and at ‘‘maximum.’’ Brake pedal position vs. force.

2.c.1...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Power change dynamics test is accept- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- able using the same data acquisition Longitudinal control tests brated airplane instruments, throttle position, and the methodology. Power change force. force/position measurements of flight deck controls.

2.c.2...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Flap/slat change dynamics test is accept- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of calibrated able using the same data acquisition Longitudinal control tests airplane instruments, flap/slat position, and the force/ methodology. Flap/slat change force. position measurements of flight deck controls.

2.c.4...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Gear change dynamics test is acceptable Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- using the same data acquisition meth- Longitudinal control tests brated airplane instruments, gear position, and the odology. Gear change force. force/position measurements of flight deck controls.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59732 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B2F.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix B are not used. Alternative data sources, procedures, Objective test reference number and title and instrumentation Notes and reminders

2.c.5...... Data may be acquired through use of an inertial meas- Handling qualities urement system and a synchronized video of flight Longitudinal control tests deck controls position (previously calibrated to show Longitudinal trim. related surface position) and engine instrument read- ings.

2.c.6...... Data may be acquired through the use of an inertial Handling qualities measurement system and a synchronized video of Longitudinal control tests the calibrated airplane instruments; a temporary, high Longitudinal maneuvering stability (stick resolution bank angle scale affixed to the attitude in- force/g). dicator; and a wheel and column force measurement indication.

2.c.7...... Data may be acquired through the use of a syn- Handling qualities. chronized video of the airplane flight instruments and Longitudinal control tests a hand held force gauge. Longitudinal static stability.

2.c.8...... Data may be acquired through a synchronized video re- Airspeeds may be cross checked with Handling qualities cording of a stop watch and the calibrated airplane those in the TIR and AFM. Longitudinal control tests airspeed indicator. Hand-record the flight conditions Stall Warning (activation of stall warning and airplane configuration. device).

2.c.9.a...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Handling qualities. Longitudinal control ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- tests brated airplane instruments and the force/position Phugoid dynamics. measurements of flight deck controls.

2.c.10...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- Longitudinal control tests brated airplane instruments and the force/position Short period dynamics. measurements of flight deck controls.

2.c.11...... May use design data, production flight test schedule, or Handling qualities maintenance specification, together with an SOC. Longitudinal control tests Gear and flap/slat operating times.

2.d.2...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- Lateral directional tests brated airplane instruments and the force/position Roll response (rate). measurements of flight deck lateral controls.

2.d.3...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- Lateral directional tests brated airplane instruments and the force/position (a) Roll overshoot measurements of flight deck lateral controls. OR (b) Roll response to flight deck roll con- troller step input.

2.d.4...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- Lateral directional tests brated airplane instruments; the force/position meas- Spiral stability. urements of flight deck controls; and a stop watch.

2.d.6.a...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- Lateral directional tests brated airplane instruments; the force/position meas- Rudder response. urements of rudder pedals.

2.d.7...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- Lateral directional tests brated airplane instruments and the force/position Dutch roll, (yaw damper OFF). measurements of flight deck controls.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59733

TABLE B2F.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix B are not used. Alternative data sources, procedures, Objective test reference number and title and instrumentation Notes and reminders

2.d.8...... Data may be acquired by using an inertial measure- Handling qualities ment system and a synchronized video of the cali- Lateral directional tests brated airplane instruments and the force/position Steady state sideslip. measurements of flight deck controls.

Attachment 3 to Appendix B to Part 60— use of a given level of FTD as described on of the system operation and any system Flight Training Device (FTD) Subjective the Statement of Qualification or as may be limitation. Evaluation approved by the TPAA. All items in the c. At the request of the TPAA, the NSP lllllllllllllllllllll following paragraphs are subject to Pilot may assess the FTD for a special aspect examination. of a sponsor’s training program during the Begin Information b. All simulated airplane systems functions functions and subjective portion of an 1. Discussion will be assessed for normal and, where evaluation. Such an assessment may include appropriate, alternate operations. Simulated a. The subjective tests provide a basis for a portion of a specific operation (e.g., a Line evaluating the capability of the FTD to airplane systems are listed separately under Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) scenario) or perform over a typical utilization period. The ‘‘Any Flight Phase’’ to ensure appropriate special emphasis items in the sponsor’s items listed in the Table of Functions and attention to systems checks. Operational training program. Unless directly related to a Subjective Tests are used to determine navigation systems (including inertial requirement for the qualification level, the whether the FTD competently simulates each navigation systems, global positioning results of such an evaluation would not affect required maneuver, procedure, or task; and systems, or other long-range systems) and the the qualification of the FTD. verifying correct operation of the FTD associated electronic display systems will be controls, instruments, and systems. The tasks evaluated if installed. The NSP pilot will End Information do not limit or exceed the authorizations for include in his report to the TPAA, the effect lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE B3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 6 FTD

<<>> Number Operations tasks

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane system or systems simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List as defined in Appendix B, Attachment 2 of this part.

1. Preflight

Accomplish a functions check of all installed switches, indicators, systems, and equipment at all crewmembers’ and instructors’ sta- tions, and determine that the flight deck (or flight deck area) design and functions replicate the appropriate airplane.

2. Surface Operations (pre-takeoff)

2.a...... Engine start:

2.a.1. .... Normal start.

2.a.2. .... Alternative procedures start.

2.a.3. .... Abnormal procedures start/shut down.

2.b...... Pushback/Powerback (powerback requires visual system).

3. Takeoff (requires appropriate visual system as set out in Table B1A, item 6; Appendix B, Attachment 1.)

3.a...... Instrument takeoff:

3.a.1 ..... Engine checks (e.g., engine parameter relationships, propeller/mixture controls).

3.a.2. .... Acceleration characteristics.

3.a.3. .... Nosewheel/rudder steering.

3.a.4. .... Landing gear, wing flap, leading edge device operation.

3.b...... Rejected takeoff:

3.b.1. .... Deceleration characteristics.

3.b.2. .... Brakes/engine reverser/ground spoiler operation.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59734 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

3.b.3. .... Nosewheel/rudder steering.

4. In-Flight Operations

4.a...... Normal climb.

4.b...... Cruise:

4.b.1. .... Demonstration of performance characteristics (speed vs. power).

4.b.2. .... Normal turns.

4.b.3. .... Demonstration of high altitude handling.

4.b.4. .... Demonstration of high airspeed handling/overspeed warning.

4.b.5. .... Demonstration of Mach effects on control and trim.

4.b.6. .... Steep turns.

4.b.7. .... In-Flight engine shutdown (procedures only).

4.b.8. .... In-Flight engine restart (procedures only).

4.b.9. .... Specific flight characteristics.

4.b.10. .. Response to loss of flight control power.

4.b.11. .. Response to other flight control system failure modes.

4.b.12. .. Operations during icing conditions.

4.b.13. .. Effects of airframe/engine icing.

4.c...... Other flight phase:

4.c.1. .... Approach to stalls in the following configurations:

4.c.1.a. Cruise.

4.c.1.b. Takeoff or approach.

4.c.1.c. Landing.

4.c.2. .... High angle of attack maneuvers in the following configurations:

4.c.2.a. Cruise.

4.c.2.b. Takeoff or approach.

4.c.2.c. Landing.

4.c.3 ..... Slow flight

4.c.4 ..... Holding.

5. Approaches

5.a. 5.a.1. .... With use of autopilot and autothrottle, as applicable.

5.a.2. .... Without use of autopilot and autothrottle, as applicable.

5.a.3. .... With 10 knot tail wind.

5.a.4. .... With 10 knot crosswind.

5.b...... Precision Instrument Approaches:

5.b.1. .... With use of autopilot, autothrottle, and autoland, as applicable.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59735

TABLE B3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

5.b.2. .... Without use of autopilot, autothrottle, and autoland, as applicable.

5.b.3. .... With 10 knot tail wind.

5.b.4. .... With 10 knot crosswind.

6. Missed Approach

6.a...... Manually controlled.

6.b...... Automatically controlled (if applicable).

7. Any Flight Phase, as appropriate

7.a...... Normal system operation (installed systems).

7.b...... Abnormal/Emergency system operation (installed systems).

7.c...... Flap operation.

7.d...... Landing gear operation.

7.e...... Engine Shutdown and Parking.

7.e.1. .... Systems operation.

7.e.2. .... Parking brake operation.

8. Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate. Functions in this section are subject to evaluation only if appropriate for the air- plane and/or installed on the specific FTD involved

8.a...... Power Switch(es).

8.b...... Airplane conditions.

8.b.1. .... Gross weight, center of gravity, and fuel loading and allocation.

8.b.2. .... Airplane systems status.

8.b.3. .... Ground crew functions (e.g., external power, push back).

8.c...... Airports.

8.c.1. .... Selection.

8.c.2. .... Runway selection.

8.c.3. .... Preset positions (e.g., ramp, over FAF).

8.d...... Environmental controls.

8.d.1. .... Temperature.

8.d.2. .... Climate conditions (e.g., ice, rain).

8.d.3. .... Wind speed and direction.

8.e...... Airplane system malfunctions.

8.e.1. .... Insertion/deletion.

8.e.2. .... Problem clear.

8.f...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning.

8.f.1...... Problem (all) freeze/release.

8.f.2...... Position (geographic) freeze/release.

8.f.3...... Repositioning (locations, freezes, and releases).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59736 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE B3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

8.f.4...... Ground speed control.

8.f.5...... Remote IOS, if installed.

9. Sound Controls. On/off/adjustment

10. Control Loading System (as applicable) On/off/emergency stop

11. Observer Stations

11.a...... Position.

11.b...... Adjustments.

End QPS Requirements

TABLE B3B.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 5 FTD

<<>> Number Operations tasks

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane system or systems simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List as defined in Appendix B, Attachment 2 of this part.

1. Preflight

Accomplish a functions check of all installed switches, indicators, systems, and equipment at all crewmembers’ and instructors’ sta- tions, and determine that the flight deck (or flight deck area) design and functions replicate the appropriate airplane.

2. Surface Operations (pre-takeoff)

2.a...... Engine start (if installed):

2.a.1. .... Normal start.

2.a.2. .... Alternative procedures start.

2.a.3. .... Abnormal/Emergency procedures start/shut down.

3. In-Flight Operations

3.a...... Normal climb.

3.b...... Cruise:

3.b.1. .... Performance characteristics (speed vs. power).

3.b.2. .... Normal turns.

3.c...... Normal descent.

4. Approaches

4.a...... Coupled instrument approach maneuvers (as applicable for the systems installed).

5. Any Flight Phase

5.a...... Normal system operation (Installed systems).

5.b...... Abnormal/Emergency system operation (installed systems).

5.c...... Flap operation.

5.d...... Landing gear operation.

5.e...... Engine Shutdown and Parking (if installed).

5.e.1. .... Systems operation.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59737

TABLE B3B.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 5 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

5.e.2. .... Parking brake operation.

6. Instructor Operating Station (IOS)

6.a...... Power Switch(es).

6.b...... Preset positions—ground, air.

6.c...... Airplane system malfunctions (Installed systems).

6.c.1. .... Insertion/deletion.

6.c.2. .... Problem clear.

TABLE B3C.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 4 FTD

<<>>

Number Operations tasks

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane system or systems simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List as defined in Appendix B, Attachment 2 of this part.

1...... Level 4 FTDs are required to have at least one operational system. The NSPM will accomplish a functions check of all installed sys- tems, switches, indicators, and equipment at all crewmembers’ and instructors’ stations, and determine that the flight deck (or flight deck area) design and functions replicate the appropriate airplane.

Attachment 4 to Appendix B to Part 60— Figure B4B Attachment: FSTD Information Figure B4G Sample Continuing Sample Documents Form Qualification Evaluation Requirements lllllllllllllllllllll Figure B4C Sample Qualification Test Page Guide Cover Page Figure B4H Sample MQTG Index of Begin Information Figure B4D Sample Statement of Effective FSTD Directives Table of Contents Qualification—Certificate BILLING CODE 4910–13–P Title of Sample Figure B4E Sample Statement of Figure B4A Sample Letter, Request for Qualification—Configuration List Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Figure B4F Sample Statement of Evaluation Qualification—List of Qualified Tasks

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59738 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.019 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59739

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.020 59740 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.021 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59741

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00142 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.022 59742 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00143 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.023 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59743

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00144 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.024 59744 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00145 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.025 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59745

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00146 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.026 59746 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00147 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.027 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59747

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00148 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.028 59748 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00149 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.029 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59749

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00150 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.030 59750 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C 5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5) 20. Other Losses of Qualification and Attachment 5 to Appendix B to Part 60— 6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements Procedures for Restoration of FSTD Directives Applicable to Airplane (§ 60.7) Qualification (§ 60.29) Flight Training Devices 7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor 21. Record Keeping and Reporting (§ 60.31) (§ 60.9) 22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Appendix C to Part 60—Qualification 8. FSTD Use (§ 60.11) Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Performance Standards for Helicopter Full Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33) Flight Simulators 9. FSTD Objective Data Requirements (§ 60.13) 23. [Reserved] lllllllllllllllllllll 10. Special Equipment and Personnel 24. [Reserved] Begin Information Requirements for Qualification of the 25. FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a FSTD (§ 60.14) Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement This appendix establishes the standards for (BASA) (§ 60.37) Helicopter Full Flight Simulator (FFS) 11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Attachment 1 to Appendix C to Part 60— evaluation and qualification. The Flight Requirements (§ 60.15) General Simulator Requirements Standards Service, National Simulator 12. Additional Qualifications for a Currently Program Manager (NSPM), is responsible for Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.16) Attachment 2 to Appendix C to Part 60—Full the development, application, and 13. Previously Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.17) Flight Simulator Objective Tests Attachment 3 to Appendix C to Part 60— implementation of the standards contained 14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification Simulator Subjective Evaluation within this appendix. The procedures and Evaluation, and Maintenance Attachment 4 to Appendix C to Part 60— criteria specified in this appendix will be Requirements (§ 60.19) Sample Documents used by the NSPM, or a person assigned by 15. Logging FSTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20) Attachment 5 to Appendix C to Part 60— the NSPM, when conducting helicopter FFS 16. Interim Qualification of FSTDs for New evaluations. FSTD Directives Applicable to Helicopter Types or Models (§ 60.21) Helicopter Full Flight Simulators Table of Contents 17. Modifications to FSTDs (§ 60.23) 1. Introduction 18. Operations with Missing, Malfunctioning, End Information 2. Applicability (§ 60.1) and (§ 60.2) or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25) lllllllllllllllllllll 3. Definitions (§ 60.3) 19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and 4. Qualification Performance Standards Procedures for Restoration of 1. Introduction (§ 60.4) Qualification (§ 60.27) lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00151 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.031 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59751

Begin Information (16) AC 150/5340–24, Runway and End Information a. This appendix contains background Taxiway Edge Lighting System. lllllllllllllllllllll information as well as regulatory and (17) AC 150/5345–28D, Precision informative material as described later in this Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems. 6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements section. To assist the reader in determining (18) AC 150/5390–2B, Heliport Design. (§ 60.7) what areas are required and what areas are (19) International Air Transport lllllllllllllllllllll permissive, the text in this appendix is Association document, ‘‘Flight Simulator Begin Information divided into two sections: ‘‘QPS Design and Performance Data Requirements,’’ Requirements’’ and ‘‘Information.’’ The QPS as amended. a. The intent of the language in § 60.7(b) is Requirements sections contain details (20) AC 29–2B, Flight Test Guide for to have a specific FFS, identified by the regarding compliance with the part 60 rule Certification of Transport Category sponsor, used at least once in an FAA- Rotorcraft. language. These details are regulatory, but are approved flight training program for the (21) AC 27–1A, Flight Test Guide for found only in this appendix. The Information helicopter simulated during the 12-month Certification of Normal Category Rotorcraft. sections contain material that is advisory in period described. The identification of the (22) International Civil Aviation nature, and designed to give the user general specific FFS may change from one 12-month Organization (ICAO) Manual of Criteria for information about the regulation. period to the next 12-month period as long the Qualification of Flight Simulators, as b. Questions regarding the contents of this as that sponsor sponsors and uses at least one amended. publication should be sent to the U.S. FFS at least once during the prescribed (23) Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Department of Transportation, Federal period. There is no minimum number of Handbook, Volume I, as amended and Aviation Administration, Flight Standards hours or minimum FFS periods required. Volume II, as amended, The Royal Service, National Simulator Program Staff, b. The following examples describe Aeronautical Society, London, UK. AFS–205, 100 Hartsfield Centre Parkway, acceptable operational practices: (24) FAA Publication FAA–S–8081 series Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia 30354. Telephone (1) Example One. (Practical Test Standards for Airline contact numbers for the NSP are: phone, (a) A sponsor is sponsoring a single, Transport Pilot Certificate, Type Ratings, 404–832–4700; fax, 404–761–8906. The specific FFS for its own use, in its own Commercial Pilot, and Instrument Ratings). general e-mail address for the NSP office is: facility or elsewhere—this single FFS forms (25) The FAA Aeronautical Information [email protected]. The NSP the basis for the sponsorship. The sponsor Manual (AIM). An electronic version of the Internet Web Site address is: http:// uses that FFS at least once in each 12-month AIM is on the Internet at http://www.faa.gov/ www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/ period in that sponsor’s FAA-approved flight atpubs. aircraft_aviation/nsp/. On this Web Site you training program for the helicopter will find an NSP personnel list with End Information simulated. This 12-month period is established according to the following telephone and e-mail contact information for lllllllllllllllllllll each NSP staff member, a list of qualified schedule: flight simulation devices, advisory circulars, 2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2) (i) If the FFS was qualified prior to May 30, a description of the qualification process, lllllllllllllllllllll 2008, the 12-month period begins on the date NSP policy, and an NSP ‘‘In-Works’’ section. of the first continuing qualification Also linked from this site are additional Begin Information evaluation conducted in accordance with information sources, handbook bulletins, No additional regulatory or informational § 60.19 after (60 days after date of publication frequently asked questions, a listing and text material applies to § 60.1, Applicability, or to of the final rule in the Federal Register) and of the Federal Aviation Regulations, Flight § 60.2, Applicability of sponsor rules to continues for each subsequent 12-month Standards Inspector’s handbooks, and other persons who are not sponsors and who are period; FAA links. engaged in certain unauthorized activities. (ii) A device qualified on or after May 30, c. The NSPM encourages the use of 2008, will be required to undergo an initial electronic media for all communication, End Information or upgrade evaluation in accordance with including any record, report, request, test, or lllllllllllllllllllll § 60.15. Once the initial or upgrade statement required by this appendix. The evaluation is complete, the first continuing electronic media used must have adequate 3. Definitions (§ 60.3) qualification evaluation will be conducted security provisions and be acceptable to the lllllllllllllllllllll within 6 months. The 12-month continuing NSPM. The NSPM recommends inquiries on qualification evaluation cycle begins on that Begin Information system compatibility, and minimum system date and continues for each subsequent 12- requirements are also included on the NSP See Appendix F of this part for a list of month period. Web site. definitions and abbreviations from part 1 and (b) There is no minimum number of hours d. Related Reading References. part 60, including the appropriate of FFS use required. (1) 14 CFR part 60. appendices of part 60. (c) The identification of the specific FFS (2) 14 CFR part 61. End Information may change from one 12-month period to the (3) 14 CFR part 63. next 12-month period as long as that sponsor (4) 14 CFR part 119 lllllllllllllllllllll sponsors and uses at least one FFS at least (5) 14 CFR part 121. 4. Qualification Performance Standards once during the prescribed period. (6) 14 CFR part 125 (§ 60.4) (2) Example Two. (7) 14 CFR part 135. (a) A sponsor sponsors an additional lllllllllllllllllllll (8) 14 CFR part 141. number of FFSs, in its facility or elsewhere. (9) 14 CFR part 142. Begin Information Each additionally sponsored FFS must be— (10) AC 120–35B, Line Operational No additional regulatory or informational (i) Used by the sponsor in the sponsor’s Simulations: Line-Oriented Flight Training, material applies to § 60.4, Qualification FAA-approved flight training program for the Special Purpose Operational Training, Line Performance Standards. helicopter simulated (as described in Operational Evaluation. § 60.7(d)(1)); or (11) AC 120–57A, Surface Movement End Information (ii) Used by another FAA certificate holder Guidance and Control System (SMGS). lllllllllllllllllllll in that other certificate holder’s FAA- (12) AC 150/5300–13, Airport Design. approved flight training program for the (13) AC 150/5340–1G, Standards for 5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5) helicopter simulated (as described in Airport Markings. lllllllllllllllllllll § 60.7(d)(1)). This 12-month period is (14) AC 150/5340–4C, Installation Details established in the same manner as in for Runway Centerline Touchdown Zone Begin Information example one; or Lighting Systems. See Appendix E of this part for additional (iii) Provided a statement each year from a (15) AC 150/5340–19, Taxiway Centerline regulatory and informational material qualified pilot, (after having flown the Lighting System. regarding Quality Management Systems. helicopter, not the subject FFS or another

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00152 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59752 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

FFS, during the preceding 12-month period) have been gathered in accordance with a time-history result, the sponsor or other data stating that the subject FFS’s performance flight test program containing the following: provider must ensure that a steady state and handling qualities represent the (1) A flight test plan consisting of: condition exists at the instant of time helicopter (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)). This (a) The maneuvers and procedures captured by the ‘‘snapshot.’’ The steady state statement is provided at least once in each required for aircraft certification and condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, 12-month period established in the same simulation programming and validation through 1 second following, the instant of manner as in example one. (b) For each maneuver or procedure— time captured by the snapshot. (b) There is no minimum number of hours (i) The procedures and control input the of FFS use required. flight test pilot and/or engineer used. End QPS Requirements (3) Example Three. (ii) The atmospheric and environmental lllllllllllllllllllll (a) A sponsor in New York (in this conditions. example, a Part 142 certificate holder) (iii) The initial flight conditions. Begin Information establishes ‘‘satellite’’ training centers in (iv) The helicopter configuration, including f. The FFS sponsor is encouraged to Chicago and Moscow. weight and center of gravity. maintain a liaison with the manufacturer of (b) The satellite function means that the (v) The data to be gathered. the aircraft being simulated (or with the Chicago and Moscow centers must operate (vi) All other information necessary to under the New York center’s certificate (in holder of the aircraft type certificate for the recreate the flight test conditions in the FFS. aircraft being simulated if the manufacturer accordance with all of the New York center’s (2) Appropriately qualified flight test is no longer in business), and, if appropriate, practices, procedures, and policies; e.g., personnel. with the person who supplied the aircraft instructor and/or technician training/ (3) An understanding of the accuracy of the checking requirements, record keeping, QMS data to be gathered using appropriate data package for the FFS in order to facilitate program). alternative data sources, procedures, and the notification required by § 60.13(f). (c) All of the FFSs in the Chicago and instrumentation that is traceable to a g. It is the intent of the NSPM that for new Moscow centers could be dry-leased (i.e., the recognized standard as described in aircraft entering service, at a point well in certificate holder does not have and use Attachment 2, Table C2D. advance of preparation of the Qualification FAA-approved flight training programs for (4) Appropriate and sufficient data Test Guide (QTG), the sponsor should submit the FFSs in the Chicago and Moscow centers) acquisition equipment or system(s), to the NSPM for approval, a descriptive because— including appropriate data reduction and document (a validation data roadmap) (i) Each FFS in the Chicago center and each analysis methods and techniques, as would containing the plan for acquiring the FFS in the Moscow center is used at least be acceptable to the FAA’s Aircraft validation data, including data sources. This once each 12-month period by another FAA Certification Service. document should clearly identify sources of certificate holder in that other certificate b. The data, regardless of source, must be data for all required tests, a description of the holder’s FAA-approved flight training presented: validity of these data for a specific engine program for the helicopter (as described in (1) in a format that supports the FFS type and thrust rating configuration, and the § 60.7(d)(1)); or validation process; (ii) A statement is obtained from a revision levels of all avionics affecting the qualified pilot (having flown the helicopter, (2) in a manner that is clearly readable and performance or flying qualities of the aircraft. not the subject FFS or another FFS during the annotated correctly and completely; Additionally, this document should provide preceding 12-month period) stating that the (3) with resolution sufficient to determine other information, such as the rationale or performance and handling qualities of each compliance with the tolerances set forth in explanation for cases where data or data FFS in the Chicago and Moscow centers Attachment 2, Table C2A of this appendix. parameters are missing, instances where represent the helicopter (as described in (4) with any necessary instructions or other engineering simulation data are used or § 60.7(d)(2)). details provided, such as yaw damper or where flight test methods require further throttle position; and explanations. It should also provide a brief End Information (5) without alteration, adjustments, or bias; narrative describing the cause and effect of lllllllllllllllllllll however the data may be rescaled, digitized, any deviation from data requirements. The or otherwise manipulated to fit the desired 7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor aircraft manufacturer may provide this presentation. document. (§ 60.9) c. After completion of any additional flight h. There is no requirement for any flight lllllllllllllllllllll test, a flight test report must be submitted in test data supplier to submit a flight test plan support of the validation data. The report Begin Information or program prior to gathering flight test data. must contain sufficient data and rationale to The phrase ‘‘as soon as practicable’’ in support qualification of the FFS at the level However, the NSPM notes that inexperienced § 60.9(a) means without unnecessarily requested. data gatherers often provide data that is disrupting or delaying beyond a reasonable d. As required by § 60.13(f), the sponsor irrelevant, improperly marked, or lacking time the training, evaluation, or experience must notify the NSPM when it becomes adequate justification for selection. Other being conducted in the FSTD. aware that an addition to, an amendment to, problems include inadequate information regarding initial conditions or test End Information or a revision of data that may relate to FFS performance or handling characteristics is maneuvers. The NSPM has been forced to lllllllllllllllllllll available. The data referred to in this refuse these data submissions as validation data for an FFS evaluation. It is for this 8. FSTD Use (§ 60.11) paragraph are those data that are used to validate the performance, handling qualities, reason that the NSPM recommends that any lllllllllllllllllllll or other characteristics of the aircraft, data supplier not previously experienced in Begin Information including data related to any relevant this area review the data necessary for programming and for validating the No additional regulatory or informational changes occurring after the type certificate performance of the FFS, and discuss the material applies to § 60.11, FSTD Use. was issued. The sponsor must— (1) Within 10 calendar days, notify the flight test plan anticipated for acquiring such End Information NSPM of the existence of this data; and data with the NSPM well in advance of lllllllllllllllllllll (2) Within 45 calendar days, notify the commencing the flight tests. NSPM of— i. The NSPM will consider, on a case-by- 9. FSTD Objective Data Requirements (a) The schedule to incorporate this data case basis, whether to approve supplemental (§ 60.13) into the FFS; or validation data derived from flight data lllllllllllllllllllll (b) The reason for not incorporating this recording systems such as a Quick Access data into the FFS. Recorder or Flight Data Recorder. Begin QPS Requirements e. In those cases where the objective test a. Flight test data used to validate FFS results authorize a ‘‘snapshot test’’ or a End Information performance and handling qualities must ‘‘series of snapshot test results’’ in lieu of a lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00153 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59753

10. Special Equipment and Personnel approval, and must include, for each Table C2A, as applicable to the qualification Requirements for Qualification of the FSTD objective test: level sought: (§ 60.14) (1) Parameters, tolerances, and flight (a) Name of the test. lllllllllllllllllllll conditions. (b) Objective of the test. (2) Pertinent and complete instructions for (c) Initial conditions. Begin Information the conduct of automatic and manual tests. (d) Manual test procedures. a. In the event that the NSPM determines (3) A means of comparing the FFS test (e) Automatic test procedures (if that special equipment or specifically results to the objective data. applicable). qualified persons will be required to conduct (4) Any other information as necessary, to (f) Method for evaluating FFS objective test an evaluation, the NSPM will make every assist in the evaluation of the test results. results. attempt to notify the sponsor at least one (1) (5) Other information appropriate to the (g) List of all relevant parameters driven or week, but in no case less than 72 hours, in qualification level of the FFS. constrained during the automatically advance of the evaluation. Examples of e. The QTG described in paragraphs (a)(3) conducted test(s). special equipment include spot photometers, and (b) of this section, must include the (h) List of all relevant parameters driven or flight control measurement devices, and following: constrained during the manually conducted sound analyzers. Examples of specially (1) A QTG cover page with sponsor and test(s). FAA approval signature blocks (see qualified personnel include individuals (i) Tolerances for relevant parameters. Attachment 4, Figure C4C, for a sample QTG specifically qualified to install or use any (j) Source of Validation Data (document cover page). special equipment when its use is required. and page number). (2) A continuing qualification evaluation b. Examples of a special evaluation include (k) Copy of the Validation Data (if located schedule requirements page. This page will an evaluation conducted after an FFS is in a separate binder, a cross reference for the be used by the NSPM to establish and record identification and page number for pertinent moved, at the request of the TPAA, or as a the frequency with which continuing result of comments received from users of the data location must be provided). qualification evaluations must be conducted (l) Simulator Objective Test Results as FFS that raise questions about the continued and any subsequent changes that may be qualification or use of the FFS. obtained by the sponsor. Each test result determined by the NSPM in accordance with must reflect the date completed and must be End Information § 60.19. See Attachment 4, Figure C4G, for a clearly labeled as a product of the device sample Continuing Qualification Evaluation lllllllllllllllllllll being tested. Requirements page. f. A convertible FFS is addressed as a 11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification (3) An FFS information page that provides separate FFS for each model and series Requirements (§ 60.15) the information listed in this paragraph (see helicopter to which it will be converted and Attachment 4, Figure C4B, for a sample FFS lllllllllllllllllllll for the FAA qualification level sought. If a information page). For convertible FFSs, the sponsor seeks qualification for two or more sponsor must submit a separate page for each Begin QPS Requirements models of a helicopter type using a configuration of the FFS. a. In order to be qualified at a particular convertible FFS, the sponsor must submit a (a) The sponsor’s FFS identification qualification level, the FFS must: QTG for each helicopter model, or a QTG for number or code. (1) Meet the general requirements listed in (b) The helicopter model and series being the first helicopter model and a supplement Attachment 1; simulated. to that QTG for each additional helicopter (2) Meet the objective testing requirements (c) The aerodynamic data revision number model. The NSPM will conduct evaluations listed in Attachment 2; and or reference. for each helicopter model. (3) Satisfactorily accomplish the subjective (d) The source of the basic aerodynamic g. Form and manner of presentation of tests listed in Attachment 3. model and the aerodynamic coefficient data objective test results in the QTG: b. The request described in § 60.15(a) must used to modify the basic model. (1) The sponsor’s FFS test results must be include all of the following: (e) The engine model(s) and its data recorded in a manner acceptable to the (1) A statement that the FFS meets all of revision number or reference. NSPM, that allows easy comparison of the the applicable provisions of this part and all (f) The flight control data revision number FFS test results to the validation data (e.g., applicable provisions of the QPS. or reference. use of a multi-channel recorder, line printer, (2) A confirmation that the sponsor will (g) The flight management system cross plotting, overlays, transparencies). forward to the NSPM the statement described identification and revision level. (2) FFS results must be labeled using in § 60.15(b) in such time as to be received (h) The FFS model and manufacturer. terminology common to helicopter no later than 5 business days prior to the (i) The date of FFS manufacture. parameters as opposed to computer software scheduled evaluation and may be forwarded (j) The FFS computer identification. identifications. to the NSPM via traditional or electronic (k) The visual system model and (3) Validation data documents included in means. manufacturer, including display type. a QTG may be photographically reduced only (3) A qualification test guide (QTG), (l) The motion system type and if such reduction will not alter the graphic acceptable to the NSPM, that includes all of manufacturer, including degrees of freedom. scaling or cause difficulties in scale the following: (4) A Table of Contents. interpretation or resolution. (a) Objective data obtained from aircraft (5) A log of revisions and a list of effective (4) Scaling on graphical presentations must testing or another approved source. pages. provide the resolution necessary to evaluate (b) Correlating objective test results (6) List of all relevant data references. the parameters shown in Attachment 2, Table obtained from the performance of the FFS as (7) A glossary of terms and symbols used C2A of this appendix. prescribed in the appropriate QPS. (including sign conventions and units). (5) Tests involving time histories, data (c) The result of FFS subjective tests (8) Statements of compliance and sheets (or transparencies thereof) and FFS prescribed in the appropriate QPS. capability (SOCs) with certain requirements. test results must be clearly marked with (d) A description of the equipment SOCs must provide references to the sources appropriate reference points to ensure an necessary to perform the evaluation for initial of information that show the capability of the accurate comparison between the FFS and qualification and the continuing qualification FFS to comply with the requirement, a the helicopter with respect to time. Time evaluations. rationale explaining how the referenced histories recorded via a line printer are to be c. The QTG described in paragraph (a)(3) material is used, mathematical equations and clearly identified for cross plotting on the of this section, must provide the documented parameter values used, and the conclusions helicopter data. Over-plots must not obscure proof of compliance with the simulator reached; i.e., that the FFS complies with the the reference data. objective tests in Attachment 2, Table C2A of requirement. h. The sponsor may elect to complete the this appendix. (9) Recording procedures or equipment QTG objective and subjective tests at the d. The QTG is prepared and submitted by required to accomplish the objective tests. manufacturer’s facility or at the sponsor’s the sponsor, or the sponsor’s agent on behalf (10) The following information for each training facility. If the tests are conducted at of the sponsor, to the NSPM for review and objective test designated in Attachment 2, the manufacturer’s facility, the sponsor must

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00154 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59754 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

repeat at least one-third of the tests at the (1) Helicopter responses, including sponsor. Such evaluations would be sponsor’s training facility in order to longitudinal and lateral-directional control accomplished in a normal manner (i.e., substantiate FFS performance. The QTG must responses (see Attachment 2 of this requiring exclusive use of the FFS for the be clearly annotated to indicate when and appendix). conduct of objective and subjective tests and where each test was accomplished. Tests (2) Performance in authorized portions of an examination of functions) if the FFS is not conducted at the manufacturer’s facility and the simulated helicopter’s operating being used for flight crewmember training, at the sponsor’s training facility must be envelope, to include tasks evaluated by the testing, or checking. However, if the FFS conducted after the FFS is assembled with NSPM in the areas of surface operations, were being used, the evaluation would be systems and sub-systems functional and takeoff, climb, cruise, descent, approach, and conducted in a non-exclusive manner. This operating in an interactive manner. The test landing as well as abnormal and emergency non-exclusive evaluation will be conducted results must be submitted to the NSPM. operations (see Attachment 2 of this by the FFS evaluator accompanying the i. The sponsor must maintain a copy of the appendix). check airman, instructor, Aircrew Program MQTG at the FFS location. (3) Control checks (see Attachment 1 and Designee (APD), or FAA inspector aboard the j. All FFSs for which the initial Attachment 2 of this appendix). FFS along with the student(s) and observing qualification is conducted after May 30, (4) Flight deck configuration (see the operation of the FFS during the training, 2014, must have an electronic MQTG Attachment 1 of this appendix). testing, or checking activities. (eMQTG) including all objective data (5) Pilot, flight engineer, and instructor r. Problems with objective test results are obtained from helicopter testing, or another station functions checks (see Attachment 1 handled as follows: approved source (reformatted or digitized), and Attachment 3 of this appendix). (1) If a problem with an objective test result together with correlating objective test results (6) Helicopter systems and sub-systems (as is detected by the NSP evaluation team appropriate) as compared to the helicopter obtained from the performance of the FFS during an evaluation, the test may be simulated (see Attachment 1 and Attachment (reformatted or digitized) as prescribed in repeated or the QTG may be amended. 3 of this appendix). this appendix. The eMQTG must also contain (2) If it is determined that the results of an (7) FFS systems and sub-systems, the general FFS performance or objective test do not support the level including force cueing (motion), visual, and demonstration results (reformatted or requested but do support a lower level, the aural (sound) systems, as appropriate (see digitized) prescribed in this appendix, and a NSPM may qualify the FFS at that lower Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this description of the equipment necessary to level. For example, if a Level D evaluation is appendix). perform the initial qualification evaluation requested and the FFS fails to meet sound (8) Certain additional requirements, and the continuing qualification evaluations. test tolerances, it could be qualified at Level depending upon the qualification level The eMQTG must include the original C. validation data used to validate FFS sought, including equipment or circumstances that may become hazardous to s. After an FFS is successfully evaluated, performance and handling qualities in either the NSPM issues a certificate of qualification the original digitized format from the data the occupants. The sponsor may be subject to Occupational Safety and Health (COQ) to the sponsor. The NSPM supplier or an electronic scan of the original recommends the FFS to the TPAA, who will time-history plots that were provided by the Administration requirements. o. The NSPM administers the objective and approve the FFS for use in a flight training data supplier. A copy of the eMQTG must be program. The COQ will be issued at the provided to the NSPM. subjective tests, which includes an examination of functions. The tests include satisfactory conclusion of the initial or k. All other FFSs not covered in continuing qualification evaluation and will subparagraph ‘‘j’’ must have an electronic a qualitative assessment of the FFS by an NSP pilot. The NSP evaluation team leader list the tasks for which the FSTD is qualified, copy of the MQTG by May 30, 2014. A copy referencing the tasks described in Table C1B of the eMQTG must be provided to the may assign other qualified personnel to assist in attachment 1. However, it is the sponsor’s NSPM. This may be provided by an in accomplishing the functions examination responsibility to obtain TPAA approval prior electronic scan presented in a Portable and/or the objective and subjective tests to using the FSTD in an FAA-approved flight Document File (PDF), or similar format performed during an evaluation when training program. acceptable to the NSPM. required. t. Under normal circumstances, the NSPM l. During the initial (or upgrade) (1) Objective tests provide a basis for establishes a date for the initial or upgrade qualification evaluation conducted by the measuring and evaluating FFS performance evaluation within ten (10) working days after NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a and determining compliance with the determining that a complete QTG is person who is a user of the device (e.g., a requirements of this part. acceptable. Unusual circumstances may qualified pilot or instructor pilot with flight (2) Subjective tests provide a basis for: warrant establishing an evaluation date time experience in that aircraft) and (a) Evaluating the capability of the FFS to knowledgeable about the operation of the perform over a typical utilization period; before this determination is made. A sponsor aircraft and the operation of the FFS. (b) Determining that the FFS satisfactorily may schedule an evaluation date as early as simulates each required task; 6 months in advance. However, there may be End QPS Requirements (c) Verifying correct operation of the FFS a delay of 45 days or more in rescheduling lllllllllllllllllllll controls, instruments, and systems; and and completing the evaluation if the sponsor (d) Demonstrating compliance with the is unable to meet the scheduled date. See Begin Information requirements of this part. Attachment 4, Figure C4A, Sample Request m. Only those FFSs that are sponsored by p. The tolerances for the test parameters for Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement a certificate holder as defined in Appendix listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix Evaluation. F will be evaluated by the NSPM. However, reflect the range of tolerances acceptable to u. The numbering system used for other FFS evaluations may be conducted on the NSPM for FFS validation and are not to objective test results in the QTG should a case-by-case basis as the Administrator be confused with design tolerances specified closely follow the numbering system set out deems appropriate, but only in accordance for FFS manufacture. In making decisions in Attachment 2, FFS Objective Tests, Table with applicable agreements. regarding tests and test results, the NSPM C2A. n. The NSPM will conduct an evaluation relies on the use of operational and v. Contact the NSPM or visit the NSPM for each configuration, and each FFS must be engineering judgment in the application of Web site for additional information regarding evaluated as completely as possible. To data (including consideration of the way in the preferred qualifications of pilots used to ensure a thorough and uniform evaluation, which the flight test was flown and way the meet the requirements of § 60.15(d). each FFS is subjected to the general data was gathered and applied), data w. Examples of the exclusions for which simulator requirements in Attachment 1, the presentations, and the applicable tolerances the FFS might not have been subjectively objective tests listed in Attachment 2, and the for each test. tested by the sponsor or the NSPM and for subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this q. In addition to the scheduled continuing which qualification might not be sought or appendix. The evaluations described herein qualification evaluation, each FFS is subject granted, as described in § 60.15(g)(6), include will include, but not necessarily be limited to evaluations conducted by the NSPM at any takeoffs and landing from slopes and to the following: time without prior notification to the pinnacles.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00155 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59755

End Information of Qualification within 6 years, is to have the location, including any item found to be lllllllllllllllllllll availability of that statement (including the missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative. configuration list and the limitations to d. During the continuing qualification 12. Additional Qualifications for a Currently authorizations) to provide a complete picture evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the Qualified FSTD (§ 60.16) of the FFS inventory regulated by the FAA. sponsor must also provide a person No additional regulatory or informational The issuance of the statement will not knowledgeable about the operation of the material applies to § 60.16, Additional require any additional evaluation or require aircraft and the operation of the FFS. Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FFS. any adjustment to the evaluation basis for the e. The NSPM will conduct continuing FFS. qualification evaluations every 12 months 13. Previously Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.17) g. Downgrading of an FFS is a permanent unless: lllllllllllllllllllll change in qualification level and will (1) The NSPM becomes aware of necessitate the issuance of a revised discrepancies or performance problems with Begin QPS Requirements Statement of Qualification to reflect the the device that warrants more frequent a. In instances where a sponsor plans to revised qualification level, as appropriate. If evaluations; or remove an FFS from active status for a period a temporary restriction is placed on an FFS (2) The sponsor implements a QMS that of less than two years, the following because of a missing, malfunctioning, or justifies less frequent evaluations. However, procedures apply: inoperative component or on-going repairs, in no case shall the frequency of a continuing (1) The NSPM must be notified in writing the restriction is not a permanent change in qualification evaluation exceed 36 months. and the notification must include an estimate qualification level. Instead, the restriction is End QPS Requirements of the period that the FFS will be inactive. temporary and is removed when the reason (2) Continuing Qualification evaluations for the restriction has been resolved. lllllllllllllllllllll h. It is not the intent of the NSPM to will not be scheduled during the inactive Begin Information period. discourage the improvement of existing (3) The NSPM will remove the FFS from simulation (e.g., the ‘‘updating’’ of a visual f. The sponsor’s test sequence and the the list of qualified FSTDs on a mutually system to a newer model, or the replacement content of each quarterly inspection required established date not later than the date on of the IOS with a more capable unit) by in § 60.19(a)(1) should include a balance and which the first missed continuing requiring the ‘‘updated’’ device to meet the a mix from the objective test requirement qualification evaluation would have been qualification standards current at the time of areas listed as follows: scheduled. the update. Depending on the extent of the (1) Performance. (4) Before the FFS is restored to qualified update, the NSPM may require that the (2) Handling qualities. status, it must be evaluated by the NSPM. updated device be evaluated and may require (3) Motion system (where appropriate). that an evaluation include all or a portion of The evaluation content and the time required (4) Visual system (where appropriate). the elements of an initial evaluation. to accomplish the evaluation is based on the (5) Sound system (where appropriate). However, the standards against which the number of continuing qualification (6) Other FFS systems. device would be evaluated are those that are evaluations and sponsor-conducted quarterly g. If the NSP evaluator plans to accomplish found in the MQTG for that device. inspections missed during the period of specific tests during a normal continuing i. The NSPM will determine the evaluation inactivity. qualification evaluation that requires the use criteria for an FSTD that has been removed (5) The sponsor must notify the NSPM of of special equipment or technicians, the from active status. The criteria will be based any changes to the original scheduled time sponsor will be notified as far in advance of on the number of continuing qualification out of service. the evaluation as practical; but not less than evaluations and quarterly inspections missed b. Simulators qualified prior to May 30, 72 hours. Examples of such tests include during the period of inactivity. For example, latencies, control dynamics, sounds and 2008, are not required to meet the general if the FFS were out of service for a 1 year simulation requirements, the objective test vibrations, motion, and/or some visual period, it would be necessary to complete the system tests. requirements, and the subjective test entire QTG, since all of the quarterly requirements of attachments 1, 2, and 3, of h. The continuing qualification evaluations would have been missed. The evaluations, described in § 60.19(b), will this appendix as long as the simulator NSPM will also consider how the FFS was continues to meet the test requirements normally require 4 hours of FFS time. stored, whether parts were removed from the However, flexibility is necessary to address contained in the MQTG developed under the FFS and whether the FFS was disassembled. original qualification basis. abnormal situations or situations involving j. The FFS will normally be requalified aircraft with additional levels of complexity c. After (1 year after date of publication of using the FAA-approved MQTG and the the final rule in the Federal Register) each (e.g., computer controlled aircraft). The criteria that was in effect prior to its removal sponsor should anticipate that some tests visual scene or airport model beyond the from qualification. However, inactive periods may require additional time. The continuing minimum required for the FSTD qualification of 2 years or more will require requalification qualification evaluations will consist of the level that is installed in and available for use under the standards in effect and current at following: in a qualified FSTD must meet the the time of requalification. requirements described in Attachment 3 of (1) Review of the results of the quarterly this appendix. End Information inspections conducted by the sponsor since lllllllllllllllllllll the last scheduled continuing qualification End QPS Requirements evaluation. lllllllllllllllllllll 14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification (2) A selection of approximately 8 to 15 Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements objective tests from the MQTG that provide Begin Information (§ 60.19) an adequate opportunity to evaluate the d. Other certificate holders or persons lllllllllllllllllllll performance of the FFS. The tests chosen desiring to use an FFS may contract with FFS will be performed either automatically or sponsors to use FFSs previously qualified at Begin QPS Requirements manually and should be able to be conducted a particular level for a helicopter type and a. The sponsor must conduct a minimum within approximately one-third (1/3) of the approved for use within an FAA-approved of four evenly spaced inspections throughout allotted FFS time. flight training program. Such FFSs are not the year. The objective test sequence and (3) A subjective evaluation of the FFS to required to undergo an additional content of each inspection must be perform a representative sampling of the qualification process, except as described in developed by the sponsor and must be tasks set out in attachment 3 of this § 60.16. acceptable to the NSPM. appendix. This portion of the evaluation e. Each FFS user must obtain approval b. The description of the functional should take approximately two-thirds (2/3) of from the appropriate TPAA to use any FFS preflight inspection must be contained in the the allotted FFS time. in an FAA-approved flight training program. sponsor’s QMS. (4) An examination of the functions of the f. The intent of the requirement listed in c. Record ‘‘functional preflight’’ in the FFS FFS may include the motion system, visual § 60.17(b), for each FFS to have a Statement discrepancy log book or other acceptable system, sound system, instructor operating

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00156 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59756 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

station, and the normal functions and Begin Information change, a summary of the change, and the simulated malfunctions of the simulated a. The sponsor’s responsibility with respect reason for the change. helicopter systems. This examination is to § 60.25(a) is satisfied when the sponsor b. If a coded form for record keeping is normally accomplished simultaneously with fairly and accurately advises the user of the used, it must provide for the preservation the subjective evaluation requirements. current status of an FFS, including any and retrieval of information with appropriate missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative security or controls to prevent the End Information inappropriate alteration of such records after (MMI) component(s). the fact. lllllllllllllllllllll b. If the 29th or 30th day of the 30-day 15. Logging FSTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20) period described in § 60.25(b) is on a End QPS Requirements Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday, the FAA lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll will extend the deadline until the next Begin Information business day. 22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and c. In accordance with the authorization Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect No additional regulatory or informational described in § 60.25(b), the sponsor may Statements (§ 60.33) material applies to § 60.20. Logging FFS develop a discrepancy prioritizing system to lllllllllllllllllllll Discrepancies. accomplish repairs based on the level of Begin Information End Information impact on the capability of the FFS. Repairs having a larger impact on FFS capability to No additional regulatory or informational lllllllllllllllllllll provide the required training, evaluation, or material applies to § 60.33, Applications, 16. Interim Qualification of FSTDs for New flight experience will have a higher priority Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Helicopter Types or Models (§ 60.21) for repair or replacement. Falsification, or Incorrect Statements. lllllllllllllllllllll End Information 23. [Reserved] Begin Information lllllllllllllllllllll 24. [Reserved] No additional regulatory or informational 19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and 25. FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a material applies to § 60.21, Interim Procedures for Restoration of Qualification Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) Qualification of FFSs for New Helicopter (§ 60.27) (§ 60.37) Types or Models. lllllllllllllllllllll No additional regulatory or informational End Information Begin Information material applies to § 60.37, FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral lllllllllllllllllllll If the sponsor provides a plan for how the Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA). FFS will be maintained during its out-of- 17. Modifications to FSTDs (§ 60.23) lllllllllllllllllllll service period (e.g., periodic exercise of lllllllllllllllllllll mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical End Information systems; routine replacement of hydraulic Begin QPS Requirements Attachment 1 to Appendix C to Part 60— fluid; control of the environmental factors in General Simulator Requirements a. The notification described in which the FFS is to be maintained) there is § 60.23(c)(2) must include a complete a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be lllllllllllllllllllll description of the planned modification, with able to determine the amount of testing Begin QPS Requirements a description of the operational and required for requalification. engineering effect the proposed modification 1. Requirements End Information will have on the operation of the FFS and the a. Certain requirements included in this results that are expected with the lllllllllllllllllllll appendix must be supported with a modification incorporated. 20. Other Losses of Qualification and Statement of Compliance and Capability b. Prior to using the modified FFS: Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (SOC), which may include objective and (1) All the applicable objective tests (§ 60.29) subjective tests. The SOC will confirm that completed with the modification the requirement was satisfied, and describe incorporated, including any necessary lllllllllllllllllllll how the requirement was met, such as gear updates to the MQTG (e.g., accomplishment Begin Information modeling approach or coefficient of friction of FSTD Directives) must be acceptable to the sources. The requirements for SOCs and tests If the sponsor provides a plan for how the NSPM; and are indicated in the ‘‘General Simulator FFS will be maintained during its out-of- (2) The sponsor must provide the NSPM Requirements’’ column in Table C1A of this service period (e.g., periodic exercise of appendix. with a statement signed by the MR that the mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical factors listed in § 60.15(b) are addressed by b. Table C1A describes the requirements systems; routine replacement of hydraulic for the indicated level of FFS. Many devices the appropriate personnel as described in fluid; control of the environmental factors in that section. include operational systems or functions that which the FFS is to be maintained) there is exceed the requirements outlined in this End QPS Requirements a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be section. However, all systems will be tested able to determine the amount of testing lllllllllllllllllllll and evaluated in accordance with this required for requalification. appendix to ensure proper operation. Begin Information End Information End QPS Requirements (3) FSTD Directives are considered lllllllllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllll modifications of an FFS. See Attachment 4 for a sample index of effective FSTD 21. Recordkeeping and Reporting (§ 60.31) Begin Information Directives. See Attachment 6 for a list of all lllllllllllllllllllll effective FSTD Directives applicable to 2. Discussion Helicopter FFSs. Begin QPS Requirements a. This attachment describes the general a. FSTD modifications can include simulator requirements for qualifying a End Information hardware or software changes. For FSTD helicopter FFS. The sponsor should also lllllllllllllllllllll modifications involving software consult the objective tests in Attachment 2 programming changes, the record required by and the examination of functions and 18. Operation with Missing, Malfunctioning, § 60.31(a)(2) must consist of the name of the subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 to or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25) aircraft system software, aerodynamic model, determine the complete requirements for a lllllllllllllllllllll or engine model change, the date of the specific level simulator.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00157 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59757

b. The material contained in this c. Table C1A provides the standards for the f. It is not required that all of the tasks that attachment is divided into the following General Simulator Requirements. appear on the List of Qualified Tasks (part of categories: d. Table C1B provides the tasks that the the SOQ) be accomplished during the initial (1) General flight deck configuration. sponsor will examine to determine whether or continuing qualification evaluation. (2) Simulator programming. the FSTD satisfactorily meets the g. Table C1A addresses only Levels B, C, (3) Equipment operation. requirements for flight crew training, testing, (4) Equipment and facilities for instructor/ and experience, and provides the tasks for and D helicopter simulators because there are evaluator functions. which the simulator may be qualified. no Level A Helicopter simulators. (5) Motion system. e. Table C1C provides the functions that an End Information 1 (6) Visual system. instructor/check airman must be able to (7) Sound system. control in the simulator. lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE C1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS

<<>> Simulator levels <> Number General Simulator Requirements B C D Notes

1. General Flight Deck Configuration

1.a...... The simulator must have a flight deck that is a replica of X X X For simulator purposes, the flight deck consists of all the helicopter being simulated. The simulator must that space forward of a cross section of the fuselage have controls, equipment, observable flight deck indi- at the most extreme aft setting of the pilots’ seats in- cators, circuit breakers, and bulkheads properly lo- cluding additional, required flight crewmember duty cated, functionally accurate and replicating the heli- stations and those required bulkheads aft of the pilot copter. The direction of movement of controls and seats. For clarification, bulkheads containing only switches must be identical to that in the helicopter. items such as landing gear pin storage compart- Pilot seats must afford the capability for the occupant ments, fire axes or extinguishers, spare light bulbs, to be able to achieve the design ‘‘eye position’’ estab- and aircraft documents pouches are not considered lished for the helicopter being simulated. Equipment essential and may be omitted. for the operation of the flight deck windows must be included, but the actual windows need not be oper- able. Fire axes, extinguishers, and spare light bulbs must be available in the FFS but may be relocated to a suitable location as near as practical to the original position. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in sil- houette. An SOC is required.

1.b...... Those circuit breakers that affect procedures and/or re- X X X sult in observable flight deck indications must be properly located and functionally accurate An SOC is required.

2. Programming

2.a...... A flight dynamics model that accounts for various com- X X X binations of drag and thrust normally encountered in flight must correspond to actual flight conditions, in- cluding the effect of change in helicopter attitude, thrust, drag, altitude, temperature, gross weight, mo- ments of inertia, center of gravity location, and con- figuration. An SOC is required.

2.b...... The simulator must have the computer capacity, accu- X X X racy, resolution, and dynamic response needed to meet the qualification level sought. An SOC is required.

2.c...... Ground handling and aerodynamic programming must include the following: A subjective test is required.

2.c.1. .... Ground effect ...... X X X Applicable areas include flare and touch down from a running landing as well as for in-ground-effect (IGE) hover. A reasonable simulation of ground effect in- cludes modeling of lift, drag, pitching moment, trim, and power while in ground effect. Level B does not require hover programming. An SOC is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00158 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59758 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels <> Number General Simulator Requirements B C D Notes

2.c.2. .... Ground reaction ...... X X X Reaction of the helicopter upon contact with the landing surface during landing (e.g., strut deflection, tire or skid friction, side forces) may differ with changes in gross weight, airspeed, rate of descent on touchdown, and slide slip. Level B does not require hover programming. An SOC is required.

2.d...... The simulator must provide for manual and automatic X X This may include an automated system, which could be testing of simulator hardware and software program- used for conducting at least a portion of the QTG ming to determine compliance with simulator objective tests. Automatic ‘‘flagging’’ of out-of-tolerance situa- tests as prescribed in Attachment 2. tions is encouraged. An SOC is required.

2.e...... The relative responses of the motion system, visual sys- The intent is to verify that the simulator provides instru- tem, and flight deck instruments must be measured ment, motion, and visual cues that are like the heli- by latency tests or transport delay tests. Motion onset copter responses within the stated time delays. For should occur before the start of the visual scene helicopter response, acceleration in the appropriate change (the start of the scan of the first video field corresponding rotational axis is preferred. containing different information) but must occur before the end of the scan of that video field. Instrument re- sponse may not occur prior to motion onset. Test re- sults must be within the following limits:

2.e.1. .... Response must be within 150 milliseconds of the heli- X copter response. Objective Tests are required. See Attachment 2 for Transport Delay and Latency Tests.

2.e.2. .... Response must be within 100 milliseconds of the heli- X X copter response. Objective Tests are required. See Attachment 2 for Transport Delay and Latency Tests.

2.f...... The simulator must simulate brake and tire failure dy- X X Simulator pitch, side loading, and directional control namics (including antiskid failure, if appropriate). characteristics should be representative of the heli- copter. An SOC is required.

2.g...... The aerodynamic modeling in the simulator must in- X X See Attachment 2 for further information on ground ef- clude: fect. (1) Ground effect, (2) Effects of airframe and rotor icing (if applicable),. (3) Aerodynamic interference effects between the rotor wake and fuselage,. (4) Influence of the rotor on control and stabilization systems,. (5) Representations of settling with power, and. (6) Retreating blade stall.. An SOC is required. A demonstration of icing effects (if applicable) is re- quired.

2.h...... The simulator must provide for realistic mass properties, X X X including gross weight, center of gravity, and mo- ments of inertia as a function of payload and fuel loading. An SOC is required and must include a range of tab- ulated target values to enable a subjective test of the mass properties model to be conducted from the in- structor’s station.

3. Equipment Operation

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00159 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59759

TABLE C1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels <> Number General Simulator Requirements B C D Notes

3.a...... All relevant instrument indications involved in the sim- X X X ulation of the helicopter must automatically respond to control movement or external disturbances to the sim- ulated helicopter; e.g., turbulence or windshear. Nu- merical values, must be presented in the appropriate units. A subjective test is required.

3.b...... Communications, navigation, caution, and warning X X X See Attachment 3 for further information regarding long- equipment must be installed and operate within the range navigation equipment. tolerances applicable for the helicopter being simu- lated. A subjective test is required.

3.c...... Simulated helicopter systems must operate as the heli- X X X copter systems would operate under normal, abnor- mal, and emergency operating conditions on the ground and in flight. A subjective test is required.

3.d...... The simulator must provide pilot controls with control X X X forces and control travel that correspond to the simu- lated helicopter. The simulator must also react in the same manner as the helicopter under the same flight conditions. An objective test is required.

3.e...... Simulator control feel dynamics must replicate the heli- X X copter simulated. This must be determined by com- paring a recording of the control feel dynamics of the simulator to helicopter measurements. For initial and upgrade evaluations, the control dynamic characteris- tics must be measured and recorded directly from the flight deck controls, and must be accomplished in takeoff, cruise, and landing conditions and configura- tions. Objective tests are required.

4. Instructor/Evaluator Facilities

4.a...... In addition to the flight crewmember stations, the simu- X X X The NSPM will consider alternatives to this standard for lator must have at least two suitable seats for the in- additional seats based on unique flight deck configu- structor/check airman and FAA inspector. These rations. seats must provide adequate vision to the pilot’s panel and forward windows. All seats other than flight crew seats need not represent those found in the heli- copter but must be adequately secured to the floor and equipped with similar positive restraint devices. A subjective test is required.

4.b...... The simulator must have controls that enable the in- X X X structor/evaluator to control all required system vari- ables and insert all abnormal or emergency conditions into the simulated helicopter systems as described in the sponsor’s FAA-approved training program, or as described in the relevant operating manual as appro- priate. A subjective test is required.

4.c...... The simulator must have instructor controls for environ- X X X mental conditions including wind speed and direction. A subjective test is required.

4.d...... The simulator must provide the instructor or evaluator X X For example, another aircraft crossing the active runway the ability to present ground and air hazards. and converging airborne traffic. A subjective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00160 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59760 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels <> Number General Simulator Requirements B C D Notes

4.e...... The simulator must provide the instructor or evaluator X X This is a selectable condition that is not required for all the ability to present the effect of re-circulating dust or operations on or near the ground. snow conditions that develop as a result of rotor downwash. A subjective test is required.

5. Motion System

5.a...... The simulator must have motion (force) cues perceptible X X X For example, touchdown cues should be a function of to the pilot that are representative of the motion in a the rate of descent (RoD) of the simulated helicopter. helicopter.

A subjective test is required.

5.b...... The simulator must have a motion (force cueing) system X with a minimum of three degrees of freedom (at least pitch, roll, and heave). An SOC is required.

5.c...... The simulator must have a motion (force cueing) system X X that produces cues at least equivalent to those of a six-degrees-of-freedom, synergistic platform motion system (i.e., pitch, roll, yaw, heave, sway, and surge). An SOC is required.

5.d...... The simulator must provide for the recording of the mo- X X X tion system response time. An SOC is required.

5.e...... The simulator must provide motion effects programming to include the following: (1) Runway rumble, oleo deflections, effects of X X X ground speed, uneven runway, characteristics. (2) Buffets due to transverse flow effects. (3) Buffet during extension and retraction of landing gear. (4) Buffet due to retreating blade stall. (5) Buffet due to settling with power. (6) Representative cues resulting from touchdown. (7) Rotor vibrations. A subjective test is required for each.

(8) Tire failure dynamics ...... X X (9) Engine malfunction and engine damage. (10) Airframe ground strike. A subjective test is required for each.

(11) Motion vibrations that result from atmospheric X For air turbulence, general purpose disturbance models disturbances. that approximate demonstrable flight test data are ac- ceptable.

5.f...... The simulator must provide characteristic motion vibra- X The simulator should be programmed and instrumented tions that result from operation of the helicopter (for in such a manner that the characteristic buffet modes example, retreating blade stall, extended landing can be measured and compared to helicopter data. gear, settling with power) in so far as vibration marks an event or helicopter state, which can be sensed in the flight deck. A subjective test is required. An objective test is required.

6...... Visual System ...... Additional horizontal field of view capability may be added at the sponsor’s discretion provided the min- imum field of view is retained.

6.a...... The simulator must have a visual system providing an X X X out-of-the-flight deck view. A subjective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00161 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59761

TABLE C1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels <> Number General Simulator Requirements B C D Notes

6.b...... The simulator must provide a continuous field of view of X at least 75° horizontally and 30° vertically per pilot seat. Both pilot seat visual systems must be operable simultaneously. The minimum horizontal field of view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (1⁄2) of the minimum continuous field of view requirement, cen- tered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. An SOC must explain the geometry of the installation. An SOC is required.

6.c...... The simulator must provide a continuous visual field of X Optimization of the vertical field of view may be consid- view of at least 146° horizontally and 36° vertically ered with respect to the specific helicopter flight deck per pilot seat. Both pilot seat visual systems must be cut-off angle. The sponsor may request the NSPM to operable simultaneously. Horizontal field of view is evaluate the FFS for specific authorization(s) for the centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to following: the aircraft fuselage. The minimum horizontal field of (1) Specific areas within the database needing higher view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (1⁄2) resolution to support landings, take-offs and ground of the minimum continuous field of view requirement, cushion exercises and training away from a heliport, centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to including elevated heliport, helidecks and confined the aircraft fuselage. An SOC must explain the geom- areas. etry of the installation. Capability for a field of view in (2) For cross-country flights, sufficient scene details to excess of the minimum is not required for qualification allow for ground to map navigation over a sector at Level C. However, where specific tasks require ex- length equal to 30 minutes at an average cruise tended fields of view beyond the 146° by 36° (e.g., to speed. accommodate the use of ‘‘chin windows’’ where the (3) For offshore airborne radar approaches (ARA), har- accommodation is either integral with or separate monized visual/radar representations of installations. from the primary visual system display), then the ex- tended fields of view must be provided. When consid- ering the installation and use of augmented fields of view, the sponsor must meet with the NSPM to deter- mine the training, testing, checking, and experience tasks for which the augmented field of view capability may be required. An SOC is required. A subjective test is required.

6.d...... The simulator must provide a continuous visual field of X Optimization of the vertical field of view may be consid- view of at least 176° horizontally and 56° vertically ered with respect to the specific airplane flight deck per pilot seat. Both pilot seat visual systems must be cut-off angle. The sponsor may request the NSPM to operable simultaneously. Horizontal field of view is evaluate the FFS for specific authorization(s) for the centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to following: the aircraft fuselage. The minimum horizontal field of (1) Specific areas within the database needing higher view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (1⁄2) resolution to support landings, take-offs and ground of the minimum continuous field of view requirement, cushion exercises and training away from a heliport, centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to including elevated heliport, helidecks and confined the aircraft fuselage. An SOC must explain the geom- areas. etry of the installation. Capability for a field of view in (2) For cross-country flights, sufficient scene details to excess of the minimum is not required for qualification allow for ground to map navigation over a sector at the Zero Flight Time (ZFT) level. However, where length equal to 30 minutes at an average cruise specific tasks require extended fields of view beyond speed. the 176° by 56° (e.g., to accommodate the use of (3) For offshore airborne radar approaches (ARA), har- ‘‘chin windows’’ where the accommodation is either monized visual/radar representations of installations. integral with or separate from the primary visual sys- tem display), then the extended fields of view must be provided. When considering the installation and use of augmented fields of view, the sponsor must meet with the NSPM to determine the training, testing, checking, and experience tasks for which the aug- mented field of view capability may be required. An SOC is required. An objective test is required.

6.e...... The visual system must be free from optical discontinu- X X X Non-realistic cues might include image ‘‘swimming’’ and ities and artifacts that create non-realistic cues. image ‘‘roll-off,’’ that may lead a pilot to make incor- rect assessments of speed, acceleration and/or situa- tional awareness. A subjective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00162 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59762 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels <> Number General Simulator Requirements B C D Notes

6.f...... The simulator must have operational landing lights for X X X night scenes. Where used, dusk (or twilight) scenes require operational landing lights. A subjective test is required.

6.g...... The simulator must have instructor controls for the fol- X X X lowing: (1) Visibility in statute miles (kilometers) and run- way visual range (RVR) in ft. (meters). (2) Airport or landing area selection. (3) Airport or landing area lighting. A subjective test is required.

6.h...... Each airport scene displayed must include the following: X X X (1) Airport runways and taxiways. (2) Runway definition: (a) Runway surface and markings. (b) Lighting for the runway in use, including runway threshold, edge, centerline, touchdown zone, VASI (or PAPI), and approach lighting of appro- priate colors, as appropriate. (c) Taxiway lights. A subjective test is required.

6.i...... The distances at which runway features are visible, as X X X measured from runway threshold to a helicopter aligned with the runway on an extended 3° glide slope must not be less than listed below: (1) Runway definition, strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge white lights and VASI or PAPI sys- tem lights from 5 statute miles (8 km) of the run- way threshold. (2) Runway centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 statute miles (4.8 km). (3) Threshold lights and touchdown zone lights from 2 statute miles (3.2 km). (4) Runway markings within range of landing lights for night scenes and as required by three (3) arc- minutes resolution on day scenes. A subjective test is required.

6.j...... The simulator must provide visual system compatibility X X X with dynamic response programming. A subjective test is required.

6.k...... The simulator must show that the segment of the X X X This will show the modeling accuracy of the scene with ground visible from the simulator flight deck is the respect to a pre-determined position from the end of same as from the helicopter flight deck (within estab- the runway ‘‘in use.’’ lished tolerances) when at the correct airspeed and altitude, at a main wheel height of 100 feet (30 me- ters) above the touchdown zone. An SOC is required. An objective test is required.

6.l...... The simulator must provide visual cues necessary to as- X sess rate of change of height, height AGL, and translational displacement and rates during takeoffs and landings. A subjective test is required.

6.m...... The simulator must have night and dusk (or twilight) vis- X X Examples of general terrain characteristics are fields, ual scene capability, including general terrain charac- roads, and bodies of water. teristics and significant landmarks, free from apparent quantization. The dusk (or twilight) scene must enable identification of a visible horizon and general terrain characteristics. A subjective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00163 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59763

TABLE C1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels <> Number General Simulator Requirements B C D Notes

6.n...... The simulator must provide visual cues necessary to as- X X sess rate of change of height, height AGL, as well as translational displacement and rates during takeoff, low altitude/low airspeed maneuvering, hover, and landing. A subjective test is required.

6.o...... The simulator must provide for accurate portrayal of the X X X Visual attitude vs. simulator attitude is a comparison of visual environment relating to the simulator attitude. pitch and roll of the horizon as displayed in the visual scene compared to the display on the attitude indi- cator. A subjective test is required.

6.p ...... The simulator must provide for quick confirmation of vis- X X ual system color, RVR, focus, and intensity. An SOC is required. A subjective test is required.

6.q...... The simulator must be capable of producing at least 10 X X levels of occulting. A subjective test is required.

6.r...... Night Visual Scenes. The simulator must provide night X X X visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recog- nize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Night scenes, as a minimum, must provide presentations of sufficient surfaces with appropriate textural cues that include self-illuminated objects such as road net- works, ramp lighting, and airport signage, to conduct a visual approach, a landing, and airport movement (taxi). Scenes must include a definable horizon and typical terrain characteristics such as fields, roads and bodies of water and surfaces illuminated by airplane landing lights.

6.s...... Dusk (Twilight) Visual Scenes. The simulator must pro- X X vide dusk (or twilight) visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Dusk (or twilight) scenes, as a min- imum, must provide full color presentations of re- duced ambient intensity, sufficient surfaces with ap- propriate textural cues that include self-illuminated ob- jects such as road networks, ramp lighting and airport signage, to conduct a visual approach, landing and airport movement (taxi). Scenes must include a defin- able horizon and typical terrain characteristics such as fields, roads and bodies of water and surfaces illu- minated by representative aircraft lighting (e.g., land- ing lights). If provided, directional horizon lighting must have correct orientation and be consistent with surface shading effects. Total scene content must be comparable in detail to that produced by 10,000 visi- ble textured surfaces and 15,000 visible lights with sufficient system capacity to display 16 simulta- neously moving objects. An SOC is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00164 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59764 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C1A.—MINIMUM SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels <> Number General Simulator Requirements B C D Notes

6.t...... Daylight Visual Scenes. The simulator must have day- X light visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major land- marks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual land- ing. No ambient lighting may ‘‘washout’’ the displayed visual scene. Total scene content must be com- parable in detail to that produced by 10,000 visible textured surfaces and 6,000 visible lights with suffi- cient system capacity to display 16 simultaneously moving objects. The visual display must be free of ap- parent quantization and other distracting visual effects while the simulator is in motion. Note: These requirements are applicable to any level of simulator equipped with a daylight visual system. An SOC is required.

A subjective test is required. Objective tests are required.

6.w...... The simulator must provide operational visual scenes X For example: short runways, landing approaches over that portray physical relationships known to cause water, uphill or downhill runways, rising terrain on the landing illusions to pilots. approach path, unique topographic features. A subjective test is required.

6.x...... The simulator must provide special weather representa- X tions of light, medium, and heavy precipitation near a thunderstorm on takeoff and during approach and landing. Representations need only be presented at and below an altitude of 2,000 ft. (610 m) above the airport surface and within 10 miles (16 km) of the air- port. A subjective test is required.

6.y...... The simulator must present visual scenes of wet and X The NSPM will consider suitable alternative effects. snow-covered runways, including runway lighting re- flections for wet conditions, and partially obscured lights for snow conditions. A subjective test is required.

6.z...... The simulator must present realistic color and X directionality of all airport lighting. A subjective test is required.

7.a...... The simulator must provide flight deck sounds that re- X X X sult from pilot actions that correspond to those that occur in the helicopter.

7.b...... Volume control, if installed, must have an indication of X X X the sound level setting.

7.c...... The simulator must accurately simulate the sound of X X precipitation, windshield wipers, and other significant helicopter noises perceptible to the pilot during normal and abnormal operations, and include the sound of a crash (when the simulator is landed in an unusual at- titude or in excess of the structural gear limitations); normal engine sounds; and the sounds of gear exten- sion and retraction. An SOC is required. A subjective test is required.

7.d...... The simulator must provide realistic amplitude and fre- X quency of flight deck noises and sounds. Simulator performance must be recorded, compared to ampli- tude and frequency of the same sounds recorded in the helicopter, and made a part of the QTG. An objective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00165 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59765

TABLE C1B.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. SIMULATOR LEVEL

<<>> Simulator levels Information Number Subjective Requirements The simulator must be able to perform the tasks associated with that level of qualification. B C D Notes

1. Preflight Procedures

1.a...... Preflight Inspection (Flight deck only) switches, indicators, systems, and equipment ...... X X X

1.b...... APU/Engine start and run-up.

1.b.1. ... Normal start procedures ...... X X X

1.b.2. ... Alternate start procedures ...... X X X

1.b.3. ... Abnormal starts and shutdowns (hot start, hung start) ...... X X X

1.c...... Taxiing—Ground ...... X X X

1.d...... Taxiing—Hover ...... X X X

1.e...... Pre-takeoff Checks ...... X X X

2. Takeoff and Departure Phase

2.a...... Normal takeoff

2.a.1. ... From ground ...... X X X

2.a.2. ... From hover ...... X X X

2.a.3. ... Running ...... X X X

2.b...... Instrument ...... X X X

2.c...... Powerplant Failure During Takeoff ...... X X X

2.d...... Rejected Takeoff ...... X X X

2.e...... Instrument Departure ...... X X X

3. Climb

3.a...... Normal ...... X X X

3.b...... Obstacle clearance ...... X X X

3.c...... Vertical ...... X X X

3.d...... One engine inoperative ...... X X X

4. In-flight Maneuvers

4.a...... Turns (timed, normal, steep) ...... X X X

4.b...... Powerplant Failure—Multiengine Helicopters ...... X X X

4.c...... Powerplant Failure—Single-Engine Helicopters ...... X X X

4.d...... Recovery From Unusual Attitudes ...... X X X

4.e...... Settling with Power ...... X X X

4.f...... Specific Flight Characteristics incorporated into the user’s FAA approved flight training pro- A A A gram.

5. Instrument Procedures

5.a...... Instrument Arrival ...... X X X

5.b...... Holding ...... X X X

5.c...... Precision Instrument Approach

5.c.1. .... Normal—All engines operating ...... X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00166 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59766 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C1B.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. SIMULATOR LEVEL—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information Number Subjective Requirements The simulator must be able to perform the tasks associated with that level of qualification. B C D Notes

5.c.2. .... Manually controlled—One or more engines inoperative ...... X X X

5.d...... Non-precision Instrument Approach ...... X X X

5.e...... Missed Approach

5.e.1. ... All engines operating ...... X X X

5.e.2. ... One or more engines inoperative ...... X X X

5.e.3. ... Stability augmentation system failure ...... X X X

6. Landings and Approaches to Landings

6.a...... Visual Approaches (normal, steep, shallow) ...... X X X

6.b...... Landings

6.b.1. ... Normal/crosswind

6.b.1.a. Running ...... X X X

6.b.1.b. From Hover...... X X X

6.b.2. ... One or more engines inoperative ...... X X X

6.b.3. ... Rejected Landing ...... X X X

7. Normal and Abnormal Procedures

7.a...... Powerplant ...... X X X

7.b...... Fuel System ...... X X X

7.c...... Electrical System ...... X X X

7.d...... Hydraulic System ...... X X X

7.e...... Environmental System(s) ...... X X X

7.f...... Fire Detection and Extinguisher Systems ...... X X X

7.g...... Navigation and Aviation Systems ...... X X X

7.h...... Automatic Flight Control System, Electronic Flight Instrument System, and Related Sub- X X X systems.

7.i...... Flight Control Systems ...... X X X

7.j...... Anti-ice and Deice Systems ...... X X X

7.k...... Aircraft and Personal Emergency Equipment ...... X X X

7.l...... Special Missions tasks (e.g., Night Vision goggles, Forward Looking Infrared System, Exter- A A X nal Loads and as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification.).

8. Emergency Procedures (as applicable)

8.a...... Emergency Descent ...... X X X

8.b...... Inflight Fire and Smoke Removal ...... X X X

8.c...... Emergency Evacuation ...... X X X

8.d...... Ditching ...... X X X

8.e...... Autorotative Landing ...... X X X

8.f...... Retreating blade stall recovery ...... X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00167 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59767

TABLE C1B.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. SIMULATOR LEVEL—Continued

<<>> Simulator levels Information Number Subjective Requirements The simulator must be able to perform the tasks associated with that level of qualification. B C D Notes

8.g...... Mast bumping ...... X X X

8.h...... Loss of tail rotor effectiveness ...... X X X

9. Postflight Procedures

9.a...... After-Landing Procedures ...... X X X

9.b...... Parking and Securing

9.b.1. ... Rotor brake operation ...... X X X

9.b.2. ... Abnormal/emergency procedures ...... X X X

Note: An ‘‘A’’ in the table indicates that the system, task, or procedure may be examined if the appropriate aircraft system or control is simu- lated in the FSTD and is working properly.

TABLE C1C.—TABLE OF TASKS VS. SIMULATOR LEVEL

<<>> Subjective requirements Simulator levels Information Number The simulator must be able to perform the tasks associ- notes ated with that level of qualification B C D

1...... Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate

1.a...... Power switch(es) ...... X X X

1.b...... Helicopter conditions ...... X X X e.g., GW, CG, Fuel loading, Systems, Ground Crew.

1.c...... Airports/Heliports/Helicopter Landing Areas ...... X X X e.g., Selection, Surface, Presets, Lighting controls.

1.d...... Environmental controls ...... X X X e.g., Clouds, Visibility, RVR, Temp, Wind, Ice, Snow, Rain, and Windshear.

1.e...... Helicopter system malfunctions (Insertion/deletion) ...... X X X

1.f...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning ...... X X X

2...... Sound Control

2.a...... On/off/adjustment ...... X X X

3...... Motion/Control Loading System

3.a...... On/off/emergency stop...... X X X

4...... Observer Seats/Stations

4.a...... Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system ...... X X X

Attachment 2 to Appendix C to Part 60—Full lllllllllllllllllllll Flight Simulator Objective Tests Begin Information

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph No. Title

1...... Introduction.

2...... Test Requirements.

Table C2A, Objective Test.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00168 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59768 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE OF CONTENTS—Continued

Paragraph No. Title

3...... General.

4...... Control Dynamics.

5...... [Reserved].

6...... Motion System.

7...... Sound System.

8...... Additional Information About Flight Simulator Qualification for New or Derivative Helicopter.

9...... Engineering Simulator—Validation Data.

10...... [Reserved].

11...... Validation Test Tolerances.

12...... Validation Data Roadmap.

13...... Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Engines Data.

14...... Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Avionics (Flights-Related Computers and Controllers).

15...... Transport Delay Testing.

16 ...... Continuing Qualification Evaluations—Validation Test Data Presentation.

17 ...... Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation: Level A and Level B Simulators Only.

1. Introduction encouraged for all simulators and required overall interpretation. When it is difficult or a. If relevant winds are present in the for level C and Level D simulators, each test impossible to match simulator to helicopter objective data, the wind vector (magnitude must be able to be accomplished manually data throughout a time history, differences and direction) should be clearly noted as part while recording all appropriate parameters. must be justified by providing a comparison of the data presentation, expressed in The request must be produced on an of other related variables for the condition conventional terminology, and related to the appropriate recording device accepted to the being assessed. runway being used for the test. NSPM and must include simulator number, e. The FFS may not be programmed so that b. The NSPM will not evaluate any data, time, condition, tolerances, and the mathematical modeling is correct only at simulator unless the required SOC indicates appropriate dependent variables portrayed in the validation test points. Unless noted that the motion system is designed and comparison to the validation data. Time otherwise, simulator tests must represent manufactured to safely operate within the histories are required unless otherwise helicopter performance and handling simulator’s maximum excursion, indicated in Table C2A. All results must be qualities at operating weights and centers of acceleration, and velocity capabilities (see labeled using the tolerances and units given. gravity (CG) typical of normal operation. If a Motion System in the following table). b. Table C2A sets out the test results test is supported by helicopter data at one c. Table C2A addresses helicopter required, including the parameters, extreme weight or CG, another test supported simulators at Levels B, C, and D because tolerances, and flight conditions for by helicopter data at mid-conditions or as there are no Level A Helicopter simulators. simulator validation. Tolerances are provided close as possible to the other extreme must for the listed tests because mathematical be included. Certain tests that are relevant End Information modeling and acquisition/development of only at one extreme CG or weight condition lllllllllllllllllllll reference data are often inexact. All need not be repeated at the other extreme. Begin QPS Requirements tolerances listed in the following tables are Tests of handling qualities must include applied to simulator performance. When two validation of augmentation devices. 2. Test Requirements tolerance values are given for a parameter, f. When comparing the parameters listed to A. The ground and flight tests required for the less restrictive value may be used unless those of the helicopter, sufficient data must qualification are listed in Table C2A. FFS otherwise indicated. also be provided to verify the correct flight Objective Tests. Computer generated c. Certain tests included in this attachment condition and helicopter configuration simulator tests results must be provided for must be supported with a Statement of changes. For example, to show that control each test except where an alternative test is Compliance and Capability (SOC). In Table force is within ±0.5 pound (0.22 daN) in a specifically authorized by the NSPM. If a C2A, requirements for SOCs are indicated in static stability test, data to show the correct flight condition or operating condition is the ‘‘Test Details’’ column. airspeed, power, thrust or torque, helicopter required for the test but does not apply to the d. When operational or engineering configuration, altitude, and other appropriate helicopter being simulated or to be judgment is used in making assessments for datum identification parameters must also be qualification level sought, it may be flight test data applications for simulator given. If comparing short period dynamics, disregarded (e.g., an engine out missed validity, such judgment may not be limited normal acceleration may be used to establish approached for a single-engine helicopter, or to a single parameter. For example, data that a match to the helicopter, but airspeed, a hover test for a Level B simulator) Each test exhibit rapid variations of the measured altitude, control input, helicopter result if compared against the validation data parameters may require interpolations or a configuration, and other appropriate data described in § 6013 and in this appendix. ‘‘best fit’’ data selection. All relevant must also be given. All airspeed values must Although use of a driver program designed to parameters related to a given maneuver or be properly annotated (e.g., indicated versus automatically accomplish the test is flight condition must be provided to allow calibrated). In addition, the same variables

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00169 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59769

must be used for comparison (e.g., compare achieved by driving one degree of freedom at provide a statement that the helicopter inches to inches rather than inches to a time. hardware meets the appropriate centimeters). (b) The minimum excursions, manufacturer’s specifications and the g. The QTG provided by the sponsor must accelerations, and velocities for heave, sway, sponsor must have supporting information to clearly describe how the simulator will be set and surge may be measured about different, that fact available for NSPM review. up and operated for each test. Each simulator identifiable reference points and must be m. For objective test purposes, ‘‘Near subsystem may be tested independently, but achieved by driving one degree of freedom at maximum’’ gross weight is a weight chosen overall integrated testing of the simulator a time. by the sponsor or data provider that is not must be accomplished to assure that the total k. Tests of handling qualities must include less than the basic operating weight (BOW) simulator system meets the prescribed validation of augmentation devices. FFSs for of the helicopter being simulated plus 80% standards. A manual test procedure with highly augmented helicopters will be of the difference between the maximum validated both in the unaugmented explicit and detailed steps for completing certificated gross weight (either takeoff configuration (or failure state with the each test must also be provided. weight or landing weight, as appropriate for maximum permitted degradation in handling h. In those cases where the objective test the test) and the BOW. ‘‘Light’’ gross weight qualities) and the augmented configuration. results authorize a ‘‘snapshot test’’ or a Where various levels of handling qualities is a weight chosen by the sponsor or data ‘‘series of snapshot test results’’ in lieu of a result from failure states, validation of the provider that is not more than 120% of the time-history result, the sponsor or other data effect of the failure is necessary. For those BOW of the helicopter being simulated or as provider must ensure that a steady state performance and static handling qualities limited by the minimum practical operating condition exists at the instant of time tests where the primary concern is control weight of the test helicopter. ‘‘Medium’’ gross captured by the ‘‘snapshot.’’ The steady state position in the unaugmented configuration, weight is a weight chosen by the sponsor or condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, unaugmented data are not required if the data provider that is within 10 percent of the through 1 second following, the instant of design of the system precludes any effect on average of the numerical values of the BOW time captured by the snap shot. control position. In those instances where the and the maximum certificated gross weight. i. For previously qualified simulators, the unaugmented helicopter response is (Note: BOW is the empty weight of the tests and tolerances of this attachment may divergent and non-repeatable, it may not be aircraft plus the weight of the following: be used in subsequent continuing feasible to meet the specified tolerances. normal oil quantity; lavatory servicing fluid; qualification evaluations for any given test if Alternative requirements for testing will be potable water; required crewmembers and the sponsor has submitted a proposed MQTG mutually agreed upon by the sponsor and the their baggage; and emergency equipment. revision to the NSPM and has received NSPM on a case-by-case basis. (References: Advisory Circular 120–27, NSPM approval. l. Some tests will not be required for ‘‘Aircraft Weight and Balance;’’ and FAA–H– j. Motion System Tests: helicopters using helicopter hardware in the 8083–1, ‘‘Aircraft Weight and Balance (a) The minimum excursions, simulator flight deck (e.g., ‘‘helicopter Handbook.’’). accelerations, and velocities for pitch, roll, modular controller’’). These exceptions are and yaw must be measurable about a single, noted in Table C2A of this attachment. End QPS Requirements common reference point and must be However, in these cases, the sponsor must lllllllllllllllllllll TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

1. Performance

1.a...... Engine Assessment

1.a.1...... Start Operations

1.a.1.a. .. Engine start and accelera- Light Off Time—±10% or ±1 Ground with the Record each engine X X X tion (transient). sec., Torque—±5%, Rotor Rotor Brake Used start from the initi- Speed—±3%, Fuel Flow— and Not Used, if ation of the start ±10%, Gas Generator applicable. sequence to steady Speed—±5%, Power Turbine state idle and from Speed—±5%, Gas Turbine steady state idle to Temp.—±30°C. operating RPM.

1.a.1.b. .. Steady State Idle and Op- Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed— Ground ...... Record both steady X X X erating RPM conditions. ±1.5%, Fuel Flow—±5%, Gas state idle and oper- Generator Speed—±2%, ating RPM condi- Power Turbine Speed—±2%, tions. May be a se- Turbine Gas Temp.—±20°C. ries of snapshot tests.

1.a.2...... Power Turbine Speed ±10% of total change of power Ground ...... Record engine re- X X X Trim. turbine speed, or ±0.5% sponse to trim sys- change of rotor speed. tem actuation in both directions.

1.a.3...... Engine and Rotor Speed Torque—±5%, Rotor Speed— Climb and descent .... Record results using X X X Governing. 1.5%. a step input to the collective. May be conducted concur- rently with climb and descent per- formance tests.

1.b...... Surface Operations

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00170 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59770 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

1.b.1...... Minimum Radius Turn ...... ±3 ft. (0.9m) or 20% of heli- Ground ...... If brakes are used, X X X copter turn radius. brake pedal posi- tion and brake sys- tem pressure must be matched to the helicopter flight test value.

1.b.2...... Rate of Turn vs. Pedal ±10% or ±2°/sec. Turn Rate ...... Ground Takeoff ...... If brakes are used, X X X Deflection, Brake Appli- brake pedal posi- cation, or Nosewheel tion and brake sys- Angle, as applicable. tem pressure must be matched to the helicopter flight test value.

1.b.3...... Taxi ...... Pitch Angle—±1.5°, Torque— Ground ...... Record results for X X X ±3%, Longitudinal Control Po- control position and sition—±5%, Lateral Control pitch attitude during Position—±5%, Directional ground taxi for a Control Position ±5%, Collec- specific ground tive Control Position—±5%. speed, wind speed and direction, and density altitude.

1.b.4...... Brake Effectiveness ...... ±10% of time and distance ...... Ground ...... X X X

1.c...... Takeoff

1.c.1...... All Engines ...... Airspeed—±3 kt, Altitude—±20 ft Ground/Takeoff and Record results of X X X (6.1m), Torque—±3%, Rotor Initial Segment of takeoff flight path Speed—±1.5%, Vertical Veloc- Climb. as appropriate to ity—±100 fpm (0.50m/sec) or helicopter model 10%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, simulated (running Bank Attitude—±2°, Heading— takeoff for Level B, ±2°, Longitudinal Control Posi- takeoff from a tion—±10%, Lateral Control hover for Level C Position—±10%, Directional and D). For Level Control Position—±10%, Col- B, the criteria apply lective Control Position— only to those seg- ±10%.. ments at airspeeds above effective translational lift. Results must be re- corded from the ini- tiation of the takeoff to at least 200 ft (61m) AGL.

1.c.2...... One Engine Inoperative Airspeed—±3 kt, Altitude—±20 ft Ground/Takeoff; and Record takeoff flight X X X continued takeoff. (6.1m), Torque—±3%, Rotor Initial Segment of path as appropriate Speed—±1.5%,Vertical Veloc- Climb. to helicopter model ity—±100 fpm (0.50m/sec) or simulated. Results 10%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, must be recorded Bank Attitude—±2°, Heading— from the initiation of ±2°, Longitudinal Control Posi- the takeoff to at tion— ±10%, Lateral Control least 200 ft (61m) Position—±10%, Directional AGL. Control Position—±10%, Col- lective Control Position—±10%.

1.c.3...... One Engine inoperative, Airspeed ± 3 kt; Altitude ± 20 ft Ground, Takeoff ...... Time history from the X X rejected takeoff. (6.1m), Torque ± 3%, Rotor takeoff point to Speed ± 1.5%, Pitch Attitude ± touchdown. Test 1.5°, Roll angle ± 1.5°, Head- conditions near lim- ing ± 2°, Longitudinal Control iting performance. Position ± 10%, Lateral Con- trol Position ± 10%, Directional Control Position ± 10%, Col- lective Control Position ± 10%, Distance: ± 7.5% or ± 30m (100ft).

1.d...... Hover

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00171 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59771

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

Performance ...... Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude— In Ground Effect Record results for X X ±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±1.5°, (IGE); and Out of light and heavy Longitudinal Control Position— Ground Effect gross weights. May ±5%, Lateral Control Posi- (OGE). be a series of tion—±5%, Directional Control snapshot tests. Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.

1.e...... Vertical Climb

Performance ...... Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm From OGE Hover ...... Record results for X X (0.50 m/sec) or ±10%, Direc- light and heavy tional Control Position—±5%, gross weights. May Collective Control Position— be a series of ±5%. snapshot tests.

1.f...... Level Flight

Performance and Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude— Cruise (Augmentation Record results for two X X X This test validates Trimmed Flight Control ±1.5°, Sideslip Angle—±2°, On and Off). gross weight and performance at Positions. Longitudinal Control Position— CG combinations speeds above max- ±5%, Lateral Control Posi- with varying trim imum endurance tion—±5%, Directional Control speeds throughout airspeed. Position—±5%, Collective the airspeed enve- Control Position—±5%. lope. May be a se- ries of snapshot tests.

1.g...... Climb

Performance and Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm All engines operating; Record results for two X X X Trimmed Flight Control (6.1m/sec) or ±10%, Pitch Atti- One engine inoper- gross weight and Positions. tude—±1.5°, Sideslip Angle— ative; Augmentation CG combinations. ±2°, Longitudinal Control Posi- System(s) On and The data presented tion—±5%, Lateral Control Po- Off. must be for normal sition—±5%, Directional Con- climb power condi- trol Position—±5%, Collective tions. May be a se- Control Position—±5%. ries of snapshot tests.

1.h...... Descent

1.h.1...... Descent Performance and Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude— At or near 1,000 fpm Results must be re- X X X Trimmed Flight Control ±1.5°, Sideslip Angle—±2°, (5 m/sec) rate of corded for two Positions. Longitudinal Control Position— descent (RoD) at gross weight and ±5%, Lateral Control Posi- normal approach CG combinations. tion—±5%, Directional Control speed. Augmenta- May be a series of Position—±5%, Collective tion System(s) On snapshot tests. Control Position—±5%. and Off.

1.h.2...... Autorotation Performance Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Sideslip Steady descents. Record results for two X X X and Trimmed Flight Angle—±2°, Longitudinal Con- Augmentation Sys- gross weight condi- Control Positions. trol Position—±5%, Lateral tem(s) On and Off. tions. Data must be Control Position—±5%, Direc- recorded for normal tional Control Position—±5%, operating RPM. Collective Control Position— (Rotor speed toler- ±5%, Vertical Velocity ±100 ance applies only if fpm or 10%, Rotor Speed collective control ±1.5%. position is full down.) Data must be recorded for speeds from 50 kts, ±5 kts through at least maximum glide distance air- speed. May be a series of snapshot tests.

1.i...... Autorotation

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00172 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59772 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

Entry ...... Rotor Speed—±3%, Pitch Atti- Cruise or Climb ...... Record results of a X X tude ±2°, Roll Attitude—±3°, rapid throttle reduc- Yaw Attitude—±5°, Airspeed— tion to idle. If the ±5 kts, Vertical Velocity—±200 cruise condition is fpm (1.00 m/sec) or 10%. selected, compari- son must be made for the maximum range airspeed. If the climb condition is selected, com- parison must be made for the max- imum rate of climb airspeed at or near maximum contin- uous power.

1.j...... Landing

1.j.1...... All Engines ...... Airspeed—±3 kts., Altitude—±20 Approach ...... Record results of the X X X ft. (6.1 m), Torque—±3%, approach and land- Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Pitch ing profile as ap- Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Atti- propriate to the hel- tude—±1.5°, Heading—±2°, icopter model simu- Longitudinal Control Position— lated (running land- ±10%, Lateral Control Posi- ing for Level B, or tion—±10%, Directional Con- approach to a trol Position—±10%, Collective hover for Level C Control Position—±10%. and D). For Level B, the criteria apply only to those seg- ments at airspeeds above effective translational lift.

1.j.2...... One Engine Inoperative ... Airspeed—±3 kts, Altitude—±20 Approach ...... Record results for X X X ft (6.1 m), Torque—±3%, both Category A Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Pitch and Category B ap- Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Atti- proaches and land- tude—±1.5°, Heading—±2°, ing as appropriate Longitudinal Control Position— to helicopter model ±10%, Lateral Control Posi- simulated. For tion—±10%, Directional Con- Level B, the criteria trol Position—±10%, Collective apply only to those Control Position—±10%. segments at air- speeds above ef- fective translational lift.

1.j.3...... Balked Landing ...... Airspeed—±3 kts, Altitude—±20 Approach ...... Record the results for X X X ft (6.1 m), Torque—±3%, the maneuver initi- Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Pitch ated from a sta- Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Atti- bilized approach at tude—±1.5°, Heading—±2°, the landing deci- Longitudinal Control Position— sion point (LDP). ±10%, Lateral Control Posi- tion—±10%, Directional Con- trol Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%.

1.j.4...... Autorotational Landing ..... Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed— Landing ...... Record the results of X X ±3%, Vertical Velocity—±100 an autorotational fpm (0.50 m/sec) or 10%, deceleration and Pitch Attitude—±2°, Bank Atti- landing from a sta- tude—±2°, Heading—±5°, bilized Longitudinal Control Position— autorotational de- ±10%, Lateral Control Posi- scent, to touch tion—±10%, Directional Con- down. trol Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%.

2. Handling Qualities

2.a...... Control System Mechanical Characteristics

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00173 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59773

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

For simulators requiring Static or Dynamic tests at the controls (i.e., cyclic, collective, and pedal), special test Contact the NSPM for fixtures will not be required during initial or upgrade evaluations if the sponsor’s QTG/MQTG shows both test clarification of any fixture results and the results of an alternative approach, such as computer plots produced concurrently show- issue regarding hel- ing satisfactory agreement. Repeat of the alternative method during the initial or upgrade evaluation would icopters with re- then satisfy this test requirement. For initial and upgrade evaluations, the control dynamic characteristics must versible controls or be measured at and recorded directly from the flight deck controls, and must be accomplished in hover, climb, where the required cruise, and autorotation. validation data is not attainable.

2.a.1...... Cyclic ...... Breakout—±0.25 lbs (0.112 daN) Ground; Static condi- Record results for an X X X Flight Test Data for or 25%; Force—±1.0 lb (0.224 tions with the hy- uninterrupted con- this test does not daN) or 10%. draulic system (if trol sweep to the require the rotor to applicable) pressur- stops. (This test be engaged/turn- ized; supplemental does not apply if ing. The phrase ‘‘if hydraulic pressur- aircraft hardware applicable’’ regard- ization system may modular controllers ing stability aug- be used. Trim On are used.) mentation systems and Off. Friction Off means if an aug- Augmentation (if mentation system applicable) On and is available and if Off. this system may be operational on the ground under static conditions as de- scribed here.

2.a.2...... Collective/Pedals ...... Breakout—±0.5 lb (0.224 daN) Ground; Static condi- Record results for an X X X Flight Test Data for or 25%; Force—±1.0 lb (0.224 tions with the hy- uninterrupted con- this test does not daN) or 10%. draulic system (if trol sweep to the require the rotor to applicable) pressur- stops. be engaged/turn- ized; supplemental ing. The phrase ‘‘if hydraulic pressur- applicable’’ regard- ization system may ing stability aug- be used. Trim On mentation system and Off. Friction means if a stability Off. Augmentation augmentation sys- (if applicable) On tem is available and Off. and if this system may be operational on the ground under static condi- tions as described here.’’

2.a.3...... Brake Pedal Force vs. Po- ±5 lbs (2.224 daN) or 10% ...... Ground; Static condi- ...... X X X sition. tions.

2.a.4...... Trim System Rate (all ap- Rate—±10% ...... Ground; Static condi- The tolerance applies X X X plicable systems). tions. Trim On, to the recorded Friction Off. value of the trim rate.

2.a.5...... Control Dynamics (all ±10% of time for first zero cross- Hover/Cruise, Trim Results must be re- X X Typically, control dis- axes). ing and ±10 (N+1)% of period On, Friction Off. corded for a normal placement of 25% thereafter, ±10% of amplitude control displace- to 50% is nec- of first overshoot, 20% of am- ment in both direc- essary for proper plitude of 2nd and subsequent tions in each axis. excitation. Control overshoots greater than 5% of Dynamics for irre- initial displacement, ±1 over- versible control shoot. systems may be evaluated in a ground/static condi- tion. Additional in- formation on con- trol dynamics is found later in this attachment. ‘‘N’’ is the sequential pe- riod of a full cycle of oscillation.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00174 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59774 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

2.a.6...... Control System Freeplay ±2% control displacement, but Ground; Static condi- Record and compare X X X Flight Test Data for not to exceed ±0.15 in. tions; with the hy- results for all con- this test does not draulic system (if trols. require the rotor to applicable) pressur- be engaged/turn- ized; supplemental ing. hydraulic pressur- ization system may be used.

2.b...... Low Airspeed Handling Qualities

2.b.1...... Trimmed Flight Control Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude— Translational Flight Record results for X X Positions. ±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±2°, IGE—Sideward, several airspeed in- Longitudinal Control Position— rearward, and for- crements to the ±5%. Lateral Control Posi- ward flight. Aug- translational air- tion—±5%, Directional Control mentation On and speed limits and for Position—±5%, Collective Off. 45 kts forward air- Control Position—±5%. speed. May be a series of snapshot tests.

2.b.2...... Critical Azimuth ...... Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude— Stationary Hover. Record results for X X ±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±2°, Augmentation On three relative wind Longitudinal Control Position— and Off. directions (including ±5%, Lateral Control Posi- the most critical tion—±5%, Directional Control case) in the critical Position—±5%, Collective quadrant. May be a Control Position—±5%. series of snapshot tests.

2.b.3...... Control Response

2.b.3.a. .. Longitudinal ...... Pitch Rate—±10% or ±2°/sec, Hover. Augmentation Record results for a X X This is a ‘‘short time’’ Pitch Attitude Change—±10% On and Off. step control input. test conducted in a or 1.5°. The Off-axis re- hover, in ground ef- sponse must show fect, without enter- correct trend for ing translational unaugmented flight, to provide cases. better visual ref- erence.

2.b.3.b. .. Lateral ...... Roll Rate—±10% or ±3°/sec. Hover Augmentation Record results for a X X This is a ‘‘short time’’ Roll Attitude Change—±10% On and Off. step control input. test conducted in a or ±3°. The Off-axis re- hover, in ground ef- sponse must show fect, without enter- correct trend for ing translational unaugmented flight, to provide cases. better visual ref- erence.

2.b.3.c. .. Directional ...... Yaw Rate—±10% or ±2°/sec, Hover Augmentation Record results for a X X This is a ‘‘short time’’ Heading Change—±10% or On and Off. step control input. test conducted in a ±2°. The Off-axis re- hover, in ground ef- sponse must show fect, without enter- correct trend for ing translational unaugmented flight, to provide cases. better visual ref- erence.

2.b.3.d. .. Vertical ...... Normal Acceleration—±0.1 g ..... Hover ...... Record results for a X X step control input. The Off-axis re- sponse must show correct trend for unaugmented cases.

2.c...... Longitudinal Handling Qualities

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00175 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59775

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

2.c.1...... Control Response ...... Pitch Rate—±10% or ±2°/sec, Cruise Augmentation Results must be re- X X X Pitch Attitude Change—±10% On and Off. corded for two or ±1.5°. cruise airspeeds to include minimum power required speed. Record data for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaugmented cases.

2.c.2...... Static Stability...... Longitudinal Control Position: Cruise or Climb, Record results for a X X X ±10% of change from trim or Autorotation, Aug- minimum of two ±0.25 in (6.3 mm) or Longitu- mentation On and speeds on each dinal Control Force: ±0.5 lb Off. side of the trim (0.223 daN) or ±10%. speed. May be a series of snapshot tests.

2.c.3...... Dynamic Stability

2.c.3.a. .. Long Term Response ...... ±10% of calculated period, ±10% Cruise Augmentation For periodic re- X X X The response may be of time to 1⁄2 or double ampli- On and Off. sponses, record re- unrepeatable tude, or ±0.02 of damping sults for three full throughout the stat- ratio. For non-periodic re- cycles (6 over- ed time for certain sponses, the time history must shoots after input helicopters. In be matched within ±10% pitch; completed) or that these cases, the and ±10% airspeed over a 20- sufficient to deter- test should show at sec period following release of mine time to 1⁄2 or least that a diver- the controls. double amplitude, gence is identifi- whichever is less. able. For example: For non-periodic re- displacing the cy- sponses, the test clic for a given time may be terminated normally excites prior to 20 sec if this test or until a the test pilot deter- given pitch attitude mines that the re- is achieved and sults are becoming then return the cy- uncontrollably di- clic to the original vergent. position.

2.c.3.b. .. Short Term Response ...... ±1.5° Pitch or ±2°/sec, Pitch Cruise or Climb. Aug- Record results for at X X X A control doublet in- Rate. ±0.1 g Normal Accelera- mentation On and least two airspeeds. serted at the nat- tion. Off. ural frequency of the aircraft normally excites this test.

2.c.4...... Maneuvering Stability...... Longitudinal Control Position— Cruise or Climb. Aug- Record results for at X X X 10% of change from trim or mentation On and least two airspeeds ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm) or Longitu- Off. at 30°-45° roll dinal Control Forces—±0.5 lb. angle. The force (0.223 daN) or ±10%. may be shown as a cross plot for irre- versible systems. May be a series of snapshot tests.

2.d...... Lateral and Directional Handling Qualities

2.d.1...... Control Response

2.d.1.a. .. Lateral ...... Roll Rate—±10% or ±3°/sec., Cruise Augmentation Record results for at X X X Roll Attitude Change—±10% On and Off. least two air- or ±3°. speeds, including the speed at or near the minimum power required air- speed. Record re- sults for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaug- mented cases.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00176 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59776 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

2.d.1.b. .. Directional ...... Yaw Rate—±10% or ±2°/sec., Cruise Augmentation Record data for at X X X Yaw Attitude Change—±10% On and Off. least two air- or ±2°. speeds, including the speed at or near the minimum power required air- speed. Record re- sults for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaug- mented cases.

2.d.2...... Directional Static Stability Lateral Control Position—±10% Cruise; or Climb (may Record results for at X X X This is a steady of change from trim or ±0.25 use Descent in- least two sideslip heading sideslip in. (6.3 mm) or Lateral Control stead of Climb if angles on either test. Force—±0.5 lb. (0.223 daN) or desired), Aug- side of the trim 10%, Roll Attitude—±1.5, Di- mentation On and point. The force rectional Control Position— Off. may be shown as a ±10% of change from trim or cross plot for irre- ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm) or Direc- versible systems. tional Control Force—±1 lb. May be a series of (0.448 daN) or 10%., Longitu- snapshot tests. dinal Control Position—±10% of change from trim or ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm), Vertical Veloc- ity—±100 fpm (0.50m/sec) or 10%.

2.d.3...... Dynamic Lateral and Directional Stability

2.d.3.a. .. Lateral-Directional Oscilla- ±0.5 sec. or ±10% of period, Cruise or Climb. Aug- Record results for at X X X tions. ±10% of time to 1⁄2 or double mentation On/Off. least two air- amplitude or ±0.02 of damping speeds. The test ratio, ±20% or ±1 sec of time must be initiated difference between peaks of with a cyclic or a bank and sideslip. For non- pedal doublet input. periodic responses, the time Record results for history must be matched with- six full cycles (12 in ±10% yaw; ±10% roll angle, overshoots after and ±10% airspeed, over a 20 input completed) or sec period roll angle following that sufficient to de- release of the controls. termine time to or double amplitude, whichever is less. For non-periodic re- sponse, the test may be terminated prior to 20 sec if the test pilot deter- mines that the re- sults are becoming uncontrollably di- vergent.

2.d.3.b. .. Spiral Stability ...... ±2° or ±10% roll angle ...... Cruise or Climb. Aug- Record the results of X X X mentation On and a release from Off. pedal only or cyclic only turns for 20 sec. Results must be recorded from turns in both direc- tions. Terminate check at zero roll angle or when the test pilot deter- mines that the atti- tude is becoming uncontrollably di- vergent.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00177 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59777

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

2.d.3.c. .. Adverse/Proverse Yaw .... Correct Trend, ±2° transient Cruise or Climb. Aug- Record the time his- X X X sideslip angle. mentation On and tory of initial entry Off. into cyclic only turns, using only a moderate rate for cyclic input. Results must be recorded for turns in both di- rections.

3. Motion System

3.a...... Frequency Response

Based on Simulator Capability ... N/A ...... Required as part of X X X MQTG but not re- quired as part of continuing qualifica- tion evaluations. The test must dem- onstrate frequency response of the motion system as specified by the ap- plicant for flight simulator qualifica- tion.

3.b...... Leg Balance

Leg Balance ...... Based on Simulator Capability ... N/A ...... Required as part of X X X MQTG but not re- quired as part of continuing evalua- tions. The test must demonstrate motion system leg balance as specified by the applicant for flight simulator qualifica- tion.

3.c...... Turn Around

Turn Around ...... Based on Simulator Capability ... N/A ...... Required as part of X X X MQTG but not re- quired as part of continuing qualifica- tion evaluations. The test must dem- onstrate a smooth turn-around (shift to opposite direction of movement) of the motion system as specified by the applicant for flight simulator qualifica- tion.

3.d ...... Motion System Repeatability

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00178 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59778 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

With the same input signal, the Accomplished in both Required as part of X X X See Paragraph 5.c. in test results must be repeat- the ‘‘ground’’ mode the MQTG and at this attachment for able to within ±0.05g actual and in the ‘‘flight’’ each continuing additional informa- platform linear acceleration in mode of the motion qualification evalua- tion. Note: if there each axis. system operation. tion. The test is ac- is no difference in complished by in- the model for jecting a motion ‘‘ground’’ and signal to generate ‘‘flight’’ operation of movement of the the motion system, platform. The input this should be de- must be such that scribed in an SOC the rotational accel- and will not require erations, rotational tests in both rates, and linear modes. accelerations are inserted before the transfer from heli- copter center of gravity to the pilot reference point with a minimum ampli- tude of 5°/sec/sec, 10°/sec and 0.3g, respectively.

3.e...... Motion Cueing Performance Signature

Required as part of See paragraph 5.d., MQTG but not re- of this attachment, quired as part of Motion cueing per- continuing qualifica- formance signature. tion evaluations. These tests must be run with the mo- tion buffet mode disabled.

3.e.1...... Takeoff (all engines) ...... As specified by the sponsor for Ground ...... Pitch attitude due to X X X Associated to test flight simulator qualification. initial climb should number 1.c.1. dominate over cab tilt due to longitu- dinal acceleration.

3.e.2...... Hover performance (IGE As specified by the sponsor for Ground ...... X X Associated to test and OGE). flight simulator qualification. number 1.d.

3.e.3...... Autorotation (entry) ...... As specified by the sponsor for Flight ...... X X Associated to test flight simulator qualification. number 1.i.

3.e.4...... Landing (all engines) ...... As specified by the sponsor for Flight ...... X X X Associated to test flight simulator qualification. number 1.j.1.

3.e.5...... Autorotation (landing) ...... As specified by the sponsor for Flight ...... X X Associated to test flight simulator qualification. number 1.j.4.

3.e.6...... Control Response

3.e.6.a. .. Longitudinal ...... As specified by the sponsor for Flight ...... X X X Associated to test flight simulator qualification. number 2.c.1.

3.e.6.b. .. Lateral ...... As specified by the sponsor for Ground ...... X X X Associated to test flight simulator qualification. number 2.d.1.a.

3.e.6.c. .. Directional ...... As specified by the sponsor for ...... X X X Associated to test flight simulator qualification. number 2.d.1.c.

3.f...... Characteristic Motion Cues—For all of the following tests, the simulator test results must exhibit the overall ap- Characteristic motion pearance and trends of the helicopter data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency ‘‘spikes’’ being cues may be sepa- present within ±2 Hz. rate from the ‘‘main’’ motion sys- tem.

3.f.1...... Thrust effect with brakes ...... Ground ...... The test must be con- X set. ducted within 5% of the maximum pos- sible thrust with brakes set.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00179 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59779

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

3.f.2...... Buffet with landing gear ...... Flight ...... The test must be con- X The airspeed se- extended. ducted at an air- lected for this test speed below land- should be within ing gear limiting air- the range where speed. the operator typi- cally conducts op- erations with the landing gear ex- tended.

3.f.3...... Buffet at approach-to-stall ...... Flight ...... The test must be con- X ducted for ap- proach to stall. Post stall charac- teristics are not re- quired.

3.f.4...... Buffet at high airspeeds ...... Flight ...... X

3.f.5...... In-flight vibrations ...... Flight (clean configu- ...... X ration).

3.f.6...... Thrust effect with brakes ...... Ground ...... The test must be con- X set. ducted within 5% of the maximum pos- sible thrust with brakes set.

4. Visual System

4.a...... Visual System Response Time: (Choose either test 4.a.1. or 4.a.2. to satisfy test 4.a., Visual System Re- sponse Time Test. This test is also sufficient for motion system response timing and flight deck instrument re- sponse timing.)

4.a.1...... Latency

150 ms (or less) after helicopter Takeoff, climb, and One test is required X response. descent. in each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and ap- proach or landing).

100 ms (or less) after helicopter Climb, cruise, de- One test is required X X response. scent, and hover. in each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and ap- proach or landing).

4.a.2...... Transport Delay

If Transport Delay is the chosen method to demonstrate rel- ative responses, the sponsor and the NSPM will use the latency values to ensure proper simulator response when reviewing those existing tests where latency can be identified (e.g., short period, roll re- sponse, rudder re- sponse).

150 ms (or less) after controller N/A ...... A separate test is re- X movement. quired in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00180 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59780 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

100 ms (or less) after controller N/A ...... A separate test is re- X X movement. quired in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw).

4.b...... Field of View

4.b.1...... Continuous field of view... The simulator must provide a N/A ...... An SOC is required X Horizontal field of continuous field of view of at and must explain view is centered on least 75° horizontally and 30° the geometry of the the zero degree vertically per pilot seat or the installation. Addi- azimuth line rel- number of degrees necessary tional horizontal ative to the aircraft to meet the visual ground seg- field of view capa- fuselage. Field of ment requirement, whichever bility may be added view may be meas- is greater. Both pilot seat vis- at the sponsor’s ured using a visual ual systems must be operable discretion provided test pattern filling simultaneously. Wide-angle the minimum field the entire visual systems providing cross-flight of view is retained. scene (all chan- deck viewing (for both pilots nels) with a matrix simultaneously) must provide of black and white a minimum field of view of at 5° squares. least 146° horizontally and 36° vertically. Any geometric error between the Image Generator eye point and the pilot eye point must be 8° or less.

4.b.2...... Continuous field of view... The simulator must provide a N/A ...... An SOC is required X Horizontal field of continuous field of view of at and must explain view is centered on least 146° horizontally and 36° the geometry of the the zero degree vertically or the number of de- installation. Hori- azimuth line rel- grees necessary to meet the zontal field of view ative to the aircraft visual ground segment re- of at least 146° (in- fuselage. Field of quirement, whichever is great- cluding not less view may be meas- er. The minimum horizontal than 73° measured ured using a visual field of view coverage must be either side of the test pattern filling plus and minus one-half (1⁄2) center of the de- the entire visual of the minimum continuous sign eye point). Ad- scene (all chan- field of view requirement, cen- ditional horizontal nels) with a matrix tered on the zero degree azi- field of view capa- of black and white muth line relative to the air- bility may be added 5° squares. craft fuselage. Any geometric at the sponsor’s error between the Image Gen- discretion provided erator eye point and the pilot the minimum field eye point must be 8° or less. of view is retained. Vertical field of view of at least 36° measured from the pilot’s and co-pilot’s eye point.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00181 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59781

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

4.b.3...... Continuous field of view... Continuous field of view of at N/A ...... An SOC is required X The horizontal field of least 176° horizontal and 56° and must explain view is traditionally vertical field of view for each the geometry of the described as a pilot simultaneously. Any geo- installation. Hori- 180° field of view. metric error between the zontal field of view However, the field Image Generator eye point is centered on the of view is tech- and the pilot eye point must zero degree azi- nically no less than be 8° or less. muth line relative to 176°. Field of view the aircraft fuse- may be measured lage. Horizontal using a visual test field of view must pattern filling the be at least 176° (in- entire visual scene cluding not less (all channels) with than 88° either side a matrix of black of the center of the and white 5° design eye point). squares. Additional hori- zontal field of view capability may be added at the spon- sor’s discretion pro- vided the minimum field of view is re- tained. Vertical field of view must not be less than a total of 56° measured from the pilot’s and co- pilot’s eye point.

4.c...... Surface contrast ratio ...... Not less than 5:1 ...... N/A ...... The ratio is calculated X Measurements may by dividing the be made using a 1° brightness level of spot photometer the center, bright and a raster drawn square (providing test pattern filling at least 2 foot-lam- the entire visual berts or 7 cd/m2) scene (all chan- by the brightness nels) with a test level of any adja- pattern of black cent dark square. and white squares, 5 per square, with a white square in the center of each channel. During contrast ratio test- ing, simulator aft- cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.

4.d...... Highlight brightness ...... Not less than six (6) foot-lam- N/A ...... Measure the bright- X Measurements may berts (20 cd/m2). ness of the center, be made using a 1° white square while spot photometer superimposing a and a raster drawn highlight on that test pattern filling white square. The the entire visual use of calligraphic scene (all chan- capabilities to en- nels) with a test hance the raster pattern of black brightness is ac- and white squares, ceptable; however, 5 per square, with measuring light a white square in points is not ac- the center of each ceptable. channel.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00182 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59782 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

4.e...... Surface resolution ...... Not greater than two (2) arc min- N/A ...... An SOC is required X X The eye will subtend utes. and must include two (2) arc minutes the appropriate cal- when positioned on culations and an a 3° glide slope, explanation of 6,876 ft slant range those calculations. from the centrally located threshold of a black runway sur- face painted with white threshold bars that are 16 ft wide with 4-foot gaps between the bars. This require- ment is the same as 4 arc minutes per optical line pair.

4.f...... Light point size ...... Not greater than five (5) arc-min- N/A ...... An SOC is required X X Light point size may utes. and must include be measured using the relevant cal- a test pattern con- culations and an sisting of a cen- explanation of trally located single those calculations. row of light points reduced in length until modulation is just discernible in each visual chan- nel. A row of 48 lights will form a 4° angle or less.

4.g...... Light point contrast ratio ...... A 1° spot photometer may be used to measure a square of at least 1° filled with light points (where light point modulation is just discernible) and compare the results to the measured adjacent back- ground. During contrast ratio test- ing, simulator aft- cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.

4.g.1...... Not less than 10:1 ...... N/A ...... An SOC is required X and must include the relevant cal- culations.

4.g.2...... Not less than 25:1 ...... N/A ...... An SOC is required X X and must include the relevant cal- culations.

4.h...... Visual ground segment

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00183 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59783

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

The visible segment in the simu- Landing configuration, The QTG must con- X X X Pre-position for this lator must be within 20% of trimmed for appro- tain appropriate test is encouraged, the segment computed to be priate airspeed, at calculations and a and may be visible from the helicopter 100 ft (30m) above drawing showing achieved via man- flight deck. The tolerance(s) the touchdown the data used to ual or autopilot may be applied at either or zone, on glide establish the heli- control to the de- both ends of the displayed slope with an RVR copter location and sired position. segment. However, lights and value set at 1,200 the segment of the ground objects computed to ft (350m). ground that is visi- be visible from the helicopter ble considering de- flight deck at the near end of sign eyepoint, the the visible segment must be helicopter attitude, visible in the simulator. flight deck cut-off angle, and a visi- bility of 1200 ft (350 m) RVR. Sim- ulator performance must be measured against the QTG calculations. The data submitted must include at least the following: (1) Static helicopter dimensions as fol- lows: (i) Horizontal and vertical distance from main landing gear (MLG) to glideslope recep- tion antenna. (ii) Horizontal and vertical distance from MLG to pilot’s eyepoint. (iii) Static flight deck cutoff angle. (2) Approach data as follows: (i) Identification of runway. (ii) Horizontal dis- tance from runway threshold to glideslope intercept with runway. (iii) Glideslope angle. (iv) Helicopter pitch angle on approach. (3) Helicopter data for manual testing: (i) Gross weight. (ii) Helicopter configu- ration. (iii) Approach air- speed. If non-homogenous fog is used to ob- scure visibility, the vertical variation in horizontal visibility must be described and be included in the slant range visi- bility calculation used in the com- putations.

5. Sound System

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00184 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59784 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

The sponsor will not be required to repeat the helicopter tests (i.e., tests 5.a.1. through 5.a.8. (or 5.b.1. through 5.b.9.) and 5.c., as appropriate) during continuing qualification evaluations if frequency response and background noise test results are within tolerance when compared to the initial qualification evaluation results, and the sponsor shows that no software changes have occurred that will affect the helicopter test results. If the frequency response test method is chosen and fails, the sponsor may elect to fix the frequency response problem and repeat the test or the sponsor may elect to repeat the helicopter tests. If the helicopter tests are repeated during continuing qualification evaluations, the results may be compared against initial qualification evaluation results or helicopter master data

5.a...... Basic requirements

5.a.1...... Ready for engine start ..... ± 5 dB per 1⁄3 octave band ...... Ground ...... Normal condition prior X to engine start. The APU should be on if appropriate.

5.a.2...... All engines at idle; rotor ± 5 dB per 1⁄3 octave band ...... Ground ...... Normal condition prior X not turning (if applica- to lift-off. ble) and rotor turning.

5.a.3...... Hover ...... ±5 dB per 1⁄3 octave band ...... Hover ...... X

5.a.4...... Climb ...... ± 5 dB per 1⁄3 octave band ...... En-route climb ...... Medium altitude ...... X

5.a.5...... Cruise ...... ± 5 dB per 1⁄3 octave band ...... Cruise ...... Normal cruise con- X figuration.

5.a.6...... Final approach ...... ± 5 dB per 1⁄3 octave band ...... Landing ...... Constant airspeed, X gear down.

5.b...... Special cases

± 5 dB per 1⁄3 octave band ...... As appropriate ...... X These special cases are identified as particularly signifi- cant during critical phases of flight and ground operations for a specific heli- copter type or model.

5.c...... Background noise

±3 dB per 1⁄3 octave band ...... As appropriate ...... Results of the back- X The simulated sound ground noise at ini- will be evaluated to tial qualification ensure that the must be included in background noise the MQTG. Meas- does not interfere urements must be with training, test- made with the sim- ing, or checking. ulation running, the sound muted, and a ‘‘dead’’ flight deck.

5.d...... Frequency response

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00185 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59785

TABLE C2A.—FULL FLIGHT SIMULATOR (FFS) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> <> Test Simulator level Tolerance(s) Flight condition Test details Notes Number Title B C D

±5 dB on three (3) consecutive ...... Applicable only to X Measurements are bands when compared to ini- Continuing Quali- compared to those tial evaluation; and ± 2 dB fication Evalua- taken during initial when comparing the average tions. qualification evalua- of the absolute differences be- If frequency response tion. tween initial and continuing plots are provided qualification evaluation. for each channel at the initial evalua- tion, these plots may be repeated at the continuing qual- ification evaluation with the following tolerances applied:. (a) The continuing qualification 1⁄3 oc- tave band ampli- tudes should not exceed ± 5 dB for three consecutive bands when com- pared to initial re- sults. (b) The average of the sum of the ab- solute differences between initial and continuing qualifica- tion results must not exceed 2 dB (refer to table C2C in Appendix C).

lllllllllllllllllllll helicopter measurements in the takeoff, eliminating a configuration. For FFSs cruise and landing configurations. requiring static and dynamic tests at the Begin Information (1) Recordings such as free response to an controls, special test fixtures will not be 3. General impulse or step function are classically used required during initial and upgrade a. If relevant winds are present in the to estimate the dynamic properties of evaluations if the QTG shows both test objective data, the wind vector should be electromechanical systems. In any case, it is fixture results and the results of an alternate clearly noted as part of the data presentation, only possible to estimate the dynamic approach (e.g., computer plots that were expressed in conventional terminology, and properties as a result of only being able to produced concurrently and show satisfactory related to the runway being used for test near estimate true inputs and responses. agreement). Repeat of the alternate method the ground. Therefore, it is imperative that the best during the initial evaluation would satisfy b. The reader is encouraged to review the possible data be collected since close this test requirement. Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation matching of the FFS control loading system b. Control Dynamics Evaluations. The Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by to the helicopter system is essential. The dynamic properties of control systems are the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, required dynamic control tests are described often stated in terms of frequency, damping, and FAA Advisory Circulars (AC) 25–7, as in Table C2A of this attachment. and a number of other classical may be amended, Flight Test Guide for (2) For initial and upgrade evaluations, the measurements. In order to establish a Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, QPS requires that control dynamics consistent means of validating test results for and (AC) 23–8, as may be amended, Flight characteristics be measured and recorded FFS control loading, criteria are needed that Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 directly from the flight controls (Handling will clearly define the measurement Airplanes, for references and examples Qualities—Table C2A). This procedure is interpretation and the applied tolerances. regarding flight testing requirements and usually accomplished by measuring the free Criteria are needed for underdamped, techniques. response of the controls using a step or critically damped and overdamped systems. impulse input to excite the system. The In the case of an underdamped system with 4. Control Dynamics procedure should be accomplished in the very light damping, the system may be a. General. The characteristics of a takeoff, cruise and landing flight conditions quantified in terms of frequency and helicopter flight control system have a major and configurations. damping. In critically damped or effect on the handling qualities. A significant (3) For helicopters with irreversible control overdamped systems, the frequency and consideration in pilot acceptability of a systems, measurements may be obtained on damping are not readily measured from a helicopter is the ‘‘feel’’ provided through the the ground if proper pilot-static inputs are response time history. Therefore, the flight controls. Considerable effort is provided to represent airspeeds typical of following suggested measurements may be expended on helicopter feel system design so those encountered in flight. Likewise, it may used: that pilots will be comfortable and will be shown that for some helicopters, hover, (1) For Levels C and D simulators. Tests to consider the helicopter desirable to fly. In climb, cruise, and autorotation have like verify that control feel dynamics represent order for an FFS to be representative, it effects. Thus, one may suffice for another. If the helicopter should show that the dynamic should ‘‘feel’’ like the helicopter being either or both considerations apply, damping cycles (free response of the simulated. Compliance with this requirement engineering validation or helicopter controls) match those of the helicopter is determined by comparing a recording of manufacturer rationale should be submitted within specified tolerances. The NSPM the control feel dynamics of the FFS to actual as justification for ground tests or for recognizes that several different testing

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00186 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59786 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

methods may be used to verify the control damped and overdamped responses (no artificial feel systems is by the measurement feel dynamic response. The NSPM will overshoots), the time to reach 90 percent of of control force and rate of movement. For consider the merits of testing methods based the steady state (neutral point) value should each axis of pitch, roll, and yaw, the control on reliability and consistency. One be the same as the helicopter within ±10 must be forced to its maximum extreme acceptable method of evaluating the response percent. The simulator response must be position for the following distinct rates. and the tolerance to be applied is described critically damped also. Figure C2B illustrates These tests are conducted under normal below for the underdamped and critically the procedure. flight and ground conditions. damped cases. A sponsor using this method (c) Special considerations. Control systems (a) Static test—Slowly move the control so to comply with the QPS requirements should that exhibit characteristics other than that a full sweep is achieved within 95–105 perform the tests as follows: classical overdamped or underdamped seconds. A full sweep is defined as (a) Underdamped Response. Two responses should meet specified tolerances. movement of the controller from neutral to measurements are required for the period, the In addition, special consideration should be the stop, usually aft or right stop, then to the time to first zero crossing (in case a rate limit given to ensure that significant trends are opposite stop, then to the neutral position. is present) and the subsequent frequency of maintained. oscillation. It is necessary to measure cycles (2) Tolerances. (b) Slow dynamic test—Achieve a full on an individual basis in case there are non- (a) The following summarizes the sweep within 8–12 seconds. uniform periods in the response. Each period tolerances, ‘‘T’’ for underdamped systems, (c) Fast dynamic test—Achieve a full will be independently compared to the and ‘‘n’’ is the sequential period of a full sweep in within 3–5 seconds. respective period of the helicopter control cycle of oscillation. See Figure C2A of this Note: Dynamic sweeps may be limited to system and, consequently, will enjoy the full attachment for an illustration of the forces not exceeding 100 lbs. (44.5 daN). tolerance specified for that period. The referenced measurements. (d) Tolerances. damping tolerance will be applied to T(P0) ...... ±10% of P0. (i) Static test—see Table C2A, Full Flight overshoots on an individual basis. Care T(P1) ...... ±20% of P1. Simulator (FFS) Objective Tests, Items 2.a.1., should be taken when applying the tolerance ± T(P2) ...... 30% of P2. 2.a.2., and 2.a.3. to small overshoots since the significance of ± T(Pn) ...... 10(n+1)% of Pn. (ii) Dynamic test ±2 lbs (0.9 daN) or ±10% such overshoots becomes questionable. Only T(A ) ...... ±10% of A those overshoots larger than 5 percent of the n 1. on dynamic increment above static test. T(Ad) ...... ±5% of Ad = residual total initial displacement should be band. End QPS Requirement considered significant. The residual band, ± Significant over- First overshoot and lllllllllllllllllllll labeled T(Ad) on Figure C2A is 5 percent of shoots. ±1 subsequent the initial displacement amplitude Ad from overshoots. Begin Information the steady state value of the oscillation. Only oscillations outside the residual band are (b) The following tolerance applies to d. The FAA is open to alternative means considered significant. When comparing FFS critically damped and overdamped systems that are justified and appropriate to the data to helicopter data, the process should only. See Figure C2B for an illustration of the application. For example, the method begin by overlaying or aligning the FFS and reference measurements: described here may not apply to all manufacturers’ systems and certainly not to airplane steady state values and then T(P0) ...... ±10% of P0. comparing amplitudes of oscillation peaks, aircraft with reversible control systems. Each the time of the first zero crossing, and End Information case is considered on its own merit on an ad individual periods of oscillation. The FFS lllllllllllllllllllll hoc basis. If the FAA finds that alternative should show the same number of significant methods do not result in satisfactory overshoots to within one when compared Begin QPS Requirement performance, more conventionally accepted against the helicopter airplane data. The c. Alternative method for control dynamics methods will have to be used. procedure for evaluating the response is evaluation. BILLING CODE 4910–13–P illustrated in Figure C2A. (1) An alternative means for validating (b) Critically damped and Overdamped control dynamics for aircraft with End Information Response. Due to the nature of critically hydraulically powered flight controls and lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00187 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59787

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C Begin Information particularly in the presence of external disturbances. The motion system should End Information 6. Motion System meet basic objective performance criteria, lllllllllllllllllllll a. General. and be subjectively tuned at the pilot’s seat (1) Pilots use continuous information position to represent the linear and angular 5. [Reserved] signals to regulate the state of the helicopter. lllllllllllllllllllll In concert with the instruments and outside- accelerations of the helicopter during a world visual information, whole-body prescribed minimum set of maneuvers and motion feedback is essential in assisting the conditions. The response of the motion pilot to control the helicopter dynamics, cueing system should be repeatable.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00188 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.032 59788 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(2) The Motion System tests in Section 3 qualification. It is not intended to be a are not the same then the algorithms used for of Table C2A are intended to qualify the FFS comparison of the motion platform the flight simulator data should be proven to motion cueing system from a mechanical accelerations against the flight test recorded be sufficiently comparable. As a minimum performance standpoint. Additionally, the accelerations (i.e., not to be compared against the results along the dominant axes should list of motion effects provides a helicopter cueing). If there is a modification be presented and a rationale for not representative sample of dynamic conditions to the initially qualified motion software or presenting the other axes should be provided. that should be present in the flight simulator. motion hardware (e.g., motion washout filter, (2) Interpretation of results. The overall An additional list of representative, training- simulator payload change greater than 10%) trend of the PSD plot should be considered critical maneuvers, selected from Section 1, then a new baseline may need to be while focusing on the dominant frequencies. (Performance tests) and Section 2, (Handling established. Less emphasis should be placed on the Qualities tests) in Table C2A, that should be (2) Test Selection. The conditions differences at the high frequency and low recorded during initial qualification (but identified in Section 3.e. in Table C2A are amplitude portions of the PSD plot. During without tolerance) to indicate the flight those maneuvers where motion cueing is the simulator motion cueing performance most discernible. They are general tests the analysis, certain structural components of signature have been identified (reference applicable to all types of helicopters and the flight simulator have resonant Section 3.e). These tests are intended to help should be completed for motion cueing frequencies that are filtered and may not improve the overall standard of FFS motion performance signature at any time acceptable appear in the PSD plot. If filtering is cueing. to the NSPM prior to or during the initial required, the notch filter bandwidth should b. Motion System Checks. The intent of test qualification evaluation, and the results be limited to 1 Hz to ensure that the buffet 3a, Frequency Response, test 3b, Leg Balance, included in the MQTG. feel is not adversely affected. In addition, a and test 3c, Turn-Around Check, as described (3) Priority. Motion system should be rationale should be provided to explain that in the Table of Objective Tests, is to designed with the intent of placing greater the characteristic motion vibration is not demonstrate the performance of the motion importance on those maneuvers that directly being adversely affected by the filtering. The system hardware, and to check the integrity influence pilot perception and control of the amplitude should match helicopter data as of the motion set-up with regard to helicopter motions. For the maneuvers described below. However, if the PSD plot calibration and wear. These tests are identified in section 3.e. in Table C2A, the was altered for subjective reasons, a rationale independent of the motion cueing software flight simulator motion cueing system should should be provided to justify the change. If and should be considered robotic tests. have a high tilt co-ordination gain, high the plot is on a logarithmic scale it may be c. Motion System Repeatability. The intent rotational gain, and high correlation with difficult to interpret the amplitude of the of this test is to ensure that the motion respect to the helicopter simulation model. buffet in terms of acceleration. For example, system software and motion system hardware (4) Data Recording. The minimum list of a 1×10¥3 grams2/Hz would describe a heavy have not degraded or changed over time. This parameters provided should allow for the buffet and may be seen in the deep stall diagnostic test should be completed during determination of the flight simulator’s regime. Alternatively, a 1×10¥6 grams2/Hz continuing qualification checks in lieu of the motion cueing performance signature for the buffet is almost imperceptable; but may robotic tests. This will allow an improved initial qualification evaluation. The following represent a flap buffet at low speed. The ability to determine changes in the software parameters are recommended as being previous two examples differ in magnitude or determine degradation in the hardware. acceptable to perform such a function: by 1000. On a PSD plot this represents three The following information delineates the (a) Flight model acceleration and rotational decades (one decade is a change in order of methodology that should be used for this test. rate commands at the pilot reference point; magnitude of 10; and two decades is a change (1) Input: The inputs should be such that (b) Motion actuators position; in order of magnitude of 100). rotational accelerations, rotational rates, and (c) Actual platform position; f. Table C2B, Motion System linear accelerations are inserted before the (d) Actual platform acceleration at pilot Recommendations for Level C and Level D transfer from helicopter center of gravity to reference point. Helicopter Simulators, contains a description pilot reference point with a minimum e. Motion Vibrations. amplitude of 5 deg/sec/sec, 10 deg/sec and (1) Presentation of results. The of the parameters that should be present in 0.3 g, respectively, to provide adequate characteristic motion vibrations may be used a ZFT level simulator motion system to analysis of the output. to verify that the flight simulator can provide adequate on-set motion cues to (2) Recommended output: reproduce the frequency content of the helicopter pilots. The information provided (a) Actual platform linear accelerations; the helicopter when flown in specific conditions. covers the six axes of motion (pitch, roll, output will comprise accelerations due to The test results should be presented as a yaw, vertical, lateral, and longitudinal) and both the linear and rotational motion Power Spectral Density (PSD) plot with addresses displacement, velocity, and acceleration; frequencies on the horizontal axis and acceleration. Also included is information (b) Motion actuators position. amplitude on the vertical axis. The helicopter about the parameters for initial rotational and d. Motion Cueing Performance Signature. data and flight simulator data should be linear acceleration. The parameters listed in (1) Background. The intent of this test is to presented in the same format with the same this table apply only to ZFT level simulators, provide quantitative time history records of scaling. The algorithms used for generating and are presented here as recommended motion system response to a selected set of the flight simulator data should be the same targets for motion system capability. They are automated QTG maneuvers during initial as those used for the helicopter data. If they not requirements.

TABLE C2B.—MOTION SYSTEM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LEVEL C AND LEVEL D HELICOPTER SIMULATORS

a...... Motion System Envelope a.1...... Pitch a.1.a. ... Displacement ...... ±25°. a.1.b. ... Velocity ...... ±20°/sec. a.1.c. ... Acceleration ...... ±100°/sec2. a.2...... Roll a.2.a. ... Displacement ...... ±25°. a.2.b. ... Velocity ...... ±20°/sec. a.2.c. ... Acceleration ...... ±100°/sec2. a.3...... Yaw a.3.a. ... Displacement ...... ±25°. a.3.b. ... Velocity - ...... ±20°/sec. a.3.c. ... Acceleration ...... ±100°/sec2. a.4...... Vertical a.4.a. ... Displacement ...... ±34 in.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00189 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59789

TABLE C2B.—MOTION SYSTEM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LEVEL C AND LEVEL D HELICOPTER SIMULATORS—Continued a.4.b. ... Velocity ...... ±24 in. a.4.c. ... Acceleration ...... ±0.8 g. a.5...... Lateral a.5.a. ... Displacement ...... ±45 in. a.5.b. ... Velocity ...... ±28 in/sec. a.5.c. ... Acceleration ...... ±0.6 g. a.6...... Longitudinal a.6.a. ... Displacement ...... ±34 in. a.6.b. ... Velocity ...... ±28 in/sec. a.6.c. ... Acceleration ...... ±0.6 g. a.7...... Initial Rotational Acceleration Ratio ...... All axes 300°/ sec2/sec. a.8...... Initial Linear Acceleration Ratio a.8.a. ... Vertical ...... ±6g/sec. a.8.b. ... Lateral ...... ±3g/sec. a.8.c. ... Longitudinal ...... ±3g/sec.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00190 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59790 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C cues can either assist the crew (as an b. Alternate propulsion. For FFS with Note: Motion system baseline performance indication of an abnormal situation), or multiple propulsion configurations, any repeatability tests should be repeated if the hinder the crew (as a distraction or condition listed in Table C2A in this simulator weight changes for any reason (i.e., nuisance). For effective training, the flight attachment should be presented for visual change or structural change). The new simulator should provide flight deck sounds evaluation as part of the QTG if identified by results should be used for future comparison. that are perceptible to the pilot during the helicopter manufacturer or other data normal and abnormal operations, and that are supplier as significantly different due to a 7. Sound System comparable to those of the helicopter. The change in propulsion system (engine or a. General. The total sound environment in flight simulator operator should carefully propeller). the helicopter is very complex, and changes evaluate background noises in the location c. Data and Data Collection System. with atmospheric conditions, helicopter where the device will be installed. To (1) Information provided to the flight configuration, airspeed, altitude, and power demonstrate compliance with the sound simulator manufacturer should be presented settings. Flight deck sounds are an important requirements, the objective or validation tests in the format suggested by the ‘‘International component of the flight deck operational in this attachment were selected to provide Air Transport Association (IATA) Flight environment and provide valuable a representative sample of normal static Simulator Design and Performance Data information to the flight crew. These aural conditions typically experienced by a pilot. Requirements,’’ as amended. This

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00191 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.064 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59791

information should contain calibration and (5) Background noise. below the lines defined by the following frequency response data. (a) Background noise is the noise in the points, may be acceptable: (2) The system used to perform the tests flight simulator that is not associated with (i) 70 dB @ 50 Hz; listed in Table C2A should comply with the the helicopter, but is caused by the flight (ii) 55 dB @ 1000 Hz; following standards: simulator’s cooling and hydraulic systems (iii) 30 dB @ 16 kHz. (a) The specifications for octave, half and extraneous noise from other locations in (Note: These limits are for unweighted 1/ octave, and third octave band filter sets may the building. Background noise can seriously 3 octave band sound levels. Meeting these be found in American National Standards impact the correct simulation of helicopter limits for background noise does not ensure an acceptable flight simulator. Helicopter Institute (ANSI) S1.11–1986. sounds, and should be kept below the (b) Measurement microphones should be sounds that fall below this limit require helicopter sounds. In some cases, the sound type WS2 or better, as described in careful review and may require lower limits International Electrotechnical Commission level of the simulation can be increased to on background noise.) (IEC) 1094–4–1995. compensate for the background noise. (6) Validation testing. Deficiencies in (3) Headsets. If headsets are used during However, this approach is limited by the helicopter recordings should be considered normal operation of the helicopter they specified tolerances and by the subjective when applying the specified tolerances to should also be used during the flight acceptability of the sound environment to the ensure that the simulation is representative simulator evaluation. evaluation pilot. of the helicopter. Examples of typical (4) Playback equipment. Playback (b) The acceptability of the background deficiencies are: equipment and recordings of the QTG noise levels is dependent upon the normal (a) Variation of data between tail numbers. conditions should be provided during initial sound levels in the helicopter being (b) Frequency response of microphones. evaluations. represented. Background noise levels that fall (c) Repeatability of the measurements.

TABLE C2C.—EXAMPLE OF RECURRENT FREQUENCY RESPONSE TEST TOLERANCE

Recurrent Band center frequency Initial results results Absolute (dBSPL) (dBSPL) difference

50 ...... 75.0 73.8 1.2 63 ...... 75.9 75.6 0.3 80 ...... 77.1 76.5 0.6 100 ...... 78.0 78.3 0.3 125 ...... 81.9 81.3 0.6 160 ...... 79.8 80.1 0.3 200 ...... 83.1 84.9 1.8 250 ...... 78.6 78.9 0.3 315 ...... 79.5 78.3 1.2 400 ...... 80.1 79.5 0.9 500 ...... 80.7 79.8 0.9 630 ...... 81.9 80.4 1.5 800 ...... 73.2 74.1 0.9 1000 ...... 79.2 80.1 0.9 1250 ...... 80.7 82.8 2.1 1600 ...... 81.6 78.6 3.0 2000 ...... 76.2 74.4 1.8 2500 ...... 79.5 80.7 1.2 3150 ...... 80.1 77.1 3.0 4000 ...... 78.9 78.6 0.3 5000 ...... 80.1 77.1 3.0 6300 ...... 80.7 80.4 0.3 8000 ...... 84.3 85.5 1.2 10000 ...... 81.3 79.8 1.5 12500 ...... 80.7 80.1 0.6 16000 ...... 71.1 71.1 0.0

Average 1.1

8. Additional Information About Flight helicopter and systems data, and early manufacturer’s new helicopter development Simulator Qualification for New or release ‘‘red label’’ avionics data in order to and test program is designed to suit the needs Derivative Helicopters permit the necessary program schedule for of the particular project and may not contain a. Typically, a helicopter manufacturer’s training, certification, and service the same events or sequence of events as approved final data for performance, introduction. another manufacturer’s program or even the handling qualities, systems or avionics is not c. Simulator sponsors seeking qualification same manufacturer’s program for a different available until well after a new or derivative based on preliminary data should consult the helicopter. Therefore, there cannot be a helicopter has entered service. However, NSPM to make special arrangements for prescribed invariable procedure for flight crew training and certification often using preliminary data for flight simulator acceptance of preliminary data; instead there begins several months prior to the entry of qualification. The sponsor should also should be a statement describing the final the first helicopter into service. consult the helicopter and flight simulator sequence of events, data sources, and Consequently, it may be necessary to use manufacturers to develop a data plan and validation procedures agreed by the preliminary data provided by the helicopter flight simulator qualification plan. simulator sponsor, the helicopter manufacturer for interim qualification of d. The procedure to be followed to gain manufacturer, the flight simulator flight simulators. NSPM acceptance of preliminary data will manufacturer, and the NSPM. Note: A b. In these cases, the NSPM may accept vary from case to case and between description of helicopter manufacturer- certain partially validated preliminary helicopter manufacturers. Each helicopter provided data needed for flight simulator

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00192 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59792 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

modeling and validation is to be found in the h. The following describes an example of validation data to establish acceptability of IATA Document ‘‘Flight Simulator Design the design data and sources that might be the proposal. and Performance Data Requirements,’’ as used in the development of an interim (3) Information that demonstrates an ability amended. qualification plan. to qualify the FFS in which this data is to be e. The preliminary data should be the (1) The plan should consist of the used in accordance with the criteria manufacturer’s best representation of the development of a QTG based upon a mix of contained in § 60.15. helicopter, with assurance that the final data flight test and engineering simulation data. c. To be qualified to supply engineering will not deviate significantly from the For data collected from specific helicopter simulator validation data, for aerodynamic, preliminary estimates. Data derived from flight tests or other flights the required design engine, flight control, or ground handling these predictive or preliminary techniques model or data changes necessary to support models, a helicopter manufacturer or other should be validated by available sources an acceptable Proof of Match (POM) should acceptable data supplier must: including, at least, the following: be generated by the helicopter manufacturer. (1) Be able to verify their ability to: (1) Manufacturer’s engineering report. The (2) For proper validation of the two sets of (a) Develop and implement high fidelity report should explain the predictive method data, the helicopter manufacturer should simulation models; and used and illustrate past success of the compare their simulation model responses (b) Predict the handling and performance method on similar projects. For example, the against the flight test data, when driven by characteristics of a helicopter with sufficient manufacturer could show the application of the same control inputs and subjected to the accuracy to avoid additional flight test the method to an earlier helicopter model or same atmospheric conditions as recorded in activities for those handling and performance predict the characteristics of an earlier model the flight test. The model responses should characteristics. and compare the results to final data for that result from a simulation where the following (2) Have an engineering simulator that: model. systems are run in an integrated fashion and (a) Is a physical entity, complete with a (2) Early flight test results. This data is are consistent with the design data released flight deck representative of the simulated often derived from helicopter certification to the flight simulator manufacturer: class of helicopter; tests and should be used to maximum (a) Propulsion. (b) Has controls sufficient for manual advantage for early flight simulator (b) Aerodynamics. flight; validation. Certain critical tests that would (c) Mass properties. (c) Has models that run in an integrated normally be done early in the helicopter (d) Flight controls. manner; certification program should be included to (e) Stability augmentation. (d) Had fully flight-test validated validate essential pilot training and (f) Brakes/landing gear. simulation models as the original or baseline certification maneuvers. These tests include i. A qualified test pilot should be used to simulation models; cases where a pilot is expected to cope with assess handling qualities and performance (e) Has an out-of-the-flight deck visual evaluations for the qualification of flight system; a helicopter failure mode or an engine simulators of new helicopter types. (f) Has actual avionics boxes failure. The early data available will depend interchangeable with the equivalent software on the helicopter manufacturer’s flight test End Information simulations to support validation of released program design and may not be the same in lllllllllllllllllllll software; each case. The flight test program of the Begin QPS Requirement (g) Uses the same models as released to the helicopter manufacturer should include training community (which are also used to provisions for generation of very early flight 9. Engineering Simulator—Validation Data produce stand-alone proof-of-match and tests results for flight simulator validation. checkout documents); f. The use of preliminary data is not a. When a fully validated simulation (i.e., validated with flight test results) is modified (h) Is used to support helicopter indefinite. The helicopter manufacturer’s development and certification; and final data should be available within 12 due to changes to the simulated helicopter configuration, the helicopter manufacturer or (i) Has been found to be a high fidelity months after the helicopter first entry into representation of the helicopter by the service or as agreed by the NSPM, the other acceptable data supplier must coordinate with the NSPM to supply manufacturer’s pilots (or other acceptable simulator sponsor, and the helicopter data supplier), certificate holders, and the manufacturer. When applying for interim validation data from an ‘‘audited’’ engineering simulator/simulation to NSPM. qualification using preliminary data, the (3) Use the engineering simulator to simulator sponsor and the NSPM should selectively supplement flight test data. The NSPM must be provided an opportunity to produce a representative set of integrated agree on the update program. This includes audit the use of the engineering simulation proof-of-match cases. specifying that the final data update will be or the engineering simulator during the (4) Use a configuration control system installed in the flight simulator within a acquisition of the data that will be used as covering hardware and software for the period of 12 months following the final data validation data. Audited data may be used for operating components of the engineering release, unless special conditions exist and a changes that are incremental in nature. simulator. different schedule is acceptable. The flight Manufacturers or other data suppliers should (5) Demonstrate that the predicted effects simulator performance and handling be able to demonstrate that the predicted of the change(s) are within the provisions of validation would then be based on data changes in helicopter performance are based sub-paragraph ‘‘a’’ of this section, and derived from flight tests. Initial helicopter on acceptable aeronautical principles with confirm that additional flight test data are not systems data should be updated after proven success history and valid outcomes. required. engineering tests. Final helicopter systems This should include comparisons of d. Additional Requirements for Validation data should also be used for flight simulator predicted and flight test validated data. Data programming and validation. b. Helicopter manufacturers or other (1) When used to provide validation data, g. Flight simulator avionics should stay acceptable data suppliers seeking to use an an engineering simulator must meet the essentially in step with helicopter avionics engineering simulator for simulation simulator standards currently applicable to (hardware and software) updates. The validation data as an alternative to flight-test training simulators except for the data permitted time lapse between helicopter and derived validation data, must contact the package. flight simulator updates should be minimal. NSPM and provide the following: (2) The data package used must be: It may depend on the magnitude of the (1) A description of the proposed aircraft (a) Comprised of the engineering update and whether the QTG and pilot changes, a description of the proposed predictions derived from the helicopter training and certification are affected. simulation model changes, and the use of an design, development, or certification process; Differences in helicopter and flight simulator integral configuration management process, (b) Based on acceptable aeronautical avionics versions and the resulting effects on including an audit of the actual simulation principles with proven success history and flight simulator qualification should be model modifications that includes a step-by- valid outcomes for aerodynamics, engine agreed between the simulator sponsor and step description leading from the original operations, avionics operations, flight control the NSPM. Consultation with the flight model(s) to the current model(s). applications, or ground handling; simulator manufacturer is desirable (2) A schedule for review by the NSPM of (c) Verified with existing flight-test data; throughout the qualification process. the proposed plan and the subsequent and

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00193 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59793

(d) Applicable to the configuration of a is failed when the results fall outside of the device qualified in accordance with the production helicopter, as opposed to a flight- prescribed tolerance(s). standards contained in this QPS appendix test helicopter. (3) Engineering simulator data are should submit a VDR to the NSPM as early (3) Where engineering simulator data are acceptable because the same simulation as possible in the planning stages. The NSPM used as part of a QTG, an essential match models used to produce the reference data is the final authority to approve the data to must exist between the training simulator are also used to test the flight training be used as validation material for the QTG. and the validation data. simulator (i.e., the two sets of results should The NSPM and the Joint Aviation (4) Training flight simulator(s) using these be ‘‘essentially’’ similar). Authorities’ Synthetic Training Devices baseline and modified simulation models (4) The results from the two sources may Advisory Board have committed to maintain must be qualified to at least internationally differ for the following reasons: a list of agreed VDRs. recognized standards, such as contained in (a) Hardware (avionics units and flight b. The VDR should identify (in matrix the ICAO Document 9625, the ‘‘Manual of controls); format) sources of data for all required tests. Criteria for the Qualification of Flight (b) Iteration rates; It should also provide guidance regarding the Simulators.’’ (c) Execution order; validity of these data for a specific engine (d) Integration methods; type, thrust rating configuration, and the End QPS Requirement (e) Processor architecture; revision levels of all avionics affecting lllllllllllllllllllll (f) Digital drift, including: helicopter handling qualities and (i) Interpolation methods; performance. The VDR should include 10. [Reserved] (ii) Data handling differences; rationale or explanation in cases where data (iii) Auto-test trim tolerances. lllllllllllllllllllll or parameters are missing, engineering (5) Any differences must be within 20% of simulation data are to be used, flight test Begin QPS Requirement the flight test tolerances. The reasons for any methods require explanation, or where there 11. Validation Test Tolerances differences, other than those listed above, should be explained. is any deviation from data requirements. a. Non-Flight-Test Tolerances. If (6) Guidelines are needed for the Additionally, the document should refer to engineering simulator data or other non- application of tolerances to engineering- other appropriate sources of validation data flight-test data are used as an allowable form simulator-generated validation data because: (e.g., sound and vibration data documents). of reference validation data for the objective (a) Flight-test data are often not available c. The VDR table shown in Table C2D tests listed in Table C2A of this attachment, due to sound technical reasons; depicts a generic roadmap matrix identifying the data provider must supply a well- (b) Alternative technical solutions are sources of validation data for an abbreviated documented mathematical model and testing being advanced; and list of tests. A complete matrix should procedure that enables a replication of the (c) The costs are high. address all test conditions. engineering simulation results within 20% of d. Two examples of rationale pages are the corresponding flight test tolerances. 12. Validation Data Roadmap presented in Appendix F of IATA Flight a. Helicopter manufacturers or other data Simulator Design and Performance Data End QPS Requirement suppliers should supply a validation data Requirements document. These illustrate the lllllllllllllllllllll roadmap (VDR) document as part of the data type of helicopter and avionics configuration package. A VDR document contains guidance information and descriptive engineering Begin Information material from the helicopter validation data rationale used to describe data anomalies, b. Background supplier recommending the best possible provide alternative data, or provide an (1) The tolerances listed in Table C2A of sources of data to be used as validation data acceptable basis for obtaining deviations this attachment are designed to measure the in the QTG. A VDR is of special value when from QTG validation requirements. quality of the match using flight-test data as requesting interim qualification, qualification End Information a reference. of simulators for helicopters certificated prior (2) Good engineering judgment should be to 1992, and qualification of alternate engine lllllllllllllllllllll applied to all tolerances in any test. A test or avionics fits. A sponsor seeking to have a BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00194 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59794 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C These data are then used to validate all flight (1) The following guidelines apply to flight lllllllllllllllllllll simulators representing that helicopter type. simulators representing helicopters with a (2) Additional validation data may be revised avionics configuration, or more than Begin Information needed for flight simulators representing a one avionics configuration. 13. [Reserved] helicopter with avionics of a different (2) The baseline validation data should be hardware design than the baseline, or a based on flight test data, except where other 14. Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative data are specifically allowed (e.g., different software revision than that of Avionics (Flight-Related Computers and engineering flight simulator data). previously validated configurations. Controllers) (3) The helicopter avionics can be (3) When a flight simulator with additional a. Background segmented into two groups, systems or or alternate avionics configurations is to be components whose functional behavior (1) For a new helicopter type, the majority qualified, the QTG should contain tests contributes to the aircraft response presented of flight validation data are collected on the against validation data for selected cases in the QTG results, and systems that do not. first helicopter configuration with a where avionics differences are expected to be The following avionics are examples of ‘‘baseline’’ flight-related avionics ship-set; significant. b. Approval Guidelines For contributory systems for which hardware (see subparagraph b.(2) in this paragraph.) Validating Alternate Avionics design changes or software revisions may

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00195 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.033 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59795

lead to significant differences in the aircraft 15. Transport Delay Testing flight simulator manufacturer should ensure response relative to the baseline avionics a. This paragraph describes how to that the introduced delay does not exceed the configuration: flight control computers and determine the introduced transport delay standards prescribed in Table C1A. controllers for engines, autopilot, braking through the flight simulator system so that it j. Special measurements for instrument system, and nose wheel steering system, if does not exceed a specific time delay. The signals for flight simulators using a real applicable. Related avionics such as transport delay should be measured from helicopter instrument display system instead augmentation systems should also be control inputs through the interface, through of a simulated or re-hosted display. For flight considered. each of the host computer modules and back instrument systems, the total transport delay (4) The acceptability of validation data through the interface to motion, flight should be measured and the inherent delay used in the QTG for an alternative avionics instrument, and visual systems. The of the actual helicopter components fit should be determined as follows: transport delay should not exceed the subtracted to ensure that the introduced (a) For changes to an avionics system or maximum allowable interval. delay does not exceed the standards component that do not affect QTG validation b. Four specific examples of transport prescribed in Table C1A. test response, the QTG test can be based on delay are: (1) Figure C2FA illustrates the transport validation data from the previously validated (1) Simulation of classic non-computer delay procedure without airplane display avionics configuration. controlled helicopters; simulation. The introduced delay consists of (b) For an avionics change to a contributory (2) Simulation of computer controlled the delay between the control movement and system, where a specific test is not affected helicopters using real helicopter black boxes; the instrument change on the data bus. by the change (e.g., the avionics change is a (3) Simulation of computer controlled (2) Figure C2FB illustrates the modified Built In Test Equipment (BITE) update or a helicopters using software emulation of testing method required to measure modification in a different flight phase), the helicopter boxes; introduced delay due to software avionics or QTG test can be based on validation data (4) Simulation using software avionics or re-hosted instruments. The total simulated from the previously-validated avionics re-hosted instruments. instrument transport delay is measured and configuration. The QTG should include c. Figure C2C illustrates the total transport the helicopter delay should be subtracted authoritative justification (e.g., from the delay for a non-computer-controlled from this total. This difference represents the helicopter manufacturer or system supplier) helicopter or the classic transport delay test. introduced delay and should not exceed the that this avionics change does not affect the Since there are no helicopter-induced delays standards prescribed in Table C1A. The test. for this case, the total transport delay is inherent delay of the helicopter between the (c) For an avionics change to a contributory equivalent to the introduced delay. data bus and the displays is indicated in system, the QTG may be based on validation d. Figure C2D illustrates the transport figure C2FA. The display manufacturer data from the previously-validated avionics delay testing method using the real should provide this delay time. configuration if no new functionality is helicopter controller system. k. Recorded signals. The signals recorded added and the impact of the avionics change e. To obtain the induced transport delay for to conduct the transport delay calculations on the helicopter response is based on the motion, instrument and visual signal, the should be explained on a schematic block acceptable aeronautical principles with delay induced by the helicopter controller proven success history and valid outcomes. should be subtracted from the total transport diagram. The flight simulator manufacturer This should be supplemented with avionics- delay. This difference represents the should also provide an explanation of why specific validation data from the helicopter introduced delay and should not exceed the each signal was selected and how they relate manufacturer’s engineering simulation, standards prescribed in Table C1A. to the above descriptions. generated with the revised avionics f. Introduced transport delay is measured l. Interpretation of results. Flight simulator configuration. The QTG should include an from the flight deck control input to the results vary over time from test to test due explanation of the nature of the change and reaction of the instruments and motion and to ‘‘sampling uncertainty.’’ All flight its effect on the helicopter response. visual systems (See Figure C2C). simulators run at a specific rate where all (d) For an avionics change to a g. The control input may also be modules are executed sequentially in the contributory system that significantly affects introduced after the helicopter controller host computer. The flight controls input can some tests in the QTG, or where new system input and the introduced transport occur at any time in the iteration, but these functionality is added, the QTG should be delay may be measured directly from the data will not be processed before the start of based on validation data from the previously control input to the reaction of the the new iteration. For example, a flight validated avionics configuration and instruments, and simulator motion and simulator running at 60 Hz may have a supplemental avionics-specific flight test visual systems (See Figure C2D). difference of as much as 16.67 msec between data sufficient to validate the alternate h. Figure C2E illustrates the transport delay results. This does not mean that the test has avionics revision. Additional flight test testing method used on a flight simulator that failed. Instead, the difference is attributed to validation data may not be needed if the uses a software emulated helicopter variation in input processing. In some avionics changes were certified without the controller system. conditions, the host simulator and the visual need for testing with a comprehensive flight i. It is not possible to measure the system do not run at the same iteration rate, instrumentation package. The helicopter introduced transport delay using the so the output of the host computer to the manufacturer should coordinate flight simulated helicopter controller system visual system will not always be simulator data requirements in advance with architecture for the pitch, roll and yaw axes. synchronized. the NSPM. Therefore, the signal should be measured m. The transport delay test should account (5) A matrix or ‘‘roadmap’’ should be directly from the pilot controller. The flight for both daylight and night modes of provided with the QTG indicating the simulator manufacturer should measure the operation of the visual system. In both cases, appropriate validation data source for each total transport delay and subtract the the tolerances prescribed in Table C1A test. The roadmap should include inherent delay of the actual helicopter should be met and the motion response identification of the revision state of those components because the real helicopter should occur before the end of the first video contributory avionics systems that could controller system has an inherent delay scan containing new information. affect specific test responses. provided by the helicopter manufacturer. The BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00196 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59796 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00197 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.034 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59797

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C exhibits rapid variations or an apparent Any change in a validation test will be 16. Continuing Qualification Evaluations— anomaly requiring engineering judgment in readily apparent. In addition to plotting Validation Test Data Presentation the application of the tolerances. In these continuing qualification validation test and cases, the solution is to compare the results MQTG results, operators may elect to plot a. Background. to the MQTG. The continuing qualification reference data. (1) The MQTG is created during the initial results are compared to the results in the (2) There are no suggested tolerances evaluation of a flight simulator. This is the master document, as amended, to which MQTG for acceptance. The flight simulator between flight simulator continuing flight simulator continuing qualification operator and the NSPM should look for any qualification and MQTG validation test evaluation test results are compared. change in the flight simulator performance results. Investigation of any discrepancy (2) The currently accepted method of since initial qualification. between the MQTG and continuing presenting continuing qualification b. Continuing Qualification Evaluation qualification flight simulator performance is evaluation test results is to provide flight Test Results Presentation. left to the discretion of the flight simulator simulator results over-plotted with reference (1) Flight simulator operators are operator and the NSPM. data. Test results are carefully reviewed to encouraged to over-plot continuing (3) Differences between the two sets of determine if the test is within the specified qualification validation test results with results, other than variations attributable to tolerances. This can be a time consuming MQTG flight simulator results recorded repeatability issues that cannot be explained process, particularly when reference data during the initial evaluation and as amended. should be investigated.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00198 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.035 59798 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(4) The flight simulator should retain the development of aerodynamic models for controls; and a clear visual directional ability to over-plot both automatic and simulator application can successfully use reference for a known magnetic bearing (e.g., manual validation test results with reference these modeling techniques to alter the a runway centerline). Ground track and wind data. method for acquiring flight test data for Level corrected heading may be used for sideslip B simulators. End Information angle. d. The information in Table C2E g. The sponsor is urged to contact the lllllllllllllllllllll (Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and NSPM for clarification of any issue regarding Information) is presented to describe an Begin QPS Requirements helicopters with reversible control systems. acceptable alternative to data sources for This table is not applicable to Computer 17. Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, simulator modeling and validation and an and Instrumentation: Level B Simulators acceptable alternative to the procedures and Controlled Aircraft flight simulators. Only instrumentation traditionally used to gather h. Use of these alternate data sources, such modeling and validation data. procedures, and instrumentation does not a. Sponsors are not required to use the relieve the sponsor from compliance with the alternative data sources, procedures, and (1) Alternative data sources that may be balance of the information contained in this instrumentation. However, any sponsor used for part or all of a data requirement are document relative to Level B FFSs. choosing to use alternative sources must the Helicopter Maintenance Manual, the comply with the requirements in Table C2E. Rotorcraft Flight Manual (RFM), Helicopter i. The term ‘‘inertial measurement system’’ Design Data, the Type Inspection Report is used in table C2E include the use of a End QPS Requirements (TIR), Certification Data or acceptable functional global positioning system (GPS). lllllllllllllllllllll supplemental flight test data. j. Synchronized video for the use of (2) The sponsor should coordinate with the alternative data sources, procedures, and Begin Information NSPM prior to using alternative data sources instrumentation should have: b. It has become standard practice for in a flight test or data gathering effort. (1) sufficient resolution to allow experienced simulator manufacturers to use e. The NSPM position on the use of these magnification of the display to make alternative data sources, procedures, and such techniques as a means of establishing appropriate measurement and comparisons; instrumentation is based on the use of a data bases for new simulator configurations and while awaiting the availability of actual flight rigorously defined and fully mature (2) sufficient size and incremental marking test data. The data generated from the simulation controls system model that to allow similar measurement and aerodynamic modeling techniques is then includes accurate gearing and cable stretch compared to the flight test data when it characteristics (where applicable), comparison. The detail provided by the video becomes available. The results of such determined from actual aircraft should provide sufficient clarity and comparisons have become increasingly measurements. The model does not require accuracy to measure the necessary consistent, indicating that these techniques, control surface position measurements in the parameter(s) to at least 1⁄2 of the tolerance applied with appropriate experience, are flight test objective data in these limited authorized for the specific test being dependable and accurate for the development applications. conducted and allow an integration of the of aerodynamic models for use in Level B f. Data may be acquired by using an inertial parameter(s) in question to obtain a rate of simulators. measurement system and a synchronized change. c. Based on this history of successful video of the calibrated helicopter comparisons, the NSPM has concluded that instruments, including the inclinometer; the End Information those who are experienced in the force/position measurements of flight deck lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE C2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION [The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix C are not used.]

QPS requirements Table of objective tests Level B only Alternative data sources, procedures, Notes and reminders Test reference number and title and instrumentation

1.a.1.a. Performance. Engine Start and X Data may be acquired using a syn- Accelerations. chronized video recording of all en- gine instruments, start buttons, means for fuel introduction and means for moving from ‘‘idle’’ to ‘‘flight.’’ A stopwatch is necessary. 1.a.1.b. Performance. Steady State Idle X Data may be acquired using a syn- and Operating RPM Conditions. chronized video recording of all en- gine instruments, and include the sta- tus of the means for moving from ‘‘idle’’ to ‘‘flight.’’ 1.a.2. Performance. Power Turbine X Data may be acquired using a syn- Speed Trim. chronized video recording of all en- gine instruments. Speed trim actuator position may be hand recorded. 1.a.3. Performance. Engine and Rotor X Data may be acquired by using a syn- Speed Governing. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 1.b.1. Performance. On Surface Taxi. X TIR, AFM, or Design data may be used. Minimum Radius turn.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00199 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59799

TABLE C2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION—Continued [The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix C are not used.]

QPS requirements Table of objective tests Level B only Alternative data sources, procedures, Notes and reminders Test reference number and title and instrumentation

1.b.2. Performance. On Surface Taxi X Data may be acquired by using a con- A single procedure may not be ade- Rate of Turn vs. Nosewheel Steering stant tiller position (measured with a quate for all rotorcraft steering sys- Angle. protractor), or full pedal application tems. Appropriate measurement pro- for steady state turn, and syn- cedures must be devised and pro- chronized video of heading indicator. posed for NSPM concurrence. If less than full pedal is used, pedal position must be recorded. 1.b.3 Performance. Taxi ...... X Data may be acquired by using a syn- chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 1.b.4. Performance. Brake ...... X Data may be acquired using a stop- watch and a means for measuring distance such as runway distance markers conforming with runway dis- tance marker standards. 1.c.1. Performance. Running Takeoff.... X Preliminary certification data may be used. Data may be acquired by using a synchronized video of the calibrated helicopter instruments and the force/ position measurements of flight deck controls. Collective, cyclic, and pedal position time history should be re- corded from the start of collective movement through to normal climb. Indicated torque settings may be hand recorded at the moment of lift- off and in a steady normal climb. 1.c.2 Performance. One Engine Inoper- X Data may be acquired by using a syn- ative (OEI), continued takeoff. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. Collective, cyclic, and pedal po- sition time history should be recorded from the start of collective movement through to normal OEI climb. Indi- cated torque settings may be hand recorded at the moment of lift-off and in a steady normal OEI climb. 1.f. Performance. Level Flight. Trimmed X Data may be acquired by using a syn- Flight Control Positions. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 1.g. Performance. Normal Climb. X Data may be acquired by using a syn- Trimmed Flight Control Positions. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 1.h.1. Descent Performance and X Data may be acquired by using a syn- Trimmed Flight Control Positions. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 1.h.2. Autorotation Performance and X Data may be acquired by using a syn- Trimmed Flight Control Positions. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 1.j.1. Performance. Running Landing All X Data may be acquired by using a syn- Engines. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00200 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59800 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION—Continued [The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix C are not used.]

QPS requirements Table of objective tests Level B only Alternative data sources, procedures, Notes and reminders Test reference number and title and instrumentation

1.j.2. Performance. Running Landing X Data may be acquired by using a syn- One Engine Inoperative. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 1.j.3. Performance. Balked Landing ...... X Data may be acquired by using a syn- chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. The synchronized video must record the time of the ‘‘balk landing’’ decision. 2.a.1. Handling Qualities. Static Control X Control positions can be obtained using Checks. Cyclic Controller Position vs. continuous control position record- Force. ings. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge so that the forces can be cross-plotted against control position in each of the control axes. 2.a.2. Handling Qualities. Static Control X Control positions can be obtained using Checks. Collective/Pedals vs. Force. continuous control position record- ings. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge so that the forces can be cross-plotted against control position in each of the control axes. 2.a.3. Handling Qualities. Brake Pedal X Brake pedal positions can be obtained Force vs. Position. using continuous position recordings. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge so that the forces can be cross-plotted against brake pedal position. 2.a.4. Handling Qualities. Trim System X Control positions can be obtained using Rate (all applicable systems). continuous control position recordings plotted against time to provide rate in each applicable system. 2.a.6. Handling Qualities. Control Sys- X Data may be acquired by direct meas- tem Freeplay. urement. 2.c.1. Longitudinal Handling qualities. X Data may be acquired by using an iner- Control Response. tial measurement system, a syn- chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 2.c.2. Longitudinal Handling qualities. X Data may be acquired by using an iner- Static Stability. tial measurement system, a syn- chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 2.c.3.a Longitudinal Handling qualities. X Data may be acquired by using an iner- Dynamic Stability, Long Term Re- tial measurement system, a syn- sponse. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 2.c.3.b. Longitudinal Handling qualities. X Data may be acquired by using an iner- Dynamic Stability, Short Term Re- tial measurement system, a syn- sponse. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00201 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59801

TABLE C2E.—ALTERNATIVE DATA SOURCES, PROCEDURES, AND INSTRUMENTATION—Continued [The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix C are not used.]

QPS requirements Table of objective tests Level B only Alternative data sources, procedures, Notes and reminders Test reference number and title and instrumentation

2.c.4. Longitudinal Handling qualities. X Data may be acquired by using an iner- Maneuvering stability. tial measurement system, a syn- chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 2.d.1.a Lateral Handling qualities. Con- X Data may be acquired by using an iner- trol Response. tial measurement system, a syn- chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments and the force/posi- tion measurements of flight deck con- trols. 2.d.1.b Directional Handling qualities. X Data may be acquired by using an iner- Control response. tial measurement system and a syn- chronized video of calibrated heli- copter instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck direc- tional controls. 2.d.2. Handling qualities. Directional X Data may be acquired by using an iner- Static Stability. tial measurement system and a syn- chronized video of calibrated heli- copter instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck direc- tional controls. 2.d.3.a Handling qualities Dynamic Lat- X Data may be acquired by using an iner- eral and Directional Stability Lateral-Di- tial measurement system and a syn- rectional Oscillations. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments, the force/position measurements of flight deck controls, and a stop watch. 2.d.3.b. Handling qualities Dynamic Lat- X Data may be acquired by using an iner- eral and Directional Stability Spiral Sta- tial measurement system and a syn- bility. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments, the force/position measurements of flight deck controls, and a stop watch. 2.d.3.c Handling qualities. Dynamic Lat- X Data may be acquired by using an iner- eral and Directional Stability. Adverse/ tial measurement system and a syn- Proverse Yaw. chronized video of the calibrated heli- copter instruments, the force/position measurements of flight deck controls.

lllllllllllllllllllll (2) In an ideal situation the rays are for clarity. If drawn to scale, the runway perfectly parallel, but most implementations would be farther away and the rays from the Begin Information provide only an approximation to the ideal. two seats would be closer to being parallel. 18. Visual Display Systems Typically, an FSTD display provides an (4) While the horizontal field of view of a image located not closer than about 20–33 ft collimated display can be extended to a. Basic principles of an FSTD collimated (6–10 m) from the viewer, with the distance approximately 210°–220°, the vertical field of display: varying over the field of view. A schematic view has been limited to about 40°–45°. (1) The essential feature of a collimated representation of a collimated display is These limitations result from tradeoffs in display is that light rays coming from a given provided in Figure C2A. optical quality and interference between the point in a picture are parallel. There are two (3) Collimated displays are well suited to display components and flight deck main implications of the parallel rays: many simulation applications as the area of structures, but were sufficient to meet FSTD (a) The viewer’s eyes focus at infinity and interest is relatively distant from the observer regulatory approval for Helicopter FSTDs. have zero convergence, providing a cue that so the angles to objects should remain However, recent designs have been the object is distant; and independent of viewing position. Consider introduced with vertical fields of view of up (b) The angle to any given point in the the view of the runway seen by the flight to 60° for helicopter applications. picture does not change when viewed from crew lined up on an approach. In the real b. Basic principles of an FSTD dome (or a different position so the object behaves world, the runway is distant and the light non-collimated) display: geometrically as though it were located at a rays from the runway to the eyes are parallel. (1) The situation in a dome display is significant distance from the viewer. These The runway appears to be straight ahead to shown in Figure C2C. As the angles can be cues are self-consistent, and are appropriate both crew members. This situation is well correct for only one eye point at a time, the for any object that has been modelled as simulated by a collimated display and is visual system in the figure has been aligned being at a significant distance from the presented in Figure C2B. Note that the for the right seat eye point position. The viewer. distance to the runway has been shortened runway appears to be straight ahead of the

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00202 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59802 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

aircraft for this viewer. For the left seat c. Additional display considerations accurate cues depending on the modelled viewer, however, the runway appears to be (1) While the situations described above distance of the objects being viewed. somewhat to the right of the aircraft. As the are for discrete viewing positions, the same d. Training implications aircraft is still moving towards the runway, arguments can be extended to moving eye (1) In view of the basic principles the perceived velocity vector will be directed points produced by the viewer’s head described above, it is clear that neither towards the runway and this will be movement. In the real world, the parallax interpreted as the aircraft having some yaw display approach provides a completely effects resulting from head movement accurate image for all possible object offset. provide distance cues. The effect is (2) The situation is substantially different distances. The sponsor should consider the particularly strong for relative movement of for near field objects encountered in training role of the FSTD when configuring flight deck structure in the near field and helicopter operations close to the ground. In the display system to make the optimum modelled objects in the distance. Collimated those cases, objects that should be choice. Factors that should be considered interpreted as being close to the viewer will displays will provide accurate parallax cues for distant objects, but increasingly include relative importance of training tasks be misinterpreted as being distant in a at low altitudes, the role of the two crew collimated display. The errors can actually be inaccurate cues for near field objects. The members in the flying tasks, and the field of reduced in a dome display. situation is reversed for dome displays. (3) The field of view possible with a dome (2) Stereopsis cues resulting from the view required for specific training tasks. display can be larger than that of a collimated different images presented to each eye for BILLING CODE 4910–13–P display. Depending on the configuration, a objects relatively close to the viewer also lllllllllllllllllllll field of view of 240° by 90° is possible and provide depth cues. Again, the collimated can be exceeded. and dome displays provide more or less End Information

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00203 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59803

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C operational airports or representations of model of this fictional airport. An SOC must Attachment 3 to Appendix C to Part 60— fictional airports and must meet the be submitted that addresses navigation aid Simulator Subjective Evaluation requirements set out in Tables C3B and C3C installation and performance and other of this attachment, as appropriate. criteria (including obstruction clearance lllllllllllllllllllll b. If fictional airports are used, the sponsor protection) for all instrument approaches to Begin QPS Requirements must ensure that navigational aids and all the fictional airports that are available in the appropriate maps, charts, and other simulator. The SOC must reference and 1. Requirements navigational reference material for the account for information in the terminal a. Except for special use visual scenes and fictional airports (and surrounding areas as instrument procedures manual and the airport models described below, all visual necessary) are compatible, complete, and construction and availability of the required scenes and airport models required by this accurate with respect to the visual maps, charts, and other navigational material. part must be representations of real-world, presentation and scene content of the visual

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00204 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.036 59804 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

This material must be clearly marked ‘‘for Class III visual scenes and airport models Station, in this attachment address the training purposes only.’’ that may be used by instructors or evaluators overall function and control of the simulator c. When the simulator is being used by an for training, checking, or testing under this including the various simulated instructor or evaluator for purposes of chapter. environmental conditions; simulated training, checking, or testing under this f. When the visual scenes and airport helicopter system operation (normal, chapter, only visual scenes and airport models represent real world airports and a abnormal, and emergency); visual system models classified as Class I, Class II, or Class permanent change is made to that real world displays; and special effects necessary to III may be available to the instructor or airport (e.g., a new runway, an extended meet flight crew training, evaluation, or flight evaluator. The classifications are as follows: taxiway, a new lighting system, a runway experience requirements. (1) Class I (whether modeling real world closure) without a written extension grant d. All simulated helicopter systems airports or fictional airports), for those visual from the NSPM (described below), an update functions will be assessed for normal and, scenes and airport models used for simulator to that visual scene or airport model must be where appropriate, alternate operations. qualification at a specified level. These visual made in accordance with the following time Normal, abnormal, and emergency operations scenes and airport models must meet the limits: associated with a flight phase will be minimum requirements in Table C3B of this (1) For a new airport runway, a runway assessed during the evaluation of flight tasks attachment, be evaluated by the NSPM, be extension, a new airport taxiway, a taxiway or events within that flight phase. Simulated listed on the Statement of Qualification extension, or a runway/taxiway closure— helicopter systems are listed separately under (SOQ), and be available for use at the within 60 days of the opening for use of the ‘‘Any Flight Phase’’ to ensure appropriate simulator IOS. new airport runway, runway extension, new attention to systems checks. Operational (2) Class II (whether modeling real world airport taxiway, or taxiway extension; or navigation systems (including inertial airports or fictional airports), for those visual within 60 days of the closure of the runway navigation systems, global positioning scenes and airport models that are in excess or taxiway. systems, or other long-range systems) and the of those used for simulator qualification at a (2) For a new or modified approach light associated electronic display systems will be specified level. These visual scenes and system—within 30 days of the activation of evaluated if installed. The NSP pilot will airport models must meet the minimum the new or modified approach light system. include in his report to the TPAA, the effect requirements set out in Table C3C of this (3) For other facility or structural changes of the system operation and any system attachment. These visual scenes and airport on the airport (e.g., new terminal, relocation limitation. models may be made available on the of Air Traffic Control Tower)—within 6 e. Simulators demonstrating a satisfactory simulator IOS without further involvement of months of the opening of the new or changed circling approach will be qualified for the the NSPM or the TPAA. facility or structure. circling approach maneuver and may be (3) For an interim period (ending 2 years g. If a sponsor desires an extension to the approved for such use by the TPAA in the time limit for an update to a visual scene or sponsor’s FAA-approved flight training after the publication of the final rule in the airport model, the sponsor must provide a program. To be considered satisfactory, the Federal Register), Class III visual scenes and written extension request to the POI/TCPM circling approach will be flown at maximum airport models (whether modeling real world stating the reason for the update delay and gross weight for landing, with minimum airports, generic airports, or fictional a proposed completion date. A copy of this visibility for the helicopter approach airports) may be approved for specific request must also be sent to the NSPM. The category, and must allow proper alignment purposes by the TPAA or a foreign regulatory sponsor will forward a copy of the POI/ with a landing runway at least 90° different authority for a foreign user of the device. TCPM’s response to the NSPM. If the POI/ from the instrument approach course while Examples of approved activities include TCPM has granted an extension, the NSPM allowing the pilot to keep an identifiable specific airport or runway qualification, very will issue an extension authorization, not to portion of the airport in sight throughout the low visibility operations training, including exceed an additional 12 months. maneuver (reference—14 CFR 91.175(e)). Surface Movement Guidance System (SMGS) f. At the request of the TPAA, the NSP End QPS Requirements operations, or use of a specific airport visual Pilot may assess the simulator for a special model aligned with an instrument procedure lllllllllllllllllllll aspect of a sponsor’s training program during for another airport for instrument training. At Begin Information the functions and subjective portion of an the end of the interim period, all Class III evaluation. Such an assessment may include visual scenes and airport models must be 2. Discussion a portion of a Line Oriented Flight Training classified as either a Class I or a Class II a. The subjective tests provide a basis for (LOFT) scenario or special emphasis items in visual scene or airport model or be removed evaluating the capability of the simulator to the sponsor’s training program. Unless from availability at the simulator IOS. perform over a typical utilization period; directly related to a requirement for the However, Class III visual scenes and airport determining that the simulator competently qualification level, the results of such an models may continue to be used after the end simulates each required maneuver, evaluation would not affect the qualification of the interim period if they are part of a procedure, or task; and verifying correct of the simulator. training program specifically approved by the operation of the simulator controls, g. This appendix addresses helicopter TPAA or other regulatory authority that uses instruments, and systems. The items listed in simulators at Levels B, C, and D because a task and capability analysis as the basis for the following Tables are for simulator there are no Level A Helicopter simulators. approval of this specific media element, (i.e., evaluation purposes only. They may not be h. The FAA intends to allow the use of the specific scene or model selected for use used to limit or exceed the authorizations for Class III visual scenes and airport models on in that program). use of a given level of simulator as described a limited basis when the sponsor provides d. When a person sponsors an FSTD on the Statement of Qualification or as may the TPAA (or other regulatory authority) an maintained by a person other than a U.S. be approved by the TPAA. All items in the appropriate analysis of the skills, knowledge, certificate holder, the sponsor is accountable following paragraphs are subject to an and abilities (SKAs) necessary for competent for that FSTD originally meeting, and examination. performance of the tasks in which this continuing to meet, the criteria under which b. The tests in Table C3A, Operations particular media element is used. The it was originally qualified and the Tasks, in this attachment address pilot analysis should describe the ability of the appropriate part 60 criteria, including the functions, including maneuvers and FSTD/visual media to provide an adequate visual scenes and airport models that may be procedures (called flight tasks), and are environment in which the required SKAs used by instructors or evaluators for purposes divided by flight phases. The performance of may be satisfactorily performed and learned. of training, checking, or testing under this these tasks by the NSPM includes an The analysis should also include the specific chapter. operational examination of the visual system media element, such as the visual scene or e. Neither Class II nor Class III airport and special effects. There are flight tasks airport model. Additional sources of visual models are required to appear on the included to address some features of information on the conduct of task and SOQ. However, the sponsor is accountable advanced technology helicopters and capability analysis may be found on the that the FSTD originally meets, and innovative training programs. FAA’s Advanced Qualification Program continues to meet, the visual scene and c. The tests in Table C3A, Operations (AQP) Web site at: http://www.faa.gov/ airport model requirements for Class II or Tasks, and Table C3G, Instructor Operating education_research/training/aqp/.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00205 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59805

i. Previously qualified simulators with (2) Early CGI visual systems are excepted incapable of generating blue lights. These certain early generation Computer Generated from the necessity of including runway systems are not required to have accurate Image (CGI) visual systems, are limited by the numbers unless the runways used for LOFT taxi-way edge lighting are: capability of the Image Generator or the training sessions. These LOFT airport models (a) Rediffusion SP1 and SP1T. display system used. These systems are: require runway numbers, but only for the (b) FlightSafety Vital IV. (1) Early CGI visual systems that are specific runway end (one direction) used in (c) Link-Miles Image II and Image IIT exempt from the necessity of including the LOFT session. The systems required to runway numbers as a part of the specific display runway numbers only for LOFT (d) XKD displays (even though the XKD runway marking requirements are: scenes are: image generator is capable of generating blue (a) Link NVS and DNVS. (a) FlightSafety VITAL IV. colored lights, the display cannot (b) Novoview 2500 and 6000. (b) Rediffusion SP3 and SP3T. accommodate that color). (c) FlightSafety VITAL series up to, and (c) Link-Miles Image II. including, VITAL III, but not beyond. (3) The following list of previously End Information (d) Rediffusion SP1, SP1T, and SP2. qualified CGI and display systems are lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE C3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator Number Operations tasks level B C D

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List or the level of simulator qualification involved. Items not installed or not functional on the simulator and, therefore, not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as exceptions on the SOQ.

1. Preparation for Flight

1.a...... Flight deck check: switches, indicators, systems, and equipment ...... X X X

2. APU/Engine start and run-up

2.a...... Normal start procedures ...... X X X

2.b...... Alternate start procedures ...... X X X

2.c...... Abnormal starts and shutdowns (e.g., hot start, hung start) ...... X X X

2.d...... Rotor engagement ...... X X X

2.e...... System checks ...... X X X

3. Taxiing—Ground

3.a...... Power required to taxi ...... X X X

3.b...... Brake effectiveness ...... X X X

3.c...... Ground handling ...... X X X

3.d...... Water handling (if applicable) ...... X X

3.e...... Abnormal/emergency procedures:

3.e.1...... Brake system failure ...... X X X

3.e.2...... Ground resonance ...... X X

3.e.3...... Dynamic rollover ...... X X

3.e.4...... Deployment of emergency floats/water landing ...... X X

3.e.5...... Others listed on the Statement of Qualification ...... A X X

4. Taxiing—Hover

4.a...... Takeoff to a hover ...... X X X

4.b...... Instrument response:

4.b.1...... Engine instruments ...... X X X

4.b.2...... Flight instruments ...... X X X

4.b.3...... Hovering turns ...... X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00206 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59806 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator Number Operations tasks level B C D

4.c...... Hover power checks:

4.c.1...... In ground effect (IGE) ...... X X X

4.c.2...... Out of ground effect (OGE) ...... X X X

4.d...... Crosswind/tailwind hover ...... X X X

4.e...... Translating tendency ...... X X X

4.f...... External load operations:

4.f.1...... Hookup ...... X X

4.f.2...... Release ...... X X

4.f.3...... Winch operations ...... X X

4.g...... Abnormal/emergency procedures:

4.g.1...... Engine failure ...... X X X

4.g.2...... Fuel governing system failure ...... X X X

4.g.3...... Settling with power (OGE) ...... X X X

4.g.4...... Hovering autorotation ...... X X

4.g.5...... Stability augmentation system failure ...... X X X

4.g.6...... Directional control malfunction ...... X X X

4.g.7...... Loss of tail rotor effectiveness (LTE) ...... X X

4.g.8...... Others listed on the Statement of Qualification ...... A X X

4.h...... Pre-takeoff checks ...... X X X

5. Takeoff/Translational Flight

5.a...... Forward (up to effective translational lift) ...... X X

5.b...... Sideward (up to limiting airspeed) ...... X X

5.c...... Rearward (up to limiting airspeed) ...... X X

6. Takeoff and Departure Phase

6.a...... Normal ...... X X X

6.a.1...... From ground ...... X X X

6.a.2...... From hover ...... X X X

6.a.2.a...... Cat A ...... X X X

6.a.2.b...... Cat B ...... X X X

6.a.3...... Running ...... X X X

6.a.4...... Crosswind/tailwind ...... X X X

6.a.5...... Maximum performance ...... X X X

6.a.6...... Instrument ...... X X X

6.a.7...... Takeoff from a confined area ...... X X X

6.a.8...... Takeoff from a pinnacle/platform ...... X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00207 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59807

TABLE C3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator Number Operations tasks level B C D

6.a.9...... Takeoff from a slope ...... X X X

6.a.10...... External load operations ...... X X

6.b...... Abnormal/emergency procedures ...... X X X

6.b.1...... Takeoff with engine failure after critical decision point (CDP) ...... X X X

6.b.1.a...... Cat A ...... X X

6.b.1.b...... Cat B ...... X X

6.c...... Rejected takeoff:

6.c.1...... Land ...... X X X

6.c.2...... Water (if appropriate) ...... X X X

6.d...... Instrument departure ...... X X X

6.e...... Others as listed on the Statement of Qualification ...... A X X

7. Climb

7.a...... Normal ...... X X X

7.b...... Obstacle clearance ...... X X X

7.c...... Vertical ...... X X

7.d...... One engine inoperative ...... X X X

7.e...... Others as listed on the Statement of Qualification ...... A X X

8. Cruise

8.a...... Performance ...... X X X

8.b...... Flying qualities ...... X X X

8.c...... Turns ...... X X X

8.c.1...... Timed ...... X X X

8.c.2...... Normal ...... X X X

8.c.3...... Steep ...... X X X

8.d...... Accelerations and decelerations ...... X X X

8.e...... High speed vibrations ...... X X X

8.f...... (Reserved)

8.g...... Abnormal/emergency procedures ...... X X X

8.g.1...... Engine fire ...... X X X

8.g.2...... Engine failure ...... X X X

8.g.3...... Inflight engine shutdown and restart ...... X X X

8.g.4...... Fuel governing system failures ...... X X X

8.g.5...... Directional control malfunction ...... X X X

8.g.6...... Hydraulic failure ...... X X X

8.g.7...... Stability system failure ...... X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00208 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59808 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator Number Operations tasks level B C D

8.g.8...... Rotor vibrations ...... X X X

8.g.9...... Recovery from unusual altitudes ...... X X X

9. Descent

9.a...... Normal ...... X X X

9.b...... Maximum rate ...... X X X

9.c...... Autorotative:

9.c.1...... Straight-in ...... X X X

9.c.2...... With turn ...... X X X

9.d...... External Load ...... X X

10. Approach

10.a...... Non-precision ...... X X X

10.a.1...... All engines operating ...... X X X

10.a.2...... One or more engines inoperative ...... X X X

10.a.3...... Approach procedures ...... X X X

10.a.3.a...... NDB ...... X X X

10.a.3.b...... VOR, RNAV, TACAN ...... X X X

10.a.3.c...... ASR ...... X X X

10.a.3.d...... Circling ...... X X X

10.a.3.e...... Helicopter only ...... X X X

10.a.4...... Missed approach ...... X X X

10.a.4.a...... All engines operating ...... X X X

10.a.4.b...... One or more engines inoperative ...... X X X

10.b...... Precision ...... X X X

10.b.1...... All engines operating ...... X X X

10.b.2...... Manually controlled—one or more engines inoperative ...... X X X

10.b.3...... Approach procedures ...... X X X

10.b.3.a...... PAR ...... X X X

10.b.3.b...... MLS ...... X X X

10.b.3.c...... ILS ...... X X X

10.b.3.c...... (1) Manual (raw data) ...... X X X

10.b.3.c...... (2) Flight director only ...... X X X

10.b.3.c...... Autopilot*only ...... X X X

10.b.3.c...... Cat I ...... X X X

10.b.3.c...... Cat II ...... X X X

10.b.4...... Missed approach:

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00209 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59809

TABLE C3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator Number Operations tasks level B C D

10.b.4.a...... All engines operating ...... X X X

10.b.4.b...... One or more engines inoperative ...... X X X

10.b.4.c...... Stability system failure ...... X X X

10.c...... Others as listed on the Statement of Qualification ...... A X X

11. Landings and Approaches to Landings

11.a...... Visual approaches:

11.a.1...... Normal ...... X X X

11.a.2...... Steep ...... X X X

11.a.3...... Shallow ...... X X X

11.a.4...... Crosswind ...... X X X

11.a.5...... Category A profile ...... X X

11.a.6...... Category B profile ...... X X

11.a.7...... External Load ...... X X

11.b...... Abnormal/emergency procedures:

11.b.1...... Directional control failure ...... X X X

11.b.2...... Hydraulics failure ...... X X X

11.b.3...... Fuel governing failure ...... X X X

11.b.4...... Autorotation ...... X X X

11.b.5...... Stability system failure ...... X X X

11.b.6...... Others listed on the Statement of Qualification ...... A X X

11.c...... Landings:

11.c.1...... Normal ...... X X X

11.c.1.a...... Running ...... X X X

11.c.1.b...... From Hover ...... X X X

11.c.2...... Pinnacle/platform ...... X X X

11.c.3...... Confined area ...... X X X

11.c.4...... Slope ...... X X

11.c.5...... Crosswind ...... X X X

11.c.6...... Tailwind ...... X X X

11.c.7...... Rejected Landing ...... X X X

11.c.8...... Abnormal/emergency procedures:

11.c.8.a...... From autorotation ...... X X

11.c.8...... One or more engines inoperative ...... X X X

11.c.8...... Directional control failure ...... X X X

11.c.8...... Hydraulics failure ...... X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00210 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59810 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator Number Operations tasks level B C D

11.c.8...... Stability augmentation system failure ...... X X X

11.c.8...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification) ...... A X X

12. Any Flight Phase

12.a.1...... Air conditioning ...... X X X

12.a.2...... Anti-icing/deicing ...... X X X

12.a.3...... Auxiliary power-plant ...... X X X

12.a.4...... Communications ...... X X X

12.a.5...... Electrical ...... X X X

12.a.6...... Fire detection and suppression ...... X X X

12.a.7...... Stabilizer ...... X X X

12.a.8...... Flight controls ...... X X X

12.a.9...... Fuel and oil ...... X X X

12.a.10...... Hydraulic ...... X X X

12.a.11...... Landing gear ...... X X X

12.a.12...... Oxygen ...... X X X

12.a.13...... Pneumatic ...... X X X

12.a.14...... Powerplant ...... X X X

12.a.15...... Flight control computers ...... X X X

12.a.16...... Stability and control augmentation ...... X X X

12.b...... Flight management and guidance system:

12.b.1...... Airborne radar ...... X X X

12.b.2...... Automatic landing aids ...... X X X

12.b.3...... Autopilot ...... X X X

12.b.4...... Collision avoidance system ...... X X X

12.b.5...... Flight data displays ...... X X X

12.b.6...... Flight management computers ...... X X X

12.b.7...... Heads-up displays ...... X X X

12.b.8...... Navigation systems ...... X X X

12.c...... Airborne procedures:

12.c.1...... Holding ...... X X X

12.c.2...... Air hazard avoidance ...... X X X

12.c.3...... Retreating blade stall recovery ...... X X X

12.c.4...... Mast bumping ...... X X X

12.c.5...... Loss of directional control ...... X X X

12.c.6...... Loss of tail rotor effectiveness ...... X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00211 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59811

TABLE C3A.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator Number Operations tasks level B C D

12.c.7...... Others listed on the Statement of Qualification ...... A X X

13. Engine Shutdown and Parking

13.a...... Engine and systems operation ...... X X X

13.b...... Parking brake operation ...... X X X

13.c...... Rotor brake operation ...... X X X

13.d...... Abnormal/emergency procedures ...... X X X Note: An ‘‘A’’ in the table indicates that the system, task, or procedure may be examined if the appropriate aircraft system or control is simu- lated in the FFS and is working properly.

TABLE C3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<< QPS requirements>>> Simulator Visual scene content requirements for qualification at the stated level level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models B C D

This table specifies the minimum airport visual model content and functionality to qualify a simulator at the indicated level. This table applies only to the airport scenes required for simulator qualification; i.e., two helicopter landing area models for Level B simulators; four helicopter landing area models for Level C and Level D simulators.

1...... Functional test content requirements for Non-Zero Flight Time (NZFT) Level simulators The following is the minimum airport/landing area model content requirement to satisfy visual capability tests, and provides suitable visual cues to allow completion of all functions and subjective tests described in this attachment for simulators at Level B.

1.a...... A minimum of one (1) representative airport and one (1) representative helicopter landing area model. The airport and X the helicopter landing area may be contained within the same model. If this option is selected, the approach path to the airport runway(s) and the approach path to the helicopter landing area must be different. The model(s) used to meet the following requirements may be demonstrated at either a fictional or a real-world airport or helicopter landing area, but each must be acceptable to the sponsor’s TPAA, selectable from the IOS, and listed on the Statement of Qualification.

1.b...... The fidelity of the visual scene must be sufficient for the aircrew to visually identify the airport and/or helicopter landing X area; determine the position of the simulated helicopter within the visual scene; successfully accomplish take-offs, approaches, and landings; and maneuver around the airport on the ground, or hover taxi, as necessary.

1.c...... Runways:

1.c.1. ... Visible runway number ...... X

1.c.2. ... Runway threshold elevations and locations must be modeled to provide sufficient correlation with helicopter systems X (e.g., altimeter).

1.c.3. ... Runway surface and markings ...... X

1.c.4. ... Lighting for the runway in use including runway edge and centerline ...... X

1.c.5. ... Lighting, visual approach aid (VASI or PAPI) and approach lighting of appropriate colors ...... X

1.c.6. ... Representative taxiway lights ...... X

1.d...... Other helicopter landing area:

1.d.1. ... Standard heliport designation (‘‘H’’) marking, properly sized and oriented ...... X

1.d.2. ... Perimeter markings for the Touchdown and Lift-Off Area (TLOF) or the Final Approach and Takeoff Area (FATO), as X appropriate.

1.d.3. ... Perimeter lighting for the TLOF or the FATO areas, as appropriate...... X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00212 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59812 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<< QPS requirements>>> Simulator Visual scene content requirements for qualification at the stated level level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models B C D

1.d.4. ... Appropriate markings and lighting to allow movement from the runway or helicopter landing area to another part of the X landing facility.

2...... Functional test content requirements for Level C and Level D simulators The following is the minimum airport/landing area model content requirement to satisfy visual capability tests, and provide suitable vis- ual cues to allow completion of all functions and subjective tests described in this attachment for simulators at Level C and Level D. Not all of the elements described in this section must be found in a single airport/landing area scene. However, all of the elements de- scribed in this section must be found throughout a combination of the four (4) airport/landing area models described in item 2.a. The representations of the hazards (as described in 2.d.) must be ‘‘hard objects’’ that interact as such if contacted by the simulated heli- copter. Additionally, surfaces on which the helicopter lands must be ‘‘hard surfaces.’’ The model(s) used to meet the following require- ments must be demonstrated at either a fictional or a real-world airport or helicopter landing area, and each must be acceptable to the sponsor’s TPAA, selectable from the IOS, and listed on the Statement of Qualification.

2.a...... There must be at least the following airport/helicopter landing areas

2.a.1. ... At least one (1) representative airport ...... X X

2.a.2. ... At least three representative non-airport landing areas, as follows:

2.a.2.a. At least one (1) representative helicopter landing area situated on a substantially elevated surface with respect to the X X surrounding structures or terrain (e.g., building top, offshore oil rig).

2.a.2.b. At least one (1) helicopter landing area that meets the definition of a ‘‘confined landing area’’ ...... X X

2.a.2.c. At least one (1) helicopter landing area on a sloped surface where the slope is at least 21⁄2° ...... X X

2.b...... For each of the airport/helicopter landing areas described in 2.a., the simulator must be able to provide at least the fol- X X lowing:.

2.b.1. ... A night and twilight (dusk) environment ...... X X

2.b.2. ... A daylight environment ...... X X

2.c...... Non-airport helicopter landing areas must have the following:

2.c.1. ... Representative buildings, structures, and lighting within appropriate distances ...... X X

2.c.2. ... Representative moving and static clutter (e.g., other aircraft, power carts, tugs, fuel trucks) ...... X X

2.c.3. ... Representative depiction of terrain and obstacles as well as significant and identifiable natural and cultural features, X X within 25 NM of the reference landing area.

2.c.4. ... Standard heliport designation (‘‘H’’) marking, properly sized and oriented ...... X X

2.c.5. ... Perimeter markings for the Touchdown and Lift-Off Area (TLOF) or the Final Approach and Takeoff Area (FATO), as X X appropriate.

2.c.6. ... Perimeter lighting for the TLOF or the FATO areas, as appropriate ...... X X

2.c.7. ... Appropriate markings and lighting to allow movement from the area to another part of the landing facility, if appropriate X X

2.c.8. ... Representative markings, lighting, and signage, including a windsock that gives appropriate wind cues ...... X X

2.c.9. ... Appropriate markings, lighting, and signage necessary for position identification, and to allow movement from the land- X X ing area to another part of the landing facility.

2.c.10. Representative moving and static ground traffic (e.g., vehicular and aircraft), including the ability to present surface X X hazards (e.g., conflicting traffic, vehicular or aircraft, on or approaching the landing area).

2.c.11. Portrayal of landing surface contaminants, including lighting reflections when wet and partially obscured lights when X X snow is present, or suitable alternative effects.

2.d...... All of the following three (3) hazards must be presented in a combination of the three (3) non-airport landing areas (described in item 2.a.2.) and each of these non-airport landing areas must have at least one of the following hazards:

2.d.1. ... Other airborne traffic ...... X X

2.d.2. ... Buildings, trees, or other vertical obstructions in the immediate landing area ...... X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00213 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59813

TABLE C3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<< QPS requirements>>> Simulator Visual scene content requirements for qualification at the stated level level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models B C D

2.d.3. ... Suspended wires in the immediate landing area ...... X X

2.e...... Airport applications. Each airport must have the following:

2.e.1. ... At least one runway designated as ‘‘in-use,’’ appropriately marked and capable of being lighted fully ...... X X

2.e.2. ... Runway threshold elevations and locations must be modeled to provide sufficient correlation with helicopter systems X X (e.g., HGS, GPS, altimeter); slopes in runways, taxiways, and ramp areas may not cause distracting or unrealistic ef- fects, including pilot eye-point height variation.

2.e.3. ... Appropriate approach lighting systems and airfield lighting for a VFR circuit and landing, non-precision approaches and X X landings, and precision approaches and landings, as appropriate.

2.e.4. ... Representative taxiway lights ...... X

3...... Visual scene management The following is the minimum visual scene management requirements for simulators at the NZFT and ZFT levels.

3.a...... Runway and helicopter landing area approach lighting must fade into view in accordance with the environmental condi- X X X tions set in the simulator.

3.b...... The direction of strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge lights, visual landing aids, runway centerline lights, thresh- X X X old lights, touchdown zone lights, and TLOF or FATO lights must be replicated.

4...... Visual feature recognition The following are the minimum distances at which runway features must be visible for simulators at the NZFT and ZFT simulator lev- els. Distances are measured from runway threshold or a helicopter landing area to a helicopter aligned with the runway or helicopter landing area on an extended 3° glide-slope in simulated meteorological conditions. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the run- way used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

4.a...... For runways: runway definition, strobe lights, approach lights, and runway edge lights from 5 sm (8 km) of the runway X X X threshold.

4.b...... For runways: centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 sm (5 km) ...... X X X

4.c...... For runways: Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 3 sm (5 km) of the threshold ...... X X X

4.d...... For runways: Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 5 sm (8 km) of the threshold ...... X X

4.e...... For runways: runway threshold lights and touchdown zone lights from 2 sm (3 km) ...... X X X

4.f...... For runways and helicopter landing areas: markings within range of landing lights for night/twilight scenes and the sur- X X X face resolution test on daylight scenes, as required.

4.g...... For circling approaches, the runway of intended landing and associated lighting must fade into view in a non-distracting X X X manner.

4.h...... For helicopter landing areas: landing direction lights and raised FATO lights from 1 sm (1.5 km) ...... X X X

4.i...... For helicopter landing areas: Flush mounted FATO lights, TOFL lights, and the lighted windsock from 0.5 sm (750 m) .. X

4.j...... Hover taxiway lighting (yellow/blue/yellow cylinders) from TOFL area ...... X

5...... Airport or Helicopter Landing Area Model Content The following prescribes the minimum requirements for an airport/helicopter landing area visual model and identifies other aspects of the environment that must correspond with that model for simulators at Level B, Level C, and Level D. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing. If all runways or landing areas in a vis- ual model used to meet the requirements of this attachment are not designated as ‘‘in use,’’ then the ‘‘in use’’ runways/landing areas must be listed on the Statement of Qualification (e.g., KORD, Rwys 9R, 14L, 22R). Models of airports or helicopter landing areas with more than one runway or landing area must have all significant runways or landing areas not ‘‘in-use’’ visually depicted for airport run- way/landing area recognition purposes. The use of white or off-white light strings that identify the runway or landing area for twilight and night scenes are acceptable for this requirement; and rectangular surface depictions are acceptable for daylight scenes. A visual system’s capabilities must be balanced between providing visual models with an accurate representation of the airport and a realistic representation of the surrounding environment. Each runway or helicopter landing area designated as an ‘‘in-use’’ runway or area must include the following detail that is either modeled using airport/heliport pictures, construction drawings and maps, U.S. National Imagery and Mapping Agency data, or other data, or modeled in accordance with published regulatory material.

5.a...... The surface and markings for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00214 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59814 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<< QPS requirements>>> Simulator Visual scene content requirements for qualification at the stated level level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models B C D

5.a.1. ... For airports: runway threshold markings, runway numbers, touchdown zone markings, fixed distance markings, runway X X X edge markings, and runway centerline stripes.

5.a.2. ... For helicopter landing areas: markings for standard heliport identification (‘‘H’’) and TOFL, FATO, and safety areas ...... X X X

5.b...... The lighting for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

5.b.1. ... For airports: runway approach, threshold, edge, end, centerline (if applicable), touchdown zone (if applicable), leadoff, X X X and visual landing aid lights or light systems for that runway.

5.b.2. ... For helicopter landing areas: landing direction, raised and flush FATO, TOFL, windsock lighting ...... X X X

5.c...... The taxiway surface and markings associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

5.c.1. ... For airports: taxiway edge, centerline (if appropriate), runway hold lines, and ILS critical area(s) ...... X X X

5.c.2. ... For helicopter landing areas: taxiways, taxi routes, and aprons ...... X X X

5.d...... The taxiway lighting associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

5.d.1. ... For airports: runway edge, centerline (if appropriate), runway hold lines, ILS critical areas ...... X X X

5.d.2. ... For helicopter landing areas: taxiways, taxi routes, and aprons ...... X X X

5.d.3. ... For airports: taxiway lighting of correct color ...... X

5.e...... Airport signage associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

5.e.1. ... For airports: signs for runway distance remaining, intersecting runway with taxiway, and intersecting taxiway with taxi- X X X way.

5.e.2. ... For helicopter landing areas: as may be appropriate for the model used ...... X X X

5.f...... Required visual model correlation with other aspects of the airport or helicopter landing environment simulation:

5.f.1. .... The airport or helicopter landing area model must be properly aligned with the navigational aids that are associated X X X with operations at the ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area.

5.f.2. .... The simulation of runway or helicopter landing area contaminants must be correlated with the displayed runway surface X X and lighting where applicable.

6...... Correlation with helicopter and associated equipment The following are the minimum correlation comparisons that must be made for simulators at Level B, Level C, and Level D.

6.a...... Visual system compatibility with aerodynamic programming ...... X X X

6.b...... Visual cues to assess sink rate and depth perception during landings ...... X X X

6.c...... Accurate portrayal of environment relating to flight simulator attitudes ...... X X X

6.d...... The visual scene must correlate with integrated helicopter systems, where fitted (e.g., terrain, traffic and weather avoid- X X X ance systems and Head-up Guidance System (HGS)).

6.e...... Representative visual effects for each visible, own-ship, helicopter external light(s) ...... X X X

6.f...... The effect of rain removal devices ...... X X

7...... Scene quality The following are the minimum scene quality tests that must be conducted for simulators at Level B, Level C, and Level D.

7.a...... Surfaces and textural cues must be free from apparent quantization (aliasing) ...... X X

7.b...... System capable of portraying full color realistic textural cues ...... X X

7.c...... The system light points must be free from distracting jitter, smearing or streaking ...... X X X

7.d...... Demonstration of occulting through each channel of the system in an operational scene ...... X X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00215 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59815

TABLE C3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<< QPS requirements>>> Simulator Visual scene content requirements for qualification at the stated level level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models B C D

7.e...... Demonstration of a minimum of ten levels of occulting through each channel of the system in an operational scene ...... X X

7.f...... System capable of providing focus effects that simulate rain ...... X X

7.g...... System capable of providing focus effects that simulate light point perspective growth ...... X X

7.h...... Runway light controls capable of six discrete light steps (0–5) ...... X X X

8...... Environmental effects The following are the minimum environmental effects that must be available in simulators at Level B, Level C, and Level D.

8.a...... The displayed scene corresponding to the appropriate surface contaminants and include appropriate lighting reflections X for wet, partially obscured lights for snow, or alternative effects.

8.b...... Special weather representations which include:

8.b.1. ... The sound, motion and visual effects of light, medium and heavy precipitation near a thunderstorm on take-off, ap- X proach, and landings at and below an altitude of 2,000 ft (600 m) above the surface and within a radius of 10 sm (16 km) from the airport or helicopter landing area.

8.b.2. ... One airport or helicopter landing area with a snow scene to include terrain snow and snow-covered surfaces ...... X

8.c...... In-cloud effects such as variable cloud density, speed cues and ambient changes ...... X X

8.d...... The effect of multiple cloud layers representing few, scattered, broken and overcast conditions giving partial or com- X X plete obstruction of the ground scene.

8.e...... Visibility and RVR measured in terms of distance. Visibility/RVR checked at 2,000 ft (600 m) above the airport or heli- X X X copter landing area and at two heights below 2,000 ft with at least 500 ft of separation between the measurements. The measurements must be taken within a radius of 10 sm (16 km) from the airport or helicopter landing area.

8.f...... Patchy fog giving the effect of variable RVR ...... X

8.g...... Effects of fog on airport lighting such as halos and defocus ...... X X

8.h...... Effect of own-ship lighting in reduced visibility, such as reflected glare, including landing lights, strobes, and beacons ... X X

8.i...... Wind cues to provide the effect of blowing snow or sand across a dry runway or taxiway selectable from the instructor X station.

8.j...... ‘‘White-out’’ or ‘‘Brown-out’’ effects due to rotor downwash beginning at a distance above the ground equal to the rotor X diameter.

9...... Instructor control of the following: The following are the minimum instructor controls that must be available in simulators at the NZFT and ZFT simulator levels.

9.a...... Environmental effects, e.g. cloud base, cloud effects, cloud density, visibility in statute miles/kilometers and RVR in X X X feet/meters.

9.b...... Airport or helicopter landing area selection ...... X X X

9.c...... Airport or helicopter landing area lighting, including variable intensity ...... X X X

9.d...... Dynamic effects including ground and flight traffic ...... X X

End QPS Requirement

Begin Information

10...... An example of being able to combine two airport models to achieve two ‘‘in-use’’ runways: One runway designated as the ‘‘in-use’’ runway in the first model of the airport, and the second runway designated as the ‘‘in-use’’ runway in the second model of the same airport. For example, the clearance is for the ILS approach to Runway 27, Circle to Land on Runway 18 right. Two airport visual mod- els might be used: the first with Runway 27 designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway for the approach to runway 27, and the second with Runway 18 Right designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway. When the pilot breaks off the ILS approach to runway 27, the instructor may change to the second airport visual model in which runway 18 Right is designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway, and the pilot would make a visual approach and landing. This process is acceptable to the FAA as long as the temporary interruption due to the visual model change is not distracting to the pilot.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00216 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59816 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C3B.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<< QPS requirements>>> Simulator Visual scene content requirements for qualification at the stated level level Number Class I visual scenes/visual models B C D

11...... Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway, but the detail that is provided should be correct within reasonable limits.

End Information

TABLE C3C.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator Visual scene content additional visual models beyond minimum required for qualification level Number Class II visual scenes/visual models B C D

This table specifies the minimum airport or helicopter landing area visual model content and functionality necessary to add visual models to a simulator’s visual model library (i.e., beyond those necessary for qualification at the stated level) without the necessity of further involvement of the NSPM or TPAA.

1...... Visual scene management The following is the minimum visual scene management requirements for simulators at Levels B, C, and D.

1.a...... The installation and direction of the following lights must be replicated for the ‘‘in-use’’ surface:

1.a.1. .... For ‘‘in-use’’ runways: Strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge lights, visual landing aids, runway centerline lights, X X X threshold lights, and touchdown zone lights.

1.a.2. .... For ‘‘in-use’’ helicopter landing areas: Ground level TLOF perimeter lights, elevated TLOF perimeter lights (if applica- X X X ble), Optional TLOF lights (if applicable), ground FATO perimeter lights, elevated TLOF lights (if applicable), landing direction lights.

2...... Visual feature recognition The following are the minimum distances at which runway or landing area features must be visible for simulators at Level B, C, and D. Distances are measured from runway threshold or a helicopter landing area to an aircraft aligned with the runway or helicopter landing area on a 3° glide-slope from the aircraft to the touchdown point, in simulated meteorological conditions. For circling ap- proaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

2.a...... For Runways:

2.a.1. .... Strobe lights, approach lights, and edge lights from 5 sm (8 km) of the threshold ...... X X X

2.a.2. .... Centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 sm (5 km) ...... X X X

2.a.3. .... Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 3 sm (5 km) of the threshold ...... X X X

2.a.4. .... Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 5 sm (8 km) of the threshold ...... X X X

2.a.5. .... Threshold lights and touchdown zone lights from 2 sm (3 km) ...... X X X

2.a.6. .... Markings within range of landing lights for night/twilight (dusk) scenes and as required by the surface resolution test on X X X daylight scenes.

2.a.7. .... For circling approaches, the runway of intended landing and associated lighting must fade into view in a non-distracting X X X manner.

2.b...... For Helicopter landing areas:

2.b.1. .... Landing direction lights and raised FATO lights from 1 sm (1.5 km) ...... X X X

2.b.2. .... Flush mounted FATO lights, TOFL lights, and the lighted windsock from 0.5 sm (750 m) ...... X X

2.b.3. .... Hover taxiway lighting (yellow/blue/yellow cylinders) from TOFL area ...... X X

2.b.4. .... Markings within range of landing lights for night/twilight (dusk) scenes and as required by the surface resolution test on X X X daylight scenes.

3...... Airport or Helicopter Landing Area Model Content

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00217 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59817

TABLE C3C.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator Visual scene content additional visual models beyond minimum required for qualification level Number Class II visual scenes/visual models B C D

The following prescribes the minimum requirements for what must be provided in an airport visual model and identifies other aspects of the airport environment that must correspond with that model for simulators at Level B, C, and D. The detail must be modeled using airport pictures, construction drawings and maps, or other data, or modeled in accordance with published regulatory material; however, this does not require that airport or helicopter landing area models contain details that are beyond the designed capability of the currently qualified visual system. For circling approaches, all requirements of this section apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

3.a...... The surface and markings for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

3.a.1. .... For airports: Runway threshold markings, runway numbers, touchdown zone markings, fixed distance markings, run- X X X way edge markings, and runway centerline stripes.

3.a.2. .... For helicopter landing areas: Standard heliport marking (‘‘H’’), TOFL, FATO, and safety areas ...... X X X

3.b...... The lighting for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

3.b.1. .... For airports: Runway approach, threshold, edge, end, centerline (if applicable), touchdown zone (if applicable), leadoff, X X X and visual landing aid lights or light systems for that runway.

3.b.2. .... For helicopter landing areas: Landing direction, raised and flush FATO, TOFL, windsock lighting ...... X X X

3.c...... The taxiway surface and markings associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

3.c.1. .... For airports: Taxiway edge, centerline (if appropriate), runway hold lines, and ILS critical area(s) ...... X X X

3.c.2. .... For helicopter landing areas: Taxiways, taxi routes, and aprons ...... X X X

3.d...... The taxiway lighting associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

3.d.1. .... For airports: Runway edge, centerline (if appropriate), runway hold lines, ILS critical areas ...... X X X

3.d.2. .... For helicopter landing areas: Taxiways, taxi routes, and aprons ...... X X X

3.d.3. .... For airports: Taxiway lighting of correct color ...... X

4...... Required visual model correlation with other aspects of the airport environment simulation The following are the minimum visual model correlation tests that must be conducted for simulators at the NZFT and ZFT simulator levels.

4.a...... The airport model must be properly aligned with the navigational aids that are associated with operations at the ‘‘in- X X X use’’ runway.

4.b...... Slopes in runways, taxiways, and ramp areas must not cause distracting or unrealistic effects ...... X X X

5...... Correlation with helicopter and associated equipment The following are the minimum correlation comparisons that must be made for simulators at Level B, C, and D.

5.a...... Visual system compatibility with aerodynamic programming ...... X X X

5.b...... Accurate portrayal of environment relating to flight simulator attitudes ...... X X X

5.c...... Visual cues to assess sink rate and depth perception during landings ...... X X X

6...... Scene quality The following are the minimum scene quality tests that must be conducted for simulators at Level B, C, and D.

6.a...... Light points free from distracting jitter, smearing or streaking ...... X X X

6.b...... Surfaces and textural cues free from apparent quantization (aliasing) ...... X X

6.c...... Correct color and realistic textural cues ...... X

7...... Instructor controls of the following: The following are the minimum instructor controls that must be available in simulators at the NZFT and ZFT simulator levels.

7.a...... Environmental effects, e.g., cloud base (if used), cloud effects, cloud density, visibility in statute miles/kilometers and X X X RVR in feet/meters.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00218 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59818 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C3C.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator Visual scene content additional visual models beyond minimum required for qualification level Number Class II visual scenes/visual models B C D

7.b...... Airport/Heliport selection ...... X X X

7.c...... Airport lighting including variable intensity ...... X X X

7.d...... Dynamic effects including ground and flight traffic ...... X X

End QPS Requirements

Begin Information

8...... Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway or helicopter landing area, but the detail that is provided X X X must be correct within the capabilities of the system.

End Information

TABLE C3D.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Motion system effects Information B C D

This table specifies motion effects that are required to indicate the threshold at which a flight crewmember must be able to recognize an event or situation. Where applicable, flight simulator pitch, side loading and directional control characteristics must be representative of the heli- copter.

1...... Runway rumble, oleo deflection, ground speed, un- X X X If time permits, different gross weights can also be se- even runway, runway and taxiway centerline light lected as this may also affect the associated vibra- characteristics: tions depending on helicopter type. The associated Procedure: After the helicopter has been pre-set to the motion effects for the above tests should also include takeoff position and then released, taxi at various an assessment of the effects of rolling over centerline speeds with a smooth runway and note the general lights, surface discontinuities of uneven runways, and characteristics of the simulated runway rumble effects various taxiway characteristics. of oleo deflections. Repeat the maneuver with a run- way roughness of 50%, then with maximum rough- ness. The associated motion vibrations should be af- fected by ground speed and runway roughness.

2...... Friction Drag from Skid-type Landing Gear: X X Procedure: Perform a running takeoff or a running land- ing and note an increase in a fuselage vibration (as opposed to rotor vibration) due to the friction of drag- ging the skid along the surface. This vibration will lessen as the ground speed decreases.

3...... Rotor Out-of-Track and/or Out-of-Balance condition: X X X Does not require becoming airborne. The abnormal vi- Procedure: Select the malfunction or condition from the bration for Out-of-Track and Out-of-Balance condi- IOS. Start the engine(s) normally and check for an tions should be recognized in the frequency range of abnormal vibration for an Out-of-Track condition and the inverse of the period for each; i.e., 1/P for vertical check for an abnormal vibration for an Out-of-Balance vibration, and 1/P for lateral vibration. condition.

4...... Bumps associated with the landing gear: X X X When the landing gear is extended or retracted, motion Procedure: Perform a normal take-off paying special at- bumps can be felt when the gear locks into position. tention to the bumps that could be perceptible due to maximum oleo extension after lift-off.

5...... Buffet during extension and retraction of landing X X X gear: Procedure: Operate the landing gear. Check that the motion cues of the buffet experienced represent the actual helicopter.

6...... Failure of Dynamic Vibration Absorber or similar X X X system as appropriate for the helicopter (e.g., droop stop or static stop):

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00219 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59819

TABLE C3D.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Motion system effects Information B C D

Procedure: May be accomplished any time the rotor is engaged. Select the appropriate failure at the IOS, note an appropriate increase in vibration and check that the vibration intensity and frequency increases with an increase in RPM and an increase in collective application.

7...... Tail Rotor Drive Failure: X X X The tail rotor operates in the medium frequency range, Procedure: With the engine(s) running and the rotor en- normally estimated by multiplying the tail rotor gear gaged—select the malfunction and note the imme- box ratio by the main rotor RPM. The failure can be diate increase of medium frequency vibration. recognized by an increase in the vibrations in this fre- quency range.

8...... Touchdown cues for main and nose gear: X X X Procedure: Conduct several normal approaches with various rates of descent. Check that the motion cues for the touchdown bumps for each descent rate are representative of the actual helicopter.

9...... Tire failure dynamics: X X The pilot may notice some yawing with a multiple tire Procedure: Simulate a single tire failure and a multiple failure selected on the same side. This should require tire failure. the use of the pedal to maintain control of the heli- copter. Dependent on helicopter type, a single tire failure may not be noticed by the pilot and may not cause any special motion effect. Sound or vibration may be associated with the actual tire losing pres- sure.

10...... Engine malfunction and engine damage: X X X Procedure: The characteristics of an engine malfunction as prescribed in the malfunction definition document for the particular flight simulator must describe the special motion effects felt by the pilot. The associated engine instruments should also vary according to the nature of the malfunction.

11...... Tail boom strikes: X X X The motion effect should be felt as a noticeable nose Procedure: Tail-strikes can be checked by over-rotation down pitching moment. of the helicopter at a quick stop or autorotation to the ground.

12...... Settling with Power: X X When the aircraft begins to shudder, the application of Procedure: To enter the maneuver, reduce power below additional up collective increases the vibration and hover power. Hold altitude with aft cyclic until the air- sink rate. speed approaches 20 knots. Then allow the sink rate to increase to 300 feet per minute or more as the atti- tude is adjusted to obtain an airspeed of less than 10 knots.

13...... Retreating Blade Stall: X X Correct recovery from retreating blade stall requires the Procedure: To enter the maneuver, increase forward air- collective to be lowered first, which reduces blade an- speed; the effect should be recognized when the for- gles and the angle of attack. Aft cyclic can then be ward speed is equal to the speed of the retreating used to slow the helicopter. blade. The onset can be felt through the development of a low frequency vibration, pitching up of the nose, and a roll in the direction of the retreating blade. High weight, low rotor RPM, high density altitude, turbu- lence or steep, abrupt turns are all conducive to re- treating blade stall at high forward airspeeds.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00220 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59820 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE C3D.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Motion system effects Information B C D

14...... Translational Lift Effects: X X X Procedure: From a stabilized in-ground-effect (IGE) Hover begin a forward acceleration. When passing through the effective translational lift range, the no- ticeable effect will be a nose pitch-up, increase in the rate of climb, and a temporary increase vibration level (in some cases this vibration may be pronounced). This effect is experienced again upon deceleration through the appropriate speed range. During decel- eration, the pitch and rate of climb will have the re- verse effect, but there will be a similar, temporary in- crease in vibration level.

TABLE C3E.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Sound system B C D

The following checks are performed during a normal flight profile, motion system ON.

1...... Precipitation ...... X X 2...... Rain removal equipment ...... X X 3...... Helicopter noises used by the pilot for normal helicopter operation ...... X X 4...... Abnormal operations for which there are associated sound cues, including engine malfunctions, landing gear or tire X X malfunctions, tail boom. 5...... Sound of a crash when the flight simulator is landed in excess of limitations ...... X X

TABLE C3F.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Special effects B C D

This table specifies the minimum special effects necessary for the specified simulator level.

1...... Braking Dynamics: X X Representations of the dynamics of brake failure (flight simulator pitch, side-loading, and directional control charac- teristics representative of the helicopter), including antiskid and decreased brake efficiency due to high brake temperatures (based on helicopter related data), sufficient to enable pilot identification of the problem and imple- mentation of appropriate procedures.

2...... Effects of Airframe and Engine Icing: X X Required only for those helicopters authorized for operations in known icing conditions. Procedure: With the simulator airborne, in a clean configuration, nominal altitude and cruise airspeed, autopilot on and auto-throttles off, engine and airfoil anti-ice/de-ice systems deactivated; activate icing conditions at a rate that allows monitoring of simulator and systems response. Icing recognition will include an increase in gross weight, airspeed decay, change in simulator pitch attitude, change in engine performance indications (other than due to airspeed changes), and change in data from pitot/ static system, or rotor out-of-track/balance. Activate heating, anti-ice, or de-ice systems independently. Recogni- tion will include proper effects of these systems, eventually returning the simulated helicopter to normal flight.

TABLE C3G.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Simulator level Number Instructor operating station (IOS) (As appropriate) B C D

Functions in this table are subject to evaluation only if appropriate for the helicopter or the system is installed on the specific simulator.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00221 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59821

TABLE C3G.—FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Simulator level Number Instructor operating station (IOS) (As appropriate) B C D

1...... Simulator Power Switch(es) ...... X X X

2...... Helicopter conditions

2.a...... Gross weight, center of gravity, fuel loading and allocation ...... X X X

2.b...... Helicopter systems status ...... X X X

2.c...... Ground crew functions ...... X X X

3...... Airports/Heliports

3.a...... Number and selection ...... X X X

3.b...... Runway or landing area selection ...... X X X

3.c...... Landing surface conditions (rough, smooth, icy, wet, dry, snow) ...... X X X

3.d...... Preset positions ...... X X X

3.e...... Lighting controls ...... X X X

4...... Environmental controls

4.a ...... Visibility (statute miles/kilometers) ...... X X X

4.b...... Runway visual range (in feet/meters) ...... X X X

4.c...... Temperature ...... X X X

4.d...... Climate conditions ...... X X X

4.e...... Wind speed and direction ...... X X X

4.f...... Windshear ...... X X

5...... Helicopter system malfunctions (Insertion/deletion) ...... X X X

6...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning

6.a...... Problem (all) freeze/release ...... X X X

6.b...... Position (geographic) freeze/release ...... X X X

6.c...... Repositioning (locations, freezes, and releases) ...... X X X

6.d...... Ground speed control ...... X X X

7...... Remote IOS ...... X X X

8...... Sound Controls. On/off/adjustment ...... X X X

9...... Motion/Control Loading System

9.a...... On/off/emergency stop. X X X

10...... Observer Seats/Stations. Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system. X X X

Attachment 4 to Appendix C to Part 60— Figure C4B Attachment: FSTD Information Figure C4F Sample Statement of Sample Documents Form Qualification List of Qualified Tasks Figure C4C Sample Qualification Test Figure C4G Sample Continuing Table of Contents Guide Cover Page Qualification Evaluation Requirements Title of Sample Figure C4D Sample Statement of Page Figure C4A Sample Letter, Request for Qualification—Certificate Figure C4H Sample MQTG Index of Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Figure C4E Sample Statement of Effective FSTD Directives Evaluation. Qualification—Configuration List BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00222 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59822 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00223 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.037 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59823

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00224 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.038 59824 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00225 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.039 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59825

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00226 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.040 59826 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00227 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.041 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59827

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00228 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.042 59828 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00229 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.043 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59829

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00230 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.044 59830 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00231 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.045 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59831

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00232 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.046 59832 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00233 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.047 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59833

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00234 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.048 59834 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C Specific Requirements requirements for visual scene management Attachment 5 to Appendix C to Part 60— 1. Part 60 requires that each FSTD be: and the minimum distances from which FSTD Directives Applicable to Helicopter a. Sponsored by a person holding or runway or landing area features must be Full Flight Simulators applying for an FAA operating certificate visible for all levels of simulator. The visual under Part 119, Part 141, or Part 142, or scene or airport model must provide, for each Flight Simulation Training Device (FSTD) holding or applying for an FAA-approved ‘‘in-use runway’’ or ‘‘in-use landing area,’’ Directive (FD) training program under Part 63, Appendix C, runway or landing area surface and markings, FSTD Directive Number 1. Applicable to for flight engineers, and runway or landing area lighting, taxiway all Full Flight Simulators (FFS), regardless of b. Evaluated and issued a Statement of surface and markings, and taxiway lighting. the original qualification basis and Qualification for a specific FSTD level. Additional requirements include correlation qualification date (original or upgrade), 2. Full flight simulators (FFS) also require of the visual scenes or airport models with having Class II visual scenes or airport the installation of a visual system that is other aspects of the airport environment, models available. capable of providing an out-of-the-flight-deck correlation of the aircraft and associated Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), view of visual scenes or airport models. To equipment, scene quality assessment DOT be qualified, each FFS must have available features, and the extent to which the This is a retroactive requirement to have all for use a minimum number of visual scenes instructor is able to exercise control of these Class II visual scenes or airport models meet or airport models that have certain features. scenes or models. current requirements. These are called Class I visual scenes or 4. For circling approaches, all requirements lllllllllllllllllllll airport models, the required features of of this section apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of SUMMARY: Notwithstanding the authorization which are listed in Part 60. Additional scenes listed in paragraph 13b in Appendices A and or models that are beyond those necessary for intended landing. 5. The details in these scenes or models C, this FSTD Directive (FD) requires each qualification may also be used for various must be developed using airport pictures, sponsor to ensure that, by [date 1 year after additional training program applications, construction drawings and maps, or other effective date of the final rule], each Class II including Line Oriented Flight Training, are similar data, or be developed in accordance visual scene or airport model available in an classified as Class II. However, historically with published regulatory material. However, FFS, meets the requirements of 14 CFR part these visual scenes or airport models were this FD does not require that visual scenes or 60, Appendix A, Attachment 3, Table A3C, not routinely evaluated or required to meet airport models contain details that are or Appendix C, Attachment 3, Table C3C, as any standardized criteria. This has led to beyond the initially designed capability of applicable. The completion of this qualified simulators containing visual scenes the visual system, as currently qualified. The requirement will not require a report. The or airport models being used to meet FAA- recognized limitations to visual systems are fact that the scene or model is available in approved training, testing, or checking as follows: the FFS is the sponsor’s testament that the requirements with potentially incorrect or inappropriate visual references. a. Visual systems not required to have requirements are met. 3. To prevent this from occurring in the runway numbers as a part of the specific DATES: This FD becomes effective on future, by [date 1 year after effective date of runway marking requirements are: [effective date of the final rule]. the final rule], each FSTD sponsor must (1) Link NVS and DNVS. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ed Cook, assure that each Class II visual scene or (2) Novoview 2500 and 6000. Senior Advisor to the Division Manager, Air airport model available in a qualified FFS (3) FlightSafety VITAL series up to, and Transportation Division, AFS–200, 800 meets the requirements found in 14 CFR part including, VITAL III, but not beyond. Independence Ave, SW., Washington, DC 60, Appendix A, Attachment 3, Table A3C or (4) Redifusion SP1, SP1T, and SP2. 20591: telephone: (404) 832–4701; fax: (404) Appendix C, Attachment 3, Table C3C, as b. Visual systems required to display 761–8906. applicable. These references describe the runway numbers only for LOFT scenes are:

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00235 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.049 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59835

(1) FlightSafety VITAL IV. 20. Other Losses of Qualification and statement required by this appendix. The (2) Redifusion SP3 and SP3T. Procedures for Restoration of electronic media used must have adequate (3) Link-Miles Image II. Qualification (§ 60.29) security provisions and be acceptable to the c. Visual systems not required to have 21. Record Keeping and Reporting (§ 60.31) NSPM. The NSPM recommends inquiries on accurate taxiway edge lighting are: 22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and system compatibility, and minimum system (1) Redifusion SP1. Records: Fraud, Falsification, or requirements are also included on the NSP (2) FlightSafety Vital IV. Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33) Web site. (3) Link-Miles Image II and Image IIT. 23. [Reserved] d. Related Reading References. (4) XKD displays (even though the XKD 24. Levels of FTD (1) 14 CFR part 60. image generator is capable of generating blue 25. FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a (2) 14 CFR part 61. colored lights, the display cannot Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (3) 14 CFR part 63. accommodate that color). (BASA) (§ 60.37) (4) 14 CFR part 119. Attachment 1 to Appendix D to Part 60— 6. A copy of this Directive must be filed (5) 14 CFR part 121. General FTD Requirements in the Master Qualification Test Guide in the (6) 14 CFR part 125. Attachment 2 to Appendix D to Part 60— designated FSTD Directive Section, and its (7) 14 CFR part 135. Flight Training Device (FTD) Objective inclusion must be annotated on the Index of (8) 14 CFR part 141. Tests (9) 14 CFR part 142. Effective FSTD Directives chart. See Attachment 3 to Appendix D to Part 60— Attachment 4, Appendices A through D for (10) Advisory Circular (AC) 120–28C, Flight Training Device (FTD) Subjective Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing a sample MQTG Index of Effective FSTD Evaluation Directives chart. Weather Minima. Attachment 4 to Appendix D to Part 60— (11) AC 120–29, Criteria for Approving Appendix D to Part 60—Qualification Sample Documents Category I and Category II Landing Minima Performance Standards for Helicopter Flight Attachment 5 to Appendix D to Part 60— for part 121 operators. Training Devices FSTD Directives Applicable to (12) AC 120–35B, Line Operational Helicopter Flight Training Devices lllllllllllllllllllll Simulations: Line-Oriented Flight Training, End Information Special Purpose Operational Training, Line Begin Information Operational Evaluation. lllllllllllllllllllll This appendix establishes the standards for (13) AC 120–41, Criteria for Operational Helicopter Flight Training Device (FTD) 1. Introduction Approval of Airborne Wind Shear Alerting evaluation and qualification at Level 4, Level lllllllllllllllllllll and Flight Guidance Systems. 5, Level 6, or Level 7. The Flight Standards (14) AC 120–57A, Surface Movement Service, National Simulator Program Begin Information Guidance and Control System (SMGS). Manager (NSPM), is responsible for the a. This appendix contains background (15) AC 150/5300–13, Airport Design. development, application, and information as well as regulatory and (16) AC 150/5340–1G, Standards for implementation of the standards contained informative material as described later in this Airport Markings. (17) AC 150/5340–4C, Installation Details within this appendix. The procedures and section. To assist the reader in determining for Runway Centerline Touchdown Zone criteria specified in this appendix will be what areas are required and what areas are Lighting Systems. used by the NSPM, or a person or persons permissive, the text in this appendix is (18) AC 150/5390–2B, Heliport Design. assigned by the NSPM when conducting divided into two sections: ‘‘QPS (19) AC 150/5340–19, Taxiway Centerline helicopter FTD evaluations. Requirements’’ and ‘‘Information.’’ The QPS Requirements sections contain details Lighting System. Table of Contents regarding compliance with the part 60 rule (20) AC 150/5340–24, Runway and 1. Introduction language. These details are regulatory, but are Taxiway Edge Lighting System. 2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 60.2) found only in this appendix. The Information (21) AC 150/5345–28D, Precision 3. Definitions (§ 60.3) sections contain material that is advisory in Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems. (22) International Air Transport 4. Qualification Performance Standards nature, and designed to give the user general Association document, ‘‘Flight Simulator (§ 60.4) information about the regulation. Design and Performance Data Requirements,’’ 5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5) b. Questions regarding the contents of this as amended. 6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements publication should be sent to the U.S. (23) AC 29–2B, Flight Test Guide for (§ 60.7) Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Certification of Transport Category 7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor Service, National Simulator Program Staff, Rotorcraft. (§ 60.9) AFS–205, 100 Hartsfield Centre Parkway, (24) AC 27–1A, Flight Test Guide for 8. FSTD Use (§ 60.11) Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia, 30354. Certification of Normal Category Rotorcraft. 9. FSTD Objective Data Requirements Telephone contact numbers for the NSP are: (25) International Civil Aviation (§ 60.13) phone, 404–832–4700; fax, 404–761–8906. Organization (ICAO) Manual of Criteria for 10. Special Equipment and Personnel The general email address for the NSP office the Qualification of Flight Simulators, as Requirements for Qualification of the is: [email protected]. The NSP amended. FTD (§ 60.14) Internet Web Site address is: http:// (26) Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation 11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/ Handbook, Volume I, as amended and Requirements (§ 60.15) aircraft_aviation/nsp/. On this Web Site you Volume II, as amended, The Royal 12. Additional Qualifications for Currently will find an NSP personnel list with Aeronautical Society, London, UK. Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.16) telephone and email contact information for (27) FAA Publication FAA–S–8081 series 13. Previously Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.17) each NSP staff member, a list of qualified (Practical Test Standards for Airline 14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification flight simulation devices, advisory circulars, Transport Pilot Certificate, Type Ratings, Evaluation, and Maintenance a description of the qualification process, Commercial Pilot, and Instrument Ratings). Requirements (§ 60.19) NSP policy, and an NSP ‘‘In-Works’’ section. (28) The FAA Aeronautical Information 15. Logging FSTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20) Also linked from this site are additional Manual (AIM). An electronic version of the 16. Interim Qualification of FSTDs for New information sources, handbook bulletins, AIM is on the Internet at http://www.faa.gov/ Helicopter Types or Models (§ 60.21) frequently asked questions, a listing and text atpubs. 17. Modifications to FSTDs (§ 60.23) of the Federal Aviation Regulations, Flight 18. Operations with Missing, Malfunctioning, Standards Inspector’s handbooks, and other End Information or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25) FAA links. lllllllllllllllllllll 19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and c. The NSPM encourages the use of Procedures for Restoration of electronic media for all communication, 2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2) Qualification (§ 60.27) including any record, report, request, test, or lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00236 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59836 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

Begin Information date of the first continuing qualification OR No additional regulatory or informational evaluation conducted in accordance with (ii) A statement is obtained from a material applies to § 60.1, Applicability, or to § 60.19 after May 30, 2008, and continues for qualified pilot (having flown the helicopter, § 60.2, Applicability of sponsor rules to each subsequent 12-month period; not the subject FTD or another FTD during person who are not sponsors and who are (ii) A device qualified on or after May 30, the preceding 12-month period) stating that engaged in certain unauthorized activities. 2008, will be required to undergo an initial the performance and handling qualities of or upgrade evaluation in accordance with each FTD in the Chicago and Moscow centers End Information § 60.15. Once the initial or upgrade represents the helicopter (as described in lllllllllllllllllllll evaluation is complete, the first continuing § 60.7(d)(2)). qualification evaluation will be conducted End Information 3. Definitions (§ 60.3) within 6 months. The 12 month continuing lllllllllllllllllllll qualification evaluation cycle begins on that lllllllllllllllllllll date and continues for each subsequent 12- Begin Information 7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor month period. (§ 60.9) See Appendix F of this part for a list of (b) There is no minimum number of hours definitions and abbreviations from part 1, of FTD use required. lllllllllllllllllllll part 60, and the QPS appendices of part 60. (c) The identification of the specific FTD Begin Information may change from one 12-month period to the End Information next 12-month period as long as that sponsor The phrase ‘‘as soon as practicable’’ in § 60.9(a) means without unnecessarily lllllllllllllllllllll sponsors and uses at least one FTD at least disrupting or delaying beyond a reasonable once during the prescribed period. 4. Qualification Performance Standards time the training, evaluation, or experience (2) Example Two. (§ 60.4) being conducted in the FSTD. (a) A sponsor sponsors an additional lllllllllllllllllllll number of FTDs, in its facility or elsewhere. End Information Begin Information Each additionally sponsored FTD must be— lllllllllllllllllllll (i) Used by the sponsor in the sponsor’s No additional regulatory or informational FAA-approved flight training program for the 8. FSTD Use (§ 60.11) material applies to § 60.4, Qualification helicopter simulated (as described in lllllllllllllllllllll Performance Standards. § 60.7(d)(1)); Begin Information End Information OR (ii) Used by another FAA certificate holder No additional regulatory or informational lllllllllllllllllllll in that other certificate holder’s FAA- material applies to § 60.11, FSTD Use. approved flight training program for the 5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5) End Information lllllllllllllllllllll helicopter simulated (as described in § 60.7(d)(1)). This 12-month period is lllllllllllllllllllll Begin Information established in the same manner as in 9. FSTD Objective Data Requirements Additional regulatory material and example one. (§ 60.13) OR informational material regarding Quality lllllllllllllllllllll Management Systems for FTDs may be found (iii) Provided a statement each year from a in appendix E of this part. qualified pilot, (after having flown the Begin QPS Requirements helicopter not the subject FTD or another a. Flight test data used to validate FTD End Information FTD, during the preceding 12-month period) performance and handling qualities must stating that the subject FTD’s performance lllllllllllllllllllll have been gathered in accordance with a and handling qualities represent the flight test program containing the following: 6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements helicopter (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)). This (§ 60.7) (1) A flight test plan consisting of: statement is provided at least once in each (a) The maneuvers and procedures lllllllllllllllllllll 12-month period established in the same required for aircraft certification and manner as in example one. Begin Information simulation programming and validation. (b) There is no minimum number of hours (b) For each maneuver or procedure— a. The intent of the language in § 60.7(b) is of FTD use required. (i) The procedures and control input the to have a specific FTD, identified by the (3) Example Three. flight test pilot and/or engineer used. sponsor, used at least once in an FAA- (a) A sponsor in New York (in this (ii) The atmospheric and environmental approved flight training program for the example, a Part 142 certificate holder) conditions. helicopter simulated during the 12-month establishes ‘‘satellite’’ training centers in (iii) The initial flight conditions. period described. The identification of the Chicago and Moscow. (iv) The helicopter configuration, including specific FTD may change from one 12-month (b) The satellite function means that the weight and center of gravity. period to the next 12-month period as long Chicago and Moscow centers must operate (v) The data to be gathered. as that sponsor sponsors and uses at least one under the New York center’s certificate (in (vi) All other information necessary to FTD at least once during the prescribed accordance with all of the New York center’s recreate the flight test conditions in the FTD. period. There is no minimum number of practices, procedures, and policies; e.g., (2) Appropriately qualified flight test hours or minimum FTD periods required. instructor and/or technician training/ personnel. b. The following examples describe checking requirements, recordkeeping, QMS (3) Appropriate and sufficient data acceptable operational practices: program). acquisition equipment or system(s), (1) Example One. (c) All of the FTDs in the Chicago and including appropriate data reduction and (a) A sponsor is sponsoring a single, Moscow centers could be dry-leased (i.e., the analysis methods and techniques, as would specific FTD for its own use, in its own certificate holder does not have and use be acceptable to the FAA’s Aircraft facility or elsewhere—this single FTD forms FAA-approved flight training programs for Certification Service. the basis for the sponsorship. The sponsor the FTDs in the Chicago and Moscow b. The data, regardless of source, must be uses that FTD at least once in each 12-month centers) because— presented: period in that sponsor’s FAA-approved flight (i) Each FTD in the Chicago center and (1) In a format that supports the FTD training program for the helicopter each FTD in the Moscow center is used at validation process; simulated. This 12-month period is least once each 12-month period by another (2) In a manner that is clearly readable and established according to the following FAA certificate holder in that other annotated correctly and completely; schedule: certificate holder’s FAA-approved flight (3) With resolution sufficient to determine (i) If the FTD was qualified prior to May training program for the helicopter (as compliance with the tolerances set forth in 30, 2008, the 12-month period begins on the described in § 60.7(d)(1)); Attachment 2, Table D2A appendix.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00237 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59837

(4) With any necessary guidance where flight test methods require further (3) Satisfactorily accomplish the subjective information provided; and explanations. It should also provide a brief tests listed in Attachment 3. (5) Without alteration, adjustments, or bias; narrative describing the cause and effect of b. The request described in § 60.15(a) must however the data may be re-scaled, digitized, any deviation from data requirements. The include all of the following: or otherwise manipulated to fit the desired aircraft manufacturer may provide this (1) A statement that the FTD meets all of presentation. document. the applicable provisions of this part and all c. After completion of any additional flight h. There is no requirement for any flight applicable provisions of the QPS. test, a flight test report must be submitted in test data supplier to submit a flight test plan (2) A confirmation that the sponsor will support of the validation data. The report or program prior to gathering flight test data. forward to the NSPM the statement described must contain sufficient data and rationale to However, the NSPM notes that inexperienced in § 60.15(b) in such time as to be received support qualification of the FTD at the level data gatherers often provide data that is no later than 5 business days prior to the requested. irrelevant, improperly marked, or lacking scheduled evaluation and may be forwarded d. As required by § 60.13(f), the sponsor adequate justification for selection. Other to the NSPM via traditional or electronic must notify the NSPM when it becomes problems include inadequate information means. aware that an addition to or a revision of the regarding initial conditions or test (3) Except for a Level 4 FTD, a qualification flight related data or helicopter systems maneuvers. The NSPM has been forced to test guide (QTG), acceptable to the NSPM, related data is available if this data is used refuse these data submissions as validation that includes all of the following: to program and operate a qualified FTD. The data for an FTD evaluation. For this reason (a) Objective data obtained from aircraft data referred to in this sub-section are those the NSPM recommends that any data testing or another approved source. data that are used to validate the supplier not previously experienced in this (b) Correlating objective test results performance, handling qualities, or other area review the data necessary for obtained from the performance of the FTD as prescribed in the appropriate QPS. characteristics of the aircraft, including data programming and for validating the (c) The result of FTD subjective tests related to any relevant changes occurring performance of the FTD and discuss the prescribed in the appropriate QPS. after the type certification is issued. The flight test plan anticipated for acquiring such (d) A description of the equipment sponsor must— data with the NSPM well in advance of necessary to perform the evaluation for initial (1) Within 10 calendar days, notify the commencing the flight tests. qualification and the continuing qualification NSPM of the existence of this data; and i. The NSPM will consider, on a case-by- evaluations. (a) Within 45 calendar days, notify the case basis, whether to approve supplemental c. The QTG described in paragraph a(3) of NSPM of— validation data derived from flight data this section must provide the documented (b) The schedule to incorporate this data recording systems such as a Quick Access proof of compliance with the FTD objective into the FTD; or Recorder or Flight Data Recorder. (c) The reason for not incorporating this tests in Attachment 2, Table D2A of this data into the FTD. End Information appendix. e. In those cases where the objective test lllllllllllllllllllll d. The QTG is prepared and submitted by results authorize a ‘‘snapshot test’’ or a the sponsor, or the sponsor’s agent on behalf ‘‘series of snapshot tests’’ results in lieu of a 10. Special Equipment and Personnel of the sponsor, to the NSPM for review and time-history result, the sponsor or other data Requirements for Qualification of the FTD approval, and must include, for each provider must ensure that a steady state (§ 60.14) objective test: condition exists at the instant of time lllllllllllllllllllll (1) Parameters, tolerances, and flight captured by the ‘‘snapshot.’’ The steady state conditions. condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, Begin Information (2) Pertinent and complete instructions for through 1 second following, the instant of a. In the event that the NSPM determines conducting automatic and manual tests. time captured by the snapshot. that special equipment or specifically (3) A means of comparing the FTD test qualified persons will be required to conduct results to the objective data. End QPS Requirements an evaluation, the NSPM will make every (4) Any other information as necessary to lllllllllllllllllllll attempt to notify the sponsor at least one (1) assist in the evaluation of the test results. (5) Other information appropriate to the Begin Information week, but in no case less than 72 hours, in advance of the evaluation. Examples of qualification level of the FTD. f. The FTD sponsor is encouraged to special equipment include flight control e. The QTG described in paragraphs (a)(3) maintain a liaison with the manufacturer of measurement devices, accelerometers, or and (b) of this section, must include the the aircraft being simulated (or with the oscilloscopes. Examples of specially following: holder of the aircraft type certificate for the qualified personnel include individuals (1) A QTG cover page with sponsor and aircraft being simulated if the manufacturer specifically qualified to install or use any FAA approval signature blocks (see is no longer in business), and if appropriate, special equipment when its use is required. Attachment 4, Figure D4C, for a sample QTG with the person having supplied the aircraft b. Examples of a special evaluation include cover page). data package for the FTD in order to facilitate an evaluation conducted after an FTD is (2) A continuing qualification evaluation the notification described in this paragraph. moved; at the request of the TPAA; or as a requirements page. This page will be used by g. It is the intent of the NSPM that for new result of comments received from users of the the NSPM to establish and record the aircraft entering service, at a point well in FTD that raise questions about the continued frequency with which continuing advance of preparation of the Qualification qualification or use of the FTD. qualification evaluations must be conducted Test Guide (QTG), the sponsor should submit and any subsequent changes that may be to the NSPM for approval, a descriptive End Information determined by the NSPM in accordance with document (a validation data roadmap) lllllllllllllllllllll § 60.19. See Attachment 4, Figure D4G, for a containing the plan for acquiring the sample Continuing Qualification Evaluation validation data, including data sources. This 11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements page. document should clearly identify sources of Requirements (§ 60.15) (3) An FTD information page that provides data for all required tests, a description of the lllllllllllllllllllll the information listed in this paragraph, if validity of these data for a specific engine applicable (see Attachment 4, Figure D4B, for type and thrust rating configuration, and the Begin QPS Requirement a sample FTD information page). For revision levels of all avionics affecting the a. In order to be qualified at a particular convertible FTDs, the sponsor must submit a performance or flying qualities of the aircraft. qualification level, the FTD must: separate page for each configuration of the Additionally, this document should provide (1) Meet the general requirements listed in FTD. other information such as the rationale or Attachment 1. (a) The sponsor’s FTD identification explanation for cases where data or data (2) Meet the objective testing requirements number or code. parameters are missing, instances where listed in Attachment 2 (Level 4 FTDs do not (b) The helicopter model and series being engineering simulation data are used, or require objective tests). simulated.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00238 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59838 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

(c) The aerodynamic data revision number g. The form and manner of presentation of copy of the MQTG by and after May 30, 2014. or reference. objective test results in the QTG must A copy of the eMQTG must be provided to (d) The source of the basic aerodynamic include the following: the NSPM. This may be provided by an model and the aerodynamic coefficient data (1) The sponsor’s FTD test results must be electronic scan presented in a Portable used to modify the basic model. recorded in a manner acceptable to the Document File (PDF), or similar format (e) The engine model(s) and its data NSPM, that allows easy comparison of the acceptable to the NSPM. revision number or reference. FTD test results to the validation data (e.g., l. During the initial (or upgrade) (f) The flight control data revision number use of a multi-channel recorder, line printer, qualification evaluation conducted by the or reference. cross plotting, overlays, transparencies). NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a (g) The flight management system (2) FTD results must be labeled using person knowledgeable about the operation of identification and revision level. terminology common to helicopter the aircraft and the operation of the FTD. (h) The FTD model and manufacturer. parameters as opposed to computer software (i) The date of FTD manufacture. identifications. End QPS Requirements (j) The FTD computer identification. (3) Validation data documents included in lllllllllllllllllllll (k) The visual system model and a QTG may be photographically reduced only manufacturer, including display type. if such reduction will not alter the graphic Begin Information (l) The motion system type and scaling or cause difficulties in scale m. Only those FTDs that are sponsored by manufacturer, including degrees of freedom. interpretation or resolution. a certificate holder as defined in Appendix (4) A Table of Contents. (4) Scaling on graphical presentations must F will be evaluated by the NSPM. However, (5) A log of revisions and a list of effective provide the resolution necessary to evaluate other FTD evaluations may be conducted on pages. the parameters shown in Attachment 2, Table a case-by-case basis as the Administrator (6) List of all relevant data references. D2A of this appendix. deems appropriate, but only in accordance (7) A glossary of terms and symbols used (5) Tests involving time histories, data with applicable agreements. (including sign conventions and units). sheets (or transparencies thereof) and FTD n. The NSPM will conduct an evaluation (8) Statements of compliance and test results must be clearly marked with for each configuration, and each FTD must be capability (SOCs) with certain requirements. appropriate reference points to ensure an evaluated as completely as possible. To SOCs must provide references to the sources accurate comparison between FTD and ensure a thorough and uniform evaluation, of information that show the capability of the helicopter with respect to time. Time each FTD is subjected to the general FTD FTD to comply with the requirement, a histories recorded via a line printer are to be requirements in Attachment 1, the objective rationale explaining how the referenced clearly identified for cross-plotting on the tests listed in Attachment 2, and the material is used, mathematical equations and helicopter data. Over-plots may not obscure subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this parameter values used, and the conclusions the reference data. appendix. The evaluations described herein reached; i.e., that the FTD complies with the h. The sponsor may elect to complete the will include, but not necessarily be limited requirement. QTG objective and subjective tests at the to the following: (9) Recording procedures or equipment manufacturer’s facility or at the sponsor’s (1) Helicopter responses, including required to accomplish the objective tests. training facility. If the tests are conducted at longitudinal and lateral-directional control (10) The following information for each the manufacturer’s facility, the sponsor must responses (see Attachment 2 of this objective test designated in Attachment 2, as repeat at least one-third of the tests at the appendix). applicable to the qualification level sought: sponsor’s training facility in order to (2) Performance in authorized portions of (a) Name of the test. substantiate FTD performance. The QTG the simulated helicopter’s operating (b) Objective of the test. must be clearly annotated to indicate when envelope, to include tasks evaluated by the (c) Initial conditions. and where each test was accomplished. Tests NSPM in the areas of surface operations, (d) Manual test procedures. conducted at the manufacturer’s facility and takeoff, climb, cruise, descent, approach and (e) Automatic test procedures (if at the sponsor’s training facility must be landing, as well as abnormal and emergency applicable). conducted after the FTD is assembled with operations (see Attachment 2 of this (f) Method for evaluating FTD objective test systems and sub-systems functional and appendix). results. operating in an interactive manner. The test (3) Control checks (see Attachment 1 and (g) List of all relevant parameters driven or results must be submitted to the NSPM. Attachment 2 of this appendix). constrained during the automatic test(s). i. The sponsor must maintain a copy of the (4) Flight deck configuration (see (h) List of all relevant parameters driven or MQTG at the FTD location. Attachment 1 of this appendix). constrained during the manual test(s). j. All FTDs for which the initial (5) Pilot, flight engineer, and instructor (i) Tolerances for relevant parameters. qualification is conducted after May 30, station functions checks (see Attachment 1 (j) Source of Validation Data (document 2014, must have an electronic MQTG and Attachment 3 of this appendix). and page number). (eMQTG) including all objective data (6) Helicopter systems and sub-systems (as (k) Copy of the Validation Data (if located obtained from helicopter testing, or another appropriate) as compared to the helicopter in a separate binder, a cross reference for the approved source (reformatted or digitized), simulated (see Attachment 1 and Attachment identification and page number for pertinent together with correlating objective test results 3 of this appendix). data location must be provided). obtained from the performance of the FTD (7) FTD systems and sub-systems, (l) FTD Objective Test Results as obtained (reformatted or digitized) as prescribed in including force cueing (motion), visual, and by the sponsor. Each test result must reflect this appendix. The eMQTG must also contain aural (sound) systems, as appropriate (see the date completed and must be clearly the general FTD performance or Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this labeled as a product of the device being demonstration results (reformatted or appendix). tested. digitized) prescribed in this appendix, and a (8) Certain additional requirements, f. A convertible FTD is addressed as a description of the equipment necessary to depending upon the qualification level separate FTD for each model and series perform the initial qualification evaluation sought, including equipment or helicopter to which it will be converted and and the continuing qualification evaluations. circumstances that may become hazardous to for the FAA qualification level sought. The The eMQTG must include the original the occupants. The sponsor may be subject to NSPM will conduct an evaluation for each validation data used to validate FTD Occupational Safety and Health configuration. If a sponsor seeks qualification performance and handling qualities in either Administration requirements. for two or more models of a helicopter type the original digitized format from the data o. The NSPM administers the objective and using a convertible FTD, the sponsor must supplier or an electronic scan of the original subjective tests, which includes an provide a QTG for each helicopter model, or time-history plots that were provided by the examination of functions. The tests include a QTG for the first helicopter model and a data supplier. A copy of the eMQTG must be a qualitative assessment of the FTD by an supplement to that QTG for each additional provided to the NSPM. NSP pilot. The NSP evaluation team leader helicopter model. The NSPM will conduct k. All other FTDs (not covered in may assign other qualified personnel to assist evaluations for each helicopter model. subparagraph ‘‘j’’) must have an electronic in accomplishing the functions examination

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00239 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59839

and/or the objective and subjective tests evaluation within ten (10) working days after required to meet the general FTD performed during an evaluation when determining that a complete QTG is requirements, the objective test requirements, required. acceptable. Unusual circumstances may and the subjective test requirements of (1) Objective tests provide a basis for warrant establishing an evaluation date Attachments 1, 2, and 3, respectively, of this measuring and evaluating FTD performance before this determination is made. A sponsor appendix as long as the FTD continues to and determining compliance with the may schedule an evaluation date as early as meet the test requirements contained in the requirements of this part. 6 months in advance. However, there may be MQTG developed under the original (2) Subjective tests provide a basis for: a delay of 45 days or more in rescheduling qualification basis. (a) Evaluating the capability of the FTD to and completing the evaluation if the sponsor c. After (1 year after date of publication of perform over a typical utilization period; is unable to meet the scheduled date. See the final rule in the Federal Register) each (b) Determining that the FTD satisfactorily Attachment 4, Figure D4A, Sample Request visual scene and airport model installed in simulates each required task; for Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement and available for use in a qualified FTD must (c) Verifying correct operation of the FTD Evaluation. meet the requirements described in controls, instruments, and systems; and u. The numbering system used for Attachment 3 of this appendix. (d) Demonstrating compliance with the objective test results in the QTG should requirements of this part. closely follow the numbering system set out End QPS Requirements p. The tolerances for the test parameters in Attachment 2, FTD Objective Tests, Table lllllllllllllllllllll listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix D2A. reflect the range of tolerances acceptable to v. Contact the NSPM or visit the NSPM Begin Information the NSPM for FTD validation and are not to Web site for additional information regarding d. Other certificate holders or persons be confused with design tolerances specified the preferred qualifications of pilots used to desiring to use an FTD may contract with for FTD manufacture. In making decisions meet the requirements of § 60.15(d). FTD sponsors to use FTDs previously regarding tests and test results, the NSPM w. Examples of the exclusions for which qualified at a particular level for a helicopter relies on the use of operational and the FTD might not have been subjectively type and approved for use within an FAA- engineering judgment in the application of tested by the sponsor or the NSPM and for approved flight training program. Such FTDs data (including consideration of the way in which qualification might not be sought or are not required to undergo an additional which the flight test was flown and way the granted, as described in § 60.15(g)(6), include qualification process, except as described in data was gathered and applied), data approaches to and departures from slopes § 60.16. presentations, and the applicable tolerances and pinnacles. e. Each FTD user must obtain approval for each test. from the appropriate TPAA to use any FTD q. In addition to the scheduled continuing End Information in an FAA-approved flight training program. qualification evaluation, each FTD is subject lllllllllllllllllllll f. The intent of the requirement listed in to evaluations conducted by the NSPM at any 12. Additional Qualifications for Currently § 60.17(b), for each FTD to have a Statement time without prior notification to the Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.16) of Qualification within 6 years, is to have the sponsor. Such evaluations would be availability of that statement (including the accomplished in a normal manner (i.e., lllllllllllllllllllll configuration list and the limitations to requiring exclusive use of the FTD for the Begin Information conduct of objective and subjective tests and authorizations) to provide a complete picture an examination of functions) if the FTD is not No additional regulatory or informational of the FTD inventory regulated by the FAA. being used for flight crewmember training, material applies to § 60.16, Additional The issuance of the statement will not testing, or checking. However, if the FTD Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FTD. require any additional evaluation or require any adjustment to the evaluation basis for the were being used, the evaluation would be End Information conducted in a non-exclusive manner. This FTD. lllllllllllllllllllll non-exclusive evaluation will be conducted g. Downgrading of an FTD is a permanent change in qualification level and will by the FTD evaluator accompanying the 13. Previously Qualified FSTDs (§ 60.17) necessitate the issuance of a revised check airman, instructor, Aircrew Program lllllllllllllllllllll Designee (APD), or FAA inspector aboard the Statement of Qualification to reflect the FTD along with the student(s) and observing Begin QPS Requirements revised qualification level, as appropriate. If the operation of the FTD during the training, a temporary restriction is placed on an FTD a. In instances where a sponsor plans to because of a missing, malfunctioning, or testing, or checking activities. remove an FTD from active status for a r. Problems with objective test results are inoperative component or on-going repairs, period of less than two years, the following the restriction is not a permanent change in handled as follows: procedures apply: qualification level. Instead, the restriction is (1) If a problem with an objective test result (1) The NSPM must be notified in writing temporary and is removed when the reason is detected by the NSP evaluation team and the notification must include an estimate for the restriction has been resolved. during an evaluation, the test may be of the period that the FTD will be inactive. h. It is not the intent of the NSPM to repeated or the QTG may be amended. (2) Continuing Qualification evaluations (2) If it is determined that the results of an will not be scheduled during the inactive discourage the improvement of existing objective test do not support the qualification period. simulation (e.g., the ‘‘updating’’ of a control level requested but do support a lower level, (3) The NSPM will remove the FTD from loading system, or the replacement of the IOS the NSPM may qualify the FTD at a lower the list of qualified FSTDs on a mutually with a more capable unit) by requiring the level. established date not later than the date on ‘‘updated’’ device to meet the qualification s. After an FTD is successfully evaluated, which the first missed continuing standards current at the time of the update. the NSPM issues a Statement of Qualification qualification evaluation would have been Depending on the extent of the update, the (SOQ) to the sponsor, The NSPM scheduled. NSPM may require that the updated device recommends the FTD to the TPAA, who will (4) Before the FTD is restored to qualified be evaluated and may require that an approve the FTD for use in a flight training status, it must be evaluated by the NSPM. evaluation include all or a portion of the program. The SOQ will be issued at the The evaluation content and the time required elements of an initial evaluation. However, satisfactory conclusion of the initial or to accomplish the evaluation is based on the the standards against which the device continuing qualification evaluation and will number of continuing qualification would be evaluated are those that are found list the tasks for which the FTD is qualified, evaluations and sponsor-conducted quarterly in the MQTG for that device. referencing the tasks described in Table D1B inspections missed during the period of i. The NSPM will determine the evaluation in attachment 1. However, it is the sponsor’s inactivity. criteria for an FTD that has been removed responsibility to obtain TPAA approval prior (5) The sponsor must notify the NSPM of from active status for a prolonged period. The to using the FTD in an FAA-approved flight any changes to the original scheduled time criteria will be based on the number of training program. out of service. continuing qualification evaluations and t. Under normal circumstances, the NSPM b. FTDs and replacement FTD systems quarterly inspections missed during the establishes a date for the initial or upgrade qualified prior to May 30, 2008, are not period of inactivity. For example, if the FTD

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00240 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59840 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

were out of service for a 1 year period, it (1) Review of the results of the quarterly incorporated, including any necessary would be necessary to complete the entire inspections conducted by the sponsor since updates to the MQTG (e.g., accomplishment QTG, since all of the quarterly evaluations the last scheduled continuing qualification of FSTD Directives) must be acceptable to the would have been missed. The NSPM will evaluation. NSPM; and also consider how the FTD was stored, (2) A selection of approximately 8 to 15 (2) The sponsor must provide the NSPM whether parts were removed from the FTD objective tests from the MQTG that provide with a statement signed by the MR that the and whether the FTD was disassembled. an adequate opportunity to evaluate the factors listed in § 60.15(b) are addressed by j. The FTD will normally be requalified performance of the FTD. The tests chosen the appropriate personnel as described in using the FAA-approved MQTG and the will be performed either automatically or that section. criteria that was in effect prior to its removal manually and should be able to be conducted 1 End QPS Requirements from qualification. However, inactive periods within approximately one-third ( ⁄3) of the of 2 years or more will require re- allotted FTD time. lllllllllllllllllllll (3) A subjective evaluation of the FTD to qualification under the standards in effect Begin Information and current at the time of requalification. perform a representative sampling of the tasks set out in attachment 3 of this c. FSTD Directives are considered End Information appendix. This portion of the evaluation modification of an FTD. See Attachment 4, 2 lllllllllllllllllllll should take approximately two-thirds ( ⁄3) of Figure D4H for a sample index of effective the allotted FTD time. FSTD Directives. See Attachment 6 for a list 14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification, (4) An examination of the functions of the of all effective FSTD Directives applicable to Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements FTD may include the motion system, visual Helicopter FTDs. (§ 60.19) system, sound system as applicable, End Information lllllllllllllllllllll instructor operating station, and the normal functions and simulated malfunctions of the lllllllllllllllllllll Begin QPS Requirement simulated helicopter systems. This 18. Operation with Missing, Malfunctioning, examination is normally accomplished a. The sponsor must conduct a minimum or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25) of four evenly spaced inspections throughout simultaneously with the subjective lllllllllllllllllllll the year. The objective test sequence and evaluation requirements. content of each inspection in this sequence h. The requirement established in Begin Information must be developed by the sponsor and must § 60.19(b)(4) regarding the frequency of NSPM-conducted continuing qualification a. The sponsor’s responsibility with respect be acceptable to the NSPM. to § 60.25(a) is satisfied when the sponsor b. The description of the functional evaluations for each FTD is typically 12 months. However, the establishment and fairly and accurately advises the user of the preflight inspection must be contained in the satisfactory implementation of an approved current status of an FTD, including any sponsor’s QMS. QMS for a sponsor will provide a basis for missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative c. Record ‘‘functional preflight’’ in the FTD adjusting the frequency of evaluations to (MMI) component(s). discrepancy log book or other acceptable exceed 12-month intervals. b. If the 29th or 30th day of the 30-day location, including any item found to be period described in § 60.25(b) is on a missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative. End Information Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday, the FAA d. During the continuing qualification lllllllllllllllllllll will extend the deadline until the next evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the business day. 15. Logging FSTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20) sponsor must also provide a person c. In accordance with the authorization knowledgeable about the operation of the Begin Information described in § 60.25(b), the sponsor may aircraft and the operation of the FTD. No additional regulatory or informational develop a discrepancy prioritizing system to End QPS Requirements material applies to § 60.20. Logging FSTD accomplish repairs based on the level of impact on the capability of the FTD. Repairs lllllllllllllllllllll Discrepancies. having a larger impact on the FTD’s ability Begin Information End Information to provide the required training, evaluation, or flight experience will have a higher e. The sponsor’s test sequence and the lllllllllllllllllllll priority for repair or replacement. content of each quarterly inspection required 16. Interim Qualification of FSTDs for New in § 60.19(a)(1) should include a balance and Helicopter Types or Models (§ 60.21) End Information a mix from the objective test requirement lllllllllllllllllllll areas listed as follows: lllllllllllllllllllll (1) Performance. Begin Information 19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and (2) Handling qualities. Procedures for Restoration of Qualification No additional regulatory or informational (3) Motion system (where appropriate). (§ 60.27) material applies to § 60.21, Interim (4) Visual system (where appropriate). Qualification of FSTDs for New Helicopter lllllllllllllllllllll (5) Sound system (where appropriate). Types or Models. (6) Other FTD systems. Begin Information f. If the NSP evaluator plans to accomplish End Information If the sponsor provides a plan for how the specific tests during a normal continuing lllllllllllllllllllll FTD will be maintained during its out-of- qualification evaluation that requires the use service period (e.g., periodic exercise of of special equipment or technicians, the 17. Modifications to FSTDs (§ 60.23) mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical sponsor will be notified as far in advance of lllllllllllllllllllll systems; routine replacement of hydraulic the evaluation as practical; but not less than fluid; control of the environmental factors in 72 hours. Examples of such tests include Begin QPS Requirements which the FTD is to be maintained.) there is latencies and control sweeps. a. The notification described in a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be g. The continuing qualification evaluations § 60.23(c)(2) must include a complete able to determine the amount of testing that described in § 60.19(b) will normally require description of the planned modification, with required for requalification. 4 hours of FTD time. However, flexibility is a description of the operational and necessary to address abnormal situations or engineering effect the proposed modification End Information situations involving aircraft with additional will have on the operation of the FTD and lllllllllllllllllllll levels of complexity (e.g., computer the results that are expected with the controlled aircraft). The sponsor should modification incorporated. 20. Other Losses of Qualification and anticipate that some tests may require b. Prior to using the modified FTD: Procedures for Restoration of Qualification additional time. The continuing qualification (1) All the applicable objective tests (§ 60.29) evaluations will consist of the following: completed with the modification lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00241 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59841

Begin Information sensitive activation (not capable of manual End Information If the sponsor provides a plan for how the manipulation of the flight controls) or may lllllllllllllllllllll FTD will be maintained during its out-of- physically replicate the aircraft in control service period (e.g., periodic exercise of operation. Attachment 1 to Appendix D to Part 60— mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical (2) Level 5. A Level 5 device is one that General FTD Requirements systems; routine replacement of hydraulic may have an open helicopter-specific flight lllllllllllllllllllll fluid; control of the environmental factors in deck area, or an enclosed helicopter-specific which the FTD is to be maintained.) there is flight deck and a generic aerodynamic Begin QPS Requirements a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be program with at least one operating system 1. Requirements able to determine the amount of testing that and control loading representative of the a. Certain requirements included in this required for requalification. simulated helicopter. The control loading need only represent the helicopter at an appendix must be supported with a End Information approach speed and configuration. All Statement of Compliance and Capability lllllllllllllllllllll displays may be flat/LCD panel (SOC), which may include objective and representations or actual representations of subjective tests. The SOC will confirm that 21. Recordkeeping and Reporting (§ 60.31) displays in the aircraft. Primary and the requirement was satisfied, and describe lllllllllllllllllllll secondary flight controls (e.g., rudder, how the requirement was met. The requirements for SOCs and tests are indicated Begin QPS Requirements aileron, elevator, flaps, spoilers/speed brakes, engine controls, landing gear, nose wheel in the ‘‘General FTD Requirements’’ column a. FTD modifications can include hardware steering, trim, brakes) must be physical in Table D1A of this appendix. or software changes. For FTD modifications controls. All other controls, switches, and b. Table D1A describes the requirements involving software programming changes, the knobs may be touch sensitive activation. for the indicated level of FTD. Many devices record required by § 60.31(a)(2) must consist (3) Level 6. A Level 6 device is one that has include operational systems or functions that of the name of the aircraft system software, an enclosed helicopter-specific flight deck exceed the requirements outlined in this aerodynamic model, or engine model change, and aerodynamic program with all applicable section. In any event, all systems will be the date of the change, a summary of the helicopter systems operating and control tested and evaluated in accordance with this change, and the reason for the change. appendix to ensure proper operation. b. If a coded form for recordkeeping is loading that is representative of the used, it must provide for the preservation simulated helicopter throughout its ground End QPS Requirements and flight envelope and significant sound and retrieval of information with appropriate lllllllllllllllllllll security or controls to prevent the representation. All displays may be flat/LCD inappropriate alteration of such records after panel representations or actual Begin Information the fact. representations of displays in the aircraft, but all controls, switches, and knobs must 2. Discussion End QPS Requirements physically replicate the aircraft in control a. This attachment describes the general lllllllllllllllllllll operation. requirements for qualifying Level 4 through (4) Level 7. A Level 7 device is one that has Level 7 FTDs. The sponsor should also 22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and an enclosed helicopter-specific flight deck consult the objectives tests in Attachment 2 Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect and aerodynamic program with all applicable and the examination of functions and Statements (§ 60.33) helicopter systems operating and control subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 to lllllllllllllllllllll loading that is representative of the determine the complete requirements for a simulated helicopter throughout its ground specific level FTD. Begin Information and flight envelope and significant sound b. The material contained in this No additional regulatory or informational representation. All displays may be flat/LCD attachment is divided into the following material applies to § 60.33, Applications, panel representations or actual categories: Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, representations of displays in the aircraft, but (1) General Flight Deck Configuration. Falsification, or Incorrect Statements. all controls, switches, and knobs must (2) Programming. 23. [Reserved] physically replicate the aircraft in control (3) Equipment Operation. operation. It also has a visual system that (4) Equipment and facilities for instructor/ End Information provides an out-of-the-flight deck view, evaluator functions. lllllllllllllllllllll providing cross-flight deck viewing (for both (5) Motion System. pilots simultaneously) of a field of view of at (6) Visual System. 24. Levels of FTD least 146° horizontally and 36° vertically as (7) Sound System. lllllllllllllllllllll well as a vibration cueing system for c. Table D1A provides the standards for the characteristic helicopter vibrations noted at General FTD Requirements. Begin Information the pilot station(s). d. Table D1B provides the tasks that the a. The following is a general description of sponsor will examine to determine whether each level of FTD. Detailed standards and End Information the FSTD satisfactorily meets the tests for the various levels of FTDs are fully lllllllllllllllllllll requirements for flight crew training, testing, defined in Attachments 1 through 3 of this and experience. appendix. 25. FSTD Qualification on the Basis of a e. Table D1C provides the functions that an (1) Level 4. A Level 4 device is one that Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) instructor/check airman must be able to may have an open helicopter-specific flight (§ 60.37) control in the simulator. deck area, or an enclosed helicopter-specific lllllllllllllllllllll f. It is not required that all of the tasks that flight deck and at least one operating system. appear on the List of Qualified Tasks (part of Begin Information Air/ground logic is required (no aerodynamic the SOQ) be accomplished during the initial programming required). All displays may be No additional regulatory or informational or continuing qualification evaluation. flat/LCD panel representations or actual material applies to § 60.37, FSTD representations of displays in the aircraft. All Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral End Information controls, switches, and knobs may be touch Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA). lllllllllllllllllllll

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00242 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59842 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS

<<>> << >> FTD level Information Number General FTD requirements notes 4 5 6 7

1. General Flight Deck Configuration

1.a...... The FTD must have a flight deck that is a replica of the X X For FTD purposes, the flight deck consists of all that helicopter, or set of helicopters simulated with con- space forward of a cross section of the flight deck at trols, equipment, observable flight deck indicators, cir- the most extreme aft setting of the pilots’ seats in- cuit breakers, and bulkheads properly located, func- cluding additional, required crewmember duty stations tionally accurate and replicating the helicopter or set and those required bulkheads aft of the pilot seats. of helicopters. The direction of movement of controls and switches must be identical to that in the heli- copter or set of helicopters. Crewmember seats must afford the capability for the occupant to be able to achieve the design ‘‘eye position.’’ Equipment for the operation of the flight deck windows must be in- cluded, but the actual windows need not be operable. Fire axes, extinguishers, and spare light bulbs must be available in the flight simulator, but may be relo- cated to a suitable location as near as practical to the original position. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be rep- resented in silhouette. An SOC is required.

1.b...... The FTD must have equipment (i.e., instruments, pan- X X els, systems, circuit breakers, and controls) simulated sufficiently for the authorized training/checking events to be accomplished. The installed equipment, must be located in a spatially correct configuration, and may be in a flight deck or an open flight deck area. Additional equipment required for the authorized training and checking events must be available in the FTD but may be located in a suitable location as near as practical to the spatially correct position. Actuation of this equipment must replicate the appropriate func- tion in the helicopter. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in silhouette. An SOC is required.

2. Programming

2.a...... The FTD must provide the proper effect of aerodynamic X X X changes for the combinations of drag and thrust nor- mally encountered in flight. This must include the ef- fect of change in helicopter attitude, thrust, drag, alti- tude, temperature, and configuration. Levels 6 and 7 additionally require the effects of changes in gross weight and center of gravity. Level 5 requires only generic aerodynamic program- ming. An SOC is required.

2.b...... The FTD must have the computer (analog or digital) ca- X X X X pability (i.e., capacity, accuracy, resolution, and dy- namic response) needed to meet the qualification level sought. An SOC is required.

2.c...... Relative responses of the flight deck instruments must be measured by latency tests or transport delay tests, and may not exceed 150 milliseconds. The instru- ments must respond to abrupt input at the pilot’s po- sition within the allotted time, but not before the time that the helicopter or set of helicopters would respond under the same conditions.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00243 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59843

TABLE D1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> << >> FTD level Information Number General FTD requirements notes 4 5 6 7

• Latency: The FTD instrument and, if applicable, the X X X The intent is to verify that the FTD provides instrument motion system and the visual system response must cues that are, within the stated time delays, like the not be prior to that time when the helicopter responds helicopter responses. For helicopter response, accel- and may respond up to 150 milliseconds after that eration in the appropriate, corresponding rotational time under the same conditions. axis is preferred. • Transport Delay: As an alternative to the Latency re- quirement, a transport delay objective test may be used to demonstrate that the FTD system does not exceed the specified limit. The sponsor must meas- ure all the delay encountered by a step signal migrat- ing from the pilot’s control through all the simulation software modules in the correct order, using a hand- shaking protocol, finally through the normal output interfaces to the instrument display and, if applicable, the motion system, and the visual system. An objective test is required.

3. Equipment Operation

3.a...... All relevant instrument indications involved in the sim- A X X X ulation of the helicopter must automatically respond to control movement or external disturbances to the simulated helicopter or set of helicopters; e.g., turbu- lence or winds. A subjective test is required.

3.b...... Navigation equipment must be installed and operate A X X X within the tolerances applicable for the helicopter or set of helicopters. Levels 6 and 7 must also include communication equip- ment (inter-phone and air/ground) like that in the heli- copter. Level 5 only needs that navigation equipment nec- essary to fly an instrument approach. A subjective test is required.

3.c...... Installed systems must simulate the applicable heli- A X X X copter system operation both on the ground and in flight. At least one helicopter system must be rep- resented. Systems must be operative to the extent that applicable normal, abnormal, and emergency op- erating procedures included in the sponsor’s training programs can be accomplished. Levels 6 and 7 must simulate all applicable helicopter flight, navigation, and systems operation. Level 5 must have functional flight and navigational controls, displays, and instrumentation. A subjective test is required.

3.d...... The lighting environment for panels and instruments X X X X Back-lighted panels and instruments may be installed must be sufficient for the operation being conducted. but are not required. A subjective test is required.

3.e...... The FTD must provide control forces and control travel X X that correspond to the replicated helicopter or set of helicopters. Control forces must react in the same manner as in the helicopter or set of helicopters under the same flight conditions. A subjective test is required.

3.f...... The FTD must provide control forces and control travel X of sufficient precision to manually fly an instrument approach. The control forces must react in the same manner as in the helicopter or set of helicopters under the same flight conditions. A subjective test is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00244 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59844 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> << >> FTD level Information Number General FTD requirements notes 4 5 6 7

4. Instructor or Evaluator Facilities

4.a...... In addition to the flight crewmember stations, suitable X X X X These seats need not be a replica of an aircraft seat seating arrangements for an instructor/check airman and may be as simple as an office chair placed in an and FAA Inspector must be available. These seats appropriate position. must provide adequate view of crewmember’s panel(s). A subjective test is required.

4.b...... The FTD must have instructor controls that permit acti- X X X X vation of normal, abnormal, and emergency condi- tions, as may be appropriate. Once activated, proper system operation must result from system manage- ment by the crew and not require input from the in- structor controls. A subjective test is required.

5. Motion System

5.a...... The FTD may have a motion system; if desired, al- X X X though it is not required. If installed, the motion sys- tem operation may not be distracting. A subjective test is required.

5.b...... Although it is not required, if a motion system is in- X X X stalled and additional training, testing, or checking credits are being sought on the basis of having a mo- tion system, the motion system operation may not be distracting and must be coupled closely to provide in- tegrated sensory cues. The motion system must also respond to abrupt input at the pilot’s position within the allotted time, but not before the time when the helicopter would respond under the same conditions, it must be measured by latency tests or transport delay tests and may not exceed 150 milliseconds. In- strument response may not occur prior to motion onset. An objective test is required.

5.c...... The FTD must have at least a vibration cueing system X May be accomplished by a ‘‘seat shaker’’ or a bass for characteristic helicopter vibrations noted at the speaker sufficient to provide the necessary cueing. pilot station(s). If a motion system is installed, although it is not re- quired, it must be measured by latency tests or trans- port delay tests and may not exceed 100 milli- seconds. Instrument response may not occur prior to motion onset. A subjective test is required.

6. Visual System

6.a...... The FTD may have a visual system, if desired, although it is not required. If a visual system is installed, it must meet the following criteria:.

6.a.1. ... The visual system must respond to abrupt input at the X X X pilot’s position. An SOC is required. A Subjective Test is required.

6.a.2. ... The visual system must be at least a single channel, X X X non-collimated display. An SOC is required. A Subjective Test is required.

6.a.3. ... The visual system must provide at least a field of view X X X of 18° vertical/24° horizontal for the pilot flying. An SOC is required.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00245 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59845

TABLE D1A.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> << >> FTD level Information Number General FTD requirements notes 4 5 6 7

6.a.4. ... The visual system must provide for a maximum parallax X X X of 10° per pilot. An SOC is required.

6.a.5. ... The visual scene content may not be distracting ...... X X X An SOC is required. A Subjective Test is required.

6.a.6. ... The minimum distance from the pilot’s eye position to X X X the surface of a direct view display may not be less than the distance to any front panel instrument. An SOC is required.

6.a.7. ... The visual system must provide for a minimum resolu- X X X tion of 5 arc-minutes for both computed and dis- played pixel size. An SOC is required.

6.b...... If a visual system is installed and additional training, X X X testing, or checking credits are being sought on the basis of having a visual system, a visual system meeting the standards set out for at least a Level A FFS (see Appendix A of this part) will be required. A ‘‘direct-view,’’ non-collimated visual system (with the other requirements for a Level A visual system met) may be considered satisfactory for those installations where the visual system design ‘‘eye point’’ is appro- priately adjusted for each pilot’s position such that the parallax error is at or less than 10° simultaneously for each pilot. An SOC is required. An objective test is required.

6.c...... The FTD must provide a continuous visual field of view X Optimization of the vertical field of view may be consid- of at least 146° horizontally and 36° vertically for both ered with respect to the specific helicopter flight deck pilot seats, simultaneously. The minimum horizontal cut-off angle. When considering the installation/use of field of view coverage must be plus and minus one- augmented fields of view, as described here, it will be half (1⁄2) of the minimum continuous field of view re- the responsibility of the sponsor to meet with the quirement, centered on the zero degree azimuth line NSPM to determine the training, testing, checking, or relative to the aircraft fuselage. Additional horizontal experience tasks for which the augmented field of field of view capability may be added at the sponsor’s view capability may be critical to that approval. discretion provided the minimum field of view is re- tained. Capability for a field of view in excess of these minima is not required for qualification at Level 7. However, where specific tasks require extended fields of view beyond the 146° by 36° (e.g., to accom- modate the use of ‘‘chin windows’’ where the accom- modation is either integral with or separate from the primary visual system display), then such extended fields of view must be provided. An SOC is required and must explain the geometry of the installation. An objective test is required.

7. Sound System

7.a...... The FTD must simulate significant flight deck sounds X X resulting from pilot actions that correspond to those heard in the helicopter. A subjective test is required. Note: An ‘‘A’’ in the table indicates that the system, task, or procedure may be examined if the appropriate helicopter system or control is sim- ulated in the FTD and is working properly.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00246 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59846 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D1B.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS

<<>> <<>> Subjective requirements FTD level Number The FTD must be able to perform the tasks associated Notes with the level of qualification sought. 4 5 6 7

1. Preflight Procedures

1.a...... Preflight Inspection (Flight Deck Only) switches, indica- A A X X tors, systems, and equipment.

1.b...... APU/Engine start and run-up.

1.b.1. ... Normal start procedures...... A A X X

1.b.2. ... Alternate start procedures...... A A X X

1.b.3. ... Abnormal starts and shutdowns (hot start, hung start) ... A A X X

1.c...... Taxiing—Ground ...... X

1.d...... Taxiing—Hover ...... X

1.e...... Pre-takeoff Checks...... A A X X

2. Takeoff and Departure Phase

2.a...... Normal takeoff.

2.a.1. ... From ground ...... X

2.a.2. ... From hover ...... X

2.a.3 .... Running ...... X

2.b...... Instrument ...... X X

2.c...... Powerplant Failure During Takeoff ...... X X

2.d...... Rejected Takeoff ...... X

2.e...... Instrument Departure ...... X X

3. Climb

3.a...... Normal ...... X X

3.b...... Obstacle clearance ...... X

3.c...... Vertical ...... X X

3.d...... One engine inoperative ...... X X

4. In-flight Maneuvers

4.a...... Turns (timed, normal, steep) ...... X X X

4.b...... Powerplant Failure—Multiengine Helicopters ...... X X

4.c...... Powerplant Failure—Single-Engine Helicopters ...... X X

4.d...... Recovery From Unusual Attitudes ...... X

4.e...... Settling with Power ...... X

5. Instrument Procedures

5.a...... Instrument Arrival ...... X X

5.b...... Holding ...... X X

5.c...... Precision Instrument Approach

5.c.1. .... Normal—All engines operating ...... X X X

5.c.2. .... Manually controlled—One or more engines inoperative X X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00247 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59847

TABLE D1B.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> <<>> Subjective requirements FTD level Number The FTD must be able to perform the tasks associated Notes with the level of qualification sought. 4 5 6 7

5.d...... Non-precision Instrument Approach ...... X X X

5.e...... Missed Approach

5.e.1. ... All engines operating ...... X X

5.e.2. ... One or more engines inoperative ...... X X

5.e.3. ... Stability augmentation system failure ...... X X

6. Landings and Approaches to Landings

6.a...... Visual Approaches (normal, steep, shallow) ...... X

6.b...... Landings

6.b.1. ... Normal/crosswind

6.b.1.a. Running ...... X

6.b.1.b. From Hover...... X

6.b.2. ... One or more engines inoperative ...... X

6.b.3. ... Rejected Landing ...... X

7. Normal and Abnormal Procedures

7.a...... Powerplant ...... A A X X

7.b...... Fuel System...... A A X X

7.c...... Electrical System...... A A X X

7.d...... Hydraulic System...... A A X X

7.e...... Environmental System(s)...... A A X X

7.f...... Fire Detection and Extinguisher Systems ...... A A X X

7.g...... Navigation and Aviation Systems ...... A A X X

7.h...... Automatic Flight Control System, Electronic Flight In- A A X X strument System, and Related Subsystems.

7.i...... Flight Control Systems...... A A X X

7.j...... Anti-ice and Deice Systems ...... A A X X

7.k...... Aircraft and Personal Emergency Equipment ...... A A X X

7.l...... Special Missions tasks (e.g., Night Vision goggles, For- X ward Looking Infrared System, External Loads and as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

8. Emergency procedures (as applicable)

8.a...... Emergency Descent ...... X X

8.b...... Inflight Fire and Smoke Removal ...... X X

8.c...... Emergency Evacuation ...... X X

8.d...... Ditching ...... X

8.e...... Autorotative Landing ...... X

8.f...... Retreating blade stall recovery ...... X

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00248 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59848 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D1B.—MINIMUM FTD REQUIREMENTS—Continued

<<>> <<>> Subjective requirements FTD level Number The FTD must be able to perform the tasks associated Notes with the level of qualification sought. 4 5 6 7

8.g...... Mast bumping ...... X

8.h...... Loss of tail rotor effectiveness ...... X X

9. Postflight Procedures

9.a...... After-Landing Procedures...... A A X X

9.b...... Parking and Securing

9.b.1. ... Rotor brake operation...... A A X X

9.b.2. ... Abnormal/emergency procedures...... A A X X Note: An ‘‘A’’ in the table indicates that the system, task, or procedure may be examined if the appropriate aircraft system or control is simu- lated in the FSTD and is working properly.

TABLE D1C.—TABLE OF FTD SYSTEM TASKS

<<>> << Information >> Subjective requirements In order to be qualifed at the FTD qualification level in- FTD level Number dicated, the FTD must be able to perform at least the Notes tasks associate with that level of qualification. 4 5 6 7

1. Instructor Operating Station (IOS)

1.a...... Power switch(es)...... A X X X

1.b...... Helicopter conditions ...... A A X X e.g., GW, CG, Fuel loading, Systems, Ground. Crew.

1.c...... Airports / Heliports / Helicopter Landing Areas ...... A X X X e.g., Selection, Surface, Presets, Lighting controls.

1.d...... Environmental controls ...... A X X X e.g., Temp and Wind.

1.e...... Helicopter system malfunctions (Insertion / deletion) ..... A A X X

1.f...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning (as appropriate) ...... A X X X

1.g...... Sound Controls. (On / off / adjustment) ...... X X X

1.fh ...... Motion / Control Loading System, as appropriate. On / A X X off / emergency stop.

2. Observer Seats / Stations

2.a...... Position / Adjustment / Positive restraint system ...... A X X X

Attachment 2 to Appendix D to Part 60— required for FTDs is not necessarily required Begin QPS Requirements for FFSs. When a test number (or series of Flight Training Device (FTD) Objective Tests 2. Test Requirements numbers) is not required, the term lllllllllllllllllllll ‘‘Reserved’’ is used in the table at that a. The ground and flight tests required for qualification are listed in Table D2A Begin Information location. Following this numbering format Objective Evaluation Tests. Computer provides a degree of commonality between 1. Discussion generated FTD test results must be provided the two tables and substantially reduces the for each test except where an alternate test a. If relevant winds are present in the potential for confusion when referring to objective data, the wind vector (magnitude is specifically authorized by the NSPM. If a objective test numbers for either FFSs or and direction) should be noted as part of the flight condition or operating condition is data presentation, expressed in conventional FTDs. required for the test but does not apply to the terminology, and related to the runway being c. A Level 4 FTD does not require objective helicopter being simulated or to the used for the test. tests and is not addressed in the following qualification level sought, it may be b. The format for numbering the objective table. disregarded (e.g., engine out climb capability tests in Appendix C, Attachment 2, Table for a single-engine helicopter). Each test End Information C2A, and the objective tests in Appendix D, result is compared against the validation data Attachment 2, Table D2A, is identical. lllllllllllllllllllll described in § 60.13, and in Appendix B. The However, each test required for FFSs is not results must be produced on an appropriate necessarily required for FTDs, and each test recording device acceptable to the NSPM and

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00249 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59849

must include FTD number, date, time, extremes authorized for the respective result from failure states, validation of the conditions, tolerances, and appropriate helicopter or set of helicopters. effect of the failure is necessary. For those dependent variables portrayed in comparison f. When comparing the parameters listed to performance and static handling qualities to the validation data. Time histories are those of the helicopter, sufficient data must tests where the primary concern is control required unless otherwise indicated in Table also be provided to verify the correct flight position in the unaugmented configuration, D2A. All results must be labeled using the condition and helicopter configuration unaugmented data are not required if the tolerances and units given. changes. For example, to show that control design of the system precludes any effect on b. Table D2A in this attachment sets out force is within the parameters for a static control position. In those instances where the the test results required, including the stability test, data to show the correct unaugmented helicopter response is parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions airspeed, power, thrust or torque, helicopter divergent and non-repeatable, it may not be for FTD validation. Tolerances are provided configuration, altitude, and other appropriate feasible to meet the specified tolerances. for the listed tests because mathematical datum identification parameters must also be Alternative requirements for testing will be modeling and acquisition and development given. If comparing short period dynamics, mutually agreed upon by the sponsor and the of reference data are often inexact. All normal acceleration may be used to establish NSPM on a case-by-case basis. tolerances listed in the following tables are a match to the helicopter, but airspeed, k. Some tests will not be required for applied to FTD performance. When two altitude, control input, helicopter helicopters using helicopter hardware in the tolerance values are given for a parameter, configuration, and other appropriate data FTD flight deck (e.g., ‘‘helicopter modular the less restrictive may be used unless must also be given. If comparing landing gear controller’’). These exceptions are noted in otherwise indicated. change dynamics, pitch, airspeed, and Section 2 ‘‘Handling Qualities’’ in Table D2A c. Certain tests included in this attachment altitude may be used to establish a match to of this attachment. However, in these cases, must be supported with a Statement of the helicopter, but landing gear position must the sponsor must provide a statement that the Compliance and Capability (SOC). In Table also be provided. All airspeed values must be helicopter hardware meets the appropriate D2A, requirements for SOCs are indicated in properly annotated (e.g., indicated versus manufacturer’s specifications and the the ‘‘Test Details’’ column. calibrated). In addition, the same variables sponsor must have supporting information to d. When operational or engineering must be used for comparison (e.g., compare that fact available for NSPM review. judgment is used in making assessments for inches to inches rather than inches to l. For objective test purposes, ‘‘Near flight test data applications for FTD validity, centimeters). maximum’’ gross weight is a weight chosen such judgment must not be limited to a single g. The QTG provided by the sponsor must by the sponsor or data provider that is not parameter. For example, data that exhibit clearly describe how the FTD will be set up less than the basic operating weight (BOW) rapid variations of the measured parameters and operated for each test. Each FTD of the helicopter being simulated plus 80% may require interpolations or a ‘‘best fit’’ data subsystem may be tested independently, but of the difference between the maximum section. All relevant parameters related to a overall integrated testing of the FTD must be certificated gross weight (either takeoff given maneuver or flight condition must be accomplished to assure that the total FTD weight or landing weight, as appropriate for provided to allow overall interpretation. system meets the prescribed standards. A the test) and the BOW. ‘‘Light’’ gross weight When it is difficult or impossible to match manual test procedure with explicit and is a weight chosen by the sponsor or data FTD to helicopter data throughout a time detailed steps for completing each test must provider that is not more than 120% of the history, differences must be justified by also be provided. BOW of the helicopter being simulated or as providing a comparison of other related h. In those cases where the objective test limited by the minimum practical operating variables for the condition being assessed. results authorize a ‘‘snapshot test’’ or a weight of the test helicopter. ‘‘Medium’’ gross e. The FTD may not be programmed so that ‘‘series of snapshot test’’ results in lieu of a weight is a weight chosen by the sponsor or the mathematical modeling is correct only at time-history result, the sponsor or other data data provider that is within 10 percent of the the validation test points. Unless noted provider must ensure that a steady state average of the numerical values of the BOW otherwise, tests must represent helicopter condition exists at the instant of time and the maximum certificated gross weight. performance and handling qualities at captured by the ‘‘snapshot.’’ The steady state BOW is the empty weight of the aircraft plus operating weights and centers of gravity (CG) condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, the weight of the following: Normal oil typical of normal operation. If a test is through 1 second following, the instant of quantity; lavatory servicing fluid; potable supported by aircraft data at one extreme time captured by the snap shot. water; required crewmembers and their weight or CG, another test supported by i. For previously qualified FTDs, the tests baggage; and emergency equipment. aircraft data at mid-conditions or as close as and tolerances of this attachment may be possible to the other extreme is necessary. used in subsequent continuing qualification End QPS Requirements Certain tests that are relevant only at one evaluations for any given test if the sponsor lllllllllllllllllllll extreme CG or weight condition need not be has submitted a proposed MQTG revision to repeated at the other extreme. The results of the NSPM and has received NSPM approval. Begin Information the tests for Level 6 are expected to be j. Tests of handling qualities must include Refer to Advisory Circular 120–27, indicative of the device’s performance and validation of augmentation devices. FTDs for ‘‘Aircraft Weight and Balance;’’ and FAA–H– handling qualities throughout all of the highly augmented helicopters will be 8083–1, ‘‘Aircraft Weight and Balance following: validated both in the unaugmented Handbook’’ for more information. (1) The helicopter weight and CG envelope. configuration (or failure state with the (2) The operational envelope. maximum permitted degradation in handling End Information (3) Varying atmospheric ambient and qualities) and the augmented configuration. lllllllllllllllllllll environmental conditions—including the Where various levels of handling qualities

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

1. Performance

1.a. Engine Assessment

1.a.1...... Start Operations.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00250 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59850 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

1.a.1.a...... Engine start and Light Off Time—±10% or Ground with the Record each en- X X acceleration ±1 sec. Torque—±5% Rotor Brake gine start from (transient). Rotor Speed—±3% Used and Not the initiation of Fuel Flow—±10% Gas Used. the start se- Generator Speed— quence to ±5% Power Turbine steady state Speed—±5% Gas Tur- idle and from bine Temp.—±30 °C. steady state idle to oper- ating RPM.

1.a.1.b...... Steady State Idle Torque—±3% Rotor Ground ...... Record both X X X and Operating Speed—±1.5% Fuel steady state RPM condi- Flow—±5% Gas Gen- idle and oper- tions. erator Speed—±2% ating RPM Power Turbine conditions. Speed—±2% Turbine May be a se- Gas Temp.—±20 °C. ries of snap- shot tests.

1.a.2...... Power Turbine ±10% of total change of Ground ...... Record engine X X Speed Trim. power turbine speed. response to trim system actuation in both directions.

1.a.2.a...... Engine and Torque—±5% Rotor Climb Descent ... Record results X X Rotor Speed Speed—±1.5%. using a step Governing. input to the collective. May be conducted concurrently with climb and descent per- formance tests.

1.a.3...... Reserved.

1.b. Reserved

1.c. Takeoff

1.c.1...... All Engines ...... Airspeed—±3 kt, Alti- Ground/Takeoff Record results of X tude—±20 ft (6.1 m) and Initial Seg- takeoff flight Torque—±3%, Rotor ment of Climb. path (running Speed—±1.5%, Vertical takeoff and Velocity—±100 fpm takeoff from a (0.50 m/sec) or 10%, hover). The Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, criteria apply Bank Attitude—±2°, only to those Heading—±2°, Longitu- segments at dinal Control Position— airspeeds ±10%, Lateral Control above effective Position—±10%, Direc- translational tional Control Posi- lift. Results tion—±10%, Collective must be re- Control Position—±10%. corded from the initiation of the takeoff to at least 200 ft (61 m) AGL.

1.c.2. through Reserved. 1.c.3.

1.d. Hover

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00251 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59851

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

Performance ...... Torque—±3%, Pitch Atti- In Ground Effect Record results X tude—±1.5°, Bank Atti- (IGE); and Out for light and tude—±1.5°, Longitu- of Ground Ef- heavy gross dinal Control Position— fect (OGE). weights. May ±5%, Lateral Control be a series of Position—±5%, Direc- snapshot tests. tional Control Posi- tion—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.

1.e. Vertical Climb

Performance ...... Vertical Velocity—±100 From OGE Record results X fpm (0.50 m/sec) or Hover. for light and ±10%, Directional Con- heavy gross trol Position—±5%, weights. May Collective Control Posi- be a series of tion—±5%. snapshot tests.

1.f. Level Flight

Performance and Torque—±3% Pitch Atti- Cruise (Aug- Record results X X X This test validates Trimmed Flight tude—±1.5° Sideslip mentation On for two gross performance at Control Posi- Angle—±2° Longitu- and Off). weight and CG speeds above tions. dinal Control Position— combinations maximum endur- ±5% Lateral Control with varying ance airspeed. Position—±5% Direc- trim speeds tional Control Posi- throughout the tion—±5% Collective airspeed enve- Control Position—±5%. lope. May be a series of snap- shot tests.

1.g. Climb

Performance and Vertical Velocity—±100 All engines oper- Record results X X X Trimmed Flight fpm (61m/sec) or ±10% ating. One en- for two gross Control Posi- Pitch Attitude—±1.5° gine inoper- weight and CG tions. Sideslip Angle—±2° ative. Aug- combinations. Longitudinal Control mentation Sys- The data pre- Position—±5% Lateral tem(s) On and sented must Control Position—±5% Off. be for normal Directional Control Po- climb power sition—±5% Collective conditions. Control Position—±5%. May be a se- ries of snap- shot tests.

1.h. Descent

1.h.1...... Descent Per- Torque—±3% Pitch Atti- At or near 1,000 Record results X X X formance and tude—±1.5° Sideslip fpm (5 m/sec) for two gross Trimmed Flight Angle—±2° Longitu- rate of descent weight and CG Control Posi- dinal Control Position— (RoD) at nor- combinations. tions. ±5% Lateral Control mal approach May be a se- Position—±5% Direc- speed. Aug- ries of snap- tional Control Posi- mentation Sys- shot tests. tion—±5% Collective tem(s) On and Control Position—±5%. Off.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00252 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59852 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

1.h.2...... Autorotation Per- Pitch Attitude—±1.5° Steady descents. Record results X X X formance and Sideslip Angle—±2° Augmentation for two gross Trimmed Flight Longitudinal Control System(s) On weight condi- Control Posi- Position—±5% Lateral and Off. tions. Data tions. Control Position—±5% must be re- Directional Control Po- corded for nor- sition—±5% Collective mal operating Control Position—±5%. RPM. (Rotor speed toler- ance applies only if collec- tive control po- sition is full down.) Data must be re- corded for speeds from 50 kts., ±5 kts through at least maximum glide distance airspeed. May be a series of snapshot tests.

1.i. Autorotation

Entry ...... Rotor Speed—±3% Pitch Cruise; or Climb Record results of X X Attitude ±2° Roll Atti- a rapid throttle tude—±3° Yaw Atti- reduction to tude—±5° Airspeed— idle. If accom- ±5 kts. Vertical Veloc- plished in ity—±200 fpm (1.00 m/ cruise, results sec) or 10%. must be for the maximum range air- speed. If ac- complished in climb, results must be for the maximum rate of climb airspeed at or near maximum continuous power.

1.j. Landing

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00253 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59853

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

1.j.1...... All Engines ...... Airspeed—±3 kts., Alti- Approach ...... Record results of X tude—±20 ft.(6.1 m) the approach Torque—±3%, Rotor and landing Speed—±1.5%, Pitch profile (running Attitude—±1.5°, Bank landing or ap- Attitude—±1.5°, Head- proach to a ing—±2°, Longitudinal hover). The Control Position— criteria apply ±10%, Lateral Control only to those Position—±10%, Direc- segments at tional Control Posi- airspeeds tion—±10%, Collective above effective Control Position—±10%. translational lift. Record the results from 200 ft. AGL (61 m) to the landing or to where the hover is estab- lished prior to landing.

1.j.2. through Reserved. 1.j.3.

1.j.4...... Autorotational Torque—±3%, Rotor Landing ...... Record the re- X Landing. Speed—±3%, Vertical sults of an Velocity—±100 fpm autorotational (0.50 m/sec) or 10%, deceleration Pitch Attitude—±2°, and landing Bank Attitude—±2°, from a sta- Heading—±5°, Longitu- bilized dinal Control Position— autorotational ±10%, Lateral Control descent, to Position—±10%, Direc- touch down. tional Control Posi- tion—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%.

2. Handling Qualities

2.a...... Control System Contact the NSPM for Mechanical clarification of any Characteristics. issue regarding heli- copters with reversible controls.

2.a.1...... Cyclic ...... Breakout—±0.25 lbs. Ground; Static Record results X X X (0.112 daN) or 25%. conditions. for an uninter- Force—±1.0 lb. (0.224 Trim On and rupted control daN) or 10%. Off. Friction sweep to the Off. Aug- stops. (This mentation On test does not and off. apply if aircraft hardware mod- ular controllers are used.)

2.a.2...... Collective and Breakout—±0.5 lb. (0.224 Ground; Static Record results X X X Pedals. daN) or 25%. Force— conditions. for an uninter- ±1.0 lb. (0.224 daN) or Trim On and rupted control 10%. Off. Friction sweep to the Off Augmenta- stops. tion On and Off.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00254 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59854 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

2.a.3...... Brake Pedal ±5 lbs. (2.224 daN) or Ground; Static X X X Force vs. Posi- 10%. conditions. tion.

2.a.4...... Trim System Rate—±10% ...... Ground; Static The tolerance X X X Rate (all appli- conditions. applies to the cable systems). Trim On Fric- recorded value tion Off. of the trim rate.

2.a.5...... Control Dynam- ±10% of time for first zero Hover/Cruise Results must be X X Control Dynamics ics (all axes). crossing and ±10 Trim On Fric- recorded for a for irreversible (N+1)% of period there- tion Off. normal control control systems after. ±10% of ampli- displacement may be evalu- tude of first overshoot. in both direc- ated in a ground/ ±20% of amplitude of tions in each static condition. 2nd and subsequent axis, using Refer to para- overshoots greater than 25% to 50% of graph 3 of this 5% of initial displace- full throw. attachment for ment. ±1 overshoot. additional infor- mation. ‘‘N’’ is the sequential period of a full cycle of oscilla- tion.

2.a.6...... Freeplay ...... ±0.10 in ...... Ground; Static Record and com- X X X conditions. pare results for all controls.

2.b. Low Airspeed Handling Qualities

2.b.1...... Trimmed Flight Torque ±3% Pitch Atti- Translational Record results X Control Posi- tude ±1.5° Bank Atti- Flight IGE— for several air- tions. tude ±2° Longitudinal Sideward, speed incre- Control Position ±5% rearward, and ments to the Lateral Control Position forward flight. translational ±5% Directional Control Augmentation airspeed limits Position ±5% Collective On and Off. and for 45 kts. Control Position ±5%. forward air- speed. May be a series of snapshot tests.

2.b.2...... Critical Azimuth Torque ±3% Pitch Atti- Stationary Hover. Record results X tude ±1.5°, Bank Atti- Augmentation for three rel- tude ±2°, Longitudinal On and Off. ative wind di- Control Position ±5%, rections (in- Lateral Control Position cluding the ±5%, Directional Con- most critical trol Position ±5%, Col- case) in the lective Control Position critical quad- ±5%. rant. May be a series of snap- shot tests.

2.b.3...... Control Re- sponse.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00255 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59855

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

2.b.3.a...... Longitudinal ...... Pitch Rate—±10% or ±2°/ Hover. Aug- Record results X This is a ‘‘short sec. Pitch Attitude mentation On for a step con- time’’ test. Change—±10% or 1.5°. and Off. trol input. The Off-axis re- sponse must show correct trend for un- augmented cases. This test must be conducted in a hover, in ground effect, without enter- ing translational flight.

2.b.3.c...... Directional ...... Yaw Rate—±10% or ±2°/ Hover Aug- Record results X This is a ‘‘short sec. Heading mentation On for a step con- time’’ test. Change—±10% or ±2°. and Off. trol input. The Off-axis re- sponse must show correct trend for un- augmented cases. This test must be conducted in a hover, in ground effect, without enter- ing translational flight.

2.b.3.d...... Vertical ...... Normal Acceleration Hover ...... Record results X ±0.1g. for a step con- trol input. The Off-axis re- sponse must show correct trend for un- augmented cases.

2.c. Longitudinal Handling Qualities

2.c.1...... Control Re- Pitch Rate—±10% or ±2°/ Cruise Aug- Results must be X X X sponse. sec. Pitch Attitude mentation On recorded for Change—±10% or and Off. two cruise air- ±1.5°. speeds to in- clude minimum power required speed. Record data for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for un- augmented cases.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00256 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59856 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

2.c.2...... Static Stability .... Longitudinal Control Posi- Cruise or Climb. Record results X X X tion: ±10% of change Autorotation. for a minimum from trim or ±0.25 in. Augmentation of two speeds (6.3 mm) or Longitu- On and Off. on each side dinal Control Force: of the trim ±0.5 lb. (0.223 daN) or speed. May be ±10%. a series of snapshot tests.

2.c.3...... Dynamic Stability.

2.c.3.a...... Long Term Re- ±10% of calculated pe- Cruise Aug- Record results X X X The response for sponse. riod. ±10% of time to mentation On for three full certain heli- 1⁄2 or double amplitude, and Off. cycles (6 over- copters may be or ±0.02 of damping shoots after unrepeatable ratio. For non-periodic input com- throughout the responses, the time pleted) or that stated time. history must be sufficient to matched within ±10% determine time pitch; and ±10% air- to 1⁄2 or double speed over a 20 sec amplitude, period following release whichever is of the controls. less. For non- periodic re- sponses, the test may be terminated prior to 20 sec if the test pilot determines that the results are becoming uncontrollably divergent. Dis- place the cy- clic for one second or less to excite the test. The result will be either convergent or divergent and must be re- corded. If this method fails to excite the test, displace the cyclic to the predetermined maximum de- sired pitch atti- tude and re- turn to the original posi- tion. If this method is used, record the results.

2.c.3.b...... Short Term Re- ±1.5° Pitch or ±2°/sec. Cruise or Climb. Record results X X A control doublet sponse. Pitch Rate. ±0.1 g Nor- Augmentation for at least two inserted at the mal Acceleration. On and Off. airspeeds. natural frequency of the aircraft normally excites this test.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00257 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59857

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

2.c.4...... Maneuvering Longitudinal Control Posi- Cruise or Climb. Record results X X Stability. tion—±10% of change Augmentation for at least two from trim or ±0.25 in. On and Off. airspeeds at (6.3 mm) or Longitu- 30°–45° bank dinal Control Forces— angle. The ±0.5 lb. (0.223 daN) or force may be ±10%. shown as a cross plot for irreversible systems. May be a series of snapshot tests.

2.d. Lateral and Directional Handling Qualities

2.d.1...... Control Re- sponse.

2.d.1.a ...... Lateral ...... Roll Rate—±10% or ±3°/ Cruise Aug- Record results X X X sec. Roll Attitude mentation On for at least two Change—±10% or ±3°. and Off. airspeeds, in- cluding the speed at or near the min- imum power required air- speed. Record results for a step control input. The Off- axis response must show correct trend for unaug- mented cases.

2.d.1.b...... Directional ...... Yaw Rate—±10% or ±2°/ Cruise Aug- Record data for X X X sec. Yaw Attitude mentation On at least two Change—±10% or ±2°. and Off. Airspeeds, in- cluding the speed at or near the min- imum power required air- speed. Record results for a step control input. The Off- axis response must show correct trend for unaug- mented cases.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00258 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59858 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

2.d.2...... Directional Static Lateral Control Position— Cruise; or Climb Record results X X X This is a steady Stability. ±10% of change from (may use De- for at least two heading sideslip trim or ±0.25 in. (6.3 scent instead sideslip angles test. mm) or Lateral Control of Climb if de- on either side Force—±0.5 lb. (0.223 sired) Aug- of the trim daN) or 10%. Roll Atti- mentation On point. The tude—±1.5 Directional and Off. force may be Control Position—±10% shown as a of change from trim or cross plot for ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm) or irreversible Directional Control systems. May Force—±1 lb. (0.448 be a series of daN) or 10%. Longitu- snapshot tests. dinal Control Position— ±10% of change from trim or ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm). Vertical Veloc- ity—±100 fpm (0.50m/ sec) or 10%.

2.d.3...... Dynamic Lateral and Directional Stability.

2.d.3.a...... Lateral-Direc- ±0.5 sec. or ±10% of pe- Cruise or Climb Record results X X X tional Oscilla- riod. ±10% of time to Augmentation for at least two tions. 1⁄2 or double amplitude On/Off. airspeeds. The or ±0.02 of damping test must be ratio. ±20% or ±1 sec initiated with a of time difference be- cyclic or a tween peaks of bank pedal doublet and sideslip. input. Record results for six full cycles (12 overshoots after input completed) or that sufficient to determine time to 1⁄2 or double ampli- tude, which- ever is less. For non-peri- odic response, the test may be terminated prior to 20 sec if the test pilot determines that the results are becoming uncontrollably divergent.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00259 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59859

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

2.d.3.b...... Spiral Stability ... ±2° or ±10% roll angle .... Cruise or Climb. Record the re- X X X Augmentation sults of a re- On and Off. lease from pedal only or cyclic only turns for 20 sec. Results must be re- corded from turns in both directions. Ter- minate check at zero roll angle or when the test pilot determines that the atti- tude is becom- ing uncontrol- lably divergent.

2.d.3.c...... Adverse/ Correct Trend, ±2° tran- Cruise or Climb. Record the time X X X Proverse Yaw. sient sideslip angle. Augmentation history of initial On and Off. entry into cy- clic only turns, using only a moderate rate for cyclic input. Results must be recorded for turns in both directions.

3. Reserved

4. Visual System

4.a. Visual System Response Time: (Choose either test 4.a.1. or 4.a.2. to satisfy test 4.a., Visual System Response Time Test. This test is also sufficient for flight deck instrument response timing.)

4.a.1...... Latency.

150 ms (or less) after hel- Takeoff, climb, One test is re- X icopter response. and descent. quired in each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three condi- tions (take-off, cruise, and ap- proach or landing).

4.a.2...... Transport Delay.

150 ms (or less) after N/A ...... A separate test X controller movement. is required in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw).

4.b. Field of View

4.b.1...... Reserved.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00260 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59860 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

4.b.2...... Continuous vis- Minimum continuous field N/A ...... An SOC is re- X Horizontal field of ual field of of view providing 146° quired and view is centered view. horizontal and 36° must explain on the zero de- vertical field of view for the geometry gree azimuth line each pilot simulta- of the installa- relative to the air- neously and any geo- tion. Horizontal craft fuselage. metric error between field of view the Image Generator must not be eye point and the pilot less than a eye point is 8° or less. total of 146° (including not less than 73° measured ei- ther side of the center of the design eye point). Addi- tional hori- zontal field of view capability may be added at the spon- sor’s discretion provided the minimum field of view is re- tained. Vertical field of view: Not less than a total of 36° measured from the pilot’s and co-pilot’s eye point.

4.b.3...... Reserved.

4.c...... Surface contrast Not less than 5:1 ...... N/A ...... The ratio is cal- X Measurements may ratio. culated by di- be made using a viding the 1° spot photom- brightness eter and a raster level of the drawn test pat- center, bright tern filling the en- square (pro- tire visual scene viding at least (all channels) 2 foot-lamberts with a test pat- or 7 cd/m2) by tern of black and the brightness white squares, 5 level of any per square, with adjacent dark a white square in square. the center of each channel. During contrast ratio testing, sim- ulator aft-cab and flight deck ambi- ent light levels should be zero.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00261 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59861

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

4.d...... Highlight bright- Not less than three (3) N/A ...... Measure the X Measurements may ness. foot-lamberts (10 cd/ brightness of be made using a m2). the center 1° spot photom- white square eter and a raster while super- drawn test pat- imposing a tern filling the en- highlight on tire visual scene that white (all channels) square. The with a test pat- use of calli- tern of black and graphic capa- white squares, 5 bilities to en- per square, with hance the ras- a white square in ter brightness the center of is acceptable, each channel. but measuring light points is not acceptable.

4.e...... Surface resolu- Not greater than two (2) N/A ...... An SOC is re- X The eye will sub- tion. arc minutes. quired and tend two (2) arc must include minutes when the relevant positioned on a calculations. 3° glide slope, 6,876 ft slant range from the centrally located threshold of a black runway surface painted with white thresh- old bars that are 16 ft wide with 4- foot gaps be- tween the bars. This requirement is the same as 4 arc minutes per optical line pair.

4.f...... Light point size .. Not greater than five (5) N/A ...... An SOC is re- X Light point size arc-minutes. quired and may be meas- must include ured using a test the relevant pattern consisting calculations. of a centrally lo- cated single row of light points re- duced in length until modulation is just discernible in each visual channel. A row of 48 lights will form a 4° angle or less.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00262 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59862 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

4.g...... Light point con- A 1° spot photom- trast ratio. eter may be used to measure a square of at least 1° filled with light points (where light point modu- lation is just dis- cernible) and compare the re- sults to the measured adja- cent background. During contrast ratio testing, sim- ulator aft-cab and flight deck ambi- ent light levels should be zero.

4.g.1...... Reserved.

4.g.2...... Not less than 25:1 ...... N/A ...... An SOC is re- X quired and must include the relevant calculations.

4.h. Visual ground segment

The visible segment in Landing configu- The QTG must X Pre-position for this the simulator must be ration, trimmed contain rel- test is encour- within 20% of the seg- for appropriate evant calcula- aged, but may be ment computed to be airspeed, at tions and a achieved via visible from the heli- 100 ft (30 m) drawing show- manual or auto- copter flight deck. The above the ing the data pilot control to tolerance(s) may be touchdown used to estab- the desired posi- applied at either end or zone, on glide lish the heli- tion. at both ends of the dis- slope with an copter location played segment. How- RVR value set and the seg- ever, lights and ground at 1,200 ft ment of the objects computed to be (350 m). ground that is visible from the heli- visible consid- copter flight deck at the ering design near end of the visible eyepoint, heli- segment must be visi- copter attitude, ble in the simulator. flight deck cut- off angle, and a visibility of 1200 ft (350 m) RVR. Sim- ulator perform- ance must be measured against the QTG calcula- tions. The data submitted must include at least the fol- lowing:

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00263 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59863

TABLE D2A.—FLIGHT TRAINING DEVICE (FTD) OBJECTIVE TESTS—Continued

<<>> Test FTD level <> Tolerances Flight conditions Test details Notes Number Title 5 6 7

(1) Static heli- copter dimen- sions as fol- lows: (i) Hori- zontal and vertical dis- tance from main landing gear (MLG) to glideslope re- ception an- tenna. (ii) Hori- zontal and vertical dis- tance from MLG to pilot’s eyepoint. (iii) Static flight deck cutoff angle. (2) Approach data as fol- lows: (i) Identi- fication of run- way. (ii) Hori- zontal distance from runway threshold to glideslope intercept with runway. (iii) Glideslope angle. (iv) Hel- icopter pitch angle on ap- proach. (3) Helicopter data for man- ual testing: (i) Gross weight. (ii) Helicopter configuration. (iii) Approach airspeed. If non-homoge- nous fog is used to ob- scure visibility, the vertical variation in horizontal visi- bility must be described and be included in the slant range visibility cal- culation used in the com- putations.

5. Reserved

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00264 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59864 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

lllllllllllllllllllll required during initial and upgrade on Figure 1 of this attachment is ±5 percent evaluations if the sponsor’s QTG shows both of the initial displacement amplitude, A , Begin Information d test fixture results and the results of an from the steady state value of the oscillation. 3. Control Dynamics alternative approach, such as computer plots Oscillations within the residual band are a. The characteristics of a helicopter flight which were produced concurrently and show considered insignificant. When comparing control system have a major effect on the satisfactory agreement. Repeat of the simulator data to helicopter data, the process handling qualities. A significant alternative method during the initial would begin by overlaying or aligning the consideration in pilot acceptability of a evaluation would then satisfy this test simulator and helicopter steady state values helicopter is the ‘‘feel’’ provided through the requirement. and then comparing amplitudes of oscillation flight deck controls. Considerable effort is b. Control Dynamics Evaluations. The peaks, the time of the first zero crossing, and expended on helicopter feel system design in dynamic properties of control systems are individual periods of oscillation. To be often stated in terms of frequency, damping, order to deliver a system with which pilots satisfactory, the simulator must show the and a number of other classical will be comfortable and consider the same number of significant overshoots to helicopter desirable to fly. In order for an measurements which can be found in texts on control systems. In order to establish a within one when compared against the FTD to be representative, it too must present helicopter data. The procedure for evaluating the pilot with the proper feel; that of the consistent means of validating test results for FTD control loading, criteria are needed that the response is illustrated in Figure 1 of this respective helicopter. attachment. (1) Recordings such as free response to an will clearly define the interpretation of the (c) Critically Damped and Overdamped impulse or step function are classically used measurements and the tolerances to be Response. Due to the nature of critically to estimate the dynamic properties of applied. Criteria are needed for both the electromechanical systems. It is only possible underdamped system and the overdamped damped responses (no overshoots), the time to estimate the dynamic properties as a result system, including the critically damped case. to reach 90 percent of the steady state of only being able to estimate true inputs and In the case of an underdamped system with (neutral point) value must be the same as the ± responses. Therefore, it is imperative that the very light damping, the system may be helicopter within 10 percent. The simulator best possible data be collected since close quantified in terms of frequency and response must be critically damped also. matching of the FTD control loading system damping. In critically damped or Figure 2 of this attachment illustrates the to the helicopter systems is essential. Control overdamped systems, the frequency and procedure. feel dynamic tests are described in the Table damping is not readily measured from a (d) Special considerations. Control systems of Objective Tests in this appendix. Where response time history. Therefore, some other that exhibit characteristics other than accomplished, the free response is measured measurement must be used. classical overdamped or underdamped after a step or pulse input is used to excite (1) Tests to verify that control feel responses should meet specified tolerances. the system. dynamics represent the helicopter must show In addition, special consideration should be (2) For initial and upgrade evaluations, it that the dynamic damping cycles (free given to ensure that significant trends are is required that control dynamic response of the control) match that of the maintained. characteristics be measured at and recorded helicopter within specified tolerances. The (2) Tolerances. directly from the flight deck controls. This method of evaluating the response and the (a) The following summarizes the procedure is usually accomplished by tolerance to be applied are described below tolerances, ‘‘T’’ for underdamped systems, measuring the free response of the controls for the underdamped and critically damped and ‘‘n’’ is the sequential period of a full using a step or pulse input to excite the cases. cycle of oscillation. See Figure D2A of this (a) Underdamped Response. Two system. The procedure must be accomplished attachment for an illustration of the measurements are required for the period, the in hover, climb, cruise, and autorotation. For referenced measurements. time to first zero crossing (in case a rate limit helicopters with irreversible control systems, ± is present) and the subsequent frequency of T(P0) ...... 10% of P0 measurements may be obtained on the ± ground. Proper pitot-static inputs (if oscillation. It is necessary to measure cycles T(P1) ...... 20% of P1 ± appropriate) must be provided to represent on an individual basis in case there are T(P2) ...... 30% of P2 ± airspeeds typical of those encountered in nonuniform periods in the response. Each T(Pn) ...... 10(n+1)% of Pn ± flight. period will be independently compared to T(An) ...... 10% of A1 ± (3) It may be shown that for some the respective period of the helicopter T(Ad) ...... 5% of Ad = residual helicopters, climb, cruise, and autorotation control system and, consequently, will enjoy band have like effects. Thus, some tests for one the full tolerance specified for that period. Significant First overshoot and ±1 may suffice for some tests for another. If (b) The damping tolerance will be applied overshoots. subsequent overshoots either or both considerations apply, to overshoots on an individual basis. Care (b) The following tolerance applies to engineering validation or helicopter must be taken when applying the tolerance critically damped and overdamped systems manufacturer rationale must be submitted as to small overshoots since the significance of only. See Figure D2B for an illustration of the such overshoots becomes questionable. Only justification for ground tests or for reference measurements: eliminating a configuration. For FTDs those overshoots larger than 5 percent of the ± requiring static and dynamic tests at the total initial displacement will be considered T(P0) ...... 10% of P0 controls, special test fixtures will not be significant. The residual band, labeled T(Ad) BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00265 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59865

End Information These tests are conducted at under normal (i) Static test; see Table D2A, Flight lllllllllllllllllllll flight and ground conditions. Training Device (FTD) Objective Tests, Items (a) Static test—Slowly move the control so 2.a.1., 2.a.2., and 2.a.3. Begin QPS Requirement that a full sweep is achieved within 95–105 (ii) Dynamic test—±2 lbs (0.9 daN) or ±10% BILLING CODE 4910–13–C seconds. A full sweep is defined as on dynamic increment above static test. c. Alternative method for control dynamics movement of the controller from neutral to End QPS Requirement the stop, usually aft or right stop, then to the evaluation. lllllllllllllllllllll (1) An alternative means for validating opposite stop, then to the neutral position. control dynamics for aircraft with (b) Slow dynamic test—Achieve a full Begin Information sweep within 8–12 seconds. hydraulically powered flight controls and d. The FAA is open to alternative means (c) Fast dynamic test—Achieve a full artificial feel systems is by the measurement that are justified and appropriate to the sweep within 3–5 seconds. of control force and rate of movement. For application. For example, the method each axis of pitch, roll, and yaw, the control Note: Dynamic sweeps may be limited to described here may not apply to all must be forced to its maximum extreme forces not exceeding 100 lbs. (44.5 daN). manufacturers’ systems and certainly not to position for the following distinct rates. (d) Tolerances aircraft with reversible control systems. Each

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00266 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.050 59866 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

case is considered on its own merit on an ad attachment, be evaluated by the NSPM, be extension, or a runway/taxiway closure— hoc basis. If the FAA finds that alternative listed on the Statement of within 60 days of the opening for use of the methods do not result in satisfactory Qualification(SOQ), and be available for use new airport runway, runway extension, new performance, more conventionally accepted at the FTD IOS. airport taxiway, or taxiway extension; or methods will have to be used. (2) Class II (whether modeling real world within 60 days of the closure of the runway airports or fictional airports), for those visual or taxiway. 4. For Additional Information on the scenes and airport models that are in excess (2) For a new or modified approach light Following Topics, Please Refer to Appendix of those used for FTD qualification at a system—within 30 days of the activation of C, Attachment 2, and the Indicated specified level. These visual scenes and the new or modified approach light system. Paragraph Within That Attachment airport models must meet the minimum (3) For other facility or structural changes • Additional Information About Flight requirements set out in Table C3C of this on the airport (e.g., new terminal, relocation Simulator Qualification for New or attachment. These visual scenes and airport of Air Traffic Control Tower)—within 6 Derivative Helicopters, paragraph 8. models may be made available on the FTD months of the opening of the new or changed • Engineering Simulator Validation Data, IOS without further involvement of the facility or structure. paragraph 9. NSPM or the TPAA. g. If a sponsor desires an extension to the • Validation Test Tolerances, paragraph (3) For an interim period ending (2 years time limit for an update to a visual scene or 11. after date of publication of the final rule in airport model, the sponsor must provide a • Validation Data Road Map, paragraph 12. the Federal Register), Class III visual scenes written extension request to the POI/TCPM • Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative and airport models (whether modeling real stating the reason for the update delay and Avionics, paragraph 13. world airports, generic airports, or fictional a proposed completion date. A copy of this • Transport Delay Testing, paragraph 14. airports) may be approved for specific request must also be sent to the NSPM. The • Continuing Qualification Evaluation purposes by the TPAA or a foreign regulatory sponsor will forward a copy of the POI/ Validation Data Presentation, paragraph 15. authority for a foreign user of the device. TCPM’s response to the NSPM. If the POI/ Examples of approved activities include TCPM has granted an extension, the NSPM End Information specific airport or runway qualification, very will issue an extension authorization, not to lllllllllllllllllllll low visibility operations training, including exceed an additional 12 months. Surface Movement Guidance System (SMGS) Attachment 3 to Appendix D to Part 60— operations, or use of a specific airport visual End QPS Requirements Flight Training Device (FTD) Subjective model aligned with an instrument procedure lllllllllllllllllllll Evaluation for another airport for instrument training. At lllllllllllllllllllll the end of the interim period, all Class III Begin Information visual scenes and airport models must be 2. Discussion Begin QPS Requirements classified as either a Class I or a Class II a. The subjective tests and the examination 1. Requirements visual scene or airport model or be removed from availability at the simulator IOS. of functions provide a basis for evaluating the a. Except for special use visual scenes and However, Class III visual scenes and airport capability of the FTD to perform over a airport models described below, all visual models may continue to be used after the end typical utilization period; determining that scenes and airport models required by this of the interim period if they are part of a the FTD satisfactorily meets the appropriate part must be representations of real-world, training program specifically approved by the training/testing/checking objectives and operational airports or representations of TPAA or other regulatory authority that uses competently simulates each required fictional airports and must meet the a task and capability analysis as the basis for maneuver, procedure, or task; and verifying requirements set out in Tables D3B and D3C approval of this specific media element, (i.e., correct operation of the FTD controls, of this attachment, as appropriate. the specific scene or model selected for use instruments, and systems. The items in the b. If fictional airports are used, the sponsor in that program). list of operations tasks are for FTD evaluation must ensure that navigational aids and all d. When a person sponsors an FSTD purposes only. They must not be used to appropriate maps, charts, and other maintained by a person other than a U.S. limit or exceed the authorizations for use of navigational reference material for the certificate holder, the sponsor is accountable a given level of FTD as found in the Practical fictional airports (and surrounding areas as for that FSTD originally meeting, and Test Standards or as may be approved by the necessary) are compatible, complete, and continuing to meet, the criteria under which TPAA. All items in the following paragraphs accurate with respect to the visual it was originally qualified and the are subject to an examination of function. presentation and scene content of the visual appropriate Part 60 criteria, including the b. The List of Operations Tasks addressing model of this fictional airport. An SOC must visual scenes and airport models that may be pilot functions and maneuvers is divided by be submitted that addresses navigation aid used by instructors or evaluators for purposes flight phases. All simulated helicopter installation and performance and other of training, checking, or testing under this systems functions will be assessed for normal criteria (including obstruction clearance chapter. and, where appropriate, alternate operations. protection) for all instrument approaches to e. Neither Class II nor Class III airport Normal, abnormal, and emergency operations the fictional airports that are available in the visual models are required to appear on the associated with a flight phase will be simulator. The SOC must reference and SOQ. However, the sponsor is accountable assessed during the evaluation of maneuvers account for information in the terminal that the FSTD originally meets, and or events within that flight phase. instrument procedures manual and the continues to meet, the visual scene and c. Systems to be evaluated are listed construction and availability of the required airport model requirements for Class II or separately under ‘‘Any Flight Phase’’ to maps, charts, and other navigational material. Class III visual scenes and airport models ensure appropriate attention to systems This material must be clearly marked ‘‘for that may be used by instructors or evaluators checks. Operational navigation systems training purposes only.’’ for training, checking, or testing under this (including inertial navigation systems, global c. When the simulator is being used by an chapter. positioning systems, or other long-range instructor or evaluator for purposes of f. When the visual scenes and airport systems) and the associated electronic training, checking, or testing under this models represent real world airports and a display systems will be evaluated if installed. chapter, only visual scenes and airport permanent change is made to that real world The NSP pilot will include in his report to models classified as Class I, Class II, or Class airport (e.g., a new runway, an extended the TPAA, the effect of the system operation III may be available to the instructor or taxiway, a new lighting system, a runway and any system limitation. evaluator. The classifications are as follows: closure) without a written extension grant d. At the request of the TPAA, the NSP (1) Class I (whether modeling real world from the NSPM (described below), an update Pilot may assess the FTD for a special aspect airports or fictional airports), for those visual to that visual scene or airport model must be of a sponsor’s training program during the scenes and airport models used for FTD made in accordance with the following time functions and subjective portion of an qualification at a specified level. These visual limits: evaluation. Such an assessment may include scenes and airport models must meet the (1) For a new airport runway, a runway a portion of a specific operation (e.g., a Line minimum requirements in Table D3B of this extension, a new airport taxiway, a taxiway Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) scenario) or

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00267 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59867

special emphasis items in the sponsor’s appropriate analysis of the skills, knowledge, airport model. Additional sources of training program. Unless directly related to a and abilities (SKAs) necessary for competent information on the conduct of task and requirement for the qualification level, the performance of the tasks in which this capability analysis may be found on the results of such an evaluation would not particular media element is used. The FAA’s Advanced Qualification Program necessarily affect the qualification of the analysis should describe the ability of the (AQP) Web site at: http://www.faa.gov/ FTD. FSTD/visual media to provide an adequate _ e. The FAA intends to allow the use of environment in which the required SKAs education research/training/aqp/. Class III visual scenes and airport models on may be satisfactorily performed and learned. End Information a limited basis when the sponsor provides The analysis should also include the specific the TPAA (or other regulatory authority) an media element, such as the visual scene or lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE D3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD

<<>> Number Operations tasks

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the helicopter simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List or a Level 7 FTD. Items not installed, not functional on the FTD, and not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as excep- tions on the SOQ.

1. Preflight Procedures

1.a...... Preflight Inspection (Flight Deck Only) switches, indicators, systems, and equipment.

1.b...... APU/Engine start and run-up.

1.b.1...... Normal start procedures.

1.b.2...... Alternate start procedures.

1.b.3...... Abnormal starts and shutdowns (hot start, hung start).

1.b.4...... Rotor engagement.

1.b.5...... System checks.

1.c...... Taxiing—Ground.

1.c.1...... Power required to taxi.

1.c.2...... Brake effectiveness.

1.c.3...... Ground handling.

1.c.4...... Abnormal/emergency procedures, for example:

1.c.4.a...... Brake system failure.

1.c.4.b...... Ground resonance.

1.c.4.c...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

1.d...... Taxiing—Hover.

1.d.1...... Takeoff to a hover.

1.d.2...... Instrument response.

1.d.2.a...... Engine instruments.

1.d.2.a...... Flight instruments.

1.d.3...... Hovering turns.

1.d.4...... Hover power checks.

1.d.4.a...... In ground effect (IGE).

1.d.4.b...... Out of ground effect (OGE).

1.d.5...... Crosswind/tailwind hover.

1.d.6...... Abnormal/emergency procedures:

1.d.6.a...... Engine failure.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00268 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59868 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

1.d.6.b...... Fuel governing system failure.

1.d.6.c...... Settling with power (OGE).

1.d.6.d...... Stability augmentation system failure.

1.d.6.e...... Directional control malfunction (including Loss of Tail Rotor Effectiveness, LTE).

1.d.6.f...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

1.e...... Pre-takeoff Checks.

2. Takeoff and Departure Phase

2.a...... Normal and Crosswind Takeoff.

2.a.1...... From ground.

2.a.2...... From hover.

2.a.3...... Running.

2.a.4...... Crosswind/tailwind.

2.a.5...... Maximum performance.

2.b...... Instrument.

2.c...... Powerplant Failure During Takeoff.

2.c.1...... Takeoff with engine failure after critical decision point (CDP).

2.d...... Rejected Takeoff.

2.e...... Instrument Departure.

2.f...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

3. Climb

3.a...... Normal.

3.b...... Obstacle clearance.

3.c...... Vertical.

3.d...... One engine inoperative.

3.e...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

4. Inflight Maneuvers

4.a...... Performance.

4.b...... Flying qualities.

4.c...... Turns.

4.c.1...... Timed.

4.c.2...... Normal.

4.c.3...... Steep.

4.d...... Accelerations and decelerations.

4.e...... High-speed vibrations.

4.f...... Abnormal/emergency procedures, for example:

4.f.1...... Engine fire.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00269 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59869

TABLE D3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

4.f.2...... Engine failure.

4.f.2.a...... Powerplant Failure—Multiengine Helicopters.

4.f.2.b...... Powerplant Failure—Single-Engine Helicopters.

4.f.3...... In-flight engine shutdown (and restart, if applicable).

4.f.4...... Fuel governing system failures (e.g., FADEC malfunction).

4.f.5...... Directional control malfunction.

4.f.6...... Hydraulic failure.

4.f.7...... Stability augmentation system failure.

4.f.8...... Rotor vibrations.

4.f.9...... Recovery From Unusual Attitudes.

4.f.10...... Settling with Power.

4.g...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

5. Instrument Procedures

5.a...... Instrument Arrival.

5.b...... Holding.

5.c...... Precision Instrument Approach.

5.c.1...... Normal—All engines operating.

5.c.2...... Manually controlled—One or more engines inoperative.

5.c.3...... Approach procedures:

5.c.3.a...... PAR.

5.c.3.b...... GPS.

5.c.3.c...... ILS.

5.c.3.c.1...... Manual (raw data).

5.c.3.c.2...... Autopilot* only.

5.c.3.c.3...... Flight director only.

5.c.3.c.4...... Autopilot* and flight director (if appropriate) coupled.

5.c.3.d...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

5.d...... Non-precision Instrument Approach.

5.d.1...... Normal—All engines operating.

5.d.2...... One or more engines inoperative.

5.d.3...... Approach procedures:

5.d.3.a...... NDB.

5.d.3.b...... VOR, RNAV, TACAN, GPS.

5.d.3.c...... ASR.

5.d.3.d...... Circling.

5.d.3.e...... Helicopter only.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00270 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59870 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

5.d.3.f...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification.

5.e...... Missed Approach.

5.e.1...... All engines operating.

5.e.2...... One or more engines inoperative.

5.e.3...... Stability augmentation system failure.

5.e.4...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

6. Landings and Approaches to Landings

6.a...... Visual Approaches.

6.a.1...... Normal.

6.a.2...... Steep.

6.a.3...... Shallow.

6.a.4...... Crosswind.

6.b...... Landings.

6.b.1...... Normal.

6.b.1.a...... Running.

6.b.1.b...... From Hover.

6.b.2...... Crosswind.

6.b.3...... Tailwind.

6.b.4...... One or more engines inoperative.

6.b.5...... Rejected Landing.

6.b.6...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

7. Normal and Abnormal Procedures (any phase of flight)

7.a...... Helicopter and powerplant systems operation (as applicable).

7.a.1...... Anti-icing/deicing systems.

7.a.2...... Auxiliary power-plant.

7.a.3...... Communications.

7.a.4...... Electrical system.

7.a.5...... Environmental system.

7.a.6...... Fire detection and suppression.

7.a.7...... Flight control system.

7.a.8...... Fuel system.

7.a.9...... Engine oil system.

7.a.10...... Hydraulic system.

7.a.11...... Landing gear.

7.a.12...... Oxygen.

7.a.13...... Pneumatic.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00271 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59871

TABLE D3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

7.a.14...... Powerplant.

7.a.15...... Flight control computers.

7.a.16...... Fly-by-wire controls.

7.a.17...... Stabilizer.

7.a.18...... Stability augmentation and control augmentation system(s).

7.a.19...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

7.b...... Flight management and guidance system (as applicable).

7.b.1...... Airborne radar.

7.b.2...... Automatic landing aids.

7.b.3...... Autopilot*.

7.b.4...... Collision avoidance system.

7.b.5...... Flight data displays.

7.b.6...... Flight management computers.

7.b.7...... Head-up displays.

7.b.8...... Navigation systems.

7.b.9...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

8. Emergency procedures (as applicable)

8.a...... Autorotative Landing.

8.b...... Air hazard avoidance.

8.c...... Ditching.

8.d...... Emergency evacuation.

8.e...... Inflight fire and smoke removal.

8.f...... Retreating blade stall recovery.

8.g...... Mast bumping.

8.h...... Loss of tail rotor effectiveness.

8.i...... Other (as may be listed on the Statement of Qualification).

9. Postflight Procedures

9.a...... After-Landing Procedures.

9.b...... Parking and Securing.

9.b.1...... Engine and systems operation.

9.b.2...... Parking brake operation.

9.b.3...... Rotor brake operation.

9.b.4...... Abnormal/emergency procedures.

10. Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate

10.a...... Power Switch(es).

10.b...... Helicopter conditions.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00272 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59872 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D3A.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

10.b.1...... Gross weight, center of gravity, fuel loading and allocation, etc.

10.b.2...... Helicopter systems status.

10.b.3...... Ground crew functions (e.g., ext. power).

10.c...... Airports.

10.c.1...... Selection.

10.c.2...... Runway selection.

10.c.3...... Preset positions (e.g., ramp, over final approach fix).

10.d...... Environmental controls.

10.d.1...... Temperature.

10.d.2...... Climate conditions (e.g., ice, rain).

10.d.3...... Wind speed and direction.

10.e...... Helicopter system malfunctions.

10.e.1...... Insertion/deletion.

10.e.2...... Problem clear.

10.f...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning.

10.f.1...... Problem (all) freeze/release.

10.f.2...... Position (geographic) freeze/release.

10.f.3...... Repositioning (locations, freezes, and releases).

10.f.4...... Ground speed control.

10.g...... Sound Controls.

10.g.1...... On/off/adjustment.

10.h...... Control Loading System (as applicable).

10.h.1...... On/off/emergency stop.

10.i...... Observer Stations.

10.i.1...... Position.

10.i.2...... Adjustments. *‘‘Autopilot’’ means attitude retention mode of operation.

TABLE D3B.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD

<<>> Number Visual scene content requirements for qualification at Level 7

This table specifies the minimum airport visual model content and functionality to qualify an FTD at the indicated level. This table applies only to the airport/helicopter landing area scenes required for FTD qualification.

1...... Functional test content requirements for Level 7 Flight Training Devices.

The following is the minimum airport/landing area model content requirement to satisfy visual capability tests, and provides suit- able visual cues to allow completion of all functions and subjective tests described in this attachment for FTDs at Levels 7.

1.a...... A minimum of one (1) representative airport and one (1) representative helicopter landing area model.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00273 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59873

TABLE D3B.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Visual scene content requirements for qualification at Level 7

The airport and the helicopter landing area may be contained within the same visual model. If this option is selected, the ap- proach path to the airport runway(s) and the approach path to the helicopter landing area must be different. The model(s) used to meet the following requirements may be demonstrated at either a fictional or a real-world airport or helicopter landing area, but each must be acceptable to the sponsor’s TPAA, selectable from the IOS, and listed on the Statement of Qualifica- tion.

1.b...... Fidelity of the Visual Scene. The fidelity of the visual scene must be sufficient for the aircrew to visually identify the airport and/or helicopter landing area; determine the position of the simulated helicopter within the visual scene; successfully accomplish take-offs, approaches, and landings; and maneuver around the airport and/or helicopter landing area on the ground, or hover taxi, as necessary.

1.b.1...... For each of the airport/helicopter landing areas described in 1.a., the FTD visual system must be able to provide at least the fol- lowing:

1.b.1.a...... A night and twilight (dusk) environment.

1.b.1.b...... A daylight environment.

1.c...... Runways:

1.c.1...... Visible runway number.

1.c.2...... Runway threshold elevations and locations must be modeled to provide sufficient correlation with helicopter systems (e.g., altim- eter).

1.c.3...... Runway surface and markings.

1.c.4...... Lighting for the runway in use including runway edge and centerline.

1.c.5...... Lighting, visual approach aid (VASI or PAPI) and approach lighting of appropriate colors.

1.c.6...... Taxiway lights.

1.d...... Helicopter landing area.

1.d.1...... Standard heliport designation (‘‘H’’) marking, properly sized and oriented.

1.d.2...... Perimeter markings for the Touchdown and Lift-Off Area (TLOF) or the Final Approach and Takeoff Area (FATO), as appro- priate.

1.d.3...... Perimeter lighting for the TLOF or the FATO areas, as appropriate.

1.d.4...... Appropriate markings and lighting to allow movement from the runway or helicopter landing area to another part of the landing facility.

2...... Visual scene management. The following is the minimum visual scene management requirements for a Level 7 FTD.

2.a...... Runway and helicopter landing area approach lighting must fade into view appropriately in accordance with the environmental conditions set in the FTD.

2.b...... The direction of strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge lights, visual landing aids, runway centerline lights, threshold lights, touchdown zone lights, and TLOF or FATO lights must be replicated.

3...... Visual feature recognition. The following are the minimum distances at which runway features must be visible. Distances are measured from runway threshold or a helicopter landing area to a helicopter aligned with the runway or helicopter landing area on an extended 3° glide-slope in simulated meteorological conditions. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

3.a...... For runways: runway definition, strobe lights, approach lights, and edge lights from 5 sm (8 km) of the threshold.

3.b...... For runways: centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 sm (5 km).

3.c...... For runways: Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 3 sm (5 km) of the threshold.

3.d...... For runways: Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 5 sm (8 km) of the threshold.

3.e...... For runways: runway threshold lights and touchdown zone from 2 sm (3 km).

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00274 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59874 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D3B.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Visual scene content requirements for qualification at Level 7

3.f...... For runways and helicopter landing areas: markings within range of landing lights for night/twilight scenes and the surface reso- lution test on daylight scenes, as required.

3.g...... For circling approaches: the runway of intended landing and associated lighting must fade into view in a non-distracting manner.

3.h...... For helicopter landing areas: landing direction lights and raised FATO lights from 1 sm (1.5 km).

3.i...... For helicopter landing areas: Flush mounted FATO lights, TOFL lights, and the lighted windsock from 0.5 sm (750 m).

4...... Airport or Helicopter Landing Area Model Content. The following prescribes the minimum requirements for an airport/helicopter landing area visual model and identifies other as- pects of the environment that must correspond with that model for a Level 7 FTD. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing. If all runways or landing areas in a visual model used to meet the requirements of this attachment are not designated as ‘‘in use,’’ then the ‘‘in use’’ runways/landing areas must be listed on the Statement of Qualification (e.g., KORD, Rwys 9R, 14L, 22R). Models of airports or helicopter landing areas with more than one runway or landing area must have all significant runways or landing areas not ‘‘in-use’’ vis- ually depicted for airport/runway/landing area recognition purposes. The use of white or off white light strings that identify the runway or landing area for twilight and night scenes are acceptable for this requirement; and rectangular surface depictions are acceptable for daylight scenes. A visual system’s capabilities must be balanced between providing visual models with an accurate representation of the airport and a realistic representation of the surrounding environment. Each runway or heli- copter landing area designated as an ‘‘in-use’’ runway or area must include the following detail that is either modeled using airport/heliport pictures, construction drawings and maps, U.S. National Imagery and Mapping Agency data other appropriate data, or modeled in accordance with published regulatory material.

4.a...... The surface and markings for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

4.a.1...... For airports: runway threshold markings, runway numbers, touchdown zone markings, fixed distance markings, runway edge markings, and runway centerline stripes.

4.a.2...... For helicopter landing areas: markings for standard heliport identification (‘‘H’’) and TOFL, FATO, and safety areas.

4.b...... The lighting for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

4.b.1...... For airports: runway approach, threshold, edge, end, centerline (if applicable), touchdown zone (if applicable), leadoff, and vis- ual landing aid lights or light systems for that runway.

4.b.2...... For helicopter landing areas: landing direction, raised and flush FATO, TOFL, windsock lighting.

4.c...... The taxiway surface and markings associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

4.c.1...... For airports: taxiway edge, centerline (if appropriate), runway hold lines, and ILS critical area(s).

4.c.2...... For helicopter landing areas: taxiways, taxi routes, and aprons.

4.d...... The taxiway lighting associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

4.d.1...... For airports: taxiway edge, centerline (if appropriate), runway hold lines, ILS critical areas.

4.d.2...... For helicopter landing areas: taxiways, taxi routes, and aprons.

4.d.3...... For airports: taxiway lighting of correct color.

4.e...... Airport signage associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

4.e.1...... For airports: signs for runway distance remaining, intersecting runway with taxiway, and intersecting taxiway with taxiway.

4.e.2...... For helicopter landing areas: as may be appropriate for the model used.

4.f...... Required visual model correlation with other aspects of the airport or helicopter landing environment simulation:

4.f.1...... The airport or helicopter landing area model must be properly aligned with the navigational aids that are associated with oper- ations at the ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area.

4.f.2...... The simulation of runway or helicopter landing area contaminants must be correlated with the displayed runway surface and lighting, if applicable.

5...... Correlation with helicopter and associated equipment. The following are the minimum correlation comparisons that must be made for a Level 7 FTD.

5.a...... Visual system compatibility with aerodynamic programming.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00275 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59875

TABLE D3B.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Visual scene content requirements for qualification at Level 7

5.b...... Visual cues to assess sink rate and depth perception during landings.

5.c...... Accurate portrayal of environment relating to FTD attitudes.

5.d...... The visual scene must correlate with integrated helicopter systems, where fitted (e.g., terrain, traffic and weather avoidance sys- tems and Head-up Guidance System (HGS)).

5.e...... Representative visual effects for each visible, own-ship, helicopter external light(s).

5.f...... The effect of rain removal devices.

6...... Scene quality. The following are the minimum scene quality tests that must be conducted for a Level 7 FTD.

6.a...... System light points should be free from distracting jitter, smearing or streaking.

6.b...... Demonstration of occulting through each channel of the system in an operational scene.

6.c...... Six discrete light step controls (0–5).

7...... Special weather representations, which include visibility and RVR, measured in terms of distance. Visibility/RVR checked at 2,000 ft (600 m) above the airport or helicopter landing area and at two heights below 2,000 ft with at least 500 ft of separa- tion between the measurements. The measurements must be taken within a radius of 10 sm (16 km) from the airport or heli- copter landing area.

7.a...... Effects of fog on airport lighting such as halos and defocus.

7.b...... Effect of own-ship lighting in reduced visibility, such as reflected glare, including landing lights, strobes, and beacons.

8...... Instructor control of the following: The following are the minimum instructor controls that must be available in a Level 7 FTD.

8.a...... Environmental effects: e.g., cloud base, cloud effects, cloud density, visibility in statute miles/kilometers and RVR in feet/meters.

8.b...... Airport or helicopter landing area selection.

8.c...... Airport or helicopter landing area lighting, including variable intensity.

8.d...... Dynamic effects including ground and flight traffic.

End QPS Requirement

Begin Information

9...... An example of being able to ‘‘combine two airport models to achieve two ‘‘in-use’’ runways: One runway designated as the ‘‘in- use’’ runway in the first model of the airport, and the second runway designated as the ‘‘in-use’’ runway in the second model of the same airport. For example, the clearance is for the ILS approach to Runway 27, Circle to Land on Runway 18 right. Two airport visual models might be used: the first with Runway 27 designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway for the approach to run- way 27, and the second with Runway 18 Right designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway. When the pilot breaks off the ILS ap- proach to runway 27, the instructor may change to the second airport visual model in which runway 18 Right is designated as the ‘‘in use’’ runway, and the pilot would make a visual approach and landing. This process is acceptable to the FAA as long as the temporary interruption due to the visual model change is not distracting to the pilot.

10...... Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway, but the detail that is provided should be correct within reasonable limits.

End Information

TABLE D3C.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD

<<>> Number Visual scene content requirements additional visual models beyond minimum required for qualification

This table specifies the minimum airport or helicopter landing area visual model content and functionality necessary to add visual models to an FTD’s visual model library (i.e., beyond those necessary for qualification at the stated level) without the necessity of further involvement of the NSPM or TPAA.

1...... Visual scene management. The following is the minimum visual scene management requirements.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00276 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59876 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D3C.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Visual scene content requirements additional visual models beyond minimum required for qualification

1.a...... The installation and direction of the following lights must be replicated for the ‘‘in-use’’ surface:

1.a.1...... For ‘‘in-use’’ runways: strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge lights, visual landing aids, runway centerline lights, threshold lights, and touchdown zone lights.

1.a.2...... For ‘‘in-use’’ helicopter landing areas: ground level TLOF perimeter lights, elevated TLOF perimeter lights (if applicable), Op- tional TLOF lights (if applicable), ground FATO perimeter lights, elevated TLOF lights (if applicable), landing direction lights.

2...... Visual feature recognition. The following are the minimum distances at which runway or landing area features must be visible. Distances are measured from runway threshold or a helicopter landing area to an aircraft aligned with the runway or helicopter landing area on a 3° glide-slope from the aircraft to the touchdown point, in simulated meteorological conditions. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

2.a...... For Runways.

2.a.1...... Strobe lights, approach lights, and edge lights from 5 sm (8 km) of the threshold.

2.a.2...... Centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 sm (5 km).

2.a.3...... Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 3 sm (5 km) of the threshold.

2.a.4...... Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 5 sm (8 km) of the threshold.

2.a.5...... Threshold lights and touchdown zone lights from 2 sm (3 km).

2.a.6...... Markings within range of landing lights for night/twilight (dusk) scenes and as required by the surface resolution test on daylight scenes.

2.a.7...... For circling approaches, the runway of intended landing and associated lighting must fade into view in a non-distracting manner.

2.b...... For Helicopter landing areas.

2.b.1...... Landing direction lights and raised FATO lights from 2 sm (3 km).

2.b.2...... Flush mounted FATO lights, TOFL lights, and the lighted windsock from 1 sm (1500 m).

2.b.3...... Hover taxiway lighting (yellow/blue/yellow cylinders) from TOFL area.

2.b.4...... Markings within range of landing lights for night/twilight (dusk) scenes and as required by the surface resolution test on daylight scenes.

3...... Airport or Helicopter Landing Area Model Content. The following prescribes the minimum requirements for what must be provided in an airport visual model and identifies other as- pects of the airport environment that must correspond with that model. The detail must be modeled using airport pictures, construction drawings and maps, U.S. National Imagery and Mapping Agency data or other data, or modeled in accordance with published regulatory material; however, this does not require that airport or helicopter landing area models contain details that are beyond the designed capability of the currently qualified visual system. For circling approaches, all requirements of this section apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.

3.a...... The surface and markings for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

3.a.1...... For airports: runway threshold markings, runway numbers, touchdown zone markings, fixed distance markings, runway edge markings, and runway centerline stripes.

3.a.2...... For helicopter landing areas: Standard heliport marking (‘‘H’’), TOFL, FATO, and safety areas.

3.b...... The lighting for each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

3.b.1...... For airports: runway approach, threshold, edge, end, centerline (if applicable), touchdown zone (if applicable), leadoff, and vis- ual landing aid lights or light systems for that runway.

3.b.2...... For helicopter landing areas: landing direction, raised and flush FATO, TOFL, windsock lighting.

3.c...... The taxiway surface and markings associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

3.c.1...... For airports: taxiway edge, centerline (if appropriate), runway hold lines, and ILS critical area(s),

3.c.2...... For helicopter landing areas: taxiways, taxi routes, and aprons.

3.d...... The taxiway lighting associated with each ‘‘in-use’’ runway or helicopter landing area must include the following:

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00277 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59877

TABLE D3C.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 7 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Visual scene content requirements additional visual models beyond minimum required for qualification

3.d.1...... For airports: runway edge, centerline (if appropriate), runway hold lines, ILS critical areas.

3.d.2...... For helicopter landing areas: taxiways, taxi routes, and aprons.

4...... Required visual model correlation with other aspects of the airport environment simulation. The following are the minimum visual model correlation tests that must be conducted for Level 7 FTD.

4.a...... The airport model must be properly aligned with the navigational aids that are associated with operations at the ‘‘in-use’’ run- way.

4.b...... Slopes in runways, taxiways, and ramp areas must not cause distracting or unrealistic effects.

5...... Correlation with helicopter and associated equipment. The following are the minimum correlation comparisons that must be made.

5.a...... Visual system compatibility with aerodynamic programming.

5.b...... Accurate portrayal of environment relating to flight simulator attitudes.

5.c...... Visual cues to assess sink rate and depth perception during landings.

6...... Scene quality. The following are the minimum scene quality tests that must be conducted.

6.a...... Light points free from distracting jitter, smearing or streaking.

6.b...... Surfaces and textural cues free from apparent quantization (aliasing).

7...... Instructor controls of the following. The following are the minimum instructor controls that must be available.

7.a...... Environmental effects, e.g., cloud base (if used), cloud effects, cloud density, visibility in statute miles/kilometers and RVR in feet/meters.

7.b...... Airport/Heliport selection.

7.c...... Airport/Heliport lighting including variable intensity.

7.d...... Dynamic effects including ground and flight traffic.

End QPS Requirements

Begin Information

8...... Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway or helicopter landing area, but the detail that is provided must be correct within the capabilities of the system.

End Information

TABLE D3D.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 6 FTD

<<>> Number Operations tasks

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the helicopter simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List or for a Level 6 FTD. Items not installed or not functional on the FTD and not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as ex- ceptions on the SOQ.

1. Preflight Procedures

1.a...... Preflight Inspection (Flight Deck Only) switches, indicators, systems, and equipment.

1.b...... APU/Engine start and run-up.

1.b.1...... Normal start procedures.

1.b.2...... Alternate start procedures.

1.b.3...... Abnormal starts and shutdowns.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00278 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59878 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D3D.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

1.b.4...... Rotor engagement.

1.b.5...... System checks.

2. Takeoff and Departure Phase

2.a...... Instrument.

2.b...... Takeoff with engine failure after critical decision point (CDP).

3. Climb

3.a...... Normal.

3.b...... One engine inoperative.

4. Inflight Maneuvers

4.a...... Performance.

4.b...... Flying qualities.

4.c...... Turns.

4.c.1...... Timed.

4.c.2...... Normal.

4.c.3...... Steep.

4.d...... Accelerations and decelerations.

4.e...... Abnormal/emergency procedures:

4.e.1...... Engine fire.

4.e.2...... Engine failure.

4.e.3...... In-flight engine shutdown (and restart, if applicable).

4.e.4...... Fuel governing system failures (e.g., FADEC malfunction).

4.e.5...... Directional control malfunction (restricted to the extent that the maneuver may not terminate in a landing).

4.e.6...... Hydraulic failure.

4.e.7...... Stability augmentation system failure.

5. Instrument Procedures

5.a...... Holding.

5.b...... Precision Instrument Approach.

5.b.1...... All engines operating.

5.b.2...... One or more engines inoperative.

5.b.3...... Approach procedures:

5.b.4...... PAR.

5.b.5...... ILS.

5.b.6...... Manual (raw data).

5.b.7...... Flight director only.

5.b.8...... Autopilot* and flight director (if appropriate) coupled.

5.c...... Non-precision Instrument Approach.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00279 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59879

TABLE D3D.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

5.c...... Normal—All engines operating.

5.c...... One or more engines inoperative.

5.c...... Approach procedures:

5.c.1...... NDB.

5.c.2...... VOR, RNAV, TACAN, GPS.

5.c.3...... ASR.

5.c.4...... Helicopter only.

5.d...... Missed Approach.

5.d.1...... All engines operating.

5.d.2...... One or more engines inoperative.

5.d.3...... Stability augmentation system failure.

6. Normal and Abnormal Procedures (any phase of flight)

6.a...... Helicopter and powerplant systems operation (as applicable).

6.a.1...... Anti-icing/deicing systems.

6.a.2...... Auxiliary power-plant.

6.a.3...... Communications.

6.a.4...... Electrical system.

6.a.5...... Environmental system.

6.a.6...... Fire detection and suppression.

6.a.7...... Flight control system.

6.a.8...... Fuel system.

6.a.9...... Engine oil system.

6.a.10...... Hydraulic system.

6.a.11...... Landing gear.

6.a.12...... Oxygen.

6.a.13...... Pneumatic.

6.a.14...... Powerplant.

6.a.15...... Flight control computers.

6.a.16...... Stability augmentation and control augmentation system(s).

6.b...... Flight management and guidance system (as applicable).

6.b.1...... Airborne radar.

6.b.2...... Automatic landing aids.

6.b.3...... Autopilot.*

6.b.4...... Collision avoidance system.

6.b.5...... Flight data displays.

6.b.6...... Flight management computers.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00280 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59880 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D3D.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 6 FTD—Continued

<<>> Number Operations tasks

6.b.7...... Navigation systems.

7. Postflight Procedures

7.a...... Parking and Securing.

7.b...... Engine and systems operation.

7.c...... Parking brake operation.

7.d...... Rotor brake operation.

7.e...... Abnormal/emergency procedures.

8. Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate

8.a...... Power Switch(es).

8.b.1...... Helicopter conditions.

8.b.2...... Gross weight, center of gravity, fuel loading and allocation, etc.

8.b.3...... Helicopter systems status.

8.b.4...... Ground crew functions (e.g., ext. power).

8.c...... Airports and landing areas.

8.c.1...... Number and selection.

8.c.2...... Runway or landing area selection.

8.c.3...... Preset positions (e.g., ramp, over FAF).

8.c.4...... Lighting controls.

8.d...... Environmental controls.

8.d.1...... Temperature.

8.d.2...... Climate conditions (e.g., ice, rain).

8.d.3...... Wind speed and direction.

8.e...... Helicopter system malfunctions.

8.e.1...... Insertion/deletion.

8.e.2...... Problem clear.

8.f...... Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning.

8.f.1...... Problem (all) freeze/release.

8.f.2...... Position (geographic) freeze/release.

8.f.3...... Repositioning (locations, freezes, and releases).

8.f.4...... Ground speed control.

8.g...... Sound Controls. On/off/adjustment.

8.h...... Control Loading System (as applicable On/off/emergency stop.)

8.i...... Observer Stations.

8.i.1...... Position.

8.i.2...... Adjustments. * ‘‘Autopilot’’ means attitude retention mode of operation.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00281 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59881

TABLE D3E.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 5 FTD

<<>> Number Operations tasks

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the helicopter simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List or for a Level 5 FTD. Items not installed or not functional on the FTD and not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as ex- ceptions on the SOQ.

1. Preflight Procedures

1.a...... Preflight Inspection (Flight Deck Only) switches, indicators, systems, and equipment.

1.b...... APU/Engine start and run-up.

1.b.1...... Normal start procedures.

1.b.2...... Alternate start procedures.

1.b.3...... Abnormal starts and shutdowns.

2. Climb

2.a...... Normal.

3. Inflight Maneuvers

3.a...... Performance.

3.b...... Turns, Normal.

4. Instrument Procedures

4.a...... Coupled instrument approach maneuvers (as applicable for the systems installed).

5. Normal and Abnormal Procedures (any phase of flight)

5.a...... Normal system operation (Installed systems).

5.b...... Abnormal/Emergency system operation (installed systems).

6. Postflight Procedures

6.a...... Parking and Securing.

6.b...... Engine and systems operation.

6.c...... Parking brake operation.

6.d...... Rotor brake operation.

6.e...... Abnormal/emergency procedures.

7. Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate

7.a...... Power Switch(es).

7.b...... Preset positions (ground; air)

7.c...... Helicopter system malfunctions.

7.c.1...... Insertion / deletion.

7.c.2...... Problem clear.

7.d...... Control Loading System (as applicable) On / off / emergency stop.

7.e...... Observer Stations.

7.e1...... Position.

7.e.2...... Adjustments.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00282 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59882 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE D3F.—TABLE OF FUNCTIONS AND SUBJECTIVE TESTS LEVEL 4 FTD

<<>> Number Operations tasks

Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the helicopter simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List or for a Level 4 FTD. Items not installed or not functional on the FTD and not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as ex- ceptions on the SOQ.

1. Preflight Procedures

1.a...... Preflight Inspection (Flight Deck Only) switches, indicators, systems, and equipment.

1.b...... APU/Engine start and run-up.

1.b.1...... Normal start procedures.

1.b.2...... Alternate start procedures.

1.b.3...... Abnormal starts and shutdowns.

2. Normal and Abnormal Procedures (any phase of flight)

2.a...... Normal system operation (Installed systems).

2.b...... Abnormal/Emergency system operation (installed systems).

3. Postflight Procedures

3.a...... Parking and Securing.

3.b...... Engine and systems operation.

3.c...... Parking brake operation.

4. Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate

4.a...... Power Switch(es).

4.b...... Preset positions (ground; air)

4.c...... Helicopter system malfunctions.

4.c.1...... Insertion / deletion.

4.c.2...... Problem clear.

Attachment 4 to Appendix D to Part 60— Figure D4B Attachment: FSTD Information Figure D4F Sample Statement of Sample Documents Form Qualification—List of Qualified Tasks Figure D4C Sample Qualification Test Figure D4G Sample Continuing Table of Contents Guide Cover Page Qualification Evaluation Requirements Figure D4A Sample Letter, Request for Figure D4D Sample Statement of Page Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Qualification—Certificate Figure D4H Sample MQTG Index of Evaluation. Figure D4E Sample Statement of Effective FSTD Directives Qualification—Configuration List BILLING CODE 4910–13–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00283 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59883

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00284 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.051 59884 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00285 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.053 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59885

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00286 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.054 59886 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00287 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.055 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59887

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00288 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.056 59888 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00289 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.057 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59889

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00290 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.058 59890 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00291 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.059 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59891

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00292 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.060 59892 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00293 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.061 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59893

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00294 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.062 59894 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

BILLING CODE 4910–13–C sponsor must designate a Management Begin Information Attachment 5 to Appendix D to Part 60— Representative (MR) who has the authority to g. An example of a segment assessment— FSTD Directives Applicable to Helicopter establish and modify the sponsor’s policies, At the initial QMS assessment, the NSPM Flight Training Devices practices, and procedures regarding the QMS will divide the QMS program into segments program for the recurring qualification and (e.g., 6 separate segments). There must be an Appendix E to Part 60—Qualification the daily use of each FSTD. assessment of a certain number of segments Performance Standards for Quality d. The minimum content required for an every 6 months (i.e., segments 1 and 2 at the Management Systems for Flight Simulation acceptable QMS is found in Table E1. The end of the first 6 month period; segments 3 Training Devices policies, processes, or procedures described and 4 at the end of the second 6 month lllllllllllllllllllll in this table must be maintained in a Quality period (or one year); and segments 5 and 6 Begin QPS Requirements Manual and will serve as the basis for the at the end of the third 6 month period (or 18 following: months). As the program matures, the a. Not later than May 30, 2010, each interval between assessments may be current sponsor of an FSTD must submit to (1) The sponsor-conducted initial and recurring periodic assessments; extended to 12 months (e.g., segments 1, 2, the NSPM a proposed Quality Management and 3 at the end of the first year; and System (QMS) program as described in this (2) The NSPM-conducted initial and segments 4, 5, and 6 at the end of the second appendix. The NSPM will notify the sponsor recurring periodic assessments; and year). In both cases, the entire QMS program of the acceptability of the program, including (3) The continuing surveillance and is assessed at least every 24 months. any required adjustments. Within 6 months analysis by the NSPM of the sponsor’s h. The National Simulator Program of the notification of acceptability, the performance and effectiveness in providing a Manager has available, on the NSP Web site, sponsor must implement the program, satisfactory FSTD for use on a regular basis. (http://www.faa.gov/safety/ conduct internal audits, make required e. The sponsor must conduct assessments programs_initiatives/aircraft_aviation/nsp/ program adjustments as a result of any of its QMS program in segments. The internal audit, and schedule the NSPM initial sqms/) the following materials to assist segments will be established by the NSPM at sponsors in preparing for an NSPM audit. the initial assessment, and the interval for the b. First-time FSTD sponsors must submit to evaluation of a mandatory or voluntary QMS segment assessments will be every 6 months. program. The sample documents include: the NSPM the proposed QMS program no The intervals for the segment assessments later than 120 days before the initial FSTD (1) The NSPM desk assessment tool for may be extended beyond 6 months as the evaluation. The NSPM will notify the initial evaluation of the required elements of QMS program matures, but will not be sponsor of the acceptability of the program, a QMS program. including any required adjustments. Within extended beyond 12 months. The entire QMS (2) The NSPM on-site assessment tool for 6 months of the notification of acceptability, program must be assessed every 24 months. initial and continuing evaluation of the the sponsor must implement the program, f. The periodic assessments conducted by required elements of a QMS program. conduct internal audits, make required the NSPM will be conducted at intervals not (3) The NSPM desk assessment tool for program adjustments as a result of any less than once every 24 months, and include initial evaluation of the voluntary elements internal audit, and schedule the NSPM initial a comprehensive review of the QMS of a QMS program. audit. program. These reviews will be conducted (4) The NSPM on-site assessment tool for c. The Director of Operations for a Part 119 more frequently if warranted. initial and continuing evaluation of the certificate holder, the Chief Instructor for a voluntary elements of a QMS program. Part 141 certificate holder, or the equivalent End QPS Requirements (5) An Element Assessment Table that for a Part 142 or Flight Engineer School lllllllllllllllllllll describes the circumstances that exist to

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00295 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 EP22OC07.063 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59895

warrant a finding of ‘‘non-compliance,’’ or one FSTD may not have more than one (a) Brief the sponsor’s management on the ‘‘non-conformity;’’ ‘‘partial compliance,’’ or sponsor or MR. qualification processes; ‘‘partial conformity;’’ and ‘‘acceptable (3) A QMS program may be applicable to (b) Serve as the primary contact point for compliance,’’ or ‘‘acceptable conformity.’’ more than one certificate holder (e.g., part all matters between the sponsor and the (6) A sample Continuation Sheet for 119 and part 142 or two part 119 certificate NSPM regarding the qualification of the additional comments that may be added by holders) and an MR may work for more than assigned FSTDs; and the sponsor or the NSPM during a QMS one certificate holder (e.g., part 119 and part (c) Oversee the day-to-day quality control. evaluation. 142 or two part 119 certificate holders) as (3) The system and processes outlined in (7) A sample Sponsor Checklist to assist long as the QMS program requirements and the QMS should enable the sponsor to the sponsor in verifying the elements that the MR requirements are met for each monitor compliance with all applicable comprise the required QMS program. certificate holder. regulations and ensure correct maintenance (8) A sample Sponsor Checklist to assist (4) Standard Measurements for Flight and performance of the FSTD. the sponsor in verifying the elements that Simulator Quality: A quality system based on (4) A QMS program and a statement comprise the voluntary portion of QMS FSTD performance will improve and acknowledging completion of a periodic program. maintain training quality. See http:// review by the MR should include the (9) A table showing the essential functions, www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/ following: processes, and procedures that relate to the _ required and voluntary QMS components aircraft aviation/nsp/sqms/ for more (a) A maintenance facility that provides and a cross-reference to each represented information on measuring FSTD suitable FSTD hardware and software tests task. performance. and maintenance capability. i. Additional Information. (5) The NSPM will use the results of the (b) A recording system in the form of a (1) In addition to specifically designated assessment(s) of the voluntary portions of the technical log in which defects, deferred QMS evaluations, the NSPM will evaluate QMS program (as described in Tables E4 and defects, and development projects are listed, the sponsor’s QMS program as part of E5) to determine whether to extend the assigned and reviewed within a specified regularly scheduled FSTD continuing intervals between NSPM-conducted time period. qualification evaluations and no-notice FSTD evaluations. (c) Routine maintenance of the FSTD and evaluations, focusing in part on the j. The FAA does not mandate a specific performance of the QTG tests with adequate effectiveness and viability of the QMS QMS program format, but an acceptable QMS staffing to cover FSTD operating periods. program and its contribution to the overall program should contain the following:. (d) A planned internal assessment capability of the FSTD to meet the (1) A Quality Policy. This is a formal schedule and a periodic review should be requirements of this part. written Quality Policy Statement that is a used to verify that corrective action was (2) The sponsor or MR may delegate duties commitment by the sponsor outlining what complete and effective. The assessor should associated with maintaining the qualification the Quality System will achieve. have adequate knowledge of FSTDs and of the FSTD (e.g., corrective and preventive (2) A MR who has overall authority for should be acceptable to the NSPM. maintenance, scheduling and conducting monitoring the on-going qualification of (5) The MR should receive appropriate tests or inspections, functional preflight assigned FSTDs to ensure that all FSTD Quality System training and brief other checks) but retain the responsibility and qualification issues are resolved as required personnel on the procedures. authority for the day-to-day qualification of by this part. The MR should ensure that the the FSTD. One person may serve as the QMS program is properly implemented and End Information sponsor or MR for more than one FSTD, but maintained, and should: lllllllllllllllllllll

TABLE E1.—FSTD QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Information Number <<>> (reference)

E1.1...... A QMS manual that prescribes the policies, processes, or procedures outlined in this table ..... § 60.5(a).

E1.2...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will identify deficiencies in the § 60.5(b). QMS.

E1.3...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will document how the QMS pro- § 60.5(b). gram will be changed to address deficiencies.

E1.4...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will address proposed program § 60.5(c). changes (for programs that do not meet the minimum requirements as notified by the NSPM) to the NSPM and receive approval prior to their implementation.

E1.5...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will document that at least one § 60. 7(b)(5). FSTD is used within the sponsor’s FAA-approved flight training program for the aircraft or set of aircraft at least once within the 12-month period following the initial or upgrade eval- uation conducted by the NSPM and at least once within each subsequent 12-month period thereafter.

E1.6...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will document that at least one § 60.7(b)(6). FSTD is used within the sponsor’s FAA-approved flight training program for the aircraft or set of aircraft at least once within the 12-month period following the first continuing qualifica- tion evaluation conducted by the NSP and at least once within each subsequent 12-month period thereafter.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00296 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59896 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE E1.—FSTD QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM—Continued

Information Number <<>> (reference)

E1.7...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will obtain an annual written state- § 60.5(b)(7) and § 60.7(d)(2). ment from a qualified pilot (who has flown the subject aircraft or set of aircraft during the preceding 12-month period) that the performance and handling qualities of the subject FSTD represents the subject aircraft or set of aircraft (within the normal operating enve- lope). Required only if the subject FSTD is not used in the sponsor’s FAA-approved flight training program for the aircraft or set of aircraft at least once within the preceding 12-month period.

E1.8...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how independent feedback (from persons recently § 60.9(b)(1). completing training, evaluation, or obtaining flight experience; instructors and check airmen using the FSTD for training, evaluation or flight experience sessions; and FSTD technicians and maintenance personnel) will be received and addressed by the sponsor regarding the FSTD and its operation.

E1.9...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how and where the FSTD Statement of Qualifica- § 60.9(b)(2). tion will be posted, or accessed by an appropriate terminal or display, in or adjacent to the FSTD.

E1.10...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor’s management representative § 60.9(c) and Appendix E, (MR) is selected and identified by name to the NSPM. paragraph(d).

E1.11...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying the MR authority and responsibility for the following: § 60.9(c)(2), (3), and (4).

E1.11.a...... Monitoring the on-going qualification of assigned FSTDs to ensure all matters regarding FSTD qualification are completed as required by this part.

E1.11.b...... Ensuring that the QMS is properly maintained by overseeing the QMS policies, practices, or procedures and modifying as necessary.

E1.11.c...... Regularly briefing sponsor’s management on the status of the on-going FSTD qualification program and the effectiveness and efficiency of the QMS.

E1.11.d...... Serving as the primary contact point for all matters between the sponsor and the NSPM re- garding the qualification of assigned FSTDs.

E1.11.e...... Delegating the MR assigned duties to an individual at each of the sponsor’s locations, as ap- propriate.

E1.12...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will: § 60.13; QPS Appendices A, B, C, and D.

E1.12.a...... Ensure that the data made available to the NSPM (the validation data package) includes the aircraft manufacturer’s flight test data (or other data approved by the NSPM) and all rel- evant data developed after the type certificate was issued (e.g., data developed in response to an airworthiness directive) if the data results from a change in performance, handling qualities, functions, or other characteristics of the aircraft that must be considered for flight crewmember training, evaluation, or experience requirements.

E1.12.b...... Notify the NSPM within 10 working days of becoming aware that an addition to or a revision of the flight related data or airplane systems related data is available if this data is used to pro- gram or operate a qualified FSTD.

E1.12.c...... Maintain a liaison with the manufacturer of the aircraft being simulated (or with the holder of the aircraft type certificate for the aircraft being simulated if the manufacturer is no longer in business), and if appropriate, with the person who supplied the aircraft data package for the FFS for the purposes of receiving notification of data package changes.

E1.13...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will make available all special § 60.14. equipment and qualified personnel needed to conduct tests during initial, continuing quali- fication, or special evaluations.

E1.14...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will submit to the NSPM a request § 60.15(a)–(d); § 60.15(b); to evaluate the FSTD for initial qualification at a specific level and simultaneously request § 60.15(b)(i); § 60.15(b)(ii); the TPAA forward a concurring letter to the NSPM; including how the MR will use qualified § 60.15(b)(iii). personnel to confirm the following:

E1.14.a...... That the performance and handling qualities of the FSTD represent those of the aircraft or set of aircraft within the normal operating envelope.

E1.14.b...... The FSTD systems and sub-systems (including the simulated aircraft systems) functionally represent those in the aircraft or set of aircraft.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00297 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59897

TABLE E1.—FSTD QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM—Continued

Information Number <<>> (reference)

E1.14.c...... The flight deck represents the configuration of the specific type or aircraft make, model, and series aircraft being simulated, as appropriate.

E1.15...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the subjective and objective tests are com- § 60.15(e). pleted at the sponsor’s training facility for an initial evaluation.

E1.16...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will update the QTG with the re- § 60.15(h). sults of the FAA-witnessed tests and demonstrations together with the results of the objec- tive tests and demonstrations after the NSPM completes the evaluation for initial qualifica- tion.

E1.17...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will make the MQTG available to § 60.15(i). the NSPM upon request.

E1.18...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will apply to the NSPM for addi- § 60.16(a); § 60.16(a)(1)(i); and tional qualification(s) to the Statement of Qualification. § 60.16(a)(1)(ii).

E1.19...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor completes all required Attachment § 60.19(a)(1) QPS Appendices 2 objective tests each year in a minimum of four evenly spaced inspections as specified in A, B, C, or D. the appropriate QPS.

E1.20...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor completes and records a func- § 60.19(a)(2) QPS Appendices tional preflight check of the FSTD within the preceding 24 hours of FSTD use, including a A, B, C, or D. description of the functional preflight.

E1.21...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor schedules continuing qualification § 60.19(b)(2). evaluations with the NSPM.

E1.22...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor ensures that the FSTD has re- § 60.19(b)(5)–(6). ceived a continuing qualification evaluation at the interval described in the MQTG.

E1.23...... A policy, process, or procedure describing how discrepancies are recorded in the FSTD dis- § 60.19(c); § 60.19(c)(2)(i); crepancy log, including: § 60.19(c)(2)(ii).

E1.23.a...... A description of how the discrepancies are entered and maintained in the log until corrected.

E1.23.b...... A description of the corrective action taken for each discrepancy, the identity of the individual taking the action, and the date that action is taken.

E1.24...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the discrepancy log is kept in a form and man- § 60.19(c)(2)(iii). ner acceptable to the Administrator and kept in or adjacent to the FSTD. (An electronic log that may be accessed by an appropriate terminal or display in or adjacent to the FSTD is satisfactory.)

E1.25...... A policy, process, or procedure that requires each instructor, check airman, or representative § 60.20. of the Administrator conducting training, evaluation, or flight experience, and each person conducting the preflight inspection, who discovers a discrepancy, including any missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative components in the FSTD, to write or cause to be written a de- scription of that discrepancy into the discrepancy log at the end of the FSTD preflight or FSTD use session.

E1.26...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will apply for initial qualification § 60.21(c). based on the final aircraft data package approved by the aircraft manufacturer if operating an FSTD based on an interim qualification.

E1.27...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor determines whether an FSTD § 60.23(a)(1)–(2). change qualifies as a modification as defined in § 60.23.

E1.28...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will ensure the FSTD is modified § 60.23(b). in accordance with any FSTD Directive regardless of the original qualification basis.

E1.29...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will notify the NSPM and TPAA of § 60.23(c)(1)(i),(ii), and (iv). their intent to use a modified FSTD and to ensure that the modified FSTD will not be used prior to:

E1.29.a...... Twenty-one days since the sponsor notified the NSPM and the TPAA of the proposed modi- fication and the sponsor has not received any response from either the NSPM or the TPAA; or

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00298 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59898 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

TABLE E1.—FSTD QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM—Continued

Information Number <<>> (reference)

E1.29.b...... Twenty-one days since the sponsor notified the NSPM and the TPAA of the proposed modi- fication and one has approved the proposed modification and the other has not responded; or

E1.29.c...... The FSTD successfully completing any evaluation the NSPM may require in accordance with the standards for an evaluation for initial qualification or any part thereof before the modified FSTD is placed in service.

E1.30...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how, after an FSTD modification is approved by the § 60.23(d)–(e). NSPM, the sponsor will:

E1.30.a...... Post an addendum to the Statement of Qualification until as the NSPM issues a permanent, updated Statement of Qualification.

E1.30.b...... Update the MQTG with current objective test results and appropriate objective data for each affected objective test or other MQTG section affected by the modification.

E1.30.c...... File in the MQTG the requirement from the NSPM to make the modification and the record of the modification completion.

E1.31...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will track the length of time a com- § 60.25(b)–(c), and QPS Ap- ponent has been missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative (MMI), including: pendices A, B, C, or D.

E1.31.a...... How the sponsor will post a list of MMI components in or adjacent to the FSTD.

E1.31.b...... How the sponsor will notify the NSPM if the MMI has not been repaired or replaced within 30 days.*

E1.32...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will notify the NSPM and how the § 60.27(a)(3). sponsor will seek requalification of the FSTD if the FSTD is moved and reinstalled in a dif- ferent location.

E1.33...... A policy, process, or procedure specifying how the sponsor will maintain control of the fol- § 60.31. lowing: (The sponsor must specify how these records are maintained in plain language form or in coded form; but if the coded form is used, the sponsor must specify how the preserva- tion and retrieval of information will be conducted.)

E1.33.a...... The MQTG and each amendment.

E1.33.b...... A record of all FSTD modifications required by this part since the issuance of the original Statement of Qualification.

E1.33.c...... Results of the qualification evaluations (initial and each upgrade) since the issuance of the original Statement of Qualification.

E1.33.d...... Results of the objective tests conducted in accordance with this part for a period of 2 years.

E1.33.e...... Results of the previous three continuing qualification evaluations, or the continuing qualifica- tion evaluations from the previous 2 years, whichever covers a longer period.

E1.33.f...... Comments obtained in accordance with § 60.9(b).

E1.33.g...... A record of all discrepancies entered in the discrepancy log over the previous 2 years, includ- ing the following:

E1.33.g.1...... A list of the components or equipment that were or are missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative.

E1.33.g.2...... The action taken to correct the discrepancy.

E1.33.g.3...... The date the corrective action was taken.

E1.33.g.4...... The identity of the person determining that the discrepancy has been corrected. *Note: If the sponsor has an approved discrepancy prioritization system, this item is satisfied by describing how discrepancies are prioritized, what actions are taken, and how the sponsor will notify the NSPM if the MMI has not been repaired or replaced within the specified timeframe.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00299 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59899

SIMULATION QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SQMS) RESPONSIBILITIES MATRIX—QPS REQUIREMENTS [Simulation Quality Management System (SQMS) Responsibilities Matrix]

<<< QPS requirements >>> Designated responsibility Number Function/element for approval or control position, name or title

Sponsor Site/Location:

1...... R Responsible Management/Ultimate SQMS Authority.

2...... R Management Representative (Primary Contact Point with NSPM): Overseeing (Monitoring, Meas- urement, Analysis) and Modifying SQMS Policies, Processes, Practices and Procedures; Moni- toring and Ensuring FSTD Qualification; Evaluation Scheduling.

3...... V Quality Policy.

4...... V Quality Objectives.

5...... R SQMS Manual/Chart-Maps for Functions—Elements—Processes.

6...... R Responsibilities Matrix.

7...... V SQMS Awareness and Training.

8...... V Management Review/Management Provision of Resources.

9.a...... R SQMS Internal Assessment.

9.b...... V Reporting of Assessment Results.

10.a...... R SQMS Deficiency Identification, Program Change or Modification.

10.b...... V SQMS Corrective Action or Managed Change.

11.a...... R FSTD Routine Maintenance, Preventative Maintenance, and Pre-flight.

11.b...... V Periodic Expanded Pre-flight/Fly-out.

12.a...... R Objective Testing.

12.b...... V QTG Test Completion Schedules.

13...... R FSTD User Comments.

14...... V Tech-Management Liaison with Primary FSTD User(s).

15...... V Scheduling/Tracking—Inspection, Testing, Engineering, Maintenance.

16...... V FSTD Reliability Tracking, Measurement and Analysis.

17...... V Trend Analysis of ‘‘Current/Closed’’ FSTD Discrepancy Records/Action Plan.

18...... V Navigation Aid Data Base and Visual Model Currency.

19...... V FSTD ‘‘Training, Evaluation, and Flight Experience’’ Restrictions.

20...... V FSTD Removal from Service/Active Status, Out-of-Service Maintenance, Return to Service (Other than Loss of Qualification).

21...... R FSTD Discrepancy Corrective Action and MMI Resolution.

22.a...... R Liaison with Aircraft Manufacturer.

22.b...... V Liaison with FSTD Manufacturer.

23...... V Flight deck Configuration Control.

24...... V Engineering Order Control.

25...... V Aircraft Avionics and Simulated Avionics Revision Control.

26...... R FSTD Modification.

27...... R Documented FSTD Usage or Annual ‘‘FSTD Performance-Handling Quality’’ Statement.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00300 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59900 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

SIMULATION QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SQMS) RESPONSIBILITIES MATRIX—QPS REQUIREMENTS—Continued [Simulation Quality Management System (SQMS) Responsibilities Matrix]

<<< QPS requirements >>> Designated responsibility Number Function/element for approval or control position, name or title

28...... V Assignment Of Personnel (FSTD).

29...... V Work Environment, Criteria, Standards and Equipment Control.

30...... V Measuring and Monitoring Device Control.

31...... V Document/Record Control.

32...... R Organizational Chart. Note: ‘‘R’’ indicates the element is Required as part of a Basic SQMS Program. ‘‘V’’ indicates the element is voluntary and is part of the Advanced (Voluntary) SQMS Program.

Appendix F to Part 60—Definitions and Computer Controlled Airplane—an Driven—a test method where the input Abbreviations for Flight Simulation Training airplane where all pilot inputs to the control stimulus or variable is positioned by Devices surfaces are transferred and augmented by automatic means, usually a computer input. lllllllllllllllllllll computers. Electronic Copy of the MQTG—an Confined Area (helicopter operations)—an electronic copy of the MQTG provided by an Begin Information area where the flight of the helicopter is electronic scan presented in a format, 1. Some of the definitions presented below limited in some direction by terrain or the acceptable to the NSPM. are repeated from the definitions found in 14 presence of natural or man-made Electronic Master Qualification Test CFR part 1, as indicated parenthetically. obstructions (e.g., a clearing in the woods, a Guide—an electronic version of the MQTG city street, or a road bordered by trees or (eMQTG), where all objective data obtained End Information power lines are regarded as confined areas). from airplane testing, or another approved lllllllllllllllllllll Control Sweep—movement of the source, together with correlating objective Begin QPS Requirements appropriate pilot controller from neutral to test results obtained from the performance of an extreme limit in one direction (Forward, the FSTD and a description of the equipment 2. Definitions Aft, Right, or Left), a continuous movement necessary to perform the evaluation for the 1st Segment—the portion of the takeoff back through neutral to the opposite extreme initial and the continuing qualification profile from liftoff to gear retraction. position, and then a return to the neutral evaluations is stored, archived, or presented 2nd Segment—the portion of the takeoff position. in either reformatted or digitized electronic profile from after gear retraction to initial Convertible FSTD—an FSTD in which format. flap/slat retraction. hardware and software can be changed so Engine—as used in this part, the appliance 3rd Segment—the portion of the takeoff that the FSTD becomes a replica of a different or structure that supplies propulsive force for profile after flap/slat retraction is complete. model, usually of the same type aircraft. The movement of the aircraft: i.e., the turbine Aircraft Data Package—a combination of same FSTD platform, cockpit shell, motion engine for turbine powered aircraft; the the various types of data used to design, system, visual system, computers, and turbine engine and propeller assembly for program, manufacture, modify, and test the peripheral equipment can be used in more turbo-propeller powered aircraft; and the FSTD. than one simulation. reciprocating engine and propeller assembly Airspeed—calibrated airspeed unless Critical Engine Parameter—the parameter for reciprocating engine powered aircraft. For otherwise specified and expressed in terms of that is the most accurate measure of purposes of this part, engine failure is the nautical miles per hour (knots). propulsive force. failure of either the engine or propeller Altitude—pressure altitude (meters or feet) Deadband—the amount of movement of assembly to provide thrust higher than idle unless specified otherwise. the input for a system for which there is no power thrust due to a failure of either the Angle of Attack—the angle between the reaction in the output or state of the system engine or the propeller assembly. airplane longitudinal axis and the relative observed. Evaluation—with respect to an individual, wind vector projected onto the airplane plane of symmetry. Distance—the length of space between two the checking, testing, or review associated Automatic Testing—FSTD testing where all points, expressed in terms of nautical miles with flight crewmember qualification, stimuli are under computer control. unless otherwise specified. training, and certification under parts 61, 63, Bank—the airplane attitude with respect to Discrepancy—as used in this part, an 121, or 135 of this chapter. With respect to or around the longitudinal axis, or roll angle aspect of the FSTD that is not correct with an FSTD, the qualification activities for the (degrees). respect to the aircraft being simulated. This device (e.g., the objective and subjective Breakout—the force required at the pilot’s includes missing, malfunctioning, or tests, the inspections, or the continuing primary controls to achieve initial movement inoperative components that are required to qualification evaluations) associated with the of the control position. be present and operate correctly for training, requirements of this part. Certificate Holder—a person issued a evaluation, and experience functions to be Fictional Airport—a visual model of an certificate under parts 119, 141, or 142 of this creditable. It also includes errors in the airport that is a collection of ‘‘non-real chapter or a person holding an approved documentation used to support the FSTD world’’ terrain, instrument approach course of training for flight engineers in (e.g., MQTG errors, information missing from procedures, navigation aids, maps, and visual accordance with part 63 of this chapter. the MQTG, or required statements from modeling detail sufficient to enable Closed Loop Testing—a test method where appropriately qualified personnel). completion of an Airline Transport Pilot the input stimuli are generated by controllers Downgrade—a permanent change in the Certificate or Type Rating. that drive the FSTD to follow a pre-defined qualification level of an FSTD to a lower Flight Experience—recency of flight target response. level. experience for landing credit purposes.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00301 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59901

Flight Simulation Training Device Gross Weight—For objective test purposes: multiengine helicopter. The operating engine (FSTD)—a full flight simulator (FFS) or a Basic Operating Weight (BOW)—the empty must be required to operate within at least 5 flight training device (FTD). (Part 1) weight of the aircraft plus the weight of the percent of the maximum RPM or temperature Flight Test Data—(a subset of objective following: normal oil quantity; lavatory limits of the gas turbine or power turbine, or data) aircraft data collected by the aircraft servicing fluid; potable water; required operate within at least 5 percent of the manufacturer or other acceptable data crewmembers and their baggage; and maximum drive train torque limits. Near supplier during an aircraft flight test emergency equipment. limiting performance is based on the existing program. Near Maximum Gross Weight—a weight combination of density altitude, temperature, Flight Training Device (FTD)—a replica of chosen by the sponsor or data provider that and helicopter gross weight. aircraft instruments, equipment, panels, and is not less than the basic operating weight Nominal—the normal operating controls in an open flight deck area or an (BOW) of the airplane being simulated plus configuration, atmospheric conditions, and enclosed aircraft cockpit replica. It includes 80% of the difference between the maximum flight parameters for the specified flight the equipment and computer programs certificated gross weight (either takeoff segment. necessary to represent aircraft (or set of weight or landing weight, as appropriate for Non-Normal Control—a term used in aircraft) operations in ground and flight the test) and the BOW. reference to Computer Controlled Airplanes. conditions having the full range of Light Gross Weight—a weight chosen by It is the state where one or more of the capabilities of the systems installed in the the sponsor or data provider that is not more intended control, augmentation, or protection device as described in part 60 of this chapter than 120% of the BOW of the airplane being functions are not fully working. and the qualification performance standard simulated or the minimum practical Note: Specific terms such as ALTERNATE, (QPS) for a specific FTD qualification level. operating weight of the test airplane. DIRECT, SECONDARY, or BACKUP may be (Part 1) Medium Gross Weight—a weight chosen by used to define an actual level of degradation. Free Response—the response of the FSTD the sponsor or data provider that is within 10 Normal Control—a term used in reference after completion of a control input or percent of the average of the numerical to Computer Controlled Airplanes. It is the disturbance. values of the BOW and the maximum state where the intended control, Frozen—a test condition where one or certificated gross weight. augmentation, and protection functions are more variables are held constant with time. Ground Effect—the change in aerodynamic fully working. FSTD Approval—the extent to which an characteristics due to of the change in the Objective Data—quantitative data, FSTD may be used by a certificate holder as airflow past the aircraft caused by the acceptable to the NSPM, used to evaluate the authorized by the FAA. proximity of the earth’s surface to the FSTD. FSTD Directive—a document issued by the airplane. Objective Test—a quantitative FAA to an FSTD sponsor requiring a Hands Off—a test maneuver conducted measurement and evaluation of FSTD modification to the FSTD due to a recognized without pilot control inputs. performance. safety-of-flight issue and amending the Hands On—a test maneuver conducted Pitch—the airplane attitude with respect qualification basis for the FSTD. with pilot control inputs as required. to, or around, the lateral axis expressed in FSTD Latency—the additional time for the Heave—FSTD movement with respect to or degrees. FSTD to respond to input that is beyond the along the vertical axis. Power Lever Angle (PLA)—the angle of the response time of the aircraft. FSTD Performance—the overall Height—the height above ground level (or pilot’s primary engine control lever(s) on the performance of the FSTD, including aircraft AGL) expressed in meters or feet. flight deck. This may also be referred to as performance (e.g., thrust/drag relationships, ‘‘In Use’’ Runway—as used in this part, the THROTTLE or POWER LEVER. climb, range) and flight and ground handling. runway that is currently selected, able to be Predicted Data—estimations or Full Flight Simulator (FFS)—a replica of a used for takeoffs and landings, and has the extrapolations of existing flight test data or specific type, make, model, or series aircraft. surface lighting and markings required by data from other simulation models using It includes the equipment and computer this part. Also known as the ‘‘active’’ engineering analyses, engineering programs necessary to represent aircraft runway. simulations, design data, or wind tunnel operations in ground and flight conditions, a Integrated Testing—testing of the FSTD so data. visual system providing an out-of-the-flight that all aircraft system models are active and Protection Functions—systems functions deck view, a system that provides cues at contribute appropriately to the results. With designed to protect an airplane from least equivalent to those of a three-degree-of- integrated testing, none of the models used exceeding its flight maneuver limitations. freedom motion system, and has the full are substituted with models or other Pulse Input—a step input to a control range of capabilities of the systems installed algorithms intended for testing only. followed by an immediate return to the in the device as described in part 60 of this Irreversible Control System—a control initial position. chapter and the QPS for a specific FFS system where movement of the control Qualification Level—the categorization of qualification level. (Part 1) surface will not backdrive the pilot’s control an FSTD established by the NSPM based on Generic Airport—a Class III visual model on the flight deck. the FSTDs demonstrated technical and that combines correct navigation aids for a Locked—a test condition where one or operational capabilities as prescribed in this real world airport with a visual model that more variables are held constant with time. part. does not depict that same airport. Manual Testing—FSTD testing conducted Qualification Performance Standard Grandfathering—as used in this part, the without computer inputs except for initial (QPS)—the collection of procedures and practice of assigning a qualification basis for setup, and all modules of the simulation are criteria used when conducting objective and an FSTD based on the period of time during active. subjective tests, to establish FSTD which a published set of standards governed Master Qualification Test Guide (MQTG)— qualification levels. The QPS are published the requirements for the initial and the FAA-approved Qualification Test Guide in the appendices to this part, as follows: continuing qualification of FSTDs. Each with the addition of the FAA-witnessed test Appendix A, for Airplane Simulators; FSTD manufactured during this specified results, applicable to each individual FSTD. Appendix B, for Airplane Flight Training period of time is ‘‘grandfathered’’ or held to Medium—the normal operational weight Devices; Appendix C, for Helicopter the standards that were in effect during that for a given flight segment. Simulators; Appendix D, for Helicopter time period. The grandfathered standards National Simulator Program Manager Flight Training Devices; Appendix E, for remain applicable to each FSTD (NSPM)—the FAA manager responsible for Quality Management Systems for Flight manufactured during the stated time period the overall administration and direction of Simulation Training Devices; and Appendix regardless of any subsequent modification to the National Simulator Program (NSP), or a F, for Definitions and Abbreviations for those standards and regardless of the person approved by that FAA manager. Flight Simulation Training Devices. sponsor, as long as the FSTD remains Near Limiting Performance—the Qualification Test Guide (QTG)—the qualified or is maintained in a non-qualified performance level the operating engine must primary reference document used for status in accordance with the specific be required to achieve to have sufficient evaluating an aircraft FSTD. It contains test requirements and time periods prescribed in power to land a helicopter after experiencing results, statements of compliance and this part. a single engine failure during takeoff of a capability, the configuration of the aircraft

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00302 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 59902 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules

simulated, and other information for the rationale to explain how the referenced EPR Engine Pressure Ratio. evaluator to assess the FSTD against the material is used, mathematical equations and FAA Federal Aviation Administration applicable regulatory criteria. parameter values used, and conclusions (U.S.). Quality Management System (QMS)—a reached. fpm feet per minute. flight simulation quality-systems that can be Step Input—an abrupt control input held at ft foot/feet, 1 foot = 0.304801 meters. used for external quality-assurance purposes. a constant value. ft-Lambert foot-Lambert, 1 ft-Lambert = It is designed to identify the processes Subjective Test—a qualitative assessment 3.4263 candela/m2. needed, determine the sequence and of the performance and operation of the g Acceleration due to Gravity (meters or interaction of the processes, determine FSTD. feet/sec2); 1g = 9.81 m/sec2 or 32.2 feet/ criteria and methods required to ensure the Surge—FSTD movement with respect to or sec2. effective operation and control of the along the longitudinal axis. G/S Glideslope. processes, ensure the availability of Sway—FSTD movement with respect to or IATA International Airline Transport information necessary to support the along the lateral axis. Association. operation and monitoring of the processes, Time History—a presentation of the change ICAO International Civil Aviation measure, monitor and analyze the processes, of a variable with respect to time. Organization. and implement the actions necessary to Training Program Approval Authority IGE In ground effect. achieve planned results. (TPAA)—a person authorized by the ILS Instrument Landing System. Real-World Airport—as used in this part in Administrator to approve the aircraft flight IQTG International Qualification Test reference to airport visual models, a training program in which the FSTD will be Guide. computer generated visual depiction of an used. km Kilometers 1 km = 0.62137 Statute existing airport. Training Restriction—a temporary Miles. Representative—when used as an adjective condition where an FSTD with missing, kPa KiloPascal (Kilo Newton/Meters2). 1 in this part, typical, demonstrative, or malfunctioning, or inoperative (MMI) psi = 6.89476 kPa. characteristic of, the feature being described. components may continue to be used at the kts Knots calibrated airspeed unless For example, ‘‘representative sampling of qualification level indicated on its SOQ, but otherwise specified, 1 knot = 0.5148 m/sec tests’’ means a sub-set of the complete set of restricted from completing the tasks for or 1.689 ft/sec. all tests such that the sample includes one or which the correct function of the MMI lb(s) pound(s), one (1) pound = 0.44 more of the tests in each of the major component is required. decaNewton. categories, the results of which would Transport Delay or ‘‘Throughput’’—the LDP Landing decision point. provide the evaluator an overall, total FSTD system processing time required M,m Meters, 1 Meter = 3.28083 feet. understanding of the performance and for an input signal from a pilot primary flight Min(s) Minute, minutes. handling characteristics of the FSTD. control until motion system, visual system, MLG Main Landing Gear. Reversible Control System—a control or instrument response. It is the overall time Mpa MegaPascals (1 psi = 6894.76 pascals). system in which movement of the control delay incurred from signal input to output ms millisecond(s). surface will backdrive the pilot’s control in response. It does not include the N NORMAL CONTROL Used in reference the cockpit. characteristic delay of the airplane simulated. to Computer Controlled Airplanes. Upgrade—the improvement or Roll—the airplane attitude with respect to, nm Nautical Mile(s) 1 Nautical Mile = 6,080 enhancement of an FSTD for the purpose of or around, the longitudinal axis expressed in feet. achieving a higher qualification level. degrees. NN NON-NORMAL CONTROL Used in Validation Data—objective data used to Set of Aircraft—aircraft that share similar reference to Computer Controlled determine if the FSTD performance is within handling and operating characteristics, Airplanes. the tolerances prescribed in the QPS. similar operating envelopes, and have the N1 Low Pressure Rotor revolutions per Validation Test—an objective test where same number and type of engines or minute, expressed in percent of maximum. FSTD parameters are compared to the powerplants. N2 High Pressure Rotor revolutions per relevant validation data to ensure that the minute, expressed in percent of maximum. Sideslip Angle—the angle between the FSTD performance is within the tolerances relative wind vector and the airplane plane prescribed in the QPS. N3 High Pressure Rotor revolutions per of symmetry. (Note: this definition replaces Visual Data Base—a display that may minute, expressed in percent of maximum. the current definition of ‘‘sideslip.’’) include one or more visual models. NWA Nosewheel Angle (degrees). Simulation Quality Management System Visual Model—a collection of one or more NZFT Non-Zero Flight Time. (SQMS)—the required and voluntary visual scenes of an airport or portion(s) of an OGE Out of ground effect. elements of a quality management system for airport. PAPI Precision Approach Path Indicator FSTD continuing qualification. Visual System Response Time—the System. Snapshot—a presentation of one or more interval from a control input to the Pf Impact or Feel Pressure, often expressed variables at a given instant of time. completion of the visual display scan of the as ‘‘q.’’ Special Evaluation—an evaluation of the first video field containing the resulting PLA Power Lever Angle. FSTD for purposes other than initial, different information. PLF Power for Level Flight. upgrade, or continuing qualification. Yaw—the airplane attitude with respect to, psi pounds per square inch. Circumstances that may require a special or around, the vertical axis expressed in QPS Qualification Performance Standard. evaluation include movement of the FSTD to degrees. RAE Royal Aerospace Establishment. a different location, or an update to FSTD R/C Rate of Climb (meters/sec or feet/min). software or hardware that might affect 3. Abbreviations R/D Rate of Descent (meters/sec or feet/ performance or flying qualities. AFM Airplane Flight Manual. min). Sponsor—a certificate holder who seeks or AGL Above Ground Level (meters or feet). REIL Runway End Identifier Lights. maintains FSTD qualification and is AOA Angle of Attack (degrees). RVR Runway Visual Range (meters or feet). responsible for the prescribed actions as APD Aircrew Program Designee. s second(s). prescribed in this part and the QPS for the CCA Computer Controlled Airplane. sec(s) second, seconds. appropriate FSTD and qualification level. cd/m2 candela/meter2, 3.4263 candela/m2 = sm Statute Mile(s) 1 Statute Mile = 5,280 Statement of Compliance and Capability 1 ft-Lambert. feet. (SOC)—a declaration that a specific CFR Code of Federal Regulations. SOC Statement of Compliance and requirement has been met and explaining cm(s) centimeter, centimeters. Capability. how the requirement was met (e.g., gear daN decaNewtons, one (1) decaNewton = Tf Total time of the flare maneuver modeling approach, coefficient of friction 2.27 pounds. duration. sources). The SOC must also describe the deg(s) degree, degrees. Ti Total time from initial throttle movement capability of the FSTD to meet the DOF Degrees-of-freedom. until a 10% response of a critical engine requirement, including references to sources eMQTG Electronic Master Qualification parameter. of information for showing compliance, Test Guide. TIR Type Inspection Report.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 19:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00303 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Proposed Rules 59903

T/O Takeoff. Vmcg Minimum Control Speed on the End QPS Requirements Tt Total time from Ti to a 90% increase or ground. lllllllllllllllllllll decrease in the power level specified. Vmcl Minimum Control Speed—Landing. VASI Visual Approach Slope Indicator Vmu The speed at which the last main Issued in Washington, DC, on September 26, 2007. System. landing gear leaves the ground. John M. Allen, VGS Visual Ground Segment. VR Rotate Speed. V1 Decision speed. VS Stall Speed or minimum speed in the Director, Flight Standards Service. V2 Takeoff safety speed. stall. [FR Doc. 07–4884 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] Vmc Minimum Control Speed. WAT Weight, Altitude, Temperature. BILLING CODE 4910–13–P Vmca Minimum Control Speed in the air. ZFT Zero Flight Time.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 19:31 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00304 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\22OCP2.SGM 22OCP2 Monday, October 22, 2007

Part III

Department of Energy 10 CFR Part 430 Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure for Residential Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps; Final Rule

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4717 Sfmt 4717 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59906 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY B. Background subject to this Program (covered C. Summary of the Test Procedure products) include central air 10 CFR Part 430 Revisions conditioners and heat pumps, the II. Discussion of Comments subject of today’s final rule. [Docket No. EE–RM/TP–02–002] A. Frost Accumulation Test Duration B. Multiple-Split Systems Under EPCA, the Program consists of RIN 1904–AB55 C. Defining ‘‘Repeatable’’ for Cyclic Tests three parts: Testing, labeling, and the D. Outdoor Air Test Conditions for Units Federal energy conservation standards. Energy Conservation Program for Having a Two-Capacity Compressor DOE, in consultation with the National Consumer Products: Test Procedure E. Air Volume Rate Less Than Institute of Standards and Technology for Residential Central Air Manufacturer’s Specified Value (NIST), is authorized to establish or Conditioners and Heat Pumps F. Updating References to Industry amend test procedures as appropriate Standards AGENCY: Department of Energy. G. Maximum and Minimum Speed Values for each of the covered products. (42 U.S.C. 6293) The purpose of these test ACTION: Final rule. for Calculating NQ and NE H. Using the Default or Tested Value of procedures is to measure energy SUMMARY: The Department of Energy Cyclic-Degradation Coefficient efficiency, energy use, or estimated (DOE) is amending its test procedure for I. Guidance on the Inclusion of Pre- annual operating cost of a covered Production Units in the Sample product during a representative, average residential central air conditioners and Population heat pumps. This final rule implements use cycle or period of use. The test J. Clarification of the Sample Population procedure must not be unduly test procedure changes for small-duct, Used To Validate the Rated Seasonal high-velocity systems, two-capacity Energy Efficiency Ratio and Heating burdensome to conduct. (42 U.S.C. units, and updates references to the Seasonal Performance Factor of Heat 6293(b)(3)) current American Society of Heating, Pumps If a test procedure is amended, DOE Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning K. Clarification of the Definition of a is required to determine to what extent, Engineers (ASHRAE) standards. Today’s ‘‘Highest-Sales-Volume Combination’’ if any, the proposed new test procedure L. Upper Limit on the Difference Between would alter the measured energy rule also clarifies issues associated with Calculated and Tested Seasonal Energy sampling tested systems and rating efficiency of any covered product as Efficiency Ratio and Heating Seasonal determined under the existing test untested split-system combinations. Performance Factor Values procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) If DOE DATES: This rule is effective April 21, M. Clarification of the Published Ratings determines that an amended test 2008. Incorporation by reference of for Untested Split-System Combinations procedure would alter the measured certain publications in the final rule is N. Ratings That Are Based on Using a Particular Furnace or Ducted Air Mover energy efficiency of a covered product, approved by the Director of the Federal O. Revisions to the Definition of ‘‘Coil DOE is required to amend the applicable Register as of April 21, 2008. Family’’ energy conservation standard with ADDRESSES: You may review copies of III. Summary of Other Additions, Changes, respect to such test procedure. In all materials related to this rulemaking and Corrections to the Department of determining any such amended energy at the U.S. Department of Energy, Energy Residential Central Air Conditioner and Heat Pump Test conservation standard, DOE is required Forrestal Building, Room 1J–018 to measure the energy efficiency or (Resource Room of the Building Procedure IV. Effect of Test Procedure Revisions on energy use of a representative sample of Technologies Program), 1000 Compliance With Standards covered products that minimally Independence Avenue, SW., V. Procedural Requirements comply with the existing standard. The Washington, DC, (202) 586–9127, A. Review Under Executive Order 12866 average efficiency or energy use of this between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility representative sample, tested using the through Friday, except Federal holidays. Act amended test procedure, constitutes the Please call Ms. Brenda Edwards-Jones at C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 amended standard. (42 U.S.C. the above telephone number for 6293(e)(2)) DOE has determined that additional information regarding D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 today’s amended test procedure does visiting the Resource Room. Please note: E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 not alter the measured efficiency or DOE’s Freedom of Information Reading F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 measured energy use of minimally Room (formerly Room 1E–190 at the G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates compliant central air conditioners and Forrestal Building) is no longer housing Reform Act of 1995 heat pumps. rulemaking materials. H. Review Under the Treasury and General Beginning 180 days after a test Government Appropriations Act, 1999 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: procedure for a covered product is Michael G. Raymond, U.S. Department I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 J. Review Under the Treasury and General prescribed, no manufacturer, of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency Government Appropriations Act, 2001 distributor, retailer, or private labeler and Renewable Energy, EE–2J, 1000 K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 may make representations with respect Independence Avenue, SW., L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal to the energy use, efficiency, or cost of Washington, DC 20585–0121, (202) 586– Energy Administration Act of 1974 energy consumed by such product, 9611, e-mail: M. Congressional Notification except as reflected in tests conducted [email protected]; or VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary according to the DOE procedure. (42 Francine Pinto, Esq., U.S. Department of I. Introduction U.S.C. 6293(c)(2)) Any manufacturer, Energy, Office of the General Counsel, distributor, retailer, or private labeler GC–72, 1000 Independence Avenue, A. Authority may petition the Secretary of Energy for SW., Washington, DC 20585–0121, (202) Part B of Title III of the Energy Policy an extension of not more than 180 days 586–9507, e-mail: and Conservation Act (EPCA) to test and make representations in [email protected]. established the Energy Conservation accordance with the amended DOE test SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Program for Consumer Products Other procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c)(3)) In I. Introduction Than Automobiles (Program). (42 U.S.C. addition, all existing waivers A. Authority 6291 et seq.) The products currently concerning residential multi-split

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59907

systems terminate on the effective date capacity/stage and at an outdoor Energy-Efficient Economy (ACEEE), of today’s final rule. temperature of 35 degrees Fahrenheit Sanyo Fisher Service Corporation (°F); (5) implementing modifications (Sanyo), Lennox International (Lennox), B. Background and additions that specifically address and the China WTO/TBT National A final rule published on October 11, elements unique to testing and rating Notification and Enquiry Center (China). 2005, updated and completely re- modulating multi-split systems; (6) The comments and the DOE response to organized the DOE residential central allowing indoor capacities used in them are discussed below. References to air conditioner and heat pump test calculating Seasonal Energy Efficiency section numbers within this document procedure. 70 FR 59122. During this Ratio (SEER) and Heating Seasonal refer to the section numbers of prior rulemaking, a few issues were Performance Factor (HSPF) to be Appendix M to Subpart B of 10 CFR identified too late in the process to corrected for duct losses; (7) defining part 430–Uniform Test Method for allow them due consideration. DOE the term ‘‘standard air;’’ (8) changing the Measuring the Energy Consumption of investigated these issues and considered outdoor temperature conditions used for Central Air Conditioners and Heat additional topics that could further one of the low-capacity, steady-state, Pumps (Appendix M). improve the testing and rating process. cooling mode tests on a two-capacity A. Frost Accumulation Test Duration As a result of these efforts, DOE issued unit; (9) renaming ‘‘Cooling and Heating a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on Certified Air Volume Rates’’ to ‘‘Full- DOE proposed shortening the July 20, 2006 (hereafter referred to as the Load Air Volume Rates;’’ (10) modifying maximum test interval of a Frost July 2006 proposed rule). 71 FR 41320. the criterion for using an air volume rate Accumulation Test from 12 hours to 6 Although the majority of the proposed less than the manufacturer’s specified hours when testing a two-capacity heat changes pertained to the test procedure value; (11) updating the references to pump at low capacity. ARI supported set forth in appendix M to subpart B of current versions of the Air-Conditioning DOE’s proposal to lessen the test Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) and burden, but recommended that the Part 430 (10 CFR part 430), DOE also ASHRAE standards; (12) adding maximum duration be further shortened proposed revisions to sections of language to better explain the SEER and to 3 hours. (ARI, No. 21 at p. 2)1 ARI subparts B and F of 10 CFR part 430 that HSPF calculation steps for variable- stated that ‘‘preliminary testing done by concern the sampling of tested units and speed equipment; and (13) adding text manufacturers shows a variation in the ratings of untested split-system to clarify the provision to use the HSPF of less than one tenth 2 when the combinations. 10 CFR 430.24 and default value of the cyclic-degradation test is reduced from 12 to 3 hours.’’ 430.62. DOE held a public meeting on coefficient if it is lower than the tested (ARI, Id.) In a follow-up the July 2006 proposed rule on August value. communication, ARI clarified that its 3- 23, 2006. Today’s final rule also amends hour recommendation applies to all On October 10, 2006, DOE published sections 430.2, 430.24 and 430.62 of 10 Frost Accumulation Tests, not just the a Federal Register notice correcting two CFR part 430, as follows: (1) It expands test at low-capacity. (ARI, No. 25 at p. inadvertent omissions in the July 2006 the options for meeting the data 2) ARI provided a table showing the proposed rule. 71 FR 59410. These submission requirements when percentage of the total interval allocated omissions contained the regulatory verifying an alternative rating method to defrosting for cycles lasting 6, 7, 8, 9, language governing the criterion for (ARM); (2) it clarifies the sample and 10 minutes; percentages were using an air volume rate that is less than population to be used to validate the calculated for complete (frost + defrost) the manufacturer’s specified value: One rated SEER and rated HSPF of a heat intervals ranging from 1 hour to 12 case covered air conditioners and heat pump; (3) it clarifies the definition of a hours. As an example, for tests lasting pumps, the other case covered heating- ‘‘highest-sales-volume combination’’ 12, 6, and 3 hours, the percentages of only heat pumps. This change was (HSVC); (4) it clarifies DOE’s role in time spent defrosting are 1.1, 2.2, and described in the preamble of the July verifying ratings for untested split 4.4 percent, respectively, if the defrost 2006 proposed rule, but was not system combinations; (5) it clarifies how lasts 8 minutes in all cases. (ARI, No. 25 included in the regulatory language. In to apply the ARM to obtain published at p. 3) In addition to recommending addition to publishing the corrected ratings for untested, split-system that any change be applied to all Frost regulatory language in the Federal combinations; (6) it adds the Accumulation Tests, Nordyne and Register, the omitted regulatory requirement that ratings for an air Carrier recommended manufacturers be language was distributed at the August conditioner or heat pump tested with a given the option of using either the 23, 2006, public meeting. furnace or similar ducted air mover procedure specified in ASHRAE include the model number of the air Standard 37 (which uses a maximum C. Summary of the Test Procedure mover as part of the overall equipment test interval of 3 hours) or the algorithm Revisions model number; (7) it clarifies the specified in the DOE test procedure. The revisions adopted in today’s final responsibilities of private labelers; (8) it (Nordyne, No. 19 at p. 2; Carrier, No. 17 rule include the following changes to adds the statutory definition of ‘‘private appendix M of Subpart B of 10 CFR part labeler;’’ and (9) it adds definitions for 1 A notation in the form ‘‘ARI, No.21 at p. 2’’ 430: (1) Adding new testing terms, including ‘‘indoor unit’’, identifies a written comment the Department has received and has included in the docket of this requirements for small-duct, high- ‘‘outdoor unit’’, and ‘‘ARM/simulation rulemaking. This particular notation refers to a velocity systems; (2) reinstating the adjustment factor.’’ comment (1) by the Air-Conditioning and optional testing to determine the cyclic- Refrigeration Institute (ARI), (2) in document II. Discussion of Comments degradation coefficient (CD) of a two- number 21 in the docket of this rulemaking (maintained in the Resource Room of the Building capacity unit when cycling on and off In addition to the comments received Technologies Program), and (3) appearing on page at high capacity; (3) shortening the at the August 23, 2006, public meeting, 2 of document number 21. Likewise, ‘‘Public maximum duration of the Frost DOE received written comments to the Hearing Tr., p. 178,’’ for example, would refer to Accumulation Tests; (4) allowing the July, 2006 proposed rule from ARI, page 178 of the transcript of the ‘‘Public Meeting on Test Procedures for Central Air Conditioners’’ use of default equations to approximate Nordyne, Mitsubishi, Fujitsu General held in Washington, DC, August 23, 2006. the capacity and power of a two- Limited (Fujitsu), Carrier Corporation 2 This means an absolute variation in HSPF of 0.1, capacity unit when operating at low- (Carrier), the American Council for an such as between 8.1 and 8.2.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59908 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

at p. 2) In summary, the stakeholders B. Multiple-Split Systems ARI 1230. ARI, Sanyo, Fujitsu, recommended applying changes to all DOE received comments on issues Mitsubishi, and Daikin AC (Americas), Frost Accumulation Tests (not just to related to the testing and rating of Inc. (Daikin) urged DOE to adopt Draft the one low-capacity test, as proposed), multiple-split air-conditioning systems ARI Standard 1230, ‘‘Performance reducing the maximum duration to 3 (multi-split systems), including: (1) Rating of Multi-Split Air-Conditioning hours instead of 6 hours, and adding an Rating multi-split systems based on and Heat Pump Equipment’’ in lieu of alternative test method. SEER (if they compete primarily with the proposed rule. (ARI, No. 21 at p. 3; DOE believes that if all three changes ducted central air conditioners), or Sanyo, No. 15 at pp. 2–3; Fujitsu, No. were adopted, the HSPF ratings of heat rating them based on EER (if they 13 at p. 3; Mitsubishi, No. 20 at pp. 4– pumps would be changed, since the compete with room air conditioners) 5; Public Hearing Tr., pp. 153–154) ASHRAE Standard 37 ‘‘T’’ Test (SEER or EER); (2) adopting a separate China recommends that DOE not cover Procedure may terminate after 0, 1, 2, or test procedure for multi-split systems, multi-split systems within the 3 complete cycles whereas the DOE such as Draft ARI Standard 1230 (ARI residential central air conditioner and Frost Accumulation Test is either 0 or 1230); (3) allowing one or more indoor heat pump test procedure until all the 1 complete cycle. The different cycles in coils to turn off during any test, if technical issues have been resolved. the ASHRAE and DOE test methods can representative of normal operation (China, No. 14 at p. 1) Copeland yield different average heating capacity (Coils active during test); (4) allowing recommends that DOE review and and power consumption results at the the manufacturer to specify the consider the approaches being taken by DOE-specified 35 °F dry-bulb/33 °F wet- compressor speed used during the China and the European Union on how bulb outdoor test conditions which minimum-speed, intermediate-speed to test and rate multi-split systems. would affect the HSPF rating. As for and maximum-speed tests (Compressor (Public Hearing Tr., p. 64) Nordyne shortening the maximum test time to 3 supports the changes proposed in the hours, such a change may benefit heat speed); (5) extending multi-split system test procedure changes to one-to-one July 2006 proposed rule to cover multi- pumps (i.e., give a higher average split systems as an interim solution, but heating capacity) that initiate a defrost ducted systems (One-to-one applicability); and (6) adding the term states that further study is needed for a of the outdoor coils between 3 and 6 long term solution. (Nordyne, No. 19 at hours after the start of the test. In such ‘‘tested combination’’ within 10 CFR 430.2 for determining the combination p. 2) Lennox, on the other hand, cases, the heat pump’s average heating believes that multi-split systems should capacity will not account for the energy of indoor units to be tested when testing a multi-split outdoor unit, and the be rated using the current test procedure used for defrosting. By not accounting for central air conditioners and central for the defrost energy, the shorter test appropriate rating of the tested combination (Tested combination). air conditioning heat pumps. (Lennox, time would overstate the heating No. 22 at p. 2) Sanyo and Fujitsu point capacity and HSPF. Thus, DOE will not SEER or EER. DOE received several comments on whether multi-split out that the test procedure does not reduce the maximum test duration by address units that can simultaneously the additional 3 hours or add the systems compete primarily with ducted residential central air conditioners and cool and heat; the test procedure does ASHRAE Standard 37 procedure as an not specify how many indoor units are alternate test method as part of this final heat pumps and as such, should be rated based on SEER and HSPF, or if turned off during a given test; and rule. doubts whether the current DOE tests DOE agrees with comments they compete with room air for variable-speed systems can recommending the same maximum limit conditioners and should be rated in approximate the unit’s ‘‘performance for all Frost Accumulation Tests. The terms of EER and COP. Trane argues map.’’ 3 low-capacity Frost Accumulation Test is that residential size multi-split systems (Sanyo, No. 15 at pp. 2–3; projected to be the most likely of the 35 compete for the same markets as ducted Fujitsu, No. 13 at pp. 2–3; Public °F tests to approach the proposed 6-hour residential central systems: both serve Hearing Tr., pp. 94–95, 110) limit, followed by the required Frost multiple rooms, one ducts air whereas DOE is not convinced that residential- Accumulation Test at the intermediate the second ‘‘ducts’’ refrigerant. (Public size multi-split systems require a speed when testing a variable-speed Hearing Tr., p. 178) Carrier and ACEEE separate test procedure from the current heat pump. All other Frost support rating conventional central air test procedure found in Appendix M. Accumulation Tests are more likely to conditioners and heat pumps and multi- While it is true that the current test build frost and are likely to result in the split systems using the same procedure fails to account for the energy unit defrosting in less time than it descriptors. (Carrier, No. 17 at p. 1 and savings derived from a simultaneous would at the intermediate speed. Thus, ACEEE, No. 16 at p. 3) According to cooling and heating mode, the current triggering the 6-hour limit is less likely Mitsubishi, ‘‘ductless split-systems, test procedure is adaptable and DOE when applied to these other cases. including ductless multi-split systems, believes the tests for variable-speed Finally, DOE concludes that 6 hours are used for room or spot cooling systems in Appendix M offer a offers a sufficiently long duration for applications while the rest of the USE reasonable starting point for producing evaluating performance in all cases. As [unitary small equipment] equipment energy efficiency and energy use noted in the July 2006 proposed rule, if (i.e., central systems) is applied in a estimates. Once data become available a heat pump has not defrosted in 6 ducted environment for multiple rooms that provides insight as to the energy hours, it is either not building frost or or whole houses.’’ (Mitsubishi, No. 20 at use and efficiency benefits of is completely frosted and probably has p. 3) DOE believes residential-size simultaneous cooling and heating, and been so for more than half of the multi-split systems compete with alternative or additional tests to interval. In both cases, the benefits from ducted central systems and that the estimate these benefits are formulated, continuing to run the test past 6 hours consumer will be best served if multi- DOE will then consider further are minimal. Therefore, DOE reduces split systems can be compared with the maximum duration of all Frost central air conditioners and central air- 3 Performance map refers to a plot that shows the effect of compressor speed, number of indoor unit Accumulation Tests from 12 hours to 6 conditioning heat pumps. Therefore, turned on versus off, and outdoor temperature hours. This change appears in section DOE concludes that SEER and HSPF are conditions on the unit’s space conditioning 3.9 of Appendix M. better descriptors than EER and COP. capacity and power consumption.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 18:36 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59909

amendments to the test procedure. To evaluate the effect of such an or nominal rated speed because Accordingly, DOE is not adopting a new algorithm, Fujitsu conducted performance at that compressor speed is test procedure and energy efficiency and simulations in which it modeled the used in sizing and selling the product. energy use ratings will continue to be performance of a unit if operated at the ARI and Sanyo supported DOE’s based on the test procedure found in DOE test procedure cooling mode proposal to allow the manufacturer to Appendix M. conditions. Fujitsu considered cases specify the compressor speed used for Regarding the stakeholder where the number of indoor units the minimum-speed and intermediate- recommendation to adopt draft ARI turned on for the two minimum speed speed tests. (ARI, No. 21 at p. 2; Sanyo, Standard 1230, the current draft (as and one intermediate speed tests No. 15 at p. 2) Sanyo and ARI, distributed in June 2007), is less changed. Fujitsu reported results for moreover, both believe that test complete for residential multi-split three cases: the first case, all four indoor laboratories must accept the task of systems than the DOE test procedure in units are on for all tests; the second providing test facilities that can today’s final rule. For example, ARI case, three indoor units are on for the maintain steady test room conditions Standard 1230 (June 2007 draft) lacks intermediate speed test and two indoor and accurately measure capacity at very information on how to conduct units are on for the minimum speed low loads. (ARI, No. 21 on pp. 2–3; intermediate speed tests, whether any tests; and the third case, two indoor Sanyo, No. 15 on p. 2) indoor units are to be turned off for part- units are on for the intermediate-speed Regarding the maximum and load tests, how to interpolate EER and test and one indoor unit is on for the minimum compressor speed issue, DOE COP in the intermediate speed range, minimum speed tests. (Fujitsu, No. 13 at reviewed test procedure waivers and generally how to calculate SEER pp. 1–2) Using the simulated data, processed in the 1980’s, and the 1988 and HSPF. Furthermore, ARI has not Fujitsu reported that the first case yields test procedure rulemaking that first finalized ARI Standard 1230 and, as the highest SEER. In comparison, added coverage for air conditioners and such it cannot be incorporated by Fujitsu reported that the SEER drops by heat pumps having a variable-speed reference since it could be amended 4.7 percent for the second case and by compressor. (53 FR 8304, March 14, prior to being adopted in final form. 11.6 percent for the third case. Fujitsu 1988) None of these actions explicitly Therefore, for the reasons discussed concluded that the number of operating defined maximum and minimum above, DOE is not adopting ARI indoor units may have a great impact on compressor speed. Instead, the Standard 1230 (June 2007 draft) in the result, and that the operating ranges manufacturer was allowed to define today’s final rule. in Table 1 were not appropriate. these speeds for its particular units. The As for considering changes that are evolution to include maximum and modeled on the approaches taken in TABLE 1.—APPROACH TO REGULATING minimum compressor speeds among China and the European Union, DOE those elements that are ‘‘conducted in THE NUMBER OF ACTIVE INDOOR sees their potential use as limited given accordance with the manufacturer’s the current EPCA requirement to UNITS instructions’’ occurred because of the calculate annual measures of energy (Example Case of a Multi-Split System Having test laboratory’s need for a mechanism consumption. The European Union 4 Identical Indoor Units) to override the unit’s normal controls, HVAC trade association, Eurovent, lists so that the compressor can be forced to Number of ratings for residential-size multi-splits Percentage output relative to operating operate at fixed speeds for the DOE- that are based on full load EER and COP full load capacity indoor units specified lab tests. As part of today’s and their European SEER (ESEER) is final rule, DOE considered adopting a thus far limited to liquid chilling 75% to 100% ...... 4 specific definition for maximum speed packages, not unitary air conditioners 50% to 75% ...... 3 and requiring additional lab verification (i.e., residential central air conditioners 25% to 50% ...... 2 tests, but has decided against it because and central air conditioning heat 0% to 25% ...... 1 there is no compelling technical pumps). The ESEER is actually a (DOE, No. 12.3 at p. 12) argument for doing so. The current variation of ARI Standard 340/360’s approach effectively allows the IPLV, which is used to quantify the part- DOE recognizes that when field manufacturer to de-rate the unit’s load performance of larger, non- installed, a multi-split system will often maximum capacity in order to raise its residential systems. An IPLV equivalent operate with one or more of its indoor performance descriptor. As long as that is also used in China. Neither units turned off. In an effort to have the de-rated capacity is used for sizing the international resource explicitly DOE test procedure capture this part- particular multi-split combination, then addresses the number of indoor units to load operating mechanism, today’s final the practice is acceptable. DOE, be turned off during a given part-load rule requires that at least one indoor however, does not agree with test; such information would be unit must be turned off for tests substituting ‘‘nominal’’ or ‘‘rated’’ necessary in order to get an accurate conducted at minimum compressor compressor speed for ‘‘maximum’’ measure of equipment efficiency for speed. In addition, the manufacturer compressor speed, as that will not allow comparison purposes. may elect to have one or more indoor for test results that can be used to Coils active during test. Concerning units turned off for tests conducted at generate a performance map the issue of whether one or more indoor the intermediate compressor speed. In representing how particular multi-split units should be turned off during any all cases, the manufacturer specifies the combinations will operate in the field. given test, Daikin commented that you particular indoor unit(s) that is turned The DOE test procedure will continue cannot rely on the unit’s controls to off. to require variable-speed systems to be make the decision when operated in a Compressor speed. ARI, Sanyo, tested at their minimum compressor laboratory environment. (Public Hearing Fujitsu, and Mitsubishi opposed DOE’s speed. Manufacturers will be relied Tr., p. 62) Given this, DOE offered, at proposed definition of maximum upon to provide the independent testing the public meeting, an algorithm for compressor speed. (ARI, No. 21 at p. 2; laboratory with a means for conducting specifying the number of indoor units Sanyo, No. 15 at p. 2; Fujitsu, No. 13 at tests at this speed. Minimum speed may that are turned on for a given test. This p. 2; Mitsubishi, No. 20 at p. 4) They not be the absolute minimum speed at algorithm is shown in Table 1, below. recommended using the rated capacity which the compressor can operate, but

VerDate Aug<31>2005 18:36 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59910 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

it is expected to be a speed below which intermediate-speed tests and then use that matches the outdoor unit than it is the compressor would rarely operate. linear fits for calculating COP and EER to restrict selection to units from the DOE concurs with Sanyo and ARI and within the intermediate-speed operating highest sales model family, for cases expects test laboratories to measure range. Adopting these two changes for where both criteria cannot be met. As performance over the wide modulation variable-speed one-to-one units would for Copeland’s statement that the range that is characteristic of multi- create a second compliance path that definition includes references to the splits. Thus, to the issue of what would likely cause different SEER and capacity of the outdoor unit and the compressor speed to use when HSPF ratings than the current test cumulative capacities of the indoor conducting minimum speed and procedure. Therefore, in adopting these units even though no prescriptions are maximum speed tests, DOE is changes, DOE is not extending them to given to evaluate these capacities, DOE maintaining the current test procedure variable-speed one-to-one units. agrees but nonetheless will allow their language in sections 3.2.4 and 3.6.4 of Although DOE expects the current test use in this particular definition. Appendix M. procedure to yield the higher ratings for Manufacturers are able to estimate the DOE adopts the July 2006 proposed one-to-one units, it will rely on the rated capacities of the separate change of allowing the manufacturer to waiver process if any manufacturer components without conducting the specify the compressor speed used for seeks to adopt these two multi-split test rigorous testing associated with ARI the cooling and heating intermediate procedure changes for use in rating Standards 410 (‘‘Forced-Circulation Air- speed/capacity tests. This change variable-speed one-to-one units. Cooling and Air-Heating Coils’’) and 540 provides the manufacturer an Tested combination. On the issue of (‘‘Performance Rating of Positive opportunity to select and verify the the ‘‘tested combination’’—the Displacement Refrigerant Compressors peak-efficiency of the unit being tested. equipment configuration that can be and Compressor Units’’) on each new Coupled with this change, and as also tested in the laboratory and thereby model. Finally, the last element of the proposed in the July 2006 notice, provide a common basis for proposed definition of ‘‘tested steady-state efficiency (EER and COP) comparison—Sanyo, Fujitsu, combination’’ will be changed from ‘‘all over the intermediate-speed range shall Mitsubishi, and ARI recommended have the same external static pressure’’ be calculated using piece-wise linear deleting the requirement that the to ‘‘all be subject to the same minimum fits: a line connecting the minimum- selected indoor units ‘‘represent the external static pressure requirement and intermediate-speed balance points highest-sales-volume type models’’ and (i.e., 0 inches of water column for non- and a line connecting the intermediate- replacing it with ‘‘represent the highest ducted, see Table 2 in Appendix M for and maximum-speed balance points. sales model family.’’ (Sanyo, No. 15 at ducted indoor units) while being One-to-one applicability. Carrier p. 3; Fujitsu, No. 13 at p. 4; Mitsubishi, configurable to produce the same static noted the need for transparency in No. 20 at pp. 5 and 6; ARI, No. 21 at pressure at the exit of each outlet testing and manufacturer test results so p. 6) In addition, Sanyo, Fujitsu, plenum when manifolded as per section that interested parties can verify the Mitsubishi, and ARI recommended that 2.4.1 of Appendix M.’’ This additional performance claims without having to provisions be made in the event that information is provided so that the test consult the manufacturer. (Carrier, No. five of the largest model indoor coils laboratory may conduct the lab testing 17 at p. 2) Trane and ARI pointed out from the selected model family cannot by manifolding the outlets of all the that any steps introduced to facilitate provide a cumulative indoor capacity indoor units together and using one testing and rating modulating multi- that is more than 95 percent of the airflow measuring apparatus to split systems should also be allowed for outdoor unit’s nominal capacity. As to determine the cumulative air volume modulating one-to-one ducted systems references in the proposed definition rate. to promote comparability. (Public that a manufacturer will know the At the August 23, 2006, public Hearing Tr., pp. 87 and 118; ARI, No. 21 capacity of each indoor unit and each meeting, DOE restated its proposed at p. 3) With respect to Carrier’s outdoor unit, Copeland Corporation interim solution for assigning SEER and comment, variable-speed systems do not (Copeland) questioned how the HSPF ratings for untested multi-split lend themselves to being tested by a manufacturer would determine combinations. This interim solution—to third party who does not have the component capacities. (Public Hearing assign the rating measured for the tested cooperation of the outdoor unit Tr., pp. 217–221) Finally, with regard to combination to every other combination manufacturer. Third-party certification the proposal that all of the tested indoor using the same outdoor unit—was programs thus become especially units ‘‘have the same external static included as part of the March 24, 2006, important as they offer the primary pressure,’’ Trane asked how to interpret Federal Register notice that published a pathway for independent verification. that requirement if testing a ducted petition for waiver from the residential For those multi-split products that are multi-split system having indoor units package air conditioner and heat pump not covered by a third-party certification that have different minimum external test procedures that was received from program, DOE can request from the static pressure requirements. (Public Mitsubishi Electric and Electronics manufacturer the information needed to Hearing Tr., p. 229) USA, Inc. (Case No. CAC–012). 71 FR conduct such testing along with DOE accepts the stakeholder 14858. This provision was not in the reviewing the lab test results maintained recommendation of substituting the July 2006 proposed rule, but was by the manufacturer, that substantiate phrase ‘‘represent the highest sales discussed at the public meeting and the multi-split system’s ratings. 10 CFR model family’’ for the originally relevant comments were received in the 430.62(d). proposed wording, ‘‘represent the course of the waiver process. Lennox Of the changes being implemented highest sales volume type models,’’ and Copeland commented that the rated today to allow testing and rating of because it has essentially the same system’s combination of indoor units residential modulating multi-split meaning, but is clearer. Although it is could be very different from those in the systems, two changes could be applied more an issue with commercial multi- tested system, and the ratings agreement to variable-speed one-to-one units. split systems, DOE accepts the proposed would be poor in this case. (Public Together, these two changes would wording to clarify the tested Hearing Tr., pp. 245–246) allow the manufacturer to specify the combination since it is more important Because of the difficulty of compressor speed used for the to obtain a cumulative indoor capacity prescribing similarity of indoor unit

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59911

combinations, and with the belief that a that the time-integrated air temperature cooling mode tests. The three low- rating that reflects the ‘‘highest sales difference across the indoor unit for capacity tests are conducted at different model family’’ is better than no rating, consecutive ‘‘on’’ cycles must change by outdoor dry bulb temperatures (i.e., DOE is including this ratings provision 0.05 °F hr or less while the other was steady-state, wet-coil test at 95 °F in the final rule, with the additional for the average system power outdoor dry bulb temperature (the A1 stipulation that multi-split consumption for the complete ‘‘OFF/ Test); the steady-state, dry-coil test at 82 manufacturers must test two or more ON’’ interval to change by 10 watts or °F (the C1 Test); and the cyclic, dry-coil combinations with each outdoor unit less from one cycle to the next. test at 82 °F (the D1 Test)). The July 2006 unless they have an approved ARM (in ARI, Sanyo, Carrier, and Nordyne commented that repeatability should be proposal was to have all three of these which case, they only need to test one tests replaced by equivalent tests combination). 10 CFR 430.24(m)(2). One addressed by ASHRAE’s Standards Project Committee (SPC) 116, ‘‘Method conducted at an outdoor dry bulb system shall be tested using only non- ° ducted indoor units that meet the of Testing for Rating Seasonal Efficiency temperature of 67 F. definition of a tested combination. The of Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat ARI, Carrier, and Nordyne supported second system shall be tested using only Pumps,’’ not by the DOE test procedure replacing the A1 Test with the steady- ducted indoor units that meet the (ARI, No. 21 at p. 3; Sanyo, No. 15 at state, wet-coil, F1 Test at 67 °F because definition of a tested combination. The p. 5; Carrier, No. 17 at p. 2; Nordyne, the change will close a potential rating given to any untested multi-split No. 19 at p. 2) Finally, ACEEE supports loophole in the current test procedure. system combination having the same DOE’s efforts to capture the essence of (ARI, No. 21 at p. 3; Carrier, No. 17 at outdoor unit and all non-ducted indoor industry best practices for cyclic testing. p. 2; Nordyne, No. 19 at p. 2) This units shall be set equal to the rating of (ACEEE, No. 16 at p. 4) loophole allowed manufacturers a way DOE recognizes that variability is the tested system having all non-ducted to increase the measured SEER by indoor units. The rating given to any inherent in testing products for energy efficiency, including central air disproportionately increasing the untested multi-split system combination electrical power consumption during having the same outdoor unit and all conditioners and central air conditioning heat pumps. In order to the A1 Test. ACEEE supported the ducted indoor units shall be set equal to change in the temperature in the A test, the rating of the tested system having all reduce test variability and increase 1 but expressed its concern that the ducted indoor units. Finally, the rating repeatability of test results, DOE has set change may downgrade the importance given to any untested multi-split system specific requirements for test set-up and combination having the same outdoor measurement to reduce variability. of high temperature performance. unit and a mix of non-ducted and However, even with these requirements, (ACEEE, No. 16 at p. 4) ARI, Carrier, and ducted indoor units shall be set equal to test variability remains. Furthermore, Nordyne commented that the change in the average of the ratings for the two DOE notes that the less repeatable the the C1 and D1 tests is unnecessary since required tested combinations. 10 CFR test, either more units need to be tested these tests are optional and the changes 430.24(m)(2)(ii). Furthermore, DOE to support an energy efficiency rating will do very little to improve the notes that it is including a provision for that is representative of the units true accuracy of SEER. (ARI, No. 21 at p. 3; the use of an alternate rating method. energy efficiency or, if less testing is Carrier, No. 17 at p. 2; Nordyne, No. 19 While DOE is not aware of any done, the product must be rated at p. 2) Carrier also expressed its algorithms appropriate for rating the conservatively (i.e., lower energy concern that products designed and energy efficiency of untested multi-split efficiency rating).4 Test variability can tested under the current methodology system combinations, DOE expects that be further reduced by, for example, may have to be re-rated as a result of the as more laboratory test data and field including more specific requirements in proposal. (Carrier, No. 17 at p. 2) In use data become available, such the DOE test procedures as well as terms of the test procedure, Carrier is algorithms will be developed. through industry actions, such as concerned that a different cyclic- Today’s final rule contains a minor ASHRAE Standard 116. However, degradation coefficient (C ) may result update that was introduced in the July changes to the DOE test procedures to D from replacing the C and D Tests with 2006 proposed rule, removing the limit deal with test variability could increase 1 1 equivalent tests at 67°F. on having only one indoor test room. No the burden and cost of testing. Since the comments were received on this purpose of this requirement was to Collectively, the three proposed proposed change. reduce variability and there are changes make the test conditions for Today’s final rule sufficiently alternative approaches manufacturers two-capacity units consistent with the addresses issues that led to the can take to reduce variability, DOE is test conditions specified for variable- requesting and granting of test not adopting the cyclic changes speed systems. Implementing all three procedure waivers for several models of proposed. Therefore, as part of today’s changes would result in a more normal residential multi-split systems. final rule, DOE makes no changes on test progression for most two-capacity Therefore, all existing waivers defining repeatability during cyclic units: all wet coil tests followed by the concerning residential modulating tests. dry coil test; start with high capacity multi-split systems terminate on the tests and end with the low capacity effective date of today’s final rule. D. Outdoor Air Test Conditions for Units ° Having a Two-Capacity Compressor tests; and start at 95 F, progress to 82 Multi-split manufacturers may use the °F, and then end with 67 °F. These waiver process described in 10 CFR The July 2006 proposed rule included benefits, however, cannot be realized 430.27 to petition for modification of provisions that dealt with the outdoor because of the possibility of causing a today’s test procedure, if necessary. test conditions for three low-capacity change in the SEER ratings of some two- C. Defining ‘‘Repeatable’’ for Cyclic capacity units. Thus, DOE agrees with 4 SEER and HSPF values, per the sampling plan Tests in 10 CFR 430.24, are to be based on the lower 90 the general position of the comments The July 2006 proposed rule percent confidence limit of the true mean divided that the proposal to change the outdoor contained two provisions that further by 0.95 (as opposed to the sample mean), thus the test conditions for the two optional dry- more variability in test results, the more likely that defined repeatable performance during a product’s SEER and HSPF ratings will have to be coil CD tests (C1 and D1 tests) is not cyclic tests. One was the requirement reduced from the true mean. warranted.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 19:03 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59912 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

Therefore, today’s final rule replaces blowers that are affected by this change G. Maximum and Minimum Speed the A1 Test with the F1 Test, as be as generic as possible so as not to Values for Calculating NQ and NE proposed. The F1 Test requires an impede product innovation. (Public ° Rheem inquired as to whether the outdoor dry bulb temperature of 67 F, Hearing Tr., pp. 132–133) minimum and maximum speed and for those few cases where it applies, DOE agrees with ACEEE that the quantities needed to evaluate Appendix an outdoor wet bulb temperature of 53.5 ° proposed language could limit M equations 4.1.3–1 and 4.1.3–3 are to F. The amendments discussed above be determined directly from additional are found in sections 3.2.3 and 4.1.3 of innovation since the proposed amendment was intended to apply to lab testing or from interpolating data Appendix M. ° designs that are not adequately from required tests lab tests at 67 F, 82 ° ° E. Air Volume Rate Less Than addressed by the current air volume F, and 95 F. (NIST, No. 24 at p. 2) In Manufacturer’s Specified Value requirements. Since it is impossible to response, for cooling performance, DOE In the July 2006 proposed rule, and predict what product designs may enter modified section 4.1.4 to explicitly state ˙ k=1 the October 10, 2006, correction notice, the marketplace, specifying the designs that the capacities and Qc (87) and ˙ k=2 DOE proposed modifications to the subject to the new provisions may, in Qc (87), which are used as part of the algorithm for approximating the slope of criteria for using an air volume rate that fact, limit innovation. Therefore, in the intermediate compressor speed is less than the manufacturer’s specified response to ACEEE’s comment, DOE (k=v) capacity curve, are determined by value. The proposal was made to restructured the air volume criteria to evaluating equations 4.1.3–1 and 4.1.3– account for the variability in fan motors, indicate that the change applies to all 3, respectively, for Tj = 87. Similar housings, and wheels. In brief, the designs, except variable-speed, proposed set-up process for the test direction is provided for determining constant-air-volume-rate blowers. In this ˙ k=1 procedure provides for making the power consumption quantities Ec way, the variable-speed, constant- ˙ k=2 incremental adjustments in the indoor (87) and Ec (87) that appear within volume-rate blowers, which the existing fan speed until the indoor unit provides the section 4.1.4 equation for NE. For an external static pressure that is equal test procedure adequately addresses, heating performance, such direction to or greater than the applicable DOE continue to be subject to the existing already exists within the section on minimum (i.e., 0.1, 0.15, or 0.20 inch of requirement. calculating the HSPF for a variable- water column, if a non-small-duct, high- F. Updating References to Industry speed heat pump, with regard to the source of the minimum speed quantities velocity (SDHV) system), while Standards operating at the manufacturer-specified at 35 °F. air volume rate or, if needed, at the air The July 2006 proposed rule included This change does not affect the volume rate between 95 percent and 100 updates to references to current industry calculated SEER. The revised text is percent that produces the corresponding test standards, including ASHRAE found following the equation for NE in DOE minimum static pressure value. Standard 23–2005, ‘‘Methods of Testing section 4.1.4 of Appendix M. For comparison, the current algorithm for Rating Positive Displacement H. Using the Default or Tested Value of in the DOE test procedure does not Refrigerant Compressors and Cyclic-Degradation Coefficient allow the air volume rate to be reduced Condensing Units,’’ ASHRAE Standard Carrier asked if the manufacturer from 100 percent for the case where the 37–2005, ‘‘Methods of Testing for Rating external static pressure is less than elects to run the optional tests, and the Electrically Driven Unitary Air- specified by the test procedure. The resulting CD exceeds the 0.25 default Conditioning and Heat Pump proposed criteria apply to all ducted value, is the manufacturer obligated to blower-coil systems, except those Equipment,’’ and ASHRAE Standard use the tested value. (Public Hearing Tr., having a variable-speed motor that is 116–1995 (RA2005), ‘‘Methods of p. 31) The current test procedure controlled based on maintaining a Testing for Rating Seasonal Efficiency of addresses this scenario for most cases constant air volume rate. The proposed Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat where a CD is used in the SEER and criteria include two cases where the test Pumps.’’ Nordyne commented in HSPF calculations. Specifically, laboratory is instructed to operate at an support of this proposal. (Nordyne, No. sections 4.1.1, 4.1.2.1, 4.1.3.1, 4.1.4.1, air volume rate less than that specified 19 at p. 2) 4.2.1, and 4.2.3.1, direct that if the by the manufacturer: (1) If the highest In addition, subsequent to the optional test(s) are not conducted, the indoor fan speed setting cannot yield publication of the July 2006 proposed cooling (heating) cyclic-degradation c h the DOE-specified external static rule, ARI released an updated version of coefficient, CD (CD ), is to be set to the pressure minimum while supplying the ARI Standard 210/240, ‘‘Performance default value of 0.25. If the optional test(s) are conducted, C c (C h) must to manufacturer-specified air volume rate, Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning and D D be set to the lower of: the value and (2) if the manufacturer’s specified Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment.’’ The air volume rate yields a ratio higher calculated per the test or the default updated version of ARI Standard 210/ than 37.5 standard cubic feet per minute value of 0.25. In response to Carrier’s 240 included references to the DOE test (scfm) per 1000 Btu/h. comment, DOE has added similar Nordyne, Carrier and Rheem procedure as amended by the final rule wording to sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3, supported the proposed criteria for published on October 11, 2005. This the only sections that did not include using an air volume rate that is less than latest version of ARI Standard 210/240 the clarifying language found in the the manufacturer’s specified value. had not been released at the time that sections referenced above. (Nordyne, No. 19 at p. 2; Carrier, No. 17 the content of the July 2006 proposed Furthermore, in reviewing the at p. 3; Public Hearing Tr., p. 135; and rule had been finalized. Since the organization of the current test Public Hearing Tr., pp. 134–135) ACEEE updated test procedures do not affect procedure while considering this commented that since the proposed the measure of efficiency and provide update, DOE found that the information language specified which product manufacturers with current test would be better placed in the earlier designs would be subject to this standards, DOE moves today to adopt sections (within section 3) with the requirement, they recommended that the 2006 version of ARI Standard 210/ instructions as to which tests to conduct the wording for the types of indoor 240. based on the type of equipment (i.e.,

VerDate Aug<31>2005 19:03 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59913

single-speed, two-capacity, variable- J. Clarification of the Sample Population proposal was made in recognition that speed, etc). Therefore, language has Used To Validate the Rated Seasonal coil-only units represent the been added in the test procedure to Energy Efficiency Ratio and Heating overwhelming majority of installations clarify that if the tested cyclic- Seasonal Performance Factor of Heat of central air conditioners and, as such, degradation coefficient is higher than Pumps the highest-sales-volume should reflect the default value, the default value is to DOE proposed that a manufacturer standard practice. The proposal also be used to calculate SEER and HSPF. must include the cooling and heating minimizes instances where the highest- (see sections 3.2.1, 3.2.2.1, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, results from each heat pump of the sales volume combination of a split- 3.5.3, 3.6.1, 3.6.2, 3.6.3, 3.6.4, 3.8.1, sample population when obtaining the system air conditioner could be defined 4.1.3.3, and 4.2.3.3). certified SEER and HSPF ratings. This as one with a ‘‘blower-coil’’ in order to requirement disallows testing multiple meet Federal minimum energy I. Guidance on the Inclusion of Pre- heat pumps and then using a subset of efficiency standards and then have the Production Units in the Sample results for assigning the certified SEER outdoor unit combined with coil-only Population rating and a different subset of results indoor units where the combination would not meet the Federal energy As part of the July 2006 proposed for determining the certified HSPF rating. The proposal provided one efficiency standards. rule, DOE proposed that only pre- ACEEE, Carrier and ARI agreed that exception, which would allow production units fabricated using the some clarification to the test procedure additional testing in just one mode, same tooling used for the eventual full- was needed in order to avoid such cooling or heating, if the manufacturer production units could be used as part situations. (ACEEE, No. 16 at p. 5; ARI, elected to discontinue testing in the No. 21 at p. 4; Public Hearing Tr., pp. of the tested sample population to other mode at some point in the sample 208–209) ACEEE supported the goal of obtain the certified ratings of full- sequence. production units. ACEEE, Nordyne, and Carrier not having outdoor units installed with ARI, Nordyne, and Carrier supported the intent of clarifying the coil-only indoor units where the combination does not meet the energy commented that the proposed wording sample population used for determining efficiency standard. (ACEEE, No. 16 at is too narrow, and recommended that heat pump ratings. (ACEEE, No. 16 at p. p. 5) Instead of the proposed text, ARI the current regulatory language not be 5; Nordyne, No. 19 at p. 3; Carrier, No. and Carrier recommended that DOE changed. (ARI, No. 21 at p. 4; Nordyne, 17 at p. 2) Carrier and the ACEEE, however, recommended deleting the adopt the wording from the 2006 ARI No. 19 at p. 3; Carrier, No. 17 at p. 2) Certification Program Operational ARI and Trane explained that the exception, noting that additional testing is insignificant as compared to the Manual for Unitary Air Conditioners & tooling used for pre-production units is Air-Source Unitary Heat Pumps (Rated often different than that used for potential for misrepresented ratings. (Carrier, No. 17 at p. 2; ACEEE, No. 16 Below 65,000 Btu/h Cooling). (ARI, No. production units. (Public Hearing Tr., 21 at p. 4; Public Hearing Tr., pp. 208– pp. 192–193) Trane stated that pre- at p. 5) DOE is aware of the testing burden on 209) Carrier and ARI commented that production units must have the same manufacturers, but agrees with Carrier the proposed exception for outdoor configuration as the production unit to and the ACEEE that this particular units that prevent installations with be included in the sample population, attempt at marginally reducing the test coil-only units with a proprietary while Carrier suggested using wording burden is not worthwhile. Thus, today’s interface should be eliminated because such as that in the ARI Certification final rule adopts the proposal that all it is not enforceable. Nordyne strongly Program Operational Manual to define units of the sample population must be objected to the entire proposal, stating the configuration (e.g., same tested in both the cooling and heating that it restricts a manufacturer’s use of compressor, same air flow, etc.). (Public modes and the results used for technology. (Nordyne, No. 19 at pp. 3– Hearing Tr., pp. 192, 198–199) Rheem determining the heat pump’s certified 4) Moreover, to implement such a commented that the ARI internal SEER and HSPF ratings without change, Nordyne asserted that DOE process handles ratings derived from adopting the proposed exception for needs to analyze the impact of pre-production units by making the additional testing. minimally compliant units. Nordyne, model subject to certification testing however, did note its support for the K. Clarification of the Definition of a immediately after production starts. proposed exception for blower coils ‘‘Highest-Sales-Volume Combination’’ (Public Hearing Tr., p. 202) having a proprietary interface. DOE proposed amendments to the ARI and Carrier recommended the DOE agrees that the proposed definition of the Highest-Sales-Volume following alternative text to the July criterion is too narrow, and that Combination (HSVC) to require that a 2006 proposed rule: different tooling can yield equivalent single-speed, split-system air HSVTC, Highest-sales-volume Tested machinery. Moreover, DOE believes that conditioner must include the coil-only Combination. For Unitary Air-Conditioners spot checks conducted under an indoor unit likely to have the largest below 14 SEER, the HSVTC must be an RCU- industry certification program, such as volume of retail sales with the particular A-C combination, except for through-the-wall and ductless equipment (RCU-A-CBO). For the ARI Certification Program, provide a model of outdoor unit. Proposed 10 CFR safeguard against the performance of the Unitary Air-Conditioners 14 SEER and above, 430.24(m)(2). In addition, DOE every outdoor model number must have a production unit deviating appreciably proposed exceptions to this requirement coil-only rating. Coil-only ratings offered for from ratings derived from testing pre- to provide for equipment designed sale must be publicly viewable. Coil-only production units. For these reasons, exclusively for blower-coil installations: ratings not offered for sale are viewable only DOE is not amending the existing mini-splits; multi-splits; small-duct, to ARI staff. Non-viewable ratings fall under requirements and will continue to allow high-velocity systems; through-the-wall all compliance guidelines except the challenge procedure. If a non-publicly manufacturers to test pre-production units; and condensing units having viewable rating falls below NAECA units. features (e.g., proprietary interfaces) that minimum, then the manufacturer must prevent their installation with third- submit a coil-only rating that meets NAECA party, coil-only indoor units. This minimum and is verified through ARI testing.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59914 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

Until then, the Basic Model Group ratings July 2006 proposed rule. DOE believes combination. The proposed approach will not be listed in the ARI directory. that its proposal, which is adopted in applied to untested combinations Historically, the highest sales volume today’s final rule, increases the offered by system manufacturers and by combination for most split-system air likelihood that the outdoor unit, in independent coil manufacturers (ICM’s). conditioners has had a coil-only indoor combination with any compatible ACEEE commented in support of the unit. Both the June 2006 proposed rule indoor unit, will meet the federal energy proposal to limit the difference between and the ARI alternative maintain this efficiency standards. This is because the calculated and tested SEER and HSPF historical practice. DOE, however, proposal which is adopted today values. (ACEEE, No. 16 at p. 5) Carrier believes ARI’s approach is arbitrary and ensures that the tested combinations, and Nordyne also supported the DOE results in uncertainties to upon which most ratings are based, proposal for SEER ratings but Carrier manufacturers. Furthermore, DOE reflect the outdoor-indoor combinations does not believe a similar cap is believes it would be difficult to most likely to be sold. Furthermore, this required for HSPF ratings. (Carrier, No. implement the above ARI algorithm. language does not limit technology 17 at p. 3; Nordyne, No. 19 at p. 4) With the ARI approach, the options to manufacturers, since the test Using data from the September 2006 manufacturer may have to re-test in a procedure allows for representations of ARI Online Directory, Carrier found that coil-only configuration after having other than the highest-sales-volume the proposed 5 percent SEER limit tested in a blower-coil configuration, if combination. would affect the ratings of 1.05 percent the expected SEER of 14 or higher is not With regard to Nordyne’s comment of OEM coil-only combinations and that DOE needs to analyze the impact of realized in laboratory testing. In 13.87 percent of ICM coil-only the clarifications on minimally addition, if DOE were to adopt the ARI combinations. (Carrier, No. 17 at p. 4) At compliant units, DOE fails to see how alternative and the minimum energy the public meeting, Carrier offered the clarification in the definition will efficiency standards were amended, similar statistics to show that ICM’s, in alter the rating of a particular split- DOE would have to modify the general, rate condenser-coil system air conditioner. The clarification requirement, since the new minimum combinations employing the same ensures that the highest-sales-volume could be higher than the 14 SEER condenser at higher efficiencies than the split-system air conditioner—which is requirement in the ARI alternative. OEM’s. Carrier also offered statistics to subject to testing—yields ratings Conversely, in formulating the approach show that a small number of ICM’s reflective of the outdoor-indoor proposed in the July 2006 proposed provide most of the ratings that are more combinations most likely to be sold. For than 5 percent higher than the OEM rulemaking, DOE first considered split-system air conditioners rating for the highest-sales combination. requiring that all split-system air ‘‘representative’’ and ‘‘highest sales’’ (Public Hearing Tr., p. 265) Carrier also conditioners be tested with a coil-only historically equate to coil-only indoor cites the September 2006 NIST ‘‘Survey indoor unit. DOE recognized, however, units. Only mini-splits, multi-splits, and of SEER Ratings for Independent Coil that in addition to the exceptions such through-the-wall units can currently Manufacturer Mixed Systems’’ as as equipment designed exclusively for argue for an exception, since, in these demonstrating the need to address the blower-coil installations, other cases, the outdoor units would be sold issue. (Carrier, No. 17 at p. 3) exceptions would have to be recognized. in combination with specific indoor These other exceptions include two- units which would include a fan and a Lennox disagrees with the June 2006 capacity and variable-speed units, coil. proposal. Lennox points out that the because they are always much more Therefore, DOE is adopting the proposed 5 percent limit is not efficient than 14 SEER, and do not risk language of the July 2006 proposed rule, technically supported and that the having a coil-only combination that to require that the highest sales volume practical limit is more likely 13 percent would not meet the DOE efficiency combination of a single-speed, split- than 5 percent. Lennox notes that the standards. Therefore, DOE applied the system air conditioner must include the NIST report referenced above states that coil-only requirement only to split coil-only indoor unit likely to have the ‘‘maximum gains in SEER associated system air conditioners having a single- largest volume of retail sales with the with coil capacity and improved speed compressor. particular model of outdoor unit. The expansion devices are approximately 10 Returning to the issue of listed only change from the proposed rule is percent and 2.5 percent, respectively.’’ exceptions, DOE agrees with ARI and to limit the exceptions to mini-splits, (Lennox, No. 22 at p. 1) Lennox reports Carrier that the proposed exception for multi-splits, and through-the-wall units. that an independent laboratory tested combinations that prevent applications two different condensing units having with third-party coil-only indoor units L. Upper Limit on the Difference 13 SEER HSVC ratings with an alternate, would be prohibitively difficult to Between Calculated and Tested non-HSVC, evaporator coil. According define, verify, and enforce. DOE Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio and to Lennox, the non-HSVC tested believes that its proposal to substitute Heating Seasonal Performance Factor combinations produced SEER ratings the words ‘‘mini-splits’’ and ‘‘multi- Values 7.9 and 11.8 percent higher than the splits’’ for ‘‘ductless equipment,’’ is DOE proposed setting a 5 percent 13.0 SEER rating of the HSVC units. somewhat more comprehensive because limit on the amount that a rating for an Lennox argues that data analysis it includes ducted multi-split systems. untested split-system combination conducted by Carrier is incomplete and Finally, SDHV manufacturers, at could exceed the rating of the that having to test combinations that are present, only manufacture indoor coils corresponding HSVC. 71 FR 41330, July projected to exceed the 5 percent limit and do not manufacture outdoor units. 20, 2006. The proposed limit only will be overly burdensome. Lennox Since SDHV manufacturers do not offer applied to applications where both further stated that the combination of for sale complete systems, they are not combinations used coil-only indoor DOE approval of the ARM, subject to specifying HSVC’s. Thus, units. Ratings based on testing are not governmentally enforceable penalties SDHV systems do not need to be subject to the 5 percent limit. for overrating, and an industry- included as an exception. Manufacturers seeking a rating that sponsored certification program ‘‘ensure As to Nordyne’s objections, DOE exceeds the 5 percent limit can do so by a reasonable level of rating integrity and stands by its position as stated in the testing the particular coil-only result in a full availability of cost

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59915

effective, higher efficiency combinations untested combination ratings is the ARM without the adjustment/tuning for consumers.’’ (Lennox, No. 22 at p. 2) warranted. However, DOE finds, from a factor. The purpose is to limit the ARI commented that the DOE review of the data and comments amount of manufacturer’s ‘‘tuning’’ of proposed 5 percent upper limit is received, that the ratings of some non- ARMs, without resubmitting the ARM arbitrary and will unduly penalize HSVCs are higher that what would seem for DOE review in accordance with 10 manufacturers who participate in the warranted. DOE supports the steps CFR 430.24(m)(5). DOE is concerned ARI certification program. Furthermore, recently implemented by ARI’s that the ‘‘tuned’’ ARMs will result in a ARI commented that inconsistent certification program to more frequently different model than the one the ratings for untested split-system check combinations having suspect Department had reviewed and approved combinations have been discussed at ratings. Moreover, DOE is amending the under 10 CFR 430.24(m)(5). The length with the appropriate ARI test procedure to emphasize its right to changes were proposed to improve the committees for quite some time, and, obtain information that is the basis for current regulatory language that states based on these discussions, significant any manufacturer’s rating. DOE will the ARM must be used to obtain changes were made to strengthen the require documentation to justify ratings ‘‘representative values of the measures credibility of the ARI certification more than 6 percent higher that the of energy consumption.’’ 10 CFR program. (ARI, No. 21 at p. 5) For rated efficiency of the HSVC unit. If 430.24(m)(2)(ii). example, ARI commented that coil-only DOE questions the rating, the ARI commented that ‘‘untested’’ combinations (system manufacturers manufacturer will be responsible for combinations are subject to verification and ICMs) with SEER ratings that are 6 verifying the ARM, and supplying to testing in the ARI Certification Program percent above the SEER rating of the DOE the ARM used and furnishing the and so placing a limit on the adjustment highest-sales-volume tested specific input parameters used for each factor is unwarranted for combinations combination are automatically subject to condenser-evaporator combination, the listed in the ARI directory. (ARI, No. 21 testing as part of the ARI certification energy efficiency rating of the HSVC, at p. 5) Carrier commented that any program. (ARI, No. 21 at p. 5) the energy efficiency results of the adjustment based on actual testing to be The analysis conducted by Carrier ARM, and the rated energy efficiency of not only allowable but desirable. and NIST certainly justifies further the units in question. Furthermore, the (Carrier, No. 17 at p. 3) Nordyne was scrutiny of ratings of untested manufacturer must be prepared to willing to consider the concept of a combinations of split-system central air provide the information source and/or maximum allowable adjustment but conditioners. The SEER ratings reported justification for any input parameter. stated that the exact values and the by Lennox raise a few questions, while In summary, DOE is not adopting the specific wording needed further review. suggesting that the proposed mechanism proposed 5 percent limit on the (Nordyne, No. 19 at p. 4) and 5 percent limit may not be maximum amount that a rating for an In reviewing its files of ARMs that adequate, but Lennox doesn’t offer an untested coil-only split-system can DOE has approved, DOE finds that none alternative. For example, how much of exceed the rating of the HSVC. Instead, reference an ARM/simulation the ratings difference is a result of the DOE will evaluate the improvements adjustment factor, or equivalent. Yet, better performance of the mixed system available through using new and the use of such adjustment factors indoor units? How much of the ratings improved ARMs and the results from appears to be common. This situation, difference results from the HSVC rating internal changes made as part of the ARI along with the fact that most being conservative ‘‘ i.e., although rated Certification Program. DOE will give manufacturers’ ARMs have not been at 13.0, the tested SEER of the HSVCs follow-up priority to individual updated in many years, and that most, is likely higher? If the percent combinations having questionably high if not all, of the models upon which the differences reported by Lennox had ratings (for example, a coil-only system ARMs were based have been removed been based on the measured SEER of the having a rating that exceeds the rating from the marketplace because they did HSVC, the respective magnitudes would of a coil-only highest sales volume not meet the 13 SEER standard leads likely have been less, possibly much combination by more than 6 percent). DOE to conclude that it is likely some less. The text that sets forth DOE’s authority ARMs need the adjustment factor in As for Lennox’s comment that the to examine ratings for untested split order to correctly predict the efficiency NIST report supports a higher system combinations is found in 10 CFR of untested combinations. percentage, DOE notes that the NIST 430.24(m)(5) of today’s rule. In view of the foregoing, DOE is analysis only commented on the effect amending 10 CFR 430.24(m)(5) to of increased coil capacity and an M. Clarification of the Published Ratings require published ratings for an improved expansion device, two factors for Untested Split-System Combinations untested split-system combination to be that increase SEER. The impact of the DOE proposed amendments to 10 CFR equal to, or lower than, the value larger coil on compressor power 430.24(m)(4) to require published calculated using the DOE-approved consumption, however, was believed ratings for an untested split-system ARM. The practice of ‘‘tuning’’ an ARM negligible even though it too would combination to be equal to, or lower or computer simulation by using typically increase. Thus, for the nominal than, the value calculated using the laboratory data from tests on the HSVC case where a power increase DOE-approved ARM. 71 FR 41336. The or any other split-system combination accompanies the capacity gain, the proposed language specifically tested in accordance with the sample maximum SEER increase predicted by recognized that a manufacturer may use plan of 10 CFR 430.24(m), and then the long-standing NIST ARM is in the 9 laboratory data from the HSVC testing to using the tuned ARM to calculate the to 10 percent range, higher than the 5 adjust or ‘‘tune’’ its ARM, or a ratings for untested combinations that percent limit proposed in the NOPR, but simulation subcomponent, when use the same outdoor unit, is now less than the maximum increase stated calculating the ratings for untested referenced in 10 CFR 430.24(m)(4). by Lennox. combinations that use the same outdoor DOE, however, is not adopting a limit Upon consideration of the above unit. Under the proposal, the amount of on how much the SEER/HSPF rating, comments, DOE believes that its 5 adjustment is limited to a 5 percent calculated using an ARM, may exceed percent limit, as proposed, is deficient. increase in the calculated rating the rating obtained without using the DOE still believes that more scrutiny of compared to the rating obtained using adjustment factor.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59916 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

N. Ratings That Are Based on Using a define coil circuitry. Trane responded surrounding ambient to 0.5 inches of Particular Furnace or Ducted Air Mover that if this coil differentiating feature water column or less. If the particular DOE proposed having manufacturers were deleted then it wouldn’t have to be test setup permits, the outlet air document those published ratings that defined. (Public Hearing Tr., p. 297) damper box used for cyclic tests can In considering the comments are based on a complete system double as the adjustable air damper. received, DOE finds the proposed consisting of a coil-only air conditioner This change is found in section amendments to the definition cause or heat pump and a particular model of 2.5.4.3 of Appendix M. more confusion than the existing furnace. The model number of the definition, therefore, DOE is not Optional high-capacity cyclic- furnace would be published, most likely amending the definition of coil circuitry degradation coefficient (CD). Today’s in addition to the indoor unit model at this time. final rule reinstates the optional high- number. capacity cyclic-degradation coefficient ACEEE supported the measure, as III. Summary of Other Additions, (CD) testing for two-capacity units that originally proposed. (ACEEE, No. 16 at Changes, and Corrections to the lock out low-capacity operation at p. 5) Nordyne and ARI also supported Department of Energy Residential outdoor temperatures where the unit is the measure but suggest replacing the Central Air Conditioner and Heat Pump otherwise projected to modulate word ‘‘furnace’’ with a more generic Test Procedure between low and high capacities/ term so that the requirement is extended The following discussion summarizes compressor stages. In lieu of testing, the to all indoor air movers. (Nordyne, No. revisions that were proposed in the July default value for the high-capacity CD 19 at p. 4; ARI, No. 21 at p. 6) Nordyne 2006 proposed rule and received no will be the value of the low-capacity CD. suggests using ‘‘indoor blower’’ and ARI substantive comments. The specific change is reflected in suggests ‘‘ducted air mover.’’ Small-duct, high-velocity (SDHV) sections 3.2.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.5.3, 3.6.3, 3.8, DOE accepts the recommendation of systems. Today’s final rule adopts the 3.8.1, 4.1.3.3, and 4.2.3.3 of Appendix using generic wording to clearly convey following five changes that apply M. the equipment components that exclusively to small-duct, high-velocity Two-capacity heat pump default contribute to the published rating, and (SDHV) systems: equations. Instead of conducting the selects the description ‘‘ducted air —The minimum external-static-pressure laboratory test, default equations are mover.’’ DOE adopts revised text for 10 levels that must be equaled or now provided to approximate the CFR 430.62(a)(4)(i) and (ii) that exceeded during the first test on any performance of a two-capacity heat explicitly states that the model number SDHV system will be 1.0 inches of pump operating at low capacity and of the ducted air mover, if applicable, water column higher than the 35 °F outdoor temperature. The default must be included among the minimum that is required of non- equations appear in section 3.6.3 of manufacturer’s model numbers SDHV units. For example, for Appendix M. submitted on the certification report to equipment having rated cooling Duct loss correction. Except as noted DOE. Compared to the wording capacities from 29,000 to 42,500 Btu/ proposed in the July 2006 proposed below, DOE adopts the practice of h, the minimum external static applying a duct loss correction to the rule, today’s revision is simpler, in that pressure is 1.15 inches of water it does not repeat text from 10 CFR cooling and heating capacities column for SDHV systems, compared determined using the indoor air 430.62(a)(4) in sections 430.62(a)(4)(i) to 0.15 inches of water column for and (a)(4)(ii). enthalpy method. The losses occur conventional blower-coil systems. within the section of insulated duct that O. Revisions to the Definition of ‘‘Coil This change is found in section extends between the outlet of the indoor Family’’ 3.1.4.1.1 of Appendix M. unit and the test facility’s outlet —All balance dampers or restrictor temperature grid. The correction, DOE proposed minor modifications to devices on or inside the unit must be however, does not apply to the two the existing definition of ‘‘coil family,’’ set fully open or on the lowest indoor capacities used for calculating a to improve its readability and make it restriction setting. This change is cyclic-degradation coefficient, C . The easier to understand. 71 FR 41335. found in section 2.2 of Appendix M. D Nordyne and Rheem asked for —The size of the duct connected to the change affects sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.7, clarifications to the proposed language. outlet of the indoor unit must not 3.9.1, and 3.11 of Appendix M and is (Nordyne, No. 19 at p. 4) exceed prescribed limits. This change implemented by referencing sections Concerning Nordyne’s comment, DOE is found in section 2.4.1 of Appendix 7.3.3.3 and 7.3.4.3 of ASHRAE Standard had no intention other than to offer a M. 37–2005 for cooling and heating tests, few editorial improvements, and to —When a closed-loop, air-enthalpy test respectively. heighten awareness of the definition apparatus is used on the indoor side, Air volume. DOE adopts the definition among stakeholders, given the related the test laboratory must limit the of ‘‘standard air’’ as given in ASHRAE discussion of ARMs. As proposed, DOE airflow resistance on the inlet-side of Standard 37–2005. This change affects viewed the substantive content of the the indoor blower-coil to a maximum section 1.37 of Appendix M and causes definition as adequate for the purpose of value of 0.1 inches of water column. standard air volume rates to be designating what split systems may be The balance of the airflow resistance expressed in terms of dry air, not moist used for verifying an ARM. There was must be imposed on the outlet-side of air. DOE replaces the proper names no change proposed to the definition of the indoor blower. This change is containing the words ‘‘Certified Air ‘‘coil family’’ with respect to coil found in section 3.1.4.1.1 of Volume Rate’’ with ‘‘Full-load Air circuitry. In both the current and Appendix M. Volume Rate.’’ The change will proposed test procedures, ‘‘coil —The test setup must include an eliminate confusion over whether the circuitry’’ is included in a list of design adjustable air damper that is air volume rates specified in the test features that affect heat exchanger positioned immediately upstream of procedure are certified values, which performance. In responding to the the airflow measuring apparatus that they are not. This change appears in question raised by Rheem, NIST asked limits the differential pressure numerous places within the DOE test attendees at the public meeting how to between the inside of the duct and the procedure, mostly in section 3 and

VerDate Aug<31>2005 18:36 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59917

Tables 3 to 6 and Tables 9 to 12 of and power curves when the heat pump ratings of two-capacity systems. Since Appendix M. is operated at the intermediate two-capacity systems are inherently ARMs. DOE adopts revised language compressor speed, k = v. These more energy efficient, DOE concludes for 10 CFR 430.24(m)(6) that describes intermediate speed slopes are derived that these amendments would only the specific information the from the slopes of the minimum and affect higher efficiency systems and, manufacturer must include in its maximum speed curves, weighting each therefore, not require DOE to amend its submittal when requesting DOE’s accordingly. The terms NQ and NE are energy conservation standards. approval of the manufacturer’s ARM. the weighting factors for the maximum The change to allow the use of default The revision expands the options speed slopes. equations instead of conducting a low- regarding the data used to evaluate and In the October 2005 final rule, section capacity Frost Accumulation Test will verify the ARM and provides a 4.2.4 of Appendix M, the equations for negatively impact the measured HSPF. compliance path for manufacturers who MQ and ME each consist of the sum of DOE estimates that the HSPF could be offer indoor units from only one coil two expressions in square brackets. In as much as 0.3 point lower if the default family. the right-hand bracketed expression of equations are used to obtain the value Definitions. DOE incorporates the both equations, the divisor line is too corresponding to climate Region IV and definition for ‘‘private labelers’’ from long. It should not extend under NQ in the minimum design-heating EPCA, 42 U.S.C. 6291(15) into 10 CFR the equation for MQ, nor should it requirement instead of testing. This 430.2. Definitions for the terms ‘‘indoor extend under NE in the equation for ME. change will not affect the HSPF of a unit,’’ ‘‘outdoor unit,’’ and ‘‘ARM/ The divisor line is being shortened so currently rated heat pump because use simulation adjustment factor’’ have also that the equation returns to its format of the default equations is optional and been added. Under 10 CFR established in the 1988 revision of the DOE understands manufacturers test 430.24(m)(5), DOE adopts revised test procedure. (53 FR 8304, March 14, products instead of using the default language to specify that the 1988). The same misprint did not occur value and, therefore, there is no change requirements also apply to private within the comparable cooling mode as a result of today’s revisions. labelers, and not just to manufacturers. equations. Changing the maximum duration of For example, private labelers, like all Frost Accumulation Tests from 12 manufacturers, are responsible for IV. Effect of Test Procedure Revisions hours to 6 hours is expected to only ensuring that reported ratings for on Compliance With Standards affect the average space heating capacity untested split-system combinations are In amending a test procedure, section and power at 35 °F by causing a based on a DOE-approved ARM. 323(e) of EPCA directs DOE to minimal, systematic increase in the October 2005 final rule. In addition, determine to what extent, if any, the test derived HSPF for the rare case where DOE is correcting two errors that were procedure would alter the measured the heat pump remains completely mistakenly introduced in the test energy efficiency of the covered product frosted beyond 6 hours. DOE believes procedure final rule published on and if the amended test procedure alters such a situation is extremely unlikely, October 11, 2005. 70 FR 59122. The the measured efficiency, the Secretary is especially for tests at full-load. October 2005 final rule incorrectly to amend the applicable energy DOE does not expect that adopting the specifies the outdoor test conditions conservation standard to the extent the practice of applying a duct loss used for the optional low-capacity amended test procedure changes the correction to the cooling and heating heating-mode cyclic test for two- energy efficiency of products that capacities determined using the indoor capacity heat pumps. The temperatures minimally comply with the existing air enthalpy method to cause an for this test are incorrectly specified in standard. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)) In increase in SEER or HSPF. This is the October 2005 final rule as 62 °F db/ recognition of this requirement, the July because the test procedure is simply 56.5°F wb. These temperatures should 2006 proposed rule requested comments catching up with current practice. have remained as they were, with the on whether any of the proposed changes Making the definition of ‘‘standard values 47°F db/43°F wb. This error was would affect the measures of energy air’’ consistent with the definition in unfortunately not discovered until after efficiency, and, if so, to what extent, ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 will have the final rule became effective on April when tested under the current test no effect on the SEER and HSPF as 10, 2006. DOE has been informed that procedure. DOE received no comments calculated using the October 2005 final several new models of two-capacity heat in response. The issue was also raised rule. 70 FR 59122 (October 11, 2005). pumps have been rated for HSPF based at the public hearing, and DOE again Finally, changing the one steady-state, on conducting the low-capacity heating received no comments that any models low-capacity cooling-mode test mode cyclic test at 62 °F db/56.5 °F wb. would fail to meet the standard when condition from 95 °F to 67 °F for two- In implementing the test condition tested using the new test procedure. capacity units is projected to change the correction, DOE will not require that Since DOE did not receive comments on calculated SEER very minimally— these affected models of two-capacity this issue, and based on the discussion within ± 0.1 SEER point—in most cases. heat pumps be retested and rerated below, DOE concludes that the However, the reduction in SEER could since the difference in energy efficiency amendments to the central air be very considerable if the power is very slight, (i.e., tenths of HSPF). This conditioner and central air conditioning consumption during the 95 °F test at low correction appears in section 3.6.3b and test procedures adopted in today’s final capacity is increased in an effort to Table 11 of Appendix M. rule do not change the measure of obtain lower estimates, through The second correction affects two energy efficiency of central air extrapolation, of the power equations used for calculating the HSPF conditioners and central air consumption for low-capacity at of a variable-speed heat pump. Within conditioning heat pumps that minimally temperatures less than 82 °F. In general, section 4.2.4 of Appendix M of the final comply with the existing standard. the impact of the change will be rule published on October 11, 2005, the Therefore, amendments to the existing measurable if the unit’s electrical power terms NQ and NE are incorrectly energy efficiency standard are not draw increases atypically at higher positioned within the equations for MQ required. outdoor temperatures when operating at and ME, respectively. MQ and ME Some revisions in today’s final rule low capacity. However, two-capacity correspond to the slopes of the capacity are expected to slightly change the compressors are inherently more energy

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59918 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

efficient and are not used in minimally Paperwork Reduction Act. (44 U.S.C. Executive Order 12988 specifically compliant units, and, therefore, DOE 3501 et seq.) requires that Executive agencies make concludes that this amendment to the every reasonable effort to ensure that the D. Review Under the National test procedure will not change the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the Environmental Policy Act of 1969 energy efficiency of marginally preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly compliant units. DOE has determined that this rule specifies any effect on existing Federal falls into a class of actions that are law or regulation; (3) provides a clear V. Procedural Requirements categorically excluded from review legal standard for affected conduct A. Review Under Executive Order 12866 under the National Environmental while promoting simplification and Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et burden reduction; (4) specifies the Today’s regulatory action is not a seq.) and DOE’s implementing retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ under regulations at 10 CFR part 1021. This defines key terms; and (6) addresses section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, rule amends an existing rule without other important issues affecting clarity Regulatory Planning and Review, 58 FR changing its environmental effect, and, and general draftsmanship under any 51735 (October 4, 1993). Accordingly, therefore, is covered by the Categorical guidelines issued by the Attorney this action was not subject to review Exclusion in paragraph A5 to subpart D, General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order under the Executive Order by the Office 10 CFR part 1021. Accordingly, neither 12988 requires Executive agencies to of Information and Regulatory Affairs in an environmental assessment nor an review regulations in light of applicable the Office of Management and Budget. environmental impact statement is standards in section 3(a) and section required. B. Review Under the Regulatory 3(b) to determine whether they are met Flexibility Act E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’ 64 FR 43255 (August 4, 1999) imposes required review and determined that, to U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation the extent permitted by law, this rule of an initial regulatory flexibility certain requirements on agencies formulating and implementing policies meets the relevant standards of analysis for any rule that by law must Executive Order 12988. be proposed for public comment, unless or regulations that preempt State law or the agency certifies that the rule, if that have federalism implications. The G. Review Under the Unfunded promulgated, will not have a significant Executive Order requires agencies to Mandates Reform Act of 1995 economic impact on a substantial examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that Title II of the Unfunded Mandates number of small entities. As required by Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104–4) Executive Order 13272, Proper would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the (UMRA) requires each Federal agency to Consideration of Small Entities in assess the effects of Federal regulatory Agency Rulemaking, 67 FR 53461 necessity for such actions. The Executive Order also requires agencies actions on State, local, and Tribal (August 16, 2002), DOE published governments and the private sector. For procedures and policies on February 19, to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by a proposed regulatory action that may 2003, to ensure that the potential result in the expenditure by State, local impacts of its rules on small entities are State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that and Tribal governments, in the properly considered during the aggregate, or by the private sector of rulemaking process. (68 FR 7990) The have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of $100 million or more (adjusted annually DOE procedures and policies are for inflation), section 202 of UMRA available on the Office of General policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the requires a Federal agency to publish Counsel’s Web site: http:// estimates of the resulting costs, benefits, www.gc.doe.gov. development of such regulations. (65 FR 13735) DOE examined this final rule and other effects on the national DOE reviewed today’s final rule under and determined that it does not have a economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a),(b)) UMRA the provisions of the Regulatory substantial direct effect on the States, on also requires a Federal agency to Flexibility Act and the procedures and the relationship between the national develop an effective process to permit policies published on February 19, government and the States, or on the timely input by elected officers of State, 2003. 68 FR 7990. DOE certified in the distribution of power and local, and Tribal governments on a July 20, 2006, proposed rule that the responsibilities among the various proposed ‘‘significant intergovernmental proposed rule would not impose a levels of government. Executive Order mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan significant economic impact on a 13132 requires no further action. for giving notice and opportunity for substantial number of small entities. (66 timely input to potentially affected FR 6780) DOE received no comments on F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 small governments before establishing this issue, and after considering the Regarding the review of existing any requirements that might potential small entity impact of this regulations and the promulgation of significantly or uniquely affect small final rule, DOE affirms the certification new regulations, section 3(a) of governments. On March 18, 1997, DOE that this rule will not have a significant Executive Order 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice published a statement of policy on its economic impact on a substantial Reform’’ 61 FR 4729 (February 7, 1996), process for intergovernmental number of small entities. imposes on Federal agencies the general consultation under UMRA (62 FR C. Review Under the Paperwork duty to adhere to the following 12820) (also available at http:// Reduction Act of 1995 requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting www.gc.doe.gov). The rule published errors and ambiguity; (2) write today contains neither an This rulemaking imposes no new regulations to minimize litigation; and intergovernmental mandate, nor a information or record keeping (3) provide a clear legal standard for mandate that may result in an requirements. Accordingly, Office of affected conduct rather than a general expenditure of $100 million or more in Management and Budget (OMB) standard and promote simplification any year, so these requirements do not clearance is not required under the and burden reduction. Section 3(b) of apply.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59919

H. Review Under the Treasury and energy supply, distribution, or use Issued in Washington, DC, on September General Government Appropriations should the proposal be implemented, 27, 2007. Act, 1999 and of reasonable alternatives to the Alexander A. Karsner, Section 654 of the Treasury and action and their expected benefits on Assistant Secretary, Energy Efficiency and General Government Appropriations energy supply, distribution, and use. Renewable Energy. Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires Today’s regulatory action would not For the reasons set forth in the Federal agencies to issue a Family have a significant adverse effect on the preamble, Part 430 of Chapter II of Title Policymaking Assessment for any rule supply, distribution, or use of energy 10, Code of Federal Regulations is that may affect family well-being. This and, therefore, is not a significant amended as set forth below: energy action. Accordingly, DOE has not rule would not have any impact on the PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION autonomy or integrity of the family as prepared a Statement of Energy Effects. PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER an institution. Accordingly, DOE has PRODUCTS concluded that it is not necessary to L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration Act of prepare a Family Policymaking I 1974 1. The authority citation for part 430 Assessment. continues to read as follows: I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 Under section 301 of the Department Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C. DOE has determined, under Executive of Energy Organization Act (Pub. L. 95– 2461 note. 91), the Department of Energy must Order 12630, ‘‘Governmental Actions I 2. Section 430.2 is amended in comply with section 32 of the Federal and Interference with Constitutionally subpart A by adding definitions of Energy Administration Act of 1974 Protected Property Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859 ‘‘ARM/simulation adjustment factor,’’ (FEAA), as amended by the Federal (March 18, 1988), that this regulation ‘‘indoor unit,’’ ‘‘outdoor unit,’’ ‘‘private Energy Administration Authorization would not result in any takings which labeler,’’ and ‘‘tested combination,’’ in Act of 1977. (15 U.S.C. 788) Section 32 might require compensation under the alphabetical order, to read as follows: Fifth Amendment to the United States provides in essence that, where a Constitution. proposed rule contains or involves use § 430.2 Definitions. of commercial standards, the notice of * * * * * J. Review Under the Treasury and proposed rulemaking must inform the ARM/simulation adjustment factor General Government Appropriations public of the use and background of means a factor used as part of a DOE- Act, 2001 such standards. This final rule updates approved alternative rating method Section 515 of the Treasury and references to the most recent versions of (ARM) to improve the accuracy of the General Government Appropriations four commercial standards, as discussed calculated ratings for untested split- Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) requires in section II.F of this preamble. system central air conditioners or heat agencies to review most disseminations The Department has evaluated these pumps. The adjustment factor of information to the public under standards and is unable to conclude associated with each outdoor unit must guidelines established by each agency whether they fully comply with the be set such that it reduces the difference pursuant to general guidelines issued by requirements of section 32(b) of the between the SEER (HSPF) determined OMB. OMB’s guidelines were published FEAA, i.e., that they were developed in using the ARM and a split-system at 67 FR 8452 (February 22, 2002), and a manner which fully provides for combination tested in accordance with DOE’s guidelines were published at 67 public participation, comment and § 430.24(m)(1). The ARM/simulation FR 62446 (October 7, 2002). DOE has review. As required by section 32(c) of adjustment factor is an integral part of reviewed today’s notice under the OMB the ARM and must be a DOE-approved and DOE guidelines and has concluded the FEAA, the Department has consulted with the Attorney General element in accordance with 10 CFR that it is consistent with applicable 430.24(m)(4) to (m)(6). policies in those guidelines. and the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission concerning the impact of * * * * * K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 these four standards on competition, Indoor unit means a component of a Executive Order 13211, ‘‘Actions and neither recommended against split-system central air conditioner or Concerning Regulations That incorporation of these standards. heat pump that is designed to transfer heat between the refrigerant and the Significantly Affect Energy Supply, M. Congressional Notification Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May indoor air, and which consists of an indoor coil, a cooling mode expansion 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will device, and may include an air moving prepare and submit to OIRA, a report to Congress on the promulgation device. Statement of Energy Effects for any of today’s rule prior to its effective date. proposed significant energy action. A The report will state that it has been * * * * * Outdoor unit means a component of ‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined as determined that the rule is not a ‘‘major a split-system central air conditioner or any action by an agency that rule’’ as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). promulgated or is expected to lead to heat pump that is designed to transfer promulgation of a final rule, and that: VI. Approval of the Office of the heat between the refrigerant and the (1) Is a significant regulatory action Secretary outdoor air, and which consists of an under Executive Order 12866, or any outdoor coil, compressor(s), an air successor order; and (2) is likely to have The Secretary of Energy has approved moving device, and in addition for heat a significant adverse effect on the publication of this final rule. pumps, a heating mode expansion supply, distribution, or use of energy, or List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 430 device, reversing valve, and defrost (3) is designated by the Administrator of controls. OIRA as a significant energy action. For Administrative practice and * * * * * any proposed significant energy action, procedure, Energy conservation, Private labeler means an owner of a the agency must give a detailed Household appliances, Incorporation by brand or trademark on the label of a statement of any adverse effects on reference. consumer product which bears a private

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59920 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

label. A consumer product bears a § 430.23 Test procedures for the coil that is likely to have the largest private label if: measurement of energy and water volume of retail sales with the particular (1) Such product (or its container) is consumption. model of condensing unit. For mini- labeled with the brand or trademark of * * * * * split condensing units that are designed a person other than a manufacturer of (m) * * * to always be installed with more than such product; (5) All measures of energy one indoor unit, a ‘‘tested combination’’ (2) The person with whose brand or consumption must be determined by the as defined in 10 CFR 430.2 shall be used trademark such product (or container) is test method as set forth in appendix M for tests pursuant to paragraph (m)(1) of labeled has authorized or caused such to this subpart; or by an alternative this section. For multi-split systems, product to be so labeled; and rating method set forth in § 430.24(m)(4) each model of condensing unit shall be (3) The brand or trademark of a as approved by the Assistant Secretary tested with two different sets of indoor manufacturer of such product does not for Energy Efficiency and Renewable units. For one set, a ‘‘tested appear on such label. Energy in accordance with combination’’ composed entirely of non- * * * * * § 430.24(m)(5). ducted indoor units shall be used. For Tested combination means a multi- * * * * * the second set, a ‘‘tested combination’’ split system with multiple indoor coils composed entirely of ducted indoor having the following features: I 5. Section 430.24 is amended in units shall be used. Components of (1) The basic model of a system used subpart B by revising paragraph (m) to similar design may be substituted as a tested combination shall consist of read as follows: without requiring additional testing if one outdoor unit, with one or more § 430.24 Units to be tested. the represented measures of energy compressors, that is matched with consumption continue to satisfy the between 2 and 5 indoor units; for multi- * * * * * applicable sampling provisions of split systems, each of these indoor units (m)(1) For central air conditioners and paragraphs (m)(1)(i) and (m)(1)(ii) of this shall be designed for individual heat pumps, each single-package system section. However, for any split-system operation. and each condensing unit (outdoor unit) air conditioner having a single-speed (2) The indoor units shall— of a split-system, when combined with compressor, the condenser-evaporator (i) Represent the highest sales model a selected evaporator coil (indoor unit) coil combination selected for tests family, or another indoor model family or a set of selected indoor units, must pursuant to paragraph (m)(1) of this if the highest sales model family does have a sample of sufficient size tested in section shall include the indoor coil- not provide sufficient capacity (see ii); accordance with the applicable only unit that is likely to have the (ii) Together, have a nominal capacity provisions of this subpart. The largest volume of retail sales with the that is between 95% and 105% of the represented values for any model of particular model of outdoor unit. This nominal capacity of the outdoor unit; single-package system, any model of a coil-only requirement does not apply to (iii) Not, individually, have a capacity tested split-system combination, any split-system air conditioners that are that is greater than 50% of the nominal model of a tested mini-split system only sold and installed with blower-coil capacity of the outdoor unit; combination, or any model of a tested indoor units, specifically mini-splits, (iv) Operate at fan speeds that are multi-split system combination must be multi-splits, and through-the-wall units. consistent with the manufacturer’s assigned such that — This coil-only requirement does not specifications; and (i) Any represented value of estimated apply to any split-system heat pumps. (v) All be subject to the same annual operating cost, energy minimum external static pressure For every other split-system consumption or other measure of energy combination that includes the same requirement (i.e., 0 inches of water consumption of the central air column for non-ducted, see Table 2 in model of condensing unit but a different conditioner or heat pump for which model of evaporator coil and for every Appendix M to Subpart B of this part for consumers would favor lower values ducted indoor units) while being other mini-split and multi-split system must be no less than the higher of: that includes the same model of configurable to produce the same static (A) The mean of the sample; or pressure at the exit of each outlet condensing unit but a different set of (B) The upper 90-percent confidence evaporator coils, whether the evaporator plenum when manifolded as per section limit of the true mean divided by 1.05; 2.4.1 of Appendix M. coil(s) is manufactured by the same (ii) Any represented value of the manufacturer or by a component * * * * * energy efficiency or other measure of manufacturer, either— § 430.22 [Amended] energy consumption of the central air (i) A sample of sufficient size, conditioner or heat pump for which comprised of production units or I 3. Section 430.22 is amended as consumers would favor higher values representing production units, must be follows: must be no greater than the lower of: tested as complete systems with the I a. Paragraph (b)(5)2. is amended by (A) The mean of the sample; or resulting ratings for the outdoor unit- removing ‘‘23–1993’’ and adding in its (B) The lower 90-percent confidence indoor unit(s) combination obtained in place ‘‘23–2005.’’ limit of the true mean divided by 0.95; I accordance with paragraphs (m)(1)(i) b. Paragraph (b)(5)3. is amended by (iii) For heat pumps, all units of the removing ‘‘37–1988’’ and adding in its and (m)(1)(ii) of this section; or sample population must be tested in (ii) The representative values of the place ‘‘37–2005.’’ both the cooling and heating modes and I c. Paragraph (b)(5)8. is amended by measures of energy efficiency must be the results used for determining the heat removing ‘‘116–1995’’ and adding in its assigned as follows, pump’s certified SEER and HSPF ratings (A) Using an alternative rating method place ‘‘116–1995 (RA 2005).’’ in accordance with paragraph (m)(1)(ii) I d. Paragraph (b)(8) is amended by (ARM) that has been approved by DOE of this section. removing ‘‘210/240–2003’’ and adding in accordance with the provisions of (2) For split-system air conditioners in its place ‘‘210/240–2006.’’ paragraphs (m)(4) through (m)(6) of this and heat pumps, the condenser- section; or I 4. Section 430.23 is amended in evaporator coil combination selected for (B) For multi-split systems composed subpart B by revising paragraph (m)(5) tests pursuant to paragraph (m)(1) of entirely of non-ducted indoor units, set to read as follows: this section shall include the evaporator equal to the system tested in accordance

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59921

with paragraph (m)(1) of this section section. Thereafter, apply the ARM ducted systems, etc.) must be stated in whose tested combination was entirely using the derived adjustment factor(s) the documentation. non-ducted indoor units; only when determining the ratings for (iii) Complete test data from (C) For multi-split systems composed untested combinations having the same laboratory tests on four mixed (i.e., non- entirely of ducted indoor units, set outdoor unit. highest-sales-volume combination) equal to the system tested in accordance (5) Manufacturers or private labelers systems per each ARM. with paragraph (m)(1) of this section who elect to use an ARM for (A) The four mixed systems must whose tested combination was entirely determining measures of energy include four different indoor units and ducted indoor units; and consumption under paragraphs at least two different outdoor units. A (D) For multi-split systems having a (m)(2)(ii)(A) and (m)(4) of this section particular model of outdoor unit may be mix of non-ducted and ducted indoor must submit a request for DOE to review tested with up to two of the four indoor units, set equal to the mean of the the ARM. Send the request to the units. The four systems must include values for the two systems — one Assistant Secretary of Energy Efficiency two low-capacity mixed systems and having the tested combination of all and Renewable Energy, 1000 two high-capacity mixed systems. The non-ducted units and the second having Independence Avenue, SW., low-capacity mixed systems may have the tested combination of all ducted Washington, DC 20585–0121. Approval any capacity. The rated capacity of each indoor units — tested in accordance must be received from the Assistant high-capacity mixed system must be at with paragraph (m)(1) of this section. Secretary to use the ARM before the least a factor of two higher than its (3) Whenever the representative ARM may be used for rating split- counterpart low-capacity mixed system. values of the measures of energy system central air conditioners and heat The four mixed systems must meet the consumption, as determined by the pumps. If a manufacturer has a DOE- applicable energy conservation standard provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii) of this approved ARM for products also in § 430.32(c) in effect at the time of the section, do not agree within 5 percent of distributed in commerce by a private rating. the representative values of the labeler, the ARM may also be used by (B) The four indoor units must come measures of energy consumption as the private labeler for rating these determined by actual testing, the from at least two different coil families, products. Once an ARM is approved, with a maximum of two indoor units representative values determined by DOE may contact a manufacturer to actual testing must be used to comply coming from the same coil family. Data learn if their ARM has been modified in for two indoor units from the same coil with section 323(c) of the Act or to any way and to verify that the ARM is family, if submitted, must come from comply with rules under section 324 of being applied as approved. DOE will testing with one of the ‘‘low-capacity the Act. give follow-up priority to individual mixed systems’’ and one of the ‘‘high (4) The basis of the ARM referred to combinations having questionably high capacity mixed systems.’’ A mixed in paragraph (m)(2)(ii) of this section ratings (e.g., a coil-only system having a system indoor coil may come from the must be a representation of the test data rating that exceeds the rating of a coil- same coil family as the highest-sales- and calculations of a mechanical vapor- only highest sales volume combination volume-combination indoor unit (i.e., compression refrigeration cycle. The by more than 6 percent). major components in the refrigeration (6) Each request to DOE for approval the ‘‘matched’’ indoor unit) for the cycle must be modeled as ‘‘fits’’ to of an alternative rating method must particular outdoor unit. Data on mixed manufacturer performance data or by include: systems where the indoor unit is now graphical or tabular performance data. (i) The name, mailing address, obsolete will be accepted towards the Heat transfer characteristics of coils may telephone number, and e-mail address ARM-validation submittal requirement be modeled as a function of face area, of the official representing the if it is from the same coil family as other number of rows, fins per inch, manufacturer. indoor units still in production. refrigerant circuitry, air-flow rate and (ii) Complete documentation of the (C) The first two sentences of entering-air enthalpy. Additional alternative rating method to allow DOE paragraph (m)(6)(iii)(B) of this section performance-related characteristics to be to evaluate its technical adequacy. The do not apply if the manufacturer offers considered may include type of documentation must include a indoor units from only one coil family. expansion device, refrigerant flow rate description of the methodology, state In this case only, all four indoor coils through the expansion device, power of any underlying assumptions, and must be selected from this one coil the indoor fan and cyclic-degradation explain any correlations. The family. If approved, the ARM will be coefficient. Ratings for untested documentation should address how the specifically limited to applications for combinations must be derived from the method accounts for the cyclic- this one coil family. ratings of a combination tested in degradation coefficient, the type of (iv) All product information on each accordance with paragraph (m)(1) of this expansion device, and, if applicable, the mixed system indoor unit, each section. The seasonal energy efficiency indoor fan-off delay. The requestor must matched system indoor unit, and each ratio (SEER) and/or heating seasonal submit any computer programs— outdoor unit needed to implement the performance factor (HSPF) ratings for an including spreadsheets—having less proposed ARM. The calculated ratings untested combination must be set equal than 200 executable lines that for the four mixed systems, as to or less than the lower of the SEER implement the ARM. Longer computer determined using the proposed ARM, and/or HSPF calculated using the programs must be identified and must be provided along with any other applicable DOE-approved alternative sufficiently explained, as specified related information that will aid the rating method (ARM). If the method above, but their inclusion in the initial verification process. includes an ARM/simulation submittal package is optional. (v) If request for approval is for an adjustment factor(s), determine the Applicability or limitations of the ARM updated ARM, manufacturers must value(s) of the factors(s) that yield the (e.g., only covers single-speed units identify modifications made to the ARM best match between the SEER/HSPF when operating in the cooling mode, since the last submittal, including any determined using the ARM versus the covers units with rated capacities of 3 ARM/simulation adjustment factor(s) SEER/HSPF determined from testing in tons or less, not applicable to the added since the ARM was last approved accordance with paragraph (m)(1) of this manufacturer’s product line of non- by DOE.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59922 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

(7) Manufacturers that elect to use an I b. In section 2, Testing Conditions: I 8. Section 3.1.4.2b is amended by alternative rating method for I 1. Sections 2.1a, 2.2a, 2.2b, 2.2.3, revising the equation for minimum determining measures of energy 2.2.5, 2.4.1, and 2.4.2 are revised to read external static pressure to read as set consumption under paragraphs as set forth below. forth below. (m)(2)(ii)(A) and (m)(4) of this section I 2. Section 2.3.1b is amended by I 9. Section 3.1.4.2c is amended by must either subject a sample of their removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its units to independent testing on a regular place ‘‘Full-load.’’ place ‘‘Full-load.’’ basis, e.g., through a voluntary I 3. Section 2.5.3 is amended by I 10. Section 3.1.4.3a is amended by certification program, or have the revising the first sentence to read as set revising the ‘‘Cooling Intermediate Air representations reviewed and certified forth below. Volume Rate’’ equation to read as set I by an independent state-registered 4. New section 2.5.4.3 is added to read forth below. professional engineer who is not an as set forth below. I 11. Section 3.1.4.3b is amended by I 5. Section 2.6a is amended by adding employee of the manufacturer. The revising the ‘‘Ev Test DPst ’’ equation to in the first sentence ‘‘(RA05)’’ after registered professional engineer is to read as set forth below. ‘‘116–95.’’ I certify that the results of the alternative 12. Section 3.1.4.4 is amended by I 6. Section 2.6b is amended in the removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its rating procedure accurately represent second sentence, and in the last the energy consumption of the unit(s). place ‘‘Full-load.’’ sentence, by removing ‘‘37–88’’ and I 13. Section 3.1.4.4.1 is amended by The manufacturer is to keep the adding in its place ‘‘37–2005;’’ and by removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its registered professional engineer’s removing ‘‘ARI Standard 210/240– place ‘‘Full-load’’ in three locations. certifications on file for review by DOE 2003’’ and adding in its place ‘‘ARI I 14. Section 3.1.4.4.2 is amended by for as long as said combination is made Standard 210/240–2006’’ in the second removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its available for sale by the manufacturer. sentence. place ‘‘Full-load’’ and revising the Any proposed change to the alternative I 7. Section 2.7 is amended by ‘‘Heating Certified Air Volume Rate’’ rating method must be approved by removing ‘‘ARI Standard 210/240– equation to read as set forth below. DOE prior to its use for rating. 2003’’ and adding in its place ‘‘ARI I 14a. Section 3.1.4.4.2a is amended by (8) Manufacturers who choose to use Standard 210/240–2006.’’ removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its computer simulation or engineering I 8. Section 2.10.2 is amended in the place ‘‘Full-load.’’ analysis for determining measures of third and fourth sentences, by removing I 15. Section 3.1.4.4.2b is amended by energy consumption under paragraphs ‘‘37–88’’ and adding in its place ‘‘37– removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its (m)(2)(ii)(A) and (m)(4) through (m)(7) 2005.’’ place ‘‘Full-load’’ in three locations, and of this section must permit I 9. Section 2.10.3 is amended in the revising the ‘‘Heating Certified DPst’’ representatives of the Department of second sentence, by removing ‘‘7.6.2,’’ equation to read as set forth below. Energy to inspect for verification and adding in its place ‘‘7.5.2,’’ and by I 16. Section 3.1.4.4.2c is amended by purposes the simulation method(s) and removing ‘‘37–88’’ and adding in its removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its computer program(s) used. This place ‘‘37–2005’’ in the second and place ‘‘Full-load’’ in three locations. inspection may include conducting third sentences. I 17. Sections 3.1.4.4.3 and 3.1.4.4.3a simulations to predict the performance I 10. Section 2.11a is amended in the are revised to read as set forth below. of particular outdoor unit ‘‘ indoor unit first sentence, by removing ‘‘37–88’’ and I 17a. Sections 3.1.4.4.3b is amended by combinations specified by DOE, adding in its place ‘‘37–2005.’’ revising the first sentence to read as set analysis of previous simulations I 11. Section 2.13 is amended in the forth below. conducted by the manufacturer, or both. second sentence, by removing ‘‘37–88’’ I 18. Amend sections 3.1.4.4.3b, * * * * * and adding in its place ‘‘37–2005.’’ 3.1.4.4.3c and 3.1.4.4.4 by removing I c. In section 3, Testing Procedures: ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its place Appendix M—[Amended] I 1. Section 3.1.1 is amended by ‘‘Full-load.’’ revising the seventh sentence to read as I 19. Section 3.1.4.5a is amended by I 6. Appendix M to subpart B of part set forth below. revising the ‘‘Heating Minimum Air 430 is amended: I 2. Section 3.1.3 is amended by Volume Rate’’ equation to read as set I a. In section 1. Definitions: I removing ‘‘ARI Standard 210/240– forth below. 1. Section 1.3 is amended by 2003’’ and adding in its place ‘‘ARI I 20. Section 3.1.4.5b is amended by removing ‘‘210/240–2003’’ and adding Standard 210/240–2006.’’ revising the ‘‘H01, H11, H21, H31, Test in its place ‘‘210/240–2006’’; and by I 3. Section 3.1.4.1 is amended by DPst’’ equation to read as set forth below. removing ‘‘2003’’ and adding in its removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its I 21. Section 3.1.4.5d is amended by place ‘‘2006.’’ place ‘‘Full-load.’’ removing Certified and adding in its I 2. Section 1.5 is amended by I 4. Section 3.1.4.1.1, from its title to place Full-load in two locations. removing ‘‘23–93’’ and adding in its the end of paragraph a., and Table 2, are I 22. Section 3.1.4.6a is amended by place ‘‘23–2005’’; and by removing revised to read as set forth below. revising the ‘‘Heating Intermediate Air ‘‘1993’’ and adding in its place ‘‘2005.’’ I 4a. Section 3.1.4.1.1b is amended by Volume Rate’’ equation to read as set I 3. Section 1.6 is amended by revising the first sentence to read as set forth below. removing ‘‘37–88’’ and adding in its forth below. I 23. Section 3.1.4.6b is amended by place ‘‘37–2005’’; and by removing I 5. Amend sections 3.1.4.1.1b and revising the ‘‘H2v Test DPst’’ equation to ‘‘1988’’ and adding in its place ‘‘2005.’’ 3.1.4.1.1c by removing ‘‘Certified’’ and read as set forth below. I 4. Section 1.12 is amended by adding adding in its place ‘‘Full-load.’’ I 24. Section 3.1.4.7 is amended by ‘‘RA(05)’’ after ‘‘116–95’’; and adding I 6. Section 3.1.4.1.2 is amended by revising the ‘‘Heating Nominal Air ‘‘and reaffirmed in 2005’’ after ‘‘1995.’’ removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its Volume Rate’’ equation and the ‘‘H1N I 5. Section 1.35 is amended by place ‘‘Full-load’’ in two locations. Test DPst’’ equation to read as set forth removing ‘‘certified’’ and adding in its I 7. Section 3.1.4.2a is amended by below. place ‘‘full-load.’’ revising the ‘‘Cooling Minimum Air Vol. I 25. Section 3.1.5 is amended in the I 6. Section 1.37 is revised to read as set Rate’’ equation to read as set forth first sentence by removing ‘‘37–88’’ and forth below. below. adding in its place ‘‘37–2005.’’

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59923

I 26. Section 3.1.6 is amended in the I 45. Section 3.6.1 is amended by I 1. Sections 4.1.2.1a and 4.1.2.1d are first and second sentences, by removing revising the second, third, and fourth amended by removing ‘‘Certified’’ and ‘‘7.8.3.1 and 7.8.3.2’’ and adding in its sentences to read as set forth below. adding in its place ‘‘Full-load.’’ place ‘‘7.7.2.1 and 7.7.2.2,’’ and in the I 46. Table 9 to Section 3.6.1 is I 2. Section 4.1.3 is amended by first sentence, by removing ‘‘37–88’’ and amended by removing ‘‘Certified’’ and revising the introductory text, equations adding in its place ‘‘37–2005,’’ and by adding in its place ‘‘Full-load’’ in three 4.1.3–1 and 4.1.3–2, the paragraph adding a new sentence after the second locations. preceding equation 4.1.3–3, and sentence, to read as set forth below. I 47. Section 3.6.2 is amended by equation 4.1.3–3 to read as set forth I 27. Section 3.1.7 is amended by revising the introductory text to read as below. removing ‘‘certified’’ and adding in its set forth below. I 3. Section 4.1.3.3 is amended by place ‘‘Full-load’’ in four locations. I 48. Table 10 to Section 3.6.2 is revising the equation for PLF and the I j 28. Section 3.1.9 is amended by amended by removing ‘‘Certified’’ and text following the equation to read as set removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its adding in its place ‘‘Full-load’’ in three forth below. place ‘‘Full-load.’’ locations. I 4. Section 4.1.4 is amended by I 28a. Section 3.2.1 is amended by I 49. Section 3.6.3 is revised as set forth revising everything except for the revising the fourth sentence to read as below. equations for calculating MQ and ME, to set forth below. I 50. Table 11 to section 3.6.3 is revised I 29. Table 3 to Section 3.2.1 is read as set forth below. as set forth below. I amended by removing ‘‘certified’’ and 5. Section 4.1.4.1 is amended by I 51. Section 3.6.4 is amended by adding in its place ‘‘full-load’’ in three revising the second sentence after the revising the third, fourth, and fifth locations in the last column. explanation of terms in the equations I 29a. Section 3.2.2.1 is amended by sentences of paragraph a. and adding a (‘‘Use Equations 4.1.3–1 and 4.1.3–2, ˙ k=1 revising the third sentence to read as set new paragraph c. to read as set forth respectively, to evaluate Qc (Tj)’’ and ˙ k=1 forth below. below. Ec (Tj) to read as set forth below. I 30. Table 4 to Section 3.2.2.1 is I 52. Table 12 to section 3.6.4 is revised I 6. Section 4.1.4.2 is amended by amended by removing ‘‘certified’’ and to read as set forth below. revising the equation numbers adding in its place ‘‘full-load’’ in two I 53. Section 3.7a is amended in the referenced in the descriptions of the locations in the last column. fifth sentence by removing ‘‘Table 5 of quantities T1 and Tv, revising the I 31. Section 3.2.2.2 is amended by ASHRAE Standard 37–88’’ and adding equation numbers referred to in the k=1 k=v removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its in its place ‘‘Table 3 of ASHRAE equations for EER (T1) and EER place ‘‘Full-load.’’ Standard 37–2005,’’ and in the sixth (Tv), and adding text at the end of the I 32. Sections 3.2.3a is revised as set sentence, by removing ‘‘Table 5’’ and section to read as set forth below. forth below. adding in its place ‘‘Table 3.’’ I 7. Section 4.2.3.3 is amended by I I 33. Section 3.2.3b is amended by 54. Section 3.7b is amended by revising the equation for PLFj and the removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its revising the first sentence to read as set text following the equation to read as set place ‘‘Full-load.’’ forth below. forth below. I 34. Section 3.2.3d is revised as set I 55. The title of section 3.8 is revised I 8. The Section 4.2.4 equations for MQ forth below. to read as set forth below. and ME are revised to read as set forth I 35. Table 5 to section 3.2.3 is revised I 56. The introductory text and the first below. as set forth below. equation of section 3.8.1 are revised to I I 36. Section 3.2.4.a is amended by 9. Section 4.2.4.2 is amended by read as set forth below. adding text at the end of the section to revising the third sentence to read as set I 57. Section 3.9c is revised to read as read as set forth below. forth below. set forth below. I The additions and revisions read as 37. Section 3.2.4b is amended by I 58. Section 3.9f is amended by follows: removing ‘‘Certified’’ and adding in its revising the fifth sentence and adding a place ‘‘Full-load.’’ Appendix M to Subpart B of Part 430— I parenthetical immediately following it 38. Table 6 to section 3.2.4 is revised to read as set forth below. Uniform Test Method for Measuring the as set forth below. I 59. Section 3.9.1a is amended by Energy Consumption of Central Air I 39. Section 3.2.4 is amended by adding a new sentence at the end of the Conditioners and Heat Pumps adding a new paragraph (c) as set forth section directly before section 3.9.1.b to below. * * * * * I 40. Section 3.3b is amended in both read as set forth below. 1. Definitions I 60. Section 3.9.2b is amended by the first and second sentences, by * * * * * replacing ‘‘Certified’’ with ‘‘Full-load.’’ removing ‘‘Table 5,’’ and adding in its 1.37 Standard air means dry air I 61. Section 3.11 is amended by place ‘‘Table 3,’’ and in the first having a mass density of 0.075 lb/ft3. sentence by removing ‘‘37–88’’ and removing the introductory text following the paragraph heading, which * * * * * adding in its place ‘‘37–2005.’’ 2. Testing Conditions I 41. Section 3.3c is amended in the is republished below. first sentence by removing ‘‘section I 62. Section 3.11.1.3b is revised to read * * * * * 7.3.3.1 of ASHRAE Standard 37–88,’’ as set forth below. 2.1 Test room requirements. a. Test and adding in its place ‘‘sections 7.3.3.1 I 63. Section 3.11.2a is amended by using two side-by-side rooms, an indoor and 7.3.3.3 of ASHRAE Standard 37– revising the seventh sentence to read as test room and an outdoor test room. For 2005.’’ set forth below. multiple-split air conditioners and heat I 42. The titles of sections 3.4 and 3.5 I 64. Section 3.11.2b is revised to read pumps (see Definition 1.30), however, are revised as set forth below. as set forth below. use as many available indoor test rooms I 43. Section 3.4b is revised to read as I 65. Section 3.11.3 is revised to read as as needed to accommodate the total set forth below. set forth below. number of indoor units. These rooms I 44. Section 3.5.3 is amended by I d. In section 4, CALCULATIONS OF must comply with the requirements revising the introductory text to read as SEASONAL PERFORMANCE specified in sections 8.1.2 and 8.1.3 of set forth below. DESCRIPTORS: ASHRAE Standard 37–2005

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59924 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

(incorporated by reference, see small-duct, high-velocity systems, packaged systems, the indoor coil may § 430.22). configure all balance dampers or be located in the outdoor test room.) * * * * * restrictor devices on or inside the unit b. For systems having multiple indoor 2.2 Test unit installation to fully open or lowest restriction. coils, attach a plenum to each indoor requirements. a. Install the unit * * * * * coil outlet. Connect two or more outlet according to section 8.2 of ASHRAE 2.2.3 Special requirements for multi- plenums to a single common duct so Standard 37–2005 (incorporated by split air conditioners and heat pumps, that each indoor coil ultimately reference, see § 430.22). With respect to and systems composed of multiple connects to an airflow measuring interconnecting tubing used when mini-split units (outdoor units located apparatus (section 2.6). If using more testing split systems, however, follow side-by-side) that would normally than one indoor test room, do likewise, the requirements given in section 6.1.3.5 operate using two or more indoor creating one or more common ducts of ARI Standard 210/240–2006 thermostats. For any test where the within each test room that contains (incorporated by reference, see system is operated at part load (i.e., one multiple indoor coils. At the plane § 430.22). When testing triple-split or more compressors ‘‘off’’, operating at where each plenum enters a common systems (see Definition 1.44), use the the intermediate or minimum duct, install an adjustable airflow tubing length specified in section 6.1.3.5 compressor speed, or at low compressor damper and use it to equalize the static of ARI Standard 210/240–2006 capacity), the manufacturer shall pressure in each plenum. Each outlet air (incorporated by reference, see § 430.22) designate the particular indoor coils that temperature grid (section 2.5.4) and to connect the outdoor coil, indoor are turned off during the test. For airflow measuring apparatus are located compressor section, and indoor coil variable-speed systems, the downstream of the inlet(s) to the while still meeting the requirement of manufacturer must designate at least common duct. exposing 10 feet of the tubing to outside one indoor unit that is turned off for all c. For small-duct, high-velocity conditions. When testing split systems tests conducted at minimum compressor systems, install an outlet plenum that having multiple indoor coils, connect speed. For all other part-load tests, the has a diameter that is equal to or less each indoor fan-coil to the outdoor unit manufacturer shall choose to turn off than the value listed below. The limit using: (a) 25 feet of tubing, or (b) tubing zero, one, two, or more indoor units. depends only on the cooling Full-Load furnished by the manufacturer, The chosen configuration shall remain Air Volume Rate (see section 3.1.4.1.1) whichever is longer. If they are needed unchanged for all tests conducted at the and is effective regardless of the flange to make a secondary measurement of same compressor speed/capacity. For dimensions on the outlet of the unit (or capacity, install refrigerant pressure any indoor coil that is turned off during an air supply plenum adapter accessory, measuring instruments as described in a test, take steps to cease forced airflow if installed in accordance with the section 8.2.5 of ASHRAE Standard 37– through this indoor coil and block its manufacturer’s installation 2005 (incorporated by reference, see outlet duct. Because these types of instructions). § 430.22). Refer to section 2.10 of this systems will have more than one indoor Appendix to learn which secondary fan and possibly multiple outdoor fans d. Add a static pressure tap to each methods require refrigerant pressure and compressor systems, references in face of the (each) outlet plenum, if measurements. At a minimum, insulate this test procedure to a single indoor rectangular, or at four evenly distributed the low-pressure line(s) of a split-system fan, outdoor fan, and compressor means locations along the circumference of an with insulation having an inside all indoor fans, all outdoor fans, and all oval or round plenum. Create a diameter that matches the refrigerant compressor systems that are turned on manifold that connects the four static tubing and a nominal thickness of 0.5 during the test. pressure taps. Figure 1 shows two of the inch. * * * * * three options allowed for the manifold b. For units designed for both 2.2.5 Additional refrigerant charging configuration; the third option is the horizontal and vertical installation or requirements. Charging according to the broken-ring, four-to-one manifold for both up-flow and down-flow vertical ‘‘manufacturer’s published configuration that is shown in Figure 7a installations, the manufacturer must instructions,’’ as stated in section 8.2 of of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 specify the orientation used for testing. ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 (incorporated by reference, see Conduct testing with the following (incorporated by reference, see § 430.22). See Figures 7a, 7b, 7c, and 8 installed: § 430.22), means the manufacturer’s of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 (1) the most restrictive filter(s); installation instructions that come (incorporated by reference, see § 430.22) (2) supplementary heating coils; and packaged with the unit. * * * for the cross-sectional dimensions and (3) other equipment specified as part * * * * * minimum length of the (each) plenum of the unit, including all hardware used 2.4.1 Outlet plenum for the indoor and the locations for adding the static by a heat comfort controller if so unit. a. Attach a plenum to the outlet of pressure taps for units tested with and equipped (see Definition 1.28). For the indoor coil. (NOTE: for some without an indoor fan installed.

Maximum diameter* of Cooling full-load air volume rate outlet plenum (scfm) (inches)

≤500 ...... 6 501 to 700 ...... 7 701 to 900 ...... 8 901 to 1100 ...... 9 1101 to 1400 ...... 10 1401 to 1750 ...... 11 *If the outlet plenum is rectangular, calculate its equivalent diameter using (4A)/P, where A is the area and P is the perimeter of the rectan- gular plenum, and compare it to the listed maximum diameter.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59925

2.4.2 Inlet plenum for the indoor the pressure in the receiving chamber of a. For all ducted units tested with an unit. Install an inlet plenum when the airflow measuring apparatus is no indoor fan installed, except those testing a coil-only indoor unit or a more than 0.5 inch of water higher than having a variable-speed, constant-air- packaged system where the indoor coil the surrounding test room ambient. In volume-rate indoor fan. The second is located in the outdoor test room. Add lieu of installing a separate damper, use requirement applies exclusively to the A static pressure taps at the center of each the outlet air damper box of sections 2.5 or A2 Test and is met as follows. face of this plenum, if rectangular, or at and 2.5.4.1 if it allows variable 1. Achieve the Cooling Full-load Air four evenly distributed locations along positioning. Also apply these steps to Volume Rate, determined in accordance the circumference of an oval or round any conventional indoor blower unit with the previous paragraph; plenum. Make a manifold that connects that creates a static pressure within the 2. Measure the external static the four static-pressure taps using one of receiving chamber of the airflow pressure; the three configurations specified in measuring apparatus that exceeds the 3. If this pressure is equal to or greater section 2.4.1. See Figures 7b, 7c, and test room ambient pressure by more than the applicable minimum external Figure 8 of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 than 0.5 inches of water column. static pressure cited in Table 2, this (incorporated by reference, see § 430.22) * * * * * second requirement is satisfied. Use the for cross-sectional dimensions, the 3. Testing Procedures current air volume rate for all tests that minimum length of the inlet plenum, * * * * * require the Cooling Full-load Air and the locations of the static-pressure Volume Rate. taps. When testing a ducted unit having 3.1.1 Primary and secondary test 4. If the Table 2 minimum is not an indoor fan (and the indoor coil is in methods. * * * equaled or exceeded, the indoor test room), the manufacturer For this capacity comparison, use the has the option to test with or without an Indoor Air Enthalpy Method capacity 4a. reduce the air volume rate until inlet plenum installed. Space that is calculated in section 7.3 of the applicable Table 2 minimum is limitations within the test room may ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 equaled or dictate that the manufacturer choose the (incorporated by reference, see § 430.22) 4b. until the measured air volume rate latter option. If used, construct the inlet (and, if testing a coil-only unit, do not equals 95 percent of the air volume rate plenum and add the four static-pressure make the after-test fan heat adjustments from step 1, whichever occurs first. taps as shown in Figure 8 of ASHRAE described in section 3.3, 3.4, 3.7, and 5. If the conditions of step 4a occur Standard 37–2005 (incorporated by 3.10 of this Appendix). * * * first, this second requirement is reference, see § 430.22). Manifold the * * * * * satisfied. Use the step 4a reduced air four static-pressure taps using one of the 3.1.4.1.1 Cooling Full-Load Air volume rate for all tests that require the three configurations specified in section Volume Rate for Ducted Units. The Cooling Full-load Air Volume Rate. 2.4.1. Never use an inlet plenum when manufacturer must specify the Cooling 6. If the conditions of step 4b occur testing a non-ducted system. Full-load Air Volume Rate. Use this first, make an incremental change to the * * * * * value as long as the following two set-up of the indoor fan (e.g., next 2.5.3 Section 6.5.2 of ASHRAE requirements are satisfied. First, when highest fan motor pin setting, next Standard 37–2005 (incorporated by conducting the A or A2 Test highest fan motor speed) and repeat the reference, see § 430.22) describes the (exclusively), the measured air volume evaluation process beginning at above method for fabricating static-pressure rate, when divided by the measured step 1. If the indoor fan set-up cannot taps. * * * indoor air-side total cooling capacity be further changed, reduce the air * * * * * must not exceed 37.5 cubic feet per volume rate until the applicable Table 2 2.5.4.3 Minimizing air leakage. For minute of standard air (scfm) per 1000 minimum is equaled. Use this reduced small-duct, high-velocity systems, Btu/h. If this ratio is exceeded, reduce air volume rate for all tests that require install an air damper near the end of the the air volume rate until this ratio is the Cooling Full-load Air Volume Rate. interconnecting duct, just prior to the equaled. Use this reduced air volume b. For ducted units that are tested transition to the airflow measuring rate for all tests that call for using the with a variable-speed, constant-air- apparatus of section 2.6. To minimize Cooling Full-load Air Volume Rate. The volume-rate indoor fan installed. * * * air leakage, adjust this damper such that second requirement is as follows: * * * * *

TABLE 2.—MINIMUM EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE FOR DUCTED SYSTEMS TESTED WITH AN INDOOR FAN INSTALLED

Minimum external resistance 3 (Inches of water) Rated Cooling 1 or Heating 2 Capacity (Btu/h) Small-duct, high- All other systems velocity sys- tems 4,5

Up Thru 28,800 ...... 0.10 1.10 29,000 to 42,500 ...... 0.15 1.15 43,000 and Above ...... 0.20 1.20 1 For air conditioners and heat pumps, the value cited by the manufacturer in published literature for the unit’s capacity when operated at the A or A2 Test conditions. 2 For heating-only heat pumps, the value the manufacturer cites in published literature for the unit’s capacity when operated at the H1 or H12 Test conditions. 3 For ducted units tested without an air filter installed, increase the applicable tabular value by 0.08 inch of water. 4 See Definition 1.35 to determine if the equipment qualifies as a small-duct, high-velocity system. 5 If a closed-loop, air-enthalpy test apparatus is used on the indoor side, limit the resistance to airflow on the inlet side of the indoor blower coil to a maximum value of 0.1 inch of water. Impose the balance of the airflow resistance on the outlet side of the indoor blower.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 59926 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

* * * * * 3.1.4.2 Cooling Minimum Air Volume Rate. a. * * *

Cooling Minimum Fan Speed Cooling Minimum Air Vol. Rate = Cooling Full-load Air Vol. Raate × , A2Test Fan Speed

*** b. ***

2 Cooling Minimum Aiir Volume Rate  AP,,,, B C F & G Test ∆∆P =×  , 1111 1 st st, A2  Cooling Full-load Air Volume Rate 

* * * * * 3.1.4.3 Cooling Intermediate Air Volume Rate. a. * * *

E Test Fan Speed Cooling Intermediate Air Vol. Rate = Cooling Full-load Air Vool. Rate × V , A2Test Fan Speed

*** b. ***

2 Cooling Intermediate Air Volume Rate EPTest ∆∆P =×  , Vstst, A2  Coooling Full-load Air Volume Rate 

* * * * * Volume Rates are different due to 3.1.4.4.2 Ducted heat pumps where indoor fan operation. a. * * * the Heating and Cooling Full-load Air

H1 or H1 Test Fan Speed Heating Full-load Air Volume Rate = Cooling Full-load Air Vollume Rate × 2 , A or A2 Test Fan Speed

*** b. ***

2  Heating Full--load Air Volume Rate  Heating Full-load ∆∆ P=×Cooling Full-load P   , st st Cooling Full-load Air Volume Rate 

* * * * * heating-only heat pump’s rated heating 6. If the conditions of step 4b occur 3.1.4.4.3 Ducted heating-only heat capacity, use the current air volume rate first, make an incremental change to the pumps. The manufacturer must specify for all tests that require the Heating set-up of the indoor fan (e.g., next the Heating Full-load Air Volume Rate. Full-load Air Volume Rate. highest fan motor pin setting, next a. For all ducted heating-only heat 4. If the Table 2 minimum is not highest fan motor speed) and repeat the pumps tested with an indoor fan equaled or exceeded, evaluation process beginning at above installed, except those having a 4a. reduce the air volume rate until step 1. If the indoor fan set-up cannot variable-speed, constant-air-volume-rate the applicable Table 2 minimum is be further changed, reduce the air indoor fan. Conduct the following steps equaled or volume rate until the applicable Table 2 only during the first test, the H1 or H12 minimum is equaled. Use this reduced Test. 4b. until the measured air volume rate equals 95 percent of the manufacturer- air volume rate for all tests that require 1. Achieve the Heating Full-load Air the Heating Full-load Air Volume Rate. Volume Rate. specified Full-load Air Volume Rate, 2. Measure the external static whichever occurs first. b. For ducted heating-only heat pressure. 5. If the conditions of step 4a occurs pumps that are tested with a variable- 3. If this pressure is equal to or greater first, use the step 4a reduced air volume speed, constant-air-volume-rate indoor than the Table 2 minimum external rate for all tests that require the Heating fan installed. * * * static pressure that applies given the Full-load Air Volume Rate. * * * * *

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 ER22OC07.065 ER22OC07.066 ER22OC07.067 ER22OC07.068 ER22OC07.069 ER22OC07.070 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59927

3.1.4.5 Heating Minimum Air Volume Rate. a. * * *

Heating Minimum Fan Speed Heating Minimum Air Vol. Rate =Heating Full-load Air Vol. Raate × , H12Test Fan Speed

*** b. ***

2 Htg Minimum Air Voll. Rate  HHHH0123,, ,, Test ∆∆P= P ×  , 11 1 1 st st, H12  Htg Full-load Air Vol. Rate 

* * * * * 3.1.4.6 Heating Intermediate Air Volume Rate. a. * * *

H2 Test Fan Speed Heating Intermediate Air Volume Rate =Heat ing Full-load Air Volume Rate × V , H12 Test Fan Speed

*** b. ***

2 Heating Intermediate Air Volume Rate HP2 Test ∆∆P ×   , Vstst, H12  Heating Full-load Air Volume Rate 

* * * * * 3.1.4.7 Heating Nominal Air Volume Rate. * * *

H1 Test Fan Speed Heating Nominal Air Volume Rate = Heating Full-load Air Volumme Rate × N , /MATH> H12 Test Fan Speed

2 Heating Nominal Air Volume Rate  HP1 Test ∆∆P =×  , Nstst, H12  Heaating Full-load Air Volume Rate 

c * * * * * assign CD the default value of 0.25. d. If a two-capacity air conditioner or 3.1.6 * * * (Note: In the first *** heat pump locks out low-capacity printing of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005, * * * * * operation at higher outdoor the second IP equation for Qmi should temperatures, then use the two optional read, 3.2.3 Tests for a unit having a two- capacity compressor. (See Definition dry-coil tests, the steady-state C2 Test 1.45.) and the cyclic D2 Test, to determine the 1097CA P v′ .)*** cooling-mode cyclic-degradation nvn a. Conduct four steady-state wet coil coefficient that only applies to on/off *** tests: the A2, B2, B1, and F1 Tests. Use c the two optional dry-coil tests, the cycling from high capacity, CD (k=2). If * * * * * the two optional tests are conducted but steady-state C1 Test and the cyclic D1 3.2.1 * * * If the two optional tests c c Test, to determine the cooling-mode yield a tested CD (k=2) that exceeds the are conducted but yield a tested CD that c c default CD (k=2) or if the two optional c cyclic-degradation coefficient, CD . If the exceeds the default CD or if the two c optional tests are not conducted, assign two optional tests are conducted but tests are not conducted, assign CD (k=2) c c c the default value. The default CD (k=2) CD the default value of 0.25. * * * yield a tested CD that exceeds the c is the same value as determined or * * * * * default CD or if the two optional tests c 3.2.2.1 * * * If the two optional are not conducted, assign CD the assigned for the low-capacity cyclic- c tests are conducted but yield a tested default value of 0.25. Table 5 specifies degradation coefficient, CD [or c c c CD that exceeds the default CD or if the test conditions for these six tests. equivalently, CD (k=1)]. two optional tests are not conducted, * * * * *

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 ER22OC07.071 ER22OC07.072 ER22OC07.073 ER22OC07.074 ER22OC07.075 ER22OC07.076 ER22OC07.077< 59928 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

TABLE 5.—COOLING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR UNITS HAVING A TWO-CAPACITY COMPRESSOR

Air entering indoor unit Air entering outdoor unit temperature (°F) temperature (°F) Compressor Test description capacity Cooling air volume rate Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb

1 2 A2 Test—required ...... 80 67 95 75 High ...... Cooling Full-Load. (steady, wet coil) 1 2 B2 Test—required ...... 80 67 82 65 High ...... Cooling Full-Load. (steady, wet coil) 1 3 B1 Test—required ...... 80 67 82 65 Low ...... Cooling Minimum. (steady, wet coil) 4 2 C2 Test—optional ...... 80 ( ) 82 ...... High ...... Cooling Full-Load. (steady, dry-coil) 4 5 D2 Test—optional ...... 80 ( ) 82 ...... High ...... ( ) (cyclic, dry-coil) 4 3 C1 Test—optional ...... 80 ( ) 82 ...... Low ...... Cooling Minimum. (steady, dry-coil) 4 6 D1 Test—optional ...... 80 ( ) 82 ...... Low ...... ( ) (cyclic, dry-coil) 1 3 F1 Test—required ...... 80 67 67 53 .5 Low ...... Cooling Minimum. (steady, wet coil) 1 The specified test condition only applies if the unit rejects condensate to the outdoor coil. 2 Defined in section 3.1.4.1. 3 Defined in section 3.1.4.2. 4 The entering air must have a low enough moisture content so no condensate forms on the indoor coil. DOE recommends using an indoor air wet-bulb temperature of 57 °F or less. 5 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure or velocity as meas- ured during the C2 Test. 6 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure or velocity as meas- ured during the C1 Test.

3.2.4 Tests for a unit having a specified for a minimum compressor minimum cooling-mode speeds. The variable-speed compressor. a. * * * If speed, at least one indoor unit must be manufacturer should prescribe an the two optional tests are conducted but turned off. The manufacturer shall intermediate speed that is expected to c yield a tested CD that exceeds the designate the particular indoor unit(s) yield the highest EER for the given EV c default CD or if the two optional tests that is turned off. The manufacturer Test conditions and bracketed c are not conducted, assign CD the must also specify the compressor speed compressor speed range. The default value of 0.25.*** used for the Table 6 EV Test, a cooling- manufacturer can designate that one or c. For multiple-split air conditioners mode intermediate compressor speed more indoor units are turned off for the and heat pumps (except where noted), that falls within 1⁄4 and 3⁄4 of the E Test. the following procedures supersede the V difference between the maximum and above requirements: For all Table 6 tests * * * * *

TABLE 6.—COOLING MODE TEST CONDITION FOR UNITS HAVING A VARIABLE-SPEED COMPRESSOR

Air entering indoor unit Air entering outdoor unit temperature (°F) temperature (°F) Compressor Test description speed Cooling air volume rate Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb

1 2 A2 Test—required ...... 80 67 95 75 Maximum ...... Cooling Full-Load (steady, wet coil) 1 2 B2 Test—required ...... 80 67 82 65 Maximum ...... Cooling Full-Load (steady, wet coil) 1 3 EV Test—required ...... 80 67 87 69 Intermediate ..... Cooling Intermediate (steady, wet coil) 1 4 B1 Test—required ...... 80 67 82 65 Minimum ...... Cooling Minimum (steady, wet coil) 1 4 F1 Test—required ...... 80 67 67 53 .5 Minimum ...... Cooling Minimum (steady, wet coil) 5 6 4 G1 Test —optional ...... 80 ( ) 67 ...... Minimum ...... Cooling Minimum (steady, dry-coil) 5 6 6 I1 Test —optional ...... 80 ( ) 67 ...... Minimum ...... ( ) (cyclic, dry-coil) 1 The specified test condition only applies if the unit rejects condensate to the outdoor coil. 2 Defined in section 3.1.4.1. 3 Defined in section 3.1.4.3. 4 Defined in section 3.1.4.2. 5 The entering air must have a low enough moisture content so no condensate forms on the indoor coil. DOE recommends using an indoor air wet bulb temperature of 57°F or less. 6 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure difference or velocity pressure as measured during the G1 Test.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 19:03 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59929

h * * * * * ‘‘(k=2)’’ to the coefficient if it degradation coefficient, CD . If this 3.4 Test procedures for the optional corresponds to a two-capacity unit optional test is conducted but yields a h h steady-state dry-coil cooling-mode tests cycling at high capacity. If the two tested CD that exceeds the default CD (the C, C1, C2, and G1 Tests). optional tests are conducted but yield a or if the optional test is not conducted, c c h * * * * * tested CD that exceeds the default CD assign CD the default value of 0.25. Test b. Denote the resulting total space or if the two optional tests are not conditions for the seven tests are c cooling capacity and electrical power conducted, assign CD the default value specified in Table 10. If the optional H21 derived from the test as Q˙ ss,dry and E˙ ss,dry. of 0.25. The default value for two- Test is not performed, use the following With regard to a section 3.3 deviation, capacity units cycling at high capacity, equations to approximate the capacity do not adjust Q˙ ss,dry for duct losses (i.e., however, is the low-capacity coefficient, and electrical power of the heat pump c c c do not apply section 7.3.3.3 of ASHRAE i.e., CD (k=2)=CD . Evaluate CD using at the H21 test conditions: Standard 37–2005 (incorporated by the above results and those from the * * * * * reference, see § 430.22)). In preparing section 3.4 dry-coil steady-state test. 3.6.3 Tests for a heat pump having a for the section 3.5 cyclic tests, record * * * * * two-capacity compressor (see Definition the average indoor-side air volume rate, Ô 3.6.1 * * * Conduct the optional 1.45), including two-capacity, northern V, specific heat of the air, Cp,a High Temperature Cyclic (H1C) Test to heat pumps (see Definition 1.46). a. (expressed on dry air basis), specific ′ determine the heating mode cyclic- Conduct one Maximum Temperature volume of the air at the nozzles, v n, h degradation coefficient, CD . If this Test (H01), two High Temperature Tests humidity ratio at the nozzles, Wn, and optional test is conducted but yields a (H12 and H11), one Frost Accumulation either pressure difference or velocity tested C h that exceeds the default C h Test (H22), and one Low Temperature pressure for the flow nozzles. For units D D Test (H3 ). Conduct an additional Frost having a variable-speed indoor fan (that or if the optional test is not conducted, 2 h Accumulation Test (H2 ) and Low provides either a constant or variable air assign CD the default value of 0.25. Test 1 Temperature Test (H3 ) if both of the volume rate) that will or may be tested conditions for the four tests are 1 following conditions exist: during the cyclic dry coil cooling mode specified in Table 9. * * * test with the indoor fan turned off (see * * * * * 1. Knowledge of the heat pump’s section 3.5), include the electrical 3.6.2 Tests for a heat pump having a capacity and electrical power at low power used by the indoor fan motor single-speed compressor and a variable- compressor capacity for outdoor ° among the recorded parameters from the speed, variable-air-volume-rate indoor temperatures of 37 F and less is needed 30-minute test. fan: capacity modulation correlates with to complete the section 4.2.3 seasonal 3.5 Test procedures for the optional outdoor dry bulb temperature. Conduct performance calculations; and cyclic dry-coil cooling-mode tests (the five tests: two High Temperature Tests 2.The heat pump’s controls allow D, D1, D2, and I1 Tests). (H12 and H11), one Frost Accumulation low-capacity operation at outdoor ° * * * * * Test (H22), and two Low Temperature temperatures of 37 F and less. 3.5.3 Cooling-mode cyclic- Tests (H32 and H31). Conducting an If the above two conditions are met, degradation coefficient calculation. Use additional Frost Accumulation Test an alternative to conducting the H21 the two optional dry-coil tests to (H21) is optional. Conduct the optional Frost Accumulation is to use the determine the cooling-mode cyclic- High Temperature Cyclic (H1C1) Test to following equations to approximate the c degradation coefficient, CD . Append determine the heating mode cyclic- capacity and electrical power:

k=1 h h Determine the quantities Q˙ h (47) tested CD that exceeds the default CD capacity is conducted but yields a tested k=1 h h and E˙ h (47) from the H11 Test and or if the optional test is not conducted, CD (k=2) that exceeds the default CD h evaluate them according to Section 3.7. assign CD the default value of 0.25. If (k=2) or if the optional test is not ˙ k=1 h Determine the quantities Qh (17) and a two-capacity heat pump locks out low conducted, assign CD the default value. = ˙ k 1 h Eh (17) from the H31 Test and capacity operation at lower outdoor The default CD (k=2) is the same value evaluate them according to Section 3.10. temperatures, conduct the optional High as determined or assigned for the low- b. Conduct the optional High Temperature Cyclic Test (H1C2) to capacity cyclic-degradation coefficient, Temperature Cyclic Test (H1C1) to determine the high-capacity heating- C h [or equivalently, C h (k=1)]. Table determine the heating-mode cyclic- D D mode cyclic-degradation coefficient, C h 11 specifies test conditions for these degradation coefficient, C h. If this D D (k=2). If this optional test at high nine tests. optional test is conducted but yields a

TABLE 11.—HEATING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR UNITS HAVING A TWO-CAPACITY COMPRESSOR

Air entering indoor unit Air entering outdoor unit temperature (°F) temperature (°F) Compressor Test description capacity Heating air volume rate Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb

(max) 1 H01 Test ...... 70 60 62 56 .5 Low ...... Heating Minimum. (required, steady) (max) 2 H12 Test ...... 70 60 47 43 High...... Heating Full-Load. (required, steady)

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 ER22OC07.078 59930 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

TABLE 11.—HEATING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR UNITS HAVING A TWO-CAPACITY COMPRESSOR—Continued

Air entering indoor unit Air entering outdoor unit temperature (°F) temperature (°F) Compressor Test description capacity Heating air volume rate Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb

(max) 3 H1C2 Test ...... 70 60 47 43 High...... ( ) (optional, cyclic) (max) 1 H11 Test ...... 70 60 47 43 Low...... Heating Minimum. (required) (max) 4 H1C1 Test ...... 70 60 47 43 Low...... ( ) (optional, cyclic) (max) 2 H22 Test ...... 70 60 35 33 High...... Heating Full-Load. (required) 5,6 (max) 1 H21 Test ...... 70 60 35 33 Low...... Heating Minimum. (required) (max) 2 H32 Test ...... 70 60 17 15 High...... Heating Full-Load. (required, steady) 5 (max) 1 H31 Test ...... 70 60 17 15 Low...... Heating Minimum. (required, steady) 1 Defined in section 3.1.4.5. 2 Defined in section 3.1.4.4. 3 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure or velocity as meas- ured during the H12 Test. 4 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure or velocity as meas- ured during the H11 Test. 5 Required only if the heat pump’s performance when operating at low compressor capacity and outdoor temperatures less than 37°F is need- ed to complete the section 4.2.3 HSPF calculations. 6 k=1 k=1 If table note #5 applies, the section 3.6.3 equations for Q˙ h (35) and E˙ h (17) may be used in lieu of conducting the H21 Test.

3.6.4 Tests for a heat pump having a c. For multiple-split heat pumps within 1⁄4 and 3⁄4 of the difference variable-speed compressor. a. * * * (only), the following procedures between the maximum and minimum Conduct the optional Maximum supersede the above requirements. For heating-mode speeds. The manufacturer Temperature Cyclic (H0C1) Test to all Table 12 tests specified for a should prescribe an intermediate speed determine the heating mode cyclic- minimum compressor speed, at least that is expected to yield the highest COP h degradation coefficient, CD . If this one indoor unit must be turned off. The for the given H2V Test conditions and optional test is conducted but yields a manufacturer shall designate the bracketed compressor speed range. The h h tested CD that exceeds the default CD particular indoor unit(s) that is turned manufacturer can designate that one or or if the optional test is not conducted, off. The manufacturer must also specify h more specific indoor units are turned off assign CD the default value of 0.25. Test the compressor speed used for the Table for the H2V Test. conditions for the eight tests are 12 H2V Test, a heating-mode specified in Table 12. * * * intermediate compressor speed that falls * * * * *

TABLE 12.—HEATING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR UNITS HAVING A VARIABLE-SPEED COMPRESSOR

Air entering indoor unit Air entering outdoor unit ° ° Test description temperature ( F) temperature ( F) Compressor speed Heating air volume rate Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb

(max) 1 H01 Test ...... 70 60 62 56 .5 Minimum ...... Heating Minimum. (required, steady) (max) 2 H0C1 Test ...... 70 60 62 56.5 Minimum ...... ( ) (optional, steady) (max) 3 H12 Test ...... 70 60 47 43 Maximum...... Heating Full-Load. (required, steady) (max) 1 H11 Test ...... 70 60 47 43 Minimum...... Heating Minimum. (required, steady) (max) 4 H1N Test ...... 70 60 47 43 Cooling Mode Maximum .... Heating Nominal. (optional, steady) (max) 3 H22 Test ...... 70 60 35 33 Maximum...... Heating Full-Load. (optional) (max) 5 H2V Test ...... 70 60 35 33 Intermediate...... Heating Intermediate. (required) (max) 3 H32 Test ...... 70 60 17 15 Maximum...... Heating Full-Load. (required, steady)

1 Defined in section 3.1.4.5. 2 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during an ON period at the same pressure or velocity as meas- ured during the H01 Test. 3 Defined in section 3.1.4.4. 4 Defined in section 3.1.4.7. 5 Defined in section 3.1.4.6.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59931

* * * * * indicated by instructions provided by measurements as specified in sections 3.7 Test procedures for steady-state the manufacturer. If the heat pump has 7.3.4.2 and 7.3.3.4.3 of the same Maximum Temperature and High not undergone a defrost after 6 hours, ASHRAE Standard. Adjust the outdoor- Temperature heating mode tests (the immediately conclude the test and use side capacity according to section H01, H1, H12, H11, and H1N Tests). a. the results from the full 6-hour period 7.3.3.4 of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 *** to calculate the average space heating (incorporated by reference, see § 430.22) b. Calculate indoor-side total heating capacity and average electrical power to account for line losses when testing capacity as specified in sections 7.3.4.1 consumption. split systems. Use the outdoor unit fan and 7.3.4.3 of ASHRAE Standard 37– For heat pumps that turn the indoor power as measured during the official 2005 (incorporated by reference, see fan off during the defrost cycle, take test and not the value measured during § 430.22). * * * steps to cease forced airflow through the the preliminary test, as described in * * * * * indoor coil and block the outlet duct section 8.6.2 of ASHRAE Standard 37– 3.8 Test procedures for the optional whenever the heat pump’s controls 2005 (incorporated by reference, see cyclic heating mode tests (the H0C1, cycle off the indoor fan. If it is installed, § 430.22), when calculating the capacity. H1C, H1C1 and H1C2 Tests). use the outlet damper box described in 3.11.2 If using the Compressor * * * * * section 2.5.4.1 to affect the blocked Calibration Method as the secondary 3.8.1 Heating mode cyclic- outlet duct. test method. degradation coefficient calculation. Use * * * * * a. * * * Otherwise, conduct the the results from the optional cyclic test f. * * * Sample measurements used calibration tests according to ASHRAE and the required steady-state test that in calculating the air volume rate (refer Standard 23–05 (incorporated by were conducted at the same test to sections 7.7.2.1 and 7.7.2.2 of reference, see § 430.22), ASHRAE conditions to determine the heating- ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 h Standard 41.9–2000 (incorporated by mode cyclic-degradation coefficient CD . (incorporated by reference, see reference, see § 430.22), and section 7.4 Add ‘‘(k=2)’’ to the coefficient if it § 430.22)) at equal intervals that span 10 of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 corresponds to a two-capacity unit minutes or less. (Note: In the first (incorporated by reference, see cycling at high capacity. For the below printing of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005, § 430.22). calculation of the heating mode cyclic the second IP equation for Qmi should degradation coefficient, do not include read: .) b. Calculate space cooling and space the duct loss correction from section heating capacities using the compressor 7.3.3.3 of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 ′ calibration method measurements as (incorporated by reference, see § 430.22) 1097CAnvn P v .)*** specified in section 7.4.5 and 7.4.6 in determining Q˙ k(T ) (or q ). If the respectively, of ASHRAE Standard 37– h cyc cyc * * * * * optional cyclic test is conducted but 2005 (incorporated by reference, see h 3.9.1 Average space heating capacity yields a tested CD that exceeds the § 430.22). h and electrical power calculations. default CD or if the optional test is not a. * * * 3.11.3 If using the Refrigerant- h conducted, assign CD the default value To account for the effect of duct losses Enthalpy Method as the secondary test of 0.25. The default value for two- between the outlet of the indoor unit method. Conduct this secondary method capacity units cycling at high capacity, and the section 2.5.4 dry-bulb according to section 7.5 of ASHRAE k however, is the low-capacity coefficient, temperature grid, adjust Q˙ h (35) in Standard 37–2005 (incorporated by h h h i.e., CD (k=2) = CD . The tested CD is accordance with section 7.3.4.3 of reference, see § 430.22). Calculate space calculated as follows: ASHRAE Standard 37–2005 cooling and heating capacities using the (incorporated by reference, see refrigerant-enthalpy method COP 1− cyc § 430.22). measurements as specified in sections COP() T * * * * * 7.5.4 and 7.5.5, respectively, of the same h ss cyc ASHRAE Standard. CD = 3.11 Additional requirements for the 1− HLF secondary test methods. * * * * * * *** 3.11.1 If using the Outdoor Air Enthalpy Method as the secondary test 4. Calculations of Seasonal * * * * * Performance Descriptors 3.9 * * * method. c. The official test period begins when * * * * * * * * * * the preliminary test period ends, at 3.11.1.3 Official test. 4.1.3 SEER calculations for an air defrost termination. The official test * * * * * conditioner or heat pump having a two- period ends at the termination of the b. For space cooling tests, calculate capacity compressor. Calculate SEER next occurring automatic defrost cycle. capacity from the outdoor air-enthalpy using Equation 4.1–1. Evaluate the k=1 When testing a heat pump that uses a measurements as specified in sections space cooling capacity, Q˙ c (Tj), and k=1 time-adaptive defrost control system 7.3.3.2 and 7.3.3.3 of ASHRAE Standard electrical power consumption, E˙ c (Tj), (see Definition 1.42), however, manually 37–2005 (incorporated by reference, see of the test unit when operating at low initiate the defrost cycle that ends the § 430.22). Calculate heating capacity compressor capacity and outdoor official test period at the instant based on outdoor air-enthalpy temperature Tj using,

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 ER22OC07.096 ER22OC07.098 ER22OC07.079 ER22OC07.080 59932 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

k=1 k=1 where Q˙ c (82) and E˙ c (82) are calculated as specified in section 3.3. when operating at high compressor k=1 determined from the B1 Test, Q˙ c (67) Evaluate the space cooling capacity, capacity and outdoor temperature Tj k=1 k=2 and E˙ c (67) are determined from the Q˙ c (Tj), and electrical power using, k=2 F1 Test, and all four quantities are consumption, E˙ c (Tj), of the test unit

c * * * * * optional tests are conducted, set CD and all four quantities are calculated as 4.1.3.3 * * * (k=2) to the lower of: specified in section 3.3. Evaluate the c k=2 a. the CD (k=2) value calculated as space cooling capacity, Q˙ c (Tj), and = ˙ k=2 PLF=−121 Cck() k = ⋅ − X2 (), T  per section 3.5.3; or electrical power consumption, Ec (Tj), jD  j  b. the section 3.5.3 default value for of the test unit when operating at C c (k=2) . the part load factor, dimensionless. D maximum compressor speed and * * * * * outdoor temperature Tj. Use Equations Obtain the fraction bin hours for the 4.1.4 SEER calculations for an air 4.1.3–3 and 4.1.3–4, respectively, where k=2 k=2 cooling season, conditioner or heat pump having a Q˙ c (95) and E˙ c (95) are determined k=2 k=2 variable-speed compressor. Calculate from the A2 Test, Q˙ c (82) and E˙ c n j SEER using Equation 4.1–1. Evaluate the (82) are determined from the B2 Test, , k=1 space cooling capacity, Q˙ c (Tj), and and all four quantities are calculated as N k=1 electrical power consumption E˙ c (Tj), specified in section 3.3. Calculate the k=v from Table 16. Use Equations 4.1.3–3 of the test unit when operating at space cooling capacity, Q˙ c (Tj), and k=v and 4.1.3–4, respectively, to evaluate minimum compressor speed and electrical power consumption, E˙ c (Tj), k=2 k=2 Q˙ c (Tj) and E˙ c (Tj). If the optional outdoor temperature Tj. Use Equations of the test unit when operating at C2 and D2 Tests described in section 4.1.3–1 and 4.1.3–2, respectively, where outdoor temperature Tj and the k=1 k=1 3.2.3 and Table 5 are not conducted, set Q˙ c (82) and E˙ c (82) are determined intermediate compressor speed used c k=1 k=1 CD (k=2) equal to the default value from the B1 Test, Q˙ c (67) and E˙ c during the section 3.2.4 (and Table 6) EV specified in section 3.5.3. If these (67) are determined from the F1 Test, Test using,

k=v k=v /MATH> ER22OC07.087 where Q˙ c (87) and E˙ c (87) are Approximate the slopes of the k = v electrical power input curves, MQ and determined from the Ev Test and intermediate speed cooling capacity and ME, as follows: * * * calculated as specified in section 3.3. where,

Use Equations 4.1.3–1 and 4.1.3–2 for Tj 3 and 4.1.3–4 for Tj = 87°F to determine k=l k=l k=2 k=2 = 87°F to determine Q˙ c (87) and E˙ c Q˙ c (87) and E˙ c (87), respectively. (87), respectively. Use Equations 4.1.3– Calculating Equation 4.1–1 quantities

qT()eT () cjand cj N N

differs depending upon whether the test 4.1.4.3) in responding to the building 4.1.4.1 * * * Use Equations 4.1.3–1 unit would operate at minimum speed load. Use Equation 4.1–2 to calculate and 4.1.3–2, respectively, to evaluate k=l k=l (section 4.1.4.1), operate at an the building load, BL(Tj), for each Q˙ c (Tj) and E˙ c (Tj). intermediate speed (section 4.1.4.2), or temperature bin. 4.1.4.2 * * * operate at maximum speed (section

=−⋅−⋅k=2 2 A EER() T222 B T C T

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 ER22OC07.081 ER22OC07.082 ER22OC07.097 ER22OC07.083 ER22OC07.084 ER22OC07.085 ER22OC07.086< Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59933

where, Determine T1 by equating Equations section 3.2.4 EV Test, provides a space T1 = the outdoor temperature at which 4.1.3–1 and 4.1–2 and solving for cooling capacity that is equal to the k=v the unit, when operating at minimum outdoor temperature. Tv = the outdoor building load (Q˙ c (Tv) = BL(Tv)), °F. compressor speed, provides a space temperature at which the unit, when Determine Tv by equating Equations cooling capacity that is equal to the operating at the intermediate 4.1.4–1 and 4.1–2 and solving for k=l building load (Q˙ c (Tl) = BL(T1)), °F. compressor speed used during the outdoor temperature. * * *

* * * * * procedures supersede the above For each temperature bin where Tl < Tj k=i For multiple-split air conditioners requirements for calculating EER (Tj). < Tv, and heat pumps (only), the following

EERkv==() T− EERk 1 () T EERki==() T=+ EERk 1 () T v 1 ⋅−().TT j 1 − j 1 TTv 1

* * * * * 4.2.3.3 * * *

=−hk() = ⋅− =2  PLFjD121 C k X(). Tj 

h If the optional H1C2 Test described in If this optional test is conducted, set CD Determine the low temperature cut- section 3.6.3 and Table 11 is not (k=2) to the lower of: out factor, d (Tj), using Equation 4.2.3– h h conducted, set CD (k=2) equal to the a. the CD (k=2) value calculated as 3. default value specified in section 3.8.1. per section 3.8.1; or * * * * * /MATH> b. the section 3.8.1 default value for h CD (k=2). 4.2.4 * * *

k=i * * * * * For multiple-split heat pumps (only), COPh (Tj). For each temperature bin 4.2.4.2 * * * the following procedures supersede the where T3 > Tj > Tvh, above requirements for calculating

COPkv==() T− COPk 1 () T COPki==() T= COPk 1 () T + h vh h 3 ⋅−()T T . h jh3 − j 3 TTvh 3

For each temperature bin where Tvh ≥ Tj > T4,

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 ER22OC07.088 ER22OC07.089 ER22OC07.090 ER22OC07.091 ER22OC07.092 ER22OC07.093 ER22OC07.094< 59934 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

COPk==2 () T− COPkv() T COPki==() T= COPkv() T + h 4 h vh ⋅()T − T .’’ h jhvh − j vh TT4 vh

* * * * * installation that includes a particular ratio and heating seasonal performance I 7. Section 430.62 is amended in model of ducted air mover (e.g., furnace, factor are based on an installation that subpart F by revising paragraphs (a)(4)(i) air handler, blower kit, etc.), the model includes a particular model of ducted and (ii) to read as follows: number of this ducted air mover must air mover (e.g., furnace, air handler, be included among the model numbers blower kit, etc.), the model number of § 430.62 Submission of data. listed on the certification report. this ducted air mover must be included (a) * * * among the model numbers listed on the (ii) Central air conditioning heat (4) * * * certification report. (i) Central air conditioners, the pumps, the seasonal energy efficiency * * * * * seasonal energy efficiency ratio. For ratio and heating seasonal performance central air conditioners whose seasonal factor. For central air conditioning heat [FR Doc. 07–5142 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] energy efficiency ratio is based on an pumps whose seasonal energy efficiency BILLING CODE 6450–01–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:58 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR3.SGM 22OCR3 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES3 ER22OC07.095 Monday, October 22, 2007

Part IV

Department of Housing and Urban Development 24 CFR Part 982 Housing Choice Voucher Program Homeownership Option; Eligibility of Units Not Yet Under Construction; Final Rule

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:56 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4717 Sfmt 4717 E:\FR\FM\22OCR4.SGM 22OCR4 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES4 59936 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND housing. Under the homeownership costs. Allowing the purchase of units URBAN DEVELOPMENT option of the HCV program, a PHA may not yet under construction, as provided provide voucher assistance for an by the May 29, 2007, proposed rule, 24 CFR Part 982 eligible family to purchase, rather than would allow individuals with [Docket No. FR–4991–F–02] rent, a dwelling unit for residence by disabilities to make design changes for the family. The regulations for the accessibility purposes while the home is RIN 2577–AC60 homeownership option are codified in being built, thus minimizing subpart M of the HCV program homeownership costs. Housing Choice Voucher Program regulations at 24 CFR part 982. Subpart II. Discussion of Public Comment Homeownership Option; Eligibility of M describes program requirements for Units Not Yet Under Construction alternatives to the basic HCV program. The public comment period on the AGENCY: Office of the Assistant In general, a PHA that administers May 29, 2007, proposed rule closed on Secretary for Public and Indian assistance under the HCV program may July 30, 2007. HUD received one public Housing; HUD. offer homeownership assistance as an comment from a housing authority. The commenter stated that it strongly ACTION: Final rule. option for qualified families. Before commencing homeownership assistance supports the proposed rule but SUMMARY: This final rule revises HUD’s for a family, the PHA determines considered § 982.628(e)(1)(i) of the regulations for the homeownership whether the family is qualified, the unit proposed rule too rigid because it did option authorized under the Housing is eligible, and the family has not specify a time limit for HUD to Choice Voucher (HCV) program. satisfactorily completed the required approve the environmental certification, Through the homeownership option, a PHA program of pre-assistance as completed by the responsible entity, public housing agency (PHA) may homeownership counseling. Prior to and to request the release of funds. The provide voucher assistance for an this final rule, the homeownership commenter suggested that its experience eligible family that purchases a dwelling option regulations provided that, to be has shown that once the environmental unit for residence by the family. This eligible for purchase with voucher certification is completed by the final rule authorizes the use of voucher assistance, a unit must be either an responsible entity, approval and request homeownership assistance for the existing unit or under construction at for the release of funds should be a purchase of units not yet under the time the family enters into the simple process that should be able to be construction at the time the family contract for sale. Upon further completed within a 30-day time frame. contracts to purchase the home. This consideration, HUD found the housing The commenter stated that any delay revision will expand the housing eligibility requirements to be overly beyond the 30-day period would delay choices available to families restrictive. the start of construction and increase participating in the homeownership For example, job growth in an area the cost to the builder and eventually to option under the HCV program. This will frequently trigger the construction the homebuyer and the HCV final rule follows publication of a May of new housing developments. The homeownership program. 29, 2007, proposed rule and takes into eligibility prohibition had the potential HUD declines to adopt the consideration the one public comment to deter voucher families from moving commenter’s suggestion. HUD agrees received on it. After careful to such an area in search of employment with the commenter that once the consideration of the issues raised by the opportunities. In addition, the environmental certification is commenter, HUD has decided to adopt requirements hampered efforts to use completed, HUD approval and release of the proposed rule without change. homeownership voucher assistance in funds is a simple process, and to date, combination with mutual self-help or PHAs have not expressed concerns that DATES: Effective Date: November 21, other sweat-equity programs in those a finite time period for completion of 2007. high-cost market areas where affordable the approval and release of funds FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: homeownership opportunities process is necessary. HUD is concerned Danielle Bastarache, Director of the otherwise remain elusive for that adopting a one-size-fits-all Housing Voucher Management and participating homeownership voucher approach would hamper any flexibility Operations Division, Office of Public families. Further, many localities have that may be necessary under certain and Indian Housing, 451 Seventh Street, established affordable housing circumstances. However, in the event SW., Room 4210, Washington, DC requirements for developers of new that delays result in the approval and 20410–8000; telephone number (202) housing subdivisions mandating that a release of funds process, HUD will 708–0477 (this is not a toll-free specified percentage of the homes to be revisit this issue. number). Hearing- or speech-impaired constructed be set aside for purchase by This final rule therefore adopts the individuals may access this number via low-income families. The eligibility proposed rule without change and TTY by calling the toll-free Federal restriction that was formerly in place permits the use of voucher Information Relay Service at (800) 877– prohibited voucher families from homeownership assistance for the 8339. benefiting from these local affordable purchase of units not yet under SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: housing initiatives prior to the construction at the time the family construction of new homes. contracts to purchase the home. I. Background—The May 29, 2007, Since few existing homes are Proposed Rule accessible to persons with impaired III. This Final Rule On May 29, 2007, at 72 FR 29744, mobility, the prohibition also had the Consistent with the proposed rule, HUD published a proposed rule for potential to make it more difficult for this final rule provides that the PHA public comment to revise its regulations persons with disabilities to purchase a may not commence homeownership for the homeownership option home with voucher assistance. assistance for the family until: (1) HUD authorized under the HCV program. Modification of the home following has approved an environmental Through the HCV program, HUD pays purchase is not always easily certification and request for release of rental subsidies so that eligible families accomplished and may require the funds under 24 CFR part 58 or has can afford decent, safe, and sanitary purchaser to incur significant additional notified the PHA of environmental

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:56 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR4.SGM 22OCR4 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES4 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations 59937

approval of the site under 24 CFR part approval, and environmental approval an appointment to review the finding by 50 prior to commencement of may be conditioned on the contracting calling the Regulations Division at (202) construction; (2) the unit’s construction parties’ agreement to modifications to 708–3055 (this is not a toll-free has been completed; and (3) the unit has the unit design or to mitigation actions; number). passed the Housing Quality Standards and (3) commencement of construction Regulatory Flexibility Act and independent inspections required in violation of the preceding clause under § 982.631(a). Since the final rule voids the purchase contract and renders The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) authorizes the provision of federal homeownership assistance under this (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) generally requires homeownership assistance to be used part unavailable for purchase of the an agency to conduct a regulatory for units not yet under construction, the unit. A PHA may not commence flexibility analysis of any rule subject to assistance must comply with applicable homeownership assistance for the notice and comment rulemaking federal environmental review family until either: (1) The responsible requirements, unless the agency certifies requirements. Individual actions on up entity has completed the environmental that the rule will not have a significant to four dwelling units are generally review procedures required by 24 CFR economic impact on a substantial excluded from review under the part 58 and HUD has approved the number of small entities. This final rule National Environmental Policy Act of environmental certification and request is exclusively concerned with PHAs that 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) (NEPA). for release of funds; or (2) HUD has administer tenant-based housing Such actions, however, must comply performed an environmental review assistance under the HCV program. with other federal environmental review under 24 CFR part 50 and has notified Specifically, the final rule expands the authorities (such as those regarding the the PHA, in writing, of environmental types of units that are eligible for preservation of historic properties, the approval of the site. purchase under the homeownership management of floodplains, and the This final rule permits voucher option to include units not yet under protection of wetlands). HUD’s families to benefit from local affordable construction at the time the family regulations implementing NEPA and housing initiatives and development of enters into the contract of sale. Under related environmental laws and affordable housing in areas where job the definition of ‘‘small governmental authorities are codified at 24 CFR parts growth is occurring, as well as aids in jurisdiction’’ in section 601(5) of the 50 and 58. reducing the cost of making homes RFA, the provisions of the RFA are Under 24 CFR part 58, a unit of accessible to persons with mobility applicable only to those few PHAs that general local government, a county, or a impairments while still complying with are part of a political jurisdiction with state (referred to in 24 CFR part 58 as applicable federal environmental review a population of fewer than 50,000 the ‘‘responsible entity’’) is responsible requirements. persons. The number of entities for the required federal environmental This final rule, consistent with the potentially affected by this rule is, reviews, pursuant to a number of HUD proposed rule, makes explicit that the therefore, not substantial. Accordingly, program statutes, including Title I of the initial environmental review the undersigned certifies that this rule United States Housing Act of 1937, requirements for units not yet under will not have a significant economic which authorizes the HCV program. If a construction are broader than for those impact on a substantial number of small PHA objects in writing to the units that are constructed or that are entities. performance of the federal under construction. The final rule environmental review by the provides that when a family receiving Executive Order 13132, Federalism responsible entity, or if the responsible homeownership assistance chooses to entity declines to perform the review, Executive Order 13132 (entitled move to another unit, environmental ‘‘Federalism’’) prohibits an agency from then HUD may perform the review requirements must be satisfied environmental review itself (see 24 CFR publishing any rule that has federalism for that unit in order for the family to implications if the rule either imposes 58.11). HUD’s performance of the continue receiving tenant-based environmental review is governed by 24 substantial direct compliance costs on assistance. This includes completing a state and local governments and is not CFR part 50. new environmental review for any unit Consistent with the proposed rule, the required by statute, or the rule preempts not yet under construction. final rule also requires additional terms state law, unless the agency meets the to be included in the contract of sale if IV. Findings and Certifications consultation and funding requirements the unit is not yet under construction of section 6 of the Executive Order. This Environmental Impact and instructs PHAs on when it is rule will not have federalism appropriate to begin providing A Finding of No Significant Impact implications and would not impose homeownership assistance. Specifically, with respect to the environment was substantial direct compliance costs on the contract of sale between the family made at the proposed rule stage in state and local governments or preempt and the seller must provide that: (1) The accordance with HUD regulations at 24 state law within the meaning of the purchaser is not obligated to purchase CFR part 50, which implement section Executive Order. the unit unless an environmental review 102(2)(C) of the National Environmental Unfunded Mandates Reform Act has been performed and the site has Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. received environmental approval prior 4332(2)(C)). That finding remains Title II of the Unfunded Mandates to commencement of construction, in applicable to this final rule and is Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. accordance with 24 CFR 982.628; (2) available for public inspection between 1531–1538) establishes requirements for construction will not commence until the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. weekdays federal agencies to assess the effects of the required environmental review has in the Regulations Division, Office of their regulatory actions on state, local, been completed and the seller has General Counsel, Department of and tribal governments, and on the received written notice from the PHA Housing and Urban Development, 451 private sector. This rule will not impose that environmental approval has been Seventh Street, SW., Room 10276, any federal mandates on any state, local, obtained. Washington, DC 20410–0500. Due to or tribal governments, or on the private The environmental review may not security measures at the HUD sector, within the meaning of the necessarily result in environmental Headquarters building, please schedule UMRA.

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:56 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR4.SGM 22OCR4 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES4 59938 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Rules and Regulations

Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance I b. Redesignate paragraphs (a)(3), environmental review has been The Catalog of Federal Domestic (a)(4), and (a)(5) as paragraphs (a)(2), performed and the site has received Assistance Number for the HCV (a)(3), and (a)(4), respectively; and environmental approval prior to I program is 14.871. c. Add paragraph (e) to read as commencement of construction in follows: accordance with 24 CFR 982.628. List of Subjects in 24 CFR Part 982 § 982.628 Homeownership option: Eligible (ii) The construction will not Grant programs—housing and units. commence until the environmental review has been completed and the community development, Housing, * * * * * seller has received written notice from Low- and moderate-income housing, (e) Units not yet under construction. the PHA that environmental approval Rent subsidies, Reporting and Families may enter into contracts of sale has been obtained. Conduct of the recordkeeping requirements. for units not yet under construction at environmental review may not I the time the family enters into the Accordingly, for the reasons described necessarily result in environmental contract for sale. However, the PHA in the preamble, HUD amends 24 CFR approval, and environmental approval shall not commence homeownership part 982 as follows: may be conditioned on the contracting assistance for the family for that unit, parties’ agreement to modifications to PART 982—SECTION 8 TENANT- unless and until: BASED ASSISTANCE: HOUSING (1) Either: the unit design or to mitigation actions. CHOICE VOUCHER PROGRAM (i) The responsible entity completed (iii) Commencement of construction the environmental review procedures in violation of paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this I 1. The authority citation for 24 CFR required by 24 CFR part 58, and HUD section voids the purchase contract and part 982 continues to read as follows: approved the environmental renders homeownership assistance Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1437f and 3535(d). certification and request for release of under 24 CFR part 982 unavailable for funds prior to commencement of purchase of the unit. I 2. Revise § 982.626(c) to read as construction; or * * * * * follows: (ii) HUD performed an environmental I § 982.626 Homeownership option: Initial review under 24 CFR part 50 and 5. Revise § 982.637(b) introductory requirements. notified the PHA in writing of text to read as follows: * * * * * environmental approval of the site prior § 982.637 Homeownership option: Move (c) Environmental requirements. The to commencement of construction; with continued tenant-based assistance. (2) Construction of the unit has been PHA is responsible for complying with * * * * * completed; and the authorities listed in § 58.6 of this (b) Requirements for continuation of title requiring the purchaser to obtain (3) The unit has passed the required Housing Quality Standards (HQS) homeownership assistance. The PHA and maintain flood insurance for units must determine that all initial in special flood hazard areas, inspection (see § 982.631(a)) and independent inspection (see requirements listed in § 982.626 prohibiting assistance for acquiring (including the environmental units in the coastal barrier resources § 982.631(b)). I requirements with respect to a unit not system, and requiring notification to the 4. Add § 982.631(c)(3) to read as follows: yet under construction) have been purchaser of units in airport runway satisfied if a family that has received clear zones and airfield clear zones. In § 982.631 Homeownership option: Home homeownership assistance wants to the case of units not yet under inspections, contract of sale, and PHA move to such a unit with continued construction at the time the family disapproval of seller. homeownership assistance. However, enters into the contract for sale, the * * * * * the following requirements do not additional environmental review (c) * * * apply: requirements referenced in § 982.628(e) (3) In addition to the requirements * * * * * of this part also apply, and the PHA contained in paragraph (c)(2) of this shall submit all relevant environmental section, a contract for the sale of units Dated: October 15, 2007. information to the responsible entity or not yet under construction at the time Orlando J. Cabrera, to HUD to assist in completion of those the family is to enter into the contract Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian requirements. for sale must also provide that: Housing. I 3. Amend § 982.628 as follows: (i) The purchaser is not obligated to [FR Doc. E7–20686 Filed 10–19–07; 8:45 am] I a. Remove paragraph (a)(2); purchase the unit unless an BILLING CODE 4210–67–P

VerDate Aug<31>2005 17:56 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\22OCR4.SGM 22OCR4 pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES4 i

Reader Aids Federal Register Vol. 72, No. 203 Monday, October 22, 2007

CUSTOMER SERVICE AND INFORMATION CFR PARTS AFFECTED DURING OCTOBER

Federal Register/Code of Federal Regulations At the end of each month, the Office of the Federal Register General Information, indexes and other finding 202–741–6000 publishes separately a List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA), which aids lists parts and sections affected by documents published since Laws 741–6000 the revision date of each title. 3 CFR (See EO 13446) ...... 56175 Presidential Documents 13445...... 56165 Executive orders and proclamations 741–6000 Proclamations: 13446...... 56175 The United States Government Manual 741–6000 6641 (See 13447...... 56179 Proclamation 8180) ...... 56171 Administrative Orders: Other Services 8180...... 56171 Notices: Electronic and on-line services (voice) 741–6020 8181...... 56613 Notice of October 18, Privacy Act Compilation 741–6064 8182...... 56615 2007 ...... 59473 Public Laws Update Service (numbers, dates, etc.) 741–6043 8183...... 56879 Memorandums: 8184...... 56881 TTY for the deaf-and-hard-of-hearing 741–6086 Memorandum of 8185...... 57477 September 28, 8186...... 57479 2007 ...... 56871 ELECTRONIC RESEARCH 8187...... 57481 Presidential 8188...... 57483 World Wide Web Determinations: 8189...... 58467 No. 2007-34 of Full text of the daily Federal Register, CFR and other publications 8190...... 58749 September 28, is located at: http://www.gpoaccess.gov/nara/index.html 8191...... 58751 2007 ...... 56873 Federal Register information and research tools, including Public Executive Orders: No. 2007-35 of 11145 (Continued by Inspection List, indexes, and links to GPO Access are located at: September 28, EO 13446)...... 56175 http://www.archives.gov/federallregister 2007 ...... 56875 11183 (Continued by No. 2008-1 of October E-mail EO 13446)...... 56175 2, 2007 ...... 58991 11287 (Continued by FEDREGTOC-L (Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV) is EO 13446)...... 56175 5 CFR an open e-mail service that provides subscribers with a digital 12131 (Continued by form of the Federal Register Table of Contents. The digital form 894...... 58243 EO 13446)...... 56175 1201...... 56883 of the Federal Register Table of Contents includes HTML and 12196 (Continued by PDF links to the full text of each document. 1210...... 56883 EO 13446)...... 56175 1215...... 56883 To join or leave, go to http://listserv.access.gpo.gov and select 12216 (Continued by 1830...... 56617 Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list EO 13446)...... 56175 2634...... 56241 (or change settings); then follow the instructions. 12367 (Continued by 2638...... 56241 EO 13446)...... 56175 PENS (Public Law Electronic Notification Service) is an e-mail Proposed Rules: service that notifies subscribers of recently enacted laws. 12382 (Continued by 352...... 56019 EO 13446)...... 56175 630...... 58263 To subscribe, go to http://listserv.gsa.gov/archives/publaws-l.html 12473 (See and select Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow EO 13447) ...... 56179 7 CFR the instructions. 12905 (Continued by 28...... 56242 FEDREGTOC-L and PENS are mailing lists only. We cannot EO 13446)...... 56175 205...... 58469 respond to specific inquiries. 12978 (See Notice of October 18, 2007)...... 59473 301...... 57195 Reference questions. Send questions and comments about the 12994 (Amended by 924...... 58003 Federal Register system to: [email protected] EO 13446)...... 56175 984...... 57839 The Federal Register staff cannot interpret specific documents or 13226 (Continued by 989...... 59153 regulations. EO 13446)...... 56175 Proposed Rules: 13231 (Continued by 6...... 56677 FEDERAL REGISTER PAGES AND DATE, OCTOBER EO 13446)...... 56175 Ch. VIII...... 56945 13237 (Continued by 962...... 56678 55655–56008...... 1 EO 13446)...... 56175 8 CFR 56009–56240...... 2 13256 (Continued by 56241–56616...... 3 EO 13446)...... 56175 103...... 56832 56617–56882...... 4 13262 (See 204...... 56832 56883–57194...... 5 EO 13447) ...... 56179 213a...... 56832 299...... 56832 57195–57482...... 9 13265 (Continued by 322...... 56832 57483–57838...... 10 EO 13446)...... 56175 13270 (Continued by 57839–58002...... 11 9 CFR EO 13446)...... 56175 58003–58242...... 12 13369 (Revoked by 93...... 58375 58243–58468...... 15 EO 13446)...... 56175 94...... 58375 58469–58752...... 16 13379 95...... 58375 58753–58990...... 17 (See EO 13446) ...... 56175 96...... 58375 58991–59152...... 18 13385 (Superseded in 59153–59474...... 19 part by EO 13446)...... 56175 10 CFR 59475–59938...... 22 13386 Ch. I ...... 59157

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:46 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4712 Sfmt 4712 E:\FR\FM\22OCCU.LOC 22OCCU sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER ii Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Reader Aids

2...... 57416 60...... 59600 58758 38 CFR 602...... 58375 20...... 55864, 59162 71 ...... 57898, 58561, 58563, 14...... 58009 30...... 55864, 58473 58565, 58566, 58567, 58569 Proposed Rules: Proposed Rules: 91...... 56947 1 ...... 57503, 58781, 58787 31...... 55864, 58473 5...... 56136 32...... 55864, 58473 301...... 56704 15 CFR 33...... 55864 39 CFR 35...... 55864 19...... 57198 28 CFR 111...... 56901, 57488 50...... 55864, 57416 21...... 57198 Proposed Rules: 601...... 58251 51...... 57416 22...... 57198 16...... 56704 52...... 57416 740...... 58757 Proposed Rules: 61...... 55864 748...... 56010, 59164 29 CFR 111 ...... 57505, 57506, 57507 62...... 55864 Proposed Rules: 4022...... 58249 121...... 58946 72...... 55864 740...... 59231 4044...... 58249 122...... 58946 742...... 59231 100...... 57416 Proposed Rules: 40 CFR 110...... 55864 744...... 59231 2702...... 58790 9...... 56903 150...... 55864, 58473 748...... 59231 4003...... 59050 170...... 55864 754...... 59231 51...... 55657, 59190 171...... 55864 764...... 59231 30 CFR 52 ...... 55659, 55664, 55666, 56268, 56623, 56911, 56914, 430...... 59906 772...... 59231 914...... 59005 57202, 57207, 57209, 57864, 431...... 58190 917...... 59477 17 CFR 58013, 58016, 58523, 58528, Proposed Rules: 926...... 57822 240...... 56514, 56562 58535, 58538, 58542, 58546, 50...... 56275 938...... 56619 247...... 56514 58759, 59014, 59207, 59210, 52...... 56287 946...... 59009 59213, 59480 430...... 57254, 59039 18 CFR Proposed Rules: 59...... 57215 250...... 56442 11 CFR Proposed Rules: 60...... 59190 410...... 57255 253...... 56442 62...... 59017 113...... 56245 806...... 55711 254...... 56442 70...... 58535 Proposed Rules: 808...... 55711 256...... 56442 72...... 59190 100...... 58028 780...... 57504 78...... 59190 19 CFR 104...... 58028 784...... 57504 81 ...... 57207, 58538, 59210, 114...... 58028 Ch. I ...... 59166 816...... 57504 59213 10...... 58511 817...... 57504 82...... 56628 12 CFR 24...... 58511 944...... 59489 96...... 59190 201...... 56889 102...... 58511 31 CFR 97 ...... 55657, 55666, 56914, 204...... 55655 162...... 58511 57209, 58542, 58546, 59190, 218...... 56514 163...... 58511 203...... 59177 59480 701...... 56247 178...... 58511 285...... 59480 141...... 57782 711...... 58248 Proposed Rules: 20 CFR 142...... 57782 Proposed Rules: 132...... 56680 180...... 57489, 57492 16...... 59039 404...... 59398 800...... 57900 721...... 56903, 57222 233...... 56680 416...... 59398 750...... 57235 32 CFR 327...... 58743 21 CFR 761...... 57235 213...... 56011 Proposed Rules: 314...... 58993 13 CFR 752...... 56267 50...... 58030 516...... 57199 Proposed Rules: Proposed Rules: 51...... 55717, 59065 522...... 56896 124...... 57889 212...... 56021 52 ...... 55723, 56312, 56706, 556...... 56896, 57199 217...... 59053 558...... 56896 56707, 56974, 56975, 57257, 14 CFR 57907, 58031, 58570, 58571, 600...... 59000 33 CFR 1...... 59598 880...... 59175 59065, 59066, 59506 11...... 59598 117 ...... 56013, 56898, 57487, 63...... 59067 Proposed Rules: 57858, 58250, 58758, 58759, 70...... 58571, 59065 25...... 57842, 57844 600...... 59041 59012, 59013 71...... 59065 33...... 58972 870...... 56702 165 ...... 56014, 56898, 57200, 81 ...... 56312, 58572, 58577 39 ...... 55657, 56254, 56256, 1314...... 55712 56258, 56262, 56618, 56890, 57858, 57861, 57863, 58522 97...... 58571, 59506 56891, 57195, 57848, 57850, 22 CFR Proposed Rules: 112...... 58378 110...... 57901, 59491 57854, 58005, 58007, 58489, 171...... 57857 180...... 56325 58491, 58492, 58495, 58497, 117...... 56025, 57904 271...... 57258 58499, 58502, 58504, 58753, 24 CFR 165...... 56308, 56972 42 CFR 58755, 59475 203...... 56002, 56156 169...... 56600 60...... 59598 982...... 59936 175...... 59064 411...... 57634 71 ...... 57485, 57486, 58993 412...... 57634 1000...... 59003 34 CFR 91...... 57196 3280...... 59338 413...... 57634 95...... 56009 3285...... 59338 Proposed Rules: 418...... 55672 Ch. VI...... 59494 97 ...... 56266, 56894, 58507, Proposed Rules: 489...... 57634 58509 1001...... 56632 5...... 58448 36 CFR 119...... 57196 Proposed Rules: 121...... 57196, 59598 25 CFR 223...... 59187 71...... 55729 135...... 57196 Proposed Rules: Proposed Rules: 43 CFR Proposed Rules: 502...... 59044 Ch. I ...... 58030 25...... 58560 522...... 59044 223...... 59496 Proposed Rules: 39 ...... 56700, 56945, 57502, 559...... 59044 10...... 58582 37 CFR 57890, 57892, 57894, 57896, 573...... 59044 58028, 58267, 58763, 58766, 1...... 57863 44 CFR 58768, 58770, 58773, 58774, 26 CFR Proposed Rules: 64...... 58020 58777, 59225, 59227, 59229 1 ...... 56619, 57487, 58375, 381...... 57101 65...... 57241

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:46 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4712 Sfmt 4712 E:\FR\FM\22OCCU.LOC 22OCCU sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Reader Aids iii

67 ...... 56920, 57245, 58553 59510 369...... 55697 20...... 58452 206...... 57869 381...... 55697 48 CFR 21...... 56926 207...... 57869 382...... 55697 229...... 57104, 59035 Proposed Rules: Proposed Rules: 383...... 55697 635...... 56929, 57104 67 ...... 56975, 58590, 58598, 1516...... 56708 384...... 55697 1533...... 56708 648 ...... 55704, 57104, 57500, 58599, 58615 385...... 55697 59224 1552...... 56708 386...... 55697 46 CFR 660 ...... 55706, 55707, 55708, 49 CFR 387...... 55697 55709, 56664, 58258 388...... 55697 67...... 58762 665...... 58259 105...... 55678 389...... 55697 515...... 56272 679 ...... 56016, 56017, 56273, 106...... 55678 390...... 55697 56274, 56933, 56934, 57252, 47 CFR 107...... 55678 391...... 55697 57501, 57888, 58261, 58559, 110...... 55678 392...... 55697 1...... 56015 130...... 55678 59037, 59038 393...... 55697 12...... 57879 171...... 55678 395...... 55697 697...... 56935 22...... 56015 172...... 55678, 59146 397...... 55697 Proposed Rules: 24...... 56015 173...... 55678 512...... 59434 17 ...... 56979, 57273, 57276, 27...... 56015 174...... 55678 53...... 58021 571...... 57450 57278, 57511, 57740, 58618, 175...... 55678 58793 64...... 58021 176...... 55678 Proposed Rules: 73...... 59488 178...... 55678, 59146 541...... 58268 26...... 58982 76...... 56645 179...... 55678 565...... 56027 92...... 58274 90 ...... 56015, 56923, 57888 180...... 55678 571 ...... 56713, 57260, 57459 216...... 58279 101...... 55673 222...... 59019 622...... 58031 Proposed Rules: 229...... 59216 50 CFR 635 ...... 55729, 56036, 56330 73 ...... 59507, 59508, 59509, 365...... 55697 16...... 59019 648...... 58280, 58622

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:46 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4712 Sfmt 4712 E:\FR\FM\22OCCU.LOC 22OCCU sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER iv Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Reader Aids

REMINDERS waiver procedures; West Coast States and published 8-29-07 [FR E7- The items in this list were published 9-20-07 Western Pacific 17010] editorially compiled as an aid Correction; published 9-28- fisheries— Spinosad; comments due by to Federal Register users. 07 Coastal pelagic species; 10-29-07; published 8-29- Inclusion or exclusion from comments due by 10- 07 [FR E7-16897] 29-07; published 9-28- this list has no legal COMMENTS DUE NEXT FARM CREDIT significance. 07 [FR E7-19252] WEEK ADMINISTRATION DEFENSE DEPARTMENT Farm credit system: Defense Acquisition Federal Agriculture AGRICULTURE RULES GOING INTO Regulations System Mortgage Corporation EFFECT OCTOBER 22, DEPARTMENT Acquisition regulations: funding and fiscal 2007 Animal and Plant Health affairs— Inspection Service Carriage vessel overhaul, repair and maintenance; Risk-based capital Agricultural Bioterrorism COMMERCE DEPARTMENT comments due by 10-29- requirements; comments Protection Act of 2002; National Oceanic and 07; published 8-28-07 [FR due by 10-29-07; implementation: Atmospheric Administration E7-17037] published 9-13-07 [FR E7-18014] Fishery conservation and Select agent and toxin list; biennial review and ENVIRONMENTAL management: PROTECTION AGENCY FEDERAL republication; comments COMMUNICATIONS Northeastern United States due by 10-29-07; Air programs; approval and COMMISSION fisheries— promulgation; State plans published 8-28-07 [FR E7- Common carrier services: Monkfish; published 9-21- 17039] for designated facilities and 07 pollutants: Commercial mobile radio AGRICULTURE service providers; roaming Missouri; comments due by ENVIRONMENTAL DEPARTMENT obligations reexamination; 10-29-07; published 9-27- PROTECTION AGENCY comments due by 10-29- Grain Inspection, Packers 07 [FR E7-19120] Air quality implementation and Stockyards 07; published 8-30-07 [FR plans; approval and Administration Air quality implementation E7-17123] plans: promulgation; various Practice and procedure: HEALTH AND HUMAN States: Preparation, adoption, and SERVICES DEPARTMENT Packers and Stockyards submittal— Delaware; published 9-20-07 Act; poultry contracts; Centers for Medicare & South Carolina; published 8- initiation, performance, Volatile organic Medicaid Services 22-07 and termination; compounds; definition Medicaid: revised; comments due HOMELAND SECURITY comments due by 10-30- Outpatient clinic and by 10-31-07; published DEPARTMENT 07; published 8-1-07 [FR hospital facility services; 10-1-07 [FR E7-19324] Coast Guard E7-14924] definitions and payment Air quality implementation AGRICULTURE limits; comments due by Drawbridge operations: plans; approval and DEPARTMENT 10-29-07; published 9-28- Louisiana; published 10-15- promulgation; various States 07 [FR E7-19154] 07 Rural Utilities Service New York; comments due Medicare and Medicaid: Materials and construction; Vermont; published 10-17-07 by 10-31-07; published Ambulatory surgical centers; electric standards and 10-1-07 [FR E7-19346] HOUSING AND URBAN specifications: coverage conditions; DEVELOPMENT Air quality implementation comments due by 10-30- DEPARTMENT Primary underground power plans; approval and 07; published 8-31-07 [FR cable; comments due by Hearings and Appeals Office promulgation; various 07-04148] 10-29-07; published 8-30- States; air quality planning conforming amendments; 07 [FR E7-17194] Medicare: and Freedom of Information purposes; designation of Home health prospective Act; implementation; COMMERCE DEPARTMENT areas: payment system; 2008 CY correction; published 9-20- National Oceanic and North Carolina; comments refinement and rate 07 Atmospheric Administration due by 11-2-07; published update; comments due by INTERIOR DEPARTMENT Fishery conservation and 10-3-07 [FR E7-19513] 10-29-07; published 8-29- Surface Mining Reclamation management: Air quality implementation 07 [FR 07-04184] and Enforcement Office Atlantic highly migratory plans; approval and HEALTH AND HUMAN species— promulgation; various SERVICES DEPARTMENT Permanent program and States: abandoned mine land Atlantic bluefin tuna; Food and Drug reclamation plan comments due by 11-1- Ohio; comments due by 10- Administration submissions: 07; published 10-2-07 29-07; published 9-27-07 Biological products: [FR E7-18894] Kentucky; published 10-22- [FR E7-19421] Blood, blood components, 07 Atlantic commercial shark Pesticides; tolerances in food, and source plasma; management measures; animal feeds, and raw requirements; comments JUSTICE DEPARTMENT comments due by 10- agricultural commodities: due by 10-30-07; Organization, functions, and 31-07; published 10-1- Dibasic esters; comments published 8-16-07 [FR E7- authority delegations: 07 [FR E7-19378] due by 10-29-07; 15943] Executive Office for Atlantic shark; comments published 8-29-07 [FR E7- Blood, blood components, Immigration Review, due by 11-2-07; 17109] and source plasma; Director, et al.; published published 10-3-07 [FR Flusilazole; comments due requirements— 9-20-07 E7-19544] by 10-29-07; published 8- Correction; comments due TRANSPORTATION Northeastern United States 29-07 [FR E7-17110] by 10-30-07; published DEPARTMENT fisheries— Flutriafol; comments due by 9-24-07 [FR E7-18802] Federal Transit Northeast multispecies; 10-29-07; published 8-29- HEALTH AND HUMAN Administration comments due by 10- 07 [FR E7-17112] SERVICES DEPARTMENT Buy America requirements; 31-07; published 10-16- Propylene oxide; comments Quarantine, inspection, and end product analysis and 07 [FR E7-20386] due by 10-29-07; licensing:

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:46 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4712 Sfmt 4711 E:\FR\FM\22OCCU.LOC 22OCCU sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Reader Aids v

Select agents and toxins; Airbus; comments due by Income taxes: Register but may be ordered possession, use, and 10-29-07; published 9-28- Variable annuity, in ‘‘slip law’’ (individual transfer; comments due 07 [FR E7-19258] endowment, and life pamphlet) form from the by 10-29-07; published 8- Alexandria Aircraft, LLC; insurance contracts; Superintendent of Documents, 28-07 [FR 07-04233] comments due by 10-30- diversification U.S. Government Printing INTERIOR DEPARTMENT 07; published 8-31-07 [FR requirements; comments Office, Washington, DC 20402 (phone, 202–512–1808). The Fish and Wildlife Service E7-17289] due by 10-29-07; ATR; comments due by 10- published 7-31-07 [FR E7- text will also be made Endangered and threatened 29-07; published 9-28-07 14620] available on the Internet from species: [FR E7-19201] Income taxes: GPO Access at http:// Critical habitat Airworthiness Directives: Losses sustained from www.gpoaccess.gov/plaws/ designations— BAE Systems (Operations) abandoned securities; index.html. Some laws may Monterey spineflower; Ltd.; comments due by comments due by 10-29- not yet be available. comments due by 10- 10-29-07; published 9-28- 07; published 7-30-07 [FR 31-07; published 10-16- 07 [FR E7-19197] E7-14616] S. 474/P.L. 110–95 07 [FR E7-20241] Type III supporting Airworthiness directives: To award a congressional Findings on petitions, etc.— organizations that are not Boeing; comments due by gold medal to Michael Ellis functionally integrated; Gunnison’s prairie dog; 10-29-07; published 8-28- DeBakey, M.D. (Oct. 16, payout requirements; comments due by 10- 07 [FR E7-16909] 2007; 121 Stat. 1008) 29-07; published 8-28- General Electric Co.; comments due by 10-31- 07 [FR E7-16941] comments due by 10-29- 07; published 8-2-07 [FR S. 1612/P.L. 110–96 MILLENNIUM CHALLENGE 07; published 8-28-07 [FR E7-14925] International Emergency CORPORATION E7-16554] TREASURY DEPARTMENT Economic Powers Freedom of Information Act; Saab; comments due by 10- Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau Enhancement Act (Oct. 16, implementation; comments 29-07; published 9-28-07 2007; 121 Stat. 1011) due by 10-29-07; published [FR E7-19202] Alcoholic beverages: 8-28-07 [FR E7-16143] Class E airspace; comments Wines, distilled spirits, and Last List October 12, 2007 NATIONAL CREDIT UNION due by 11-2-07; published malt beverages; labeling ADMINISTRATION 9-18-07 [FR E7-18332] and advertising— Alcohol content statement; Credit unions: TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT comments due by 10- Federal and corporate credit Public Laws Electronic Federal Transit 29-07; published 7-31- Notification Service unions; permissible foreign 07 [FR E7-14774] currency investments; Administration (PENS) comments due by 10-30- Major capital investment 07; published 8-1-07 [FR projects: LIST OF PUBLIC LAWS New Starts Program and E7-14849] PENS is a free electronic mail proposed Small Starts This is a continuing list of SECURITIES AND notification service of newly program category; public bills from the current EXCHANGE COMMISSION enacted public laws. To comments due by 11-1- session of Congress which subscribe, go to http:// Investment advisers: 07; published 8-3-07 [FR have become Federal laws. It listserv.gsa.gov/archives/ Broker-dealers; Interpretive E7-14285] may be used in conjunction publaws-l.html rule provisions; comments TREASURY DEPARTMENT with ‘‘PLUS’’ (Public Laws due by 11-2-07; published Update Service) on 202–741– Internal Revenue Service Note: This service is strictly 9-28-07 [FR E7-19269] 6043. This list is also Estate and gift taxes: for E-mail notification of new available online at http:// TRANSPORTATION Generation-skipping transfer laws. The text of laws is not www.archives.gov/federal- DEPARTMENT tax purposes; severance available through this service. register/laws.html. Federal Aviation of trust; comments due by PENS cannot respond to Administration 10-31-07; published 8-2- The text of laws is not specific inquiries sent to this Airworthiness directives: 07 [FR E7-14850] published in the Federal address.

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:46 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4712 Sfmt 4711 E:\FR\FM\22OCCU.LOC 22OCCU sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER vi Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Reader Aids

CFR CHECKLIST Title Stock Number Price Revision Date 900–End ...... (869–062–00038–3) ...... 50.00 Jan. 1, 2007 This checklist, prepared by the Office of the Federal Register, is 13 ...... (869–062–00039–1) ...... 55.00 Jan. 1, 2007 published weekly. It is arranged in the order of CFR titles, stock 14 Parts: numbers, prices, and revision dates. 1–59 ...... (869–062–00040–5) ...... 63.00 Jan. 1, 2007 An asterisk (*) precedes each entry that has been issued since last 60–139 ...... (869–062–00041–3) ...... 61.00 Jan. 1, 2007 week and which is now available for sale at the Government Printing 140–199 ...... (869–062–00042–1) ...... 30.00 Jan. 1, 2007 Office. 200–1199 ...... (869–062–00043–0) ...... 50.00 Jan. 1, 2007 A checklist of current CFR volumes comprising a complete CFR set, 1200–End ...... (869–062–00044–8) ...... 45.00 Jan. 1, 2007 also appears in the latest issue of the LSA (List of CFR Sections 15 Parts: Affected), which is revised monthly. 0–299 ...... (869–062–00045–6) ...... 40.00 Jan. 1, 2007 The CFR is available free on-line through the Government Printing 300–799 ...... (869–062–00046–4) ...... 60.00 Jan. 1, 2007 Office’s GPO Access Service at http://www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/ 800–End ...... (869–062–00047–2) ...... 42.00 Jan. 1, 2007 index.html. For information about GPO Access call the GPO User 16 Parts: Support Team at 1-888-293-6498 (toll free) or 202-512-1530. 0–999 ...... (869–062–00048–1) ...... 50.00 Jan. 1, 2007 The annual rate for subscription to all revised paper volumes is 1000–End ...... (869–062–00049–9) ...... 60.00 Jan. 1, 2007 $1389.00 domestic, $555.60 additional for foreign mailing. 17 Parts: Mail orders to the Superintendent of Documents, Attn: New Orders, 1–199 ...... (869–062–00051–1) ...... 50.00 Apr. 1, 2007 P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250–7954. All orders must be 200–239 ...... (869–062–00052–9) ...... 60.00 Apr. 1, 2007 accompanied by remittance (check, money order, GPO Deposit 240–End ...... (869–062–00053–7) ...... 62.00 Apr. 1, 2007 Account, VISA, Master Card, or Discover). Charge orders may be telephoned to the GPO Order Desk, Monday through Friday, at (202) 18 Parts: 512–1800 from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. eastern time, or FAX your 1–399 ...... (869–062–00054–5) ...... 62.00 Apr. 1, 2007 charge orders to (202) 512-2250. 400–End ...... (869–062–00055–3) ...... 26.00 Apr. 1, 2007 Title Stock Number Price Revision Date 19 Parts: 1–140 ...... (869–062–00056–1) ...... 61.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1 ...... (869–062–00001–4) ...... 5.00 4 Jan. 1, 2007 141–199 ...... (869–062–00057–0) ...... 58.00 Apr. 1, 2007 2 ...... (869–062–00002–2) ...... 5.00 Jan. 1, 2007 200–End ...... (869–062–00058–8) ...... 31.00 Apr. 1, 2007 3 (2006 Compilation 20 Parts: and Parts 100 and 1–399 ...... (869–062–00059–6) ...... 50.00 Apr. 1, 2007 102) ...... (869–062–00003–1) ...... 35.00 1 Jan. 1, 2007 400–499 ...... (869–062–00060–0) ...... 64.00 Apr. 1, 2007 4 ...... (869–062–00004–9) ...... 10.00 5 Jan. 1, 2007 500–End ...... (869–062–00061–8) ...... 63.00 Apr. 1, 2007 5 Parts: 21 Parts: 1–699 ...... (869–062–00005–7) ...... 60.00 Jan. 1, 2007 1–99 ...... (869–062–00062–6) ...... 40.00 Apr. 1, 2007 700–1199 ...... (869–062–00006–5) ...... 50.00 Jan. 1, 2007 100–169 ...... (869–062–00063–4) ...... 49.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1200–End ...... (869–062–00007–3) ...... 61.00 Jan. 1, 2007 170–199 ...... (869–062–00064–2) ...... 50.00 Apr. 1, 2007 200–299 ...... (869–062–00065–1) ...... 17.00 Apr. 1, 2007 6 ...... (869–062–00008–1) ...... 10.50 Jan. 1, 2007 300–499 ...... (869–062–00066–9) ...... 30.00 Apr. 1, 2007 7 Parts: 500–599 ...... (869–062–00067–7) ...... 47.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1–26 ...... (869–062–00009–0) ...... 44.00 Jan. 1, 2007 600–799 ...... (869–062–00068–5) ...... 17.00 Apr. 1, 2007 27–52 ...... (869–062–00010–3) ...... 49.00 Jan. 1, 2007 800–1299 ...... (869–062–00069–3) ...... 60.00 Apr. 1, 2007 53–209 ...... (869–062–00011–1) ...... 37.00 Jan. 1, 2007 1300–End ...... (869–062–00070–7) ...... 25.00 Apr. 1, 2007 210–299 ...... (869–062–00012–0) ...... 62.00 Jan. 1, 2007 22 Parts: 300–399 ...... (869–062–00013–8) ...... 46.00 Jan. 1, 2007 1–299 ...... (869–062–00071–5) ...... 63.00 Apr. 1, 2007 400–699 ...... (869–062–00014–6) ...... 42.00 Jan. 1, 2007 300–End ...... (869–062–00072–3) ...... 45.00 Apr. 1, 2007 700–899 ...... (869–062–00015–4) ...... 43.00 Jan. 1, 2007 900–999 ...... (869–062–00016–2) ...... 60.00 Jan. 1, 2007 23 ...... (869–062–00073–7) ...... 45.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1000–1199 ...... (869–062–00017–1) ...... 22.00 Jan. 1, 2007 24 Parts: 1200–1599 ...... (869–062–00018–9) ...... 61.00 Jan. 1, 2007 0–199 ...... (869–062–00074–0) ...... 60.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1600–1899 ...... (869–062–00019–7) ...... 64.00 Jan. 1, 2007 200–499 ...... (869–062–00075–8) ...... 50.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1900–1939 ...... (869–062–00020–1) ...... 31.00 Jan. 1, 2007 500–699 ...... (869–062–00076–6) ...... 30.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1940–1949 ...... (869–062–00021–9) ...... 50.00 5 Jan. 1, 2007 700–1699 ...... (869–062–00077–4) ...... 61.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1950–1999 ...... (869–062–00022–7) ...... 46.00 Jan. 1, 2007 1700–End ...... (869–062–00078–2) ...... 30.00 Apr. 1, 2007 2000–End ...... (869–062–00023–5) ...... 50.00 Jan. 1, 2007 25 ...... (869–062–00079–1) ...... 64.00 Apr. 1, 2007 8 ...... (869–062–00024–3) ...... 63.00 Jan. 1, 2007 26 Parts: 9 Parts: §§ 1.0–1–1.60 ...... (869–062–00080–4) ...... 49.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1–199 ...... (869–062–00025–1) ...... 61.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.61–1.169 ...... (869–062–00081–2) ...... 63.00 Apr. 1, 2007 200–End ...... (869–062–00026–0) ...... 58.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.170–1.300 ...... (869–062–00082–1) ...... 60.00 Apr. 1, 2007 10 Parts: §§ 1.301–1.400 ...... (869–062–00083–9) ...... 47.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1–50 ...... (869–062–00027–8) ...... 61.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.401–1.440 ...... (869–062–00084–7) ...... 56.00 Apr. 1, 2007 51–199 ...... (869–062–00028–6) ...... 58.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.441–1.500 ...... (869–062–00085–5) ...... 58.00 Apr. 1, 2007 200–499 ...... (869–062–00029–4) ...... 46.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.501–1.640 ...... (869–062–00086–3) ...... 49.00 Apr. 1, 2007 500–End ...... (869–066–00030–8) ...... 62.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.641–1.850 ...... (869–062–00087–1) ...... 61.00 Apr. 1, 2007 §§ 1.851–1.907 ...... (869–062–00088–0) ...... 61.00 Apr. 1, 2007 11 ...... (869–062–00031–6) 41.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.908–1.1000 ...... (869–062–00089–8) ...... 60.00 Apr. 1, 2007 12 Parts: §§ 1.1001–1.1400 ...... (869–062–00090–1) ...... 61.00 Apr. 1, 2007 1–199 ...... (869–062–00032–4) ...... 34.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.1401–1.1550 ...... (869–062–00091–0) ...... 58.00 Apr. 1, 2007 200–219 ...... (869–062–00033–2) ...... 37.00 Jan. 1, 2007 §§ 1.1551–End ...... (869–062–00092–8) ...... 50.00 Apr. 1, 2007 220–299 ...... (869–062–00034–1) ...... 61.00 Jan. 1, 2007 2–29 ...... (869–062–00093–6) ...... 60.00 Apr. 1, 2007 300–499 ...... (869–062–00035–9) ...... 47.00 Jan. 1, 2007 30–39 ...... (869–062–00094–4) ...... 41.00 Apr. 1, 2007 500–599 ...... (869–062–00036–7) ...... 39.00 Jan. 1, 2007 40–49 ...... (869–062–00095–2) ...... 28.00 7Apr. 1, 2007 600–899 ...... (869–062–00037–5) ...... 56.00 Jan. 1, 2007 50–299 ...... (869–062–00096–1) ...... 42.00 Apr. 1, 2007

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:47 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4721 Sfmt 4721 E:\FR\FM\22OCCL.LOC 22OCCL sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Reader Aids vii

Title Stock Number Price Revision Date Title Stock Number Price Revision Date 300–499 ...... (869–062–00097–9) ...... 61.00 Apr. 1, 2007 63 (63.1440–63.6175) .... (869–060–00149–2) ...... 32.00 July 1, 2006 500–599 ...... (869–062–00098–7) ...... 12.00 6 Apr. 1, 2007 63 (63.6580–63.8830) .... (869–060–00150–6) ...... 32.00 July 1, 2006 600–End ...... (869–062–00099–5) ...... 17.00 Apr. 1, 2007 63 (63.8980–End) ...... (869–060–00151–4) ...... 35.00 July 1, 2006 27 Parts: 64–71 ...... (869–062–00153–3) ...... 29.00 July 1, 2007 1–39 ...... (869–062–00100–2) ...... 64.00 Apr. 1, 2007 72–80 ...... (869–060–00153–1) ...... 62.00 July 1, 2006 40–399 ...... (869–062–00101–1) ...... 64.00 Apr. 1, 2007 81–84 ...... (869–062–00155–0) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2007 400–End ...... (869–062–00102–9) ...... 18.00 Apr. 1, 2007 85–86 (85–86.599–99) .... (869–062–00156–8) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2007 86 (86.600–1–End) ...... (869–060–00156–5) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2006 28 Parts: ...... 87–99 ...... (869–060–00157–3) ...... 60.00 July 1, 2006 0–42 ...... (869–062–00103–7) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2007 100–135 ...... (869–062–00159–2) ...... 45.00 July 1, 2007 43–End ...... (869–062–00104–5) ...... 60.00 July 1, 2007 136–149 ...... (869–060–00159–0) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2006 29 Parts: 150–189 ...... (869–060–00160–3) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2006 0–99 ...... (869–062–00105–3) ...... 50.00 9July 1, 2007 190–259 ...... (869–062–00162–2) ...... 39.00 9July 1, 2007 100–499 ...... (869–062–00106–1) ...... 23.00 July 1, 2007 260–265 ...... (869–060–00162–0) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2006 500–899 ...... (869–062–00107–0) ...... 61.00 9July 1, 2007 266–299 ...... (869–060–00163–8) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2006 900–1899 ...... (869–062–00108–8) ...... 36.00 July 1, 2007 300–399 ...... (869–060–00164–6) ...... 42.00 July 1, 2006 1900–1910 (§§ 1900 to 400–424 ...... (869–062–00166–5) ...... 56.00 9July 1, 2007 1910.999) ...... (869–062–00109–6) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2007 425–699 ...... (869–060–00166–2) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2006 1910 (§§ 1910.1000 to 700–789 ...... (869–062–00168–1) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2007 end) ...... (869–062–00110–0) ...... 46.00 July 1, 2007 790–End ...... (869–060–00168–9) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2006 1911–1925 ...... (869–062–00111–8) ...... 30.00 July 1, 2007 41 Chapters: 1926 ...... (869–062–00112–6) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2007 1, 1–1 to 1–10 ...... 13.00 3 July 1, 1984 1927–End ...... (869–062–00113–4) ...... 62.00 July 1, 2007 1, 1–11 to Appendix, 2 (2 Reserved) ...... 13.00 3 July 1, 1984 30 Parts: 3–6 ...... 14.00 3 July 1, 1984 1–199 ...... (869–062–00114–2) ...... 57.00 July 1, 2007 7 ...... 6.00 3 July 1, 1984 200–699 ...... (869–062–00115–1) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2007 8 ...... 4.50 3 July 1, 1984 700–End ...... (869–062–00116–9) ...... 58.00 July 1, 2007 9 ...... 13.00 3 July 1, 1984 10–17 ...... 9.50 3 July 1, 1984 31 Parts: 18, Vol. I, Parts 1–5 ...... 13.00 3 July 1, 1984 0–199 ...... (869–062–00117–7) ...... 41.00 July 1, 2007 18, Vol. II, Parts 6–19 ...... 13.00 3 July 1, 1984 200–499 ...... (869–062–00118–5) ...... 46.00 July 1, 2007 18, Vol. III, Parts 20–52 ...... 13.00 3 July 1, 1984 500–End ...... (869–060–00118–2) ...... 62.00 July 1, 2006 19–100 ...... 13.00 3 July 1, 1984 32 Parts: 1–100 ...... (869–060–00169–7) ...... 24.00 July 1, 2006 1–39, Vol. I ...... 15.00 2 July 1, 1984 101 ...... (869–062–00171–1) ...... 21.00 July 1, 2007 1–39, Vol. II ...... 19.00 2 July 1, 1984 102–200 ...... (869–062–00172–0) ...... 56.00 July 1, 2007 1–39, Vol. III ...... 18.00 2 July 1, 1984 201–End ...... (869–060–00172–7) ...... 24.00 July 1, 2006 ...... 1–190 (869–062–00120–7) 61.00 July 1, 2007 42 Parts: 191–399 ...... (869–060–00120–4) ...... 63.00 July 1, 2006 1–399 ...... (869–060–00173–5) ...... 61.00 Oct. 1, 2006 400–629 ...... (869–060–00121–2) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2006 400–413 ...... (869–060–00174–3) ...... 32.00 Oct. 1, 2006 630–699 ...... (869–062–00123–1) ...... 37.00 July 1, 2007 414–429 ...... (869–060–00175–1) ...... 32.00 Oct. 1, 2006 700–799 ...... (869–062–00124–0) ...... 46.00 July 1, 2007 430–End ...... (869–060–00176–0) ...... 64.00 Oct. 1, 2006 800–End ...... (869–062–00125–8) ...... 47.00 July 1, 2007 43 Parts: 33 Parts: 1–999 ...... (869–060–00177–8) ...... 56.00 Oct. 1, 2006 1–124 ...... (869–060–00125–5) ...... 57.00 July 1, 2006 1000–end ...... (869–060–00178–6) ...... 62.00 Oct. 1, 2006 125–199 ...... (869–060–00126–3) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2006 200–End ...... (869–062–00128–2) ...... 57.00 July 1, 2007 44 ...... (869–060–00179–4) ...... 50.00 Oct. 1, 2006 34 Parts: 45 Parts: 1–299 ...... (869–062–00129–1) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2007 1–199 ...... (869–060–00180–8) ...... 60.00 Oct. 1, 2006 300–399 ...... (869–062–00130–4) ...... 40.00 July 1, 2007 200–499 ...... (869–060–00181–6) ...... 34.00 Oct. 1, 2006 400–End & 35 ...... (869–060–00130–1) ...... 61.00 8 July 1, 2006 500–1199 ...... (869–060–00182–4) ...... 56.00 Oct. 1, 2006 1200–End ...... (869–060–00183–2) ...... 61.00 Oct. 1, 2006 36 Parts: 1–199 ...... (869–062–00132–1) ...... 37.00 July 1, 2007 46 Parts: 200–299 ...... (869–062–00133–9) ...... 37.00 July 1, 2007 1–40 ...... (869–060–00184–1) ...... 46.00 Oct. 1, 2006 300–End ...... (869–060–00133–6) ...... 61.00 July 1, 2006 41–69 ...... (869–060–00185–9) ...... 39.00 Oct. 1, 2006 70–89 ...... (869–060–00186–7) ...... 14.00 Oct. 1, 2006 37 ...... (869–062–00135–5) ...... 58.00 July 1, 2007 90–139 ...... (869–060–00187–5) ...... 44.00 Oct. 1, 2006 38 Parts: 140–155 ...... (869–060–00188–3) ...... 25.00 Oct. 1, 2006 0–17 ...... (869–062–00136–3) ...... 60.00 July 1, 2007 156–165 ...... (869–060–00189–1) ...... 34.00 Oct. 1, 2006 18–End ...... (869–060–00136–1) ...... 62.00 July 1, 2006 166–199 ...... (869–060–00190–5) ...... 46.00 Oct. 1, 2006 ...... 39 ...... (869–062–00138–0) ...... 42.00 July 1, 2007 200–499 (869–060–00191–3) 40.00 Oct. 1, 2006 500–End ...... (869–060–00192–1) ...... 25.00 Oct. 1, 2006 40 Parts: 47 Parts: 1–49 ...... (869–060–00138–7) ...... 60.00 July 1, 2006 ...... 50–51 ...... (869–062–00140–1) ...... 45.00 July 1, 2007 0–19 (869–060–00193–0) 61.00 Oct. 1, 2006 ...... 52 (52.01–52.1018) ...... (869–062–00141–0) ...... 60.00 July 1, 2007 20–39 (869–060–00194–8) 46.00 Oct. 1, 2006 ...... 52 (52.1019–End) ...... (869–062–00142–8) ...... 64.00 July 1, 2007 40–69 (869–060–00195–6) 40.00 Oct. 1, 2006 ...... 53–59 ...... (869–060–00142–5) ...... 31.00 July 1, 2006 70–79 (869–060–00196–4) 61.00 Oct. 1, 2006 ...... 60 (60.1–End) ...... (869–062–00144–4) ...... 58.00 July 1, 2007 80–End (869–060–00197–2) 61.00 Oct. 1, 2006 60 (Apps) ...... (869–062–00145–2) ...... 57.00 July 1, 2007 48 Chapters: 61–62 ...... (869–062–00146–1) ...... 45.00 July 1, 2007 1 (Parts 1–51) ...... (869–060–00198–1) ...... 63.00 Oct. 1, 2006 63 (63.1–63.599) ...... (869–060–00146–8) ...... 58.00 July 1, 2006 1 (Parts 52–99) ...... (869–060–00199–9) ...... 49.00 Oct. 1, 2006 63 (63.600–63.1199) ...... (869–060–00147–6) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2006 2 (Parts 201–299) ...... (869–060–00200–6) ...... 50.00 Oct. 1, 2006 63 (63.1200–63.1439) .... (869–060–00148–4) ...... 50.00 July 1, 2006 3–6 ...... (869–060–00201–4) ...... 34.00 Oct. 1, 2006

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:47 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4721 Sfmt 4721 E:\FR\FM\22OCCL.LOC 22OCCL sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER viii Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 203 / Monday, October 22, 2007 / Reader Aids

Title Stock Number Price Revision Date 7–14 ...... (869–060–00202–2) ...... 56.00 Oct. 1, 2006 15–28 ...... (869–060–00203–1) ...... 47.00 Oct. 1, 2006 29–End ...... (869–060–00204–9) ...... 47.00 Oct. 1, 2006 49 Parts: 1–99 ...... (869–060–00205–7) ...... 60.00 Oct. 1, 2006 100–185 ...... (869–060–00206–5) ...... 63.00 Oct. 1, 2006 186–199 ...... (869–060–00207–3) ...... 23.00 Oct. 1, 2006 200–299 ...... (869–060–00208–1) ...... 32.00 Oct. 1, 2006 300–399 ...... (869–060–00209–0) ...... 32.00 Oct. 1, 2006 400–599 ...... (869–060–00210–3) ...... 64.00 Oct. 1, 2006 600–999 ...... (869–060–00211–1) ...... 19.00 Oct. 1, 2006 1000–1199 ...... (869–060–00212–0) ...... 28.00 Oct. 1, 2006 1200–End ...... (869–060–00213–8) ...... 34.00 Oct. 1, 2006 50 Parts: 1–16 ...... (869–060–00214–6) ...... 11.00 10 Oct. 1, 2006 17.1–17.95(b) ...... (869–060–00215–4) ...... 32.00 Oct. 1, 2006 17.95(c)–end ...... (869–060–00216–2) ...... 32.00 Oct. 1, 2006 17.96–17.99(h) ...... (869–060–00217–1) ...... 61.00 Oct. 1, 2006 17.99(i)–end and 17.100–end ...... (869–060–00218–9) ...... 47.00 10 Oct. 1, 2006 18–199 ...... (869–060–00219–7) ...... 50.00 Oct. 1, 2006 200–599 ...... (869–060–00220–1) ...... 45.00 Oct. 1, 2006 600–659 ...... (869–060–00221–9) ...... 31.00 Oct. 1, 2006 660–End ...... (869–060–00222–7) ...... 31.00 Oct. 1, 2006 CFR Index and Findings Aids ...... (869–062–00050–2) ...... 62.00 Jan. 1, 2007 Complete 2007 CFR set ...... 1,389.00 2007 Microfiche CFR Edition: Subscription (mailed as issued) ...... 332.00 2007 Individual copies ...... 4.00 2007 Complete set (one-time mailing) ...... 332.00 2006 Complete set (one-time mailing) ...... 325.00 2005 1 Because Title 3 is an annual compilation, this volume and all previous volumes should be retained as a permanent reference source. 2 The July 1, 1985 edition of 32 CFR Parts 1–189 contains a note only for Parts 1–39 inclusive. For the full text of the Defense Acquisition Regulations in Parts 1–39, consult the three CFR volumes issued as of July 1, 1984, containing those parts. 3 The July 1, 1985 edition of 41 CFR Chapters 1–100 contains a note only for Chapters 1 to 49 inclusive. For the full text of procurement regulations in Chapters 1 to 49, consult the eleven CFR volumes issued as of July 1, 1984 containing those chapters. 4 No amendments to this volume were promulgated during the period January 1, 2005, through January 1, 2006. The CFR volume issued as of January 1, 2005 should be retained. 5 No amendments to this volume were promulgated during the period January 1, 2006, through January 1, 2007. The CFR volume issued as of January 6, 2006 should be retained. 6 No amendments to this volume were promulgated during the period April 1, 2000, through April 1, 2006. The CFR volume issued as of April 1, 2000 should be retained. 7 No amendments to this volume were promulgated during the period April 1, 2006 through April 1, 2007. The CFR volume issued as of April 1, 2006 should be retained. 8 No amendments to this volume were promulgated during the period July 1, 2005, through July 1, 2006. The CFR volume issued as of July 1, 2005 should be retained. 9 No amendments to this volume were promulgated during the period July 1, 2006, through July 1, 2007. The CFR volume issued as of July 1, 2006 should be retained. 10 No amendments to this volume were promulgated during the period October 1, 2005, through October 1, 2006. The CFR volume issued as of October 1, 2005 should be retained.

VerDate Aug 31 2005 20:47 Oct 19, 2007 Jkt 214001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4721 Sfmt 4721 E:\FR\FM\22OCCL.LOC 22OCCL sroberts on PROD1PC70 with FRONTMATTER